LEGISLATIVE ASSEMBLY
OF ONTARIO
FOURTH SESSION
THIRTY-FIRST PARLIAMENT
BILLS
AS INTRODUCED IN THE HOUSE
TOGETHER WITH
REPRINTS AND THIRD READINGS
SESSION
MARCH 11th to JUNE 19th, 1980
AND
OCTOBER 6th to DECEMBER 12th, 1980
INDEX
FOURTH SESSION
THIRTY-FIRST PARLIAMENT
PUBLIC BILLS (GOVERNMENT)
A
Assessment Act— Act to amend 185
B
Beef Cattle Marketing Act— Act to amend 152
Boundaries Act— Act to revise 138
Brantford-Brant Annexation Act, 1980 120
Business Corporations Act— Act to revise 229
Child Welfare Act, 1978— Act to provide for
the Validation of Certain Adoption Orders
made under 171
Children's Law Reform Act, 1977— Act to amend 1^0
Chiropody Act— Act to amend 167
Cochrane, Local Government in the District of
—Act respecting (Lapsed) 226
Corporations Tax Act, 1972— Act to amend 53
Credit Unions and Caisses Populaires Act, 1976
and to provide additional powers in certain
other Acts with respect to Credit Unions and
Caisses Populaires— Act to amend 31
D
Dangerous Goods Transportation Act, 1980 189
Degrees, Granting of— Act to regulate 4
Denture Therapists Act, 1974— Act to amend 205
Devolution of Estates Act— Act to amend 210
District Municipality of Muskoka Act
—Act to amend 69
Dog Licensing and Live Stock and Poultry
Protection Act— Act to amend 183
Dogs—Act to provide for Liability for Injuries
caused by 169
Drainage Act, 1 975-- Act to amend 2
Durham Municipal Hydro-Electric Service
Act, 1979— Act to amend 6
E
Education Act, 197^-- Act to amend 82
Elevating Devices Act, 1980 3^
Employment Standards Act, 197^-- Act to
amend (Lapsed) 191
Environment— Act to amend certain Acts
respecting (Lapsed) 228
Environmental Protection Act, 1971— Act
to amend (Lapsed) 22^
Executive Council Act— Act to amend ^3
Executive Council Act— Act to amend 20^
F
Farm Products Payments Act— Act to amend 216
Fire Marshals Act— Act to amend 1^1
G
Game and Fish Act— Act to amend 59
Gasoline Tax Act, 1973— Act to amend 5^
Gloucester into a City Municipality
—Act to erect the Township of 170
H
Hamilton-Wentworth— Act to provide for
Municipal Hydro-Electric Service in The
Regional Municipality of 93
Highway Traffic Act— Act to amend 65
Highway Traffic Act— Act to amend 188
Human Rights in Ontario— Act to revise and
extend Protection of 209
I
Income Tax Act— Act to amend 55
Insurance Act— Act to amend 16^
Juries Act, 197^— Act to amend 168
L
Labour Relations Act— Act to amend 73
Labour Relations Act— Act to amend 89
Land Titles Act— Act to amend 136
Legislative Assembly Act— Act to amend ^2
Legislative Assembly Act— Act to amend 201
Libel and Slander Act—Act to amend 1
Limited Partnerships Act— Act to revise 85
Live Stock and Live Stock Products Act
—Act to amend 26
M
Metropolitan Police Force Complaints
Project Act, 1980 k7
Mineral Resources in Ontario— Act to provide
Incentives for the Exploration of 50
Mining Act— Act to amend 221
Motor Vehicle Accident Claims Act— Act to
amend 165
Municipal Act— Act to amend ^6
Municipal Act— Act to amend 193
Municipal Affairs Act— Act to amend , 172
Municipal Elections Act, 1977— Act to amend 71
Municipality of Metropolitan Toronto Act
—Act to amend (Lapsed) 5
—Act to amend 76
—Act to amend 119
—Act to amend 182
Municipal Boundary and Boundary-related
Issues— Act to facilitate the Negotiation
and Resolution of (Lapsed) 197
N
Non-resident Interests in Agricultural Land in
Ontario— Act to require the Registration of 60
O
Occupiers' Liability— Act respecting • . . 202
Ontario Unconditional Grants Act, 1975
—Act to amend 199
Ottawa-Carleton~Act to provide for Municipal
Hydro-Electric Service in certain area
municipalities in The Regional Municipality
of 92
Oxford Act, 197^-- Act to amend the County of 74
P
Pension Benefits Act— Act to amend 214
Pensioners in Ontario— Act to provide
Property Tax Assistance for 48
Pits and Quarries Control Act, 1971
—Act to revise 127
Police Village of St. George— Act respecting 122
Public Transportation and Highway Improvement
Act— Act to amend 33
Public Vehicles Act— Act to amend 129
R
Railway Fire Charge Act— Act to repeal 38
Raising of Money on the Credit of the
Consolidated Revenue Fund— Act to
authorize the 49
Regional Municipalities—Act to amend
certain Acts respecting 81
Regional Municipality of Ottawa-Carleton
Act— Act to amend 75
Regional Municipality of Ottawa-Carleton
—Act to vest Certain Lands in 121
Regional Municipality of Peel Act, 1973
—Act to amend 200
Registered Insurance Brokers of Ontario
—Act respecting 118
Registry Act— Act to amend 137
Retail Sales Tax Act— Act to amend 52
Retail Sales Tax Act— Act to amend 187
Sheep and Wool— Act respecting the
Marketing of 184
Shoreline Property Assistance Act, 1973
—Act to amend 139
Small Business Development Corporations Act,
1979— Act to amend 31
Succession Duty Supplementary Provisions
Act, 1980 ." 62
Sudbury~Act to provide for Municipal Hydro-
Electric Service in the City of 175
Supply Act, 1980 58
Supply Act, 1980 . . 231
T
Telephone Act— Act to amend 32
Territorial Division Act— Act to amend 56
Tobacco Tax Act— Act to amend 61
Tom Longboat and the City of Toronto
—Act respecting ^5
Toronto Area Transit Operating Authority
Act, 197^— Act to amend 176
Toronto Hospitals Steam Corporation Act,
1968-69- Act to revise 192
Toronto Islands— Act to stay the Execution
of certain Writs of Possession issued
in respect of certain Premises on 181
Trespass to Property— Act to protect against 203
U
Urban Transportation Development Corporation
Ltd.— Act to amend 190
W
Warble Fly Control Act— Act to repeal 153
Welfare Units Act— Act to repeal 7
Wine Content Act, 1976— Act to amend 215
X-ray Machines in the Healing Arts—Act
to provide for the Safe Use of 177
NOTE; With the exception of Bill 15, An Act to amend
The Game and Fish Act, all Public Bills (Private
Members') lapsed.
PUBLIC BILLS (PRIVATE MEMBERS')
A
Age of Mandatory Retirement—Act respecting 11
Agricultural Land in Ontario—Act to provide for
Disclosure of Non-Resident Investment in 18
Amusement Rides in Ontario— Act respecting
the Licensing and Inspection of 159
Assessment Act— Act to amend 211
Automobile Insurance Rate Control Board
—Act to establish 21
B
Beer at the Canadian National Exhibition
Stadium— Act respecting the Sale of 41
Bruce County Board of Education and Teachers
Dispute— Act respecting 186
Business Practices Act, 1974— Act to amend ....... 28
Citizens' Complaints concerning Police Conduct
in The Municipality of Metropolitan Toronto
—Act to provide a Procedure for Reviewing 11
Class Actions— Act to provide for 30
Compensation for Victims of Crime Act, 1971
—Act to amend 27
Condominium Act, 1978— Act to amend 70
Condominium Act, 1978— Act to amend 143
Consumer Protection Act— Act to amend 9
Consumer Protection Act— Act to amend 22
Crown Employees Collective Bargaining Act,
1972— Act to amend 101
Cults and Mind Development Groups— Act to
monitor and regulate the activities of 12
D
Dangerous Plants in Ontario—Act respecting
the Sale of 72
Disabled Persons— Act to provide for the
Employment of 104
Education Act, 197^-- Act to amend 36
Education Act, 197^-- Act to amend 173
Education Act, 1974— Act to amend 179
Election Public Opinion Polls-- Act respecting 29
Emergency Medical and First Aid Services—Act
to relieve Persons from Liability in respect
of voluntary 13
Employment Standards Act, 1974— Act to amend 3
Employment Standards Act, 1974— Act to amend 66
Employment Standards Act, 1974— Act to amend 105
Employment Standards Act, 1974— Act to amend 107
Employment Standards Act, 1974— Act to amend 108
Employment Standards Act, 1974— Act to amend 109
Employment Standards Act, 1974— Act to amend 110
Employment Standards Act, 1974— Act to amend 112
Employment Standards Act, 1974— Act to amend 114
Employment Standards Act, 1974— Act to amend 115
Employment Standards Act, 1974— Act to amend 116
Employment Standards Act, 1974— Act to amend 154
Employment Standards Act, 1974— Act to amend 206
Employment Standards Act, 1974— Act to declare
the Application of certain Parts of \ 'ft ^^^
Environmental Assessment Act, 1975— Act to "^''*1^
amend -pr ^ 223
Environmental Magna Carta for Ontario— Act to
establish 91
Environmental Protection Act, 1971— Act to amend .... 67
Fair Pricing of Products and Services sold
to Consumers in Ontario— Act to provide for 19
Family Benefits Act— Act to amend 80
Farm Products Marketing Act— Act to amend 23
Fire Departments Act— Act to amend 220
Foodlands— Act to provide for the Designation
and Retention of 142
Forests in Ontario— Act to ensure the Regeneration ,^ ^ .
and Reforestation of j3-'> ^^^
Full Employment in the Ontario Economy
—Act respecting 155
Funeral Services Act, 1976— Act to amend 125
Funeral Services Act, 1976— Act to amend 126
Funeral Services Act, 1976— Act to amend 128
Game and Fish Act-- Act to amend 13
Go-Cart Tracks—Act to license and regulate 95
H
Health Disciplines Act, 197^-- Act to amend 1^9
Highway Traffic Act— Act to amend 217
Highway Traffic Act—Act to amend 230
I
Inco Limited— Act to acquire the Assets of ^^
Innocent Persons from Untimely Publicity
—Act to protect the Reputation of (Withdrawn) .... 68
—Act to protect the Reputation of 178
Insured Services under the Ontario Health
Insurance Plan— Act respecting 40
Insured Services under the Ontario Health
Insurance Plan— Act respecting 227
Judicature Act— Act to amend 131
Juries Act, 1974— Act to amend 148
Labour Relations Act— Act to amend 24
Labour Relations Act— Act to amend 96
Labour Relations Act— Act to amend 97
Labour Relations Act— Act to amend 98
Labour Relations Act— Act to amend 99
Labour Relations Act— Act to amend 100
Labour Relations Act— Act to amend 103
Labour Relations Act— Act to amend Ill
Labour Relations Act— Act to amend 113
Labour Relations Act— Act to amend 117
Labour Relations Act— Act to amend 160
Law Society Act— Act to amend 87
Legislative Assembly Act— Act to amend 88
Liquor Control Act, 1975— Act to amend 37
M
Ministry of the Environment Act— Act to amend 162
Mortgage Payments for Persons affected by
an Interruption of Employment— Act to
provide for a Moratorium on 196
Mortgagors of Residential Property in Ontario
—Act to provide Temporary Relief to 10
Motor Vehicles in Ontario— Act respecting
the Sale and Repair of 17^
Municipal Act— Act to amend 8^
Municipal Act— Act to amend 14^
Municipality of Metropolitan Toronto Act
—Act to amend 57
Municipal Elections Act, 1977— Act to amend 213
N
Niagara Escarpment Planning and Development
Act, 1973— Act to amend 63
Niagara Escarpment Planning and Development
Act, 1973— Act to amend 6^
Non-Resident Agricultural Land Interests
Registration Act, 1980— Act to amend 166
Non-Unionized Workers— Act respecting the
Rights of 1^
Norfolk Board of Education and Teachers
Dispute— Act respecting 180
Nursing Homes Act, 1972— Act to amend 218
O
Ontario Heritage Act, 1974— Act to amend 161
Ontario Housing Corporation Act— Act to amend 151
Ontario Human Rights Code— Act to amend. 8
Ontario Human Rights Code— Act to amend 83
Ontario Waste Disposal and Reclamation
Commission— Act to establish 16
Ontario Water Resources Act— Act to amend 39
Ontario Wilderness Guides Association— Act
respecting 7S
Parking Facilities for Physically Handicapped
Persons-- Act to provide 130
Plant Closings in Ontario— Act respecting 158
Political Rights for Public Servants—Act to
provide 106
Professional Fund-raising Corporations— Act
to control 90
Provincial Offences Act, 1979— Act to amend 86
Public Advocate in Ontario— Act to provide for 20
Public Vehicles Act— Act to amend 222
"Queen's Park"— Act respecting the Use of
Expression
9^
R
Regional Municipality of Ottawa-Carleton
Act— Act to amend 13^
Rent Deposits in Ontario— Act respecting 17
Representation in the Legislative Assembly
of Ontario— Act respecting 219
Rescue Services in Ontario— Act to provide for 123
Residential Tenancies Act
Residential Tenancies Act
Residential Tenancies Act
Residential Tenancies Act
Residential Tenancies Act
Residential Tenancies Act
Residential Tenancies Act
Residential Tenancies Act
Residential Tenancies Act
Residential Tenancies Act
Residential Tenancies Act
Residential Tenancies Act
1979— Act to amend 12^
1979— Act to amend 132
1979— Act to amend 133
1979— Act to amend 135
1979— Act to amend B6
1979— Act to amend 1^7
1979— Act to amend 194
1979— Act to amend 195
1979— Act to amend 198
1979— Act to amend 207
1979— Act to amend 208
1979— Act to amend 212
Road Access Act, 1978— Act to amend
150
Security of Employment in Ontario— Act respecting
Succession to Estates of Deceased Persons in
Ontario who have Beneficiaries residing in
Designated Countries— Act respecting ....
156
225
T
Tax Incentive Costs-Act respecting the
Disclosure of . . .
35
U
Upper Ottawa Street Landfill Site to be an
Environmental Disaster-Act to declare 163
W
Wild Animal and Reptile Sanctuaries- Act to
license and regulate
Women in Ontario- Act respecting Economic •*••*••
Equality for
Workmen's Compensation Act-Act to amend .' 25
PRIVATE BILLS
B
Basin-3ib Mines Limited— Act to revive Prl
Bran tf or d, City of --Act respecting Prll
Brantford, City of— Act respecting Pr26
Can-Con Enterprises and Explorations Limited
—Act to revive Prl 3
Canadian School of Management — Act respecting Pr3i
Crossroads Christian Communications Incorporated
—Act respecting Pr22
Christian Reformed Church of Wallaceburg
—Act to revive Pr2
Co-operative Health Services of Ontario— Act
respecting Prl 6
Cumberland, Township of and the Township of
Gloucester— Act respecting PrlO
E
Etobicoke, Borough of— Act respecting Pr3
Etobicoke, Borough of— Act respecting Pr38
F
Fargo Disposal Company Limited— Act to revive Pr20
G
Golden Hope Mines Limited— Act to revive Prl5
Gothic Mines <5c Oils Limited— Act to revive Prl 2
Gould's Drug Store Limited— Act to revive Pr33
Gradore Mines Limited— Act to revive Pr^9
Grimsby, Town of— Act respecting Pr29
H
Hamilton, City of— Act respecting Pr27
Hamilton, City of— Act respecting. Pr30
Hamilton Club— Act respecting Pr51
Hamilton Foundation— Act respecting Pr25
I
Institute of Chartered Secretaries and
Administrators in Ontario— Act respecting Pr^l
Italian Canadian Benevolent Corporation
(Toronto District)--Act respecting Pr^2
Jewish Family and Child Service of Metropolitan
Toronto— Act respecting the Powers of Pr^5
John Madronich Limited— Act to revive Pr9
K
Kingston, City of— Act respecting Pr50
Knox Presbyterian Church, Ottawa—Act to
incorporate Pr23
L
London, City of— Act respecting Pr21
M
McColl Farms Limited— Act to revive Pr53
Midland, Town of— Act respecting Pr36
Midland Young Men's Christian Association
—Act respecting Pr^
Milani Lathing Limited— Act to revive Pr3
Mississauga, City of— Act respecting Pr32
Montreal Trust Company and Montreal Trust
Company of Canada— Act respecting Pr7
N
North York, City of— Act respecting Pr37
O
Orillia, City of— Act respecting (Lapsed) Pr32
Ottawa, City of— Act respecting Prl8
Ottawa, City of— Act respecting Pr39
R
Redeemer Reformed Christian College—Act
to incorporate Pr48
S
Sault Ste. Marie, City of— Act respecting Pr28
Scarborough, Borough of— Act respecting Pr2^
Shuter, Mary Agnes— Act respecting the
Estate of Pr33
Sioux Petroleums, Limited— Act to revive (Lapsed) .... Pr^7
St. Catharines, City of— Act respecting Pr8
Stratford, City of— Act respecting Prl9
T
Theatre Passe Muraille— Act to revive Pr3^
Toronto, City of— Act respecting Prl^
Toronto, City of— Act respecting (Lapsed) Pr^^
W
Windsor, City of— Act respecting Prl7
Y
York, Borough of— Act respecting Pr^6
^
BILL 156 Private Member's Bill
4th Session, 31st Legislature, Ontario
29 Elizabeth II, 1980
An Act respecting the Security
of Employment in Ontario
Mr. Davidson
TORONTO
Printed by J. C. Thatcher, Queen's Printer for Ontario
Explanatory Note
The Bill establishes measures designed to protect the security of employment
in Ontario. Part I of the Bill provides for the establishment of a Job Protection
Board. The Job Protection Board is required to study, and report upon and make
recommendations concerning lay-offs and plant closings that are of major signifi-
cance. The Minister of Labour is given authority to make orders designed to reduce
the impact of layoffs and plant closings on individual employees and communities.
Part II of the Bill establishes a Community Adjustment Fund for the purpose of
providing assistance to communities that are detrimentally affected by lay-offs and
plant closings. Part III of the Bill contains amendments to The Employment
Standards Act, 1974 and to The Labour Relations Act. These amendments are
designed to provide employees with additional rights regarding notice of termina-
tion, termination pay, rehiring rights and relocation rights. Part IV of the Bill
contains amendments to The Pension Benefits Act. These amendments reduce the
vesting period under pension plans to five years and establish a Central Pension
Agency to administer the pension credits of employees whose pension plan is
terminated or wound up.
BILL 156 1980
An Act respecting
the Security of Employment in Ontario
WHEREAS it is public policy in Ontario to advance the economic ^''eambie
rights of citizens; and whereas layoffs and plant closings exact tre-
mendous economic and social costs on both the persons directly affected
and the communities in which they reside; and whereas action is urgently
needed to protect persons and communities and mitigate the effects of
layoffs and plant closings; and whereas in particular, immediate action is
required to provide minimum severance pay standards, pension protection
and certain job transfer rights for the workers affected;
Therefore, Her Majesty, by and with the advice and consent of the
Legislative Assembly of the Province of Ontario, enacts the following:
1 . The purpose of this Act is to protect employees and communities Purpose
from the effects of unjustified layoffs and plant closures and to
establish pension, job transfer rights, and minimum severance pay
standards for all employees.
2. In this Act, interpre-
tation
(a) "Board" means the Job Protection Board;
(b) "Minister" means the Minister of Labour;
(c) "plant closing" includes the closing of part of a plant or
the closing of a product line in a plant that results in a
permanent loss of employment for twenty-five or more
employees.
PARTI
JOB PROTECTION
3. — (1) There is hereby established a Job Protection Board to be J^^
composed of five persons appointed by the Lieutenant Cover- Board
nor in Council.
Chairman
(2) The Lieutenant Governor in Council shall appoint one of the
members of the Board, who shall be a full-time member, as
chairman and may appoint one or more other such members as
vice-chairmen.
Member of
Board
(3) The Lieutenant Governor in Council shall appoint persons to
the Board who are representative of industry and labour.
Quorum
General
supervision
Registrar
Oaths,
affirmations
Objectives
of Board
Study of
plant
closings
Factors
to be
considered
(4) Three members of the Board, one of whom shall be the chair-
man or vice-chairman, constitute a quorum and may exercise
all the powers of the Board notwithstanding any vacancy in
the membership.
(5) The chairman shall have general supervision and direction
over the conduct of the affairs of the Board, and shall arrange
the sittings of the Board and assign members to conduct hear-
ings as circumstances require.
(6) The Lieutenant Governor in Council may appoint a Registrar
for the Board who shall perform such duties as are assigned to
him under this or any other Act or by the chairman of the
Board.
(7) The Registrar for the Board and every member of the Board
have power to administer oaths and affirmations for the pur-
pose of any of its proceedings.
4. The objectives of the Job Protection Board are to inquire into the
causes of intended layoffs and plant closings, to assess the social and
economic impact of such layoffs and plant closings on individual
employees and communities and to recommend specific actions
which are required in order to prevent or mitigate the harmful
effects of such layoffs and plant closings.
5. — (1) Where the Board determines that an intended layoff or plant
closing is of major significance, the Board shall forthwith
commence a study of the circumstances and the expected social
and economic impact of the intended layoff or plant closing
and through such study the Board shall,
(a) determine whether the ihtended layoff or plant closing is
or is not justified;
(b) where it is justified what specific remedy is required;
(c) where it is not justified, what action is required to pre-
vent the intended layoff or plant closing from taking
place.
(2) In making a determination under subsection 1 , the Board shall
have regard to the number of persons affected by the layoff or
plant closing, the economic importance of the industry to the
community and region in which it is located, and such other
factors as the Board considers to be appropriate.
(3) Where the Board commences a study under subsection 1 , the Hearing
Board shall fix the time and place for a hearing in the com-
munity affected by the layoff or plant closing for the purpose of
receiving representations from any person desiring to make
representations, and the Board shall publish notice thereof in
at least one newspaper having general circulation in the com-
munity as the Board considers appropriate.
(4) The Board shall adopt such rules of procedure for a hearing Rules of
under subsection 3 as the Board considers appropriate. ^
6. The Board may designate a person to make an investigation into investi-
any layoff or plant closing and the person so designated shall report ^^ '""
the result of his investigation to the Board and for the purposes of
the investigation, the person making it has all the powers of a
commission under Part II of The Public Inquiries Act, 1971 , which i97i, c. 49
Part applies to such investigation as if it were an inquiry under that
Act.
7. Where the Board conducts an inquiry, it shall complete its inquiry Report
into the plant closing or layoff and submit its report to the Minister cios^rTg"
at least ninety days before the closng date set out in the layoff notice
and, in its report, the Board shall set out,
(a) its findings regarding the circumstances of the plant
closing or layoff;
(b) its findings regarding the economic impact of the plant
closing or layoff on individual employees and the com-
munity;
(c) an opinion by the Board as to whether the Board feels
that the plant closing or layoff is justified; and
(d) proposals to the Government for action designed to miti-
gate the harmful effect of the plant closing or layoff on
the employees and the community,
and the report, upon being submitted to the Minister, shall be made
available to any interested member of the public for examination.
8. — (1) The Minister, after considering the report of the Board, may ^l"'^**^^*"'^
make such order as the Minister considers reasonable in the
circumstances to reduce the impact of the layoffs or plant
closings on the individual employees and the <:ommunity and
Acquisition
of property
Order
Enforcement
L.G. in C.
may confirm,
vary, or
rescind
order
9.
without limiting the generaUty of the foregoing, the Minister
may order,
(a) that the employer make additional contributions to the
pension plans of the employees;
(b) the continuation of payment by the employer of the
wages and benefits being received by the employees for a
specified period of time;
(c) that the employer defer the sale, removal or transporta-
tion of equipment, machinery, parts and inventory
owned by the employer;
(d) that the employer pay reasonable relocation costs to
displaced employees;
(e) that the employer participate in providing a skill train-
ing or retraining program for the employees;
(/■) that the employer make payments to the Community
Adjustment Fund;
(g) the employer to form Community Adjustment Com-
mittees;
(h ) that the employer make the plant available for sale;
(i) any other reasonable and appropriate remedy.
(2) The Minister may, with the approval of the Lieutenant Gov-
ernor in Council acquire on behalf of Her Majesty in right of
Ontario or authorize an agency of the Government of Ontario
to acquire all or part of the property of the employer for the
purpose of continuing the operation of the enterprise for the
benefit of the employees and the community.
(3) In an order under subsection 1 the Minister shall specify, if
possible, the amount to be paid by the employer under the
order and the employer is liable to pay that amount.
(4) Where an employer fails to comply with an order under sub-
section 1 the remedy specified in the order is enforceable in a
court of competent jurisdiction.
Upon the petition of any employer affected by an order under
section 8 filed with the Clerk of the Executive Council within
twenty-eight days after the date of the order, the Lieutenant Gover-
nor in Council may confirm, vary or rescind the whole or any part of
the order.
10. — (1) Every employer who, knowingly, Offences
(a) furnishes false information in an investigation under this
Act;
(b) fails to comply with an order under this Act; or
(c) obstructs a person making an investigation under this
Act,
is guilty of an offence and on conviction is liable to a fine of not
more than $10,000 or to imprisonment for a term of not more
than one year, or to both.
(2) Where a corporation is convicted of an offence under subsec- Corporations
tion 1, the maximum penalty that may be imposed upon the
corporation is $100,000 and not as provided therein.
(3) Where a corporation has been convicted of an offence under Directors
subsection 1 , each director and officer of the corporation is a officers
party to the offence unless the director or officer satisfies the
court that he did not authorize, permit or acquiesce in the
offence.
PART II
COMMUNITY ADJUSTMENT FUND
1 1 . — (1) The Minister shall establish a fund, to be known as the Com- Community
munity Adjustment Fund, for the purpose of providing assis- Fund^ '"^"
tance to communities that are detrimentally affected by layoffs
or plant closings.
(2) Subject to the approval of the Lieutenant Governor in Coun- Regulations
cil, the Minister may make regulations respecting the estab-
lishment and administration of a Community Adjustment
Fund and, without limiting the generality of the foregoing,
may make regulations,
(a) respecting applications for assistance from the Fund;
(b) respecting entitlement to assistance from the Fund.
PART III
EMPLOYMENT STANDARDS ACT AMENDMENTS
LABOUR RELATIONS ACT AMENDMENTS
12. — (1) Subsections 1 and 2 of section 40 of The Employment Stan- ^ "^o^^- 2).
. J- ^ re-enacted
aaras Act, 1974, bemg chapter 112, is repealed and the fol-
lowing substituted therefor:
Lay-off
deemed to be
termination
(1) In this Part, an employer shall be deemed to have termi-
nated the employment of an employee when the employee has
been laid off from his employment for a period of more than
thirteen weeks in any period of more than twenty weeks.
Notice of
termination
(la) No employer shall terminate the employment of an
employee who has been employed for three months or more unless
he gives,
(a) four weeks notice in writing to the employee if his period
of employment is less than two years;
(b) eight weeks notice in writing to the employee if his
period of employment is two years or more but less than
five years;
(c) sixteen weeks notice in writing to the employee if his
period of employment is five years or more but less than
ten years; and
(d) twenty-six weeks notice in writing to the employee if his
period of employment is ten years or more.
Idem
(2) Notwithstanding subsection 1, no employer shall terminate
the employment of fifty or more employees in any period of four
weeks or less unless he gives twenty-six weeks notice in writing to
each employee and the Job Protection Board and such notice has
expired.
s. 40 (S),
re-enacted
(2) Subsection 5 of the said section 40 is repealed and the following
substituted therefor:
Employer to
co-operate
with
Minister
(5) Where an employer is required to give the notice referred to
in subsection 2 , he shall co-operate with the Minister in any action
or program intended to facilitate the re-establishment in employ-
ment of the employees whose employment is to be terminated.
s. 40 (7),
re-enacted
(3) Subsection 7 of the said section 40 is repealed and the following
substituted therefor:
Termination
pay
Calculation
(7) Where the employment of an employee is terminated under
subsection 1 or 2 the employer shall pay the employee termination
pay equal to the wages that the employee receives at his regular
rate for a regular non-overtime work week multiplied by the
number corresponding to the number of years of service that the
employee has earned in the employment.
(7a) For the purpose of subsection 7, a portion of a year served
by an employee shall be included in the calculation of termination
pay as a prorated amount.
{7b) Where the employment of an employee is terminated con- Where
trary to this section, the employer shall pay to employee termina- t^mhiSed"
tion pay in addition to termination pay under subsection 7 in an gg^jj^^"^ *°
amount equal to the wages that the employee would have been
entitled to receive at his regular rate for a regular non-overtime
work week for the period of notice prescribed by subsection 1 or 2 ,
and any wages to which he is entitled.
(4) The said Act is amended by adding thereto the following s 40a,
section:
40a. — (1) An employer who terminates the employment of Notice
of new
employees under subsection 2 of section 40 shall give reasonable positions
notice and a right of first refusal on the basis of seniority for at least
six month to these employees of new employment positions avail-
able at any plants or other locations owned or operated by the
employer in Ontario.
(2) Where an employee whose employment was terminated Employer to
, ,. r ■ ^• r <-i Offer new
under subsection 2 or section 40 applies for one of the new positions to
employment positions referred to in subsection 1 , the employer former
^ -^ ^ 7 1-^ employees
shall offer the position to the employee unless the employee lacks
the skills to perform the work or unless the employer offers the
position to a more qualified employee who is also an employee
terminated under subsection 2 of section 40.
(3) Where an employee is aggrieved by a decision under sub- Review
section 2, the employee may apply for a review of the decision by
the Job Protection Board established by The Job Security Act, i^so, c. . . .
1980, and the Board, upon completion of a hearing, may affirm
the decision of the employer or rescind that decision and require
the employer to offer the position to the aggrieved employee.
13. — (1) Subsection 1 of section 55 of The Labour Relations Act, being s ss (i),
chapter 232 of the Revised Statutes of Ontario, 1970, is
amended by inserting after "section" in the first line "and
section 5 5a".
(2) The said Act is further amended by adding thereto the follow- s ssa,
enacted
mg section:
55a. — (1) Where an employer relocates his business, the Relocation
employer is bound by determination, agreements and proceedings
made under this Act in respect of the business before the date of
the relocation until the Board otherwise declares, and the deter-
minations, agreements and proceedings shall continue in effect as
if no change has occurred except that the description of the bar-
gaining unit contained in the certificate or collective agreement is
deemed to be amended to include the new location.
8
Continuation
of
employment
(2) An employer shall provide reasonable notice to his
employees of any decision to relocate his business and the
employer shall perinit an employee affected thereby sixty days
from the date of the notice of relocation to accept employment at
the new location.
Exception
(3) Notwithstanding subsection 2 , an employer is not required
to continue the employment of an employee if the employer no
longer requires work to be performed in the new location of the
same nature as work performed by the employee in the former
location and the employer no longer requires the skills possessed
by the employee for any work performed at the new location.
Remedial
power of
Board
(4) Where a business has been relocated and a trade union or
council of trade unions was the bargaining agent of any of the
employees of the business in the former location or a trade union or
council of trade unions is the bargaining agent of the employees of
a similar business being carried on in the area of the new location,
and,
(a) any question arises concerning the application of this
section; or
(b) any person, trade union or council of trade unions claims
that, by virtue of the operation of subsection 1 , a conflict
exists between the bargaining rights of the trade union or
council of trade unions that was the bargaining agent of
the employees of the business in the former location and
a trade union or council of trade unions that represents
employees of a similar business being carried on in the
area of the new location,
the Board may, upon the application of any person, trade union or
council of trade unions concerned,
(c) define the composition of the bargaining unit for the
business in the new location and certify a trade unian or
council of trade unions as the bargaining agent of
employees in the bargaining unit; and
(d) amend, to such extent as the Board considers necessary,
any bargaining unit in any certificate issued to a trade
union or council of trade unions before the relocation or
any bargaining unit defined in any collective agreement
concluded before the relocation.
PART IV
PENSION BENEFITS ACT AMENDMENTS
14. — (1) Section 16 of The Pension Benefits Act, being chapter 342 of ^ ^^'
the Revised Statutes of Ontario, 1970, is repealed and the
following substituted therefor:
16. The Lieutenant Governor in Council may establish or ^^"*r^
designate an agency to be known as the Central Pension Agency Agency
for the purposes, among others, of receiving, holding, investing
and disbursing pension benefit credits under this Act.
(2) Clause a of subsection 1 of section 2 1 of the said Act is repealed * ^i (i) (a),
and the following substituted therefor:
(a) a member of the plan who has been in the service of the
employer for a continuous period of five years, or has
been a member of the plan for such period, is entitled,
upon termination of his employment prior to his attain-
ing retirement age, or upon termination of his member-
ship in the plan prior to his attaining retirement age, to a
deferred life annuity commencing at his normal retire-
ment age equal to the pension benefits (except benefits
provided by voluntary additional contributions) pro-
vided in respect of service as an employee in Ontario or
in a designated province,
(i) under the terms of the plan in respect of service
on or after the qualification date,
(ii) by an amendment to the terms of the plan made
on or after the qualification date, or
(iii) by the creation of a new pension plan on or after
the qualification date.
(3) The said Act is amended by adding thereto the following * ^^ft-
section:
256. Where a pension plan is terminated or wound up, the ^°"^'""?^'°"
employee may direct that the pension benefits to which he is or plan
entitled at the date of termination or winding up of the pension ^"""^ "p
plan be transferred to the Central Pension Agency or to another
pension plan in which he becomes a member.
(4) Section 28 of the said Act is amended by adding thereto the * 2*'
following clause:
ip) respecting the composition, administration and financ-
ing of the Central Pension Agency.
10
Commence- 15. This Act Comcs into force on the day it receives Royal Assent.
merit
Short title 1 6. The short title of this Act is The Job Security Act, 1980.
^3
Go
d
o
O
2;
S
Ni
c^
k«4
S
0
Co
>3
1:0
<^
C7\
p
r*
CX5
0
00
0
C/5
< >
o 3
W
r^ org
o
3
BILL 157 Private Member's Bill
4th Session, 31st Legislature, Ontario
29 Elizabeth II, 1980
An Act respecting Economic Equality for Women in Ontario
Mr. Charlton
TORONTO
Printed by J. C. Thatcher, Queen's Printer for Ontario
Explanatory Note
The Bill establishes the Equal Employment Office in the Ministry of Labour
and the Equal Employment Tribunal. The Bill requires designated employers to
report to the Equal Employment Office information relating to rates of pay and
the number of male and female employees in occupational categories. The Director
of the Equal Employment Office is authorized to order an employer to prepare an
affirmative action program. Where an employer disagrees with the Director's
order, or where the employer and Director cannot agree on an affirmative action
program, an application may be made to the Tribunal to resolve the dispute. The
Bill also contains provisions requiring the Government of Ontario to develop a
comprehensive skills training and apprenticeship plan designed to increase the
number of women in occupational categories in which women are traditionally
under- represented. The Bill declares the right of every person in Ontario to
accessible, quality daycare service for children for whom the person is responsible.
The Bill also contains amendments to The Employment Standards Act, 1974
establishing the principle of equal pay for work of equal value and constituting
sexual harassment as ah offence under that Act.
BILL 157 1980
An Act respecting
Economic Equality for Women in Ontario
WHEREAS it is public policy to advance the economic rights Preamble
of citizens; and whereas unequal and discriminatory condi-
tions of employment for women exact tremendous economic and
social costs on both the persons directly affected and the com-
munities in which they reside; and whereas action is urgently
needed to ensure increased employment of women in occupations
where they are under-represented, to establish apprenticeship and
skills training programs, to give women access to non-traditional
occupations, to provide accessible, quality child care, to ensure
equal pay for work of equal value and to ensure freedom from
sexual harassment in the work place;
Therefore, Her Majesty, by and with the advice and consent of
the Legislative Assembly of the Province of Ontario, enacts as
follows:
1 . The purpose of this Act is to provide for, Purpose
(a) affirmative action programs designed to achieve
increased employment of women in occupational
categories and sectors of the labour force in which
women employees are under-represented;
(b) the establishment of an apprenticeship and skills train-
ing plan designed to increase the employment of women
in occupational categories in which women employees
are under-represented;
(c) provision of universally accessible quality daycare
services;
(d) the establishment and enforcement of equal pay for
work of equal value;
(e) protection from sexual harassment in the workplace.
2. In this Act, interpre-
tation
(a) "Director" means the Director of the Equal Employment
Office;
(b) "Minister" means the Minister of Labour;
(c) "Tribunal" means the Equal Employment Tribunal.
Adminis-
tration
3 . The Minister of Labour is responsible for the administration
of this act, except section IS.
Equal
Employment
Office
4. There shall be an office in the Ministry of Labour to be
known as the Equal Employment Office and the Equal Employ-
ment Office shall,
Director
(a) assist employers in the preparation of affirmative action
plans;
{b) receive and analyze reports and monitor the affirmative
action plans filed in the office.
5. There shall be a Director of the Equal Employment Office
and the Director shall perform such duties and exercise such
powers as are given to or conferred upon the Director under this or
any other Act.
Employer
reports
6. Every employer in a class of employers designated in the
regulations shall report to the Office of Equal Employment such
information relating to the employment practices, rates of pay,
and the number of male and female employees in occupational
categories as prescribed by the regulations.
Order to
establish
affirmative
action
programs
7. — (1) Where, upon examination of the reports filed under
section 5 , the Director is of the opinion that the number of female
employees in an occupational category is under-representative of
the participation rate of females in the labour force, the Director
may order the employer to establish an affirmative action program
for that occupational category.
Employer's
duty
(2) Where the Director makes an order under subsection 1 , the
employer shall commence the preparation of an affirmative action
program forthwith and the Office of Equal Employment shall
assist the employer in preparing the program.
Target
dates
(3) Every affirmative action program approved by the Director
shall contain target dates for the placement of women in the
occupational categories in which women are under-represented
and a timetable for achieving those target dates.
Affirmative
action
program
binding
8. — (1) Where the employer and the Equal Employment
Office agree upon an affirmative action program, the Director
may approve the program and, upon approval by the Director, the
affirmative action program is binding upon the employer.
(2) Where the employer and the Director are unable to agree Where
upon an affirmative action program, the Director may apply to the Dh-ector '^"
Tribunal for a determination and, upon completion of a hearing, disagree
the Tribunal shall settle the terms of an affirmative action pro-
gram that is binding on the employer.
9. — (1) There shall be a tribunal to be known as the Equal Equal
Employment Tribunal composed of such members as are xribun^^"^
appointed by the Lieutenant Governor in Council.
(2) The Tribunal shall hold such hearings and perform such duties
other duties as are assigned to it by or under this Act.
(3) The Lieutenant Governor in Council shall appoint five per- Members
sons to be members of the Tribunal and shall appoint one of such
members as chairperson and one or more other such members as
vice-chairperson.
(4) Three members of the Tribunal, one of whom shall be the Quorum
chairperson or vice-chairperson, constitute a quorum and may
exercise all the powers of the Tribunal notwithstanding any
vacancy in the membership.
(5) The chairperson shall have general supervision and Duties
direction over the conduct of the affairs of the Tribunal, and shall
arrange the sittings of the Tribunal and assign members to con-
duct hearings as the circumstances require.
(6) The Tribunal shall prepare and annually publish a sum- Publishing
mary of its decisions and the reasons therefor. ^ ^
(7) The Lieutenant Governor in Council may appoint a Regis- Registrar
trar for the Tribunal who shall perform such duties as are assigned Tribunal
to him or her under this Act or by the chairperson of the Tribunal.
(8) The Registrar of the Tribunal and every member of theAdminis-
Tribunal have power to administer oaths and affirmations for the of oaths
purpose of any of its proceedings.
1 0. — (1) Where the Director believes on reasonable and prob- Oi'der to
able grounds that an employer has failed to comply with an order
of the Director under section 6 or is failing to comply with a
binding affirmative action program, the Director may order the
employer to comply with section 6 or 7, as the case may be.
(2) Where the Director proposes to make an order under sub-^"^'" °^
/ f f proposal
section 1 , the Director shall serve notice of the proposed order on
the employer and a representative of the employees together with
written reasons therefor.
Request for
hearing
Failure to
request
hearing
Hearing
Conditions
(3) A notice under subsection 2 shall inform the employer
named in the order that the employer is entitled to a hearing by the
Tribunal if the employer mails or delivers within fifteen days
after the notice under subsection 2 is served on him notice in
writing requiring a hearing to the Director and the Tribunal and
the employer may so require a hearing.
(4) Where the employer upon whom a notice is served under
subsection 2 does not require a hearing, the Director may carry out
the proposed order stated in the notice.
(5) Where an employer requests a hearing by the Tribunal in
accordance with subsection 3, the Tribunal shall appoint a time
for and hold the hearing and, on the application of the Director at
the hearing, may by order direct the Director to carry out the
proposed order or to take such action as the Tribunal considers the
Director ought to take in accordance with this Act and for such
purposes the Tribunal may substitute its opinion for that of the
Director.
(6) The Tribunal may attach such terms and conditions to its
order as it considers proper to give effect to the purposes of this
Act.
Investi-
gations by
order of
Minister
1971, c. 49
Offences
1 1 . The Minister may by order appoint a person to make an
investigation into any matter to which this Act applies as may be
specified in the Minister's order and the person appointed shall
report the result of his investigation to the Minister and, for the
purposes of the investigation, the person making it has the powers
of a commission under Part II of The Public Inquiries Act, 1971,
which Part applies to such investigation is if it were an inquiry
under that Act.
12. — (1) Every person who, knowingly,
(a) submits a false report under section S;
{b) furnishes false information in an investigation under this
Act;
(c) fails to comply with an order made under this Act; or
(rf) obstructs a person making an investigation under
section 10,
is guilty of an offence and on conviction is liable to a fine of not
more than $10,000 and to imprisonment for a term of not more
than one year,
(2) Where a corporation is convicted under subsection 1, the Corporations
maximum penalty that may be imposed upon the corporation is
$50,000.
(3) When a corporation is convicted of an offence, each director Directors and
officers
or officer is a party to the offence unless he satisfies the court that
he did not authorize, permit or acquiesce in the offence.
13. The Lieutenant Governor in Council may make regula- Regulations
tions,
(a) prescribing classes of employers for the purposes of
section 5;
(b) prescribing forms and providing for their use;
(c) exempting any class of employer from this Act or any
provision of this Act.
14. — (1) The Equal Employment Office shall identify, on the Wentifica-
basis of information reported under section 5 , those occupational occupational
categories in which women are under-represented. categories
(2) The Government of Ontario shall develop a comprehensive Comprehensive
skills training and apprenticeship plan designed to increase the training and
number of women in each of the occupational categories identified ap^prent'ceship
under subsection 1 and to ensure that sufficient women are
adequately trained in order to meet anticipated needs in the
workforce for skilled tradespeople.
(3) The Equal Employment Office shall, after the close of each ^^'"^''^f
year, file with the Minister an annual report upon the skills
training and apprenticeship plan.
(4) The Minister shall submit the report to the Lieutenant f^^^^J^^ ^°
Governor in Council and shall then lay the report before the committee
Assembly if it is in session or, if not, at the next ensuing session and
the report shall then be referred to the Standing Committee on
Economic Development.
15. — (1) Every person in Ontario has a right to accessible. Right to
quality daycare service for children for whom the person is
responsible to ensure that the person is not impeded from accept-
ing employment due to an inadequate provision of daycare
services.
(2) The Minister responsible for the provision of daycare ser- Annual
vices shall, after the close of each year, prepare an annual report
assessing the availability of daycare services in Ontario and
evaluating whether the right described in subsection 1 is being
protected by existing daycare programs.
Referral to
Standing
Committee
(3) The Minister shall submit the report to the Lieutenant
Governor in Council and shall then lay the report before the
Assembly if it is in session or, if not, at the next ensuing session
and the report shall then be referred to the Standing Committee
on Economic Development.
R.s.o. 1970, 1 6. — (1) Section 33 of The Employment Standards Act, 1974,
S.33, ' being chapter 112, is repealed and the following substituted
re-enacted therefor:
PART IX
EQUAL PAY FOR WORK OF EQUAL VALUE
Equal pay
for work
of equal
value
33. — (1) No employer or person acting on behalf of an
employer shall establish or maintain any difference in wages
paid to a male and to a female employee employed in the same
establishment who are performing work of equal value unless the
difference is based on seniority or quantity of production.
Determination
by employment
standards
officer
(2) An employment standards officer may assess the value of
work performed for the purposes of subsection 1 and, where the
officer finds that an employer has failed to comply with subsection
1 , the officer may determine the amount of moneys owing to an
employee because of such non-compliance, and such amount shall
be deemed to be unpaid wages.
Assessment
of value
of work
(3) In assessing the value of work performed by employees
employed in the same establishment, the criterion to be applied is
the composite of the skill, effort and responsibility required in the
performance of the work and the conditions under which the work
is performed.
Separate
establish-
ments
(4) Separate establishments established or maintained by an
employer solely or principally for the purpose of establishing or
maintaining differences in wages between male and female
employees shall be deemed for the purposes of this Part to be a
single establishment.
Pay not to
be reduced
(5) No employer shall reduce the rate of pay of an employee in
order to comply with subsection 1.
Employer
not to be
requested to
contravene
subs. 1
(6) No organization of employers or employees or its agents
shall cause or attempt to cause an employer to agree to or to pay to
his employees wages that are in contravention of subsection 1 .
Complaints (7) A Complaint that an employer contravenes this section may
be made by one employee or any class of employees employed in
the same establishment.
(8) An employer, employee or class of employees who is Review and
aggrieved by a decision or order made by an employment stan- ^^""^
dards officer under this Part or section 47 may, within a period of
fifteen days after the date of delivery, service or notice of the
decision or order, or such longer period as the Director may for
special reasons allow, apply for a review of the decision or order by
way of a hearing before a referee and subsections 2 to 7 of section
SO apply to the review with necessary modifications except that
the referee may make an order referred to in section 47 in addition
to the powers conferred upon the referee by section 50.
(9) The Minister shall table a report annually in the Legislature Annual
on the progress of implementation and these reports shall be ^^^°
referred to The Standing Committee on Economic Development
as established by The Full Employment Act, 1980. i^so, c. . . .
1 7. The said Act is amended by adding thereto the following Part ix-a
Part- *'• ^^"l-
'■ "■'■ i- enacted
PART IX-A
SEXUAL HARASSMENT
33a. No employer or person shall, Sexual
harassment
(a) refuse or threaten to refuse to employ any person;
(b) dismiss or threaten to dismiss an employee;
(c) discipline or threaten to discipline an employee;
(d) suspend or threaten to suspend an employee;
(e) refuse or threaten to refuse to promote, transfer or train
an employee;
(/) impose or threaten to impose any penalty upon an
employee; or
(g) intimidate or coerce an employee,
because of that person's rejection of sexual advances or refusal to
consent to sexual contact or sexual intercourse.
18. This Act comes into force on the day it receives Royal Commence-
. ■ -^ -^ ment
Assent.
19. The short title of this Act is The Women's Economic Short title
Equality Act, 1980.
w
n
O
3
o
Co
bo
n
>
H
o
ft
ft-
o
o
ro
(-»■
k.^
S
o
Co
ft-
cr
>3
>3
c^
ON
«s
ft
(-1-
ft
ft-
S
H- '
00
o
ft-
S
Ons
X! >
l>
o ^
3 5-
3
o
13
o
BILL 158 Private Member's Bill
4th Session, 31st Legislature, Ontario
29 Elizabeth II, 1980
An Act respecting Plant Closings in Ontario
Mr. Mackenzie
TORONTO
Printed by J. C. Thatcher, Queen's Printer for Ontario
Explanatory Note
The purpose of the Bill is to establish procedures for giving notice of plant
closings in Ontario and to ensure disclosure of the circumstances related to the
plant closings. The Bill requires an employer to provide twenty-six weeks notice to
employees of a decision to close a plant. The Bill establishes a Public Audit Board
to inquire into, evaluate and report on the circumstances relating to the closing of
plants in Ontario. The Board is required to make a report on the plant closing to the
Minister of Labour before the date on which the plant is scheduled to close and the
Board's report must contain proposals for action designed to mitigate the harmful
effect of the plant closing. The Bill also contains a provision clarifying that the
Ontario Development Corporation is authorized to invest in a plant regarding
which a notice of plant closing has been issued under the Act.
BILL 158 1980
An Act respecting
Plant Closings in Ontario
HER MAJESTY, by and with the advice and consent of
the Legislative Assembly of the Province of Ontario,
enacts as follows:
1. — (1) Notwithstanding The Employment Standards ^ci, Notice of
1974 , no employer shall terminate the employment of fifty or more j^^^ ^ ^j^
employees in any period of four weeks or less by ceasing all or
substantially all production at a plant owned or operated by the
employer unless the employer gives twenty-six weeks notice in
writing to each employee and such notice has expired.
(2) An employer who gives a notice under subsection 1 regard- Service of
, 1 • 1 11 1 • r 1 • notice upon
mg a plant closmg shall at the same time serve a copy of the notice Board
upon the Public Audit Board established by section 3.
(3) Where the notice referred to in subsection 1 has been given. Rates of
wages, etc.,
not to be
(a) no employer shall alter the rates of wages or any other altered
term or condition of employment of any employee to
whom notice has been given;
(6 ) an employer shall pay to the employee during the period
of notice the wages the employee is entitled to receive
which in no case shall be less than his regular wages for a
regular non-overtime work week; and
(c ) upon the expiry of the notice, the employer shall pay to
the employee any wages or vacation pay to which he is
entitled.
(4) Where the employment of an employee is terminated con- Where
1 • .11 1 11 1 1 X • employment
trary to this section, the employer shall pay the employee termina- terminated
tion pay of an amount equal to the wages that the employee would j°"g^j,^[^^
have been entitled to receive at his regular rate for a regular
non-overtime work week for the period of notice prescribed by
subsection 1, and any wages to which he is entitled.
Enforcement
1974, c. 112
(5) The provisions of this section shall be administered and
enforced as if the provisions were enacted under The Employment
Standards Act, 1974, with necessary modifications.
Employer to
co-operate
with
Minister
2. Where an employer is required to give the notice referred to
in subsection 1 , the employer shall co-operate with the Minister of
Labour in any action or program intended to facilitate the re-
establishment in employment of the employees whose employ-
ment is to be terminated.
Public
Audit
Board
3. — (1) There is hereby established a Public Audit Board to be
composed of five persons appointed by the Lieutenant Governor
in Council.
Chairman (2) The Lieutenant Governor in Council shall appoint one of
the members of the Board, who shall be a full-time member, as
chairman and may appoint one or more other such members as
vice-chairmen.
Members of
Board
(3) The Lieutenant Governor in Council shall appoint persons
to the Board who are representative of industry and labour.
Quorum (4) Three members of the Board, one of whom shall be the
chairman or vice-chairman, constitute a quorum and may exercise
all the powers of the Board notwithstanding any vacancy in the
membership.
General
supervision
(5) The chairman shall have general supervision and direction
over the conduct of the affairs of the Board, and shall arrange the
sittings of the Board and assign members to conduct hearings as
circumstances require.
Registrar (6) The Lieutenant Governor in Council may appoint a Regis-
trar for the Board who shall perform such duties as are assigned to
him under this or any other Act or by the chairman of the Board.
Oaths,
affirmations
(7) The Registrar for the Board and every member of the Board
have power to administer oaths and affirmations for the purpose
of any of its proceedings.
Purpose of
Board
4. The purpose of the Public Audit Board is to inquire into,
evaluate and report on the circumstances relating to the closing of
industrial and manufacturing plants in Ontario and to assess the
economic impact of these plant closings on individual employees
and communities affected thereby.
Study
of plant
closing
5. — (1) When the Board receives a notice of a plant closing,
the Board shall forthwith commence a study of the circumstances
relating to the plant closing and the economic impact thereof.
(2) Within fourteen days after the date on which the notice is Hearing
received by the Board, the Board shall fix the time and place for a
hearing within the community in which the plant is located for the
purpose of receiving representations respecting the plant closing
by any person desiring to make representations and the Board
shall publish notice thereof in such newspapers having general
circulation in the area as the Board considers appropriate.
(3) The Board shall adopt such rules of procedure for a hearing Rules of
under subsection 2 as the Board considers appropriate.
6. — (1) The Board may designate a person to make an investi- investigation
gation into any plant closing and the person so designated shall
report the result of his investigation to the Minister of Labour and,
for the purposes of the investigation, the person making it has all
the powers of a commission under Part II of The Public Inquiries ^^^'' ^- ^^
Act, 1971, which Part applies to such investigation as if it were an
inquiry under that Act.
(2) No person shall obstruct a person designated to make an obstruction
investigation under this section or withhold from him or conceal or investigator
destroy any books, papers, documents or things relevant to the
subject-matter of the investigation.
7. The Board may at any time authorize and direct a rep- Special
resentative of the Board appointed for that purpose to enter upon
any premises where the books, accounts or records of or pertaining
to any plant closing are kept or may be, and to inspect, study,
audit, take extracts from such books, accounts or other records,
and may, upon giving a receipt therefor, remove any such materi-
al that relates to the purpose of the inspection for the purpose of
making a copy thereof, provided that such copying is carried out
with reasonable dispatch and the material in question is promptly
thereafter returned to the person being inspected, and no person
shall obstruct the person inspecting or withhold or destroy, con-
ceal or refuse to furnish any information or thing required by
the person inspecting for the purposes of the inspection.
8. The Board shall complete its inquiry into the plant closing Report
and submit its report to the Minister of Labour at least thirty days dosing
before the closing date set out in the notice of the plant closing and,
in its report, the Board shall set out,
(a) its findings regarding the circumstances of the plant
closing;
{b) its findings regarding the economic impact of the plant
closing on individual employees and the community;
(c) an opinion by the Board as to whether the Board feels
that the plant closing is justified; and
Annual
report
(d) proposals to the Government for action designed to miti-
gate the harmful effect of the plant closing on the
employees and the community.
9. — (1) The Board shall after the close of each year file with the
Minister of Labour an annual report upon the affairs of the Board.
Tabling (2) The Minister shall submit the report to the Lieutenant
Governor in Council and shall then lay the report before the
Assembly if it-is in session or, if not, at the next ensuing session.
1973, c. 84, 10. Clause e of subsection 1 of section 12 of The Development
re-enacted;' Corporations Act, 1973, being chapter 84, is repealed and the
following substituted therefor:
1980, c.
(e) buy, hold, own, hire, maintain, control, take, lease, sell,
assign, exchange, transfer, manage, improve, develop
or otherwise deal in and dispose of, either absolutely or
by way of security or otherwise, any property real and
personal, movable and immovable, and assets general-
ly, including industrial and manufacturing plants
regarding which a notice of plant closing has been issued
under The Plant Closing Notice and Disclosure Act,
1980.
Commence-
ment
1 1 . This Act comes into force on the day it receives Royal
Assent.
Short title
1 2. The short title of this Act is The Plant Closing Notice and
Disclosure Act, 1980.
bo
^
■^
r<A.
c2
g
s.
»
<:^
^
«)
O
w
X
^
Co
N
a.
0^
o
o
INO
rt-
u^
s
o
C<i
?i.
cr
>i
rt)
1-1
>3
«>
ON
Q
r-t-
O
00
o
(X5
^
p
3
>
Q
3
o'
>
t/2_
o
(-1-
5'
Ht
QTQ
(t
t/3
W)
^.
■o
S
fD
O
o
r^_
3
5'
r+
Orq
P
BILL 159 Private Member's Bill
4th Session, 31st Legislature, Ontario
29 Elizabeth II, 1980
An Act respecting the Licensing and Inspection
of Amusement Rides in Ontario
Mr. Eaton
TORONTO
Printed by J. C. Thatcher, Queen's Printer for Ontario
Explanatory Note
The purpose of the Bill is to provide for the licensing and inspection of
amusement rides in Ontario. The Bill requires that all amusement rides be
licensed. A Director appointed under the Act is given the authority to revoke the
licence for an amusement ride that does not comply with the Act. The Act provides
for inspectors and specifies that the inspectors must apply the Midway Safety Code
when conducting their inspections. It is an offence under the Act to operate an
amusement ride that is not licensed or that is unsafe or to cause or permit an
amusement ride to be operated in an unsafe manner.
BILL 159 1980
An Act respecting the Licensing and
Inspection of Amusement Rides in Ontario
HER MAJESTY, by and with the advice and consent of
the Legislative Assembly of the Province of Ontario,
enacts as follows:
1 . In this Act, interpre-
tation
(a) "amusement ride" means a roller coaster, ferris wheel or
other device designed to entertain people by physically
moving them and ordinarily used at a carnival, exhibi-
tion, fair or amusement park;
(b) "Director" means the Director appointed under this Act;
(c) "Minister" means the Minister of Consumer and Com-
mercial Relations;
(d) "owner" includes the person in charge of an amusement
ride as licensee, lessee, agent or otherwise but does not
include an attendant.
2. — (1) No person shall operate an amusement ride unless the Licence
required
amusement ride is licensed and it complies with this Act and the
regulations.
(2) No person shall operate an amusement ride or cause or Operation of
permit it to be operated if the person has reason to believe that it is prohibited
in an unsafe condition.
(3) No person shall operate an amusement ride or cause or Unsafe
... , . r operation
permit it to be operated in an unsafe manner. prohibited
3. — (1) The Director shall issue a licence for an amusement Licence for
ride or a renewal thereof to an applicant therefor subject to such ride
terms and conditions as are prescribed in the regulations and as
are agreed to by the applicant or licensee.
Where licence
may be refused
(2) The Director may refuse to grant or to renew a licence for an
amusement ride, or may suspend or revoke such a Hcence where,
(a) the amusement ride or the operation thereof does not
comply with this Act or the regulations; or
(b) the holder of the licence has failed to comply with an
order of an inspector or is in contravention of this Act or
the regulations.
Notice of
proposed
4. — (1) Where the Director proposes,
(a) to refuse to grant or to renew a licence; or
(b) to suspend or revoke a licence,
under section 3, he shall serve notice of his proposal together with
written reasons therefor, on the applicant or licence holder, as the
case may be.
Idem (2) A notice under subsection 1 shall inform the applicant or
licence holder that he is entitled to a hearing by a judge of the
county or district court for the county or district in which he
resides if he applies to a judge thereof within fifteen days after the
notice under subsection 1 is served on him and he may so apply for
such a hearing.
Power of
Director
where no
hearing
(3) Where an applicant or licence holder does not apply to a
judge for a hearing in accordance with subsection 2, the Director
may refuse to grant a licence or may carry out the proposal stated
in his notice under subsection 1.
Appointment
for hearing
(4) Where an applicant or licence holder applies to a judge for a
hearing in accordance with subsection 2 , the judge shall in writing
appoint a time and place for and hold the hearing.
Powers of
judge where
hearing
(5) Upon the application of the Director at the hearing, the
judge may by order require the Director to grant the licence or
permit him to carry out his proposal, or direct that such action as
the judge considers proper be taken by the Director in accordance
with this Act and the regulations and for such purposes the judge
may substitute his opinion for that of the Director.
Service
of notice
(6) The Director may" serve notice under subsection 1 person-
ally or by registered mail addressed to the applicant or licence
holder at his address last known to the Director and where notice
is served by registered mail, the notice shall be deemed to have
been served on the third day after the day of mailing unless the
person to whom notice is being given establishes to the judge to
whom he applies for a hearing that he did not, acting in good faith,
through absence, accident, illness or other cause beyond his con-
trol receive the notice or order until a later date.
(7) A judge to whom application is made by an applicant or Extension
licence holder for a hearing under this section may extend the time application
for making application, either before or after expiration of the
time fixed therein, where he is satisfied that there are prima facie
grounds for granting relief to the applicant or licence holder
pursuant to a hearing and that there are reasonable grounds for
applying for the extension, and may give such directions as he
considers proper consequent upon the extension.
(8) Where, within the time prescribed therefor, or if no time is Continuation
prescribed, prior to the expiry of his licence, a licence holder has renewaf
applied for renewal of his licence or registration and paid the
prescribed fee, his licence shall be deemed to continue,
(a) until the renewal is granted; or
(b) where he is served with notice that the Director proposes
to refuse to grant the renewal, until the time for applying
for a hearing by a judge has expired and, where a hear-
ing is applied for, until the judge has made his decision.
5. — (1) The Director, the applicant or licence holder who has Parties
applied for the hearing and such other persons as are specified by
the judge are parties to the proceedings before a judge under
section 4.
(2) Notice of a hearing under section 4 shall afford to the licence Opportunity
1 1 / 11 • 1 1 • 1 • to achieve
holder a reasonable opportunity to show or to achieve compliance compliance
before the hearing with all lawful requirements for the retention of
the licence.
(3) An applicant or licence holder who is a party to proceedings Recording
under section 4 shall be afforded an opportunity to examine,
before the hearing, any written or documentary evidence that will
be produced or any report, the content of which will be given in
evidence at the hearing.
(4) The oral evidence taken before a judge at a hearing shall be Wem
recorded and, if so required, copies or a transcript thereof shall be
furnished upon the same terms as in the Supreme Court.
(5) The findings of fact of a judge pursuant to a hearing shall be Findings
based exclusively on evidence admissible on matters that may be
noticed un'der sections 15 and 16 of The Statutory Powers Proce- i97i, c. 47
dure Act, 1971.
Appeal to
Divisional
Court
6. — (1) Any party to proceedings before a judge under section
4 may appeal from the decision or order of the judge to the
Supreme Court in accordance with the rules of court.
Record to
be filed
(2) Where notice of an appeal is served under this section, the
judge shall forthwith file in the Supreme Court the record of the
proceedings before him in which the decision or order was made,
which, together with the transcript of the evidence before the
judge if it is not part of the record of the judge, shall constitute the
record in the appeal.
Minister
entitled to
be heard
(3) The Minister is entitled to be heard by counsel or otherwise
upon the argument of an appeal under this section.
Powers of
court on
appeal
(4) The Supreme Court may, on the appeal, affirm the decision
of the judge appealed from or may rescind it and make such new
decision as the court considers proper under this Act and the
regulations, and may order the Director to do any act or thing he is
authorized to do under this Act and as the court considers proper,
and for such purpose the court may substitute its opinion for that
of the Director or of the judge, or the court may refer the matter
back to the judge for rehearing, in whole or in part, in accordance
with such directions as the court considers proper.
Reporting
accidents
7 . Where an accident occurs in connection with an amusement
ride that results in death or serious injury to any person, the owner
shall notify the Director by telephone forthwith and the Director
shall cause such investigation to be made as he considers neces-
sary.
Appointment
of
inspectors
and
Director
8. — (1) Such inspectors as may be necessary to enforce this Act
and the regulations may be appointed by the Minister and the
Minister may designate one of the inspectors as the Director for the
purposes of the general administration of this Act and the regula-
tions including the supervision and direction of inspectors.
Nomination
of
inspectors
(2) The Minister may appoint as inspectors under this Act
persons nominated by the Canadian Outdoor Amusement Associ-
ation.
Certificate
of
appointment
(3) The Minister shall issue a certificate of appointment, bear-
ing his signature or a facsimile thereof, to every inspector.
Production
of
certificate
(4) Every inspector, while in the exercise of any of his powers or
duties under this Act, shall produce his certificate of appointment
upon request.
9. For the purpose of an inspection or an investigation under
Right to
examine person , . .
under oath this Act, the Director may, by notice in writing, require the
attendance before him of any person at any time and place named
in the notice and may then and there examine such person under
oath regarding any matter pertaining to the inspection.
1 0. — (1) An inspector may, for the purposes of carrying out his Powers of
duties under this Act and the regulations,
(a) subject to subsection 3, at any time without a warrant,
enter in or upon a premises where an amusement ride is
being installed or operated and inspect an amusement
ride;
(b) require the production of any licence, report or record
required by this Act or the regulations and examine and
copy the same and may require information from any
person concerning any matter related to an amusement
ride or the operation thereof;
(c) require the owner or operator of an amusement ride to do
or refrain from doing anything the inspector considers
necessary during an inspection;
(d) make such examinations, tests or inquiries as may be
necessary to ensure compliance with this Act and the
regulations.
(2) In carrying out his duties under this Act, an inspector shall ^^^^^^
apply the Midway Safety Code (CSA Standard Z267-1971) and '° ^'
such other safety codes as are prescribed by the regulations.
(3) An inspector shall not enter any room or place actually being Limit on
used as a dwelling where the occupier refuses entry except under to enter
the authority of a search warrant issued under section 142 of The i979, c. 4
Provincial Offences Act, 1979.
1 1. — (1) No person shall hinder, obstruct, molest or interfere Obstructing
with or attempt to hinder, obstruct, molest or interfere with an prohibited
inspector in the exercise of a power or the performance of a duty
under this Act and the regulations.
(2) Every person shall furnish all necessary means in his power Assisting
to facilitate any entry, inspection, examination or inquiry by an
inspector in the exercise of his powers and duties under this Act
and the regulations.
12. — (1) No action or other proceeding for damages lies or Liability
shall be instituted against an inspector for an act or omission by inspector
him in good faith in the execution or intended execution of any
power or duty under this Act or the regulations.
Liability
of Crown
R.S.O. 1970,
c. 365
(2) Subsection 1 does not, by reason of subsections 2 and 4 of
section 5 of The Proceedings Against the Crown Act, relieve the
Crown of liability in respect of a tort committed by an inspector to
which it would otherwise be subject and the Crown is liable under
that Act for any such tort in like manner as if subsection 1 had not
been enacted.
Certificate
as evidence
13. A statement as to the licensing or non-licensing of any
amusement ride purporting to be certified by the Director is,
without proof of the office or signature of the Director, receivable
in evidence 2i& prima facie proof of the facts stated therein for all
purposes in any action, proceeding or prosecution.
Offence
14. Every person who.
(a) fails to comply with any provision of this Act or the
regulations;
{b) knowingly makes a false statement in any document
required by this Act or the regulations;
(c) fails to comply with a term or condition of a licence; or
{d) fails to comply with an order or requirement of an
inspector,
is guilty of an offence and on conviction is liable to a fine of not
more than $10,000.
Regulations 15. The Lieutenant Governor in Council may make regula-
tions,
(a) respecting the installation, operation, maintenance and
inspection of amusement rides;
{b) providing for and requiring the keeping of records
regarding the design, construction, installation, repair,
maintenance, alteration and use of amusement rides;
(c) respecting the term, issue and renewal of licences, the
transfer of licences and the terms and conditions that
may be attached to licences;
{d) prescribing forms and providing for their use.
Commence-
ment
1 6 . This Act comes into force on the day it receives Royal
Assent.
Short title
1 7. The short title of this Act is The Amusement Ride Safety
Act, 1980.
tX3
^
'^
»■*.
<2
C5
g
^
w
«i
W
§
>
o-
H
(^
O
c^
Z
s-
►~4
Co
cr
m
>3
a
(-»■
&
A.
n
o
>
3
o'
3
>
(-1-
O
1-1
►-n
a>
>>o
3
o
c
cr.
n
3
s?
D.
ft
(T>
3
in
Cfl_
5'
5"
(W
O
p
3
3
sr
a
BILL 160 Private Member's Bill
4th Session, 31st Legislature, Ontario
29 Elizabeth II, 1980
An Act to amend The Labour Relations Act
Mr. Mackenzie
TORONTO
Printed by T. C. Thatcher, Oueen's Printer for Ontario
Explanatory Note
Section 1 of the Bill repeals a provision in the Act that permits an employer to
request, either before or after the commencement of a strike or lock-out, that a vote
be held on the employer's last offer. Section 2 of the Bill repeals a provision of the
Act that permits employees in a bargaining unit who are not members of the trade
union to participate in a strike vote or a vote to ratify a proposed collective
agreement.
BILL 160 1980
An Act to amend The Labour Relations Act
HER MAJESTY, by and with the advice and consent of the
Legislative Assembly of the Province of Ontario, enacts as
follows:
1. Section 34e oiThe Labour Relations Act, being chapter 232 of the ^ 34€,
Revised Statutes of Ontario, 1970, as enacted by the Statutes of "^^^^
Ontario, 1980, chapter 34, section 1, is repealed.
2. Subsection 4a of section 63 of the said Act, as enacted by the Statutes ^ 63 (4a),
of Ontario, 1980, chapter 34, section 3, is repealed. ^^^^
3. This Act comes into force on the day it receives Royal Assent. Commence-
-^ ■' ment
4. The short title of this Act is The Labour Relations Amendment Act , short title
1980.
3.
bo
a-
0^
r\j
rj-
1.^
S
O
o.
a.
cr
«.
CD
Q
t-t-
PL
00
o
s
H
cr
fT>
r >
fa
3
cr
o
>
c
o
►^
(-1-
?o
O
ft>
fa
K
3
O
13
3
>
n
BILL 161 Private Member's Bill
4th Session, 31st Legislature, Ontario
29 Elizabeth II, 1980
An Act to amend The Ontario Heritage Act, 1974
Mrs. Campbell
TORONTO
Printed by J. C. Thatcher, Queen's Printer for Ontario
Explanatory Note
The purpose of the Bill is to make several amendments to The Ontario
Heritage Act, 1974. Section 1 of the Bill removes the 180 day limitation on the
ability of a municipality to prohibit the demolition or removal of a building or
structure that has been designated under the Act. Section 2 of the Bill enacts a new
Part V-A of the Act that provides powers to the Minister of Culture and Recreation
to designate properties of historic or architectural value in Ontario. These powers
are similar to the powers already provided to municipalities under the Act. The Bill
also contains a provision permitting the Minister to provide assistance to individu-
als, institutions, agencies, organizations and municipalities for the purpose of
conserving buildings of historic or architectural value in Ontario.
BILL 161 1980
An Act to amend
The Ontario Heritage Act, 1974
HER MAJESTY, by and with the advice and consent of the
Legislative Assembly of the Province of Ontario, enacts as
follows:
1 . — (1) Clause b of subsection 2 of section 34 of The Ontario Heritage * ^^ (2) (fc),
Act, 1974, being chapter 122, is repealed and the following '^^"^"^'^ *^
substituted therefor:
(b) refuse the application,
(2) Subsection 4 of the said section 34 is repealed. «• 34 (4),
repealed
(3) Subsection 5 of the said section 34 is repealed and the following reinacted
substituted therefor:
(5) Where the council consents to an application under clause a By-law
c \ • 1 !• • designating
of subsection 2 , or is deemed to have consented to an application property
under subsection 3 , the council shall pass a by-law repealing the repelled
by-law or part thereof designating the property and shall cause,
(a) a copy of the repealing by-law to be served on the owner
and on the Foundation;
(b) notice of the repealing by-law to be published in a news-
paper having general circulation in the municipality;
(c) reference to the property to be deleted from the Register
referred to in subsection 1 of section 27; and
(d) a copy of the repealing by-law to be registered against
the property affected in the proper land registry office.
2. The said Act is amended by adding thereto the following Part: ss 39a-39/,
Proposed
designation
Notice of
intention
Contents
of notice
PART V-A
Conservation of Buildings of Historic
OR Architectural Value
designation of properties by minister
39a. — (1) Where the Minister intends to designate property
within a municipahty to be of historic or architectural value or
interest, the Minister shall cause notice of intention to designate to
be given in accordance with subsection 2.
(2) Notice of intention to designate under subsection 1 shall be,
(a) served on the owner of the property and on the Founda-
tion; and
(b) published in a newspaper having general circulation in
the municipality.
(3) Notice of intention to designate under subsection 2 shall
contain,
(a) an adequate description of the property so that it may be
readily ascertained;
(b) a statement of the reason for the proposed designation;
and
Objection
Where no
notice of
objection
(c) a statement that notice of objection to the designation
may be served on the Minister within thirty days of the
date of the first publication of the notice of intention in a
newspaper having general circulation in the municipal-
ity.
(4) A person who objects to a proposed designation shall,
within thirty days after the date of first publication of the notice of
intention in a newspaper having general circulation in the munici-
pality, serve on the Minister a notice of objection setting out the
reasons for the objection and all the relevant facts.
(5) Where no notice of objection is served within the thirty-day
period under subsection 4, the Minister shall,
(a) issue an order designating the property and cause a copy
of the order together with reasons for the designation,
(i) to be registered against the property affected in
the proper land registry office,
(ii) to be served on the owner and the Foundation,
I
and publish a notice of the order in a newspaper having
general circulation in the municipality; or
(b) withdraw the notice of intention to designate the prop--
erty by serving and publishing notice of the withdrawal
in the manner and to the persons as required for the
notice of intention to designate under subsection 2.
(6) Where a notice of objection has been served under subsec- Referral
tion 4, the Minister shall, upon expiration of the thirty-day period Board
under subsection 3, refer the matter to the Review Board for a
hearing and report.
(7) Pursuant to a reference by the Minister under subsection 6, Hearing
the Review Board, as soon as is practicable, shall hold a hearing
open to the public to determine whether the property in question
should be designated, and the Minister, the owner, and any
person who has filed an objection under subsection 4 and such
other persons as the Review Board may specify, are parties to the
hearing.
(8) A hearing under subsection 7 shall be held at such place in idem
the municipality in which the property is situated as the Review
Board may determine, and notice of such hearing shall be pub-
lished in a newspaper having general circulation in the munici-
pality at least ten days prior to the date of such hearing.
(9) The Review Board may combine two or more related hear- Review Board
ings and conduct them in all respects and for all purposes as one heanngs
hearing.
(10) Sections 6 to 16 and 21 to 23 of The Statutory Powers Application
n 7 A .^r,. 1 1 • I , • ►, ofl971, c. 47
Froceaure Act, 1971 apply to a hearmg under subsection 7.
(11) Within thirty days after the conclusion of a hearing under Report
subsection 7 , the Review Board shall make a report to the Minister
setting out its findings of fact, its recommendations as to whether
or not the property should be designated under this Part and any
information or knowledge used by it in reaching its recommenda-
tions, and the Review Board shall send a copy of its report to the
other parties to the hearing.
(12) Where the Review Board fails to make a report within the Failure
1 1 1 '° report
time limited by subsection 1 1 , such failure does not invalidate the
procedure.
(13) After considering the report under subsection 11, the ^ecis'^on of
Minister without a further hearing shall,
(a) issue an order designating the property and cause a copy
of the order together with reasons for the designation.
(i) to be registered against the property affected in
the proper land registry office,
(ii) to be served on the owner and the Foundation,
and publish a notice of the order in a newspaper having
general circulation in the municipality; or
(b) withdraw the notice of intention to designate the prop-
erty by serving and publishing notice of the withdrawal
in the manner and to the persons as required for the
notice of intention to designate under subsection 3,
and the Minister's decision is final.
Revocation
of order
39b . — ( 1) Where the Minister intends to revoke an order or part
thereof designating property, the Minister shall cause notice of
intention to revoke the order or part thereof to be given in accord-
ance with subsection 2.
Notice of
intention
(2) Notice of intention to revoke an order or part thereof under
subsection 1 shall be.
(a) served on the owner of the property and on the Founda-
tion; and
(b) published in a newspaper having general circulation in
the municipality.
Contents
of notice
(3) Notice of intention to revoke an order or part thereof under
subsection 1 shall contain,
(a) an adequate description of the property so that it may be
readily ascertained;
(b) a statement of the reason for the proposed revoking
order; and
(c) a statement that notice of objection to the revoking order
may be served on the Minister within thirty days of the
date of the first publication of the notice of intention in a
newspaper having general circulation in the municipal-
ity.
Objection
(4) A person who objects to a proposed revoking order shall
object to the revoking order in the manner set out in subsection 4
of section 39a.
Idem
(5) Subsections 5 to 13 of section 39a as they apply to an
intention to designate a property shall apply with necessary mod-
ifications to an intention to revoke an order or part thereof desig-
nating a property under this section.
(6) Where the Minister issues an order revoking the designation Deletion
of a property under this section, the Minister shall cause the clerk Register
of the appropriate municipality to delete any reference to the
property from the Register referred to in subsection 1 of section 27.
39c. — (1) No owner of property designated under this Part Application
shall demolish or remove any building or structure on such prop- demolition
erty or permit the demolition or removal of any building or struc-
ture on such property unless he applies to the Minister and
receives consent in writing to such demolition or removal.
(2) The Minister shall consider an application under subsection Decision of
1 and within ninety days of receipt thereof shall,
(a) consent to the application; or
(b) refuse the application,
and shall cause notice of the decision,
(c) to be given to the owner and to the Foundation; and
(d) to be published in a newspaper having general circula-
tion in the municipality,
and the Minister's decision is final.
(3) The applicant and the Minister may agree to extend the time Extension
under subsection 2 and, where the Minister fails to notify the
applicant of the decision within ninety days after the notice of
receipt is served on the applicant or within such extended time as
may be agreed upon, the Minister shall be deemed to have con-
sented to the application.
(4) Where the Minister consents or is deemed to have consented ^•^^".,.
' demolition
to an application, the Minister shall issue an order revoking the may proceed
order designating the property and shall cause,
(a) a copy of the revoking order to be served on the owner
and on the Foundation;
(b) notice of the revoking order to be published in a news-
paper having general circulation in the municipality;
(c) reference to the property to be deleted from the Register
referred to in subsection 1 of section 27; and
New owner
to give
notice
(d) a copy of the revoking order to be registered against the
property affected in the proper land registry office.
39d. Every person who becomes the owner of property desig-
nated under this Part shall give notice to the Minister of the change
of ownership within thirty days of becoming owner of the prop-
erty.
Purchase
or lease
39e. — (1) The Minister may acquire, by purchase, lease or
otherwise, any property or part thereof designated under this
Part, including any interest therein, for the use or purposes of this
Part and for disposing of such property or any interest therein, by
sale, lease or otherwise dispose of the property, when no longer so
required, upon such terms and conditions as the Minister consid-
ers necessary for the purposes of this Part.
Expropriation
R.S.O. 1970,
c. 154
(2) Subject to The Expropriations Act, the Minister may, by
order, expropriate any property designated under this Part and
required for the purposes of this Part and may sell, lease or
otherwise dispose of the property, when no longer so required,
upon such terms and conditions as the Minister considers neces-
sary for the purposes of this Part.
Assistance
39/. The Minister may provide financial assistance to indi-
viduals, institutions, agencies, organizations and municipalities
for the purpose of conserving buildings of historic or architectural
value in Ontario.
Commence-
ment
Short title
3. This Act comes into force on the day it receives Royal Assent.
4. The short title of this Act is The Ontario Heritage Amendment Act,
1980.
^
>«
g
w
c^
in
^
n
a
>
§
s
<3-
^
to
dd
M
t»
f
055
ro
r-f-
S-^
S
o
^
51,
a"
>a
>i
c^
-^
«>
;:^
r-f-
Q
op
jr
Pi-
o
0^
00
o
H
tr
rt>
o
3
>
3
o'
>
ffl
n
rt>
r*-
p.
O
?
P
(W
3
m
ft
>
3
BILL 162 Private Member's Bill
4th Session, 31st Legislature, Ontario
29 Elizabeth II, 1980
An Act to amend The Ministry of the Environment Act
Mr. Isaacs
TORONTO
Printed by J. C. Thatcher, Queen's Printer for Ontario
Explanatory Note
The purpose of the Bill is to confer responsibility on the Minister of the
Environment to manage all aspects of a spill or accumulation of hazardous or toxic
substances that may endanger public health or safety and that has been designated
an environmental disaster by the Legislative Assembly of Ontario.
BILL 162 1980
An Act to amend
The Ministry of the Environment Act
HER MAJESTY, by and with the advice and consent of the
Legislative Assembly of the Province of Ontario, enacts as
follows:
1. The Ministry of the Environment Act, being chapter 112 of the » 4«.
Revised Statutes of Ontario, 1970, is amended by adding thereto the ^"^'^ ^
following section:
4a. — (1) Notwithstanding any other Act, the Minister shall Environmental
assume responsibility for all aspects of the management of any
spill or accumulation of hazardous or toxic substances that may
endanger public health or safety and that has been designated an
environmental disaster under subsection 2.
(2) The Legislative Assembly of Ontario may designate, by Designation
resolution or otherwise, any spill or accumulation of hazardous or
toxic substances to be an environmental disaster for the purposes
of subsection 1.
2. This Act comes into force on the 14th day of October, 1980. Commence-
ment
3. The short title of this Act is The Ministry of the Environment Short title
Amendment Act, 1980.
Co
Go
Pi-
t\>
r-<-
K^
s
O
Co
Pi-
cr
<?*
>3
i-t
>2
a
o
Q
c*
Pi.
tr
?:i.
^4.
S
0^5
00
o
1'
^ >
O >
o a
BILL 163 Private Member's Bill
4th Session, 31st Legislature, Ontario
29 Elizabeth II, 1980
An Act to declare the Upper Ottawa Street
Landfill Site to be an Environmental Disaster
Mr. Isaacs
TORONTO
Printed by J. C. Thatcher, Queen's Printer for Ontario
Explanatory Note
The purpose of the Bill is to declare the Upper Ottawa Street Landfill Site in
the City of Hamilton an environmental disaster. This Bill is complementary to Bill
162 entitled The Ministry of the Environment Amendment Act, 1980 that confers
responsibility upon the Minister of the Environment to manage all aspects of any
environmental disaster designated by the Legislative Assembly of Ontario.
BILL 163 1980
An Act to declare the Upper Ottawa Street
Landfill Site to be an Environmental Disaster
HER MAJESTY, by and with the advice and consent of
the Legislative Assembly of the Province of Ontario,
enacts as follows:
1 . For the purposes of section 4a of The Ministry of the Envi- Designation
ronment Act, the landfill site located in the City of Hamilton in environ-
The Regional Municipality of Hamilton- Wentworth and known ^^^^ItL
municipally as the Upper Ottawa Street Landfill Site is hereby
designated an environmental disaster.
2. This Act comes into force on the 15th day of October, 1980. Commence-
^ ment
3. The short title of this Act is The Upper Ottawa Street Short title
Environmental Disaster Act, 1980.
to
055
tNj
<-»•
k»4
s
o
Co
R-
cr
r-K
>3
>i
r^
vO
c^
a
r-f-
(^
R-
«<•>>
JT-
Pi.
s
S
c^
1— '
CX)
o
(A5
3 re re
o m n
3 ^§
fD p f^
3 3 r+
^ «^ ^
wi re 5
BILL 164 Government Bill
4th Session, 31st Legislature, Ontario
29 Elizabeth II, 1980
An Act to amend The Insurance Act
The Hon. Frank Drea
Minister of Consumer and Commercial Relations
TORONTO
Printed by J. C. Thatcher, Queen's Printer for Ontario
Explanatory Notes
Sections l and 2. Paragraphs 30 and 35 of section 1 of the Act now read as
follows:
30. "insurance" means the undertaking by one person to indemnify another
person against loss or liability for loss in respect of a certain risk or peril to
which the object of the insurance may be exposed, or to pay a sum of
money or other thing of value upon the happening of a certain event;
35. "life insurance" means insurance whereby an insurer undertakes to pay
insurance money,
(a) on death; or
(b) on the happening of an event or contingency dependent on human
life; or
(c) at a fixed or determinable future time; or
(d) for a term dependent on human life,
and, without restricting the generality of the foregoing, includes acci-
dental death insurance but not accident insurance.
Paragraph 30 is re-enacted and clause g of paragraph 35 is enacted to clarify
that an annuity contract entered into by an insurer is, and is deemed always to have
been, life insurance for the purposes of the Act.
Clausem of section 145 of the Act which will be repealed by section 2 of the Bill
now reads as follows:
(m) "life insurance" includes disability insurance and accidental death
insurance.
The proposed clauses e and /of paragraph 35 of section 1 will eliminate the
need for this definition of "life insurance".
BILL 164 1980
An Act to amend The Insurance Act
HER MAJESTY, by and with the advice and consent of the
Legislative Assembly of the Province of Ontario, enacts as
follows:
s. 1, pars. 30
1. Paragraphs 30 and 35 of section 1 of The Insurance Act, being and 3S,
chapter 224 of the Revised Statutes of Ontario, 1970, are repealed '■^-'^"^^t'^d
and the following substituted therefor:
30. "insurance" means the undertaking by one person to
indemnify another person against loss or liability for loss
in respect of a certain risk or peril to which the object of
the insurance may be exposed, or to pay a sum of money
or other thing of value upon the happening of a certain
event and includes life insurance;
35. "life insurance" means an undertaking by an insurer to
pay insurance money,
(a) on death; or
{b) on the happening of an event or contingency
dependent on human life; or
(c) at a fixed or determinable future time; or
{d) for a term dependent on human life,
and, without restricting the generality of the foregoing,
includes,
{e) accidental death insurance but not accident
insurance;
(/) disability insurance; and
s. 145 (m),
repealed
s. 218(1-3),
re-enacted
Minimum
liability
under policy
Priorities
Minimum
limits
where
separate
limits
designated
Commence-
ment
Idem
Short title
(g) an undertaking entered into by an insurer to
provide an annuity or what would be an annuity
except that the periodic payments may be
unequal in amount and such an undertaking
shall be deemed always to have been life insur-
ance.
2. Clause m of section 145 of the said Act is repealed.
3 . Subsections 1 , 2 and 3 of section 2 1 8 of the said Act, as re-enacted by
the Statutes of Ontario, 1976, chapter 75, section 1, are repealed
and the following substituted therefor:
(1) Every contract evidenced by a motor vehicle liability policy
insures, in respect of any one accident, to the limit of at least
$200,000, exclusive of interest and costs, against liability resulting
from bodily injury to or the death of one or more persons and loss
of or damage to property.
(2) The contract shall be interpreted to mean that where, by
reason of any one accident, liability results from bodily injury or
death and from loss of or damage to property,
(a) claims against the insured arising out of bodily injury or
death have priority to the extent of $190,000 over claims
arising out of loss of or damage to property; and
(b) claims against the insured arising out of loss of or dam-
age to property have priority to the extent of $10,000
over claims arising out of bodily injury or death.
(3) The insurer may, instead of specifying a limit in the policy
for an inclusive amount, specify a limit of liability of at least
$200,000, exclusive of interest and costs, against liability resulting
from bodily injury to or the death of one or more persons and a
limit of liability of at least $200,000, exclusive of interest and
costs, against liability for loss of or damage to property.
4. — (1) This Act, except section 3, comes into force on the day it
receives Royal Assent.
(2) Section 3 comes into force on the 1st day of March, 1981.
5. The short title of this Act is The Insurance Amendment Act, 1980.
Section 3. Subsections 1, 2 and 3 of section 218 of the Act are re-enacted
with the following changes only:
1. In section 218 (1), the limit is increased to $200,000 from $100,000.
2. In section 218 (2) (a), the limit is increased to $190,000 from $95,000.
3. In section 218 (2) (b), the limit is increased to $10,000 from $5,000.
4. In section 2 18 (3), the minimum limit for both bodily injury and property
damage is increased to $200,000 from $100,000.
bo
Sh
o
5' K
o
t:. M
3
3
^ O
CD
s,;^
p]
n ^
^
3 ^
o"
- 5
3
t/i
p §
5 >
a-
t\,
s
>-«i
t<i
>0
i-i
::q
^
1— '
<:^
55
0
a
s
00
0
>
3
O
P
3
n
3
a
H
3-
BILL 164
4th Session, 31st Legislature, Ontario
29 Elizabeth II, 1980
An Act to amend The Insurance Act
The Hon. Frank Drea
Minister of Consumer and Commercial Relations
I Printed by J. C. Thatcher, Queen's Printer for Ontario
BILL 164 1980
An Act to amend The Insurance Act
HER MAJESTY, by and with the advice and consent of the
Legislative Assembly of the Province of Ontario, enacts as
follows:
s. 1, pars. 30
1. Paragraphs 30 and 35 of section 1 of The Insurance Act, being and 3S,
chapter 224 of the Revised Statutes of Ontario, 1970, are repealed '^-^""^^^^^
and the following substituted therefor:
30. "insurance" means the undertaking by one person to
indemnify another person against loss or liability for loss
in respect of a certain risk or peril to which the object of
the insurance may be exposed, or to pay a sum of money
or other thing of value upon the happening of a certain
event and includes life insurance;
35. "life insurance" means an undertaking by an insurer to
pay insurance money,
(a) on death; or
0) on the happening of an event or contingency
dependent on human life; or
(c) at a fixed or determinable future time; or
{d) for a term dependent on human life,
and, without restricting the generality of the foregoing,
includes,
(e) accidental death insurance but not accident
insurance;
(/) disability insurance; and
s. 145 (m),
repealed
(g) an undertaking entered into by an insurer to
provide an annuity or what would be an annuity
except that the periodic payments may be
unequal in amount and such an undertaking
shall be deemed always to have been life insur-
ance.
2. Clause m of section 145 of the said Act is repealed.
s. 218(1-3),
re-enacted
Minimum
liability
under policy
■ Priorities
Minimum
limits
where
separate
limits
designated
Cpmmence-
ment
Idem
Short title
3. Subsections 1, 2 and 3 of section 2 18 of the said Act, as re-enacted by
the Statutes of Ontario, 1976, chapter 75, section 1, are repealed
and the following substituted therefor:
(1) Every contract evidenced by a motor vehicle liability policy
insures, in respect of any one accident, to the limit of at least
$200,000, exclusive of interest and costs, against liability resulting
from bodily injury to or the death of one or more persons and loss
of or damage to property.
(2) The contract shall be interpreted to mean that where, by
reason of any one accident, liability results from bodily injury or
death and from loss of or damage to property,
(a) claims against the insured arising out of bodily injury or
death have priority to the extent of $190,000 over claims
arising out of loss of or damage to property; and
(b) claims against the insured arising out of loss of or dam-
age to property have priority to the extent of $10,000
over claims arising out of bodily injury or death.
(3) The insurer may, instead of specif)dng a limit in the policy
for an inclusive amount, specify a limit of liability of at least
$200,000, exclusive of interest and costs, against liability resulting
from bodily injury to or the death of one or more persons and a
limit of liability of at least $200,000, exclusive of interest and
costs, against liability for loss of or damage to property.
4. — (1) This Act, except section 3, comes into force on the day it
receives Royal Assent.
(2) Section 3 comes into force on the 1st day of March, 1981.
5. The short title of this Act is The Insurance Amendment Act, 1980.
o
rr.- w
3
3
C/l
^ O
2.
a?
B^
n ^
K
3 ^
o
3
- 5
p §
5 >
(X
0
0
0
<-
n
0
re
3
cr
u
s
r\j
s
I-*
a.
cr
a.
cr
>3
1^
h- '
>3
I— '
Si
00
J5
0
Ci
PL
S-
B-
S-
!:r
s
^
s'
^
J'
"•
l>C!
H->
ona
I—*
I>i5
i_i
vO
vO
0
00
00
00
0
0
0
>
>
3
3
a
H
3-
fD
#
BILL 165 Government Bill
4th Session, 31st Legislature, Ontario
29 Elizabeth II, 1980
An Act to amend
The Motor Vehicle Accident Claims Act
The Hon. Frank Drea
Minister of Consumer and Commercial Relations
TORONTO
Printed by J. C. Thatcher, Queen's Printer for Ontario
Explanatory Notes
Section 1. — Subsection 1. The new section 22 (1) of the Act provides that
payments out of the Fund in respect of damages for injury or death caused by an
uninsured motor vehicle after the 1st day of March, 1981 may be made up to an
amount of $200,000. This increases the present maximum payment of $100,000.
The new section 21 (la)of the Act is a re-enactment of the former section 22 (1)
with the words "and before the 1st day of March, 1981" inserted after "the 1st day
of January, 1977". The effect is to leave unchanged the present maximum payment
in respect of an accident occurring prior to the 1st day of March, 1981.
BILL 165 1980
An Act to amend
The Motor Vehicle Accident Claims Act
HER MAJESTY, by and with the advice and consent of the
Legislative Assembly of the Province of Ontario, enacts as
follows:
1. — (1) Subsection 1 of section 22 of The Motor Vehicle Accident »• 22 (i),
Claims Act, being chapter 281 of the Revised Statutes of
Ontario, 1970, as re-enacted by the Statutes of Ontario, 1976,
chapter 76, section 1, is repealed and the following substituted
therefor:
(1) In respect of any application under section 5 or 6 for pay- Limits
ment of damages arising out of motor vehicle accidents occurring From Fund
in Ontario on or after the 1st day of March, 1981, and subject to
subsection 5 , the Minister shall not pay out of the Fund more than
the total amount of $200,000, exclusive of costs, for all damages on
account of injury or death to one or more persons, or loss of or
damage to property occasioned in Ontario by any one uninsured
motor vehicle and arising out of any one accident, provided that
any claims arising out of any loss of or damage to property shall
have priority over any claims arising out of any bodily injury or
death to the extent of $10,000, but in any event the Minister shall
not pay out of the Fund more than a total of $10,000 in respect of
all claims arising out of the loss of or damage to property
occasioned by any one uninsured vehicle and arising out of any
one accident.
(la) In respect of any application under section 5 or 6 for idem
payment of damages arising out of motor vehicle accidents occur-
ring in Ontario on or after the 1st day of January, 1977, and before
the 1st day of March, 1981, and subject to subsection 5, the
Minister shall not pay out of the Fund more than the total amount
of $100,000, exclusive of costs, for all damages on account of
injury or death to one or more persons, or loss of or damage to
property occasioned in Ontario by any one uninsured motor
vehicle and arising out of any one accident, provided that any
claims arising out of any loss of or damage to property shall have
priority over any claims arising out of any bodily injury or death to
the extent of $5 ,000, but in any event the Minister shall not pay out
of the Fund more than a total of $5,000 in respect of all claims
arising out of the loss of or damage to property occasioned by any
one uninsured vehicle and arising out of any one accident.
s. 22 (la),
renumbered
(2) Subsection la of the said section 22 , as enacted by the Statutes
of Ontario, 1976, chapter 76, section 1, is renumbered as
subsection lb.
s. 22 (S) (a),
re-enacted
(3) Clause a of subsection 5 of the said section 22 , as re-enacted by
the Statutes of Ontario, 1976, chapter 76, section 1, is repealed
and the following substituted therefor:
(a) arising out of motor vehicle accidents occurring in
Ontario on or after the 1st day of March, 1981, more
than $200,000, exclusive of costs, for all damages on
account of injury to one or more persons and the death of
one or more persons occasioned by any one uninsured
motor vehicle and arising out of any one accident; or
(aa) arising out of motor vehicle accidents occurring in
Ontario on or after the 1st day of January, 1977, and
before the 1st day of January, 1981, more than $100,000,
exclusive of costs, for all damages on account of injury to
one or more persons and the death of one or more persons
occasioned by any one uninsured motor vehicle and
arising out of any one accident; or
s. 22 (S) iaa),
relettered
(4) Clause aa of subsection 5 of the said section 22, as enacted by
the Statutes of Ontario, 1976, chapter 76, section 1, is relet-
tered as clause ab .
Commence-
ment
Short title
2. This Act comes into force on the 1st day of March, 1981.
3. The short title of this Act is The Motor Vehicle Accident Claims
Amendment Act, 1980.
Subsection 2. Self-explanatory.
Subsection 3 . Section 22 (5) of the Act sets out various limits to payments out
of the Fund in respect of judgments against the Superintendent where motor
vehicle accidents occurred within certain specified periods. The lead-in to subsec-
tion 5 reads as follows:
(S) Subject to subsection 6, the Minister shall not pay out of the Fund in
respect of judgments against the Superintendent for damages,
The new clause a permits payments out of the Fund up to a maximum of
$200,000 where there is a judgment against the Superintendent in respect of a
motor vehicle accident occurring after the 1st day of March, 1981. The present
maximum is $100,000.
The new clause aa is a re-enactment of the former clause a with the words "and
before the 1st day of March, 1981" inserted after "the 1st day of January, 1977".
The effect is to leave unchanged the present maximum payment in respect of an
accident occurring prior to the 1st day of March, 1981.
Subsection 4. Self-explanatory.
ba
n 5' K
§ E^- "
S ^ ffi
3 "« o
ft> O '7'
p' O ITJ
ill
p g W
5-^ O
=^ P S
^ g M
1^0
r-t-
O
>-^
s
Q-
Co
a.
fti
r-k
>3
1-1
>3
^
t—*
c^
^
o
S>
S-
R-
^•i*
00
o
^
<>
n
3
rr
o'
>
o
rT
r-i-
>
o
o
o_
p
a
3
O)
CD
3
3
<-^
a
n
e!
BILL 165
4th Session, 31st Legislature, Ontario
29 Elizabeth II, 1980
An Act to amend
The Motor Vehicle Accident Claims Act
The Hon. Frank Drea
Minister of Consumer and Commercial Relations
TORONTO
Printed by J. C. Thatcher, Queen's Printer for Ontario
i
BILL 165 1980
An Act to amend
The Motor Vehicle Accident Claims Act
HER MAJESTY, by and with the advice and consent of the
Legislative Assembly of the Province of Ontario, enacts as
follows:
1. — (1) Subsection 1 of section 22 of The Motor Vehicle Accident s. 22 (i),
Claims Act, being chapter 281 of the Revised Statutes of
Ontario, 1970, as re-enacted by the Statutes of Ontario, 1976,
chapter 76, section 1 , is repealed and the following substituted
therefor:
(1) In respect of any application under section 5 or 6 for pay- Limits
ment of damages arising out of motor vehicle accidents occurring from Fund
in Ontario on or after the 1st day of March, 1981, and subject to
subsection 5 , the Minister shall not pay out of the Fund more than
the total amount of $200,000, exclusive of costs, for all damages on
account of injury or death to one or more persons, or loss of or
damage to property occasioned in Ontario by any one uninsured
motor vehicle and arising out of any one accident, provided that
any claims arising out of any loss of or damage to property shall
have priority over any claims arising out of any bodily injury or
death to the extent of $10,000, but in any event the Minister shall
not pay out of the Fund more than a total of $10,000 in respect of
all claims arising out of the loss of or damage to property
occasioned by any one uninsured vehicle and arising out of any
one accident.
(la) In respect of any application under section 5 or 6 for ^dem
payment of damages arising out of motor vehicle accidents occur-
ring in Ontario on or after the 1st day of January, 1977, and before
the 1st day of March, 1981, and subject to subsection 5, the
Minister shall not pay out of the Fund more than the total amount
of $100,000, exclusive of costs, for all damages on account of
injury or death to one or more persons, or loss of or damage to
property occasioned in Ontario by any one uninsured motor
vehicle and arising out of any one accident, provided that any
claims arising out of any loss of or damage to property shall have
priority over any claims arising out of any bodily injury or death to
s. 22 (la),
renumbered
the extent of $5 ,000, but in any event the Minister shall not pay out
of the Fund more than a total of $5,000 in respect of all claims
arising out of the loss of or damage to property occasioned by any
one uninsured vehicle and arising out of any one accident.
(2) Subsection la of the said section 22 , as enacted by the Statutes
of Ontario, 1976, chapter 76, section 1, is renumbered as
subsection lb.
s. 22 (5) (o),
re-enacted
(3) Clause a of subsection 5 of the said section 22 , as re-enacted by
the Statutes of Ontario, 1976, chapter 76, section 1, is repealed
and the following substituted therefor:
(a) arising out of motor vehicle accidents occurring in
Ontario on or after the 1st day of March, 1981, more
than $200,000, exclusive of costs, for all damages on
account of injury to one or more persons and the death of
one or more persons occasioned by any one uninsured
motor vehicle and arising out of any one accident; or
(aa) arising out of motor vehicle accidents occurring in
Ontario on or after the 1st day of January, 1977, and
before the Istday of January, 1981, more than $100,000,
exclusive of costs, for all damages on account of injury to
one or more persons and the death of one or more persons
occasioned by any one uninsured motor vehicle and
arising out of any one accident; or
s. 22 (5) (aa),
relettered
(4) Clause aa of subsection 5 of the said section 22, as enacted by
the Statutes of Ontario, 1976, chapter 76, section 1, is relet-
tered as clause ab .
Commence-
ment
Short title
2. This Act comes into force on the 1st day of March, 1981.
3. The short title of this Act is The Motor Vehicle Accident Claims
Amendment Act, 1980.
s
H
ns'
W
o r^-
w
3 ^
o
2 o
3 ^
z
p' o
•n
I— o
^
>3S
2;
o-^
d
>
0
0
0
<
n
n
ft
3
cr
0
cr
Pi.
0
cr
05
fD
>3
i-i
>3
i-t
s
c^
tsj
h- »
<^
H-»
a
CX)
0
a
S-
tr
13-
IS'
s'
"•
s'
s
0^5
H-»
0^
1— '
0r<5
1— '
0
0
0
00
00
CX)
0
0
0
<>
fD
3
tr
n'
>
n
fT
<-►
>
s-
n
0
p
a
3
CD
n
3
3
r-t-
a
0
p'
M*
3
BILL 166 Private Member's Bill
4th Session, 31st Legislature, Ontario
29 Elizabeth II, 1980
An Act to amend The Non-resident
Agricultural Land Interests Registration Act, 1980
Mr. Donald C. MacDonald
TORONTO
Printed by J. C. Thatcher, Queen's Printer for Ontario
Explanatory Note
This Bill amends The Non-resident Agricultural Land Interests Registration
Act, 1980 by requiring the Minister to appoint a Director to administer the Act and
by requiring the Minister to appoint inspectors to enforce the Act.
Furthermore, the Bill provides for a moratorium on the sale of agricultural
land in Ontario to non-resident persons for a period of time consistent with the time
requirements provided in the Act for the registration of agricultural land holdings
of non-resident persons. It also requires the Minister, after such registration has
been completed, to table a report in the Assembly on the extent of non-resident
agricultural land holdings in Ontario.
BILL 166 1980
An Act to amend The Non-resident Agricultural
Land Interests Registration Act, 1980
HER MAJESTY, by and with the advice and consent of the
Legislative Assembly of the Province of Ontario, enacts as
follows:
1 . Section 6 of The Non-resident Agricultural Land Interests *^' , .
Registration Act, 1980, being chapter 26, is amended by striking
out "may" in the first line and in the third line and inserting
in lieu thereof in each instance "shall".
2. Section 10 of the said Act is repealed and the following substituted * lo-
, _ re-enacted
therefor:
10 — (1) No person shall sell or agree to sell any agricultural Moratorium
land to a non-resident prior to the 31st day of December, 1981.
(2) As soon as possible after the 3 1st day of December, 1981 , the Report
Minister shall table in the Assembly a report stating the amount of
agricultural land in Ontario owned by non-resident persons.
3. This Act comes into force on the day it receives Royal Assent. Commence-
ment
4. The short title of this Act is The Non-resident Agricultural Land Short title
Interests Registration Amendment Act, 1980.
bo
&
a,
0^5
O
o
K)
s-
k-^
S
ex
c^
a-
n
t-l.
>3
'-«
^
^
t—"
CT)
a
O
R
r-i-
tr
1— «
vO
00
o
0^
H
)-H
cr
3
re
ff
■:z;
o
3
(/I
>
?«
w
3
a
3
>
n
r-^
<-^
>-<
>
s-
(-►■_
OfQ
P2
o'
3
>
2_
o'
3^
3
3
o
3
a
"*
>-<
t— '
00
r
o
3
a
BILL 167 Government Bill
4th Session, 31st Legislature, Ontario
29 Elizabeth II, 1980
An Act to amend The Chiropody Act
The Hon. D. R. Timbrell
Minister of Health
TORONTO
Printed by J. C. Thatcher, Queen's Printer for Ontario
Explanatory Notes
Section 1 . The composition of the Board of Regents is changed from five
persons to not fewer than three and not more than seven persons.
Section 2. Section 3 of the Act authorizes the Board of Regents, with the
approval of the Lieutenant Governor in Council, to make regulations. New section
3a of the Act authorizes the Lieutenant Governor in Council to make, amend or
revoke a regulation if the Minister of Health has requested in writing that
the Board of Regents do so and the Board has failed to do so within sixty
days after the request.
BILL 167 1980
An Act to amend The Chiropody Act
HER MAJESTY, by and with the advice and consent of the
Legislative Assembly of the Province of Ontario, enacts as
follows:
1 . Subsection 1 of section 2 of The Chiropody Act, being chapter 70 of ^ 2 (i),
the Revised Statutes of Ontario, 1970, is repealed and the following "'^"^"^'^ ^
substituted therefor:
( 1) The Board of Regents is continued and shall be composed of Board of
not fewer than three and not more than seven persons appointed
by the Lieutenant Governor in Council.
2. The said Act is amended by adding thereto the following section: « ^a,
2>a. Where the Minister of Health requests in writing that the Regulations
Board make, amend or revoke a regulation under section 3 and the Lieutenant
Board has failed to do so within sixty days after the request, the ,^°coum;n
Lieutenant Governor in Council may make the regulation,
amendment or revocation specified in the request.
3. This Act comes into force on the day it receives Royal Assent. Commence-
•^ -^ ment
4 . The short title of this Act is The Chiropody Amendment Act, 1980. Short title
r2
tM
H
a
w
2. ^
v> ■
? p
W
a.
s
INJ
S
K*
S
Q*
V5
a.
n
'^
>3
<-t
>3
c^
H- '
n,
^
-P^
a
cr
1— '
vO
00
0
>
>
o
3
a>
S
CL
H
rt
O
o
O
BILL 167
4th Session, 31st Legislature, Ontario
29 Elizabeth II, 1980
An Act to amend The Chiropody Act
The Hon. D. R. Timbrell
Minister of Health
TORONTO
Pmnted by J. C. Thatcher, Queen's Printer for Ontario
i
BILL 167 1980
An Act to amend The Chiropody Act
HER MAJESTY, by and with the advice and consent of the
Legislative Assembly of the Province of Ontario, enacts as
follows:
1 . Subsection 1 of section 2 of The Chiropody Act, being chapter 70 of s 2 (D,
the Revised Statutes of Ontario, 1970, is repealed and the following ""^'^"^ ^
substituted therefor:
(1) The Board of Regents is continued and shall be composed of Board of
not fewer than three and not more than seven persons appointed ^^^"
by the Lieutenant Governor in Council.
2. The said Act is amended by adding thereto the following section: s. 3a,
3a . Where the Minister of Health requests in writing that the Regulations
Board make, amend or revoke a regulation under section 3 and the Lieutenant
Board has failed to do so within sixty days after the request, the j^^coTndi
Lieutenant Governor in Council may make the regulation,
amendment or revocation specified in the request.
3. This Act comes into force on the day it receives Royal Assent. Commence-
■' ■' ment
4 . The short title of this Act is The Chiropody Amendment Act, 1980. Short title
H
M
w
gw
5_
C/5
o
<->■
p
o
?«
re
H
i
cr
u
w
w
f
f
2;
0
0
<
fti
3
cr
fD
0
<
fD
3
cr
ft
>3
>3
0
<->■
0
cr
fO
>-*
>3
r^
>-t
c^
H- *
«i
tsi
&
4^
?i
-P>.
»
rt-
ex,
cr
-
0^5
!X5
H- '
ona
00
0
00
0
0
00
0
>
C3
ft
3
a
H
cr
fD
n
o
-o
o
o-
BILL 168 Government Bill
4th Session, 31st Legislature, Ontario
29 Elizabeth II, 1980
An Act to amend The Juries Act, 1974
The Hon. R. McMurtry
Attorney General
TORONTO
Printed by J. C. Thatcher, Queen's Printer for Ontario
Explanatory Notes
Section 1. The amendment makes persons seventy years of age or more
eligible to serve as jurors.
Section 2. — Subsection 1. The amendment addsjusticesofthe peace to the
persons ineligible to serve on juries.
Subsection 2. The amendment makes members of a religious order eligible
to serve as jurors. The provision repealed reads as follows:
3. — (1) The following persons are ineligible to serve as jurors:
8. Every ordained minister, priest or clergyman under any form or
profession or of any faith or worship, licensed to perform mar-
riages in Ontario.
9. Every person who is a member of a religious order vowed to live in
a convent, monastery or other like religious community.
Section 3. — Subsection 1 . The amendment makes blind persons eligible to
serve as jurors.
Subsection 2. The new provision permits blind persons and persons over
seventy years of age to elect not to serve as jurors.
Section 4. Complementary to section 1 of the Bill.
BILL 168 1980
An Act to amend The Juries Act, 1974
HER MAJESTY, by and with the advice and consent of the
Legislative Assembly of the Province of Ontario, enacts as
follows:
1. Clause c of section 2 of The Juries Act, 1974, being chapter 63, is »• 2 (c),
amended by striking out "and had not attained the age of sixty-nine
years or more" in the third and fourth lines.
2. — (1) Paragraph 3 of subsection 1 of section 3 of the said Act is ^j^^^]^'
amended by adding at the end thereof "and every justice of the amended
peace".
(2) Paragraphs 8 and 9 of subsection 1 of the said section 3 are ^ J^^^^' g
repealed. repealed
3. — (1) Clauses a and 6 of section 4 of the said Act are repealed and the s. 4(a),
following substituted therefor: TT^, ^ '
repealed
(a) has a physical or mental disability that would seriously
impair his ability to discharge the duties of a juror.
(2) The said section 4 is amended by adding thereto the following ^jj^g'^^gj
subsection:
(2) Every person is ineligible to serve as a juror, who, for bfindness
or age
(a) in the year preceding the year for which the jury is
selected had attained the age of sixty-nine years or more;
or
{b) is blind,
and has indicated on his return to the jury service notice that he
does not wish to serve as a juror.
4. Clause b of subsection 2 of section 6 of the said Act is amended by * ^ ^^J 5^'
. amended
striking out "and are not of and will not attain the age of sixty-nme
years or more" in the third and fourth lines.
s. 21 (2),
re-enacted
Excusing
of jurors
5. Subsection 2 of section 21 of the said Act is repealed and the
following substituted therefor:
(2) The sheriff may excuse any person summoned for a jury
sittings on the ground,
(a) of illness; or
(b) that serving as a juror may cause serious hardships or
loss to him or others,
but unless the local judge of the High Court directs otherwise and
notwithstanding any other provision of this Act, such person shall
be included in a panel to be returned for a sittings later in the year
or, where there are not further sittings in that year, in a panel to be
returned for a sittings in the year next following.
s. 25,
re-enacted
6. Section 25 of the said Act is repealed and the following substituted
therefor:
Excusing of
juror for
religious
reasons
25 . — (1) A person summoned for jury duty may be excused by a
judge from service as a juror on the ground that service as a juror
is incompatible with the beliefs or practices of a religion or religi-
ous order to which he belongs.
Excusing of
jurors for
illness or
hardship
(2) A person summoned for jury duty may be excused by a
judge from attending the sittings on the ground,
(a) of illness; or
(b) that serving as a juror may cause serious hardships or
loss to him or others,
and the judge may excuse the person from all service as a juror, or
the judge may direct that the service of a person excused be
postponed and that notwithstanding any provision of this Act, he
be included in a panel to be returned for a sittings later in that year
or in a panel to be returned for a sittings in the year next following.
Application
for
excusing
(3) A person summoned for jury service may be excused under
subsection 1 or 2,
(a) before the day for attendance by the local judge of the
High Court;
(b) on or after the day for attendance, by the judge presiding
at the sittings,
and the application to be excused may be made to the sheriff.
Section 5 . The provision that is proposed to be re-enacted reads the same
as the present provision except that clause b of the proposed provision takes the
place of the word "hardship".
Section 6. Provision is made for persons having religious conscientious
objection or illness or hardship to be excused from jury duty by the judge.
Section 7. Self-explanatory.
1
7. The said Act is amended by adding thereto the following section: « 44a,
enacted
44a. — (1) Every employer shall grant to an employee who is i>eave of
summoned for jury service a leave of absence, with or without from"'^^
pay, sufficient for the purpose of the discharge of the employee's employment
duties, and, upon the employee's return, the employer shall
reinstate the employee to his position, or provide him with alter-
native work of a comparable nature at not less than his wages at
the time his leave of absence began and without loss of seniority or
benefits accrued to the commencement of his leave of absence.
(2) An employer who fails to comply with subsection 1 is liable Liability
to the employee for any loss occasioned by the breach of his employer
obligation. ^°^ ^^
(3) Every employer who, directly or indirectly, Penalty
reprisals
(a) threatens to cause or causes an employee loss of position,
or employment; or
(b) threatens to impose or imposes on an employee any
pecuniary or other penalty,
because of his response to a summons, or his service as a juror, is
guilty of an offence and on conviction is liable to a fine of not more
than $5,000 or to imprisonment for a term of not more than three
months, or to both.
8. This Act comes into force on the day it receives Royal Assent. Commence-
-^ -^ ment
9. The short title of this Act is The Juries Amendment Act, 1980. short title
C2
ba
H
X
w
ft) H"!
3 n
H
1^0
r-f-
O
1-^
rt>
0,
>3
1-1
>0
^
K^
«>
4^
Si
ft-
cr
e^
^•k.
1'
o
>
3
3
a
H
cr
I
BILL 168
4th Session, 31st Legislature, Ontario
29 Elizabeth II, 1980
An Act to amend The Juries Act, 1974
The Hon. R. McMurtry
Attorney General
TORONTO
Printed by J. C. Thatcher, Queen's Printer for Ontario
BILL 168 1980
An Act to amend The Juries Act, 1974
HER MAJESTY, by and with the advice and consent of the
Legislative Assembly of the Province of Ontario, enacts as
follows:
1. Clause c of section 2 of The Juries Act, 1974, being chapter 63, is s. 2 (c),
amended by striking out "and had not attained the age of sixty-nine ^^^^
years or more" in the third and fourth lines.
2. — (1) Paragraph 3 of subsection 1 of section 3 of the said Act is ^3^^]^'
amended by adding at the end thereof "and every justice of the amended
peace".
(2) Paragraphs 8 and 9 of subsection 1 of the said section 3 are ^^3*^3 9
repealed. repealed
3. — (1) Clauses a and 6 of section 4 of the said Act are repealed and the s. 4(a),
following substituted therefor: "^I'T^^,^ '
repealed
(a) has a physical or mental disability that would seriously
impair his ability to discharge the duties of a juror.
(2) The said section 4 is amended by adding thereto the following ^^^g'^jjej
subsection:
(2) Every person is ineligible to serve as a juror, who, for bfindness
or age
(a) in the year preceding the year for which the jury is
selected had attained the age of sixty-nine years or more;
or
(6) is blind,
and has indicated on his return to the jury service notice that he
does not wish to serve as a juror.
. Clause b of subsection 2 of section 6 of the said Act is amended by * ^ ^^} ^''''
. amended
striking out "and are not of and will not attain the age of sixty-nme
years or more" in the third and fourth lines. .uo
s. 21 (2),
re-enacted
5. Subsection 2 of section 21 of the said Act is repealed and the
following substituted therefor:
Excusing
of jurors
(2) The sheriff may excuse any person summoned for a jury
sittings on the ground,
(a) of illness; or
(6) that serving as a juror may cause serious hardships or
loss to him or others,
but unless the local judge of the High Court directs otherwise and
notwithstanding any other provision of this Act, such person shall
be included in a panel to be returned for a sittings later in the year
or, where there are not further sittings in that year, in a panel to be
returned for a sittings in the year next following.
s. 25,
re-enacted
6. Section 25 of the said Act is repealed and the following substituted
therefor:
Excusing of
juror for
religious
25 . — (1) A person summoned for jury duty may be excused by a
judge from service as a juror on the ground that service as a juror
is incompatible with the beliefs or practices of a religion or religi-
ous order to which he belongs.
Excusing of
jurors for
illness or
hardship
(2) A person summoned for jury duty may be excused by a
judge from attending the sittings on the ground,
(a) of illness; or
(b) that serving as a juror may cause serious hardships or
loss to him or others,
and the judge may excuse the person from all service as a juror, or
the judge may direct that the service of a person excused be
postponed and that notwithstanding any provision of this Act, he
be included in a panel to be returned for a sittings later in that year
or in a panel to be returned for a sittings in the year next following.
Application
for
excusing
(3) A person summoned for jury service may be excused undei
subsection 1 or 2,
(a) before the day for attendance by the local judge of th
High Court;
(b) on or after the day for attendance, by the judge presidi
at the sittings.
and the application to be excused may be made to the sheriff.
7. The said Act is amended by adding thereto the following section: « 44a,
enacted
44a. — (1) Every employer shall grant to an employee who is Leave of
summoned for jury service a leave of absence, with or without from
pay, sufficient for the purpose of the discharge of the employee's employment
duties, and, upon the employee's return, the employer shall
reinstate the employee to his position, or provide him with alter-
native work of a comparable nature at not less than his wages at
the time his leave of absence began and without loss of seniority or
benefits accrued to the commencement of his leave of absence.
(2) An employer who fails to comply with subsection 1 is liable Liability
to the employee for any loss occasioned by the breach of his employer
obligation. J-^^^j^
(3) Every employer who, directly or indirectly, Penalty
reprisals
(a) threatens to cause or causes an employee loss of position,
or employment; or
(b) threatens to impose or imposes on an employee any
pecuniary or other penalty,
because of his response to a summons, or his service as a juror, is
guilty of an offence and on conviction is liable to a fine of not more
than $5,000 or to imprisonment for a term of not more than three
months, or to both.
8. This Act comes into force on the day it receives Royal Assent. Commence-
-^ ment
9. The short title of this Act is The Juries Amendment Act, 1980. Short title
H
a
w
>
M
<->■
o
o
z
3
.^
o
g
3
o
§
B-
a
w
H
»
•<
0
n
o
O
o
3
cr
Oj
<
rv)
o
t-^
2.
3
cr
n
o
>3
a.
cr
>3
>3
Pi-
S
^
0^
0^
i—t
0^
H-^
H- '
o
vO
vO
00
00
00
o
o
o
>
>
3
n
13
H
cr
BILL 169 Government Bill
4th Session, 31st Legislature, Ontario
29 Elizabeth II, 1980
An Act to provide for
Liability for Injuries caused by Dogs
The Hon. R. McMurtry
Attorney General
TORONTO
Printed by J. C. Thatcher, Queen's Printer for Ontario
Explanatory Note
The Bill would replace the present Vicious Dogs Act which provides for the
destruction of a dog that has bitten a person. The Vicious Dogs Act has remained
unchanged since its enactment in 1931.
The Bill would make the owner civilly liable for damages resulting from an
attack by his dog. The liability does not depend on negligence and the common law
principle of scienter requiring foreknowledge of the dog's vicious propensity is
removed. The owner's liability is reduced by the extent to which the victim's own
fault or negligence caused the attack and the owner is entitled to contribution or
indemnity from any other person at fault.
A procedure for ordering destruction of the dog is retained with guidelines for
the court to consider.
BILL 169 1980
An Act to provide for Liability
for Injuries caused by Dogs
HER MAJESTY, by and with the advice and consent of
the Legislative Assembly of the Province of Ontario,
enacts as follows:
1. In this Act, "owner", when used in relation to a dog, interpre-
includes a person who possesses or harbours the dog and, where
the owner is a minor, the person responsible for the custody of the
minor.
2. — (1) The owner of a dog is liable for damages resulting from Liability
a bite or attack by the dog on another person.
(2) Where there is more than one owner of a dog, they are Where more
jointly and severally liable under this section. owner
(3) The liability of the owner does not depend upon scienter or Extent of
fault or negligence on the part of the owner, but the court shall
reduce the damages awarded in proportion to the degree, if any, to
which the fault or negligence of the plaintiff caused or contributed
to the damages.
(4) An owner who is liable to pay damages under this section is Contribution
entitled to recover contribution and indemnity from any other fauk^*^^"" ^
person in proportion to the degree to which the other person's fault
or negligence caused or contributed to the damages.
3. — (1) Where damage is caused by being bitten or attacked by Application
a dog on the premises of the owner, the liability of the owner is i980, c. u
determined under this Act and not under The Occupiers' Liability
Act, 1980.
(2) Where a person is on premises with the intention of com- Protection
mitting, or in the commission of, a criminal act on the premises property
and incurs damage caused by being bitten or attacked by a dog,
the owner is not liable under section 2 unless the keeping of the
dog on the premises was unreasonable for the purpose of the
protection of persons or property.
Proceeding
against
owner of
dog
1979, c. 4
4. — (1) Where it is alleged that a dog has bitten or attacked a
person, a proceeding may be commenced against the owner of the
dog and the proceeding is one to which Part VIII oiThe Provincial
Offences Act, 1979 applies.
Order (2) Where, in a proceeding under subsection 1, the provincial
offences court finds that the dog has bitten or attacked a person,
and the court is satisfied that the destruction of the dog is neces-
sary for the protection of the public, the court may order that the
dog be destroyed in such manner as is provided for in the order.
Considera-
tions
(3) In determining whether it is necessary to destroy a dog for
the protection of the public, the court may take into consideration
the following circumstances:
1 . The past and present temperament and behaviour of the
dog.
2. The seriousness of the injuries caused by the biting or
attack.
3. Unusual contributing circumstances tending to justify
the action of the dog.
4. The improbability that a similar attack will be repeated.
5. The dog's physical potential for inflicting harm.
6. Precautions taken by the owner to preclude similar
attacks in the future.
7. Any other circumstances that the court considers to be
relevant.
R.S.O. 1970,
c. 482,
repealed
5. — (1) The Vicious Dogs Act, being chapter 482 of the Revised
Statutes of Ontario, 1970, is repealed.
Application
of repeal
(2) Notwithstanding subsection 1, The Vicious Dogs Act con-
tinues to apply in respect of bites of dogs incurred before this Act
comes into force.
Commence-
ment
6. This Act comes into force on the day it receives Royal
Assent.
Short title 7 . The short title of this Act is The Dog Owners' Liability Act,
1980.
bo
H
M
H
0^
o
r^
S"
^-*
S
or*
Co
a.
n
«.
>3
•-t
>0
^
h- '
«i
a
-t^
&
<-<■
0^5
00
o
0^
cr
^ >
o
<
(=
a
c«
fD
rD
o~
o'
cr
!-(
v:
O
o
(W
BILL 169 Government Bill
4th Session, 31st Legislature, Ontario
29 Elizabeth II, 1980
An Act to provide for
Liability for Injuries caused by Dogs
The Hon. R. McMurtry
Attorney General
(Reprinted as amended by the Committee of the Whole House)
TORONTO
Printed by J. C. Thatcher, Queen's Printer for Ontario
Explanatory Note
The Bill would replace the present Vicious Dogs Act which provides for the
destruction of a dog that has bitten a person. The Vicious Dogs Act has remained
unchanged since its enactment in 1931.
The Bill would make the owner civilly liable for damages resulting from an
attack by his dog. The liability does not depend on negligence and the common law
principle of scienter requiring foreknowledge of the dog's vicious propensity is
removed. The owner's liability is reduced by the extent to which the victim's own
fault or negligence caused the attack and the owner is entitled to contribution or
indemnity from any other person at fault.
A procedure for ordering destruction of the dog is retained with guidelines for
the court to consider.
BILL 169 1980
An Act to provide for Liability
for Injuries caused by Dogs
HER MAJESTY, by and with the advice and consent of
the Legislative Assembly of the Province of Ontario,
enacts as follows:
1. In this Act, "owner", when used in relation to a dog, interpre
includes a person who possesses or harbours the dog and, where
the owner is a minor, the person responsible for the custody of the
minor.
2 . — ( 1) The owner of a dog is liable for damages resulting from lability
a bite or attack by the dog on another person.
tation
of owner
(2) Where there is more than one owner of a dog, they are where more
jointly and severally liable under this section.
owner
(3) The liability of the owner does not depend upon scienter or Extent of
fault or negligence on the part of the owner, but the court shall '* ' '^^
reduce the damages awarded in proportion to the degree, if any, to
which the fault or negligence of the plaintiff caused or contributed
to the damages.
(4) An owner who is liable to pay damages under this section is Contribution
entitled to recover contribution and indemnity from any other fauk^"^^"" ^
person in proportion to the degree to which the other person's fault
or negligence caused or contributed to the damages.
3. — (1) Where damage is caused by being bitten or attacked by Application
a dog on the premises of the owner, the liability of the owner is i98o, c. u
determined under this Act and not under The Occupiers' Liability
Act, 1980.
(2) Where a person is on premises with the intention of com- Protection
mitting, or in the commission of, a criminal act on the premises property
and incurs damage caused by being bitten or attacked by a dog,
the owner is not liable under section 2 unless the keeping of the
dog on the premises was unreasonable for the purpose of the
protection of persons or property.
Proceeding
against
owner of
dog
1979, c. 4
Order
4. — (1) Where it is alleged that a dog has bitten or attacked a
person, a proceeding may be commenced against the owner of the
dog and the proceeding is one to which Part VIII of The Provincial
Offences Act, 1979 applies.
(2) Where, in a proceeding under subsection 1, the provincial
offences court finds that the dog has bitten or attacked a person,
and the court is satisfied that an order is necessary for the protec-
tion of the public, the court may order,
(a) that the dog be destroyed in such manner as is provided
in the order; or
Considera-
tions
(6) that the owner of the dog take such steps as are provided
in the order for the more effective control of the rloLv
(3) In exercising its powers to make an order under subsection
2, the court may take into consideration the follow iim
circumstances: "^Pl
1 . The past and present temperament and behaviour of the
dog.
2. The seriousness of the injuries caused by the biting or
attack.
3. Unusual contributing circumstances tending to justify
the action of the dog.
4. The improbability that a similar attack will be repeated.
5. The dog's physical potential for inflicting harm.
6. Precautions taken by the owner to preclude similar
attacks in the future.
7. Any other circumstances that the court considers to be
relevant.
Penalty (4) An owner who Contravenes an Order made Under subsection
2 is guilty of an offence and on conviction is liable to a fine not
exceeding $2,000. "^1
5. — (1) The Vicious Dogs Act, being chapter 482 of the Revised
R.S.O. 1970,
repealed Statutes of Ontario, 1970, is repealed.
Application
of repeal
(2) Notwithstanding subsection 1, The Vicious Dogs Act con-
tinues to apply in respect of bites of dogs incurred before this Act
comes into force.
6. This Act comes into force on the day it receives Royal Commence-
» , ment
Assent.
7. The short title of this Act is The Dog Owners' Liability Act, Short title
1980.
o
o
>3
3.
r*
s
«i
rn-
CTi
C^
?i.
'^
a
^^
05
s-
a
«>
5
^
PL
!i:
0-
o
s
H
K
w
O t>
3 O
H
iz;
q
0
<
r>
a.
3
cr
fD
>3
fD
>s
>-«
>0
«1
c^
h—*
c^
(i^
KJ
a
4^
a
«4,
S-
r-f-
s
cr
s'
"
s
O-Sl
00
0
Or^
1— '
00
0
0^
cr
v;
^ O
C/i i-(
-^ <
p s.
C CL
t/) fD
CO
cr -^
o
o
I
BILL 169
4th Session, 31st Legislature, Ontario
29 Elizabeth II, 1980
An Act to provide for
Liability for Injuries caused by Dogs
The Hon. R. McMurtry
Attorney General
TORONTO
Printed by J. C. Thatcher, Queen's Printer for Ontario
BILL 169 1980
An Act to provide for Liability
for Injuries caused by Dogs
HER MAJESTY, by and with the advice and consent of
the Legislative Assembly of the Province of Ontario,
enacts as follows:
1. In this Act, "owner", when used in relation to a dog, interpre-
includes a person who possesses or harbours the dog and, where
the owner is a minor, the person responsible for the custody of the
minor. 'm-i-.u;-
2. — (1) The owner of a dog is liable for damages resulting from Liability
a bite or attack by the dog on another person.
(2) Where there is more than one owner of a dog, they are Where more
jointly and severally liable under this section. owner "^
(3) The liability of the owner does not depend upon scienter or Extent of
fault or negUgence on the part of the owner, but the court shall '^ ' '^^
reduce the damages awarded in proportion to the degree, if any, to
which the fault or negligence of the plaintiff caused or contributed
to the damages.
(4) An owner who is liable to pay damages under this section is Contribution
entitled to recover contribution and indemnity from any other fauu'^'^ °" ^
person in proportion to the degree to which the other person's fault
or negligence caused or contributed to the damages.
3. — (1) Where damage is caused by being bitten or attacked by Application
a dog on the premises of the owner, the liability of the owner is i98o, c. u
determined under this Act and not under The Occupiers' Liability
Act, 1980.
(2) Where a person is on premises with the intention of com- Protection
mitting, or in the commission of, a criminal act on the premises property
and incurs damage caused by being bitten or attacked by a dog,
the owner is not liable under section 2 unless the keeping of the
dog on the premises was unreasonable for the purpose of the
protection of persons or property.
Proceeding
against
owner of
dog
1979, c. 4
4. — (1) Where it is alleged that a dog has bitten or attacked a
person, a proceeding may be commenced against the owner of the
dog and the proceeding is one to which Part VIII oiThe Provincial
Offences Act, 1979 applies.
Order
(2) Where, in a proceeding under subsection 1, the provincial
offences court finds that the dog has bitten or attacked a person,
and the court is satisfied that an order is necessary for the protec-
tion of the public, the court may order,
(a) that the dog be destroyed in such manner as is provided
in the order; or
{b) that the owner of the dog take such steps as are provided
in the order for the more effective control of the dog.
Considera-
tions
(3) In exercising its powers to make an order under subsection
2, the court may take into consideration the following
circumstances:
1 . The past and present temperament and behaviour of the
dog.
2. The seriousness of the injuries caused by the biting or
attack.
3. Unusual contributing circumstances tending to justify
the action of the dog.
4. The improbability that a similar attack will be repeated.
5. The dog's physical potential for inflicting harm.
6. Precautions taken by the owner to preclude similar
attacks in the future.
7. Any other circumstances that the court considers to be
relevant.
Penalty (4) An owner who contravenes an order made under subsection
2 is guilty of an offence and on conviction is liable to a fine not
exceeding $2,000.
5. — (1) The Vicious Dogs Act, being chapter 482 of the Revised
R.S.O. 1970,
repealed Statutes of Ontario, 1970, is repealed.
Application
of repeal
(2) Notwithstanding subsection 1, The Vicious Dogs Act con-
tinues to apply in respect of bites of dogs incurred before this Act
comes into force.
6. This Act comes into force on the day it receives Royal Commence-
Assent. "^^"^
7. The short title of this Act is The Dog Owners' Liability Act Short title
1980.
I
H
X
w
3 O
pa d
o
O
n
<
n
B
;5
n
B
r-f-
O
to
cr
Cu
cr
R-
n
«.
^
>3
^
>3
c^
^
H-*
c^
K-*
Si
tsj
Q
-t>.
»
o
S-
■^
c*
S-
13-
J^"
s'
cr
S"
''
s
c^
"^
Orz)
I— >
Onj
t— »
H- '
O
vO
vO
00
00
00
o
o
o
p
cr
^ >
fD "CJ
o
pa
<
(=
a
c«
ft>
ft
CL
o'
cr
■-I
v;
O
o
(W
BILL 170 Government Bill
4th Session, 31st Legislature, Ontario
29 Elizabeth II, 1980
An Act to erect
the Township of Gloucester into a City Municipality
The Hon. T. L. Wells
Minister of Intergovernmental Affairs
TORONTO
Printed by J. C. Thatcher, Queen's Printer for Ontario
Explanatory Note
The purpose of this Bill is to erect the Township of Gloucester into a city
municipality effective January 1st, 1981.
BILL 170 1980
An Act to erect the Township of
Gloucester into a City Municipality
HER MAJESTY, by and with the advice and consent of
the Legislative Assembly of the Province of Ontario,
enacts as follows:
1 . The Corporation of the Township of Gloucester is erected Township of
into a city municipality bearing the name of The Corporation of erected into
the City of Gloucester. municipality
2. Sections 17, 19 and 22 of The Municipal Act apply with Application
necessary modifications in respect of the erecting of the Township r.s.o. i97o,
of Gloucester into a city municipality. ^^ ^'^' jg 22
3 . A reference in any general or special Act to The Corporation ?,^^^j^^g"/^*
of the Township of Gloucester or to the Township of Gloucester Acts
shall be deemed to be a reference to The Corporation of the City of
Gloucester and to the City of Gloucester, respectively.
4.— (1) On the 1st day of January, 1981, the reeve of the J^^yo""
Township of Gloucester shall be the mayor of the City of aldermen
Gloucester and the councillors of the Township shall be aldermen
of the City.
(2) Notwithstanding subsection 1 of section 28 oiThe Munici- Composition
, , - -1 r °' subsequent
pal Act, on and after the 1st day of December, 1982, the council of councils
the City of Gloucester shall consist of a mayor and six aldermen all R so. 1970,
cc 284 407
to be elected by general vote until such time as the City is divided
into wards or the composition of the council is varied by an order
of the Ontario Municipal Board under section 7a oiThe Regional
Municipality of Ottawa-Carleton Act.
5 . For the purpose of the calculation and payment of grants by Grants
the Ministry of Transportation and Communications to the City of
Gloucester for the years 1981 and 1982 in respect of the construc-
tion of an overpass by the City over that part of the King's
Highway known as Number 17 at Orleans Boulevard, the City
shall be deemed to be a township municipality.
Speed limits
continued
6. — (1) For the purposes of section 82 of The Highway Traffic
Rso 1970 ^^^' ^^^ ^^^y ^^ Gloucester shall be deemed to be a township
c. 202 municipality.
By-laws of
Regional
Council and
City council
(2) Every by-law in force in the City under any provision of
section 82 of The Highway Traffic Act that applies, on the 1st day
of January, 1981, to any highway or portion thereof in the City,
shall continue to apply until a by-law passed by the council of The
Regional Municipality of Ottawa-Carleton, or the council of the
City, under the said section 82 applies thereto.
Idem (3) The consolidation of any by-laws in which the provisions of
f 20? ^'^^^' section 82 of The Highway Traffic Act are incorporated, without
amendment, shall be deemed not to be affected by subsection 2.
Commence-
ment
Short title
7. This Act comes into force on the 1st day of January, 1981.
8. The short title of this Actisr/?eCi^yo/G/owce5^er^c^, 1980.
ba
H
I— I HH
^ o
'-< .
crq
< p
3 M
0r<5
s
s
0K>
o
cr
00
o
>3
I'
3 ^ ft
•5-g ri
I
BILL 170
4th Session, 31st Legislature, Ontario
29 Elizabeth II, 1980
An Act to erect
the Township of Gloucester into a City Municipality
The Hon. T. L. Wells
Minister of Intergovernmental Affairs
TORONTO
Printed by J. C. Thatcher, Queen's Printer for Ontario
BILL 170 1980
An Act to erect the Township of
Gloucester into a City Municipality
HER MAJESTY, by and with the advice and consent of
the Legislative Assembly of the Province of Ontario,
enacts as follows:
1 . The Corporation of the Township of Gloucester is erected Township of
..1.1 . r rr«i /-^ • r "lOUCestCr
into a city municipality bearing the name of 1 he Corporation of erected into
the City of Gloucester. municipality
2. Sections 17, 19 and 22 of The Municipal Act apply with Application
necessary modifications in respect of the erecting of the Township r.s.o. i97o,
of Gloucester into a city municipality. '^- ^^^' j^ ^2
3. A reference in any general or special Act to The Corporation References
of the Township of Gloucester or to the Township of Gloucester Acts
shall be deemed to be a reference to The Corporation of the City of
Gloucester and to the City of Gloucester, respectively.
4.— (1) On the 1st day of January, 1981, the reeve of the Mayor
Township of Gloucester shall be the mayor of the City of aldermen
Gloucester and the councillors of the Township shall be aldermen
of the City.
(2) Notwithstanding subsection 1 of section 28 of The Munici- Composition
' " r 1 •! r °' subsequent
pal Act, on and after the Istday of December, 1982, the council of councils
the City of Gloucester shall consist of a mayor and six aldermen all R so. i97o,
. . . . cc 284 407
to be elected by general vote until such time as the City is divided
into wards or the composition of the council is varied by an order
of the Ontario Municipal Board under section 7a of The Regional
Municipality of Ottawa-Carle ton Act.
5 . For the purpose of the calculation and payment of grants by Grants
the Ministry of Transportation and Communications to the City of
Gloucester for the years 1981 and 1982 in respect of the construc-
tion of an overpass by the City over that part of the King's
Highway known as Number 17 at Orleans Boulevard, the City
shall be deemed to be a township municipality.
Speed limits
continued
R.S.O. 1970,
c. 202
By-laws of
Regional
Council and
City council
6. — (1) For the purposes of section 82 of The Highway Traffic
Act, the City of Gloucester shall be deemed to be a township
municipality.
(2) Every by-law in force in the City under any provision of
section 82 oiThe Highway Traffic Act that applies, on the 1st day
of January, 1981, to any highway or portion thereof in the City,
shall continue to apply until a by-law passed by the council of The
Regional Municipality of Ottawa-Carleton, or the council of the
City, under the said section 82 applies thereto.
Wem (3) The consolidation of any by-laws in which the provisions of
f 20? ^^^°' section 82 oiThe Highway Traffic Act are incorporated, without
amendment, shall be deemed not to be affected by subsection 2.
Commence- 7. TMs Act comes into force ou the Ist day of January, 1981 .
Short title 8. The shorttitleoi this ActisThe City of Gloucester Act, 1980.
^ O
Crq •
3 r
o
<
(V
B
cr
O
00
o
a.
O
00
o
0^5
o
cr
00
o
>3
0^
BILL 171 Government Bill
4th Session, 31st Legislature, Ontario
29 Elizabeth II, 1980
An Act to provide for the Validation of Certain
Adoption Orders made under The Child Welfare Act, 1978
The Hon. K. C. Norton
Minister of Community and Social Services
I =
I TORONTO
I Printed by J. C. Thatcher, Queen's Printer for Ontario
Explanatory Note
The purpose of the Bill is to make it clear that an adoption order that was
made by the Supreme Court or a county or district court with respect to a
proceeding commenced before The Child Welfare Act, 1978 came into force is a
valid order notwithstanding that the order was not made by a provincial court
(family division) or the Unified Family Court.
BILL 171 1980
An Act to provide for the Validation of Certain
Adoption Orders made under The Child Welfare
Act, 1978
HER MAJESTY, by and with the advice and consent of
the Legislative Assembly of the Province of Ontario,
enacts as follows:
1. No adoption order made on or after the 15th day of June, i^^^- ^ ^^
1979 by the Supreme Court or a county or district court in
proceedings commenced before the 15th day of June, 1979, being
the day The Child Welfare Act, 1978, being chapter 85, came into
force, shall be invalid solely because the order was not made by a
provincial court (family division) or the Unified Family Court.
2. This Act comes into force on the day it receives Royal Commence-
•^ -^ ment
Assent.
3. The short title of this Act is The Child Welfare Validation of Short title
Adoption Orders Act, 1980.
Qi
r3
6a
o H
3
3
c
n H
Ei
C/3
Ui
t\j
^
S
Pi-
a.
^
>i
«>
<:^
c>
?)
es-
Pi.
v<4.
«<A.
s
S
»C1
OQ
o
o
O
cr
n
O
c
^ ?>
3
a
>-<
H
>-<
13-
g o
rt
5'>a
n
>3
3t
a <
a
^
ft
>
^ ^
n
VI P3
y^
3 5:
t— *
p p
vO
a a
^I
(D O
00
3
BILL 171
4th Session, 31st Legislature, Ontario
29 Elizabeth II, 1980
An Act to provide for the Validation of Certain
Adoption Orders made under The Child Welfare Act, 1978
The Hon. K. C. Norton
Minister of Community and Social Services
Co
I TORONTO
\t Printed by J. C. Thatcher, Queen's Printer for Ontario
BILL 171 1980
An Act to provide for the Validation of Certain
Adoption Orders made under The Child Welfare
Act, 1978
HER MAJESTY, by and with the advice and consent of
the Legislative Assembly of the Province of Ontario,
enacts as follows:
1. No adoption order made on or after the 15th day of June, ^978, c. 85
1979 by the Supreme Court or a county or district court in
proceedings commenced before the 15th day of June, 1979, being
the day The Child Welfare Act, 1978, being chapter 85, came into
force, shall be invalid solely because the order was not made by a
provincial court (family division) or the Unified Family Court.
2. This Act comes into force on the day it receives Royal Commence-
■^ -^ ment
Assent.
3. The short title of this Act is The Child Welfare Validation of Short title
Adoption Orders Act, 1980.
Co
fD
1-1
o H
n w
i 5
c •
^ 2
o
O
o
<
o
o
ft)
3
cr
u
r-t-
o
INO
B
►-*
a
cr
ft)
cr
n
ft
>0
>3
ft
H-L
Ci
00
o
»
R-
p
s^
l^-
s'
s'
-
r^
"
C><5
1— '
1X3
h-
OX)
(.^
vO
vO
o
00
00
00
o
o
o
<= o >
ft n >
^ s:^ <-^
tr P o
ft p, <^
>^ ^
n tA P
3 a
*;::: f^ E.
O p. ft-
>J ft o
00 13
BILL 172 Government Bill
4th Session, 31st Legislature, Ontario
29 Elizabeth II, 1980
An Act to amend The Municipal Affairs Act
The Hon. T. L. Wells
Minister of Intergovernmental Affairs
TORONTO
Printed by J. C. Thatcher, Queen's Printer for Ontario
Explanatory Note
Section S3 of the Act now reads as follows:
53. Notwithstanding the other provisions of this Act or any other Act, where
land in respect of which a tax arrears certificate has been registered has
become vested in the municipality and the period for redemption has
expired and where the land has not been sold or conveyed and has not
been declared by by-law to be required for the purposes of the municipali-
ty, any person to whom notice was sent under subsection 4 of section 47,
with the approval of the Ministry, is entitled at any time to a conveyance
of the land upon payment of the full amount that would have been payable
in respect of taxes, interest and penalties had the land not become vested
in the municipality, together with the amount with interest thereon of any
expenditure incurred for repairs and insurance and together with the
costs in connection with such vesting and of the conveyance.
As the section now reads, the person paying the arrears of taxes under the
circumstances set out is entitled, with the approval of the Ministry, to a conveyance
of the land. As re-enacted, the Ministry may, where it appears just to do so, direct
instead the registration of a redemption certificate, thereby vesting the land in the
persons who would be entitled thereto if the tax arrears certificate had not been
registered, according to their respective interests. If the land is redeemed by a
person other than the owner that person has a lien upon the owner's interest in the
land for the amount paid.
BILL 172 1980
An Act to amend
The Municipal Affairs Act
HER MAJESTY, by and with the advice and consent of the
Legislative Assembly of the Province of Ontario, enacts as
"ollows:
1. Section 53 of The Municipal Affairs Act, being chapter 118 of the s. S3,
Revised Statutes of Ontario, 1970, as amended by the Statutes of "^ ' "^
Ontario, 1974, chapter 111, section 3, is repealed and the following
substituted therefor:
53. Notwithstanding the other provisions of this Act or any Redemption
other Act, where land in respect of which a tax arrears certificate o" ' '^^ ^
has been registered has become vested in the municipality and the conveyance
period for redemption set out in section 49 has expired and where
the land has not been sold or conveyed and has not been declared
by by-law to be required for the purposes of the municipality, the
Ministry, on the application of any person to whom notice was
sent under subsection 4 of section 47, shall direct the treasurer of
the municipality, upon payment by the applicant of the full
amount that would have been payable in respect of taxes, interest
and penalties had the land not become vested in the municipality,
together with the amount with interest thereon of any expenditure
incurred for repairs and insurance and together with the costs in
connection with such vesting, to either,
(a) register in the land registry office a redemption certifi-
cate in respect of the land in Form 3; or
(6) convey the land to the applicant,
as the Ministry considers just in the circumstances, and where a
redemption certificate is registered under clause a, subsections 2
and 3 of section 49 apply with necessary modifications.
2. This Act shall be deemed to have come into force on the 16th day of Commence-
October, 1980. '"'"'
3. The short title of this Act is The Municipal Affairs Amendment Act, Short title
1980.
ta
I— I l-|H
<-♦
o
1-1
"^
orq
O
<
H
n
3
^
3
^
3
w
E
0^
r\j
O
Kt
S
cr
to
fX
fC
"^
>3
a
ON
a
!3-
S"
0^
00
o
0^5
H
2. >
o n
B- O
BILL 172 Government Bill
4th Session, 31st Legislature, Ontario
29 Elizabeth II, 1980
An Act to amend The Municipal Affairs Act
The Hon. T. L. Wells
Minister of Intergovernmental Affairs
{Reprinted as amended by the Committee of the Whole House)
TORONTO
Printed by J. C. Thatcher, Queen's Printer for Ontario
Explanatory Notes
Section 1. Subsection 3 of section 49 of the Act as it now reads is set out
below:
(3) If land is redeemed by any person entitled to redeem the land other than
the owner, such person has a lien upon the owner's interest thereinfor the
amount paid to redeem the land.
The effect of the re-enactment will be to give to a person, other than the
owner, who pays the arrears of taxes owing to obtain a redemption certificate a lien
for the amount paid that ranks ahead of the claim of any other encumhraiui. r.
Section 2. Section S3 of the Act now reads as follows:
53. Notwithstanding the other provisions of this Act or any other Act, where
land in respect of which a tax arrears certificate has been registered has
become vested in the municipality and the period for redemption has
expired and where the land has not been sold or conveyed and has not
been declared by by-law to be required for the purposes of the municipali-
ty, any person to whom notice was sent under subsection 4 of section 47,
with the approval of the Ministry, is entitled at any time to a conveyance
of the land upon payment of the full amount that would have been payable
in respect of taxes, interest and penalties had the land not become vested
in the municipality, together with the amount with interest thereon of any
expenditure incurred for repairs and insurance and together with the
costs in connection with such vesting and of the conveyance.
As the section now reads, the person paying the arrears of taxes under the
circumstances set out is entitled, with the approval of the Ministry, to a conveyance
of the land. As re-enacted, the Ministry may, where it appears just to do so, direct
instead the registration of a redemption certificate, thereby vesting the land in the
persons who would be entitled thereto if the tax arrears certificate had not been
registered, according to their respective interests. If the land is redeemed by a
person other than the owner that person has a first lien upon the land for the
amount paid.
BILL 172 1980
An Act to amend
The Municipal Affairs Act
HER MAJESTY, by and with the advice and consent of the
Legislative Assembly of the Province of Ontario, enacts as
follows:
1. Subsection 3 of section 49 of The Municipal Affairs Act, beings 49(3),
chapter 118of the Revised Statutes of Ontario, 1970, is repealed and
the following substituted therefor:
(3) If land is redeemed by any person entitled to redeem the ^'^" °" . ^
11 1-1 ri redemption bv
land other than the owner, such person has a hen thereon for the other than
amount paid to redeem the land and the lien has priority over the °^"^''
interest in the land of any other person to whom notice was sent
under subsection 4 of section 47. ""^S
2. Section 53 of the said Act, as amended by the Statutes of Ontario, re-enacted
1974, chapter 111, section 3, is repealed and the following substi-
tuted therefor:
SZ. Notwithstanding the other provisions of this Act or any Redemption
other Act, where land in respect of which a tax arrears certificate of
has been registered has become vested in the municipality and the conveyance
period for redemption set out in section 49 has expired and where
the land has not been sold or conveyed and has not been declared
by by-law to be required for the purposes of the municipality, the
Ministry, on the application of any person to whom notice was
sent under subsection 4 of section 47, shall direct the treasurer of
the municipality, upon payment by the applicant of the full
amount that would have been payable in respect of taxes, interest
and penalties had the land not become vested in the municipality,
together with the amount with interest thereon of any expenditure
incurred for repairs and insurance and together with the costs in
connection with such vesting, to either,
(a) register in the land registry office a redemption certifi-
cate in respect of the land in Form 3; or
{h) convey the land to the applicant.
as the Ministry considers just in the circumstances, and where a
redemption certificate is registered under clause a , subsections 2
and 3 of section 49 apply with necessary modifications.
Commence- 3. This Act shall be deemed to have come into force on the 16th day of
""""' October, 1980.
Short title 4 . The short title of this Act is The Municipal Affairs Amendment Act,
1980.
H
o
w
3
ffi
^-^
o
^
o
<
H
n
3
p
3
n
^
O
M
(-1-
r
o
O
n
o
u»
o
rv)
s
Ki
a.
R-
cr
re
>3
i-t
>3
>-«
^
c^
NJ
{^
I— '
«i
;:i
t— »
a
On
?)
R-
(-I-
s
OTQ
I—"
00
o
c^
1— '
00
o
OTQ
H
rt>
^>
2. >
o o
>
BILL 172
4th Session, 31st Legislature, Ontario
29 Elizabeth II, 1980
An Act to amend The Municipal Affairs Act
The Hon. T. L. Wells
Minister of Intergovernmental Affairs
TORONTO
Printed by J. C. Thatcher, Queen's Printer for Ontario
■ 1 !r\
BILL 172 1980
An Act to amend
The Municipal Affairs Act
HER MAJESTY, by and with the advice and consent of the
Legislative Assembly of the Province of Ontario, enacts as
follows:
1. Subsection 3 of section 49 of The Municipal Affairs Act, being ^^q (3),
chapter 1 18 of the Revised Statutes of Ontario, 1970, is repealed and
the following substituted therefor:
(3) If land is redeemed by any person entitled to redeem the ^'^" °" . ,
1111 1 11 1-1 ri redemption b\'
land other than the owner, such person has a hen thereon for the other than
amount paid to redeem the land and the lien has priority over the °^"^''
interest in the land of any other person to whom notice was sent
under subsection 4 of section 47.
2. Section 53 of the said Act, as amended by the Statutes of Ontario, re.enacted
1974, chapter 111, section 3, is repealed and the following substi-
tuted therefor:
53. Notwithstanding the other provisions of this Act or any Redemption
111- <-i-i ■ r- certificate
Other Act, where land in respect of which a tax arrears certiiicate of
has been registered has become vested in the municipality and the conveyance
period for redemption set out in section 49 has expired and where
the land has not been sold or conveyed and has not been declared
by by-law to be required for the purposes of the municipality, the
Ministry, on the application of any person to whom notice was
sent under subsection 4 of section 47, shall direct the treasurer of
the municipality, upon payment by the applicant of the full
amount that would have been payable in respect of taxes, interest
and penalties had the land not become vested in the municipality,
together with the amount with interest thereon of any expenditure
incurred for repairs and insurance and together with the costs in
connection with such vesting, to either,
(a) register in the land registry office a redemption certifi-
cate in respect of the land in Form 3; or
Q)) convey the land to the applicant.
Commence-
ment
as the Ministry considers just in the circumstances, and where a
redemption certificate is registered under clause a , subsections 2
and 3 of section 49 apply with necessary modifications.
3. This Act shall be deemed to have come into force on the 16th day of
October, 1980.
Short title 4 . The short title of this Act is The Municipal Affairs Amendment A ct,
1980.
Co
3
ffi
^
O
2:
orq
O
<
H
a>
3
r
3
a>
^
3
w
£
f
f
B.
O
O
O
o
o
3
s
cr
>3
i-(
>0
>-l
l::^
<^
NJ
^
H^
«>
H^
K
1— '
f5-
On
a
S-
Pi-
ty
s'
s
Crz,
H-i
0^
H^
(/Q
1— '
o
vO
vO
00
00
00
o
O
O
H
2. >
o n
15
>
BILL 173 Private Member's Bill
4th Session, 31st Legislature, Ontario
29 Elizabeth II, 1980
An Act to amend The Education Act, 1974
Mr. Martel
TORONTO
Printed by J. C. Thatcher, Queen's Printer for Ontario
Explanatory Note
The purpose of the Bill is to authorize the apportionment of school
rates between public and separate schools in the case of a mixed marriage
where the husband and wife own or lease rateable property jointly.
BILL 173 1980
An Act to amend The Education Act, 1974
HER MAJESTY, by and with the advice and consent of the
Legislative Assembly of the Province of Ontario, enacts as
follows:
1. Section 122 of The Education Act, 1974, being chapter 109, is ^ 122
II- 1 r 11 • • amended
amended by addmg thereto the foUowmg subsection:
(3) Where more than one owner or tenant is the occupant or J"'"^ , .
11 ownership,
tenant of land, each owner or tenant shall be deemed to be a tenancy,
person primarily liable for the payment of school rates and for ^^*^
determining whether those rates shall be applied to public or
separate school purposes and, in such case, the owners or tenants
who are primarily liable for the payment of school rates may
determine that the application of the rates shall be apportioned
between public and separate school purposes.
2. This Act comes into force on the day it receives Royal Assent. Commence-
•' •' ment
3. The short title of this Act is The Education Amendment Act, 1980. short title
H
ET
u>
tsj
o
O
r-f-
O
K-*
s.
^^
>3
>)
i-«
>i
^-
<:^
^
t— '
«i
?;• !:r
O
{5
-^
a
O O
G-
A.
p
S"
== P
S*
S'
J"
>3
0^
!><5
o
00
o
(X5
I
BILL 174 Private Member's Bill
4th Session, 31st Legislature, Ontario
29 Elizabeth II, 1980
An Act respecting the
Sale and Repair of Motor Vehicles in Ontario
Mr. Samis
TORONTO
Printed by J. C. Thatcher, Queen's Printer for Ontario
Explanatory Note
The purpose of the Bill is to provide protection for purchasers of used cars and
consumers of car repair services. The Bill requires a motor vehicle dealer to affix a
notice containing useful information for potential purchasers to every used motor
vehicle offered for sale. The Bill sets out a statutory warranty covering the sale of
used motor vehicles. The Bill also contains provisions requiring a motor vehicle
repair station operator to provide to consumers an accurate estimate of the costs of
repairs. This estimate, if accepted by the consumer, becomes binding on the repair
station operator. The Bill also contains a statutory guarantee for repairs. The Bill is
based upon provisions of the Quebec Consumer Protection Act.
BILL 174 1980
An Act respecting the Sale and
Repair of Motor Vehicles in Ontario
HER MAJESTY, by and with the advice and consent of
the Legislative Assembly of the Province of Ontario,
enacts as follows:
1 . In this Act, Interpre
tation
(a) "motor vehicle" means an automobile, truck or other
vehicle propelled or driven otherwise than by muscular
power, including a motorcycle, but not including a
motorized snow vehicle or a farm tractor or other self-
propelled machinery primarily intended for farming or
construction purposes;
(b) "motor vehicle dealer" means a person who carries on
the business of buying or selling motor vehicles, whether
for his own account or the account of any other person,
or who holds himself out as carrying on the business of
buying or selling motor vehicles;
(c) "motor vehicle repair station" means a premises main-
tained and operated for the purpose of carrying on the
business of repairing motor vehicles;
(d) "repair station operator" means a person who owns or
operates a motor vehicle repair station, and includes a
motor vehicle dealer.
2. A motor vehicle dealer shall affix a notice on every used Notice
motor vehicle that the dealer offers for sale and the notice shall be
so affixed that it may be read entirely from outside the motor
vehicle.
3. The notice shall disclose,
(a) the price at which the used motor vehicle is offered for
sale;
Content of
notice
I
(b) the number of miles or kilometres registered on the
odometer and the number of miles or kilometres actu-
ally travelled by the motor vehicle, if different from that
indicated on the odometer;
(c) the model year ascribed by the manufacturer and the
serial number, make, model and cubic capacity of the
engine;
(d) where applicable, the fact that the motor vehicle has
been used as a taxi-cab, a driving school vehicle, a police
car, an ambulance, a leased automobile, an automobile
for customers or as a demonstrator and the identity of
every business or of every public agency that owned the
motor vehicle or leased it on a long-term basis;
(e) where applicable, every repair done on the used motor
vehicle since it has been in the possession of the dealer;
(/) the class of the motor vehicle, as set out in section 7;
(g ) the nature of the warranty offered by the motor vehicle
dealer;
{h ) that the motor vehicle dealer shall, at the request of the
consumer, provide the consumer with the name and
telephone number of the most recent owner of the motor
vehicle.
Notice
part of
contract
Idem
Contract
R.S.O. 1970,
c. 47S
4. — (1) A copy of the notice shall be attached to the contract.
(2) All the information disclosed on the notice except the price
at which the motor vehicle is offered for sale and the terms of the
warranty, form an integral part of the contract.
5. The contract for the purchase and sale of a motor vehicle
shall indicate,
(a) the place and date of the contract;
(b) the name and address of the consumer and of the motor
vehicle dealer;
(c) the price of the motor vehicle;
(d) the terms of the warranty;
(e) all other information required to be included on a sales or
purchase order by or under The Motor Vehicle Dealers
Act.
6. The sale of a used motor vehicle carries with it a warranty Warranty
that the motor vehicle will remain in good working condition,
(a) for a period of six months or 10,000 kilometres,
whichever occurs first, in the case of a class A motor
vehicle;
(b) for a period of three months or 5,000 kilometres,
whichever occurs first, in the case of a class B motor
vehicle;
(c) for a period of one month or 1 , 700 kilometres, whichever
occurs first, in the case of a class C motor vehicle.
7. For the purposes of section 6, Classes of
motor
vehicle
(a) "class A motor vehicle" means a motor vehicle that is less
than two years old and has been driven less than 40,000
kilometres;
(b) "class B motor vehicle" means a motor vehicle that is
less than three years old and has been driven less than
60,000 kilometres;
(c) "class C motor vehicle" means a motor vehicle that is less
than five years old and has been driven less than 80,000
kilometres;
(d) "class D motor vehicle" means a motor vehicle that is not
a class A, B or C motor vehicle.
8. The warranty provided for in section 6 does not apply to, Limitation
■^ ^ *^^ -^ ' of warranty
(a) normal maintenance service and the replacement of
parts resulting from it;
(b) interior upholstery or exterior decorative items;
(c) damage resulting from abuse by the consumer after
delivery of the motor vehicle;
(d) any accessory designated by the regulations; and
(e) any manufacturing defect that the motor vehicle dealer
could not reasonably be expected to detect before selling
the motor vehicle.
9. The warranty referred to in section 6 takes effect upon When
delivery of the used motor vehicle.
Written
estimate
required
10. — (1) Before carrying out any repairs to a motor vehicle,
the operator of a motor vehicle repair station shall give the con-
sumer a written estimate of the cost of the repairs, and upon
acceptance by the consumer, the estimate is binding on the
operator, and the consumer shall not be charged any amount for
the repairs in excess of the amount of the estimate unless the
consumer agrees to pay all or part of the increased amount.
Exception
Charge for
estimate
(2) An estimate is not required if the repairs are to be made
without charge to the consumer.
(3) A repair station operator shall not charge a fee for making
an estimate unless the operator advises the consumer of the charge
before undertaking to make the estimate.
Cost of
reassembly
11. Where, in order to make an estimate, it is necessary to
disassemble all or part of a motor vehicle, the amount referred to
in subsection 1 of section 10 shall include the cost of reassembly
should the consumer decide not to have the repairs carried out and
the costs of labour and of any component required to replace a
part that is rendered unusable as a result of the disassembling.
Content of
estimate
12. The estimate shall indicate,
(a) the name and address of the consumer and repair station
operator;
(b) the make, model and registration number of the motor
vehicle;
(c) the nature and total cost of the repairs to be made;
(d) a description of the parts to be installed, if any, specify-
ing whether each part is new, used, re-tooled or recon-
ditioned; and
(e) the date and duration of the estimate.
Repairs not
included in
estimate
13. — (1) The repair station operator shall not carry out any
repairs not provided for in the accepted estimate unless the
operator obtains the express agreement of the consumer.
Record of
change in
estimate
(2) Where the operator obtains the express agreement of the
consumer to make additional repairs, the operator shall indicate
the terms of the agreement in the estimate and the date of the
agreement.
Content of
repair bill
1 4 . When a repair station operator has completed the repairs,
the operator shall give the consumer a bill indicating.
(a) the name and address of the consumer and repair station
operator;
(b) the make, model and registration number of the motor
vehicle;
(c) the date of delivery of the motor vehicle to the consumer
and the number of miles or kilometres registered on the
odometer of the motor vehicle on that date;
(d) the repairs carried out;
(e) the part or parts installed, specifying whether each part
is new, used, re-tooled or reconditioned and the price of
the part;
if) the number of hours of labour billed, the hourly rate and
the total cost of labour;
ig ) the total amount the consumer is charged under clauses e
and/; and
(h ) the terms of the warranty.
15. The repair station operator shall, if the consumer so Parts
requests, give to the consumer at the same time as the consumer
takes delivery of the motor vehicle, the parts that have been
replaced unless,
(a) the repairs are made without charge to the consumer;
(b) the part is exchanged for a re- tooled or reconditioned
part; or
(c) the replaced part is subject to a warranty contract under
which the motor vehicle dealer must return the part to
the manufacturer or to the distributor.
16. — (1) Repairs are guaranteed for three months or 5,000 ^"^^'^^^^
^ ' r- o 1 i'r °t repairs
kilometres, whichever occurs first, and the guarantee takes effect
upon the delivery of the motor vehicle.
(2) The guarantee under subsection 1 does not apply to damage ^^^^^^^
resulting from damage caused by the consumer after the repairs consumer
are completed.
1 7. Acceptance of the estimate or payment by the consumer ^""^"""ot
does not prejudice his recourse against a repair station operator on prejudiced
the grounds of absence of prior authorization for the repairs, bad
workmanship or the price exceeding the price indicated in the
estimate.
Posting up
of sign
18. A repair station operator who carries out motor vehicle
repairs shall post in a conspicuous place in his establishment a sign
informing consumers of the principal provisions of this Act.
Repair
warranty
1 9. In the case of a warranty provided under this Act,
(a) the motor vehicle dealer or the manufacturer shall
assume the reasonable costs of towing or breakdown
service for the motor vehicle, whether the towing or
breakdown service is carried out by the motor vehicle
dealer, the manufacturer or a third person; or
(b) the motor vehicle dealer or the manufacturer shall carry
out the repairs to the motor vehicle and assume their cost
or shall permit the consumer to have the repairs carried
out by a third person and shall assume their cost.
Subsequent
purchaser
20. The motor vehicle dealer or the manufacturer is liable for
the performance of a warranty provided for by this Act or of any
other warranty to a consumer who is the subsequent purchaser of
the motor vehicle.
Parts and
labour
included
2 1 . The warranty provided for by this Act includes parts and
labour.
Regulations 22. The Lieutenant Governor in Council may make regula-
tions,
(a) designating accessories for the purpose of clause d of
section 8;
{b) prescribing forms and providing for their use;
(c) respecting any matter necessary or advisable to carry out
effectively the intent and purpose of this Act.
Commence-
ment
23. This Act comes into force on the day it receives Royal
Assent.
Short title 24. The short title of this Act is The Motor Vehicle Sales and
Service Protection Act, 1980.
Co
Co
bo
^
s.
«3
&
^
^
W
«>
cn
§
>
S
0^
o
o
Nj
S"
t-^
?5.
n
Co
>3
5^
1— »
P>
?x
00
o
>
3
?
5'
Bt
Orq
o^
?
rT
n>
c«
C/)
5"
£L
O
3
P
CL
i-l
o'
S?
re
•o
e.
BILL 175 Government Bill
4th Session, 31st Legislature, Ontario
29 Elizabeth II, 1980
An Act to provide for Municipal Hydro-Electric Service
in the City of Sudbury
The Hon. R. Welch
Minister of Energy
TORONTO
Printed by J. C. Thatcher, Queen's Printer for Ontario
Explanatory Note
The Bill establishes a new hydro-electric commission for the City of Sudbury.
A transitional period is provided before the new commission becomes fully
operational.
The members of the Commission will be the mayor of the City and additional
members qualified as municipal electors in the City.
The council of the City will determine whether after November 30, 1982 the
members of the Commission should be elected or appointed.
All customers in Sudbury will be supplied with power, by the new Commis-
sion.
The Bill does not affect existing agreements for the supply of power by private
companies.
Provision is made for the transfer of employees and the protection of their
salaries and benefits.
Bill 175 1980
An Act to provide for Municipal Hydro- Electric
Service in the City of Sudbury
HER MAJESTY, by and with the advice and consent of
the Legislative Assembly of the Province of Ontario,
enacts as follows:
1 . In this Act, interpre-
tation
(a) "accumulated net retail equity" means the portion of
equity accumulated through debt retirement appropria-
tions recorded for the Rural Power District relating to
Ontario Hydro's rural retail system plus the portion of
the balance recorded for customers in the Stabilization of
Rates and Contingencies Account, in the books of
Ontario Hydro;
(b) "City" means the municipality or corporation of the City
of Sudbury;
(c) "Commission" means the hydro-electric commission
established by section 2;
(d) "Minister" means the Minister of Intergovernmental
Affairs;
(e) "municipal commission" means the Hydro-Electric
Commission of the City of Sudbury as it existed
immediately before the coming into force of this Act;
(/) "power" means electrical power and includes electrical
energy;
(g) "regulations" means the regulations made under this
Act;
(h) "retail", when used in relation to the distribution and
supply of power, refers to the distribution and supply of
power at voltages less than 50 kilovolts, but does not
refer to works located within a transformer station that
transform power from voltages greater than 50 kilovolts
to voltages less than 50 kilovolts.
Commission
established
2. — (1) A hydro-electric commission, to be known as the
"Sudbury Hydro-Electric Commission", is hereby established for
the City of Sudbury.
Application (2) The Commission shall be deemed to be a commission estab-
R.S.O. 1970, lished under Part Ill'of The Public Utilities Act and a municipal
cc. 390, 354 commission within the meaning of The Power Corporation Act.
Composition (3) The Commission shall consist of the mayor of the City and
1977, c. 62 additional members who are qualified electors under The Munici-
pal Elections Act, 1977 in the City.
When council (4) Exccpt as provided in subsection 5 , the council of the City
mayjietermine ^^^^^ determine by by-law whether the number of additional
Commission members of the Commission shall be two or four.
First (5) For the term expiring with the 30th day of November, 1982,
commission ^^^ Commission shall consist of the mayor of the City and the
following additional members who shall be appointed by the
council of the City:
1. Two members of the municipal commission,
2 . Two other persons who reside in the City of Sudbury,
one of whom is a resident of that part of the City supplied
with power by Ontario Hydro immediately before the
coming into force of this Act.
Additional
members of
first
commission
(6) Where the number of qualified additional members to be
appointed under paragraph 1 of subsection 5 is less than the
required number of additional members, the council of the City
shall appoint an additional member or additional members so that
there will be the required number of additional members of the
Commission.
Additional
members of
subsequent
commissions
(7) For terms commencing after the 30th day of November,
1982, the additional members of the Commission shall be elected
by a general vote of the electors of the City, unless before the 1st
day of July, 1982 the council of the City provides by by-law that
the additional members shall be elected by wards or appointed by
the council.
Eligibility
of members
of council
(8) Members of the council of the City may be members of the
Commission, but the members of the council shall not form a
majority of the Commission.
(9) Subject to subsection 5, a member of the Commission shall Term of
hold office for the same term as the members of council or until his
successor is elected or appointed.
(10) The council of the City may, by by-law passed with the Delegates
written consent of the mayor, appoint a delegate from among the
members of the council to represent the mayor on the Commis-
sion.
(11) The salaries of the members of the Commission for the Salary
term expiring with the 30th day of November, 1982 shall be fixed commission
on or before the 31st day of December, 1980 in an amount that
does not exceed the highest salary paid to members of the munici-
pal commission on the 1st day of January, 1980.
(12) A resignation from the council of the City of a member of Resignations
the council who is a member of the Commission shall be deemed to
be a resignation from both the council and the Commission.
3. — (1) Except as herein provided, all the powers, rights. Powers of
authorities and privileges that are conferred by The Public ^^q j^^q
Utilities Act on a municipal corporation with respect to power c. 390
shall, on and after the 1st day of January, 1981, be exercised on
behalf of the City by the Commission and not by the council of the
City or any other person.
(2) On and after the 1st day of January, 1981, the Commission J^^^^"
has the sole right to distribute and supply power within the City, and supply
except for those areas of the City then being supplied power by p"^^""
other than Ontario Hydro or the municipal commission.
(3) The right of the Commission to distribute and supply Exception
' ® *^*^ -^ to right to
power, distribute
and supply
(a) is subject to any subsisting contracts for the supply of p^^^"^
power made under section 70 of The Power Corporation R so. 1970,
Act; and
(b) does not apply in respect of those parts of the City that
are supplied with power as of the 31st day of December,
1980 by other than Ontario Hydro or the municipal
commission.
(4) The Commission may contract with Ontario Hydro without Contract
electoral assent or other approval or authorization for the trans- Ontario
jnission and supply to the Commission of power to be distributed ^y^^°
and sold in the City.
(5) A contract under subsection 4 shall be deemed to be an idem
agreement within the meaning of clauses of subsection 2 of section
293 of The Municipal Act. , ,, .., R.s.o. 1970,
^ '■ c. 284
Application
of
R.S.O. 1970,
c. 3S4
(6) Except where inconsistent with the provisions of this Act,
the provisions of The Power Corporation Act applicable to a
municipal corporation that has entered into a contract with
Ontario Hydro for the distribution and supply of power to the
municipal corporation apply to the Commission.
Direct
customers
(7) With the consent of the Commission, Ontario Hydro may
distribute and supply power directly to customers in the City.
Transfer of
assets and
liabilities
4. — (1) On the 1st day of January, 1981, all assets under the
control and management of and all liabilities of the municipal
commission are, without compensation, assets under the control
and management of and liabilities of the Commission.
Transitional (2) Any of the asscts, powers and responsibilities of the munici-
pal commission that pertain to the distribution and supply of
power in the City may be transferred by agreement before the 1st
day of January, 1981 to the Commission.
Purchase
of retail
distribution
facilities
from
Ontario
Hydro
Leased
equipment
5. — (1) On or before the 1st day of January, 1981, the Commis-
sion shall purchase, on behalf of the City, and Ontario Hydro shall
sell to the Commission, the assets and liabilities of Ontario Hydro
that pertain to the distribution and supply of power at retail in the
City.
(2) The purchases mentioned in subsection 1 shall include
equipment leased by Ontario Hydro to retail customers in the City
for the use of power supplied to the retail customers.
Purchcise
price
(3) The purchase price shall be determined in accordance with
the regulations and shall be equal to the original cost of the assets
less the sum of,
(a) the accumulated net retail equity of the customers
supplied with power through the assets; and
0) the accumulated depreciation associated with the assets.
Interpre-
tation
6. — (1) In this section, "parties" means Ontario Hydro and the
Commission.
Where price
to be
determined
by
arbitration
(2) If the purchase price under section 5 is not determined
before the 1st day of January, 1982, either of the parties at any
time thereafter may request that the purchase price be determined
by a single arbitrator agreed on by the parties.
Application
of
R.S.O. 1970,
c. 25
Vesting
of real
property
(3) The Arbitrations Act applies where a request is made under
subsection 2.
7. — (1) All real property transferred by section 4 to the control
and management of the Commission or otherwise acquired by or
for the Commission shall be held by the Commission in trust for
the City.
(2) Where a Commission is of the opinion, and so declares by Disposition
resolution, that any real property under its control and manage- property
ment is not required for its purposes, unless otherwise agreed upon
by the Commission and the City, the real property may be dis-
posed of as follows:
1 . In the event that the City wishes in good faith to use the
real property for a municipal purpose, it shall compen-
sate the Commission for the real property at its actual
cost, less accrued depreciation as shown on the books of
the Commission or the assessed value of the real prop-
erty, whichever is the greater, and when the City in good
faith no longer wishes to use the real property for a
municipal purpose, the City may sell, lease or otherwise
dispose of the real property without the assent of Ontario
Hydro and may retain the proceeds of the sale, lease or
disposition as municipal funds.
2 . In the event that the City does not wish to use the real
property in accordance with paragraph 1 , the Commis-
sion shall, as soon as practicable, sell, lease or otherwise
dispose of the real property at fair market value on
behalf of the City and the net proceeds derived from the
sale, lease or other disposition of the real property or the
compensation paid therefor under this subsection shall
be received by the Commission and shall be applied in
accordance with The Public Utilities Act. ^^■9' ^^^°'
c. 390
8. Except as otherwise provided in this Act, sections 92 to 112 Borrowing
of The Regional Municipality of Sudbury Act, 1972 apply, with 1^72, c. 104
necessary modifications, to any borrowing for the purposes of the
Commission.
9. — (1) In this section, "transfer date", when used in respect of interpre-
1 r 1 . . , . . ^ • TT 1 tation
an employee of the municipal commission or Ontario Hydro,
means the date on which the Commission assumes liability for the
payment of the wages or salary of the employee.
(2) On or before the 31st day of December, 1980, Ontario Transfer
Hydro and the municipal commission shall designate those of their employees
full-time employees who were employed in the distribution and
supply of power in the City on the 1st day of January, 1980, and
who continued such employment until the 31st day of December,
1980 or until their transfer dates, as the case may be, and the
Commission shall offer employment to the employees so desig-
nated in respect of the area municipality.
Wages (3) A person who accepts employment under this section is
salaries entitled to receive, for a period of one year commencing on the
transfer date, a wage or salary not less than the wage or salary he
was receiving on the day nine months before the transfer date.
Partici-
pation in
O.M.E.R.S.
R.S.O. 1970,
c. 324
(4) The Commission shall be deemed to have elected to partici-
pate in the Ontario Municipal Employees Retirement System on
the day this Act comes into force, and a person who accepts
employment under this section shall be deemed to continue or to
become a member of the System, as the case requires, on his
transfer date, and The Ontario Municipal Employees Retirement
System Act applies to such person as a member of the System.
Supple-
mentary
agreements
Transfer of
pension
credits
from
Ontario
Hydro
Plan
(5) When a person who accepts employment under this section
with the Commission is entitled immediately before his transfer
date to the benefit of a supplementary agreement between the
Ontario Municipal Employees Retirement Board and the munici-
pal commission, the Commission shall assume, in respect of the
person, all rights and obligations under the supplementary agree-
ment as if the Commission had been a party to the agreement in
the place of the municipal commission.
(6) Where a person who accepts employment under this section
is a contributor to The Pension and Insurance Fund of Ontario
Hydro immediately before his transfer date, the present value of
the pension earned by the person in The Pension and Insurance
Fund of Ontario Hydro at the transfer date or the contributions of
the person in the Fund with interest accumulated and credited to
the person in the Fund, whichever is the greater, shall be transfer-
red to the Ontario Municipal Employees Retirement Fund and the
person shall be given credit in the Ontario Municipal Employees
Retirement System for a period of service equal to the period of
service for which he was given credit in The Ontario Hydro
Pension and Insurance Plan.
Pension
guarantee
(7) Notwithstanding subsection 4, a person who accepts
employment under this section with the Commission and who,
(a) was employed by Ontario Hydro immediately before his
transfer date; and
{b) continues in the employment of a municipal hydro-
electric commission until he or his beneficiary becomes
entitled to a pension benefit,
is entitled to at least the pension benefit he would have been
entitled to under The Ontario Hydro Pension and Insurance Plan
if his years of continuous service with the commission had been
additional years of continuous service with Ontario Hydro and if
there had been no change in the Plan after the 31st day of
December, 1980, calculated on the basis of the wage or salary paid
to the person by Ontario Hydro and the commission, and the cost,
if any, of the pension benefit over the cost of the pension benefit to
which the person is entitled under subsection 4 shall be appor-
tioned and paid as provided by the regulations.
(8) A person who accepts employment under this section is 9™"p
entitled as a term of his employment to continue as a member of insurance
the group life insurance plan in which he was a member with his
former employer until the effective date of a common group life
insurance plan covering all eligible employees of the Commission.
(9) On or before the 31st day of December, 1982, the Commis- idem
sion shall provide a common group life insurance plan covering all
of the eligible employees of the Commission, and the plan shall
provide to any person accepting employment under this section,
by option or otherwise, insurance coverage not inferior to the
insurance coverage to which the person was entitled immediately
before his transfer date.
(10) A person who accepts employment under this section shall Sick leave
continue to enjoy the rights and benefits of sick leave entitlements
or sick leave insurance provided by his former employer
immediately before the transfer date until the Commission estab-
lishes a sick leave entitlement plan or sick leave insurance plan,
and thereupon the person shall receive allowance or credit for any
accrued sick leave rights or benefits.
(11) The Commission shall continue the provision of life insur- Life
ance to pensioners formerly employed by the municipal commis- provided to
cjQjj pensioners
(12) Nothing in this section prevents an employer from ter- Termination
minating the employment of an employee for cause.
(13) Where, in the opinion of the Minister, a person who is Special
designated or who accepts employment under this section experi- stances
ences any difficulty or hardship with regard to life insurance
benefits, pension rights, pension benefits or sick leave rights or
benefits, the Minister by order may do anything necessary to
remedy or alleviate such difficulty or hardship.
10. For the purposes of section 132 of The Regional Munici- Dissolution
pality of Sudbury Act, 1972, the 1st day of January, 1981 is the existing
date determined by the Minister in respect of the City and on that commissions
date the municipal commission is dissolved and any by-laws ^
establishing it shall be deemed to be repealed and the assent of the
municipal electors is not required.
1 1 . The Lieutenant Governor in Council may make regula- Regulations
tions,
Commence-
ment
(a) for the purpose of subsection 3 of section 5 in respect of,
(i) the method of determining the original cost of the
assets or of any asset or of any part of any asset,
(ii) the allocation of the original cost of the assets or
of any asset or of any part of any asset,
(iii) the method of determining the amount of any
component of the accumulated net retail equity,
(iv) the allocation of the accumulated net retail equity
or any component of the accumulated net retail
equity,
(v) the method of calculating accumulated deprecia-
tion of any component of accumulated deprecia-
tion-,
(vi) the allocation of accumulated depreciation or any
component of accumulated depreciation,
(vii) the method of payment of the price of the assets;
(b) for the purposes of subsection 7 of section 9 in respect of
the apportionment of the excess cost of any benefit refer-
red to in the subsection and the payment of the excess
cost or any part thereof.
12. This Act comes into force on the day it receives Royal
Assent.
Short title
13. The short title of this Act is The City of Sudbury Hydro-
Electric Service Act, 1980.
r2
bo
H
$
X
C/l'
ffl
<-*■
O
•1
;^
o
?^
m
3
n>
i-t
ora
f
*<
o
W
uj
t\J
S
•-*
;5
S
CT"
o>
?i-
es.
n
<r>.
>3
>3
^
55
^J
Q
S-
S-
s'
s'
"•
rS
0K>
c^
00
o
0^
c
a
cr
ft i-h
^ o
3 3
P
BILL 175
4th Session, 31st Legislature, Ontario
29 Elizabeth II, 1980
An Act to provide for Municipal Hydro- Electric Service
in the City of Sudbury
The Hon. R. Welch
Minister of Energy
TORONTO
Printed by J. C. Thatcher, Queen's Printer for Ontario
Bill 175 1980
An Act to provide for Municipal Hydro-Electric
Service in the City of Sudbury
HER MAJESTY, by and with the advice and consent of
the Legislative Assembly of the Province of Ontario,
enacts as follows:
1 . In this Act, Interpre
tation
(a) "accumulated net retail equity" means the portion of
equity accumulated through debt retirement appropria-
tions recorded for the Rural Power District relating to
Ontario Hydro's rural retail system plus the portion of
the balance recorded for, customers in the Stabilization of
Rates and Contingencies Account, in the books of
Ontario Hydro;
(b) "City" means the municipality or corporation of the City
of Sudbury;
(c) "Commission" means the hydro-electric commission
established by section 2;
(d) "Minister" means the Minister of Intergovernmental
Affairs;
(e) "municipal commission" means the Hydro-Electric
Commission of the City of Sudbury as it existed
immediately before the coming into force of this Act;
(/) "power" means electrical power and includes electrical
energy;
(g) "regulations" means the regulations made under this
Act;
(h) "retail", when used in relation to the distribution and
supply of power, refers to the distribution and supply of
power at voltages less than SO kilo volts, but does not
refer to works located within a transformer station that
transform power from voltages greater than 50 kilovolts
to voltages less than SO kilovolts.
Commission
established
2. — (1) A hydro-electric commission, to be known as the
"Sudbury Hydro-Electric Commission", is hereby established for
the City of Sudbury.
Application (2) The Commission shall be deemed to be a commission estab-
R.s.o. 1970, lished under Part III of The Public Utilities Act and a municipal
cc. 390, 354 commission within the meaning of The Power Corporation Act.
ComposiUon (3) xhc Commission shall consist of the mayor of the City and
1977, c. 62 additional members who are qualified electors under The Munici-
pal Elections Act, 1977 in the City.
When council (4) Except as provided in subsection 5, the council of the City
size of shall determine by by-law whether the number of additional
Commission members of the Commission shall be two or four.
First
commission
(5) For the term expiring with the 30th day of November, 1982,
the Commission shall consist of the mayor of the City and the
following additional members who shall be appointed by the
council of the City:
1. Two members of the municipal commission.
2. Two other persons who reside in the City of Sudbury,
one of whom is a resident of that part of the City supplied
with power by Ontario Hydro immediately before the
coming into force of this Act.
Additional
members of
first
commission
(6) Where the number of qualified additional members to be
appointed under paragraph 1 of subsection 5 is less than the
required number of additional members, the council of the City
shall appoint an additional member or additional members so that
there will be the required number of additional members of the
Commission.
Additional
members of
subsequent
commissions
(7) For terms commencing after the 30th day of November,
1982, the additional members of the Commission shall be elected
by a general vote of the electors of the City, unless before the 1st
day of July, 1982 the council of the City provides by by-law that
the additional members shall be elected by wards or appointed by
the council.
Eligibility
of members
of council
(8) Members of the council of the City may be members of the
Commission, but the members of the council shall not form a
majority of the Commission.
(9) Subject to subsection 5, a member of the Commission shall Term of
hold office for the same term as the members of council or until his
successor is elected or appointed.
(10) The council of the City may, by by-law passed with the Delegates
written consent of the mayor, appoint a delegate from among the
members of the council to represent the mayor on the Commis-
sion.
(11) The salaries of the members of the Commission for the Salary
term expiring with the 30th day of November, 1982 shall be fixed commission
on or before the 31st day of December, 1980 in an amount that
does not exceed the highest salary paid to members of the munici-
pal commission on the 1st day of January, 1980.
(12) A resignation from the council of the City of a member of Resignations
the council who is a member of the Commission shall be deemed to
be a resignation from both the council and the Commission.
3. — (1) Except as herein provided, all the powers, rights, Powers of
authorities and privileges that are conferred by The Public j^ g q ^g^Q
Utilities ^c^ on a municipal corporation with respect to power c. 390
shall, on and after the 1st day of January, 1981, be exercised on
behalf of the City by the Commission and not by the council of the
City or any other person.
(2) On and after the 1st day of January, 1981, the Commission ^s\^°
has the sole right to distribute and supply power within the City, and supply
except for those areas of the City then being supplied power by p'^^^"'
other than Ontario Hydro or the municipal commission.
(3) The right of the Commission to distribute and supply Exception
"^ " ^*^ -^ to right to
power, distribute
and supply
(a) is subject to any subsisting contracts for the supply of p"^^"^
power made under section 70 of The Power Corporation R so. 1970,
Act; and
(b) does not apply in respect of those parts of the City that
are supplied with power as of the 3 1st day of December,
1980 by other than Ontario Hydro or the municipal
commission.
(4) The Commission may contract with Ontario Hydro without Contract
electoral assent or other approval or authorization for the trans- Ontario
mission and supply to the Commission of power to be distributed ^y^^°
and sold in the City.
(5) A contract under subsection 4 shall be deemed to be an idem
agreement within the meaning of clause 5 of subsection 2 of section
293 of The Municipal Act. R s.o. 1970,
•^ c. 284
Application
of
R.S.O. 1970,
c. 354
(6) Except where inconsistent with the provisions of this Act,
the provisions of The Power Corporation Act applicable to a
municipal corporation that has entered into a contract with
Ontario Hydro for the distribution and supply of power to the
municipal corporation apply to the Commission.
Direct
customers
(7) With the consent of the Commission, Ontario Hydro may
distribute and supply power directly to customers in the City.
Transfer of
assets and
liabilities
4. — (1) On the 1st day of January, 1981, all assets under the
control and management of and all liabilities of the municipal
commission are, without compensation, assets under the control
and management of and liabilities of the Commission.
Transitional (2) Any of the asscts, powcrs and responsibilities of the munici-
pal commission that pertain to the distribution and supply of
power in the City may be transferred by agreement before the 1st
day of January, 1981 to the Commission.
Purchase
of retail
distribution
facilities
from
Ontario
Hydro
Leased
equipment
5. — (1) On or before the 1st day of January, 1981, the Commis-
sion shall purchase, on behalf of the City, and Ontario Hydro shall
sell to the Commission, the assets and liabilities of Ontario Hydro
that pertain to the distribution and supply of power at retail in the
City.
(2) The purchases mentioned in subsection 1 shall include
equipment leased by Ontario Hydro to retail customers in the City
for the use of power supplied to the retail customers.
Purchase
price
(3) The purchase price shall be determined in accordance with
the regulations and shall be equal to the original cost of the assets
less the sum of,
(a) the accumulated net retail equity of the customers
supplied with power through the assets; and
{b) the accumulated depreciation associated with the assets.
Interpre-
tation
6. — (1) In this section, "parties" means Ontario Hydro and the
Commission.
Where price
to be
determined
by
arbitration
(2) If the purchase price under section 5 is not determined
before the 1st day of January, 1982, either of the parties at any
time thereafter may request that the purchase price be determined
by a single arbitrator agreed on by the parties.
Application
of
R.S.O. 1970,
c. 25
Vesting
of real
property
(3) The Arbitrations Act applies where a request is made under
subsection 2.
7. — (1) All real property transferred by section 4 to the control
and management of the Commission or otherwise acquired by or
for the Commission shall be held by the Commission in trust for
the City.
(2) Where a Commission is of the opinion, and so declares by Disposition
resolution, that any real property under its control and manage- property
ment is not required for its purposes, unless otherwise agreed upon
by the Commission and the City, the real property may be dis-
posed of as follows:
1 . In the event that the City wishes in good faith to use the
real property for a municipal purpose, it shall compen-
sate the Commission for the real property at its actual
cost, less accrued depreciation as shown on the books of
the Commission or the assessed value of the real prop-
erty, whichever is the greater, and when the City in good
faith no longer wishes to use the real property for a
municipal purpose, the City may sell, lease or otherwise
dispose of the real property without the assent of Ontario
Hydro and may retain the proceeds of the sale, lease or
disposition as municipal funds.
2 . In the event that the City does not wish to use the real
property in accordance with paragraph 1 , the Commis-
sion shall, as soon as practicable, sell, lease or otherwise
dispose of the real property at fair market value on
behalf of the City and the net proceeds derived from the
sale, lease or other disposition of the real property or the
compensation paid therefor under this subsection shall
be received by the Commission and shall be applied in
accordance with The Public Utilities Act. ^ ?-9 ^'^°'
c. 390
8. Except as otherwise provided in this Act, sections 92 to 112 Borrowing
of The Regional Municipality of Sudbury Act, 1972 apply, with i972, c. i04
necessary modifications, to any borrowing for the purposes of the
Commission.
9. — (1) In this section, "transfer date", when used in respect of imerpre-
. . . . • TT 1 tation
an employee of the municipal commission or Ontario Hydro,
means the date on which the Commission assumes liability for the
payment of the wages or salary of the employee.
(2) On or before the 31st day of December, 1980, Ontario Transfer
Hydro and the municipal commission shall designate those of their employees
full-time employees who were employed in the distribution and
supply of power in the City on the 1st day of January, 1980, and
who continued such employment until the 31st day of December,
1980 or until their transfer dates, as the case may be, and the
Commission shall offer employment to the employees so desig-
nated in respect of the area municipality.
Wages
or
salaries
(3) A person who accepts employment under this section is
entitled to receive, for a period of one year commencing on the
transfer date, a wage or salary not less than the wage or salary he
was receiving on the day nine months before the transfer date.
Partici-
pation in
O.M.E.R.S.
R.S.O. 1970,
c. 324
Supple-
mentary
agreements
Transfer of
pension
credits
from
Ontario
Hydro
Plan
(4) The Commission shall be deemed to have elected to partici-
pate in the Ontario Municipal Employees Retirement System on
the day this Act comes into force, and a person who accepts
employment under this section shall be deemed to continue or to
become a member of the System, as the case requires, on his
transfer date, and The Ontario Municipal Employees Retirement
System Act applies to such person as a member of the System.
(5) When a person who accepts employment under this section
with the Commission is entitled immediately before his transfer
date to the benefit of a supplementary agreement between the
Ontario Municipal Employees Retirement Board and the munici-
pal commission, the Commission shall assume, in respect of the
person, all rights and obligations under the supplementary agree-
ment as if the Commission had been a party to the agreement in
the place of the municipal commission.
(6) Where a person who accepts employment under this section
is a contributor to The Pension and Insurance Fund of Ontario
Hydro immediately before his transfer date, the present value of
the pension earned by the person in The Pension and Insurance
Fund of Ontario Hydro at the transfer date or the contributions of
the person in the Fund with interest accumulated and credited to
the person in the Fund, whichever is the greater, shall be transfer-
red to the Ontario Municipal Employees Retirement Fund and the
person shall be given credit in the Ontario Municipal Employees
Retirement System for a period of service equal to the period of
service for which he was given credit in The Ontario Hydro
Pension and Insurance Plan.
Pension
guarantee
(7) Notwithstanding subsection 4, a person who accepts
employment under this section with the Commission and who,
(a) was employed by Ontario Hydro immediately before his
transfer date; and
{b) continues in the employment of a municipal hydro-
electric commission until he or his beneficiary becomes
entitled to a pension benefit,
is entitled to at least the pension benefit he would have been
entitled to under The Ontario Hydro Pension and Insurance Plan
if his years of continuous service with the commission had been
additional years of continuous service with Ontario Hydro and if
there had been no change in the Plan after the 31st day of
December, 1980, calculated on the basis of the wage or salary paid
to the person by Ontario Hydro and the commission, and the cost,
if any, of the pension benefit over the cost of the pension benefit to
which the person is entitled under subsection 4 shall be appor-
tioned and paid as provided by the regulations.
(8) A person who accepts employment under this section is pi"""?
entitled as a term of his employment to continue as a member of insurance
the group life insurance plan in which he was a member with his
former employer until the effective date of a common group life
insurance plan covering all eligible employees of the Commission.
(9) On or before the 31st day of December, 1982, the Commis- idem
sion shall provide a common group life insurance plan covering all
of the eligible employees of the Commission, and the plan shall
provide to any person accepting employment under this section,
by option or otherwise, insurance coverage not inferior to the
insurance coverage to which the person was entitled immediately
before his transfer date.
(10) A person who accepts employment under this section shall Sick leave
continue to enjoy the rights and benefits of sick leave entitlements
or sick leave insurance provided by his former employer
immediately before the transfer date until the Commission estab-
lishes a sick leave entitlement plan or sick leave insurance plan,
and thereupon the person shall receive allowance or credit for any
accrued sick leave rights or benefits.
(11) The Commission shall continue the provision of life insur-
Life
. , 1111 • • 1 • insurance
ance to pensioners formerly employed by the municipal commis- provided to
_:«_ pensioners
(12) Nothing in this section prevents an employer from ter- Termination
minating the employment of an employee for cause.
(13) Where, in the opinion of the Minister, a person who is Special
I'll 1 1 • • • circum-
designated or who accepts employment under this section experi- stances
ences any difficulty or hardship with regard to life insurance
benefits, pension rights, pension benefits or sick leave rights or
benefits, the Minister by order may do anything necessary to
remedy or alleviate such difficulty or hardship.
10. For the purposes of section 132 of The Regional Munici- Dissolution
pality of Sudbury Act, 1972, the 1st day of January, 1981 is the existing
date determined by the Minister in respect of the City and on that commissions
date the municipal commission is dissolved and any by-laws
establishing it shall be deemed to be repealed and the assent of the
municipal electors is not required.
1 1 . The Lieutenant Governor in Council may make regula- Regulations
tions,
Commence-
ment
(a) for the purpose of subsection 3 of section 5 in respect of,
(i) the method of determining the original cost of the
assets or of any asset or of any part of any asset,
(ii) the allocation of the original cost of the assets or
of any asset or of any part of any asset,
(iii) the method of determining the amount of any
component of the accumulated net retail equity,
(iv) the allocation of the accumulated net retail equity
or any component of the accumulated net retail
equity,
(v) the method of calculating accumulated deprecia-
tion of any component of accumulated deprecia-
tion-,
(vi) the allocation of accumulated depreciation or any
component of accumulated depreciation,
(vii) the method of payment of the price of the assets;
(b) for the purposes of subsection 7 of section 9 in respect of
the apportionment of the excess cost of any benefit refer-
red to in the subsection and the payment of the excess
cost or any part thereof.
12. This Act comes into force on the day it receives Royal
Assent.
Short title
13. The short title of this Act is The City of Sudbury Hydro-
Electric Service Act, 1980.
ST ^
O
e^
o
<
ft!
Uj
o
<
n
3
cr
ft>
tNJ
O
o
3
cr
ft>
ft-
>3
O
cr
CD
—I
to
>3
<^
"i
TO
rso
TO
H- '
G
4^
a
^i
»
Vol.
cr
cr
Pi-
0^
H-^
OrCl
^_>
0^
O
ex
00
00
O
o
o
>
ffiC!
a>
S' <^
o ^
' i?"
W o
^ fi 3
c/) '^ a
c en ">
•^ 2 c^
c 2 ^
VJ ft. g
Ci C!
n
o
<T! t3
BILL 176 Government Bill
4th Session, 31st Legislature, Ontario
29 Elizabeth II, 1980
An Act to amend
The Toronto Area Transit Operating Authority Act, 1974
The Hon. J. W. Snow
Minister of Transportation and Communications
TORONTO
Printed by J. C. Thatcher, Queen's Printer for Ontario
Explanatory Notes
Section 1. Currently, the chairman of the Authority is appointed by the
Lieutenant Governor in Council for a five-year term. The term is being reduced to
three years subject to the incumbent serving out his full five-year term.
Certain provisions of The Public Vehicles Act regulating the leasing of buses
do not apply in respect of a bus leased to or from the Authority.
Section 2 . The objects of the Authority are being expanded and clarified.
Section 6 (6) currently reads as follows:
(b) to co-ordinate the operations of surface and subsurface inter-regional
transit systems and surface and subsurface regional transit systems and to
operate, within the area of jurisdiction of the Authority on routes where
the Authority operates an inter-regional transit service, transit services
within a regional area at the request of and under an agreement with the
council of the regional area or the council of an area municipality within
the regional area.
The proposed change to section 6 (c) is complementary to the new section 6 {b).
BILL 176 1980
An Act to amend The Toronto Area
Transit Operating Authority Act, 1974
HER MAJESTY, by and with the advice and consent of the
Legislative Assembly of the Province of Ontario, enacts as
follows:
1. — (1) Subsection 3 of section 2 of The Toronto Area Transit ^^^^j'j
. • 1 1 amended
Operating Authority Act, 1974, being chapter 69, is amended
by striking out "five" in the second line and inserting in lieu
thereof "three".
(2) The said section 2, as amended by the Statutes of Ontario, ^^' ,
^ ' ' -^ amended
1977, chapter 39, section 2, is further amended by adding
thereto the following subsection:
(10) Sections 2a and 9b of The Public Vehicles Act do not apply where
R S O 1Q70
to the Authority or to the holder of an operating licence issued c. 392
under that Act who leases a bus to or from the Authority. ^^^^ ^^^ ^pp'^
(3) Notwithstanding subsection 3 of section 2 of The Toronto Present
A -n • ^ ■ A 1 ■ A chairman
Area Transit Operating Authority Act, 1974, as amended
by subsection 1, the member appointed by the Lieutenant
Governor in Council holding office on the day this Act comes
into force remains in office until his term of five years expires.
2. — (1) Clause b of section 6 of the said Act, as amended by the ^^^^1^*^^^^
Statutes of Ontario, 1977, chapter 39, section 4, is repealed
and the following substituted therefor:
{b) to facilitate the operational integration of surface and
subsurface inter-regional transit systems and surface
and subsurface regional transit systems, and to operate,
within the area of jurisdiction of the Authority on routes
where the Authority operates an inter-regional transit
service, transit services within a regional area at the
request of and under an agreement with the council of
the regional area or the council of an area municipality
within the regional area.
s. 6 (c),
amended
(2) Clause c of the said section 6 is amended by striking out
"co-ordinating" in the second line and inserting in lieu thereof
"operational integration".
s. 7 (1) («),
amended
3. — (1) Clause e of subsection 1 of section 7 of the said Act is amended
by striking out "the integration or co-ordination or both" in
the first line and inserting in lieu thereof "the operational
integration".
s. 7 (2) (d) (i),
amended
(2) Subclause i of clause d of subsection 2 of the said section 7,
as re-enacted by the Statutes of Ontario, 1977, chapter
39, section 5, is amended by inserting after "with" in the
second line "or without".
ss. la, 7b,
enacted
Agreements
with
Minister
4. The said Act is amended by adding thereto the following sections:
7a. — (1) The Minister and the Authority may, subject to the
approval of the Lieutenant Governor in Council, enter into an
agreement that the Authority shall establish, acquire, construct,
operate and maintain a transit system that is not within or limited
to its area of jurisdiction.
Powers
(2) The powers of the Authority under subsection 2 of section 7
shall extend to activities carried out by the Authority pursuant to
an agreement entered into under subsection 1 , and, for purposes of
carrying out the terms of the agreement, shall not be limited to
inter-regional transit systems.
Payment of
expenditures
(3) The Minister may pay all or part of the expenditures,
pursuant to an agreement made under subsection 1, to establish,
acquire, construct, operate and maintain a transit system and to
acquire lands and equipment necessary and incidental thereto.
Use of "GO
Transit"
trademark
7b . The Authority is hereby granted the non-exclusive right to
use the trademark "GO Transit" and shall identify all transit
vehicles and railway rolling stock, when practical, operated by or
on behalf of the Authority by the display of the trademark thereon .
s. 10 (3),
re-enacted
Motor vehicle
owner and
driver liable
for penalties
5. Subsection 3 of section 10 of the said Act is repealed and the
following substituted therefor:
(3) The owner of a vehicle may be charged with and convicted
of any contravention of a regulation made under subsection 1
prohibiting or regulating vehicular traffic for which the driver of
the vehicle is subject to be charged unless, at the time of the
contravention, the vehicle was in the possession of some person
other than the owner without the owner's consent and on convic-
tion the owner is liable to the penalty prescribed for the offence.
Section 3. — Subsection 1. The proposed change is complementary to the
new section 6b of the Act.
Subsection 2. Section 7 (2) (d) of the Act currently enables the Authority to
enter into agreements to lease out transit vehicles owned by the Authority with
drivers. The proposed amendment permits the leasing of vehicles without drivers.
Section 4. The provisions set out in the proposed section 7a of the Act
permits the Minister and the Authority to enter into agreements related to transit
systems and enables the Minister to contribute, in whole or in part, toward the cost.
The proposed section 7b of the Act is self-explanatory.
Section 5. Section 10 of the Act authorizes the making of regulations and
provides for a penalty for contravention of certain regulations.
The proposed amendment clarifies that in respect of parking and traffic
offences, the owner of a vehicle may be charged and convicted without the driver of
the vehicle being charged. A similar clarification was enacted in The Highway
Traffic Act in the spring.
3
6. This Act comes into force on the day it receives Royal Assent. Commence-
ment
7. The short title of this Act is The Toronto Area Transit Operating Short title
Authority Amendment Act, 1980.
(30
v>'
H
cr
hC
o
w
o
3
o
o
3
H
_^
c
o'
rj-
3
O
o'
r-i-
3
P
c/:
v>
^-^
^2
o'
o
3
^
p
3
CL
S
►-<
>^
i-j
>3
c^
Oj
«)
C)
o
R
<-^
PL
^4.
s
"^
S
c^
00
o
O-Q
H
3-
a>
H
o
>3 ^
^ O 3
O >>
,r-t- fT> r+
O -( p
^"^ i
^ ^' o.
4. O
XJ
•-t
p
r-f-
5'
Orq
BILL 177 Government Bill
4th Session, 31st Legislature, Ontario
29 Elizabeth II, 1980
An Act to provide for
the Safe Use of X-ray Machines in the Healing Arts
The Hon. D. R. Timbrell
Minister of Health
I
TORONTO
Printed by J. C. Thatcher, Queen's Printer for Ontario
Explanatory Note
The Bill provides for regulation of the installation and the operation of x-ray
machines in the healing arts. X-ray machine is defined in section 1 as "an electri-
cally powered device the purpose and function of which is the production of x-rays
for the irradiation of a human being for a therapeutic or diagnostic purpose".
Section 3 regulates the installation of x-ray machines.
Section 4 requires the registration of x-ray machines, their locations and the
names and addresses of their owners.
Section 5 prohibits the operation of an x-ray machine by an unqualified
person. Qualifications are to be prescribed by the regulations. A transitional period
until the 1st day of January, 1984 or such later date as may be named by proclama-
tion is provided in the section.
Section 6 prohibits the operation of an x-ray machine upon a human being
except upon the prescription of a medical practitioner, a dentist, a chiropodist, a
chiropractor or an osteopath.
Section 7 will prohibit the use of unqualified persons as operators of x-ray
machines.
Section 8 prohibits the operation of a substandard x-ray machine.
Section 9 requires the designation of a radiation protection officer in a facility
and sets out the responsibilities of the radiation protection officer.
Sections 10, 11 and 12 provide for appeals from decisions of the Director in
respect of approvals.
Section 13 provides for orders by the Director or an inspector because of
danger to the health or safety of any person and section 14 provides for emergency
orders.
Provision is made for appeals to the Health Facilities Appeal Board in respect
of approvals and orders.
Section 15 establishes the Healing Arts Radiation Protection Commission and
sets out its functions.
Section 19 provides for the appointment of the Director of X-ray Safety and
section 20 provides for the appointment and powers of inspectors.
BILL 177 1980
An Act to provide for the Safe Use
of X-ray Machines in the Healing Arts
HER MAJESTY, by and with the advice and consent of
the Legislative Assembly of the Province of Ontario,
enacts as follows:
1. (1) In this Act, imerpre-
' tation
(a) "Appeal Board" means the Health Facilities Appeal
Board established by The Ambulance Act; R.s.o. 1970
c. 20
(6) "Commission" means the Healing Arts Radiation Pro-
tection Commission established under section 15;
(c ) "Director" means the Director of X-ray Safety appointed
under section 19;
{d) "inspector" means an inspector appointed under section
20;
{e) "owner", when used with reference to an x-ray machine,
means the owner or other person who has the manage-
ment and control of the x-ray machine;
(/) "Minister" means the Minister of Health;
(g) "regulations" means the regulations made under this
Act;
{h) "x-ray equipment" includes x-ray imaging systems, pro-
cessing equipment and equipment directly related to the
production of images for diagnosis or directly related to
irradiation with x-rays for therapy;
(i) "x-ray machine" means an electrically powered device
the purpose and function of which is the production of
x-rays for the irradiation of a human being for a
therapeutic or diagnostic purpose;
Shielding
Administration
of Act
Approval of
installation
Issuance of
approval
Criteria
Installation
Revocation
of approval
ij) "x-rays" means artificially produced electromagnetic
radiation with peak energy greater than five kilo volts.
(2) In this Act, a reference to the installation of an x-ray
machine includes a reference to the shielding of the area in which
the x-ray machine is installed.
2. The Minister is reponsible for the administration of this
Act.
3. — (1) No person shall install an x-ray machine unless the
Director has issued written approval for the installation.
(2) Subject to subsection 3, any person who applies in accord-
ance with this Act and the regulations for written approval for the
installation of an x-ray machine and,
(a) submits to the Director the plans, specifications and
information prescribed by the regulations;
(b) who meets the requirements of this Act and the regula-
tions; and
(c) pays the prescribed fee,
is entitled to be issued the written approval.
(3) The Director may refuse to approve a proposed installation
of an x-ray machine where,
(a) the proposed installation will not comply with this Act or
the regulations;
(b) the application therefor is incomplete;
(c) the plans, specifications and information required by
this Act and the regulations in respect of the installation
of the x-ray machine have not been submitted to the
Director or are incomplete; or
(d) any fees due are unpaid.
(4) Where the Director has issued written approval for the
installation of an x-ray machine, no person shall install the x-ray
machine other than in accordance with the plans, specifications
and information on the basis of which the Director issued the
written approval.
(5) Subject to section 10, the Director may revoke an approval
where it was issued on mistaken or false information.
(6) Where the Director has given written approval for the Approval
installation of an x-ray machine and the x-ray machine has been
installed in accordance with the plans, specifications and other
information on the basis of which the Director issued the approv-
al, no person shall change the installation without the written
approval of the Director for the change.
(7) Subsections 1 to 5 apply with necessary modifications in Application
respect of a change in an installation of an x-ray machine and, for °
the purpose, changing an installation of an x-ray machine shall be
deemed to be installing an x-ray machine.
4. — (1) The owner of an x-ray machine shall not operate the Registration
x-ray machine or cause or permit the x-ray machine to be operated
for the irradiation of a human being unless the x-ray machine, the
location of the x-ray machine and the name and business address
of the owner of the x-ray machine are registered with the Director.
(2) Upon the application of the owner of an x-ray machine and Application
upon payment of the fee prescribed by the regulations, the Direc-
tor shall register the x-ray machine, its location and the name and
business address of the owner thereof.
(3) An owner of an x-ray machine registered with the Director Notice of
who changes his business address shall give written notice of the
change to the Director within fifteen days of the occurrence of the
change.
(4) An owner of an x-ray machine who is registered with the Transitional
Ministry immediately before the coming into force of this Act shall
be deemed to have registered with the Director under subsection
1.
(5) The Director may require a person mentioned in subsection Filing of
. ^., • 1 1 T^- 1 .-. . , • r • ■ nnatenal
4 to tile with the Director plans, specifications and information in
respect of the x-ray machine and its installation and every such
person shall file the plans, specifications and information when so
required.
5. — (1) No person shall operate an x-ray machine for the Use of
irradiation of a human being unless the person meets the qualifi- machine
cations and requirements prescribed by the regulations.
(2) The following persons shall be deemed to meet the qualifi- Persons
cations prescribed by the regulations: be qualified
1. A legally qualified medical practitioner.
2 . A member of the Royal College of Dental Surgeons of
Ontario.
R.S.O. 1970,
c. 70
3. A person registered as a chiropodist under The
Chiropody Act on the 1st day of November, 1980.
A person registered as a chiropodist under The
Chiropody Act after the Istday of November, 1980, who
is a graduate of a four-year course of instruction in
chiropody accredited by the Council on Education of
The Canadian Association of Chiropodists.
R.S.O. 1970,
c. 137
A person registered as a chiropractor under The Drug-
less Practitioners Act.
R.S.O. 1970,
c. 399
6. A person registered as an osteopath under The Drugless
Practitioners Act.
7. A radiological technician registered under The
Radiological Technicians Act.
8. A person registered as a dental hygienist by the Council
of the Royal College of Dental Surgeons of Ontario.
Transitional (3) Subsection 1 docs not apply before the 1st day of January,
1984, or such later date as may be named by proclamation of the
Lieutenant Governor in respect of a person who, prior to the
coming into force of this section, was operating an x-ray machine
for the irradiation of human beings.
Instructions
required
R.S.O. 1970,
c. 70
R.S.O. 1970
c. 137
6 . No person shall operate an x-ray machine for the irradiation
of a human being unless the irradiation has been prescribed by,
{a) 3, legally qualified medical practitioner;
(b) a member of the Royal College of Dental Surgeons of
Ontario;
(c) a person registered as a chiropodist under The
Chiropody Act on the 1st day of November, 1980;
(d) a person registered as a chiropodist under The
Chiropody Act after the Istday of November, 1980, who
is a graduate of a four-year course of instruction in
chiropody accredited by the Council on Education of
The Canadian Association of Chiropodists;
(e) a person registered as a chiropractor under The Drugless
Practitioners Act; or
if) a person registered as an osteopath under The Drugless
Practitioners Act.
7. On and after the 1st day of January, 1984, or such later date Causing or
as may be named by proclamation of the Lieutenant Governor, no Le™ "^
person shall cause or permit any other person to operate an x-ray ''•'^y.
machine for the irradiation of a human being unless the other
person meets the qualifications and requirements prescribed by
the regulations.
8. No person shall operate an x-ray machine for the irradiation '^-^^y
., ,. ,, ,. , ,, machine
of a human bemg, unless the x-ray machme meets the standards standards
prescribed by the regulations.
9. — (1) The owner of an x-ray machine that is installed for the Radiation
... „ , , . 1 11 1 • protection
purpose of the irradiation of human beings shall designate a officer
person who meets the qualifications prescribed by the regulations
and who is,
(a) a legally qualified medical practitioner;
(6) a member of the Royal College of Dental Surgeons of
Ontario;
(c) a person registered as a chiropodist under The R so. i97o,
Chiropody Act on the 1st day of November, 1980;
{d), a person registered under The Chiropody Act after the
1st day of November, 1980 who is a graduate of a
four-year course of instruction in chiropody accredited
by the Council of Education of The Canadian Associa-
tion of Chiropodists;
(e) a person registered as a chiropractor under r/^e £)n/g/e55 ^^9 ^^^°'
Practitioners Act; or
(/) a person registered as an osteopath under The Drugless
Practitioners Act,
as the radiation protection officer for the facility in which the x-ray
machine is installed.
(2) The owner of a portable x-ray machine shall designate a ^^^'^\,
person who meets the qualifications prescribed by the regulations x-ray
and who is described in clause a, b, c, d, e or/ of subsection 1 as the "machine
radiation protection officer for the portable x-ray machine.
(3) Subsection 2 does not apply in respect of a portable x-ray Exception
machine that is operated only in a facility for which a radiation
protection officer has been appointed under subsection 1 , but the
radiation officer is responsible in respect of the portable x-ray
machine in accordance with subsection 4.
Responsi-
bilities
(4) A radiation protection officer for a facility is responsible,
(a) for ensuring that every x-ray machine operated in the
facility is maintained in safe operating condition; and
Proposal
to refuse
to issue
or to revoke
an approval
(6) for such other matters related to the safe operation of
each x-ray machine in the facility as are prescribed by
the regulations.
10. — (1) Where the Director proposes to refuse to issue or to
revoke an approval under section 3 for the installation or for a
change in the installation of an x-ray machine, the Director shall
serve notice of his proposal, together with written reasons there-
for, on the applicant or the person to whom the approval was
issued, as the case may be.
Notice (2) A notice under subsection 1 shall inform the applicant or
person to whom the approval was issued that he is entitled to a
hearing by the Appeal Board if, within fifteen days after the notice
under subsection 1 is served on him, he gives written notice to the
Director and the Appeal Board requiring a hearing by the Appeal
Board and he may so require such a hearing.
Powers of
Appeal
Board
(3) Where a hearing is required under subsection 2 , the Appeal
Board shall appoint a time for and hold the hearing and may direct
the Director to carry out his proposal or refrain from carrying out
his proposal and to take such action as the Appeal Board considers
the Director ought to take in accordance with this Act and the
regulations and, for such purposes, the Appeal Board may sub-
stitute its opinion for that of the Director.
Parties 1 1 . — (1) The Director, the applicant or other person who has
required the hearing and such other persons as the Appeal Board
may specify are parties to proceedings before the Appeal Board
under this Act.
Notice of
hearing
Examination
of docu-
mentary
evidence
Members
holding
hearing not
to have
taken part
in investiga-
tion, etc.
(2) Notice of a hearing shall afford the applicant or other person
who has required the hearing a reasonable opportunity to show or
to achieve compliance before the hearing with all lawful require-
ments for the issue of the approval of the Director.
(3) Any party to proceedings under section 10 shall be afforded
an opportunity to examine before the hearing any written or
documentary evidence that will be produced or any report the
contents of which will be given in evidence at the hearing.
(4) Members of the Appeal Board holding a hearing shall not
have taken part before the hearing in any investigation or consid-
eration of the subject-matter of the hearing and shall not com-
municate directly or indirectly in relation to the subject-matter of
7
the hearing with any person or with any party or his representative
except upon notice to and opportunity for all parties to participate,
but the Appeal Board may seek legal advice from an adviser
independent from the parties and in such case the nature of the
advice shall be made known to the parties in order that they may
make submissions as to the law.
(5) The oral evidence taken before the Appeal Board at a Recording
of evidence
hearing shall be recorded and, if so required, copies of a transcript
thereof shall be furnished upon the same terms as in the Supreme
Court.
(6) The findings of fact of the Appeal Board pursuant to a Findings
hearing shall be based exclusively on evidence admissible or mat-
ters that may be noticed under sections 15 and 16 of The Statutory ^^^i- ^^ ^"^
Powers Procedure Act, 1971.
(7) No member of the Appeal Board shall participate in a o^iy members
... r , » 1 XA 1 1 . 11 at hearing to
decision of the Appeal Board pursuant to a hearing unless he was participate
present throughout the hearing and heard the evidence and argu- '" decision
ment of the parties and, except with the consent of the parties, no
decision of the Appeal Board shall be given unless all members so
present participate in the decision.
(8) Documents and things put in evidence at a hearing shall. Release of
1 <-i 1 1 11 1 11 documentary
upon the request of the person who produced them, be released to evidence
him by the Appeal Board within a reasonable time after the matter
in issue has been finally determined.
12. — (1) Any party to the proceedings before the AppeaMPP^ai to
Board under this Act may appeal from its decision or order to the
Supreme Court in accordance with the rules of court.
(2) Where any party appeals from a decision or order of the ?*^r°,''^ "^^
Appeal Board, the Appeal Board shall forthwith file in the Sup- in court
reme Court the record of the proceedings before it in which the
decision was made, which, together with the transcript of evi-
dence if it is not part of the Appeal Board's record, shall constitute
the record in the appeal.
(3) The Minister is entitled to be heard, by counsel or other- Minister
. c 111- • entitled to
Wise, upon the argument of an appeal under this section. be heard
(4) An appeal under this section may be made on questions of Powers of
, - ri" .11 court on
law or fact or both and the court may affirm, alter or rescind the appeal
decision of the Appeal Board and may exercise all powers of the
Appeal Board to direct the Director to take any action which the
Appeal Board may direct him to take and as the court considers
proper and for such purposes the court may substitute its opinion
for that of the Director or of the Appeal Board, or the court may
8
Order by
Director or
inspector
refer the matter back to the Appeal Board for rehearing, in whole
or in part, in accordance with such directions as the court consid-
ers proper.
13. — (1) The Director or an inspector may make a written
order directed to any one or more of,
(a) the owner of an x-ray machine;
(b) any person who operates the x-ray machine; or
(c) the radiation protection officer for the facility in which
the machine is installed or, in the case of a portable x-ray
machine, the radiation protection officer for the portable
x-ray machine,
requiring the taking of such action as, in the opinion of the
Director or inspector, upon reasonable and probable grounds, is
necessary in order to achieve compliance with this Act or the
regulations, or both, or is necessary or advisable to protect the
health or safety of any patient or member of the public in or near
the premises where the x-ray machine is operated.
Notice of
proposal to
make order
(2) The Director or the inspector who proposes to make an
order under subsection 1 shall serve notice of the proposal,
together with written reasons therefor, on the person to whom he
proposes to direct the order.
Notice
requiring
hearing
Power of
Director or
inspector
where no
hearing
Powers of
Appeal
Board
where
hearing
Application
of
ss. 11, 12
(3) A notice under subsection 2 shall inform the person that he is
entitled to a hearing by the Appeal Board if he gives notice in
writing to the Director and the Appeal Board, within fifteen days
after the notice under subsection 2 is served on him, requiring a
hearing and he may so require such a hearing.
(4) Where a person served with notice under subsection 2 does
not require a hearing in accordance with subsection 3, the Director
or inspector may carry out the proposal stated in his notice.
(5) Where a hearing is required under subsection 3, the Appeal
Board shall appoint a time for and hold the hearing and by order
may direct the Director or the inspector to carry out his proposal or
refrain from carrying out his proposal and to take such action as
the Appeal Board considers the Director or the inspector ought to
take in accordance with this Act and the regulations and, for such
purposes, the Appeal Board may substitute its opinion for that of
the Director or the inspector.
(6) Sections 11 and 12 apply with necessary modifications to
proceedings under this section.
14. — (1) Where the Director or an inspector is of the opinion, Emergency
upon reasonable and probable grounds, that an emergency exists
by reason of danger to the health or safety of any patient or
member of the public in respect of an x-ray machine or the
installation, operation or maintenance of an x-ray machine, the
Director or inspector may make an oral or written order directed
to any one or more of,
(a) the owner of the x-ray machine;
(b) any person who operates the x-ray machine;
(c) the radiation protection officer for the facility in which
the x-ray machine is installed or, in the case of a portable
x-ray machine, the radiation protection officer for the
portable x-ray machine.
(2) An order under subsection 1 may require the person to Contents
,..,., . , . - , of order
whom it IS directed to stop operating or stop the operation of the
x-ray machine either permanently or for a specific period of time.
(3) A person affected by an order under subsection 1 may immediate
appeal therefrom in person or by an agent and by telephone or
otherwise to the Director, and the Director, after receiving the
submissions of the person and of the inspector, shall vary, rescind
or confirm the order.
(4) Where the director makes an order under subsection 1 or Written
. , T-^. reasons
vanes or confirms an order under subsection 3, the Director shall for order
forthwith thereafter serve a written copy of the order or the order
as varied or confirmed, together with written reasons therefor,
upon the person to whom the order is directed.
(5) An order under subsection 1 or an order as varied or con- Notice
firmed under subsection 3 shall inform the person to whom it is
directed that he is entitled to a hearing by the Appeal Board if he
gives notice to the Director and the Appeal Board, within fifteen
days after a copy of the order or the order as varied or confirmed is
served on him, notice in writing requiring a hearing and he may so
require such a hearing.
(6) Notwithstanding that an appeal is taken against an order ^I^^'^\
under subsection 1 or an order as varied or confirmed under
subsection 3, the order is effective at and from the time it is
communicated to the person to whom it is directed until it is
confirmed, varied or rescinded on appeal and the person shall
comply with the order immediately.
(7) Where a hearing is required under subsection 5, the Appeal ^PT'^^gai
Board shall appoint a time for and hold the hearing and the Board
Appeal Board by order may confirm, alter or rescind the order of
10
the Director and for such purposes the Appeal Board may substi-
tute its opinion for that of the Director.
Application
of
ss. 11, 12
(8) Sections 11 and 12 apply with necessary modifications to
proceedings under this section.
Where order
rescinded
by Director
(9) The Director by an order may rescind an order made under
subsection 1 or an order as varied or confirmed and in such case
shall serve a copy of the order upon the person to whom the order
or the order as varied or confirmed was directed.
Commission
established
15. — (1) There is hereby established a commission to be
known as the Healing Arts Radiation Protection Commission.
Composition (2) The Commission shall be composed of five persons.
Disquali-
fication
(3) No person who is or has been a member of the governing
body of, or who is or has been registered under any Act governing
a health discipline or a health practice, shall be a member of the
Commission.
Chairman
and vice-
chairman
(4) The Lieutenant Governor in Council shall appoint the
members of the Commission and shall designate a chairman and a
vice-chairman from among the members of the Commission.
Terms of
office
(5) The members of the Commission may be appointed for a
term of one, two or three years and members may be reappointed,
but in no case shall a member serve for more than six consecutive
years.
Vacancy (6) Every vacancy on the Commission caused by the death,
resignation or incapacity of a member may be filled by the
appointment by the Lieutenant Governor in Council of a person to
hold office for the remainder of the term of the member.
Remuneration (7) The members of the Commission shall be paid such remun-
eration and expenses as are determined by the Lieutenant Gover-
nor in Council.
Staff (8) Such employees as are necessary to carry out the duties of
f 386 ^^^°' ^^^ Commission shall be employed under The Public Service Act.
Duties
of
Commission
16. — (1) The Commission,
(a) shall advise the Minister on matters relating to the health
and safety of persons in respect of irradiation by x-rays;
{h) is responsible for the continuing development of an
X-ray Safety Code;
11
(c) shall review the contents of courses in the operation of
x-ray machines and x-ray equipment and approve the
courses it considers satisfactory;
{d) shall examine, study and report to the Minister on such
matters, including health screening programs involving
the use of x-rays, as the Minister may refer to the Com-
mission for the purpose; and
{e) shall perform such other duties as are assigned to it by or
under this or. any other Act.
(2) The Commission shall submit an annual report on its Annual
tivities to the Minister which shall ii
information as the Minister may require.
activities to the Minister which shall include such additional "^^^""^
1 7. — (1) The Commission shall establish advisory committees Advisory
to assist it in the continuing development of an X-ray Safety Code
and to assist it in respect of safety in relation to irradiation from
x-rays in each of the following disciplines:
1. Chiropody.
2. Chiropractic.
3. Dentistry.
4. Medical radiology.
5. Radiological technology.
(2) Subject to the approval of the Minister, the Commission Wem
may establish additional advisory committees to assist it in respect
of safety in relation to irradiation from x-rays.
(3) Subject to the approval of the Minister, the Commission Composition
shall fix the total number of members of each advisory committee
established under subsection 1 or 2.
(4) The members of an advisory committee appointed under Remuneration
subsection 1 or 2 may be paid such remuneration on a daily or
other basis, and such necessary expenses, as may be fixed or
approved by the Minister.
18. Subject to the approval of the Minister, the Commission Professional
may engage scientific, technical and professional consultants in assistance
matters relating to protection from irradiation by x-rays.
12
Director
of X-ray
Safety
1 9 . The Minister shall appoint an employee of the Ministry of
Health as Director of X-ray Safety for the purposes of this Act and
the regulations.
Inspectors 20. — (1) The Minister may appoint in writing one or more
employees of the Ministry or other persons as inspectors for the
purposes of this Act and the regulations and in an appointment
may limit the authority of an inspector in such manner as the
Minister considers necessary or advisable.
Certificate
of
appointment
(2) The Minister shall issue to every inspector appointed under
subsection 1 a certificate of his appointment.
Production
of
certificate
(3) Every inspector, in the execution of his duties under this Act
and the regulations, shall produce his certificate of appointment
upon request.
Inspection
Powers
of
inspector
(4) An inspector at all reasonable times may enter and inspect
the premises and may inspect the operations and all records and
radiographs where an x-ray machine is installed or operated and
may require the production of proof that any person who operates
an x-ray machine meets the qualifications and requirements pre-
scribed by the regulations to ensure that the provisions of this Act
and the regulations are complied with.
(5) Upon an inspection under this section, an inspector is
entitled to make tests and examinations to determine whether
or not x-ray machines are installed and used in compliance with
this Act and the regulations.
Copies
Admissibility
of
copies
(6) Upon an inspection under this Act, an inspector, upon
giving a receipt therefor, may remove any material that relates to
the purpose of the inspection in order to make a copy thereof, but
the copying shall be carried out with reasonable dispatch and the
material in question shall be promptly thereafter returned to the
person being inspected.
(7) Any copy made as provided in subsection 6 and purporting
to be certified by an inspector is admissible in evidence in any
action, proceeding or prosecution as prima facie proof of the
original.
Obstruction
Information
confidential
(8) No person shall obstruct an inspector or withhold or
destroy, conceal or refuse to furnish any information or thing
required by the inspector for the purposes of an inspection.
2 1 . — (1) Each member of the Commission, each employee of
the Commission, each consultant engaged by the Commission, the
13
Director, each inspector appointed under this Act and each person
engaged in the administration of this Act and the regulations shall
preserve secrecy with respect to all matters that come to his
knowledge in the course of his employment or duties pertaining to
the health of any person and shall not communicate any such
matter to any other person except as provided in this Act.
(2) A person referred to in subsection 1 may furnish information Exceptions
pertaining to the health of a person,
(a) in connection with the administration of this Act or any
Act of Ontario or of Canada related to the delivery of
health services or to safety in relation to irradiation from
x-rays or regulations made thereunder;
(b) in proceedings under this Act or the regulations;
(c) to the person who provided a service to which the infor-
mation is related, his solicitor or personal representa-
tive, the executor, administrator or committee of his
estate, his trustee in bankruptcy or other legal represen-
tative; or
id) to the person who received the service to which the
information is related, his solicitor, personal represen-
tative, another person who has lawful custody of or is
guardian for the person or other legal representative of
the person.
(3) The Director may communicate information of the kind Exception
, for
referred to in subsection 2 and any other information related professional
thereto to the statutory body governing the profession or to a fi'^cipime
professional association of which a person who provides a service
referred to in subsection 2 is a member or governing the health
practice practised by the person.
22. The Lieutenant Governor in Council may make regula- Regulations
tions,
(a) prescribing any matter required or authorized by this
Act to be, or referred to in this Act as, prescribed by the
regulations;
(b) prescribing classes of or in respect of any matter that is or
may be prescribed under the regulations;
(c) limiting the application of any regulation to any one or
more of the classes prescribed under clause b;
14
(d) exempting any class of persons, x-ray machines or
facilities from any provision of this Act or the regulations
and attaching conditions to any such exemption;
(e) governing or limiting, or both, the purposes for which
any class of persons may operate x-ray machines or any
class of x-ray machines;
(/) prescribing an X-ray Safety Code including,
(i) prescribing standards for the installation of x-ray
machines,
(ii) prescribing standards for darkrooms and dark-
room procedures associated with the operation
of x-ray machines or any class of x-ray machines,
(iii) prescribing standards and procedures for the
operation of x-ray machines and x-ray equipment
or any class of x-ray machines or x-ray equip-
ment,
(iv) prescribing physical standards for persons who
operate x-ray machines or x-ray equipment,
(v) prescribing standards and procedures for the
purpose of minimizing exposure to x-rays of
patients and members of the public,
(vi) governing the testing of x-ray machines and x-ray
equipment including, but not limited to, pre-
scribing tests in respect of x-ray machines and
x-ray equipment and requiring persons operating
x-ray machines and x-ray equipment and radia-
tion protection officers to perform the tests,
(vii) prescribing programs for evaluation of per-
formance of procedures and observance of
standards,
(viii) prescribing additional duties of radiation protec-
tion officers and persons who own or operate
x-ray machines,
(ix) prescribing standards of design, construction,
operation and performance for x-ray machines
and x-ray equipment operated in Ontario,
IS
(x) requiring compliance with any matter prescribed
or governed under subclauses i to ix;
(g) governing the keeping of records by persons who own or
operate x-ray machines and by radiation protection
officers and requiring and governing returns by them to
the Director;
(h) prescribing classes of radiation protection officers and
restricting or limiting the types of facilities or x-ray
machines or both for which any such class may be desig-
nated as radiation protection officers;
(i) prescribing subject-matters for courses of study in the
operation of x-ray machines and x-ray equipment and
prohibiting approval by the Commission of any course of
study that does not include a subject-matter so pre-
scribed for the course of study;
ij) prescribing additional duties and powers of the Com-
mission, the Director and inspectors;
(k) prescribing forms and providing for their use;
(/) adopting by reference, in whole or in part, with such
changes as the Lieutenant Governor in Council consid-
ers necessary, any code or standard and requiring com-
pliance with any code or standard that is so adopted;
(w) prescribing fees for registrations and approvals.
23. — (1) Every person who. Offences
(a) knowingly furnishes false information in an application
under this Act or in any statement or return required to
be furnished under this Act or the regulations;
(b) fails to comply with any order, direction or other
requirement made under this Act; or
(c ) contravenes any provision of this Act or the regulations ,
and every director or officer of a corporation who knowingly
concurs in such furnishing, failure or contravention is guilty of an
offence and on conviction is liable to a fine of not more than
$5,000.
(2) Where a corporation is convicted of an offence under sub- Corporations
section 1, the maximum penalty that may be imposed upon the
corporation is $25,000 and not as provided therein.
16
Proceedings
to prohibit
continuation
or
repetition
of
contravention
24. Where any provision of this Act or the regulations or any
order issued under this Act by the Director is contravened, not-
withstanding any other remedy or any penalty imposed, the
Director may apply to the Divisional Court by originating motion
for an order prohibiting the continuation or repetition of the
contravention or the carrying on of any activity specified in the
order that, in the opinion of the court, will or is likely to result in
the continuation or repetition of the contravention by the person
committing the contravention, and the court may make the order
and it may be enforced in the same manner as any other judgment
of the Supreme Court.
Protection
from
personal
liability
25. — (1) No action or other proceeding for damages shall be
instituted against the Director or an inspector for any act done in
good faith in the execution or intended execution of his duty or for
any alleged neglect or default in the execution in good faith of his
duty.
Crown not
relieved of
liability
R.S.O. 1970,
c. 365
(2) Subsection 1 does not, by reason of subsections 2 and 4 of
section 5 of The Proceedings Against the Crown Act, relieve the
Crown of liability in respect of a tort committed by an agent or
servant of the Crown to which it would otherwise be subject and
the Crown is liable under that Act for any such tort in a like
manner as if subsection 1 had not been enacted.
Service
26. — (1) Any notice, order, decision or other document
required to be given, served or delivered under this Act or the
regulations is sufficiently given, served or delivered if delivered
personally or sent by registered mail addressed to the person to
whom it is required to be given, served or delivered at the latest
address for service appearing on the records of the Ministry or,
where there is no address for service so appearing, at the address,
if any, last known to the Director.
When service
deemed made
(2) Where service is made by registered mail in accordance with
subsection 1, the service shall be deemed to be made on the
seventh day after the day of mailing unless the person on whom
service is being made establishes that he did not, acting in good
faith, through absence, accident, illness or other cause beyond his
control, receive the notice, order, decision or other document until
a later date.
Commence-
ment
2 7 . This Act comes into force on a day to be named by procla-
mation of the Lieutenant Governor.
Short title
28. The short title of this Act is The Healing Arts Radiation
Protection Act, 1980.
r5
t»
H
M
5. 2;
? P
n H
w
t-'
r
a.
S
0^5
"Z
o
<
tNO
O)
l-^
>2
B
cr
n
Co
1-1
1"
oq
00
o
><
>
3
■-1
>
"<;
n
(-1-
g
g-
p
o
•o
sr
>-(
o
5"
<
<D
in
a
^.
re
3
i-h
r*
O
ET
•-s
n>
(-1-
tr
ffi
fC
ft
c^
^
5'
n>
orq
C
>
BILL 177
4th Session, 31st Legislature, Ontario
29 Elizabeth II, 1980
An Act to provide for
the Safe Use of X-ray Machines in the Healing Arts
The Hon. D. R. Timbrell
Minister of Health
TORONTO
Printed by J. C. Thatcher, Queen's Printer for Ontario
BILL 177 1980
An Act to provide for the Safe Use
of X-ray Machines in the Healing Arts
HER MAJESTY, by and with the advice and consent of
the Legislative Assembly of the Province of Ontario,
enacts as follows:
1.— (1) In this Act, Interpre-
' ' tation
(a) "Appeal Board" means the Health Facilities Appeal
Board established by The Ambulance Act; ^ f n^ ^^^°
c. 20
(6) "Commission" means the Healing Arts Radiation Pro-
tection Commission established under section 15;
(c ) "Director" means the Director of X-ray Safety appointed
under section 19;
(d) "inspector" means an inspector appointed under section
20;
(e) "owner", when used with reference to an x-ray machine,
means the owner or other person who has the manage-
ment and control of the x-ray machine;
if) "Minister" means the Minister of Health;
(g) "regulations" means the regulations made under this
Act;
(h) "x-ray equipment" includes x-ray imaging systems, pro-
cessing equipment and equipment directly related to the
production of images for diagnosis or directly related to
irradiation with x-rays for therapy;
(i) "x-ray machine" means an electrically powered device
the purpose and function of which is the production of
x-rays for the irradiation of a human being for a
therapeutic or diagnostic purpose;
Shielding
(i) "x-rays" means artificially produced electromagnetic
radiation with peak energy greater than five kilo volts.
(2) In this Act, a reference to the installation of an x-ray
machine includes a reference to the shielding of the area in which
the x-ray machine is installed.
Administration
of Act
2. The Minister is reponsible for the administration of this
Act.
Approval of
installation
Issuance of
approval
Criteria
Installation
Revocation
of approval
3. — (1) No person shall install an x-ray machine unless the
Director has issued written approval for the installation.
(2) Subject to subsection 3, any person who applies in accord-
ance with this Act and the regulations for written approval for the
installation of an x-ray machine and,
(a) submits to the Director the plans, specifications and
information prescribed by the regulations;
(b) who meets the requirements of this Act and the regula-
tions; and
(c) pays the prescribed fee,
is entitled to be issued the written approval.
(3) The Director may refuse to approve a proposed installation
of an x-ray machine where,
(a) the proposed installation will not comply with this Act or
the regulations;
(b) the application therefor is incomplete;
(c) the plans, specifications and information required by
this Act and the regulations in respect of the installation
of the x-ray machine have not been submitted to the
Director or are incomplete; or
(d) any fees due are unpaid.
(4) Where the Director has issued written approval for the
installation of an x-ray machine, no person shall install the x-ray
machine other than in accordance with the plans, specifications
and information on the basis of which the Director issued the
written approval.
(5) Subject to section 10, the Director may revoke an approval
where it was issued on mistaken or false information.
(6) Where the Director has given written approval for the Approval
11 • r I'll 1-11 of change
installation of an x-ray machine and the x-ray machine has been
installed in accordance with the plans, specifications and other
information on the basis of which the Director issued the approv-
al, no person shall change the installation without the written
approval of the Director for the change.
(7) Subsections 1 to 5 apply with necessary modifications in Application
respect of a change in an installation of an x-ray machine and, for
the purpose, changing an installation of an x-ray machine shall be
deemed to be installing an x-ray machine.
4. — (1) The owner of an x-ray machine shall not operate the Registration
x-ray machine or cause or permit the x-ray machine to be operated
for the irradiation of a human being unless the x-ray machine, the
location of the x-ray machine and the name and business address
of the owner of the x-ray machine are registered with the Director.
(2) Upon the application of the owner of an x-ray machine and Application
upon payment of the fee prescribed by the regulations, the Direc-
tor shall register the x-ray machine, its location and the name and
business address of the owner thereof.
(3) An owner of an x-ray machine registered with the Director Notice of
who changes his business address shall give written notice of the
change to the Director within fifteen days of the occurrence of the
change.
(4) An owner of an x-ray machine who is registered with the Transitional
Ministry immediately before the coming into force of this Act shall
be deemed to have registered with the Director under subsection
1.
(5) The Director may require a person mentioned in subsection ^^'^"^.^^
4 to file with the Director plans, specifications and information in
respect of the x-ray machine and its installation and every such
person shall file the plans, specifications and information when so
required.
5. — (1) No person shall operate an x-ray machine for the Use of
irradiation of a human being unless the person meets the qualifi- machin
cations and requirements prescribed by the regulations.
(2) The following persons shall be deemed to meet the qualifi- ^^^^^^l
cations prescribed by the regulations: be qualified
1. A legally qualified medical practitioner.
2 . A member of the Royal College of Dental Surgeons of
Ontario.
R.S.O. 1970,
c. 70
A person registered as a chiropodist under The
Chiropody Act on the 1st day of November, 1980.
4. A person registered as a chiropodist under The
Chiropody Act after the 1st day of November, 1980, who
is a graduate of a four-year course of instruction in
chiropody accredited by the Council on Education of
The Canadian Association of Chiropodists.
R.S.O. 1970,
c. 137
5. A person registered as a chiropractor under The Drug-
less Practitioners Act.
6. A person registered as an osteopath under The Drugless
Practitioners Act.
R.S.O. 1970,
c. 399
7. A radiological technician registered under The
Radiological Technicians Act.
8. A person registered as a dental hygienist by the Council
of the Royal College of Dental Surgeons of Ontario.
Transitional (3) Subscction 1 does not apply before the 1st day of January,
1984, or such later date as may be named by proclamation of the
Lieutenant Governor in respect of a person who, prior to the
coming into force of this section, was operating an x-ray machine
for the irradiation of human beings.
Instructions
required
6 . No person shall operate an x-ray machine for the irradiation
of a human being unless the irradiation has been prescribed by,
(a) a legally qualified medical practitioner;
{b) a member of the Royal College of Dental Surgeons of
Ontario;
R.S.O. 1970,
c. 70
(c) a person registered as a chiropodist under The
Chiropody Act on the 1st day of November, 1980;
ifi) a person registered as a chiropodist under The
Chiropody Act after the 1st day of November, 1980, who
is a graduate of a four-year course of instruction in
chiropody accredited by the Council on Education of
The Canadian Association of Chiropodists;
R.S.O. 1970
c. 137
(e) a person registered as a chiropractor under The Drugless
Practitioners Act; or
(/) a person registered as an osteopath under The Drugless
Practitioners Act.
7. On and after the 1st day of January, 1984, or such later date Causing or
as may be named by proclamation of the Lieutenant Governor, no use™ *"^
person shall cause or permit any other person to operate an x-ray ^'^^^
machine for the irradiation of a human being unless the other
person meets the qualifications and requirements prescribed by
the regulations.
8. No person shall operate an x-ray machine for the irradiation ^■'^y
11 1 • machine
of a human bemg, unless the x-ray machme meets the standards standards
prescribed by the regulations.
9. — (1) The owner of an x-ray machine that is installed for the Radiation
/- 1 • 1- • r 1 1 • 1 11 1 • protection
purpose of the irradiation of human beings shall designate a officer
person who meets the qualifications prescribed by the regulations
and who is,
(a) a legally qualified medical practitioner;
(b) a member of the Royal College of Dental Surgeons of
Ontario;
(c) a person registered as a chiropodist under The ^ ?;P ^^^°'
Chiropody Act on the 1st day of November, 1980;
(d), a person registered under The Chiropody Act after the
1st day of November, 1980 who is a graduate of a
four-year course of instruction in chiropody accredited
by the Council of Education of The Canadian Associa-
tion of Chiropodists;
(e) a person registered as a chiropractor under r/?eZ)rwg/e55 RS_o. i97o,
Practitioners Act; or
(J) a person registered as an osteopath under The Drugless
Practitioners Act,
as the radiation protection officer for the facility in which the x-ray
machine is installed.
(2) The owner of a portable x-ray machine shall designate a ^^^'"'
person who meets the qualifications prescribed by the regulations x°ray
and who is described in clause a, b, c, d, e or/ of subsection 1 as the "la^^hine
radiation protection officer for the portable x-ray machine.
(3) Subsection 2 does not apply in respect of a portable x-ray Exception
machine that is operated only in a facility for which a radiation
protection officer has been appointed under subsection 1, but the
radiation officer is responsible in respect of the portable x-ray
machine in accordance with subsection 4.
Responsi-
bilities
(4) A radiation protection officer for a facility is responsible,
(a) for ensuring that every x-ray machine operated in the
facility is maintained in safe operating condition; and
(b) for such other matters related to the safe operation of
each x-ray machine in the facility as are prescribed by
the regulations.
Proposal
to refuse
to issue
or to revoke
an approval
10. — (1) Where the Director proposes to refuse to issue or to
revoke an approval under section 3 for the installation or for a
change in the installation of an x-ray machine, the Director shall
serve notice of his proposal, together with written reasons there-
for, on the applicant or the person to whom the approval was
issued, as the case may be.
NoUce (2) A notice under subsection 1 shall inform the applicant or
person to whom the approval was issued that he is entitled to a
hearing by the Appeal Board if, within fifteen days after the notice
under subsection 1 is served on him, he gives written notice to the
Director and the Appeal Board requiring a hearing by the Appeal
Board and he may so require such a hearing.
Powers of
Appeal
Board
(3) Where a hearing is required under subsection 2, the Appeal
Board shall appoint a time for and hold the hearing and may direct
the Director to carry out his proposal or refrain from carrying out
his proposal and to take such action as the Appeal Board considers
the Director ought to take in accordance with this Act and the
regulations and, for such purposes, the Appeal Board may sub-
stitute its opinion for that of the Director.
Parties 1 1 . — (1) The Director, the applicant or other person who has
required the hearing and such other persons as the Appeal Board
may specify are parties to proceedings before the Appeal Board
under this Act.
Notice of
hearing
(2) Notice of a hearing shall afford the applicant or other person
who has required the hearing a reasonable opportunity to show or
to achieve compliance before the hearing with all lawful require-
ments for the issue of the approval of the Director.
Examination
of docu-
mentary
evidence
(3) Any party to proceedings under section 10 shall be afforded
an opportunity to examine before the hearing any written or
documentary evidence that will be produced or any report the
contents of which will be given in evidence at the hearing.
Members
holding
hearing not
to have
taken part
in investiga-
tion, etc.
(4) Members of the Appeal Board holding a hearing shall not
have taken part before the hearing in any investigation or consid-
eration of the subject-matter of the hearing and shall not com-
municate directly or indirectly in relation to the subject-matter of
the hearing with any person or with any party or his representative
except upon notice to and opportunity for all parties to participate,
but the Appeal Board may seek legal advice from an adviser
independent from the parties and in such case the nature of the
advice shall be made known to the parties in order that they may
make submissions as to the law.
(5) The oral evidence taken before the Appeal Board at a Recording
hearing shall be recorded and, if so required, copies of a transcript
thereof shall be furnished upon the same terms as in the Supreme
Court.
(6) The findings of fact of the Appeal Board pursuant to a Findings
hearing shall be based exclusively on evidence admissible or mat-
ters that may be noticed under sections 15 and 16 of The Statutory ^^^i- <^ "^^
Powers Procedure Act, 1971 .
(7) No member of the Appeal Board shall participate in a On'y members
decision of the Appeal Board pursuant to a hearing unless he was participate
present throughout the hearing and heard the evidence and argu- '" decision
ment of the parties and, except with the consent of the parties, no
decision of the Appeal Board shall be given unless all members so
present participate in the decision.
(8) Documents and things put in evidence at a hearing shall. Release of
upon the request of the person who produced them, be released to evidence
him by the Appeal Board within a reasonable time after the matter
in issue has been finally determined.
12. — (1) Any party to the proceedings before the AppeaMPpe'*' *°
Board under this Act may appeal from its decision or order to the
Supreme Court in accordance with the rules of court.
(2) Where any party appeals from a decision or order of the ^^S?,*"^'"
Appeal Board, the Appeal Board shall forthwith file in the Sup- in court
reme Court the record of the proceedings before it in which the
decision was made, which, together with the transcript of evi-
dence if it is not part of the Appeal Board's record, shall constitute
the record in the appeal.
(3) The Minister is entitled to be heard, by counsel or other- Minister
. , - , , , • • entitled to
Wise, upon the argument of an appeal under this section. be heard
(4) An appeal under this section may be made on questions of Powers of
, r t t ri" 1 • 1 1 court on
law or fact or both and the court may affirm, alter or rescind the appeal
decision of the Appeal Board and may exercise all powers of the
Appeal Board to direct the Director to take any action which the
Appeal Board may direct him to take and as the court considers
proper and for such purposes the court may substitute its opinion
for that of the Director or of the Appeal Board, or the court may
Order by
Director or
inspector
refer the matter back to the Appeal Board for rehearing, in whole
or in part, in accordance with such directions as the court consid-
ers proper.
13. — (1) The Director or an inspector may make a written
order directed to any one or more of,
(a) the owner of an x-ray machine;
(b) any person who operates the x-ray machine; or
(c) the radiation protection officer for the facility in which
the machine is installed or, in the case of a portable x-ray
machine, the radiation protection officer for the portable
x-ray machine,
requiring the taking of such action as, in the opinion of the
Director or inspector, upon reasonable and probable grounds, is
necessary in order to achieve compliance with this Act or the
regulations, or both, or is necessary or advisable to protect the
health or safety of any patient or member of the public in or near
the premises where the x-ray machine is operated.
Notice of
proposal to
make order
(2) The Director or the inspector who proposes to make an
order under subsection 1 shall serve notice of the proposal,
together with written reasons therefor, on the person to whom he
proposes to direct the order.
Notice
requiring
hearing
Power of
Director or
inspector
where no
hearing
Powers of
Appeal
Board
where
hearing
Application
of
ss. 11, 12
(3) A notice under subsection 2 shall inform the person that he is
entitled to a hearing by the Appeal Board if he gives notice in
writing to the Director and the Appeal Board, within fifteen days
after the notice under subsection 2 is served on him, requiring a
hearing and he may so require such a hearing.
(4) Where a person served with notice under subsection 2 does
not require a hearing in accordance with subsection 3, the Director
or inspector may carry out the proposal stated in his notice.
(5) Where a hearing is required under subsection 3, the Appeal
Board shall appoint a time for and hold the hearing and by order
may direct the Director or the inspector to carry out his proposal or
refrain from carrying out his proposal and to take such action as
the Appeal Board considers the Director or the inspector ought to
take in accordance with this Act and the regulations and, for such
purposes, the Appeal Board may substitute its opinion for that of
the Director or the inspector.
(6) Sections 11 and 12 apply with necessary modifications to
proceedings under this section.
14. — (1) Where the Director or an inspector is of the opinion, Emergency
upon reasonable and probable grounds, that an emergency exists
by reason of danger to the health or safety of any patient or
member of the public in respect of an x-ray machine or the
installation, operation or maintenance of an x-ray machine, the
Director or inspector may make an oral or written order directed
to any one or more of,
(a) the owner of the x-ray machine;
(b) any person who operates the x-ray machine;
(c) the radiation protection officer for the facility in which
the x-ray machine is installed or, in the case of a portable
x-ray machine, the radiation protection officer for the
portable x-ray machine.
(2) An order under subsection 1 may require the person to Contents
whom it is directed to stop operating or stop the operation of the
x-ray machine either permanently or for a specific period of time.
(3) A person affected by an order under subsection 1 may immediate
appeal therefrom in person or by an agent and by telephone or
otherwise to the Director, and the Director, after receiving the
submissions of the person and of the inspector, shall vary, rescind
or confirm the order. '
(4) Where the director makes an order under subsection 1 or Written
c- 11- 1 T^- 1 ,, reasons
vanes or confirms an order under subsection 3, the Director shall for order
forthwith thereafter serve a written copy of the order or the order
as varied or confirmed, together with written reasons therefor,
upon the person to whom the order is directed.
(5) An order under subsection 1 or an order as varied or con- ^o*^'"
firmed under subsection 3 shall inform the person to whom it is
directed that he is entitled to a hearing by the Appeal Board if he
gives notice to the Director and the Appeal Board, within fifteen
days after a copy of the order or the order as varied or confirmed is
served on him, notice in writing requiring a hearing and he may so
require such a hearing.
(6) Notwithstanding that an appeal is taken against an order ^/^^'^l
,. 1 -1 r- of order
under subsection 1 or an order as varied or confirmed under
subsection 3, the order is effective at and from the time it is
communicated to the person to whom it is directed until it is
confirmed, varied or rescinded on appeal and the person shall
comply with the order immediately.
(7) Where a hearing is required under subsection 5, the Appeal Powers
T> 1 1 11 ■ ■ r 111111 • 11 of Appeal
Board shall appoint a time tor and hold the hearing and the Board
Appeal Board by order may confirm, alter or rescind the order of
10
Application
of
ss. 11, 12
Where order
rescinded
by Director
the Director and for such purposes the Appeal Board may substi-
tute its opinion for that of the Director.
(8) Sections 11 and 12 apply with necessary modifications to
proceedings under this section.
(9) The Director by an order may rescind an order made under
subsection 1 or an order as varied or confirmed and in such case
shall serve a copy of the order upon the person to whom the order
or the order as varied or confirmed was directed.
Commission
established
15. — (1) There is hereby established a commission to be
known as the Healing Arts Radiation Protection Commission.
Composition (2) The Commissiou shall be composed of five persons.
Disquali-
fication
Chairman
and vice-
chairman
Terms of
office
Vacancy
(3) No person who is or has been a member of the governing
body of, or who is or has been registered under any Act governing
a health discipline or a health practice, shall be a member of the
Commission.
(4) The Lieutenant Governor in Council shall appoint the
members of the Commission and shall designate a chairman and a
vice-chairman from among the members of the Commission.
(5) The members of the Commission may be appointed for a
term of one, two or three years and members may be reappointed,
but in no case shall a member serve for more than six consecutive
years.
(6) Every vacancy on the Commission caused by the death,
resignation or incapacity of a member may be filled by the
appointment by the Lieutenant Governor in Council of a person to
hold office for the remainder of the term of the member.
Remuneration
(7) The members of the Commission shall be paid such remun-
eration and expenses as are determined by the Lieutenant Gover-
nor in Council.
Staff (8) Such employees as are necessary to carry out the duties of
f 38? ^^^°' ^^^ Commission shall be employed under The Public Service Act.
16. — (1) The Commission,
Duties
of
Commission
{a) shall advise the Minister on matters relating to the health
and safety of persons in respect of irradiation by x-rays;
{b) is responsible for the continuing development of an
X-ray Safety Code;
11
(c) shall review the contents of courses in the operation of
x-ray machines and x-ray equipment and approve the
courses it considers satisfactory;
(d) shall examine, study and report to the Minister on such
matters, including health screening programs involving
the use of x-rays, as the Minister may refer to the Com-
mission for the purpose; and
(e) shall perform such other duties as are assigned to it by or
under this or any other Act.
(2) The Commission shall submit an annual report on its Annual
tivities to the Minister which shall ii
information as the Minister may require.
rcDort
activities to the Minister which shall include such additional
1 7. — (1) The Commission shall establish advisory committees Advisory
to assist it in the continuing development of an X-ray Safety Code
and to assist it in respect of safety in relation to irradiation from
x-rays in each of the following disciplines:
1. Chiropody.
2. Chiropractic.
3. Dentistry.
4. Medical radiology.
5. Radiological technology.
(2) Subject to the approval of the Minister, the Commission Wem
may establish additional advisory committees to assist it in respect
of safety in relation to irradiation from x-rays.
(3) Subject to the approval of the Minister, the Commission Composition
shall fix the total number of members of each advisory committee
established under subsection 1 or 2.
(4) The members of an advisory committee appointed under Remuneration
subsection 1 or 2 may be paid such remuneration on a daily or
other basis, and such necessary expenses, as may be fixed or
approved by the Minister.
18. Subject to the approval of the Minister, the Commission Professional
may engage scientific, technical and professional consultants in assistance
matters relating to protection from irradiation by x-rays.
12
Director
of X-ray
Safety
1 9. The Minister shall appoint an employee of the Ministry of
Health as Director of X-ray Safety for the purposes of this Act and
the regulations.
Inspectors 20. — (1) The Minister may appoint in writing one or more
employees of the Ministry or other persons as inspectors for the
purposes of this Act and the regulations and in an appointment
may limit the authority of an inspector in such manner as the
Minister considers necessary or advisable.
Certificate
of
appointment
(2) The Minister shall issue to every inspector appointed under
subsection 1 a certificate of his appointment.
Production
of
certificate
(3) Every inspector, in the execution of his duties under this Act
and the regulations, shall produce his certificate of appointment
upon request.
Inspection
Powers
of
inspector
(4) An inspector at all reasonable times may enter and inspect
the premises and may inspect the operations and all records and
radiographs where an x-ray machine is installed or operated and
may require the production of proof that any person who operates
an x-ray machine meets the qualifications and requirements pre-
scribed by the regulations to ensure that the provisions of this Act
and the regulations are complied with.
(5) Upon an inspection under this section, an inspector is
entitled to make tests and examinations to determine whether
or not x-ray machines are installed and used in compliance with
this Act and the regulations.
Copies (6) Upon an inspection under this Act, an inspector, upon
giving a receipt therefor, may remove any material that relates to
the purpose of the inspection in order to make a copy thereof, but
the copying shall be carried out with reasonable dispatch and the
material in question shall be promptly thereafter returned to the
person being inspected.
Admissibility
of
copies
(7) Any copy made as provided in subsection 6 and purporting
to be certified by an inspector is admissible in evidence in any
action, proceeding or prosecution as prima facie proof of the
original.
Obstruction (g) No person shall obstruct an inspector or withhold or
destroy, conceal or refuse to furnish any information or thing
required by the inspector for the purposes of an inspection.
Information
confidential
21 . — (1) Each member of the Commission, each employee of
the Commission, each consultant engaged by the Commission, the
13
Director, each inspector appointed under this Act and each person
engaged in the administration of this Act and the regulations shall
preserve secrecy with respect to all matters that come to his
knowledge in the course of his employment or duties pertaining to
the health of any person and shall not communicate any such
matter to any other person except as provided in this Act.
(2) A person referred to in subsection 1 may furnish information Exceptions
pertaining to the health of a person,
(a) in connection with the administration of this Act or any
Act of Ontario or of Canada related to the delivery of
health services or to safety in relation to irradiation from
x-rays or regulations made thereunder;
(b) in proceedings under this Act or the regulations;
(c) to the person who provided a service to which the infor-
mation is related, his solicitor or personal representa-
tive, the executor, administrator or committee of his
estate, his trustee in bankruptcy or other legal represen-
tative; or
(d) to the person who received the service to which the
information is related, his solicitor, personal represen-
tative, another person who has lawful custody of or is
guardian for the person or other legal representative of
the person.
(3) The Director may communicate information of the kind Exception
referred to in subsection 2 and any other information related professional
thereto to the statutory body governing the profession or to a discipline
professional association of which a person who provides a service
referred to in subsection 2 is a member or governing the health
practice practised by the person.
22. The Lieutenant Governor in Council may make regula- Regulations
tions,
(a) prescribing any matter required or authorized by this
Act to be, or referred to in this Act as, prescribed by the
regulations;
(b) prescribing classes of or in respect of any matter that is or
may be prescribed under the regulations;
(c) limiting the application of any regulation to any one or
more of the classes prescribed under clause b;
14
(d) exempting any class of persons, x-ray machines or
facilities from any provision of this Act or the regulations
and attaching conditions to any such exemption;
(e) governing or limiting, or both, the purposes for which
any class of persons may operate x-ray macthines or any
class of x-ray machines;
(/) prescribing an X-ray Safety Code including,
(i) prescribing standards for the installation of x-ray
machines,
(ii) prescribing standards for darkrooms and dark-
room procedures associated with the operation
of x-ray machines or any class of x-ray machines,
(iii) prescribing standards and procedures for the
operation of x-ray machines and x-ray equipment
or any class of x-ray machines or x-ray equip-
ment,
(iv) prescribing physical standards for persons who
operate x-ray machines or x-ray equipment,
(v) prescribing standards and procedures for the
purpose of minimizing exposure to x-rays of
patients and members of the public,
(vi) governing the testing of x-ray machines and x-ray
equipment including, but not limited to, pre-
scribing tests in respect of x-ray machines and
x-ray equipment and requiring persons operating
x-ray machines and x-ray equipment and radia-
tion protection officers to perform the tests,
(vii) prescribing programs for evaluation of per-
formance of procedures and observance of
standards,
(viii) prescribing additional duties of radiation protec-
tion officers and persons who own or operate
x-ray machines,
(ix) prescribing standards of design, construction,
operation and performance for x-ray machines
and x-ray equipment operated in Ontario,
IS
(x) requiring compliance with any matter prescribed
or governed under subclauses i to ix;
(g) governing the keeping of records by persons who own or
operate x-ray machines and by radiation protection
officers and requiring and governing returns by them to
the Director;
Qi) prescribing classes of radiation protection officers and
restricting or limiting the types of facilities or x-ray
machines or both for which any such class may be desig-
nated as radiation protection officers;
(i) prescribing subject-matters for courses of study in the
operation of x-ray machines and x-ray equipment and
prohibiting approval by the Commission of any course of
study that does not include a subject-matter so pre-
scribed for the course of study;
0) prescribing additional duties and powers of the Com-
mission, the Director and inspectors;
{k) prescribing forms and providing for their use;
(/) adopting by reference, in whole or in part, with such
changes as the Lieutenant Governor in Council consid-
ers necessary, any code or standard and requiring com-
pliance with any code or standard that is so adopted;
(m) prescribing fees for registrations and approvals.
23. — (1) Every person who. Offences
(a) knowingly furnishes false information in an application
under this Act or in any statement or return required to
be furnished under this Act or the regulations;
{b) fails to comply with any order, direction or other
requirement made under this Act; or
(c) contravenes any provision of this Act or the regulations,
and every director or officer of a corporation who knowingly
concurs in such furnishing, failure or contravention is guilty of an
offence and on conviction is liable to a fine of not more than
$5,000.
(2) Where a corporation is convicted of an offence under sub- Corporations
section 1, the maximum penalty that may be imposed upon the
corporation is $25,000 and not as provided therein.
16
Proceedings
to prohibit
continuation
or
repetition
of
contravention
24. Where any provision of this Act or the regulations or any
order issued under this Act by the Director is contravened, not-
withstanding any other remedy or any penalty imposed, the
Director may apply to the Divisional Court by originating motion
for an order prohibiting the continuation or repetition of the
contravention or the carrying on of any activity specified in the
order that, in the opinion of the court, will or is likely to result in
the continuation or repetition of the contravention by the person
committing the contravention, and the court may make the order
and it may be enforced in the same manner as any other judgment
of the Supreme Court.
Protection
from
personal
liability
25. — (1) No action or other proceeding for damages shall be
instituted against the Director or an inspector for any act done in
good faith in the execution or intended execution of his duty or for
any alleged neglect or default in the execution in good faith of his
duty.
Crown not
relieved of
liability
R.S.O. 1970,
c. 365
(2) Subsection 1 does not, by reason of subsections 2 and 4 of
section 5 of The Proceedings Against the Crown Act, relieve the
Crown of liability in respect of a tort committed by an agent or
servant of the Crown to which it would otherwise be subject and
the Crown is liable under that Act for any such tort in a like
manner as if subsection 1 had not been enacted.
Service 26. — (1) Any notice, order, decision or other document
required to be given, served or delivered under this Act or the
regulations is sufficiently given, served or delivered if delivered
personally or sent by registered mail addressed to the person to
whom it is required to be given, served or delivered at the latest
address for service appearing on the records of the Ministry or,
where there is no address for service so appearing, at the address,
if any, last known to the Director.
When service
deemed made
(2) Where service is made by registered mail in accordance with
subsection 1, the service shall be deemed to be made on the
seventh day after the day of mailing unless the person on whom
service is being made establishes that he did not, acting in good
faith, through absence, accident, illness or other cause beyond his
control, receive the notice, order, decision or other document until
a later date.
Commence-
ment
27. This Act comes into force on a day to be named by procla-
mation of the Lieutenant Governor.
Short uue 28. The short title of this Act is The Healing Arts Radiation
Protection Act, 1980.
ffi
w
gffi
5_
c
on'
r^
•-t
P
o
.^
H
r-f-
§
nr
w
»
w
t:^
f
o
O
Z
fp
n>
o
o
n
<
m
Cjo
n
tM
rt
Ki
3
'^
B
s
g
C-5
a-
G-
cr
R-
Q"
>3
>3
s
>i
tSJ
t->-
a-
•-1
0^
0^
(—*
vO
o
00
00
00
o
o
o
^
US
>-<
>
v;
n
§
S"
p
o
"a
cr
►-<
o
5*
<
n
C/l
ol
^^.
n
3
*->%
c-i-
o
nr
*^
m
(-1-
cr
ffi
a>
fD
P,
B-
•-h
13
m
oq
d
>
BILL 178
Private Member's Bill
4th Session, 31st Legislature, Ontario
29 Elizabeth II, 1980
An Act to protect the Reputation of Innocent
Persons from Untimely Publicity
Mr. Stong
TORONTO
Printed by J. C. Thatcher, Queen's Printer for Ontario
Explanatory Note
The purpose of the Bill is to protect persons who have been charged with an
offence from adverse publicity until such time as a court begins to hear evidence in
the case or the person enters a plea of guilty to the offence.
The exceptions to the principle are occasioned when a person holding such
public office is accused of committing a breach of a public trust or where a person
accused of having committed an offence cannot be located and publication of the
name of the person can reasonably be expected to assist in finding the person.
BILL 178 1980
An Act to protect the Reputation
of Innocent Persons from Untimely Publicity ;
WHEREAS the freedoms of speech and of press have been Preamble
enshrined in legislation; and whereas there must be a proper
balancing of the public's right to know with the obligation to
report any occurrences objectively, fairly and accurately; and
whereas it is recognized as an inherent principle of law and order
and fundamental to the preservation of the freedom and dignity of
every person that any person charged with a contravention of an
enactment of the Legislative Assembly of the Province of Ontario
or of the Parliament of Canada is innocent and so remains until
proven guilty in accordance with due process of the law;
Therefore, Her Majesty, by and with the advice and consent of
the Legislative Assembly of the Province of Ontario, enacts as
follows:
1 . No person shall publish or broadcast any report in Restriction
Ontario of an offence committed or alleged to have been commit- publication
ted under the law of Ontario or Canada that contains the name of °^ "^"!f °^
accused
the person accused of committing the offence, the name of a person
relative of the accused person, or any other information that is
reasonably likely to disclose the identity of the accused person
until,
(a) the trial of the person has commenced; and
(b) the person has pleaded guilty to the offence; or
(c) the court has begun to receive evidence in respect of the
offence,
unless the accused person permits in writing such publication or
broadcasting.
2. Section 1 does not apply. Exceptions
(a) to a person who is a public official accused of committing
a fraud on or a breach of a public trust; or
Saving
(b) to a person accused of having committed an offence
where the person cannot be located and publication of
the name of the person can reasonably be expected to
assist in finding the person.
3. Nothing in this Act shall be construed to prohibit the full,
responsible and factual publishing or broadcasting of a report of
any occurrence that does not disclose the identity of an accused
person.
Offence
4. — (1) Every person who knowingly contravenes section 1 of
this Act and every director or officer of a corporation who know-
ingly concurs in such contravention is guilty of an offence and on
conviction is liable to a fine of not more than $2,000.
Corporation (2) Where a corporation is convicted of an offence under sub-
section 1, the maximum penalty that may be imposed upon the
corporation is $25,000 and not as provided therein.
Commence-
ment
5. This Act comes into force on the day it receives Royal
Assent.
Short title (J. xhe short title of this Act is The Innocent Persons Protec-
tion Act, 1980.
CP
CP
5
<3-
Co
Go
en
H
o
o
»«5
a.
ex.
o
<
n
3
cr
00
o
>3
0r<3
3
3
0
>
0
n
3
3
>
0
•TJ
^-^
fD
<-f-
-1
0
W
0
•0
3
►t
v>
0
r*
!:^
(T)
3
0
3
(-♦
cr
cj
fD
3
^
ft>
3
T3
rt
C
'<'
sr
s
0
3
ct;
0
0*
i-t^
BILL 179 Private Member's Bill
4th Session, 31st Legislature, Ontario
29 Elizabeth II, 1980
An Act to amend The Education Act, 1974
Mr. Dukszta
TORONTO
Printed by J. C. Thatcher, Queen's Printer for Ontario
Explanatory Note
The purpose of the Bill is to provide for heritage language instruction in
Ontario. The Bill sets forth a procedure for the establishment of heritage language
programs in order that a heritage language may be taught as a language of
instruction, as a subject of instruction or as a language of instruction for the
purpose of transition to English or French. When a school board decides to
institute a heritage language program, the Bill requires that a local heritage
language advisory committee be established to provide continuing advice to the
board concerning the nature and content of the heritage language program. In the
case of a dispute between the board and the advisory committee, the Bill provides
that the matter in dispute may be referred to the Minister for determination.
BILL 179 1980
An Act to amend The Education Act, 1974
HER MAJESTY, by and with the advice and consent of the
Legislative Assembly of the Province of Ontario, enacts as
follows:
1. Clause/ of subsection 1 of section 229 oiThe Education Act, 1974, s. 229 (i) (/),
being chapter 109, is repealed and the following substituted there-
for:
(/) in instruction and in all communications with pupils in Language
regard to discipline and the management of the school, instruction
to use English or another language that will be under-
stood by the pupil, except in respect of a language that is
\. being taught as one of the subjects in the course of study.
2. The said Act is amended by adding thereto the following Part: Part xi-a
-^ " "^ (ss. 271a-271g),
enacted
PART XI-A
HERITAGE LANGUAGE INSTRUCTION
271a. In this Part, interpre-
tation
(a) "board" means a board of education, public school
board, secondary school board or separate school board;
{b) "board area" means the area in which a board has juris-
diction;
(c) "heritage language" means a language other than
English or French;
{d) "student" means any person who has a right to attend a
! school in a board area in which the person is qualified to
!■ be a resident pupil.
2716. The purpose of this Part is. Purpose
(a) to provide students, where numbers warrant, with
instruction in a heritage language to enable the students
to preserve or establish links with their heritage lan-
guage communities;
(b) to provide students, where numbers warrant, with the
opportunity to study a heritage language as a subject of
instruction in order to preserve or establish links with a
heritage language community; and
(c) to provide students, where numbers warrant, with
instruction in a heritage language as a means of transi-
tion to learning and working in the English or French
language.
Heritage
language
classes
271c. — (1) A board may establish and maintain classes for the
purpose of providing a heritage language as a language of instruc-
tion, as a subject of instruction or as a language of instruction for
the purpose of transition to English or French.
Heritage
language as
a language of
instruction
(2) Where, after the first school day in September and on or
before the first day of April next following, written evidence is
presented to a board that a number of students resident in the
board area whose mother tongue is a heritage language has elected
to be taught in the heritage language as a language of instruction,
the board shall forthwith determine whether students can be
assembled for this purpose in one or more classes or groups of
twenty or more and, where the board determines that such stu-
dents can be so assembled, it shall provide the language as a
language of instruction in such classes or groups.
Instruction
in English
or French
Heritage
language as
a subject of
instruction
(3) English or French shall be a subject of instruction in all
grades in which a heritage language is a language of instruction.
27 Id. — (1) Where, after the first school day in September and
on or before the first day of April next following, written evidence
is presented to a board that a number of students resident in the
board area and directly related to a heritage language community
has elected to be taught the heritage language as a subject of
instruction, the board shall forthwith determine whether students
can be assembled for this purpose in one or more classes of twenty
or more and, where the board determines that such students can
be so assembled, it shall provide the language as a subject of
instruction in such classes or groups.
When classes
to be held
(2) The board shall provide the heritage language as a cur-
riculum subject for academic credit during the regular school day
where the board determines that one or more classes or groups of
twenty or more students can be assembled for the purpose and the
board may establish such other classes at such times and locations
as the board considers necessary to meet the needs of the heritage
language community.
(3) Upon determining that a heritage language shall be taught Admission
as a subject of instruction, a board may permit students who have
no direct relationship to the heritage language community to
receive instruction in the language.
(4) For the purposes of this section, French shall be deemed to lF^^y\
be a heritage language except where the number of English- as heritage
speaking students of a board is fewer than the number of students languages
of the board for whom French is the language of instruction, in
which case English shall be deemed to be a heritage language.
271e. — (1) Where, after the first school day in September and Transition
on or before the first day of April next following, written evidence
is presented to a board that a number of students resident in the
board area whose mother tongue is a heritage language has elected
to be taught in the heritage language as a language of instruction
for the purpose of transition to English or French, the board shall
forthwith determine whether students can be assembled for this
purpose in one or more classes or groups of twenty or more and,
where the board determines that such students can be so assem-
bled, it shall provide the language as a language of instruction in
such classes or groups.
(2) English or French shall be a subject of instruction in all ?"*truction
grades in which a heritage language is a language of instruction, or French
271/. — (1) Where a board establishes, extends or decides to Advisory
, ,. , , . • 1 . , 1 • committee
establish or extend a class, group or program m which a heritage
language is a language of instruction, a subject of instruction or a
language of instruction for the purpose of transition to English or
French, the board shall, within two months of the establishment,
extension or decision to establish or extend, by resolution, estab-
lish an advisory committee and provide for the holding of election
of members thereof.
(2) The advisory committee is responsible for developing pro- Recom-
11- 1 1 1 •! 11 iir mendations
posals designed to meet the educational and cultural needs or
students and community members who speak or wish to study the
heritage language and for such purpose may make recommenda-
tions in respect of,
(a) the establishment, operation and management of heri-
tage language instructional programs;
(b) the use of the heritage language and of the English and
French languages in heritage language instructional
programs;
(c) the recruitment and appointment of the required teach-
ing, supervisory and administrative personnel;
{d) the establishment of the course of study and the use of
textbooks;
(g) the estabhshment of attendance areas for heritage lan-
guage instructional programs;
(/) the provision of transportation for pupils;
(g) the entering into agreements with other boards in respect
of the provision of instruction in the heritage language
and supervising and consultative services;
{h) the development and establishment of adult education
programs;
{i) the use of any facility and means necessary to meet the
educational and cultural needs of the heritage language
community;
ij) the provision of summer school programs; and
{k) any other matter pertaining to heritage language educa-
tion.
Committee
report to
board
(3) The committee shall report at each regular meeting of the
board.
Board to
seek
advice of
committee
(4) The board shall seek the advice of the committee on all
matters affecting the establishment, program, administration and
termination of heritage language classes, groups or programs
before any final decision regarding such matters is taken by the
board.
Consider-
ation of
recommen-
dations by
board
(5) The board shall consider any recommendation submitted to
it in writing by the committee and shall not refuse its approval
without having given the committee an opportunity to be heard by
the board or by any committee of the board to which such recom-
mendation is referred and, where a board refuses a recommenda-
tion of the committee, it shall, within thirty days after receiving
the recommendation of the committee, forward to the committee
written reasons for its refusal.
Referral
to
Minister
2 71g. — (1) Upon receipt of a refusal and the reasons therefor
under subsection 5 of section 271/, the committee may, by
motion, refer the matter to the Minister, in which case it shall send
to the Minister and to the board copies of the motion, the recom-
mendation of the committee and the written reasons of the board
for its refusal.
5
(2) When a matter is referred to the Minister, the board con- Deferral of
cerned shall defer action thereon until the matter has been resol- board ^
ved.
(3) The Minister shall provide written reasons to the committee Written
and the board in respect of a decision made on a matter referred to "^^^""^
the Minister by the committee.
3. This Act comes into force on the day it receives Royal Assent. Commence-
ment
4. The short title of this Act is The Education Amendment Act, 1980. Short title
?2
Co
bo
d
CO
N
H
>
H
iz:
Uj
K>
o
<
n
^-i
>3
>3
3
cr
c >
|-5
OTi
OTQ
t— '
Orci
I- 0-
00
o
vO
BILL 180 Private Member's Bill
4th Session, 31st Legislature, Ontario
29 Elizabeth II, 1980
An Act respecting
The Norfolk Board of Education and Teachers Dispute
Mr. Miller
(Haldimand-Norfolk)
TORONTO
Printed by J. C. Thatcher, Queen's Printer for Ontario
Explanatory Note
The purpose of this Bill is to resolve the dispute between The Norfolk Board of
Education and the secondary school teachers who are employees of the board. The
Bill orders an end to the strike that commenced on the 2nd day of October, 1980
and establishes a final offer selection procedure as a means of settling the matters in
dispute between the parties.
BILL 180 1980
An Act respecting
The Norfolk Board of Education
and Teachers Dispute
WHEREAS The Norfolk Board of Education and its Preamble
secondary school teachers have been negotiating terms and
conditions of employment; and whereas a state of strike by the
teachers against the board of education has been in effect since the
2ndday of October, 1980; and whereas the board of education and
its secondary school teachers have been unable to make an agree-
ment as to terms and conditions of employment; and whereas the
public interest requires that means be found for the settlement of
the matters in dispute between the board of education and its
secondary school teachers; Therefore, Her Majesty, by and with
the advice and consent of the Legislative Assembly of the Province
of Ontario, enacts as follows:
1 . In this Act, interpre-
tation
(a) "arbitrator" means the arbitrator appointed under this
Act;
{b) "board" means The Norfolk Board of Education;
(c) "branch affiliate" means the organization composed of
all the teachers employed by the board who are members
of The Ontario Secondary School Teachers' Federation;
(d) "Commission" means the Education Relations Commis-
sion established under The School Boards and Teachers i^vs, c. 72
Collective Negotiations Act, 1975;
{e) "lock-out" has the same meaning as in The School
Boards and Teachers Collective Negotiations Act, 1975 \
if) "parties" means the board and the branch affiliate;
(g) "strike" has the same meaning as in The School Boards
and Teachers Collective Negotiations Act, 1975;
(h) "teachers" means the secondary school teachers
employed on permanent or probationary contracts by
the board.
Resumption
of employment
and operation
of schools
2. — (1) The teachers who are on strike against the board shall,
on the first Tuesday following the day this Act comes into force,
return to and resume their duties in accordance with their
contracts of employment and written collective understandings in
effect on the 31st day of August, 1979 with the board and the
board shall, on the first Tuesday following the day this Act comes
into force, resume the employment of such teachers in accordance
with such contracts and written collective understandings and
resume the normal operation of the schools in which the teachers
are employed.
Strike or
lock-out
(2) During the period from and including the first Tuesday
following the day this Act comes into force until the day an
agreement that is made between the parties or that includes the
decision of the arbitrator comes into effect, no teacher shall take
part in a strike against the board and the board shall not lock
out a teacher.
Exception (3) Nothing in this Act precludes a teacher from not returning
to and resuming his duties with the board for reasons of health or
by mutual consent in writing of the teacher and the board.
Final offer
selection
1975, c. 72
3. — (1) The parties shall be deemed to have agreed,
(a) to refer all matters remaining in dispute between them
that may be provided for in an agreement under The
School Boards and Teachers Collective Negotiations
Act, 1975 to a selector for determination under and in
accordance with Part V of that Act; and
{b) to not withdraw from the proceedings.
Notice of
appointment
of selector
(2) The parties, within seven days after the day this Act comes
into force, shall jointly give written notice to the Commission
stating,
(a) the date of appointment and the name and address of the
selector; or
(6) that the parties have not appointed the selector and that
the parties request the Commission to appoint the selec-
tor.
Appointment (3) Where the parties fail to give a notice to the Commission in
of selector , • 1 , • . ■
by accordance with subsection 2 or where the parties request the
Commission Commission to appoint the selector, the Commission shall make
the appointment and give notice of the appointment of the selector
to the parties and the notice shall set out the name and address of
the person appointed and the date of the appointment.
(4) Except as otherwise provided in this Act, The School Application
Boards and Teachers Collective Negotiations Act, 1975 applies to 197s, c. 72
the selector, to the proceedings conducted before him, to the
parties and to the teachers.
4. — (1) Notwithstanding subsection 1 of section 51 of The Term of
' ^ ... agreement
School Boards and Teachers Collective Negotiations Act, 1975, jg^j ^ 72
the agreement giving effect to all matters agreed upon by the
parties and the decision of the selector shall be for the period
commencing on the 1st day of September, 1979 and expiring on
the 31st day of August, 1980.
(2) The Commission may, with the concurrence of the selector Reduction
and the parties, reduce any period of time referred to in section 41 , period
42, 44, 45 or 48 of The School Boards and Teachers Collective
Negotiations Act, 1975 .
5. — (1) Every person or party that contravenes any of the Offences
provisions of this Act is guilty of an offence.
(2) The provisions oiThe School Boards and Teachers Collec- Wem
live Negotiations Act, 1975 respecting offences and penalties and
the procedures relating thereto apply in respect of a contravention
of any provision of this Act.
6. This Act comes into force on the day it receives Royal Commence-
ment
Assent.
7. The short title of this Act is The Norfolk Board of Education Short title
and Teachers Dispute Resolution Act, 1980.
a.)
bo
2; tr'
O M
o
u
rv)
re
Ki
2.
R-
3
«^
>3
>3
Si
«>
c^
l-«
«i
1A5
cr
00
o
H
cr
n>
p
'Z
3
o ^
a
H
O 3
CD
^ >
O
bdJi
cr
? "«
(T)
P n
l-«
!-< W
Cfl
ci-*a
O
an
'-^ r*
t/i
t3
m B'
C
cxcw
ft
n
P
(-♦
^-*«
o
3
BILL 181 Government Bill
4th Session, 31st Legislature, Ontario
29 Elizabeth II, 1980
An Act to stay the Execution of certain Writs of Possession
issued in respect of certain Premises on Toronto Islands
The Hon. T. L. Wells
Minister of Intergovernmental Affairs
TORONTO
Printed by J. C. Thatcher, Queen's Printer for Ontario
Explanatory Note
Self-explanatory.
BILL 181 1980
An Act to stay the Execution of
certain Writs of Possession issued in respect
of certain Premises on Toronto Islands
HER MAJESTY, by and with the advice and consent
of the Legislative Assembly of the Province of Ontario,
enacts as follows:
1. — (1) The execution of the writs of possession issued pur- stay of
suant to the orders of His Honour Judge George Ferguson of the of ^rits of
County Court of the Judicial District of York, made on the 24th possession
day of October, 1977 under the authority of The Landlord and ^'^|^'|,"?
Tenant Act in respect of the premises listed in the Schedule to this ^ § q jq^q
Act, shall be stayed during the period from the 13th day of c. 236
November, 1980 until the 1st day of July, 1981.
(2) During the period of the stay referred to in subsection 1, no Further
further writs of possession shall be issued or executed for the possession
recovery of possession by The Municipality of Metropolitan [°J,^^'"^
Toronto in respect of premises listed in the Schedule.
(3) After the expiration of the period of the stay referred to in Change of
occupier
subsection 1 , each writ of possession referred to in subsection 1
remains valid and effective for the purpose of the recovery of
possession of the premises named in the writ, notwithstanding
that the occupier is a person other than the person named in the
writ and that no new order has been made for a writ of possession
or no new writ of possession has been issued in respect of the
premises.
2. This Act comes into force on the day it receives Royal Commence-
. •' ■' ment
Assent.
3. The short title of this Act is The Toronto Islands Act, 1980. short title
SCHEDULE
Premises on Toronto Islands in The Municipality of Metropolitan Toronto.
Street
Municipal No .
Street
Municipal No.
Bay view
22
Fifth
23
Bayview
24
Fifth
24
Bayview
26
Fifth
25
Bayview
28
First
2
Bayview
30
First
4
Bayview
32
First
6
Bayview
34
First
8
Channel
1
First
10
Channel
3
First
12
Channel
4
First
14
Channel
5
First
16
Channel
6
Fourth
1
Channel
7
Fourth
2
Channel
8
Fourth
3
Channel
9
Fourth
4
Channel
10
Fourth
5
Channel
11
Fourth
6
Channel
12
Fourth
8
Channel
13
Fourth
9
Channel
14
Fourth
10
Channel
IS
Fourth
11
Channel
16
Fourth
12
Channel
18
Fourth
14
Dacotah
1
Fourth
IS
Dacotah
2
Fourth
16
Dacotah
3
Fourth
17
Dacotah
4
Fourth
18
Dacotah
5
Fourth
19
Dacotah
6
Fourth
20
Dacotah
7
Fourth
21
Dacotah
8
Fourth
22
Dacotah
9
Fourth
23
Dacotah
10
Fourth
24
Dacotah
11
Fourth
2S
Dacotah
12
Fourth
26
Dacotah
13
Lakeshore
2
Dacotah
14
Lakeshore
6
Dacotah
IS
Lakeshore
8
Dacotah
16
Lakeshore
10
Dacotah
17
Lakeshore
12
Dacotah
18
Lakeshore
14
Fifth
1
Lakeshore
16
Fifth
3
Lakeshore
18
Fifth
S
Lakeshore
20
Fifth
9
Lakeshore
22
Fifth
11
Lakeshore
24
Fifth
13
Lakeshore
26
Fifth
14
Lakeshore
28
Fifth
IS
Lakeshore
30
Fifth
16
Lakeshore
32
Fifth
17
Lakeshore
34
Fifth
18
Lakeshore
36
Fifth
19
Lakeshore
38
Fifth
20
Lakeshore
40
Fifth
22
Lenore
1
Street
Municipal No.
Street
Municipal No.
Lenore
2
Nottawa
14
Lenore
3
Second
1
Ojibway
1
Second
2
Ojibway
2
Second
3
Ojibway
3
Second
4
Ojibway
4
Second
5
Ojibway
S
Second
6
Ojibway
6
Second
7
Ojibway
7
Second
8
Ojibway
8
Second
12
Ojibway
9
Second
14
Ojibway
10
Second
IS
Ojibway
11
Second
16
Ojibway
12
Seneca
1
Ojibway
13
Seneca
3
Ojibway
14
Seneca
5
Ojibway
16
Seneca
7
Omaha
2
Seneca
9
Omaha
8
Seneca
11
Omaha
10
Seneca
13
Omaha
12
Seneca
15
Omaha
14
Seneca
17
Omaha
16
Seneca
19
Omaha
18
Seneca
21
Omaha
20
Seneca
23
Omaha
22
Seneca
25
Omaha
24
Seneca
29
Omaha
26
Seneca
31
Omaha
28
Seneca
33
Omaha
30
Seneca
35
Omaha
32
Sixth
15
Omaha
34
Sixth
17
Omaha
36
Sixth
19
Oneida
1
Sixth
21
Oneida
2
Sixth
23
Oneida
3
Sixth
25
Oneida
4
Third
2
Oneida
S
Third
4
Oneida
6
Third
S
Oneida
7
Third
6
Oneida
8
Third
7
Oneida
9
Third
8
Oneida
10
Third
9
Oneida
11
Third
10
Oneida
12
Third
11
Oneida
13
Third
12
Oneida
14
Third
13
Oneida
IS
Third
14
Oneida
16
Third
15
Oneida
18
Third
16
Nottawa
1
Third
17
Nottawa
2
Third
18
Nottawa
3
Third
19
Nottawa
4
Third
20
Nottawa
S
Third
21
Nottawa
6
Third
22
Nottawa
7
Third
23
Nottawa
8
Third
24
Nottawa
9
Third
25
Nottawa
12
Third
26
Street
Municipal No.
Street
Municipal No.
Third
27
Withrow
10 and 20
Third
29
Wyandot
1
Willow
1
Wyandot
3
Willow
2
Wyandot
5
Willow
3
Wyandot
7
Willow
S
Wyandot
9
Willow
7
Wyandot
11
Willow
9
Wyandot
13
Willow
11
Wyandot
15
Withrow
2
Wyandot
17
Withrow
4
Wyandot
18
3
t»
H
O
w
1— I
ffi
rt-
o
^
orq
O
<
H
n
13
t:^
3
n
^
S
M
f
f
>
C/2
0^
O
<
tsj
3
^~i
S
Ol
a.
cr
^^
>)
•-t
>3
«>
H- '
a
51-
0^
tr
s
~*
OKi
(-^
vO
00
o
«g-
a> 2
>
B.
o
o
(-^
5'
i-h
("^
hd ^
o
■-(
O
C/1
m
C/2
rf
3
t/1
P
Q
^
t/)
t/2
C/1
r+
C/2
o'
rr
O
3
3
W
on'
X
H
TO
o
o
1-1
o
a.
s
(--•
o
o
ElS
3
l-H
t/3
en
O
pT
T3
n
TO
TO
3
O
i-«
a
ft-
f?
BILL 181
4th Session, 31st Legislature, Ontario
29 Elizabeth II, 1980
An Act to stay the Execution of certain Writs of Possession
issued in respect of certain Premises on Toronto Islands
The Hon. T. L. Wells
Minister of Intergovernmental Affairs
TORONTO
Printed by J. C. Thatcher, Queen's Printer for Ontario
BILL 181 1980
An Act to stay the Execution of
certain Writs of Possession issued in respect
of certain Premises on Toronto Islands
HER MAJESTY, by and with the advice and consent
of the Legislative Assembly of the Province of Ontario,
enacts as follows:
1. — (1) The execution of the writs of possession issued pur- stay of
suant to the orders of His Honour Judge George Ferguson of the of writs*of
County Court of the Judicial District of York, made on the 24th possession
day of October, 1977 under the authority of The Landlord and j!*!^*^.'"
Tenant Act in respect of the premises listed in the Schedule to this ^ g q 1970
Act, shall be stayed during the period from the 13th day of c. 236
November, 1980 until the 1st day of July, 1981.
(2) During the period of the stay referred to in subsection 1, no Further
further writs of possession shall be issued or executed for the possession
recovery of possession by The Municipality of Metropolitan ["J^i^^^
Toronto in respect of premises listed in the Schedule.
(3) After the expiration of the period of the stay referred to in Change of
occuDicr
subsection 1 , each writ of possession referred to in subsection 1
remains valid and effective for the purpose of the recovery of
possession of the premises named in the writ, notwithstanding
that the occupier is a person other than the person named in the
writ and that no new order has been made for a writ of possession
or no new writ of possession has been issued in respect of the
premises.
2. This Act comes into force on the day it receives Royal Commence-
* . ment
Assent.
3. The short title of this Act is The Toronto Islands Act, 1980. Short title
SCHEDULE
Premises on Toronto Islands in The Municipality of Metropolitan Toronto.
Street
Bay view
Bayview
Bayview
Bayview
Bayview
Bayview
Bayview
Channel
Channel
Channel
Channel
Channel
Channel
Channel
Channel
Channel
Channel
Channel
Channel
Channel
Channel
Channel
Channel
Dacotah
Dacotah
Dacotah
Dacotah
Dacotah
Dacotah
Dacotah
Dacotah
Dacotah
Dacotah
Dacotah
Dacotah
Dacotah
Dacotah
Dacotah
Dacotah
Dacotah
Dacotah
Fifth
Fifth
Fifth
Fifth
Fifth
Fifth
Fifth
Fifth
Fifth
Fifth
Fifth
Fifth
Fifth
Fifth
Municipal No.
22
24
26
28
30
32
34
1
3
4
S
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
IS
16
18
1
2
3
4
S
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
1
3
5
9
11
13
14
IS
16
17
18
19
20
22
Street
Municipal No.
Fifth
23
Fifth
24
Fifth
2S
First
2
First
4
First
6
First
8
First
10
First
12
First
14
First
16
Fourth
1
Fourth
2
Fourth
3
Fourth
4
Fourth
5
Fourth
6
Fourth
8
Fourth
9
Fourth
10
Fourth
11
Fourth
12
Fourth
14
Fourth
15
Fourth
16
Fourth
17
Fourth
18
Fourth
19
Fourth
20
Fourth
21
Fourth
22
Fourth
23
Fourth
24
Fourth
25
Fourth
26
Lakeshore
2
Lakeshore
6
Lakeshore
8
Lakeshore
10
Lakeshore
12
Lakeshore
14
Lakeshore
16
Lakeshore
18
Lakeshore
20
Lakeshore
22
Lakeshore
24
Lakeshore
26
Lakeshore
28
Lakeshore
30
Lakeshore
32
Lakeshore
34
Lakeshore
36
Lakeshore
38
Lakeshore
40
Lenore
1
Street
Municipal No.
Street
Municipal No.
Lenore
2
Nottawa
14
Lenore
3
Second
1
Ojibway
1
Second
2
Ojibway
2
Second
3
Ojibway
3
Second
4
Ojibway
4
Second
5
Ojibway
5
Second
6
Ojibway
6
Second
7
Ojibway
7
Second
8
Ojibway
8
Second
12
Ojibway
9
Second
14
Ojibway
10
Second
IS
Ojibway
11
Second
16
Ojibway
12
Seneca
1
Ojibway
13
Seneca
3
Ojibway
14
Seneca
S
Ojibway
16
Seneca
7
Omaha
2
Seneca
9
Omaha
8
Seneca
11
Omaha
10
Seneca
13
Omaha
12
Seneca
IS
Omaha
14
Seneca
17
Omaha
16
Seneca
19
Omaha
18
Seneca
21
Omaha
20
Seneca
23
Omaha
22
Seneca
25
Omaha
24
Seneca
29
Omaha
26
Seneca
31
Omaha
28
Seneca
33
Omaha
, 30
Seneca
35
Omaha
32
Sixth
15
Omaha
34
Sixth
17
Omaha
36
Sixth
19
Oneida
1
Sixth
21
Oneida
2
Sixth
23
Oneida
3
Sixth
25
Oneida
4
Third
2
Oneida
S
Third
4
Oneida
6
Third
5
Oneida
7
Third
6
Oneida
8
Third
7
Oneida
9
Third
8
Oneida
10
Third
9
Oneida
11
Third
10
Oneida
12
Third
11
Oneida
13
Third
12
Oneida
14
Third
13
Oneida
IS
Third
14
Oneida
16
Third
IS
Oneida
18
Third
16
Nottawa
1
Third
17
Nottawa
2
Third
18
Nottawa
3
Third
19
Nottawa
4
Third
20
Nottawa
5
Third
21
Nottawa
6
Third
22
Nottawa
7
Third
23
Nottawa
8
Third
24
Nottawa
9
Third
25
Nottawa
12
Third
26
Street
Municipal No.
Street
Municipal No.
Third
27
Withrow
10 and 20
Third
29
Wyandot
1
Willow
1
Wyandot
3
Willow
2
Wyandot
5
Willow
3
Wyandot
7
Willow
S
Wyandot
9
Willow
7
Wyandot
11
Willow
9
Wyandot
13
Willow
11
Wyandot
IS
Withrow
2
Wyandot
17
Withrow
4
Wyandot
18
i
1— t
13
K
c-
o
1-1
;2
orq
O
<
H
n>
3
p
3
^
J3
w
rt-
r
Z
Z
:2;
o
o
o
<
<
<
fTJ
u>
(V
r\j
3
cr
t-l
3
a
3
>3
>3
I-*
c-f-
4^
(X5
h-^
h-*
H^
o
\o
o
00
00
00
o
o
o
^>
a> 2.
p_
o
o
(-»•
5"
•-h
<-!•
^
^
O
1-1
o
C/2
re
in
(-»■
3.
Ui
P
n
v;
en
en
r*
fD
3-
C/i
o"
ft>
O
3
3
w
on'
X
H
W3
fD
n
o
3
3
>^«
o"
(-^
3
3
O
1-1
ft
O
p"
•o
n
ft
ft)
3
ri
>-i
t/5
?
O
&•
!-►>
3
BILL 182 Government Bill
4th Session, 31st Legislature, Ontario
29 Elizabeth II, 1980
An Act to amend
The Municipality of Metropolitan Toronto Act
The Hon. T. L. Wells
Minister of Intergovernmental Affairs
TORONTO
Printed by J. C. Thatcher, Queen's Printer for Ontario
Explanatory Notes
Section 1. The effect of the re-enactment is to confer on the councils of
area municipalities, in respect of roads under their jurisdiction, the same authority
regarding reserved lanes for public transit vehicles as the Metropolitan Council
now has in respect of metropolitan roads and to expand the definition of "public
transit motor vehicle" so as to permit the inclusion of classes of transit motor
vehicles other than those operated by the T.T.C.
Section 2. The new clause g confers on the Toronto Transit Commission
the powers therein set out.
Section 3. The subsections proposed to be added authorize the Met-
ropolitan Council, by by-law, to delegate to a department head or other named
official the powers of the Council under the provisions of The Municipal Act
mentioned in respect of the granting of approvals and the issuing and revoking of
permits. The delegation will be subject to such terms and conditions as the
Metropolitan Council specifies in the by-law and any person objecting to a decision
of the department head or other official is entitled to a hearing by the Council which
may confirm, rescind or vary the decision objected to. The provisions of The
Municipal Act that are mentioned deal with the following subjects:
354(1) par. 93 — buildings encroaching on highways.
354(1) par. 94 — permit for the use of highway during building opera-
tions.
354(1) par. 95 — projections encroaching on highways.
354(1) par. 96 — encroachment on highway for building refacing.
453(3) — maintenance and use of objects in, over or under
sidewalks and highways.
457(2) — person planting trees on highway.
457(4) cl.a — planting shade trees on highways.
457(4) cl.c — planting shade trees by municipality adjacent to high-
ways on private property.
I
BILL 182 1980
An Act to amend The Municipality of
Metropolitan Toronto Act
HER MAJESTY, by and with the advice and consent of the
Legislative Assembly of the Province of Ontario, enacts as
follows:
1 . Section 79a of The Municipality of Metropolitan Toronto Act , being re-Inacted
chapter 295 of the Revised Statutes of Ontario, 1970, as re-enacted
by the Statutes of Ontario, 1976, chapter 42, section 6, is repealed
and the following substituted therefor:
79a. The Metropolitan Council and the council of any area .^'^^^''Y^^
^ -^ lanes for
municipality may by by-law designate any lane on any road over public transit
which it has jurisdiction as a lane solely or principally for use by ^°'^°'^ vehicles,
public transit motor vehicles, taxicabs and private motor vehicles
carrying such number of passengers as may be specified in the
by-law and prohibit and regulate the use thereof by all other
vehicles to such extent and for such period or periods as may be
specified, and, for the purposes of this section, "public transit
motor vehicle" means any motor vehicle owned and operated by
the Toronto Transit Commission as part of its regular passenger
transportation service and such other class or classes of transit
motor vehicles as may be specified in the by-law.
2. Subsection 1 of section 105 of the said Act is amended by adding ^^g^^^^^'^^'
thereto the following clause:
(g) To engage in the business of providing consulting ser-
vices in transit related matters within or outside the
Metropolitan Area, either directly or through a sub-
sidiary, provided that the investment by the Commis-
sion in the capital stock of the subsidiary, shall not
exceed the sum of $100,000 without the consent of the
Metropolitan Council.
3. Section 241 of the said Act, as amended by the Statutes of Ontario, ^^^^^^^^
1977, chapter 37, section 4, 1979, chapter 64, section 19 and 1979,
chapter 90, section 5, is further amended by adding thereto the
following subsections:
Delegation
of powers of
Metropolitan
Council
R.S.O. 1970,
c. 284
(11) Notwithstanding any provision in this or any other Act,
the Metropolitan Council may, by by-law, authorize the head of a
department or other official thereof, subject to such terms and
conditions as the by-law specifies, to exercise the powers of the
Metropolitan Council under paragraphs 93, 94, 95 and 96 of
subsection 1 of section 354, subsection 3 of section 453 and sub-
section 2 and clauses a and c of subsection 4 of section 457 of The
Municipal Act.
Hearing by
Metropolitan
Council
Commence-
ment
Short title
(12) Where any applicant, resident or ratepayer objects to the
decision or approval of the department head or other official
described in subsection 11, the Metropolitan Council shall afford
that person an opportunity to be heard and the Metropolitan
Council may confirm, rescind, change, alter or vary any such
decision or approval.
4. This Act comes into force on the day it receives Royal Assent.
5. The short title of this Act is The Municipality of Metropolitan
Toronto Amendment Act, 1980.
I
C2
CM
o
2;
O
<
n
fa
P?
a.
Op
0
<
INO
a>
k^
S
g
Co
O-
cr
>3
•-<
Q
H-»
a
S-
s'
cr
s
O-q
0
0
OTQ
o »- >
-> ■ ■ 2
BILL 182
4th Session, 31st Legislature, Ontario
29 Elizabeth II, 1980
An Act to amend
The Municipality of Metropolitan Toronto Act
The Hon. T. L. Wells
Minister of Intergovernmental Affairs
TORONTO
Printed by J. C. Thatcher, Queen's Printer for Ontario
BILL 182 1980
An Act to amend The Municipality of
Metropolitan Toronto Act
HER MAJESTY, by and with the advice and consent of the
Legislative Assembly of the Province of Ontario, enacts as
follows:
1 . Section 79a of The Municipality of Metropolitan Toronto Act , being re-enacted
chapter 295 of the Revised Statutes of Ontario, 1970, as re-enacted
by the Statutes of Ontario, 1976, chapter 42, section 6, is repealed
and the following substituted therefor:
79a. The Metropolitan Council and the council of any area '^^^^''Y^'^
^ -^ lanes for
municipality may by by-law designate any lane on any road over public transit
which it has jurisdiction as a lane solely or principally for use by ^^°^°^ ^^ "^ ^*'
public transit motor vehicles, taxicabs and private motor vehicles
carrying such number of passengers as may be specified in the
by-law and prohibit and regulate the use thereof by all other
vehicles to such extent and for such period or periods as may be
specified, and, for the purposes of this section, "public transit
motor vehicle" means any motor vehicle owned and operated by
the Toronto Transit Commission as part of its regular passenger
transportation service and such other class or classes of transit
motor vehicles as may be specified in the by-law.
2. Subsection 1 of section 105 of the said Act is amended by adding amended'
thereto the following clause:
(g) To engage in the business of providing consulting ser-
vices in transit related matters within or outside the
Metropolitan Area, either direfctly or through a sub-
sidiary, provided that the investment by the Commis-
sion in the capital stock of the subsidiary, shall not
exceed the sum of $100,000 without the consent of the
Metropolitan Council.
3. Section 241 of the said Act, as amended by the Statutes of Ontario, am^g'^nded
1977, chapter 37, section 4, 1979, chapter 64, section 19 and 1979,
chapter 90, section 5, is further amended by adding thereto the
following subsections:
Delegation
of powers of
Metropolitan
Council
R.S.O. 1970,
c. 284
(11) Notwithstanding any provision in this or any other Act,
the MetropoHtan Council may, by by-law, authorize the head of a
department or other official thereof, subject to such terms and
conditions as the by-law specifies, to exercise the powers of the
Metropolitan Council under paragraphs 93, 94, 95 and 96 of
subsection 1 of section 354, subsection 3 of section 453 and sub-
section 2 and clauses a and c of subsection 4 of section 457 of The
Municipal Act.
Hearing by
Metropolitan
Council
(12) Where any applicant, resident or ratepayer objects to the
decision or approval of the department head or other official
described in subsection 1 1 , the Metropolitan Council shall afford
that person an opportunity to be heard and the Metropolitan
Council may confirm, rescind, change, alter or vary any such
decision or approval.
Commence-
ment
Short title
4. This Act comes into force on the day it receives Royal Assent.
5. The short title of this Act is The Municipality of Metropolitan
Toronto Amendment Act, 1980.
I
o
(— 1
ffi
r+
O
Z
orq
O
<
H
3 W
o
o
z
n>
n
o
n
n
<
3
;5
B
n
B
cr
Co
cr
fx
a-
Cl
>3
^
>3
c^
«i
«>
►~*
C3
ISJ
C3
H-k
©
o
a.
3
ei-
OJ
S-
p
a
s'
1— '
00
O
0^
00
o
0^5
00
o
(X5
3
H
>
V
(T>
3
o^
^>
P
3_
o
3
(-1-
n|
O
H
o
"5'
P
o
3
n
3
o
o
D-
BILL 183 Government Bill
4th Session, 31st Legislature, Ontario
29 Elizabeth II, 1980
An Act to amend The Dog Licensing and
Live Stock and Poultry Protection Act
The Hon. L. C. Henderson
Minister of Agriculture and Food
TORONTO
Printed by J. C. Thatcher, Queen's Printer for Ontario
Explanatory Note
Subsections 2 and 3 of section 19 of the Act deal with compensation for the
kiUing or injuring of Hve stock or poultry by wolves in territory without municipal
organization.
The subsections are re-enacted to constitute agricultural representatives and
assistant agricultural representatives valuers in territory without municipal
organization and to set out in detail and expand the procedures for determining the
amount of compensation payable. At present, such procedures are incorporated by
reference to certain subsections of section 14 of the Act.
BILL 183 1980
An Act to amend The Dog Licensing and
Live Stock and Poultry Protection Act
HER MAJESTY, by and with the advice and consent of the
Legislative Assembly of the Province of Ontario, enacts as
follows:
1. Subsections 2 and 3 of section 19 of The Dog Licensing and Live ^g^^^^^^J'
Stock and Poultry Protection Act, being chapter 133 of the Revised
Statutes of Ontario, 1970, as enacted by the Statutes of Ontario,
1974, chapter 94, section 5, are repealed and the following substi-
tuted therefor:
(2) For the purposes of this section, every agricultural rep- ^^^^^^^'^^^
resentative and every assistant agricultural representative is ex territory
officio a valuer in territory without municipal organization.
(3) Where, in territory without municipal organization, live Payment of
iri/~. •• compensation
stock or poultry are killed or mjured by a wolf, the Commissioner
may pay compensation to the owner of the live stock or poultry for
the amount of the damage determined in accordance with this
section.
(4) Where, in territory without municipal organization, the and^re^ort""
owner of live stock or poultry discovers that any of his live stock or by valuer
poultry has been killed or injured and to the best of his knowledge
and belief such killing or injuring was done by a wolf, he shall
immediately notify a valuer, and such valuer shall immediately
make full investigation and shall make his report in writing within
ten days thereafter to the Commissioner giving in detail the extent
and amount of the damage and his award therefor, and he shall at
the same time forward a copy of such report to the owner of the
live stock or poultry.
(5) Where the owner of live stock or poultry notifies a valuer 'Y^'^^n^j^
under subsection 4, he shall, within ten days, file with the Com-
missioner an affidavit that to the best of his knowledge and belief
the live stock or poultry were killed or injured by a wolf.
(6) Where the valuer finds evidence that to the best of his pen'ai of
^ ' liability
knowledge and belief shows,
(a) that any of the live stock or poultry was not killed or
injured by a wolf; or
(b) that the owner had not taken reasonable care to prevent
the killing or injuring of his live stock or poultry by
wolves,
the valuer shall include in his report to the Commissioner and to
the owner of the live stock or poultry a statement of his belief and
shall make forthwith a further report to the Commissioner giving
particulars of the evidence found, and the Commissioner may
thereupon deny liability in whole or in part by written notice given
by the Commissioner to the owner of the live stock or poultry
within thirty days after the filing of his affidavit with the Commis-
sioner.
Report
Damages
limited
Where
carcass
not to be
destroyed
Appeal to
Commissioner
Time for
appeal;
deposit
Report of
valuer
appointed by
Commissioner
(7) The valuer shall include in his report a finding as to whether
the live stock or poultry were killed or injured by wolves.
(8) The amount of damage incurred by an owner shall not
include damage incurred under the circumstances set out in clause
a or 6 of subsection 6 and for which the Commissioner has denied
liability in accordance with subsection 6.
(9) No owner of live stock or poultry shall destroy or permit to
be destroyed the carcass of any live stock or poultry reported killed
under subsection 4 until the carcass has been seen by the valuer.
(10) Where the owner of live stock or poultry is dissatisfied with
the report of the valuer made under subsection 4, the owner may
appeal to the Commissioner who shall name a valuer, and the
valuer so named shall make a further investigation and report.
(11) Such appeal shall be made within thirty days after the
making of the report to the Commissioner by the valuer under
subsection 4, and $25 shall be deposited with the Commissioner at
the time of making the appeal to be forfeited to the Crown if the
report of the valuer is sustained on an appeal under this section.
(12) A copy of the report of a valuer named by the Commis-
sioner under subsection 10 shall be forwarded by the Commis-
sioner as soon as practicable to the owner of the live stock or
poultry.
Idem
(13) A valuer named by the Commissioner under subsection 10
shall, where applicable, include in his report a statement of his
belief that the amount of damage to live stock or poultry includes
damage incurred under the circumstances set out in clause a orb of
subsection 6, and the Commissioner may thereupon deny liability
in whole or in part by written notice given by him to the owner of
the live stock or poultry within thirty days after the receipt of the
report of the valuer.
(14) Where the owner of live stock or poultry is dissatisfied with Appeal
the report of the valuer made under subsection 10, the owner may, report of
within thirty days after receipt of the report, appeal to a judge of ^^"^^
the district court of the district in which he resides, and the judge
may determine liability and, subject to subsection 15, the amount
payable to the owner.
(15) No compensation shall be paid to an owner in excess of the Amount of
maximum amount prescribed for live stock or poultry in the
regulations made for the purposes of subsection 13 of section 14.
2. This Act comes into force on the day it receives Royal Assent. Commence-
■' ■' ment
3. The short title of this Act is The Dog Licensing and Live Stock and Short title
Poultry Protection Amendment Act, 1980.
3
ba
5'
H
M
on'
M
n
ffi
o
O
i-h
;z:
>
ar«5
r
i-t_
p
ffi
s
o
w
^
C/3
o
o
o
2;
a
Pi-
0^
0
<
rsj
(X>
Ki
S
B
O)
?i.
cr
■^
>3
a
R
O-
h— '
»
Oo
0^
cr
S
~'
0^
h^
0
00
0
H
J" l-l
CL O
^ hH >
pr fD >
^ S '^
•x) 5' s"
J» 3 3
I" C^o-
O
BILL 184 Government Bill
4th Session, 31st Legislature, Ontario
29 Elizabeth II, 1980
An Act respecting the
Marketing of Sheep and Wool
The Hon. L. C. Henderson
Minister of Agriculture and Food
TORONTO
Printed by J. C. Thatcher, Queen's Printer for Ontario
Explanatory Note
The purpose of the Bill is to extend the application of The Wool Marketing
Act, 1974 to the production and marketing of sheep that are sold for the production
of meat.
iTUr^ttii
BILL 184 1980
An Act respecting the
Marketing of Sheep and Wool
HER MAJESTY, by and with the advice and consent of
the Legislative Assembly of the Province of Ontario,
enacts as follows:
1. In this Act, J"^"P''^-
' tation
(a) "Association" means The Ontario Sheep Association
incorporated under The Agricultural Associations Act; ^^ so. i97o,
c. 8
{b) "buyer" means a person engaged in buying sheep or wool
from producers of sheep or wool in Ontario;
(c) "inspector" means an inspector appointed for the pur-
poses of this Act;
{d) "licence" means a licence issued under this Act;
{e) "Minister" means the Minister of Agriculture and Food;
(/) "regulations" means the regulations made under this
Act;
(g) "sheep" includes rams, ewes and lambs but does not
include sheep that are not sold for the production of
meat.
2. — (1) The purpose and intent of this Act is to provide for the Purpose
.-,,.. . and intent
fmancmg of the Association so it may expend moneys to advance of Act
the production of sheep and wool in all its branches and improve
the marketing of sheep and wool by,
(a) encouraging and promoting improvement in all phases
of sheep breeding, production and marketing;
{b) sponsoring sales, competitive exhibitions and projects to
further the interests of sheep owners;
Use of
licence
fees by
Association
Licences
Idem
Exemption
(c) co-operating with government and agencies of govern-
ment to improve the breeding, production and market-
ing of sheep and the production and marketing of wool;
(d) holding meetings for the consideration of questions
relating to the sheep and wool industry;
(e) co-operating with organizations of producers of
agricultural products;
(/) collecting, arranging, assembling and disseminating
information; and
(g) making representations to all levels of government and
to agencies of government.
(2) The Association may use licence fees paid to it under this
Act for defraying the expenses of the Association in doing any
thing referred to in subsection 1 and in carrying out its objects.
3. — (1) Except under the authority of a licence no person shall
sell sheep to a buyer.
(2) Every person who sells sheep to a buyer shall be deemed to
be the holder of a licence, except when in default of payment of
licence fees prescribed under this Act.
(3) A person who sells sheep produced by him directly to
another producer of sheep or directly to a consumer is exempt from
this Act in respect of such sheep.
Licences
Idem
4. — (1) Except under the authority of a licence, no person shall
sell wool to a buyer.
(2) Every person who sells wool to a buyer shall be deemed to be
the holder of a licence, except when in default of payment of
licence fees prescribed under this Act.
Refund of
licence fees
5. — (1) Every person who is the holder of a licence under
section 3 or 4 may apply for a refund of any licence fees paid by
him to the Association under this Act.
Idem
Idem
(2) Every application for a refund shall be made in the manner
prescribed in the regulations.
(3) Where the Association receives an application for a refund,
it shall refund the licence fees in the manner prescribed in the
regulations and in any case not later than six months after receipt
of the application therefor.
(4) Any person who is a producer and buyer is entitled in his Producer-
respective capacities as a producer and as a buyer to all the rights
and privileges and is subject to all the duties and obligations of a
producer and of a buyer.
(5) Any person who is a producer and a buyer shall be deemed ^'^^"^
to have received in his capacity as a buyer from himself in his
capacity as a producer the sheep or wool produced by him that he
buys, and to have contracted in that capacity with himself in his
capacity as a producer for the marketing thereof upon the condi-
tion that this Act and regulations apply.
6. Where the board of directors of the Association is of the J^ecommenda-
opinion that a majority of the members of the Association are in directors of
favour thereof, the board of directors may recommend through Association
the Minister to the Lieutenant Governor in Council the making,
amending or revoking of regulations respecting any of the matters
set forth in section 7.
7. — (1) Notwithstanding section 6, the Lieutenant Governor ''Regulations
in Council may make regulations,
(a) fixing the amount of licence fees up to but not exceeding,
(i) in the case of sheep, 50 cents for each head of
sheep, and
(ii) in the case of wool, 1 1 cents for each kilogram of
wool;
(b) requiring persons to pay to the Association licence fees
owing by them;
(c) requiring any buyer who receives sheep or wool from a
seller thereof to deduct, from the moneys payable to the
seller, any licence fee payable by the seller to the Associ-
ation, and to forward such licence fees to the Associa-
tion;
(d) providing for the recovery by the Association of licence
fees owing to the Association by suit in a court of com-
petent jurisdiction;
(e) prescribing the manner in which applications for refund
of licence fees shall be made and the manner in which
refunds shall be made;
(/) providing for the exemption from any or all of the regu-
lations of any sheep or wool or class thereof or any person
or class of persons;
(g) prescribing the duties of inspectors;
Qi) prescribing forms and providing for their use.
Application
of regulations
Definitions
(2) Any regulation may be Hmited as to time or place, or to both.
(3) Any word or expression used in a regulation may be defined
in the regulation for the purposes of the regulation.
Appointment
of inspectors
8. The Lieutenant Governor in Council may appoint inspec-
tors for the purposes of this Act.
Powers of
inspectors
9. — (1) For the purposes of enforcing this Act and the regula-
tions, an inspector may, during normal business hours, enter any
premises, other than a dwelling, that he has reason to believe is
used by a buyer for receiving, assembling or storing wool or for
receiving, assembling or slaughtering sheep, or an office used in
connection therewith.
Production of
documents
(2) For the purpose of enforcing this Act and the regulations, an
inspector may demand the production or furnishing by the owner
or custodian thereof of any books, records, documents or extracts
therefrom, in a place referred to in subsection 1, relating to sheep
or wool.
Wem (3) Where an inspector demands the production or furnishing
of books, records, documents or extracts therefrom the person
having custody thereof shall produce or furnish them to the
inspector, and the inspector may detain them for the purpose of
photocopying them, provided such photocopying is carried out
with reasonable dispatch and the inspector shall forthwith there-
after return them to the person who produced or furnished them.
Photocopy
as evidence
Demand
to be in
writing
(4) Where a book, record, document or extract has been photo-
copied under subsection 3, a photocopy purporting to be certified
by an inspector to be a copy made pursuant to subsection 3 is
admissible in evidence and has the same probative force as the
original document would have had if it had been proven in the
ordinary way.
(5) Where an inspector makes a demand under subsection 2,
the demand shall be in writing and shall include a statement of the
nature of the investigation and the general nature of the books,
records, documents or extracts required.
Obstruction
of inspector
(6) No person shall hinder or obstruct an inspector in the course
of his duties or furnish him with false information or refuse to
furnish him with information relating to his duties under this
section.
10. The production by an inspector of a certificate of his Certificate of
appointment purporting to be signed by the Minister is admissible oHnspector
in evidence SiS prima facie proof of the facts stated in the certificate
and of the authority of the inspector to exercise the powers and
perform the duties prescribed in this Act and the regulations.
1 1 . Every person who contravenes any of the provisions of offence
this Act or the regulations is guilty of an offence and on conviction
is liable for a first offence to a fine of not more than $100 and for a
subsequent offence to a fine of not more than $500.
12. — (1) The Wool Marketing Act, 1974, being chapter 56, Repeals
and section 10 of The Metric Conversion Statute Law Amendment
Act, 1978, being chapter 87, are repealed.
(2) Notwithstanding subsection 1, Ontario Regulation 841/75 Regulation
made under The Wool Marketing Act, 1974 continues in force to
the extent that it is not inconsistent with this Act as if it had been
made under this Act and may be amended or revoked by a
regulation made under this Act.
13. This Act comes into force on a day to be named by procla- Commence-
mation of the Lieutenant Governor.
14. The short title of this Act is The Sheep and Wool Market- Short title
ingAct, 1980.
c2
bo
H^
H
5*
K
55'
w
<-»-
n
•-I
ffi
o
o
i-t,
;z;
>
oq
t"
i-i^
n'
n
B
ffl
S
a
d
w
^
en
o
o
o
z
a
a.
s
OK,
Z
O
<
rsj
a>
1.^
S
B
Co
?i-
cr
<r*
>3
Oo
<-♦■
S-
tr
s"
"
0^
H— ^
o
00
o
(T)
>
3
»-rf*
s
>
(W
o
o
c-f-
I-+1
►3
a>
en
C/l
tr-d
n>
m
Oi
n
•o
r+
P
S
5'
a
e-t-
^
<TI
o
o
BILL 185 Government Bill
4th Session, 31st Legislature, Ontario
29 Elizabeth II, 1980
An Act to amend The Assessment Act
The Hon. L. Maeck
Minister of Revenue
TORONTO
Printed by J. C. Thatcher, Queen's Printer for Ontario
Explanatory Notes
The purpose of the Bill is to postpone to December, 1981, the return of
assessments at market value. Accordingly, the amendment proposed in section 4 of
the Bill will add a new clause g to subsection 1 of section 86 of the Act to continue
present levels of assessment for the year 1980. The subsequent amendments are
consequential on the amendment proposed in section 4 of the Bill. In addition,
certain administrative amendments are proposed in the first three sections of the
Bill.
Section 1 . The definition of "municipality" is re-enacted with the addition
of a reference to "locality", which is defined in clause m of section 1 of the Act. The
amendment will ensure that the same provisions of the Act that apply to
municipalities will apply in "localities" when assessments are required to be made
in such localities for school tax purposes.
Section 2 . The purpose of the amendments proposed in this section is to
provide a mechanism for the review and updating of rates for pipe lines in areas
where a market value assessment is in force by reason of a proclamation under
section 9 7 of the Act. The present provisions of subsection 1 6 of section 33 of the Act
do not provide for the prescribing of new rates. Subsection 16 reads:
(16) Notwithstanding any provisions of this section to the contrary, where, as
a result of making a proclamation under section 97, an assessment at
market value is made of real property in any municipality or in territory
without municipal organization comprised in a locality, the Lieutenant
Governor in Council may by regulation,
(a) prescribe rates in lieu of the rates in subsection 4 to be applied for
the taxation of pipe lines in such municipality or territory;
(b) where two or more pipe lines occupy the same right of way,
designate the second and subsequent pipe lines and prescribe the
percentage of the rates as so prescribed at which the second and
subsequent pipe lines are assessable and taxable,
and the rates and percentages of rates as so prescribed shall apply in such
municipality and territory in the year in which taxation is first levied on
the basis of the new assessment at market value resulting from such a
proclamation and in each year thereafter, but the rates as so prescribed do
not apply to taxation in any year prior to 1974.
Section 3. Subsection 1 of section 71 of the Act reads:
(1) The Ministry shall examine the amounts of the assessments of rateable
property in each municipality and locality on the last revised assessment
roll of each municipality and locality and determine as nearly as may be
what the total of the amounts of the assessment of such rateable property
should be so that costs may be apportioned and grants provided on a basis
which is just and equitable as between municipalities and localities.
The proposed amendment to change the reference from the last revised
assessment roll to the last returned assessment roll is designed to reflect the practice
of the Ministry in the equalization made under section 7 1 of the Act commencing in
1979. The revised roll is not available until all appeals have been finally deter-
mined, and in many large municipalities, the appeal process lasts for many years
with the result that the last revised assessment roll does not reflect current assess-
ments. The last returned roll is the most current up-to-date roll, and provides the
best basis in equalization under section 7 1 of the Act.
BILL 185 1980
An Act to amend The Assessment Act
HER MAJESTY, by and with the advice and consent of the
Legislative Assembly of the Province of Ontario, enacts as
follows:
1. Clauseo of section 1 of The Assessment Act, being chapter 32 of the ^ ^ <">'
Revised Statutes of Ontario, 1970, is repealed and the following
substituted therefor:
(o) "municipality" means a city, town, village or township,
and includes a locality for the purpose of making any
assessment required for the levying in a locality of a tax
for school purposes.
2. — (1) Subsection 16 of section 33 of the said Act, as enacted by the * ^^ 9^''
f- r/^-^i • • ,. amended
Statutes of Ontario, 1973, chapter 148, section 1, is amended
by striking out "but the rates as so prescribed do not apply to
taxation in any year prior to 1974" in the nineteenth, twentieth
and twenty-first lines and inserting in lieu thereof "until such
rates and percentages of rates are altered in accordance with
subsection 17".
(2) The said section 33, as amended by the Statutes of Ontario, ^ ^^', ,
.„.., , . ^ ^ ■. . amended
1973, chapter 26, section 7, 1973, chapter 148, section 1, 1974,
chapter 41, section 10 and 1979, chapter 88, section 1, is
further amended by adding thereto the following subsection:
(17) Any rates and percentages of rates prescribed under sub- J^^tg^'^^n?^
section 16 shall be reviewed by the Minister in the year 1980 and in subs. i6
every third year thereafter, and in any such year the Lieutenant
Governor in Council may by regulation prescribe different rates
and percentages of rates to be applicable for the purposes of this
Act.
3. Subsection 1 of section 7 1 of the said Act is amended by striking out * ^i f.^)-
amended
"revised" in the third line and inserting in lieu thereof "returned".
Subsection 1 of section 86 of the said Act, as re-enacted by the
Statutes of Ontario, 1976, chapter 65, section 1 and amended by
1977, chapter 56, section 1, 1978, chapter 73, section 1 and 1979,
chapter 88, section 2, is further amended,
(a) by striking out "and" at the end of clause e as inserted bi
the 1979 amendment;
{b) by adding "and" at the end of clause/; and
(c) by striking out all that part of the subsectioi
immediately following clause / and inserting in lieu
thereof,
ig) subject to subsection 2, the assessment roll of a
municipality to be returned in the year 1980 shall
be the assessment of all real property as set forth
in the assessment roll returned for the year 1979
for taxation in the year 1980 as amended, added
to or otherwise altered up to the date when the
assessment roll for taxation in the year 1981 is
returned,
provided that, where the assessor is of the opinion that an assess-
ment to be shown on the assessment roll to be returned for the years
1974 to and including 1980 is inequitable with respect to the assess-
ment of similar real property in the vicinity, the assessor may alter
the value of the assessment to the extent necessary to make the
assessment equitable with the assessment of such similar real prop-
erty.
s. 95,
re-enacted
5. Section 95 of the said Act, as re-enacted by the Statutes of Ontario,
1979, chapter 88, section 3, is repealed and the following substituted
therefor:
Application
s. 96 (1),
re-enacted
95. Section 90 ceases to be in force on the 22 nd day of
December, 1981, but shall continue in force for the purpose of any
pending complaint, appeal, proceeding or action that will affect
taxes for the years 1971 to and including 1981.
6. Subsection 1 of section 96 of the said Act, as re-enacted by the
Statutes of Ontario, 1979, chapter 88, section 4, is repealed and the
following substituted therefor:
Application
(1) Subject to section 97, subsection 6 of section 2>2> continues to
be not in force and remains inoperative until the 1st day of
January, 1981.
s. 97 (2),
amended
7. Subsection 2 of section 97 of the said Act, as enacted by the Statutes
of Ontario, 1972, chapter 161, section 2 and amended by 1975 (2nd
Session), chapter 2, section 3, 1977, chapter 56, section 4, 1978,
chapter 73, section 4 and 1979, chapter 88, section 5, is further
amended by striking out "earlier than the 1st day of January, 1981"
in the second and third Hnes and in the amendment of 1979.
8. — (1) This Act, except sections 2 and 3, comes into force on the 1st Commence-
day of December, 1980. '"^"
(2) Section 2 shall be deemed to have come into force on the 1st idem
day of January, 1980.
(3) Section 3 shall be deemed to have come into force on the 1st Wem
day of January, 1979.
9. The short title of this Act is The Assessment Amendment Act, 1980. Short title
ba
g
2.
tFi
ffi
n
o
•-t
z
^
(V
u
t\)
O
<
k.^
3
^
s
3
cr
n
Co
ft
>3
3
P>
;^
I—*
Si
cr
S-
g-
n>
(X5
vO
00
O
>
fD
in
m
3
ft
3
>
3
BILL 185
4th Session, 31st Legislature, Ontario
29 Elizabeth II, 1980
An Act to amend The Assessment Act
The Hon. L. Maeck
Minister of Revenue
TORONTO
Printed by J. C. Thatcher, Queen's Printer for Ontario
BILL 185 1980
An Act to amend The Assessment Act
HER MAJESTY, by and with the advice and consent of the
Legislative Assembly of the Province of Ontario, enacts as
follows:
1 . Clause 0 of section 1 of The Assessment Act, being chapter 32 of the * ' ^'''' ^
Revised Statutes of Ontario, 1970, is repealed and the following
substituted therefor:
(o) "municipality" means a city, town, village or township,
and includes a locality for the purpose of making any
assessment required for the levying in a locality of a tax
for school purposes.
2. — (1) Subsection 16 of section 33 of the said Act, as enacted by the ^ ^^ i^^}'
o >^ ••11 amended
Statutes of Ontario, 1973, chapter 148, section 1, is amended
by striking out "but the rates as so prescribed do not apply to
taxation in any year prior to 1974" in the nineteenth, twentieth
and twenty-first lines and inserting in lieu thereof "until such
rates and percentages of rates are altered in accordance with
subsection 17".
(2) The said section 33, as amended by the Statutes of Ontario, ^ ^^' _,
' ' -^ ' amended
1973, chapter 26, section 7, 1973, chapter 148, section 1, 1974,
chapter 41, section 10 and 1979, chapter 88, section 1, is
further amended by adding thereto the following subsection:
(17) Any rates and percentages of rates prescribed under sub- ^^153*^^^^^^
section 16 shall be reviewed by the Minister in the year 1980 and in subs. 16
every third year thereafter, and in any such year the Lieutenant
Governor in Council may by regulation prescribe different rates
and percentages of rates to be applicable for the purposes of this
Act,>,», ,4^,i
3. Subsection 1 of section 7 1 of the said Act is amended by striking out *• ^^ ^}'>'
•^ ^ amended
"revised" in the third line and inserting in lieu thereof "returned".
Subsection 1 of section 86 of the said Act, as re-enacted by the
Statutes of Ontario, 1976, chapter 65, section 1 and amended by
1977, chapter 56, section 1, 1978, chapter 73, section 1 and 1979,
chapter 88, section 2, is further amended,
(a) by striking out "and" at the end of clause e as inserted by
the 1979 amendment;
(b) by adding "and" at the end of clause/; and
(c) by striking out all that part of the subsection
immediately following clause / and inserting in Heu
thereof,
(g) subject to subsection 2, the assessment roll of a
municipaHty to be returned in the year 1980 shall
be the assessment of all real property as set forth
in the assessment roll returned for the year 1979
for taxation in the year 1980 as amended, added
to or otherwise altered up to the date when the
assessment roll for taxation in the year 1981 is
returned,
provided that, where the assessor is of the opinion that an assess-
ment to be shown on the assessment roll to be returned for the years
1974 to and including 1980 is inequitable with respect to the assess-
ment of similar real property in the vicinity, the assessor may alter
the value of the assessment to the extent necessary to make the
assessment equitable with the assessment of such similar real prop-
erty.
s. 95,
re-enacted
5. Section 95 of the said Act, as re-enacted by the Statutes of Ontario,
1979, chapter 88, section 3, is repealed and the following substituted
therefor:
Application
s. 96 (1),
re-enacted
6.
95. Section 90 ceases to be in force on the 22 nd day of
December, 1981, but shall continue in force for the purpose of any
pending complaint, appeal, proceeding or action that will affect
taxes for the years 1971 to and including 1981.
Subsection 1 of section 96 of the said Act, as re-enacted by the
Statutes of Ontario, 1979, chapter 88, section 4, is repealed and the
following substituted therefor:
Application
s. 97 (2),
amended
(1) Subject to section 97, subsection 6 of section 33 continues to
be not in force and remains inoperative until the 1st day of
January, 1981.
7. Subsection 2 of section 97 of the said Act, as enacted by the Statutes
of Ontario, 1972, chapter 161, section 2 and amended by 1975 (2nd
Session), chapter 2, section 3, 1977, chapter 56, section 4, 1978,
chapter 73, section 4 and 1979, chapter 88, section 5, is further
amended by striking out "earlier than the 1st day of January, 1981"
in the second and third lines and in the amendment of 1979.
8. — (1) This Act, except sections 2 and 3, comes into force on the 1st Commence-
day of December, 1980. ""^^
(2) Section 2 shall be deemed to have come into force on the 1st Wem
day of January, 1980.
(3) Section 3 shall be deemed to have come into force on the 1st idem
day of January, 1979.
9. The short title of this Act is The Assessment Amendment Act, 1980. Short title
>
>
n
O
o
o
<
<
n
Uj
n>
fSJ
n
B
^
3
S
3
cr
?5-
cr
?i-
cr
•-t
a>
>3
KJ
R
NJ
©
t— »
3
s
vO
00
o
t— '
00
o
1—'
00
o
a
0^
3
a
H
cr
BILL 186 Private Member's Bill
4th Session, 31st Legislature, Ontario
29 Elizabeth II, 1980
An Act respecting The Bruce County
Board of Education and Teachers Dispute
Mr. Sargent
TORONTO
Printed by J. C. Thatcher, Queen's Printer for Ontario
Explanatory Note
The purpose of this Bill is to resolve the dispute between The Bruce County
Board of Education and the secondary school teachers who are employees of the
board. The Bill orders an end to the strike that commenced on the 2nd day of
October, 1980 and establishes a final offer selection procedure as a means of
settling the matters in dispute between the parties.
BILL 186 1980
An Act respecting The Bruce County
Board of Education and Teachers Dispute
WHEREAS The Bruce County Board of Education and its Preamble
secondary school teachers have been negotiating terms and
conditions of employment; and whereas a state of strike by the
teachers against the board of education has been in effect since the
2nd day of October, 1980; and whereas the board of education and
its secondary school teachers have been unable to make an agree-
ment as to terms and conditions of employment; and whereas the
public interest requires that means be found for the settlement of
the matters in dispute between the board of education and its
secondary school teachers;
Therefore, Her Majesty, by and with the advice and
consent of the Legislative Assembly of the Province of
Ontario, enacts as follows:
1 . In this Act, interpre-
tation
(a) "arbitrator" means the arbitrator appointed under this
Act;
(b) "board" means The Bruce County Board of Education;
(c) "branch affiliate" means the organization composed of
all the teachers employed by the board who are members
of The Ontario Secondary School Teachers' Federation;
(d) "Commission" means the Education Relations Commis-
sion established under The School Boards and Teachers i97s, c. 72
Collective Negotiations Act, 1975;
{e) "lock-out" has the same meaning as in The School
Boards and Teachers Collective Negotiations Act, 1975 \
if) "parties" means the board and the branch affiliate;
(g) "strike" has the same meaning as in The School Boards
and Teachers Collective Negotiations Act, 1975;
Qi) "teachers" means the secondary school teachers
employed on permanent or probationary contracts by
the board.
Resumption
of employ-
ment and
operation
of schools
2. — (1) The teachers who are on strike against the board shall,
on the first Tuesday following the day this Act comes into force,
return to and resume their duties in accordance with their con-
tracts of employment and written collective understandings in
effect on the 31st day of August, 1979 with the board and the
board shall, on the first Tuesday following the day this Act comes
into force, resume the employment of such teachers in accordance
with such contracts and written collective understandings and
resume the normal operation of the schools in which the teachers
are employed.
Strike or
lock-out
(2) During the period from and including the first Tuesday
following the day this Act comes into force until the day an
agreement that is made between the parties or that includes the
decision of the arbitrator comes into effect, no teacher shall take
part in a strike against the board and the board shall not lock out a
teacher.
Exception (3) Nothing in this Act precludes a teacher from not returning
to and resuming his duties with the board for reasons of health or
by mutual consent in writing of the teacher and the board.
Final offer
selection
1975, c. 72
3. — (1) The parties shall be deemed to have agreed,
(a) to refer all matters remaining in dispute between them
that may be provided for in an agreement under The
School Boards and Teachers Collective Negotiations
Act, 1975 to a selector for determination under and in
accordance with Part V of that Act; and
Notice of
appointment
of selector
{b) to not withdraw from the proceedings.
(2) The parties, within seven days after the day this Act comes
into force, shall jointly give written notice to the Commission
stating,
(a) the date of appointment and the name and address of the
selector; or
{b) that the parties have not appointed the selector and that
the parties request the Commission to appoint the selec-
tor.
Appointment (3) Where the parties fail to give a notice to the Commission in
by Commbsion accordance with subsection 2 or where the parties request the
Commission to appoint the selector, the Commission shall make
the appointment and give notice of the appointment of the selector
to the parties and the notice shall set out the name and address of
the person appointed and the date of the appointment.
(4) Except as otherwise provided in this Act, The School ^^fl^''^^^2 °^
Boards and Teachers Collective Negotiations Act, 1975 applies to
the selector, to the proceedings conducted before him, to the
parties and to the teachers.
4. — (1) Notwithstanding subsection 1 of section 51 of The^^'^'^^^
I /^ ji • »T • • A agreement
School Boards and Teachers Collective Negotiations Act, 1975 , 1975 j. 72
the agreement giving effect to all matters agreed upon by the
parties and the decision of the selector shall be for the period
commencing on the 1st day of September, 1979 and expiring on
the 31st day of August, 1980.
(2) The Commission may, with the concurrence of the selector Reduction
and the parties, reduce any period of time referred to in section 41 , period
42, 44, 45 or 48 of The School Boards and Teachers Collective
Negotiations Act, 1975 .
5. — (1) Every person or party that contravenes any of the Offences
provisions of this Act is guilty of an offence.
(2) The provisions of The School Boards and Teachers Collec- ^^^""
tive Negotiations Act, 1975 respecting offences and penalties and
the procedures relating thereto apply in respect of a contravention
of any provision of this Act.
6. This Act comes into force on the day it receives Royal Commence-
. "^ ■' ment
Assent.
7. The short title of this Act is The Bruce County Board of short title
Education and Teachers Dispute Resolution Act, 1980.
ba
^
3.
r2
^
<:^
»
^
C/)
«i
>
^
Ud
cy
O
c^
W
-^
2;
Co
H
Pi.
0
<
r^o
n
k..,^
S
B
0,
5c
<M.
>3
00
cr
s
0^
h-»
0
00
0
o W >
3 2 3
CL Q r^
n? c <^
fD t; in
p 3 13
^ p crq
T3 O
3 ^
BILL 187 Government Bill
4th Session, 31st Legislature, Ontario
29 Elizabeth II, 1980
An Act to amend The Retail Sales Tax Act
The Hon. L. Maeck
Minister of Revenue
TORONTO
Printed by J. C. Thatcher, Queen's Printer for Ontario
Explanatory Notes
Section 1. — Subsections 1, 2 and 3. The substitution of "December" for
"March" will extend the exemptions for occupancy of transient accommodation,
for prepared meals provided on the American Plan or the Modified American Plan,
and for furnishing and food preparation equipment used in restaurants and hotels.
The present exemptions expire at the end of March in 1981. The proposed amend-
ments will extend the exemptions to the end of December, 1981.
Subsection 4. The three paragraphs to be added to subsection 1 of section 5
of the Act will provide exemptions for household furniture, certain major home
appliances, and building materials that are defined by the Minister. The exemp-
tions will be available for purchases made before July 1st, 1981, provided that
delivery of the item purchased is taken by the purchaser on or after November
14th, 1980 and before July 1st, 1981.
BILL 187 1980
An Act to amend
The Retail Sales Tax Act
HER MAJESTY, by and with the advice and consent of the
Legislative Assembly of the Province of Ontario, enacts as
follows:
1. — (1) Paragraph 41 of subsection 1 of section 5 of The Retail Sales ^ s (i),
Tax Act, being chapter 415 of the Revised Statutes of Ontario, amended
1970, as re-enacted by the Statutes of Ontario, 1978, chapter 6,
section 2 and amended by 1979, chapter 27, section 3, is
further amended by striking out "March" in the third line and
in the tenth line as inserted by the 1979 amendment and
inserting in lieu thereof in each instance "December".
(2) Paragraph 41a of subsection 1 of the said section 5, as enacted * ^ (i),
by the Statutes of Ontario, 1978, chapter 6, section 2 and amended
amended by 1979, chapter 27, section 3, is further amended by
striking out "March" in the third line as inserted by the 1979
amendment and inserting in lieu thereof "December".
(3) Paragraph 70 of subsection 1 of the said section S, as enacted ^ s (i),
by the Statutes of Ontario, 1979, chapter 27, section 3, is amended
amended by striking out "March" in the twelfth line and
inserting in lieu thereof "December".
(4) Subsection 1 of the said section 5, as amended by the Statutes ^ s (i),
of Ontario, 1972, chapter 21, section 1, 1973, chapter 23,
section 4, 1974, chapter 7, section 2, 1975, chapter 9, section 4,
1976, chapter 23, section 3, 1976, chapter 82, section 3, 1977,
chapter 13, section 4, 1978, chapter 6, section 2, 1979, chapter
27, section 3 and 1980, chapter 22, section 1, is further
amended by adding thereto the following paragraphs:
71. furniture, other than that prescribed by the Minister to
be excluded from the exemption conferred by this para-
graph, that is purchased for private household use, if the
purchase is made before the 1st day of July, 1981 and
delivery thereof is taken by the purchaser on or after the
14th day of November, 1980 and before the 1st day of
July, 1981;
72. major home appHances that are manufactured for pri-
vate household use and that are,
(a) refrigerators, freezers or kitchen ranges, includ-
ing ovens and cooking tops sold separately for
installation as a kitchen range; or
(b) washers or dryers for the laundering of clothes,
but only when such appliances have never previously
been sold, leased or rented by a dealer to a customer at a
retail sale anywhere and are,
(c) purchased before the 1st day of July, 1981 and
delivered to the purchaser thereof on or after the
14th day of November, 1980 and before the 1st
day of July, 1981; and
(d) not appliances or a class or kind of appliance
prescribed by the Minister to be excluded from
the exemption conferred by this paragraph;
73. building materials, as defined by the Minister, that are
purchased before the 1st day of July, 1981 and are deli-
vered to the purchaser thereof on or after the 14th day of
November, 1980 and before the 1st day of July, 1981.
s. 19(1), 2. Subsection 1 of section 19 of the said Act, as re-enacted by the
Statutes of Ontario, 1976, chapter 23, section 8, is amended by
striking out "sixty" in the third line and inserting in lieu thereof
"ninety".
s 20, 3. Section 20 of the said Act, as amended by the Statutes of Ontario,
1976, chapter 23, section 9, is further amended by adding thereto
the following subsection:
Extension (7) The time within which a notice of objection Under section 19
of time . - 111- . . i
or a notice of appeal under this section is to be served may be
extended by the Minister if application for such extension is made
before the time for service of the notice of objection or a notice of
appeal, as the case may be, has expired.
Commence- 4 . This Act shall be deemed to have come into force on the 14th day of
ment -kt .
November, 1980.
Short title 5. The short title of this Act is The Retail Sales Tax Amendment Act\
1980.
Section 2 . The proposed amendment will extend from sixty to ninety days
the period within which a notice of objection to an assessment under the Act can
validly be served on the Minister. The period for filing a notice of objection under
the other major taxing statutes of Ontario is ninety days, and the amendment will
make The Retail Sales Tax Act consistent with the other provincial taxing statutes.
Section 3. The new subsection to be added by the amendment will
authorize the Minister to extend the time within which a notice of objection or
notice of appeal may validly be filed, provided that the request for extension is
made within the ninety-day time limit for filing such notices.
3
bo
g
H
5_
w
CAl'
ffi
n
o
i-(
25
o
i-h
p
!«
<
^
13
t?tl
C
o
n
^
0^
<
3
Co
O.
cr
r<.
>0
>3
S-
S-
tr
§■
~*
0^
H- '
o
00
o
H
13"
fD
>
3
>
o
r*-
C/}
(-^
P
O
^^
3
g
3
a.
>
o
BILL 187
Government Bill
4th Session, 31st Legislature, Ontario
29 Elizabeth II, 1980
An Act to amend The Retail Sales Tax Act
The Hon. L. Maeck
Minister of Revenue
(Reprinted as amended by the Committee of the Whole House)
TORONTO
Printed by J. C. Thatcher, Queen's Printer for Ontario
Explanatory Notes
Section 1. — Subsections 1, 2 and 3. The substitution of "December" for
"March" will extend the exemptions for occupancy of transient accommodation,
for prepared meals provided on the American Plan or the Modified American Plan,
and for furnishing and food preparation equipment used in restaurants and hotels.
The present exemptions expire at the end of March in 1 98 1 . The proposed amend-
ments will extend the exemptions to the end of December, 1981.
Subsection 4. The three paragraphs to be added to subsection 1 of section 5
of the Act will provide exemptions for household furniture, certain major home
appliances, and building materials that are defined by the Minister. The exemp-
tions will be available for purchases made before July 1st, 1981, provided that
delivery of the item purchased is taken by the purchaser on or after November
14th, 1980 and before July 1st, 1981.
BILL 187
1980
An Act to amend
The Retail Sales Tax Act
HER MAJESTY, by and with the advice and consent of the
Legislative Assembly of the Province of Ontario, enacts as
follows:
1. — (1) Paragraph 41 of subsection 1 of section 5 of The Retail Sales ^ s (i),
Tax Act, being chapter 415 of the Revised Statutes of Ontario, amended
1970, as re-enacted by the Statutes of Ontario, 1978, chapter 6,
section 2 and amended by 1979, chapter 27, section 3, is
further amended by striking out "March" in the third line and
in the tenth line as inserted by the 1979 amendment and
inserting in lieu thereof in each instance "December".
(2) Paragraph 41a of subsection 1 of the said section 5, as enacted ^ s (i)^,
by the Statutes of Ontario, 1978, chapter 6, section 2 and amended
amended by 1979, chapter 27, section 3, is further amended by
striking out "March" in the third line as inserted by the 1979
amendment and inserting in lieu thereof "December".
(3) Paragraph 70 of subsection 1 of the said section 5, as enacted * s (i),
by the Statutes of Ontario, 1979, chapter 27, section 3, is amended
amended by striking out "March" in the twelfth line and
inserting in lieu thereof "December".
(4) Subsection 1 of the said section 5 , as amended by the Statutes
of Ontario, 1972, chapter 21, section 1, 1973, chapter 23,
section 4, 1974, chapter 7, section 2, 1975, chapter 9, section 4,
1976, chapter 23, section 3, 1976, chapter 82, section 3, 1977,
chapter 13, section 4, 1978, chapter 6, section 2, 1979, chapter
27, section 3 and 1980, chapter 22, section 1, is further
amended by adding thereto the following paragraphs:
s. 5 (1),
amended
71. furniture, other than that prescribed by the Minister to
be excluded from the exemption conferred by this para-
graph, that is purchased for private household use, if the
purchase is made before the 1st day of July, 1981 and
delivery thereof is taken by the purchaser on or after the
14th day of November, 1980 and before the 1st day of
July, 1981;
72. major home appliances that are manufactured for pri-
vate household use and that are,
(a) refrigerators, freezers or kitchen ranges, includ-
ing ovens and cooking tops sold separately for
installation as a kitchen range; or
(b) washers or dryers for the laundering of clothes,
but only when such appliances have never previously
been sold, leased or rented by a dealer to a customer at a
retail sale anywhere and are,
(c) purchased before the 1st day of July, 1981 and
delivered to the purchaser thereof on or after the
14th day of November, 1980 and before the 1st
day of July, 1981; and
(d) not appliances or a class or kind of appliance
prescribed by the Minister to be excluded from
the exemption conferred by this paragraph;
73. building materials, as defined by the Minister, that are
purchased before the 1st day of July, 1981 and are deli-
vered to the purchaser thereof on or after the 14th day of
November, 1980 and before the 1st day of July, 1981.
*mtd d ^' ^"^section 1 of section 19 of the said Act, as re-enacted by the
Statutes of Ontario, 1976, chapter 23, section 8, is amended by
striking out "sixty" in the third line and inserting in lieu thereof
"ninety".
^ ^°'d d ^" ^^^t^O" 20 of the said Act, as amended by the Statutes of Ontario,
1976, chapter 23, section 9, is further amended by adding thereto
the following subsection:
Extension (7) The time within which a notice of objection Under scction 19
of time • r 1 1
or a notice of appeal under this section is to be served may be
extended by the Minister if application for such extension is made
before the time for service of the notice of objection or a notice of
appeal, as the case may be, has expired.
s. 42 (3), ^^4 . Subsection 3 of section 42 of the said Act, as enacted by the Statut
amended r /^ • _ , . , i i i
of Ontario, 19/ ^, chapter 9, section 11 and amended by 197
chapter 23, section 12, 1976, chapter 82, section 4, 1979, chapter 2
section 8 and 1980, chapter 22, section 3, is further amended by
adding thereto the following clause:
I
Section 2 . The proposed amendment will extend from sixty to ninety days
the period within which a notice of objection to an assessment under the Act can
validly be served on the Minister. The period for filing a notice of objection under
the other major taxing statutes of Ontario is ninety days, and the amendment will
makeThe Retail Sales Tax Act consistent with the other provincial taxing statutes.
Section 3. The new subsection to be added by the amendment will
authorize the Minister to extend the time within which a notice of objection or
notice of appeal may validly be filed, provided that the request for extension is
made within the ninety-day time limit for filing such notices.
MXTiON 4. The Minister is empowered, by regulation, to extend the period
u iliiin which delivery is required to be made for the purposes of paragraph- 71.72
or 73 to a date not later than the 30th day of September, 1981. ""^BC
ij) extending to a date not later than the 30th day of
September, 1981, the period within which dehvery is
required to be made for the purpose of any exemption
conferred by paragraph 71, 72 or 73 of subsection 1 of
section 5. "^pif
5. This Act shall be deemed to have come into force on the 14th day of Commence-
November, 1980. ""'"'
6. The short title of this Act is The Retail Sales Tax Amendment Act, Short title
1980.
n
o
>3
§
t-*.
^.
^
S
c^
r**«
rfe
c^
R-
tP
"-s
?s
o,
s^
»
c^
5
^
S-
^
?5,
t::
o
s
>~
0
o
Uj
CD
O
K)
<
n
1-^
2.
3
cr
B
cr
>3
>0
n
^
«>
?i
vO
Q
1— '
?i
s
0^
Oo
13-
J'
On5
I— '
^
On5
o
t— ^
00
vO
o
00
o
13-
fD
>
3
P.
>
o
r+
CA)
^-^
B-
O
en
3
H
n
a
X
CL
BILL 187
4th Session, 31st Legislature, Ontario
29 Elizabeth II, 1980
An Act to amend The Retail Sales Tax Act
The Hon. L. Maeck
Minister of Revenue
TORONTO
Printed by J. C. Thatcher, Queen's Printer for Ontario
BILL 187 1980
An Act to amend
The Retail Sales Tax Act
HER MAJESTY, by and with the advice and consent of the
Legislative Assembly of the Province of Ontario, enacts as
follows:
1 . — (1) Paragraph 41 of subsection 1 of section 5 of The Retail Sales ^ s (i),
Tax Act, being chapter 415 of the Revised Statutes of Ontario, amended
1970, as re-enacted by the Statutes of Ontario, 1978, chapter 6,
section 2 and amended by 1979, chapter 27, section 3, is
further amended by striking out "March" in the third line and
in the tenth line as inserted by the 1979 amendment and
inserting in lieu thereof in each instance "December".
(2) Paragraph 41a of subsection 1 of the said section 5, as enacted » ^ <i''
by the Statutes of Ontario, 1978, chapter 6, section 2 and amended
amended by 1979, chapter 27, section 3, is further amended by
striking out "March" in the third line as inserted by the 1979
amendment and inserting in lieu thereof "December".
(3) Paragraph 70 of subsection 1 of the said section 5, as enacted « s (i),
by the Statutes of Ontario, 1979, chapter 27, section 3, is amended
amended by striking out "March" in the twelfth line and
inserting in lieu thereof "December".
(4) Subsection 1 of the said section 5, as amended by the Statutes s s (i),
of Ontario, 1972, chapter 21, section 1, 1973, chapter 23,
section 4, 1974, chapter 7, section 2, 1975, chapter 9, section 4,
1976, chapter 23, section 3, 1976, chapter 82, section 3, 1977,
chapter 13, section 4, 1978, chapter 6, section 2, 1979, chapter
27, section 3 and 1980, chapter 22, section 1, is further
amended by adding thereto the following paragraphs:
71. furniture, other than that prescribed by the Minister to
be excluded from the exemption conferred by this para-
graph, that is purchased for private household use, if the
purchase is made before the 1st day of July, 1981 and
delivery thereof is taken by the purchaser on or after the
14th day of November, 1980 and before the 1st day of
July, 1981;
72. major home appliances that are manufactured for pri-
vate household use and that are,
(a) refrigerators, freezers or kitchen ranges, includ-
ing ovens and cooking tops sold separately for
installation as a kitchen range; or
(b) washers or dryers for the laundering of clothes,
but only when such appliances have never previously
been sold, leased or rented by a dealer to a customer at a
retail sale anywhere and are,
(c) purchased before the 1st day of July, 1981 and
delivered to the purchaser thereof on or after the
14th day of November, 1980 and before the 1st
day of July, 1981; and
id) not appliances or a class or kind of appliance
prescribed by the Minister to be excluded from
the exemption conferred by this paragraph;
s. 19 (1),
amended
73. building materials, as defined by the Minister, that are
purchased before the 1st day of July, 1981 and are deli-
vered to the purchaser thereof on or after the 14th day of
November, 1980 and before the 1st day of July, 1981.
2. Subsection 1 of section 19 of the said Act, as re-enacted by the
Statutes of Ontario, 1976, chapter 23, section 8, is amended by
striking out "sixty" in the third line and inserting in lieu thereof ^^
"ninety".
s. 20,
amended
Extension
of time
s. 42 (3),
amended
3. Section 20 of the said Act, as amended by the Statutes of Ontario,]
1976, chapter 23, section 9, is further amended by adding thereto
the following subsection:
(7) The time within which a notice of objection under section 1<
or a notice of appeal under this section is to be served may be
extended by the Minister if application for such extension is made
before the time for service of the notice of objection or a notice of
appeal, as the case may be, has expired.
4 . Subsection 3 of section 42 of the said Act, as enacted by the Statutes
of Ontario, 1975, chapter 9, section 11 and amended by 1976,
chapter 23, section 12, 1976, chapter 82, section 4, 1979, chapter 27,
section 8 and 1980, chapter 22, section 3, is further amended by
adding thereto the following clause:
ij) extending to a date not later than the 30th day of
September, 1981, the period within which deUvery is
required to be made for the purpose of any exemption
conferred by paragraph 71, 72 or 73 of subsection 1 of
section S.
5. This Act shall be deemed to have come into force on the 14th day of Commence-
November, 1980. ""'"^
6. The short title of this Act is The Retail Sales Tax Amendment Act, Short title
1980.
H
K
w
K
o
n>
So
o
rD
0
o
n
n
B
cr
n
a>
B
cr
a>
S
<
3
m
1-1
o
a
0^
r-»-
0^
H-^
""
0^
vO
00
o
o
00
o
00
o
H
rr
ft!
(T)
>
1
>
o
r+
C/)
r*
B-
O
H
P
3
ft)
g
3
BILL 188 Government Bill
4th Session, 31st Legislature, Ontario
29 Elizabeth II, 1980
An Act to amend The Highway Traffic Act
The Hon. J. W. Snow
Minister of Transportation and Communications
TORONTO
Printed by J. C. Thatcher, Queen's Printer for Ontario
Explanatory Notes
Sections 1 and 2. The Act provides for the issue of motor vehicle permits
and number plates. The Bill introduces the concept of a CAVR cab card which is a
permit that is issued without an accompanying number plate for a commercial
vehicle that has a permit and plate from another province. The fee for the cab card
would be prorated to correspond to the use that a vehicle makes of Ontario
highways compared to its use of highways out of Ontario. Pursuant to an agree-
ment, operators of commercial vehicles from Ontario would be able to obtain
similar permits in other provinces. The net effect of the scheme is that operators
whose enterprises extend to several provinces will not be required to obtain
number plates from each province and to pay the full permit fee in each province in
which they do business.
The Minister is given discretionary powers to decide if an applicant for or
holder of a CAVR cab card is entitled to reciprocity privileges and the benefit of the
prorated permit fee.
BILL 188 1980
An Act to amend The Highway Traffic Act
HER MAJESTY, by and with the advice and consent of the
Legislative Assembly of the Province of Ontario, enacts as
Follows:
1. — (1) Clause b of section 5a of The Highway Traffic Act, being ^^" ^''j'
chapter 202 of the Revised Statutes of Ontario, 1970, as
enacted by the Statutes of Ontario, 1974, chapter 66, section 1,
is repealed and the following substituted therefor:
(b) "permit" means a permit issued or validated under sub-
section 3 of section 6 and includes a CAVR cab card.
(2) The said section 5a, as enacted by the Statutes of Ontario, ^ ^"' .
1 1 1 1 1 r> r amended
1974, chapter 66, section 1 and amended by the Statutes of
Ontario, 1979, chapter 103, section 1, is further amended by
relettering clauses a and aa as clauses aa and ab, respectively,
and by adding thereto the following clause:
(a) "CAVR cab card" means a cab card issued by the
Ministry pursuant to the Canadian Agreement on
Vehicle Registration.
2. — (1) Subsection 1 of section 6 of the said Act, as re-enacted by the * ^ ^^j-
' .1.1 amended
Statutes of Ontario, 1974, chapter 66, section 2, is amended by
striking out "issued or validated under subsection 3" in the
seventh and eighth lines.
(2) Clause a of subsection 3 of the said section 6, as re-enacted by ^ ^ <^J *;?*'
' ... amended
the Statutes of Ontario, 1974, chapter 66, section 2, is
amended by inserting after "and" in the second line ", except
in the case where the permit is a CAVR cab card,".
(3) The said section 6, as amended by the Statutes of Ontario, *^ , ,
' ' . 1 J^ 1 • • amended
1973, chapter 45, section 2 and 1974, chapter 66, section 2, is
further amended by adding thereto the following subsections:
(4a) The Minister may, in his discretion, cancel or refuse Minister
. . ^ r r i-i- "^^y cancel
to issue a permit, the fee for which is prorated under a or refuse
reciprocity agreement or arrangement with another jurisdiction,
where the owner or lessee has been convicted of an offence under
section 12a or if in his opinion the owner or lessee is not entitled
to reciprocity privileges under the Canadian Agreement on
Vehicle Registration.
Notice of
proposal
(46) Where the Minister proposes to cancel or refuse to issue a
permit referred to in subsection 4a, he shall notify the permit
holder or applicant, as the case may be, of his proposal.
Show
cause
(4c) A person who has received a notification under subsection
4b may, within thirty days after receiving the notification, submit
to the Minister such documents and records as may show cause
why the Minister should not cancel or refuse to issue the permit.
Proceeding
with
proposal
{4d) Upon the expiration of thirty days after the notification
referred to in subsection 4b and consideration of any documents or
records submitted under subsection 4c , the Minister may carry out
his proposal or refrain from carrying out his proposal.
Permit
documen-
tation
(Sa) Prior to the issuance or validation of a permit under
this section, the Minister may require production of such
documentation as he considers necessary to enable him to
determine whether a permit may be issued or validated and that
documentation may be different for different vehicles or classes of
vehicles or in respect of the same vehicles or classes of vehicles
used for different purposes.
s. 6a,
enacted
Permit
limitations
3. The said Act is amended by adding thereto the following section:
6a. — (1) Where the fee prescribed by the regulations for a
permit or validated permit for a motor vehicle is calculated with
regard to specific limitations or restrictions on the use of a vehicle,
the owner of the vehicle shall not drive or cause or permit the
vehicle to be driven on a highway except in accordance with such
limitations or restrictions.
Penalty
(2) Every person who contravenes the provisions of subsection
1 is guilty of an offence and on conviction is liable to a fine of not
less than $50 and not more than $200.
s. 7,
amended
4. Section 7 of the said Act, as amended by the Statutes of Ontario,]
1974, chapter 66, section 3, 1978, chapter 4, section 2 and 1980,
chapter 37, section 3, is further amended by adding thereto th^
following subsection:
Notice of
new
address
(2fl) Where the name of a lessee is on a permit and the lessee!
changes his address from the address shown on the permit or from]
Section 3. Self-explanatory.
Section 4. Self-explanatory.
Section 5. The proposed amendment is complementary to the CAVR cab
card concept.
Section 6. The re-enacted subsection 9 (3) is self-explanatory.
Currently, the Act provides that number plates are the property of the Crown
and are to be returned to the Ministry when so required. Subsection 9 (4) extends
this to provide that CAVR cab cards are similarly property of the Crown and are to
be returned when so required.
Section 7 . Section 1 1 of the Act currently provides that a peace officer who
believes that a number plate on a vehicle is there improperly may take possession
of the plate until the facts have been determined.
The new provision gives a peace officer similar authority to take possession
of a CAVR cab card.
Section 8. The new provisions are complementary to the introduction
of CAVR cab cards. They provide that persons who receive permits in the
form of CAVR cab cards at a prorated fee shall maintain certain records
which will be available for and subject to inspection.
not paid
There is also provision for cancelling a permit where appropriate fees are
that filed under this subsection, he shall within six days send by
registered mail to or file with the Ministry notice of his new
address.
5. Section 8 of the said Act, as re-enacted by the Statutes of Ontario, ^^' . ^
■' ' amended
1974, chapter 66, section 4, is amended by addmg thereto the
following subsection:
(3) Subsection 1 does not apply to a motor vehicle if the permit Where subs, i
therefor is a CAVR cab card. apply
6 . Subsection 3 of section 9 of the said Act is repealed and the following * ^ (^)'
substituted therefor:
(3) Where the name of the lessee is on a permit and the lease Notice of
terminates, the lessor shall, within six days, forward to the of lease '
Ministry notice thereof together with the permit number.
(4) Every number plate, evidence of validation and CAVR cab Property
card furnished by the Ministry under this Act or pursuant to the Crown
Canadian Agreement on Vehicle Registration is the property of
the Crown and shall be returned to the Ministry when required by
the Ministry.
7. Section 1 1 of the said Act, as re-enacted by the Statutes of Ontario, « n.
1974, chapter 66, section 6, is amended by adding thereto the ^'"'^" ^
following subsection:
(2) Where a peace officer has reason to believe that a CAVR cab invalid
card produced by a driver as being the permit for the motor ^^
vehicle,
(a) was not furnished by the Ministry for that motor vehicle;
or
(6) has been cancelled by the Ministry,
the peace officer may take possession of the CAVR cab card and
retain it until the facts in respect of the card have been determined.
8. The said Act is further amended by adding thereto the following «« ^^a, 126,
.. enacted
sections:
12a. — (1) A person to whom a permit is issued for a prorated Records
c J • •. . , *^ , to be kept
tee under a reciprocity agreement or arrangement with another
jurisdiction shall maintain and preserve such records as are
required by regulation during the period of validity of the permit
and for the four years immediately following expiry thereof and
shall submit such reports to the Ministry as are prescribed by the
regulations within the prescribed times.
Production
of
records
(2) A person to whom subsection 1 applies shall produce for
inspection, within a reasonable time under the prevailing
circumstances, the records required under subsection 1 upon the
demand of an officer appointed by the Minister to carry out the
provisions of this Part.
Examination
of
records
(3) An officer appointed by the Minister for carrying out the
provisions of this Part may, at any reasonable time, enter the
business premises of a person referred to in subsection 1 and
examine those books, records and documents of that person that
relate to his business of operating commercial vehicles.
Removal
of
documents
Copies as
evidence
(4) Any person making an investigation under this section may,
upon giving a receipt therefor, remove, for the purpose of making
copies, any records produced under subsection 2 or examined
under subsection 3 and when he does remove any records, the
copies shall be made with reasonable dispatch and the records
promptly returned.
(5) Any copy made under subsection 4 and certified to be a true
copy by the person making the copy is admissible in evidence in
any action, proceeding or prosecution as prima facie proof of the
original book, paper or document and its contents.
Penalty
(6) Every person who contravenes subsection 1 or 2 or
obstructs, or interferes with an officer in the performance of his
duties under subsection 3, is guilty of an offence and on conviction
is liable to a fine of not more than $200 or to imprisonment for a
term of not more than six months, or to both.
Regulations
Cancellation
of permit
Notice
(7) The Lieutenant Governor in Council may make regula-
tions,
(a) prescribing the records to be kept by persons referred to
in subsection 1;
(b) governing reports to be made to the Ministry by persons
referred to in subsection 1.
12b. — (1) Where the fee paid under subsection 3 of section 6
was prorated under a reciprocity agreement or arrangement with
another jurisdiction and the appropriate fees are not paid within
sixty days after the issue of the permit, the permit shall be deemed
to be cancelled upon notice of the cancellation being given to the
permit holder.
(2) Where the notice referred to in subsection 1 is sent by
prepaid mail addressed to the person to whom the permit was
issued at his latest address appearing on the records of the Minis-^
try, notice shall be deemed to have been given on the fifth day aftei
the day of mailing.
Section 9. Section 29 of the Act currently provides for appeals from
decisions of the Registrar made under section 27 which provides for the
cancellation of certain licences and permits. The re-enacted provisions expand the
section to also provide for appeals from decisions of the Minister made under a
provision that permits the Minister to alter conditions affecting drivers' licences.
Sections 10 and 11. Sections 35 and 36 ofthe Act deal with the licencing
of used car and vehicle wrecking lots. This section is being expanded to include
trailers which currently are not covered.
Section 12. This is complementary to the introduction of CAVR cab
cards.
9. Subsections 1 and 2 of section 29 of the said Act are repealed and the * ^^ ^^' ^''
following substituted therefor:
(1) Every person aggrieved by a decision of the Minister under Appeal
subclause i of clause b of subsection 4 of section 13 or a decision of
the Registrar under section 27 may appeal the decision to The
Licence Suspension Appeal Board.
(2) The Board may confirm, modify or set aside the decision of Powers of
the Minister or Registrar.
1 0. — (1) Subsection 1 of section 35 of the said Act, as re-enacted by the s. 3S (i),
Statutes of Ontario, 1978, chapter 24, section 4, is amended by
inserting after "vehicles" in the first line "or trailers".
(2) Subsection 3 of the said section 35, as re-enacted by the s. 3S o),
Statutes of Ontario, 1978, chapter 24, section 4, is amended by ^'"^" ^
inserting after "vehicles" in the first line "or trailers".
(3) Subsection 4 of the said section 35, as re-enacted by the s. 3s (4),
Statutes of Ontario, 1978, chapter 24, section 4, is amended by
inserting after "vehicles" in the third line ", trailers".
(4) Subsection 6 of the said section 35, as re-enacted by the Stat- s. 35 (6)
utes of Ontario, 1978, chapter 24, section 4, is amended by
inserting after "vehicles" in the second line "or trailers".
amended
(5) Subsection 7 of the said section 35, as re-enacted by the ^^fg^A^H
Statutes of Ontario, 1978, chapter 24, section 4, is amended by ^'"^'^ ^
inserting after "vehicles" in the third line "or trailers".
11. Subsection 1 of section 36 of the said Act is repealed and the s. 36(i),
following substituted therefor:
(1) Every person who buys, sells, wrecks or otherwise deals Record of
• 111 1 • 1 -1 1 • 1 1 II 1 second-hand
m second-hand motor vehicles, trailers or bicycles shall keep a vehicles
complete record of all motor vehicles, trailers and bicycles bought, ^^^^^^l^
sold or wrecked and of such information as will enable the motor
vehicles, trailers and bicycles to be readily identified, and shall
transmit to the Ministry, within six days after the event, on forms
furnished by the Ministry, a statement of each motor vehicle or
trailer bought, sold or wrecked by him and such information with
reference thereto as may be required by the Ministry.
12. — (1) Subsection 2 of section 586 of the said Act, as enacted by the ^ ssfc (2),
o r /-\ • ,-t ►,. . 11 amended
Statutes 01 Ontario, 1973, chapter 167, section 8, is amended
by inserting after "permit" in the first line "other than
a CAVR cab card".
s. S8A (3),
amended
(2) Subsection 3 of the said section 586 is amended by inserting
after "permit" in the first Hne "other than a CAVR cab card".
s. 60 (1) (a),
re-enacted
13. — (1) Clause a of subsection 1 of section 60 of the said Act is repealed
and the following substituted therefor:
(a) requiring the use or incorporation of any device or any
equipment, in or on any vehicle or any class of vehicle,
that may affect the safe operation of the vehicle on the
highway or that may reduce or prevent injury to persons
using the highway, and prescribing the specifications
and regulating the installation thereof.
s. 60(1),
amended
(2) Subsection 1 of the said section 60, as amended by the Statutes
of Ontario, 1973, chapter 45, section 19 and 1977, chapter 54,
section 10, is further amended by adding thereto the following
clause:
(/) exempting any type or class of vehicle or any class of
driver or passenger in a vehicle from the provisions of
any regulations made under this section.
s. 75 (2),
re-enacted
14. — (1) Subsection 2 of section 75 of the said Act, as re-enacted by the
Statutes of Ontario, 1977, chapter 65, section 3, and amended
by the Statutes of Ontario, 1978, chapter 90, section 6, is
repealed and the following substituted therefor:
Designation
of
"freeze-up"
(2) For the purposes of this section, an official of the Ministry
authorized by the Minister in writing may designate the date on
which a "freeze-up" shall commence and the date on which a
"freeze-up" shall terminate and the part of the Province to which
the designation shall apply.
s. 75,
amended
(2) The said section 75 is amended by adding thereto the following
subsection:
R.S.O. 1970,
c, 410 does
not apply
s. 77,
amended
Idem
(2a) A designation under subsection 2 is not a regulation within
the meaning of The Regulations Act.
1 5. Section 77 of the said Act, as re-enacted by the Statutes of Ontario
1977, chapter 65, section 3, is amended by adding thereto th
following subsection:
(2a) Where the permit referred to in subsection 2 is a CAVR cab
card, the requirements of subsection 2 apply to the original permit
and not to any copy thereof and to the permit from the jurisdiction
that issued the number plates for the vehicle.
s. 78 (6),
re-enacted
1 6 . Subsection 6 of section 78 of the said Act, as enacted by the Statutes
of Ontario, 1977, chapter 65, section 3 and amended by the
Section 13. The provisions, as recast, clarify the authority to make
regulations in respect of the use of safety devices and equipment in vehicles.
Section 14. Subsection 75 (2) of the Act now reads as follows:
(2) For the purposes of this section, the Minister may designate by regulation
the date on which a "freeze-up" shall commence and the date on which a
"freeze-up" shall terminate and the part of the Province to which the
designation shall apply.
The proposed amendments authorize an official of the Ministry to designate
the dates. Furthermore, the designation would no longer be a regulation within
The Regulations Act.
Section 1 5 . The Act requires a permit for a commercial motor vehicle or a
true copy thereof to be carried in the vehicle for which it was issued and to be
produced to a police officer on demand.
The new provision requires that where the permit is a CAVR cab card only the
original will suffice.
Section 16. Subsection 78 (6) now provides one penalty for failure to
comply with subsection 1, 3 or 5 or for obstructing, the penalty being a fine of not
less than $50 and not more than $100.
The new provisions provide for a fine of not less than $ 100 and not more than
$500 and a thirty-day suspension of a driver's licence where the offence is refusing
to proceed to a weigh scale.
The fine for refusing to redistribute a load or obstructing a weighing, etc.,
remains the same.
Section 17. The Act now provides that the Lieutenant Governor in
Council may designate, by regulation, intersections on the King's Highway at
which stop signs shall be erected. The amendment substitutes "Minister" for
"Lieutenant Governor in Council".
Section 18. Section lOCto of the Act provides for the designation by way of
regulation of paved shoulders for use by vehicular traffic and for the making of
regulations governing the posting of signs. Currently, the regulations are made by
the Lieutenant Governor in Council. This is being amended so that "Minister" is
substituted for "Lieutenant Governor in Council".
Section 19. The provision, as recast, exempts road-building machines and
road maintenance and snow removal vehicles from the requirement to follow
designated traffic routes.
Section 20. Subsection 116 (3) of the Act now reads as follows:
(3) The Lieutenant Governor in Council may make regulations prohibiting
or regulating the parking, standing or stopping of vehicles upon a highway
or any part of a highway or upon any class or classes thereof.
"Minister" is being substituted for "Lieutenant Governor in Council".
Statutes of Ontario, 1979, chapter 57, section 9, is repealed and the
following substituted therefor:
(6) Every driver who, when required pursuant to subsection 1 Penalty
or 3 to proceed to a weigh scale, refuses or fails to do so is guilty of
an offence and on conviction is liable to a fine of not less than $100
and not more than $500 and to the suspension of his driver's
licence for a period of not more than thirty days.
(7) Every driver who, ^^^"^
(a) when required, pursuant to subsection 5, to redistribute
or remove part of a load refuses or fails to do so or to
make arrangements to do so; or
(b) obstructs any weighing, measuring or examination
authorized by this section,
is guilty of an offence and on conviction is liable to a fine of not less
than $50 and not more than $100.
1 7. Clause b of section 89 of the said Act is amended by striking out ^ *^ i*^-
,,-r . r^ • /~. .1,, . 1 r- !• . • • • amended
Lieutenant Governor m Council in the first line and inserting in
lieu thereof "Minister".
18. Subsection 2 of section 100a of the said Act, as enacted by the ^ looa (2),
. wi ^ • • , 1 1 amended
Statutes of Ontario, 1976, chapter 37, section 14, is amended by
striking out "Lieutenant Governor in Council" in the first line and
inserting in lieu thereof "Minister".
1 9. Clause c of section 103 of the said Act, as re-enacted by the Statutes * ^°^ ^'^)'
of Ontario, 1976, chapter 37, section 15, is repealed and the follow-
ing substituted therefor:
(c) any lane may be designated for slowly moving traffic,
traffic moving in a particular direction or classes or types
of vehicles provided that official signs are erected to
indicate such designation, and, notwithstanding section
93, where a highway is so designated every driver of a
vehicle shall obey the instructions on the official signs
but this does not apply to a motor vehicle or road-build-
ing machine, operated by or on behalf of an authority
having jurisdiction and control of the highway, while
the vehicle or machine is engaged in construction,
marking or maintenance activities on a highway
including the removal of snow from a highway.
amended
20. Subsection3of section 116 of the said Act is amended by striking out ^ ii6(3),
"Lieutenant Governor in Council" in the first line and inserting in
lieu thereof "Minister".
8
s. 120(5),
re-enacted
21. Subsection 5 of section 120 of the said Act, as amended by the
Statutes of Ontario, 1979, chapter 57, section 12, is repealed and the
following substituted therefor:
When
markings
to be
covered
(5) The words on a school bus "do not pass when signals flash-
ing" shall be covered or concealed when the school bus is being
operated on a highway during a trip that does not at any time
during that trip involve the transportation of children or mentally
retarded adults to or from a school or a training centre.
s. 156(1),
amended
22. Subsection 1 of section 156 of the said Act is amended by inserting
after "Ministry" in the second line "or any other ministry of the
Government of Ontario".
Commence-
ment
23. — (1) This Act, except section 1, section 2 (other than subsection 5a
of section 6 of the Act as set out in subsection 3 of section 2) and
sections 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 14, 15 and 22, comes
into force on the day it receives Royal Assent.
Idem
Short title
(2) Section 1 , section 2 (other than subsection 5a of section 6 of the
Act as set out in subsection 3 of section 2) and sections 3, 4, 5, 6,
7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 14, 15 and 22, come into force on aday to be
named by proclamation of the Lieutenant Governor.
24. The short title of this Act is The Highway Traffic Amendment Act,
1980.
Section 21. The provision is recast to clarify when school bus markings
shall be covered.
Section 22. The Act now provides that the Minister may appoint persons
from the Ministry staff to be officers for the purpose of carrying out provisions of
the Act. The amendment permits him to also appoint persons from other minis-
tries.
i»
I
3
bo
5'
En'
o
K
o
O
o
3
i-h
Z
3
H
«-H
3_
3
CO
^
P
*C
o'
o
CO
3
P
o
t/5
o
3
^
0^
O
<
3
1-^
Co
Cl
>3
Q
^—k
a
el-
4^
?i-
<-K
r**.
s'
cr
s
o^s
o
CXi
o
OfQ
H
cr
n>
ffi
>
3
3-
>
^
o
'^
S"
HP
3
3
BILL 188
4th Session, 31st Legislature, Ontario
29 Elizabeth II, 1980
An Act to amend The Highway Traffic Act
The Hon. J. W. Snow
Minister of Transportation and Communications
TORONTO
Printed by J. C. Thatcher, Queen's Printer for Ontario
BILL 188 1980
An Act to amend The Highway Traffic Act
HER MAJESTY, by and with the advice and consent of the
Legislative Assembly of the Province of Ontario, enacts as
follows:
1. — (1) Clause b of section 5a of The Highway Traffic Act, being ^ ^^^^l'^
chapter 202 of the Revised Statutes of Ontario, 1970, as
enacted by the Statutes of Ontario, 1974, chapter 66, section 1,
is repealed and the following substituted therefor:
(b) "permit" means a permit issued or validated under sub-
section 3 of section 6 and includes a CAVR cab card.
(2) The said section 5a, as enacted by the Statutes of Ontario, ^ ^''' .
1 1 1 1 1 r> c amended
1974, chapter 66, section 1 and amended by the Statutes of
Ontario, 1979, chapter 103, section 1, is further amended by
relettering clauses a and aa as clauses aa and ab, respectively,
and by adding thereto the following clause:
(a) "CAVR cab card" means a cab card issued by the
Ministry pursuant to the Canadian Agreement on
Vehicle Registration.
2. — (1) Subsection 1 of section 6 of the said Act, as re-enacted by the * ^ '^J-
' 111 amended
Statutes of Ontario, 1974, chapter 66, section 2, is amended by
striking out "issued or validated under subsection 3" in the
seventh and eighth lines.
(2) Clause a of subsection 3 of the said section 6, as re-enacted by ^^^g|,^jg^^'
the Statutes of Ontario, 1974, chapter 66, section 2, is
amended by inserting after "and" in the second line ", except
in the case where the permit is a CAVR cab card,".
(3) The said section 6, as amended by the Statutes of Ontario, ^^^g^^jg^j
1973, chapter 45, section 2 and 1974, chapter 66, section 2, is
further amended by adding thereto the following subsections:
(4a) The Minister may, in his discretion, cancel or refuse Minister
. . , r r i-i- ""^y cancel
to issue a permit, the fee for which is prorated under a or refuse
to issue
reciprocity agreement or arrangement with another jurisdiction,
where the owner or lessee has been convicted of an offence under
section 12a or if in his opinion the owner or lessee is not entitled
to reciprocity privileges under the Canadian Agreement on
Vehicle Registration.
Notice of
proposal
{4b) Where the Minister proposes to cancel or refuse to issue a
permit referred to in subsection 4a, he shall notify the permit
holder or applicant, as the case may be, of his proposal.
Show
cause
(4c) A person who has received a notification under subsection
4b may, within thirty days after receiving the notification, submii
to the Minister such documents and records as may show cause
why the Minister should not cancel or refuse to issue the permit.
Proceeding
with
proposal
{4d) Upon the expiration of thirty days after the notificatior
referred to in subsection 46 and consideration of any documents oi
records submitted under subsection 4c , the Minister may carry out
his proposal or refrain from carrying out his proposal.
Permit
documen-
tation
(5a) Prior to the issuance or validation of a permit undei
this section, the Minister may require production of sucJf
documentation as he considers necessary to enable him t(
determine whether a permit may be issued or validated and tha
documentation may be different for different vehicles or classes o
vehicles or in respect of the same vehicles or classes of vehicle;
used for different purposes.
s. 6a,
enacted
Permit
limitations
3. The said Act is amended by adding thereto the following section:
6a. — (1) Where the fee prescribed by the regulations for £
permit or validated permit for a motor vehicle is calculated with
regard to specific limitations or restrictions on the use of a vehicle
the owner of the vehicle shall not drive or cause or permit th(
vehicle to be driven on a highway except in accordance with sucl
limitations or restrictions.
Penalty
(2) Every person who contravenes the provisions of subsectioi
1 is guilty of an offence and on conviction is liable to a fine of no
less than $50 and not more than $200.
s. 7,
amended
4. Section 7 of the said Act, as amended by the Statutes of Ontarioj
1974, chapter 66, section 3, 1978, chapter 4, section 2 and 1980
chapter 37, section 3, is further amended by adding thereto th
following subsection:
Notice of
new
address
i2a) Where the name of a lessee is on a permit and the lesse
changes his address from the address shown on the permit or fror
that filed under this subsection, he shall within six days send by
registered mail to or file with the Ministry notice of his new
address.
5. Section 8 of the said Act, as re-enacted by the Statutes of Ontario,
1974, chapter 66, section 4, is amended by adding thereto the
following subsection:
amended
(3) Subsection 1 does not apply to a motor vehicle if the permit Where subs, i
therefor is a CAVR cab card. apply
6 . Subsection 3 of section 9 of the said Act is repealed and the following ^ ^ ^^^'
substituted therefor:
(3) Where the name of the lessee is on a permit and the lease Notice of
terminates, the lessor shall, within six days, forward to the of lease
Ministry notice thereof together with the permit number.
(4) Every number plate, evidence of validation and CAVR cab Property
card furnished by the Ministry under this Act or pursuant to the crown
n Canadian Agreement on Vehicle Registration is the property of
i:i the Crown and shall be returned to the Ministry when required by
the Ministry.
7. Section 11 of the said Act, as re-enacted by the Statutes of Ontario, *^^' . ,
1974, chapter 66, section 6, is amended by adding thereto the
following subsection:
(2) Where a peace officer has reason to believe that a CAVR cab ^"y*''**,
card produced by a driver as being the permit for the motor
vehicle,
(a) was not furnished by the Ministry for that motor vehicle;
or
(b) has been cancelled by the Ministry,
the peace officer may take possession of the CAVR cab card and
retain it until the facts in respect of the card have been determined.
8. The said Act is further amended by adding thereto the following ^^ i^a, 126,
sections:
12a. — (1) A person to whom a permit is issued for a prorated Records
- , . . . , , to be kept
fee under a reciprocity agreement or arrangement with another
jurisdiction shall maintain and preserve such records as are
required by regulation during the period of validity of the permit
and for the four years immediately following expiry thereof and
shall submit such reports to the Ministry as are prescribed by the
regulations within the prescribed times.
Production
of
records
(2) A person to whom subsection 1 applies shall produce for
inspection, within a reasonable time under the prevailing
circumstances, the records required under subsection 1 upon the
demand of an officer appointed by the Minister to carry out the
provisions of this Part.
Examination
of
records
Removal
of
documents
Copies as
evidence
(3) An officer appointed by the Minister for carrying out the
provisions of this Part may, at any reasonable time, enter the
business premises of a person referred to in subsection 1 and
examine those books, records and documents of that person that
relate to his business of operating commercial vehicles.
(4) Any person making an investigation under this section may,
upon giving a receipt therefor, remove, for the purpose of making
copies, any records produced under subsection 2 or examined
under subsection 3 and when he does remove any records, the
copies shall be made with reasonable dispatch and the records
promptly returned.
(5) Any copy made under subsection 4 and certified to be a true
copy by the person making the copy is admissible in evidence in
any action, proceeding or prosecution as prima facie proof of the
original book, paper or document and its contents.
Penalty
(6) Every person who contravenes subsection 1 or 2 or
obstructs, or interferes with an officer in the performance of his
duties under subsection 3 , is guilty of an offence and on conviction
is liable to a fine of not more than $200 or to imprisonment for a
term of not more than six months, or to both.
Regulations
(7) The Lieutenant Governor in Council may make regula-
tions.
Cancellation
of permit
Notice
(a) prescribing the records to be kept by persons referred to
in subsection 1;
(b) governing reports to be made to the Ministry by persons
referred to in subsection 1.
126. — (1) Where the fee paid under subsection 3 of section 6
was prorated under a reciprocity agreement or arrangement with
another jurisdiction and the appropriate fees are not paid within
sixty days after the issue of the permit, the permit shall be deemed
to be cancelled upon notice of the cancellation being given to the
permit holder.
(2) Where the notice referred to in subsection 1 is sent by
prepaid mail addressed to the person to whom the permit was
issued at his latest address appearing on the records of the Minis-
try, notice shall be deemed to have been given on the fifth day after
the day of mailing.
9. Subsections 1 and 2 of section 29of the said Act are repealed and the ^ ^^(^' ^).
following substituted therefor:
(1) Every person aggrieved by a decision of the Minister under Appeal
subclause i of clause b of subsection 4 of section 13 or a decision of
the Registrar under section 27 may appeal the decision to The
Licence Suspension Appeal Board.
(2) The Board may confirm, modify or set aside the decision of Powers of
the Minister or Registrar.
1 0. — (1) Subsection 1 of section 35 of the said Act, as re-enacted by the s. 3S (i),
Statutes of Ontario, 1978, chapter 24, section 4, is amended by
inserting after "vehicles" in the first line "or trailers".
(2) Subsection 3 of the said section 35, as re-enacted by the s. 3S (3),
Statutes of Ontario, 1978, chapter 24, section 4, is amended by
inserting after "vehicles" in the first line "or trailers".
(3) Subsection 4 of the said section 35, as re-enacted by the ^^^l'*^
Statutes of Ontario, 1978, chapter 24, section 4, is amended by
inserting after "vehicles" in the third line ", trailers".
(4) Subsection 6 of the said section 35, as re-enacted by the Stat- s. 3S (6)
utes of Ontario, 1978, chapter 24, section 4, is amended by
inserting after "vehicles" in the second line "or trailers".
amended
(5) Subsection 7 of the said section 35, as re-enacted by the^^^^*^^-
Statutes of Ontario, 1978, chapter 24, section 4, is amended by ^'".^" ^
inserting after "vehicles" in the third line "or trailers".
11. Subsection 1 of section 36 of the said Act is repealed and the s 36(i),
following substituted therefor:
(1) Every person who buys, sells, wrecks or otherwise deals ^con'd hLd
in second-hand motor vehicles, trailers or bicycles shall keep a vehicles
complete record of all motor vehicles, trailers and bicycles bought, soid^*^etc
sold or wrecked and of such information as will enable the motor
vehicles, trailers and bicycles to be readily identified, and shall
transmit to the Ministry, within six days after the event, on forms
furnished by the Ministry, a statement of each motor vehicle or
trailer bought, sold or wrecked by him and such information with
reference thereto as may be required by the Ministry.
12. — (1) Subsection 2 of section 586 of the said Act, as enacted by the ^ 586 (2),
<- r ,r^ • >,i ►,• • 11 amended
Statutes of Ontario, 1973, chapter 167, section 8, is amended
by inserting after "permit" in the first line "other than
a CAVR cab card".
s. 5Sb (3),
amended
(2) Subsection 3 of the said section SSb is amended by inserting
after "permit" in the first line "other than a CAVR cab card".
s. 60 (1) (a),
re-enacted
13. — (1) Clause a of subsection 1 of section 60 of the said Act is repealed
and the following substituted therefor:
(a) requiring the use or incorporation of any device or any
equipment, in or on any vehicle or any class of vehicle,
that may affect the safe operation of the vehicle on the
highway or that may reduce or prevent injury to persons
using the highway, and prescribing the specifications
and regulating the installation thereof.
s. 60 (1),
amended
(2) Subsection 1 of the said section 60, as amended by the Statutes
of Ontario, 1973, chapter 45, section 19 and 1977, chapter 54,
section 10, is further amended by adding thereto the following
clause:
if) exempting any type or class of vehicle or any class of
driver or passenger in a vehicle from the provisions of
any regulations made under this section.
s. 75 (2),
re-enacted
14. — (1) Subsection 2 of section 75 of the said Act, as re-enacted by the
Statutes of Ontario, 1977, chapter 65, section 3, and amended
by the Statutes of Ontario, 1978, chapter 90, section 6, is
repealed and the following substituted therefor:
Designation
of
"freeze-up"
(2) For the purposes of this section, an official of the Ministry
authorized by the Minister in writing may designate the date on
which a "freeze-up" shall commence and the date on which a
"freeze-up" shall terminate and the part of the Province to which
the designation shall apply.
s. 75,
amended
(2) The said section 75 is amended by adding thereto the following
subsection:
R.S.O. 1970,
c. 410 does
not apply
(2a) A designation under subsection 2 is not a regulation within
the meaning of The Regulations Act.
s. 77,
amended
1 5. Section 77 of the said Act, as re-enacted by the Statutes of Ontario,
1977, chapter 65, section 3, is amended by adding thereto the
following subsection:
Idem
{2a) Where the permit referred to in subsection 2 is a CAVR cal
card, the requirements of subsection 2 apply to the original permit
and not to any copy thereof and to the permit from the jurisdictioi
that issued the number plates for the vehicle.
s. 78 (6),
re-enacted
16. Subsection 6 of section 78 of the said Act, as enacted by the Statutes
of Ontario, 1977, chapter 65, section 3 and amended by the
Statutes of Ontario, 1979, chapter 57, section 9, is repealed and the
following substituted therefor:
(6) Every driver who, when required pursuant to subsection 1 Penalty
or 3 to proceed to a weigh scale, refuses or fails to do so is guilty of
an offence and on conviction is liable to a fine of not less than $100
and not more than $500 and to the suspension of his driver's
licence for a period of not more than thirty days.
(7) Every driver who, ^^^"^
(a) when required, pursuant to subsection 5, to redistribute
or remove part of a load refuses or fails to do so or to
make arrangements to do so; or
(b) obstructs any weighing, measuring or examination
authorized by this section,
is guilty of an offence and on conviction is liable to a fine of not less
than $50 and not more than $100.
1 7. Clause b of section 89 of the said Act is amended by striking out * *^ ?)-
amenaea
"Lieutenant Governor in Council" in the first line and inserting in
lieu thereof "Minister",
18. Subsection 2 of section 100a of the said Act, as enacted by the * »oto (2),
<-. r<^- •• 111 amended
Statutes of Ontario, 1976, chapter 37, section 14, is amended by
striking out "Lieutenant Governor in Council" in the first line and
inserting in lieu thereof "Minister".
19. Clause c of section 103 of the said Act, as re-enacted by the Statutes ^ ^°^ ^'^^'
re-enacted
of Ontario, 1976, chapter 37, section IS, is repealed and the follow-
ing substituted therefor:
(c) any lane may be designated for slowly moving traffic,
traffic moving in a particular direction or classes or types
of vehicles provided that official signs are erected to
indicate such designation, and, notwithstanding section
93, where a highway is so designated every driver of a
vehicle shall obey the instructions on the official signs
but this does not apply to a motor vehicle or road-build-
ing machine, operated by or on behalf of an authority
having jurisdiction and control of the highway, while
the vehicle or machine is engaged in construction,
marking or maintenance activities on a highway
including the removal of snow from a highway.
20. Subsection3of section 116 ofthe said Act is amended by striking out ^ ^^^^^j-
^ o amended
Lieutenant Governor in Council" in the first line and inserting in
lieu thereof "Minister".
8
s. 120(5),
re-enacted
When
markings
to be
covered
21. Subsection 5 of section 120 of the said Act, as amended by the
Statutes of Ontario, 1979, chapter 57, section 12, is repealed and the
following substituted therefor:
(5) The words on a school bus "do not pass when signals flash-|
ing" shall be covered or concealed when the school bus is being
operated on a highway during a trip that does not at any time
during that trip involve the transportation of children or mentally
retarded adults to or from a school or a training centre.
s. 156 (1),
amended
22. Subsection 1 of section 156 of the said Act is amended by inserting
after "Ministry" in the second line "or any other ministry of the
Government of Ontario".
Commence-
ment
23. — (1) This Act, except section 1, section 2 (other than subsection 5a
of section 6 of the Act as set out in subsection 3 of section 2) and
sections 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 14, 15 and 22, comes
into force on the day it receives Royal Assent.
Idem
(2) Section 1, section 2 (other than subsection 5a of section 6 of the
Act as set out in subsection 3 of section 2) and sections 3,4,5,6,
7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 14, 15 and 22, come into force on a day to be
named by proclamation of the Lieutenant Governor.
Short title
24. The short title of this Act is The Highway Traffic Amendment Act
1980.
9. o
o
p
O
5-«
C/)
fD
m
O
n
o
<
B
3
B
cr
cr
f5-
cr
o.
<~i.
>3
a>
>3
l-J
>)
a
c^
C^
H- '
Ci
1— '
55
t—*
B
0^
h- »
r-f-
0n5
(-1-
1— '
1—*
h- »
o
o
vO
00
ex
00
o
o
o
H
nr
o
>
o
<i
BILL 189 Government Bill
4th Session, 3 1st Legislature, Ontario
29 Elizabeth II, 1980
The Dangerous Goods Transportation Act, 1980
The Hon. J. W. Snow
Minister of Transportation and Communications
TORONTO
Printed by J. C. Thatcher, Queen's Printer for Ontario
Explanatory Note
The purpose of the Bill is to regulate the transportation of dangerous goods in
vehicles on Ontario highways.
The main features of the Bill are as follows:
1. The transportation of dangerous goods in a vehicle on a highway is
prohibited except in accordance with prescribed safety requirements
(section 3).
2. Certain exemptions are provided (section 2).
3. Dangerous goods are set out in the Schedule.
4. Provision is made for regulations to prescribe safety requirements for
containers, packaging and vehicles.
5. The Act binds the Crown (section 2 (5) ).
6. Provision is made for designation of inspectors (section 10).
7. The powers of inspectors are set out (section 11).
8. Provision is made to enter into agreements with the Government of
Canada with respect to the administration and enforcement of the Act
(section 13).
BILL 189 1980
The Dangerous Goods Transportation Act, 1980
HER MAJESTY, by and with the advice and consent of
the Legislative Assembly of the Province of Ontario,
enacts as follows:
1 In this Act Interpre-
i. Ill ull^ rvcL, ^^^^^^^
(a) "analyst" means any person designated as an analyst
pursuant to the Transportation of Dangerous Goods Act j^^^'*^- ■ ■
(Canada);
(6) "container" means an article of transport equipment,
including one that is carried on a chassis, that is strong
enough to be suitable for repeated use and is designed to
facilitate the transportation of goods without inter-
mediate reloading, but does not include a vehicle;
(c) "dangerous goods" means any product, substance or
organism included by its nature or by the regulations in
any of the classes listed in the Schedule;
(d) "highway" means a highway as defined in The Highway ^20? '^^°'
Traffic Act;
(e) "inspector" means any person designated as an inspector
by the Minister under this Act;
(/) "Minister" means the Minister of Transportation and
Communications;
(g) "packaging" means any receptacle or enveloping ma-
terial used to contain or protect goods, but does not
include a container or a means of transport;
(h ) "prescribed" means prescribed by the regulations;
(i ) "regulations" means the regulations made under this Act
unless the context indicates otherwise;
(j) "safety mark" includes any design, symbol, device, sign,
label, placard, letter, word, number, abbreviation or
any combination thereof that is to be displayed on
dangerous goods, packaging or containers or vehicles
used in the transporting of dangerous goods;
(k) "safety requirements" means requirements for the
transporting of dangerous goods, for the reporting of
those activities, for the training of persons engaged in
those activities and for the inspection of those activities;
(/) "safety standards" means standards regulating the
design, construction, equipping, functioning or perfor-
mance of containers, packaging or vehicles used in the
transporting of dangerous goods;
(m) "shipping document" means any document that accom-
panies dangerous goods being transported and that
describes or contains information relating to the goods
and, in particular, but without restricting the generality
of the foregoing, includes a bill of lading, cargo manifest,
shipping order or way-bill;
(«) "Transportation of Dangerous Goods Act (Canada)"
means the Transportation of Dangerous Goods Act
(Canada), as amended from time to time and includes
the regulations made under that Act from time to time
unless the context indicates otherwise.
Where Act 2. — (1) This Act docs not apply to dangerous goods trans-
does not . 1 • ' 1-1
apply ported m a vehicle,
(a) while under the sole direction or control of the Minister
of National Defence for Canada; or
(b) for which a permit is issued under subsection 2 while
there is compliance with the permit.
Permit (2) The Minister or a person designated by him may issue a
permit exempting, from the application of this Act, the transpor-
tation of dangerous goods in a vehicle.
Idem (3) A permit issued under subsection 2 is subject to such terms
and conditions as the issuer considers appropriate and are con-
tained in the permit.
Person (4) The Minister may designate in writing any person as a
esigna e person authorized to issue a permit referred to in subsection 2 .
(5) This Act is binding on Her Majesty in right of Canada or a Application
^ ' 1 r '^° Crown
province and any agent thereof.
3. No person shall transport any dangerous goods in a vehicle o^ences
on a highway unless,
(a) all applicable prescribed safety requirements are com-
plied with; and
(b) the vehicle and all containers and packaging in it comply
with all applicable prescribed safety standards and dis-
play all applicable prescribed safety marks.
4. — (1) Every person who contravenes section 3 is guilty of an Penalty
offence and is liable on the first conviction to a fine of not more
than $50,000, and on each subsequent conviction to a fine of not
more than $100,000.
(2) Every person who contravenes any provision of this Act or ^'^^^
the regulations for which no other penalty is provided by this Act
is guilty of an offence and is liable on conviction to a fine of not
more than $10,000.
(3) No proceedings under this section may be instituted after jTime
two years from the day the offence was committed.
5. No prosecution shall be instituted under this Act without Consent to
^ prosecutions
the consent of a police officer or of an officer of the Mmistry of
Transportation and Communications designated by the Minister
to assist in the enforcement of this Act.
6. It is a defence to a charge under this Act for the accused to Defence
establish that he took all reasonable measures to comply with this
Act.
7 . In any prosecution for an offence under this Act, it is suffi- Offences by
1 1 • 1 1 • • . 1 employee or
cient proof of the offence to establish that it was committed by an agent
employee or agent of the accused whether or not the employee or
agent is identified or has been prosecuted for the offence, but it is a
defence for the accused to establish that the offence was commit-
ted without his knowledge or that he took all reasonable measures
to prevent its commission.
8. Any officer, director or agent of the corporation who officers,
directed, authorized, assented to, acquiesced in or participated in corporation
the commission of an offence is a party to and guilty of the offence
and is liable on conviction to the penalty provided for the offence
whether or not the corporation has been prosecuted or convicted.
Certificate
or report of
inspector
or analyst
9. — (1) Subject to subsections 3 and 4, a certificate or report
appearing to have been signed by an inspector or analyst stating
that he has made an inspection or analyzed or examined a vehicle,
product, substance or organism and stating the results of the
inspection, analysis or examination is admissible in evidence in
any prosecution for an offence under this Act without proof of the
signature or official character of the person appearing to have
signed the certificate or report and, in the absence of any evidence
to the contrary, is proof of the statements contained in the certifi-
cate or report.
Copies or
extracts
(2) Subject to subsections 3 and 4, a copy or an extract made by
an inspector under clause b of subsection 2 of section 11 and
appearing to have been certified under his signature as a true copy
or extract is admissible in evidence in any prosecution for an
offence under this Act without proof of the signature or official
character of the person appearing to have signed the copy or
extract and, in the absence of any evidence to the contrary, has the
same probative force as the original document would have if it had
been proved in the ordinary way.
Attendance
of inspector
or analyst
(3) The party against whom a certificate or report is produced
under subsection 1 or against whom a copy or an extract is
produced under subsection 2 may require the attendance of the
inspector or analyst who signed or appears to have signed the
certificate, report, copy or extract for the purposes of cross-exami-
nation.
Notice (4) No certificate, report, copy or extract referred to in subsec-
tion 1 or 2 shall be received in evidence unless the party intending
to produce it has served on the party against whom it is intended to
be produced a notice of such intention together with a duplicate of
the certificate, report, copy or extract.
Designation
of inspectors
10. — (1) The Minister may designate any person as an
inspector for the purposes of this Act.
Inspector
to show
certificate
(2) An inspector shall be furnished with a certificate of his
designation and, on inspecting any container, packaging or
vehicle he shall, if so required, produce the certificate to the
person in charge thereof.
Certificate (3) Where an inspector inspects or takes a sample of anything
under this Act he shall, if the thing is sealed or closed up, provide
the person in charge of it with a certificate in prescribed form
evidencing the inspection or taking of the sample.
Effect of
certificate
(4) A certificate provided under subsection 3 relieves the person
to or for whose benefit it is provided of liability with respect to the
inspection or taking of a sample evidenced by the certificate, but
does not otherwise exempt that person from compliance with this
Act and the regulations.
11. — ( 1) For the purpose of ensuring compliance with this Act Powers of
' r- I- or- inspectors
and the regulations, an mspector may, at any time, stop and
inspect a vehicle and its load where he believes that dangerous
goods are being transported, and request the opening and inspec-
tion of or open and inspect any container, packaging or vehicle on
a highway wherein or whereby he believes that the dangerous
goods are being transported.
(2) On inspecting any container, packaging or vehicle under inspection
subsection 1, an inspector may,
(a) for the purpose of analysis, take samples of anything
found therein that he believes on reasonable and
probable grounds to be dangerous goods; and
(b) examine and make copies and extracts of any books,
records, shipping documents or other documents or pap-
ers that he believes on reasonable and probable grounds
contain any information relevant to the administration
or enforcement of this Act and the regulations.
(3) The owner or person who has the charge, management or Assistance
control of any container, packaging or vehicle inspected under inspectors
subsection 1 shall give an inspector all reasonable assistance in his
power to enable the inspector to carry out his duties and
functions under this Act.
(4) No person shall, while an inspector is exercising his powers obstruction
of
inspectors
or carrying out his duties and functions under this Act, °^
(a) fail to comply with any reasonable request of the
inspector;
(b) knowingly make any false or misleading statement
either verbally or in writing to the inspector;
(c) except with the authority of the inspector, remove, alter
or interfere in any way with anything removed by the
inspector; or
id) otherwise obstruct or hinder the inspector.
12.— (1) The Lieutenant Governor in Council may make ^^g"'**^'""*
regulations,
(a) prescribing products, substances and organisms to be
included in the classes listed in the Schedule;
(b) establishing divisions, subdivisions and groups of
dangerous goods and classes thereof;
(c) specifying, for each product, substance and organism
prescribed under clause a , the class listed in the Schedule
and the division, subdivision or group into which it falls;
(d) determining or providing the manner of determining the
class listed in the Schedule and the division, subdivision
or group into which any dangerous goods not prescribed
under clause a falls;
(e) exempting from the application of this Act and the
regulations or any provision thereof the transporting of
dangerous goods in such quantities or concentrations, in
such circumstances, for such purposes or in such
vehicles as are specified in the regulations;
(/) prescribing the manner of identifying any quantities or
concentrations of dangerous goods exempted under
clause e;
(g) prescribing the manner in which a permit under clause b
of subsection 1 of section 2 shall be applied for and
issued;
{h ) prescribing safety marks, safety requirements and safety
standards of general or particular application;
(i ) prescribing shipping documents and other documents to
be used in respect of the transporting of dangerous goods
in a vehicle on a highway, the information to be included
in such documents and the persons by whom and man-
ner in which such documents are to be used and retained;
ij) prescribing forms for the purposes of this Act and the
regulations;
(k) amending the Schedule,
Code, etc., (2) Any regulation made under subsection 1 may adopt by
adapted by reference, in whole or in part, with such changes as the Lieutenant
reference Govemor in Council considers necessary any code or standard, or
any regulation made by the Government of Canada, and may
require compliance with any code, standard or regulation that is
so adopted.
Agreements 13. — (1) The Minister may, with the approval of the Lieuten-
rcsDCCtinc
enforcement ant Govemor in Council, enter into an agreement with the Gov-
ernment of Canada with respect to the administration and
enforcement of this Act and the regulations or any provision
thereof.
(2) An agreement entered into under subsection 1 may provide Costs,
for any matters necessary for or incidental to the implementation, revenues'
administration or enforcement agreed on and for the apportion- and related
" ... matters
ment of any costs, expenses or revenues arismg therefrom.
14. In the event of any inconsistency between the regulations inconsistent
made under this Act and any orders, rules or regulations made
under any other Act, the regulations made under this Act prevail
to the extent of the inconsistency.
1 5 . This Act comes into force on a day to be named by procla- Commence-
mation of the Lieutenant Governor.
16. The short title of this Act is The Dangerous Goods Trans- ^^^^ ^^^^
portation Act, 1980.
SCHEDULE
Class 1 — Explosives, including explosives within the meaning of the Explosives
Act (Canada)
Class 2 — Gases: compressed, deeply refrigerated, liquefied or dissolved under
pressure
Class 3 — Flammable and combustible liquids
Class 4 — Flammable solids; substances liable to spontaneous combustion; sub-
stances that on contact with water emit flammable gases
Class 5 — Oxidizing substances; organic peroxides
Class 6 — Poisonous (toxic) and infectious substances
Class 7 —
Class 8 — Corrosives
Class 9 — Miscellaneous products, substances or organisms considered by the
Lieutenant Governor in Council to be dangerous to life, health, prop-
erty or the environment when transported in a vehicle on a highway
and prescribed to be included in this class.
t»
H
C!"
ffi
o
•-t
w
o
3
S.
o
3
H
25
2.
o'
p
1^
3
o
o
3
CT)
(/)
ff.
2:
O
o
13
^
P
3
D-
a.
(»5
n
B
>i
n
>3
«>
«>
»
h-»
ft
R-
-F>.
R-
V4.
<-<■
V«k.
s
tr
a
OTQ
■^
0^
o
00
o
H
cr
ft
d
3
(W
o
- o
K- O
00 c/i
O J
o
BILL 190 Government Bill
4th Session, 3 1st Legislature, Ontario
29 Elizabeth II, 1980
An Act respecting
An Act respecting
Urban Transportation Development Corporation Ltd
The Hon. J. W. Snow
Minister of Transportation and Communications
TORONTO
Printed by J. C. Thatcher, Queen's Printer for Ontario
Explanatory Note
The purpose of the Bill is, in part, to clarify that Urban Transportation
Development Corporation, a corporation incorporated under the Canada Cor-
porations Act with Ontario being the sole shareholder, is not a Crown agency or an
agent of the Crown.
It also provides that the Lieutenant Governor in Council, on behalf of
Ontario, may guarantee the performance by Urban Transportation Development
Corporation of any contract of indemnity to which the Corporation is a party.
BILL 190 1980
An Act respecting Urban Transportation
Development Corporation Ltd.
HER MAJESTY, by and with the advice and consent of
the Legislative Assembly of the Province of Ontario,
enacts as follows:
1 . In this Act, "Urban Transportation Development Corpora- J"^"^'^^'
tion" means the Urban Transportation Development Corporation
Ltd., a corportion incorporated by letters patent dated the 10th
day of October, 1974 issued under the Canada Corporations Act . R s.c. 1970,
2. It is hereby declared that the Urban Transportation Not a Crown
Development Corporation is not an agent of Her Majesty at
common law nor a Crown agency within the meaning of The ^cq 1970
Crown Agency Act. c 100
3. — (1) The Lieutenant Governor in Council may, on behalf of Guaranteeing
the Province of Ontario, on such terms as are approved by order in of contact"
council, enter into any covenants or agreements of guaranty or °^ '"'^^'^"'^y
indemnity in connection with any contract of indemnity to which
Urban Transportation Development Corporation is a party and
may guarantee the observance and performance by Urban Trans-
portation Development Corporation of any such contract of in-
demnity or indemnify any person in the event of any failure by
Urban Transportation Development Corporation to perform any
such contract of indemnity.
(2) All moneys required to be paid by the terms of a guaranty or Payment
indemnity under subsection 1 shall be paid out of the Consolidated ° """^^^
Revenue Fund.
4 . This Act comes into force on the day it receives Royal Commence-
. , ment
Assent.
5. The short title of this Act is The Urban Transportation Short title
Development Corporation Ltd. Act, 1980.
ta
5.
CAl*
H
^
w
n
w
o
3
S.
o
B
H
;z:
3
«^
n'
C/l
•a
o
;^
o
3
CA)
in
r+
:^
o"
o
3
^
^
P
CL
Pi-
2:
o
<
K)
n
k«l
S
B
to
a-
cr
r*
>3
>3
a.
4i-
r-t-
1'
cr
1—'
o
00
o
S
0^
cr
3
H
OP >
O 3 3
-a "o >
O O O
CL ft> 3
• < OQ
►L
O*
X3
B
ft)
3
BILL 190
4th Session, 31st Legislature, Ontario
29 Elizabeth II, 1980
An Act respecting
Urban Transportation Development Corporation Ltd.
The Hon. J. W. Snow
Minister of Transportation and Communications
TORONTO
Printed by J. C. Thatcher, Queen's Printer for Ontario
BILL 190 1980
An Act respecting Urban Transportation
Development Corporation Ltd.
HER MAJESTY, by and with the advice and consent of
the Legislative Assembly of the Province of Ontario,
enacts as follows:
1 . In this Act, "Urban Transportation Development Corpora- ["j^p*^^"
tion" means the Urban Transportation Development Corporation
Ltd., a corportion incorporated by letters patent dated the 10th
day of October, 1974 issued under the Canada Corporations Act. R s.c. 1970,
2. It is hereby declared that the Urban Transportation Not a Crown
Development Corporation is not an agent of Her Majesty at ^^ "*^^
common law nor a Crown agency within the meaning of The ^cq
Crown Agency Act. c. 100
3. — (1) The Lieutenant Governor in Council may, on behalf of Guaranteeing
the Province of Ontario, on such terms as are approved by order in of contra^ '^
council, enter into any covenants or agreements of guaranty or °^ '"^^"""'^y
indemnity in connection with any contract of indemnity to which
Urban Transportation Development Corporation is a party and
may guarantee the observance and performance by Urban Trans-
portation Development Corporation of any such contract of in-
demnity or indemnify any person in the event of any failure by
Urban Transportation Development Corporation to perform any
such contract of indemnity.
(2) All moneys required to be paid by the terms of a guaranty or Payment
indemnity under subsection 1 shall be paid out of the Consolidated '^ ™°"^^^
Revenue Fund.
4. This Act comes into force on the day it receives Royal Commence-
A J ment
Assent.
5. The short title of this Act is The Urban Transportation ^^^^ ^^^^^
Development Corporation Ltd. Act, 1980.
s o
Hi
o o
0
O
•z,
fC
a>
o
n
n
<
3
;5
n
B
3
cr
fi.
cr
R.
cr
r*
fti
>3
>3
>-s
r-f-
4^
Jir
0«5
Jir
0^5
p"
cm
1— «
I— '
(— '
vO
o
vO
00
00
00
o
o
o
cr
s
H
o
>-«
>
o
3
3
-a
>
o
o
n
*t
i-«
r+
a
P
o
3
H--
C/l
O
3
ft
r-t-
0
o
P-
(D
5'
<
(n
2-
o"
t3
3
n
S
BILL 191 Government Bill
4th Session, 31st Legislature, Ontario
29 Elizabeth II, 1980
An Act to amend
The Employment Standards Act, 1974
The Hon. R. G. Elgie
Minister of Labour
TORONTO
Printed by J. C. Thatcher, Queen's Printer for Ontario
Explanatory Notes
Section 1. — Subsection 1. The re-enacted subsection 5 of section 40 will
give the Minister specific authority to require employers to participate in and
contribute to the funding of committees to facilitate the re-establishment in
employment of employees who are being terminated.
Subsection 2 . The re-enacted clause b of subsection 6 of section 40 clarifies
that contributions to benefit plans must be maintained during the notice period.
Subsection 3. The re-enacted subsection 7 provides that employers who
terminate employees without notice must continue to pay contributions to benefit
plans during the period for which notice should have been given. The re-enacted
provision also provides that employees are deemed to have worked during the
period for which notice should have been given in order that they will be entitled to
benefits during that period.
BILL 191 1980
An Act to amend
The Employment Standards Act, 1974
HER MAJESTY, by and with the advice and consent of the
Legislative Assembly of the Province of Ontario, enacts as
follows:
1 . — (1) Subsection 5 of section 40 of The Employment Standards Act, ^ 40 (S),
1974, being chapter 112, is repealed and the following substi-
tuted therefor:
(5) Where the Minister so requires, the employer shall. Duty of
employer
(a) participate in the establishment and operation of a
committee, upon such terms as the Minister considers
necessary, to facilitate the re-establishment in employ-
ment of employees being terminated; and
(b) contribute to the costs and expenses of the establishment
and operation of the committee and its members as
directed or approved by the Minister.
(2) Clause b of subsection 6 of the said section 40 is repealed and
the following substituted therefor:
(b) an employer shall pay during the period of notice,
(i) the wages the employee is entitled to receive,
which in no case shall be less than his regular
wages for a regular non-overtime work week,
and
(ii) those contributions to be made with respect to a
fund, plan or arrangement to which Part X
applies in order to maintain the benefits to which
the employee is entitled; and
s. 40 (6) (b),
re-enacted
(3) Subsection 7 of the said section 40 is repealed and the following l-^ l^SJtl
substituted therefor:
re-enacted
Where
employment
terminated
contrary
to section
s. 40,
amended
Employer's
contributions
deemed to be
wages
Commence-
ment
Short title
(7) Where the employment of an employee is terminated con
trary to this section,
(a)
]
the employer shall pay termination pay, in an amount
equal to the wages that the employee would have been
entitled to receive at his regular rate for a regular non-
overtime work week for the period of notice prescribed
by subsection 1 or 2, and any wages to which he is
entitled; I
(b) the employer shall pay during the period of notice pre-
scribed by subsection 1 or 2 those contributions to be
made with respect to a fund, plan or arrangement to
which Part X applies in order to maintain the benefits to
which the employee is entitled during that period; and^
(c) the employee shall be deemed during the period of notic
prescribed by subsection 1 or 2 to be actively employed
on the same terms and conditions existing during his
employment for the purpose of entitlement to benefits
under a plan, fund or arrangement to which Part X
applies.
(4) The said section 40 is amended by adding thereto the following
subsection:
(9) Notwithstanding subclause iv of clause /> of section 1, the
contributions to be made under subsection 6 or 7 with respect to a
fund, plan or arrangement to which Part X applies shall, for the
purposes of Part XIII, be deemed to be wages to which an
employee is entitled.
2. This Act comes into force on the day it receives Royal Assent.
3 . The short title of this Act is The Employment Standards Amendment
Act, 1980.
Subsection 4. The proposed subsection 9 deems the contributions to benefit
plans to be wages for the purposes of the administration provisions of the Act.
S
bo
H
g
5_
ffl
Eo'
O
n
;z:
<-t
o
f^
r
P
cr
o
w
c
f
i-f
o
0«5
a
Pi-
s
On5
o
<
3
cr
00
o
>3
H
tr
CD
W
3
!">
3 »
a 3
3 3
BILL 192 Government Bill
4th Session, 31st Legislature, Ontario
29 Elizabeth II, 1980
An Act to revise
The Toronto Hospitals Steam Corporation Act, 1968-69
The Hon. T. L. Wells
Minister of Intergovernmental Affairs
TORONTO
Printed by J. C. Thatcher, Queen's Printer for Ontario
Explanatory Note
This Bill provides for the reorganization of the Toronto Hospitals Steam
Corporation and extends its power with respect to the supply of steam. At present,
the Corporation may supply steam only to the Toronto General Hospital, The
Hospital for Sick Children, Mount Sinai Hospital and Women's College Hospital.
After the reorganization, the Corporation will be able to supply steam to any user of
steam located adjacent to the Corporation's distribution pipes. Major customers
will include the University of Toronto and the Province of Ontario.
The Act will enable the Corporation to purchase or lease the steam utility
division of the Toronto Electric Commissioners. The Bill also provides for the
transfer of those employees of the Toronto Electric Commissioners and Toronto
General Hospital to the Corporation who will be affected by the reorganization of
the Toronto Hospitals Steam Corporation.
The Corporation's board of directors will consist of members appointed by the
City of Toronto, the Hospitals, the University of Toronto and the Minister of
Intergovernmental Affairs.
BILL 192 1980
An Act to revise
The Toronto Hospitals Steam
Corporation Act, 1968-69
HER MAJESTY, by and with the advice and consent of
the Legislative Assembly of the Province of Ontario,
enacts as follows:
1 . In this Act, interpre-
tation
(a) "Board" means the board of directors of the Corpora-
tion;
(6) "City" means The Corporation of the City of Toronto;
(c) "Corporation" means the body corporate continued by
subsection 1 of section 2;
(d) "Hospitals" means The Trustees of the Toronto General
Hospital, The Hospital for Sick Children, Mount Sinai
Hospital and Women's College Hospital;
(e) "Minister" means the Minister of Intergovernmental
Affairs or such other member of the Executive Council
as the Lieutenant Governor in Council designates;
if) "Participating Institutions" means The Nightingale
School of Nursing, The Queen Elizabeth Hospital and
the Toronto Institute of Medical Technology;
ig) "steam" means steam or hot water;
(h ) "University" means The Governing Council of the Uni-
versity of Toronto. 1968-69, c. 131, s. 1, amended.
PART I
TORONTO DISTRICT HEATING CORPORATION
2. — (1) The Toronto Hospitals Steam Corporation is hereby Toronto
continued as a body corporate without share capital under the steam
name "Toronto District Heating Corporation". S'ndnued""
Change not
to affect
rights, etc.
(2) The change in the name of the Corporation does not affect
its rights or obligations, and without restricting the generality of
the foregoing, nothing in this Act affects the rights of creditors of
the Toronto Hospitals Steam Corporation against the property,
rights and assets of the Corporation and all liens upon the prop-
erty, rights and assets of the Toronto Hospitals Steam Corpora-
tion are unimpaired by this continuation and reconstitution and
all debts, contracts, liabilities and duties of the Toronto Hospitals
Steam Corporation are debts, contracts, liabilities and duties of
the Corporation and may be enforced against it including, without
limitation, the debts and obligations created by or pursuant to a
certain trust deed dated as of the 15th day of December, 1972
between the Toronto Hospitals Steam Corporation and the Can-
ada Permanent Trust Corporation.
Head
office
(3) The head office of the Corporation shall be in the City of
Toronto.
Seal (4) The Corporation shall have a seal which shall be adopted by
resolution or by-law. New.
Composition
of Board
3. There shall be a board of directors of the Corporation
consisting of ten directors of whom,
(a) four shall be appointed by the City, at least one of whom
shall be a representative of a user of steam purchased
from the Corporation, other than the Hospitals, the
City, the University or the Province of Ontario;
{b) two shall be appointed by the Hospitals;
(c) two shall be appointed by the Minister; and
{d) two shall be appointed by the University. 1968-69,
c. 131, s. 2, part, amended.
Term of
office
4. — (1) Every director shall be a resident Canadian and shall,
subject to subsection 2, hold office during the pleasure of his
appointor, and upon the death, resignation or removal from office
of any director, the appointor of such director under section 3 may
appoint some other person in his place.
City
appointees
Quorum
(2) Every director appointed by the City shall be appointed for
a term of office not exceeding the term of office of the members of
the council that made the appointment and shall hold office until
his successor is appointed and every such director is eligible for
reappointment.
(3) Five directors constitute a quorum at meetings of the Board.
(4) The directors shall elect a chairman from among the persons Chairman
appointed to the Board by the City.
(5) The chairman shall preside at all meetings of the Board. Duties of
chairman
(6) The Board may appoint one of its members to be vice- Vice-
chairman, and, in the case of the absence of the chairman or of
there being a vacancy in the office of the chairman, the vice-
chairman shall act as and have all the powers of the chairman.
(7) In the absence of the chairman and vice-chairman, the Acting
Board may appoint one of its members to act as chairman for the
time being and the person so appointed shall act as and have all the
powers of the chairman.
(8) The Corporation may pay the directors, or any of them, Remuneration
such remuneration and expenses as are from time to time recom- expenses
mended by the Board and approved by the City.
(9) Where there is a vacancy or vacancies in the Board, the Vacancies
remaining directors may exercise all the powers of the Board so
long as a quorum of the Board remains in office. 1968-69, c. 131,
s. 3, amended.
5. The acts of a director or of an officer are valid not- VaHdity
withstanding any defect that may afterwards be discovered in his directors and
appointment or qualification. 1968-69, c. 131, s. 4. officers
6. Every director and his heirs, executors and administrators, indemnifica-
and estate and effects, respectively, may, with the consent of the directors
Board, from time to time and at all times, be indemnified and
saved harmless out of the funds of the Corporation, from and
against,
(a) any liability and all costs, charges and expenses that he
siistains or incurs in respect of any action or proceeding
that is proposed or commenced against him for or in
respect of anything done or permitted by him in respect
of the execution of the duties of his office; and
{b) all other costs, charges and expenses that he sustains or
incurs in respect of the affairs of the Corporation, except
such costs, charges or expenses as are occasioned by his
own wilful neglect or default. 1968-69, c. 131, s. 5.
7. — (1) The Board may authorize the election from among the Executive
directors of an executive committee consisting of not fewer than
three members, at least one of whom is not a person appointed to
the Board by the City.
Delegation
of powers
(2) The Board may delegate to the executive committee any
powers of the Board, subject to the restrictions, if any, imposed by
the Board.
Quorum (3) An executive committee may fix its quorum at not fewer
than a majority of its members and may make rules governing its
proceedings. 1968-69, c. 131, s. 6, amended.
Powers and
duties of
Board
8. — (1) The Board has the management and control of the
affairs of the Corporation and has power to make by-laws gov-
erning its proceedings and the calling of meetings of the Board,
providing for the appointment of officers of the Corporation,
specifying the powers, duties and remuneration of officers,
employees and agents of the Corporation, and generally dealing
with the management of the affairs of the Corporation.
Contracts
(2) The Board shall at its first meeting, which shall be held
within thirty days of the coming into force of this section, adopt in
the name of and on behalf of the Corporation the contracts,
agreements and supplemental indenture referred to in subsection
1 of section 29 as negotiated by the interim committee. 1968-69,
c. 131, s. 7, amended.
Disclosure
by directors
of interests
in contracts
Time of
declaration
9. — (1) Every director of the Corporation who is directly or
indirectly interested in a contract or a proposed contract with the
Corporation shall declare his interest at a meeting of the Board
and, in respect of such contract or proposed contract, shall not
vote or be counted in the quorum.
(2) In the case of a proposed contract, the declaration required
by this section shall be made at the meeting of the Board at which
the question of entering into the contract is first taken into consid-
eration or, if the director is not at the date of that meeting
interested in the proposed contract, at the next meeting of the
Board held after he becomes so interested, and, in a case where the
director becomes interested in a contract after it is made, the
declaration shall be made at the first meeting of the Board held
after be becomes so interested.
General
notice
(3) For the purposes of this section, a general notice given to the
Board by a director to the effect that he is interested in any other
company, institution or governmental body or is a member of a
specified firm and is to be regarded as interested in any contract
made with such other company, institution, governmental body
or firm shall be deemed to be a sufficient declaration of interest in
relation to a contract so made, but no such notice is effective unless
it is given at a meeting of the Board or the director takes reason-
able steps to ensure that it is brought up and read at the next
meeting of the Board after it is given.
(4) If a director has made a declaration of his interest in a Effect of
, . , . . , , . . , declaration
proposed contract or contract in comphance with this section and
has not voted in respect of the contract, he is not accountable to the
Corporation or to any of its creditors for any profit realized from
the contract, and the contract is not voidable by reason only of his
holding that office or of the fiduciary relationship established
thereby.
(5) A director shall be deemed not to have an interest in a Saving
contract or proposed contract by reason only of his being an
appointee of a party referred to in section 3. New.
10. — (1) The Corporations Act, The Municipal Franchises Application of
R S O 1970
Act and The Mortmain and Charitable Uses Act do not apply to cc. 89, 289,
the Corporation. ^^°
(2) Section 58 of The Public Utilities Act does not apply to the Application of
R S O 1970,
Corporation. 1968-69, c. 131, s. 9(1, 2). c. 390, s. ss'
(3) Except for purposes of the Ontario Municipal Employees Corporation
_. . ^^ rAi ^ • .1111, 1 "ot a local
Retirement System, The Corporation shall be deemed not to be a board
local board of the City.
(4) The Corporation shall be deemed to have elected to partici- Partici-
pate in the Ontario Municipal Employees Retirement Sys- o.m.e.r.s.
tem. New.
1 1 . A copy of any by-law, resolution or minute certified by the Authentica-
. 1 , 1 r 1 ^ • tio" of
secretary or assistant secretary under the seal or the Corporation to by-laws, etc.
be a true copy may be received in evidence in any court as prima
facie proof of its making and content. 1968-69, c. 131, s. 8.
12. The objects of the Corporation are to construct, purchase 0''jects
or otherwise acquire, own, lease, maintain, operate, extend,
replace and manage steam plants, including refuse-fired steam
plants, steam distribution systems, steam condensate return sys-
tems and steam supply systems within the City of Toronto for the
purpose of supplying steam to users thereof including, without
limiting the generality of the foregoing, the acquisition by pur-
chase or lease of all of the assets and undertaking of the steam
utility division of the Toronto Electric Commissioners. 1968-69,
c. 131, s. 10 (1), amended.
13. — (1) The powers of the Corporation include, without Powers
limiting the generality of section 12,
(a) subject to subsection 2 of section 10, the powers confer-
red on a company incorporated for the purpose of own-
ing, operating or supplying a public utility under The ^^„^ '^""'
Public Utilities Act, but.
(i) the Corporation shall notify in writing the
municipality or authority on which duty to repair
has been imposed and the municipality or
authority having jurisdiction over any highway,
public lane or public communication on, over,
under or across which the Corporation proposes
to put down, place, install and maintain con-
duits, pipes, wires, poles, rods, cables, transfor-
mers, machinery, apparatus, devices, appli-
ances, equipment, materials, structures or
works, and submit to such municipalities or
authorities its plans therefor,
(ii) such conduits, pipes, wires, poles, rods, cables,
transformers, machinery, apparatus, devices,
appliances, equipment, materials, structures or
works as the Corporation deems necessary or
desirable on, over, under or across any public
highway, public lane or public communication
shall be put down, placed and installed in such
location and manner as the municipality or
authority on which duty to repair has been
imposed and the municipality or authority hav-
ing jurisdiction over any such highway, lane or
public communication may direct any such
highway, lane or public communication restored
to its former state, and any dispute between
the Corporation and such municipalities or
authorities as to the location and manner of put-
ting down, placing and installing shall be refer-
red to the Ontario Municipal Board to be deter-
mined, and the decision of the Ontario Municipal
Board shall be final,
(iii) the Corporation shall indemnify and save harm-
less the municipality or authority on which duty
to repair has been imposed and the municipality
or authority having jurisdiction over any such
highway, lane or public communication against,
from and for any and all damages, claims, losses,
costs and expenses sustained or incurred by
reason of the negligent use, operation, mainten-
ance, installation, placing and putting down of
the conduits, pipes, wires, poles, rods, cables,
transformers, machinery, apparatus, devices,
appliances, equipment, materials, structures or
works by the Corporation, its agents, servants,
employees, contractors and subcontractors;
(b) power to draw, make, accept, endorse, discount, exe-
cute and issue bills of exchange, promissory notes, war-
rants and other negotiable or transferable instruments;
(c) power to acquire by purchase, lease or otherwise and to
hold and enjoy any property or interest therein what-
soever, whether real or personal, and to sell, grant,
convey, assign, transfer, lease, mortgage, charge,
pledge or otherwise dispose of or encumber any such
property or interest or any part thereof from time to time
as the occasion may require, and to acquire other prop-
erty or interest therein, in addition thereto or in place
thereof;
id) power to enter into any agreement or arrangement with
any person for the management in whole or in part of its
undertaking;
(e) power to invest and deal with the moneys of the Cor-
poration not immediately required for its objects in such
manner as may be determined by the Board;
(f) power to pay all costs and expenses of or incidental to the
continuance and organization of the Corporation, and to
pay or reimburse the City for all costs and expenses
incurred by it at any time prior to the date that this
section comes into force in connection with the planning,
design or construction of a system to integrate the steam
plants and steam distribution systems owned or oper-
ated by Her Majesty in right of Ontario, the Toronto
Electric Commissioners, the Corporation and the Uni-
versity;
(g) power to purchase steam from and trade steam with
other suppliers of steam;
{h ) power to carry on any other business capable of being
conveniently carried on in connection with the business
of the Corporation or likely to enhance the value of or
make profitable any of the property or rights of the
Corporation; and
(i) power to do any of the above things and all things
authorized as principal, agent, contractor, trustee or
otherwise, and either alone or in conjunction with
others. 1968-69, c. 131, s. 11, amended.
(2) Notwithstanding section 55 of The Public Utilities Act, the J^j"^p|^\°^
Board shall conduct the business of the Corporation so that the hospitals
requirements of the Hospitals for steam throughout the year for R so. i97o,
8
their existing facilities and any new expansion of or modification
to such facilities will be given priority over any other users of
steam supplied by the Corporation.
No breach
of contract
(3) Nothing done under subsection 2 shall be deemed a breach
of contract by the Corporation or entitle any person to rescind any
contract or release any guarantor from the performance of his
obligation, or render the Corporation, its servants or agents liable
in any action-at-law or other legal proceedings for damages or
otherwise. New.
Rate=
for stemn
for named
customer?
14. — (1) The Corporation shall enter into long-term contracts
for the supply of steam to the Hospitals, the Participating Institu-
tions, the University and the Province of Ontario at such rates as
may be negotiated between the parties to such contracts, which
contracts may be for terms in excess of twenty years, and the
long-term contracts entered into with the Hospitals and the Par-
ticipating Institutions shall replace the steam supply agreements
made between Toronto Hospitals Steam Corporation and each of
the Hospitals and the Participating Institutions.
Rates for
other
customers
(2) Subject to subsections 4 and 5, the rates for steam supplied
by the Corporation to its customers, other than those named in
subsection 1, shall be set by the Corporation in such amounts and
for such periods of time as the Corporation considers appropriate
and in setting such rates the Corporation may use its discretion as
to the rates to be charged to the various classes of its customers.
Rates and
charges for
work,
services,
etc.
(3) The Corporation may fix the charges for the cost of any
work or service done or furnished for the purpose of a supply of
steam, and the rent of or charges for fittings, apparatus, meters or
other things leased or furnished to its customers.
Collection
of
accounts
(4) The Corporation may provide for the collection of the rates,
charges and rents referred to in subsections 1 to 3 and the times
and places when and where they shall be payable, and for allow-
ing for prepayment or punctual payment such discounts as may be
considered expedient.
Appeal (S) Where the rates referred to in subsection 2 are increased by
Energy Board the Corporation, a customer affected thereby may appeal to the
Ontario Energy Board, which may fix the amount of such rates,
and the decision of the Ontario Energy Board is final and binding.
Idem
(6) A decision of the Ontario Energy Board under subsection 5
remains in effect for the period of time for which the rate was
originally fixed by the Corporation, and thereafter until such time
as the Corporation changes the rates under subsection 2.
(7) In fixing rates under subsection 2 or 6, the Corporation and Matters
the Ontario Energy Board shall take into account the intent that considered
the operations of the Corporation are to be financed from the
revenues of the Corporation. New.
15. — (1) In this section, "transfer date" when used in respect interpre-
of the employees of the steam utility division of the Toronto
Electric Commissioners means the date on which the Corporation
assumes liability for the payment of the salaries, wages and
benefits of such employees by reason of the acquisition by pur-
chase or lease of substantially all of the assets and undertaking of
the steam utility division of the Toronto Electric Commissioners.
(2) Three months prior to the transfer date, the Toronto Elec- Transfer of
trie Commissioners shall designate those of its employees who are Toronto* **
involved in the operation of the steam utility division and the Electric
„ • 11 rr 111 Commissioners,
Corporation shall offer employment to each such employee so wages, etc.
designated commencing on the transfer date and at a wage or
salary not less than the wage or salary being received by each such
employee immediately before the transfer date.
(3) A person who accepts employment under this section is Group
entitled as a term of his employment to continue as a member of insurance
the group life insurance plan in which he was a member with the
Toronto Electric Commissioners until the effective date of a com-
mon group life insurance plan covering all eligible employees of
the Corporation.
(4) A person who accepts employment under this section shall Sick leave
continue to enjoy the rights and benefits of sick leave entitlement
provided by the Toronto Electric Commissioners immediately
before the transfer date until the Corporation establishes a sick
leave entitlement plan or sick leave insurance plan, and thereupon
the employee shall receive allowance or credit for any accrued sick
leave rights or benefits.
(5) A person who accepts employment under this section is Service
credits
entitled as a term of his employment to retain as service credits
with the Corporation service credits with the Toronto Electric
Commissioners as of the date of transfer for the purpose of estab-
lishing vacation entitlement and seniority for promotion.
(6) A person who accepts employment under this section shall be Continuation
deemed to continue as a member of the Ontario Municipal o.m.e.r.s.
Employees Retirement System on his transfer date, and The RS.o. i97o,
Ontario Municipal Employees Retirement System Act applies to ^' ^^'^
such person as a member of the System.
(7) When a person who accepts employment under this section Suppie-
with the Corporation is entitled immediately before his transfer Agreements
10
date to the benefit of any supplementary agreement between the
Ontario Municipal Employees Retirement Board and the Toronto
Electric Commissioners, the Corporation shall assume, in respect
of the person, all rights and obligations under the supplementary
agreement as if the Corporation had been a party to the agreement
in the place of the Toronto Electric Commissioners.
Termination
for
cause
Existing
collective
agreements
(8) Subject to any collective agreement, nothing in this section
prevents the Toronto Electric Commissioners prior to the transfer
date or the Corporation after the transfer date from terminating
the employment of an employee for cause.
(9) Subject to subsections 3 to 7, every person who accepts
employment under this section and who is part of a bargaining
unit, as recognized by the existence of a collective agreement, or
agreements, between the Toronto Electric Commissioners, and a
union, shall be deemed to be employed by the Corporation on the
transfer date, pursuant to the terms and conditions of employment
as set out in such collective agreement, or agreements, and the
Corporation shall be bound by, and be deemed a party to, such
collective agreement, or agreements, on the transfer date. New.
Transfer of
Toronto
General
Hospital
employees,
wages, etc.
Pensions
R.S.O. 1970,
c. 324
16. — (1) Within fifteen days of a day to be named by the order
of the Minister, which day shall be prior to the coming into force of
section 30, the Toronto General Hospital shall designate those of
its employees who are involved in the operation of the steam plant
and distribution system of the Toronto Hospitals Steam Corpora-
tion, and the interim committee referred to in subsection 1 of
section 29 on behalf of the Corporation shall offer to employ each
such employee so designated on the day section 30 comes into
force, which day shall be known as the "transfer date", on terms
and conditions, including recognition of service and seniority
credits, not less favourable than those being recognized or
received by or provided to each such employee immediately before
the day section 30 comes into force.
(2) Notwithstanding subsection 4 of section 10, a person who
accepts employment under this section shall be deemed to con-
tinue as a member of the Hospitals of Ontario Pension Plan on his
transfer date and, notwithstanding section 8 of The Ontario
Municipal Employees Retirement System Act, the Corporation
shall make such contributions to the Hospitals of Ontario Pension
Plan as it may, from time to time, be required to make.
Termination
for
cause
Existing
collective
agreements
(3) Subject to any collective agreement, nothing in subsection 1
prevents the Toronto General Hospital prior to the day section 30
comes into force or the Corporation after that day from terminat-
ing the employment of an employee for cause.
(4) Every person who accepts employment under this section
and who is part of a bargaining unit, as recognized by the existence
11
of a collective agreement, or agreements, between the Toronto
General Hospital, and a union, shall be deemed to be employed by
the Corporation on the transfer date, pursuant to the terms and
conditions of employment as set out in such collective agreement,
or agreements, and the Corporation shall be bound by, and be
deemed a party to, such collective agreement, or agreements, on
the transfer date. New.
1 7. — (1) Subject to the approval of the City, the Corporation Borrowing
may from time to time borrow or raise by way of loan such sums of
money as the Corporation may consider requisite for any of the
purposes of the Corporation in either or both of the following
ways,
(a) by loans from the City; or
{b) by loans from any chartered bank or banks or from any
other person either by way of bank overdraft or loan as
the Board may determine, provided that any such over-
draft or loan shall be required for current expenditures of
the Corporation pending the collection of revenue and
shall be payable within one year of the incurring or
making thereof, and may mortgage, charge, pledge and
otherwise encumber all or any part of the property of the
Corporation, whether real or personal, present or
future, including its book debts, rights, powers, fran-
chises and undertakings, to secure any such loan.
(2) The purposes of the Corporation, without limiting the gen- Purposes
erality thereof, include,
(a) the carrying out of the powers of the Corporation men-
tioned in section 13;
{b) the payment, refunding or renewal from time to time of
the whole or any part of any sum or sums of money raised
by way of loan or of any debentures issued by the Cor-
poration; and
(c) the payment of the whole or any part of any obligation,
liability or indebtedness of the Corporation.
(3) The Corporation may enter into supplemental indentures Amendment
amending the trust deed referred to in subsection 2 of section 2 on deed
such terms and conditions as may be approved by the Board to
reflect the continuation and reconstitution of the Corporation
effected by this Act and may mortgage, charge, pledge and other-
wise encumber all or any part of the property of the Corporation,
whether real or personal, present or future, including its book
debts, rights, powers, franchises and undertakings, to secure the
12
Priority of
payment of
debentures
debentures issued pursuant to the trust deed and outstanding on
the date of execution of any such supplemental indenture.
(4) Notwithstanding anything herein contained, the assets of
the Corporation shall be used to pay, as they accrue due, the
principal of, premium (if any) and interest (including interest on
interest) on the debentures issued under the trust deed in priority
to any other debts or obligations of the Corporation existing at the
date any such payment on the debentures accrues due.
Proviso
(5) Subsection 4 does not affect the security for any debt or
obligation of the Corporation or any lien against the Corporation
or its assets, where the security or lien is provided for under any
other Act. New.
Auditor
18. The accounts and financial transactions of the Corpora-
tion shall be audited annually by the auditor of the City. New.
Financial
report
19. The Board shall make a financial report annually to the
City in such form and containing such information as the City
requires for each fiscal year of the Corporation within three
months after the end of that fiscal year, or for such other periods
and within such other time or times as the City requires and a copy
of each annual financial report shall be sent to each of the Hospi-
tals, the Participating Institutions, the University and the Minis-
ter. New.
PART II
POWERS OF THE CITY
Provision
of
funds
2 O . The City is authorized and empowered to provide funds to
the Corporation to enable it to carry out its objects and the funds
advanced to the Corporation by the City shall be on such terms as
the City may from time to time determine. New.
Refuse-fired
steam plant
21. The City may,
(a) design and construct a steam plant fired in part by refuse
on the lands acquired by the City from Gulf Canada
Limited on Lake Shore Boulevard East in the City of
Toronto between Cherry Street and the Don River;
{b) participate with any person, including The Municipality
of Metropolitan Toronto, the Corporation and any
ministry or agency of the Province of Ontario or, with
the approval of the Minister, the Government of Can-
ada, in the financing, ownership or operation of the
steam plant referred to in clause a; and
13
(c) sell, lease or otherwise dispose of the lands referred to in
clause a. New.
22. Notwithstanding subsection 1 of section 293 of The Assent of
Municipal Act, a by-law providing money for the purposes of required""
section 20 or 2 1 does not require the assent of the electors. New. RS.o. 1970,
c. 284
PART III
GENERAL
23. Subject to section 24, upon the acquisition by purchase or Assumption
lease of all of the assets and undertaking of the steam utility obligation
division of the Toronto Electric Commissioners, the Corporation
shall assume and discharge the liabilities, debts, contractual
obligations and commitments of the steam utility division of the
Toronto Electric Commissioners and the Toronto Electric Com-
missioners shall be released therefrom. New.
24. — (1) Notwithstanding the provisions of any agreements Frustration
for steam services the Toronto Electric Commissioners may have Hydro
with its steam customers at the date of its transfer of its steam agreement
for steam
distribution system under section 12, all agreements which the services
Toronto Electric Commissioners may have with steam customers
at the date of such transfer will, on the date of such transfer, cease
to have any legal effect and will be unenforceable.
(2) As against the Toronto Electric Commissioners, all judg- Existing
ments or orders of any court dealing with the interpretation of any etc.
agreement referred to in subsection 1 shall, from the date of the
transfer referred to in that subsection, be assumed by and be
enforceable against the Corporation and the Corporation shall
indemnify the Toronto Electric Commissioners in respect of any
such judgment or order enforced against the Toronto Electric
Commissioners after the date of the transfer.
(3) Subsection 1 does not affect or prejudice any right of any Rights
person arising out of any agreement referred to in subsection 1 if affected
the cause of action arose prior to the day of the transfer of the
steam distribution system referred to in that subsection and any
action, litigation or other proceeding may be brought against the
Toronto Electric Commissioners with respect to any such right or
may be continued and finally adjudicated upon to the same extent
as if this Act had not been passed and the Corporation shall
assume the liability of the Toronto Electric Commissioners arising
out of any such right and shall indemnify the Toronto Electric
Commissioners with respect to any judgment or order arising
therefrom.
14
Notice
(4) Notice of any action, litigation or other proceeding to which
subsection 3 applies shall be served on the Corporation by the
Toronto Electric Commissioners and the Corporation may be a
party to any such action, litigation or other proceeding. New.
Steam
plant
25. Nothing in this Act restricts the right of The Hospital for
Sick Children to require a reconveyance to it of the steam plant site
described in the trust deed referred to in subsection 2 of section 2
upon payment of an amount equal to the purchase price of
approximately $475,000 if the said site is no longer used by the
Corporation for the purposes of a steam plant supplying steam to
the Hospitals and the Participating Institutions and, if such right
is exercised, to require the Corporation, at its expense, to level the
said site to grade. New.
Application of
R.S.O. 1970,
c. 208
26. The steam plant of the Corporation located on the steam
plant site described in the trust deed referred to in subsection 2 of
section 2 and all related equipment and facilities and any other site
used to generate the supply of steam are deemed to be a hospital
and persons employed thereat are deemed to be hospital
employees for the purposes of The Hospital Labour Disputes
Arbitration Act as long as steam generated therefrom is being
supplied to the Hospitals and Participating Institutions or any of
them. New.
Grants by
municipalities
to
Corporation
authorized
R.S.O.
c. 284
1970,
Authority
of
Lieutenant
Governor
in Council
27. The operations of the Corporation shall be deemed not to
be a manufacturing business or other industrial or commercial
enterprise for the purposes of section 248 of The Municipal
Act. New.
28. The Lieutenant Governor in Council, upon the recom-
mendation of the Minister, may by order authorize all such acts or
things not specifically provided for in this Act that are considered
necessary or advisable to carry out effectively the purposes of this
Act. New.
Transitional
provisions
29. — (1) Within sixty days of the coming into force of this
section, the City shall appoint an interim committee composed of
four persons which shall have the power on behalf of the Corpora-
tion to negotiate and settle the terms and conditions of the con-
tracts referred to in subsection 1 of section 14, a supplemental
indenture amending the trust deed as referred to in subsection 3 of
section 17, and the agreements for steam services to replace the
agreements referred to in section 24.
Idem
(2) The interim committee shall report to the Minister forth-
with after it has settled with the other parties thereto the terms and
conditions of the contracts, agreements and supplemental
indenture referred to in subsection 1.
IS
(3) The offers of employment referred to in subsection 2 of Offers of
section 15 shall be made by the interim committee on behalf of the ^"^^ oy^^n
Corporation where the transfer date of the employees affected by
that section is a day less than three months after the coming into
force of section 30. New.
30. The Toronto Hospitals Steam Corporation Act, 1968-69, Repeal
being chapter 131, is repealed.
31. — (1) This Act, except sections 2 to 15, 17 to 28 and 30, Commence-
comes into force on the day it receives Royal Assent.
(2) Sections 2 to 15, 17 to 28 and 30 come into force on a day to Wem
be named by proclamation of the Lieutenant Governor.
32. The short title of this Act is The Toronto District Heating Short title
Corporation Act, 1980.
I
bo
1— 1
K
r-f-
o
'^
QTQ
O
<
H
n
•-1
3
p
3
^
3
w
E
>
CO
ti
B.
o
<
rvj
n
h.^
S
B
Oj
a.
cr
"^
>3
1— »
>3
R-
-1^
a-
s'
cr
s"
c^
o
Orq
1 H
2 § !^
cr. S- >
2 ° o
3 HH '^
> O O
^ IS. f»
<-^ <
H- ' £13 ^,
ON f?
O p
3
BILL 192
4th Session, 31st Legislature, Ontario
29 Elizabeth II, 1980
An Act to revise
The Toronto Hospitals Steam Corporation Act, 1968-69
The Hon. T. L. Wells
Minister of Intergovernmental Affairs
TORONTO
Printed by J. C. Thatcher, Queen's Printer for Ontario
BILL 192 1980
An Act to revise
The Toronto Hospitals Steam
Corporation Act, 1968-69
HER MAJESTY, by and with the advice and consent of
the Legislative Assembly of the Province of Ontario,
enacts as follows:
1 . In this Act, interpre-
tation
(a) "Board" means the board of directors of the Corpora-
tion;
(b) "City" means The Corporation of the City of Toronto;
(c) "Corporation" means the body corporate continued by
subsection 1 of section 2;
(d) "Hospitals" means The Trustees of the Toronto General
Hospital, The Hospital for Sick Children, Mount Sinai
Hospital and Women's College Hospital;
(e) "Minister" means the Minister of Intergovernmental
Affairs or such other member of the Executive Council
as the Lieutenant Governor in Council designates;
(/) "Participating Institutions" means The Nightingale
School of Nursing, The Queen Elizabeth Hospital and
the Toronto Institute of Medical Technology;
(g) "steam" means steam or hot water;
{h ) "University" means The Governing Council of the Uni-
versity of Toronto. 1968-69, c. 131, s. 1, amended.
PART I
TORONTO DISTRICT HEATING CORPORATION
2. — (1) The Toronto Hospitals Steam Corporation is hereby Toronto
, , , ^ . , , . , 1 xi Hospitals
contmued as a body corporate without share capital under the steam
name "Toronto District Heating Corporation". S'ndnLed''"
Change not
to affect
rights, etc.
(2) The change in the name of the Corporation does not affect
its rights or obligations, and without restricting the generahty of
the foregoing, nothing in this Act affects the rights of creditors of
the Toronto Hospitals Steam Corporation against the property,
rights and assets of the Corporation and all liens upon the prop-
erty, rights and assets of the Toronto Hospitals Steam Corpora-
tion are unimpaired by this continuation and reconstitution and
all debts, contracts, liabilities and duties of the Toronto Hospitals
Steam Corporation are debts, contracts, liabilities and duties of
the Corporation and may be enforced against it including, without
limitation, the debts and obligations created by or pursuant to a
certain trust deed dated as of the 15th day of December, 1972
between the Toronto Hospitals Steam Corporation and the Can-
ada Permanent Trust Corporation.
Head
office
(3) The head office of the Corporation shall be in the City of
Toronto.
Seal (4) The Corporation shall have a seal which shall be adopted by
resolution or by-law. New.
Composition 3. There shall be a board of directors of the Corporation
of Board . . - , . r 1
consistmg of ten directors or whom,
(a) four shall be appointed by the City, at least one of whom
shall be a representative of a user of steam purchased
from the Corporation, other than the Hospitals, the
City, the University or the Province of Ontario;
{b) two shall be appointed by the Hospitals;
(c) two shall be appointed by the Minister; and
{d) two shall be appointed by the University. 1968-69,
c. 131, s. 2, part, amended.
Term of
office
4. — (1) Every director shall be a resident Canadian and shall,
subject to subsection 2, hold office during the pleasure of his
appointor, and upon the death, resignation or removal from office
of any director, the appointor of such director under section 3 may
appoint some other person in his place.
City
appointees
(2) Every director appointed by the City shall be appointed for
a term of office not exceeding the term of office of the members of
the council that made the appointment and shall hold office until
his successor is appointed and every such director is eligible for
reappointment.
Quorum
(3) Five directors constitute a quorum at meetings of the Board.
(4) The directors shall elect a chairman from among the persons
appointed to the Board by the City.
Chairman
(5) The chairman shall preside at all meetings of the Board. Duties of
chairman
(6) The Board may appoint one of its members to be vice- vice-
chairman, and, in the case of the absence of the chairman or of
there being a vacancy in the office of the chairman, the vice-
chairman shall act as and have all the powers of the chairman.
(7) In the absence of the chairman and vice-chairman, the Acting
Board may appoint one of its members to act as chairman for the
time being and the person so appointed shall act as and have all the
powers of the chairman.
(8) The Corporation may pay the directors, or any of them. Remuneration
such remuneration and expenses as are from time to time recom- expenses
mended by the Board and approved by the City.
(9) Where there is a vacancy or vacancies in the Board, the Vacancies
remaining directors may exercise all the powers of the Board so
long as a quorum of the Board remains in office. 1968-69, c. 131,
s. 3, amended.
5. The acts of a director or of an officer are valid not- Validity
withstanding any defect that may afterwards be discovered in his directors and
appointment or qualification. 1968-69, c. 131, s. 4. officers
6. Every director and his heirs, executors and administrators, indemnifica-
and estate and effects, respectively, may, with the consent of the directors
Board, from time to time and at all times, be indemnified and
saved harmless out of the funds of the Corporation, from and
against,
(a) any liability and all costs, charges and expenses that he
sustains or incurs in respect of any action or proceeding
that is proposed or commenced against him for or in
respect of anything done or permitted by him in respect
of the execution of the duties of his office; and
(b) all other costs, charges and expenses that he sustains or
incurs in respect of the affairs of the Corporation, except
such costs, charges or expenses as are occasioned by his
own wilful neglect or default. 1968-69, c. 131, s. 5.
7. — (1) The Board may authorize the election from among the
directors of an executive committee consisting of not fewer than
three members, at least one of whom is not a person appointed to
the Board by the City.
Executive
committee
Delegation
of powers
Quorum
(2) The Board may delegate to the executive committee any
powers of the Board, subject to the restrictions, if any, imposed by
the Board.
(3) An executive committee may fix its quorum at not fewer
than a majority of its members and may make rules governing its
proceedings. 1968-69, c. 131, s. 6, amended.
Powers and
duties of
Board
8. — (1) The Board has the management and control of the
affairs of the Corporation and has power to make by-laws gov-
erning its proceedings and the calling of meetings of the Board,
providing for the appointment of officers of the Corporation,
specifying the powers, duties and remuneration of officers,
employees and agents of the Corporation, and generally dealing
with the management of the affairs of the Corporation.
Contracts (2) The Board shall at its first meeting, which shall be held
within thirty days of the coming into force of this section, adopt in
the name of and on behalf of the Corporation the contracts,
agreements and supplemental indenture referred to in subsection
1 of section 29 as negotiated by the interim committee. 1968-69,
c. 131, s. 7, amended.
Disclosure
by directors
of interests
in contracts
Time of
declaration
9. — (1) Every director of the Corporation who is directly or
indirectly interested in a contract or a proposed contract with the
Corporation shall declare his interest at a meeting of the Board
and, in respect of such contract or proposed contract, shall not
vote or be counted in the quorum.
(2) In the case of a proposed contract, the declaration required
by this section shall be made at the meeting of the Board at which
the question of entering into the contract is first taken into consid-
eration or, if the director is not at the date of that meeting
interested in the proposed contract, at the next meeting of the
Board held after he becomes so interested, and, in a case where the
director becomes interested in a contract after it is made, the
declaration shall be made at the first meeting of the Board held
after be becomes so interested.
General
notice
(3) For the purposes of this section, a general notice given to the
Board by a director to the effect that he is interested in any other
company, institution or governmental body or is a member of a
specified firm and is to be regarded as interested in any contract
made with such other company, institution, governmental body
or firm shall be deemed to be a sufficient declaration of interest in
relation to a contract so made, but no such notice is effective unless
it is given at a meeting of the Board or the director takes reason-
able steps to ensure that it is brought up and read at the next
meeting of the Board after it is given.
(4) If a director has made a declaration of his interest in a Effect of
proposed contract or contract in compliance with this section and
has not voted in respect of the contract, he is not accountable to the
Corporation or to any of its creditors for any profit realized from
the contract, and the contract is not voidable by reason only of his
holding that office or of the fiduciary relationship established
thereby.
(5) A director shall be deemed not to have an interest in a Saving
contract or proposed contract by reason only of his being an
appointee of a party referred to in section 3. New.
10. — (1) The Corporations Act, The Municipal Franchises Application of
Act and The Mortmain and Charitable Uses Act do not apply to cc. 89, 289, '
the Corporation. 28o
(2) Section 58 of The Public Utilities Act does not apply to the Application of
R S O 1970
Corporation. 1968-69, c. 131, s. 9 (1, 2). c. 390, s. ss'
(3) Except for purposes of the Ontario Municipal Employees Corporation
Retirement System, The Corporation shall be deemed not to be a board
local board of the City.
(4) The Corporation shall be deemed to have elected to partici- Partici-
pate in the Ontario Municipal Employees Retirement Sys- o.m.e.r.s.
tem. New.
1 1 . A copy of any by-law, resolution or minute certified by the Authentica-
secretary or assistant secretary under the seal 01 the Corporation to by-laws, etc.
be a true copy may be received in evidence in any court as prima
facie proof of its making and content. 1968-69, c. 131, s. 8.
12. The objects of the Corporation are to construct, purchase Objects
or otherwise acquire, own, lease, maintain, operate, extend,
replace and manage steam plants, including refuse-fired steam
plants, steam distribution systems, steam condensate return sys-
tems and steam supply systems within the City of Toronto for the
purpose of supplying steam to users thereof including, without
limiting the generality of the foregoing, the acquisition by pur-
chase or lease of all of the assets and undertaking of the steam
utility division of the Toronto Electric Commissioners. 1968-69,
c. 131, s. 10 (1), amended.
13. — (1) The powers of the Corporation include, without Powers
limiting the generality of section 12,
(a) subject to subsection 2 of section 10, the powers confer-
red on a company incorporated for the purpose of own-
ing, operating or supplying a public utility under The ^^„^ ^^'^°'
Public Utilities Act, but.
(i) the Corporation shall notify in writing the
municipality or authority on which duty to repair
has been imposed and the municipality or
authority having jurisdiction over any highway,
public lane or public communication on, over,
under or across which the Corporation proposes
to put down, place, install and maintain con-
duits, pipes, wires, poles, rods, cables, transfor-
mers, machinery, apparatus, devices, appli-
ances, equipment, materials, structures or
works, and submit to such municipalities or
authorities its plans therefor.
(ii) such conduits, pipes, wires, poles, rods, cables,
transformers, machinery, apparatus, devices,
appliances, equipment, materials, structures or
works as the Corporation deems necessary or
desirable on, over, under or across any public
highway, public lane or public communication
shall be put down, placed and installed in such
location and manner as the municipality or
authority on which duty to repair has been
imposed and the municipality or authority hav-
ing jurisdiction over any such highway, lane or
public communication may direct any such
highway, lane or public communication restored
to its former state, and any dispute between
the Corporation and such municipalities or
authorities as to the location and manner of put-
ting down, placing and installing shall be refer-
red to the Ontario Municipal Board to be deter-
mined, and the decision of the Ontario Municipal
Board shall be final.
(iii) the Corporation shall indemnify and save harm-
less the municipality or authority on which duty
to repair has been imposed and the municipality
or authority having jurisdiction over any such
highway, lane or public communication against,
from and for any and all damages, claims, losses,
costs and expenses sustained or incurred by
reason of the negligent use, operation, mainten-
ance, installation, placing and putting down of
the conduits, pipes, wires, poles, rods, cables,
transformers, machinery, apparatus, devices,
appliances, equipment, materials, structures or
works by the Corporation, its agents, servants,
employees, contractors and subcontractors;
1
(b) power to draw, make, accept, endorse, discount, exe-
cute and issue bills of exchange, promissory notes, war-
rants and other negotiable or transferable instruments;
(c) power to acquire by purchase, lease or otherwise and to
hold and enjoy any property or interest therein what-
soever, whether real or personal, and to sell, grant,
convey, assign, transfer, lease, mortgage, charge,
pledge or otherwise dispose of or encumber any such
property or interest or any part thereof from time to time
as the occasion may require, and to acquire other prop-
erty or interest therein, in addition thereto or in place
thereof;
(d) power to enter into any agreement or arrangement with
any person for the management in whole or in part of its
undertaking;
(e) power to invest and deal with the moneys of the Cor-
poration not immediately required for its objects in such
manner as may be determined by the Board;
(/) power to pay all costs and expenses of or incidental to the
continuance and organization of the Corporation, and to
pay or reimburse the City for all costs and expenses
incurred by it at any time prior to the date that this
section comes into force in connection with the planning,
design or construction of a system to integrate the steam
plants and steam distribution systems owned or oper-
ated by Her Majesty in right of Ontario, the Toronto
Electric Commissioners, the Corporation and the Uni-
versity;
(g) power to purchase steam from and trade steam with
other suppliers of steam;
{h ) power to carry on any other business capable of being
conveniently carried on in connection with the business
of the Corporation or likely to enhance the value of or
make profitable any of the property or rights of the
Corporation; and
(i) power to do any of the above things and all things
authorized as principal, agent, contractor, trustee or
otherwise, and either alone or in conjunction with
others. 1968-69, c. 131, s. 11, amended.
(2) Notwithstanding section 55 of The Public Utilities Act, the l^J'^\f
Board shall conduct the business of the Corporation so that the hospitals
requirements of the Hospitals for steam throughout the year for R so. i97o.
8
their existing facilities and any new expansion of or modification
to such facilities will be given priority over any other users of
steam supplied by the Corporation.
No breach
of contract
(3) Nothing done under subsection 2 shall be deemed a breach
of contract by the Corporation or entitle any person to rescind any
contract or release any guarantor from the performance of his
obligation, or render the Corporation, its servants or agents liable
in any action-at-law or other legal proceedings for damages or
otherwise. New.
Rates
for steam
for named
customers
14. — (1) The Corporation shall enter into long-term contracts
for the supply of steam to the Hospitals, the Participating Institu-
tions, the University and the Province of Ontario at such rates as
may be negotiated between the parties to such contracts, which
contracts may be for terms in excess of twenty years, and the
long-term contracts entered into with the Hospitals and the Par-
ticipating Institutions shall replace the steam supply agreements
made between Toronto Hospitals Steam Corporation and each of
the Hospitals and the Participating Institutions.
Rates for
other
customers
(2) Subject to subsections 4 and 5, the rates for steam supplied
by the Corporation to its customers, other than those named in
subsection 1 , shall be set by the Corporation in such amounts and
for such periods of time as the Corporation considers appropriate
and in setting such rates the Corporation may use its discretion as
to the rates to be charged to the various classes of its customers.
Rates and
charges for
work,
services,
etc.
(3) The Corporation may fix the charges for the cost of any
work or service done or furnished for the purpose of a supply of
steam, and the rent of or charges for fittings, apparatus, meters or
other things leased or furnished to its customers.
Collection
of
accounts
(4) The Corporation may provide for the collection of the rates,
charges and rents referred to in subsections 1 to 3 and the times
and places when and where they shall be payable, and for allow-
ing for prepayment or punctual payment such discounts as may be
considered expedient.
Appeal (5) Where the rates referred to in subsection 2 are increased by
Energy Board the Corporation, a customer affected thereby may appeal to the
Ontario Energy Board, which may fix the amount of such rates,
and the decision of the Ontario Energy Board is final and binding.
Idem (6) A decision of the Ontario Energy Board under subsection 5
remains in effect for the period of time for which the rate was
originally fixed by the Corporation, and thereafter until such time
as the Corporation changes the rates under subsection 2.
(7) In fixing rates under subsection 2 or 6, the Corporation and Matters
the Ontario Energy Board shall take into account the intent that considered
the operations of the Corporation are to be financed from the
revenues of the Corporation. New.
15. — (1) In this section, "transfer date" when used in respect interpre-
of the employees of the steam utility division of the Toronto
Electric Commissioners means the date on which the Corporation
assumes liability for the payment of the salaries, wages and
benefits of such employees by reason of the acquisition by pur-
chase or lease of substantially all of the assets and undertaking of
the steam utility division of the Toronto Electric Commissioners.
(2) Three months prior to the transfer date, the Toronto Elec- Transfer of
trie Commissioners shall designate those of its employees who are xoronto^^ °
involved in the operation of the steam utility division and the Electric
y-i • n re i i i i Commissioners,
Corporation shall offer employment to each such employee so wages, etc.
designated commencing on the transfer date and at a wage or
salary not less than the wage or salary being received by each such
employee immediately before the transfer date.
(3) A person who accepts employment under this section is Group
entitled as a term of his employment to continue as a member of insurance
the group life insurance plan in which he was a member with the
Toronto Electric Commissioners until the effective date of a com-
mon group life insurance plan covering all eligible employees of
the Corporation.
(4) A person who accepts employment under this section shall Sick leave
continue to enjoy the rights and benefits of sick leave entitlement
provided by the Toronto Electric Commissioners immediately
before the transfer date until the Corporation establishes a sick
leave entitlement plan or sick leave insurance plan, and thereupon
the employee shall receive allowance or credit for any accrued sick
leave rights or benefits.
(5) A person who accepts employment under this section is Service
entitled as a term of his employment to retain as service credits
with the Corporation service credits with the Toronto Electric
Commissioners as of the date of transfer for the purpose of estab-
lishing vacation entitlement and seniority for promotion.
(6) A person who accepts employment under this section shall be Continuation
deemed to continue as a member of the Ontario Municipal o.mT.r.s!"
Employees Retirement System on his transfer date, and T/^e R so. i97o,
Ontario Municipal Employees Retirement System Act applies to *^ ^
such person as a member of the System.
(7) When a person who accepts employment under this section Suppie-
with the Corporation is entitled immediately before his transfer ^^eements
10
Termination
for
cause
Existing
collective
agreements
date to the benefit of any supplementary agreement between the
Ontario Municipal Employees Retirement Board and the Toronto
Electric Commissioners, the Corporation shall assume, in respect
of the person, all rights and obligations under the supplementary
agreement as if the Corporation had been a party to the agreement
in the place of the Toronto Electric Commissioners.
(8) Subject to any collective agreement, nothing in this section
prevents the Toronto Electric Commissioners prior to the transfer
date or the Corporation after the transfer date from terminating
the employment of an employee for cause.
(9) Subject to subsections 3 to 7, every person who accepts
employment under this section and who is part of a bargaining
unit, as recognized by the existence of a collective agreement, or
agreements, between the Toronto Electric Commissioners, and a
union, shall be deemed to be employed by the Corporation on the
transfer date, pursuant to the terms and conditions of employment
as set out in such collective agreement, or agreements, and the
Corporation shall be bound by, and be deemed a party to, such
collective agreement, or agreements, on the transfer date. New.
Transfer of
Toronto
General
Hospital
employees,
wages, etc.
Pensions
R.S.O. 1970,
c. 324
16. — (1) Within fifteen days of a day to be named by the order
of the Minister, which day shall be prior to the coming into force of
section 30, the Toronto General Hospital shall designate those of
its employees who are involved in the operation of the steam plant
and distribution system of the Toronto Hospitals Steam Corpora-
tion, and the interim committee referred to in subsection 1 of
section 29 on behalf of the Corporation shall offer to employ each
such employee so designated on the day section 30 comes into
force, which day shall be known as the "transfer date", on terms
and conditions, including recognition of service and seniority
credits, not less favourable than those being recognized or
received by or provided to each such employee immediately before
the day section 30 comes into force.
(2) Notwithstanding subsection 4 of section 10, a person who
accepts employment under this section shall be deemed to con-
tinue as a member of the Hospitals of Ontario Pension Plan on his
transfer date and, notwithstanding section 8 of The Ontario
Municipal Employees Retirement System Act, the Corporation
shall make such contributions to the Hospitals of Ontario Pension
Plan as it may, from time to time, be required to make.
Termination
for
cause
Existing
collective
agreements
(3) Subject to any collective agreement, nothing in subsection 1
prevents the Toronto General Hospital prior to the day section 30
comes into force or the Corporation after that day from terminat-
ing the employment of an employee for cause.
(4) Every person who accepts employment under this section
and who is part of a bargaining unit, as recognized by the existence
11
of a collective agreement, or agreements, between the Toronto
General Hospital, and a union, shall be deemed to be employed by
the Corporation on the transfer date, pursuant to the terms and
conditions of employment as set out in such collective agreement,
or agreements, and the Corporation shall be bound by, and be
deemed a party to, such collective agreement, or agreements, on
the transfer date. New.
1 7. — (1) Subject to the approval of the City, the Corporation Borrowing
may from time to time borrow or raise by way of loan such sums of
money as the Corporation may consider requisite for any of the
purposes of the Corporation in either or both of the following
ways,
(a) by loans from the City; or
(6) by loans from any chartered bank or banks or from any
other person either by way of bank overdraft or loan as
the Board may determine, provided that any such over-
draft or loan shall be required for current expenditures of
the Corporation pending the collection of revenue and
shall be payable within one year of the incurring or
making th,ereof, and may mortgage, charge, pledge and
otherwise encumber all or any part of the property of the
Corporation, whether real or personal, present or
future, including its book debts, rights, powers, fran-
chises and undertakings, to secure any such loan.
(2) The purposes of the Corporation, without limiting the gen- Purposes
erality thereof, include,
(a) the carrying out of the powers of the Corporation men-
tioned in section 13;
(6) the payment, refunding or renewal from time to time of
the whole or any part of any sum or sums of money raised
by way of loan or of any debentures issued by the Cor-
poration; and
(c) the payment of the whole or any part of any obligation,
liability or indebtedness of the Corporation,
(3) The Corporation may enter into supplemental indentures Amendment
amending the trust deed referred to in subsection 2 of section 2 on deed
such terms and conditions as may be approved by the Board to
reflect the continuation and reconstitution of the Corporation
effected by this Act and may mortgage, charge, pledge and other-
wise encumber all or any part of the property of the Corporation,
whether real or personal, present or future, including its book
debts, rights, powers, franchises and undertakings, to secure the
12
debentures issued pursuant to the trust deed and outstanding on
the date of execution of any such supplemental indenture.
Priority of
payment of
debentures
(4) Notwithstanding anything herein contained, the assets of
the Corporation shall be used to pay, as they accrue due, the
principal of, premium (if any) and interest (including interest on
interest) on the debentures issued under the trust deed in priority
to any other debts or obligations of the Corporation existing at the
date any such payment on the debentures accrues due.
Proviso (5) Subsection 4 does not affect the security for any debt or
obligation of the Corporation or any lien against the Corporation
or its assets, where the security or lien is provided for under any
other Act. New.
Auditor ig. The accounts and financial transactions of the Corpora-
tion shall be audited annually by the auditor of the City. New.
Financial
report
19. The Board shall make a financial report annually to the
City in such form and containing such information as the City
requires for each fiscal year of the Corporation within three
months after the end of that fiscal year, or for such other periods
and within such other time or times as the City requires and a copy
of each annual financial report shall be sent to each of the Hospi-
tals, the Participating Institutions, the University and the Minis-
ter. New.
PART II
POWERS OF THE CITY
Provision
of
funds
Refuse-fired
steam plant
2 0 . The City is authorized and empowered to provide funds to
the Corporation to enable it to carry out its objects and the funds
advanced to the Corporation by the City shall be On such terms as
the City may from time to time determine. New.
2 1 . The City may,
(a) design and construct a steam plant fired in part by refuse
on the lands acquired by the City from Gulf Canada
Limited on Lake Shore Boulevard East in the City of
Toronto between Cherry Street and the Don River;
(6) participate with any person, including The Municipality
of Metropolitan Toronto, the Corporation and any
ministry or agency of the Province of Ontario or, with
the approval of the Minister, the Government of Can-
ada, in the financing, ownership or operation of the
steam plant referred to in clause a; and
13
(c) sell, lease or otherwise dispose of the lands referred to in
clause a. New.
22. Notwithstanding subsection 1 of section 293 of The Assent of
Municipal Act, a by-law providing money for the purposes of requh-ed"''
section 20 or 2 1 does not require the assent of the electors. New. RS.o. 1970,
c. 284
PART III
GENERAL
23. Subject to section 24, upon the acquisition by purchase or Assumption
lease of all of the assets and undertaking of the steam utility obligation
division of the Toronto Electric Commissioners, the Corporation
shall assume and discharge the liabilities, debts, contractual
obligations and commitments of the steam utility division of the
Toronto Electric Commissioners and the Toronto Electric Com-
missioners shall be released therefrom. New.
24. — (1) Notwithstanding the provisions of any agreements Frustration
for steam services the Toronto Electric Commissioners may have Hydro
with its steam customers at the date of its transfer of its steam agreement
. . . 1 • 1 1 '°'' steam
distribution system under section 12, all agreements which the services
Toronto Electric Commissioners may have with steam customers
at the date of such transfer will, on the date of such transfer, cease
to have any legal effect and will be unenforceable.
(2) As against the Toronto Electric Commissioners, all judg- Existing
ments or orders of any court dealing with the interpretation of any etc.
agreement referred to in subsection 1 shall, from the date of the
transfer referred to in that subsection, be assumed by and be
enforceable against the Corporation and the Corporation shall
indemnify the Toronto Electric Commissioners in respect of any
such judgment or order enforced against the Toronto Electric
Commissioners after the date of the transfer.
(3) Subsection 1 does not affect or prejudice any right of any Rights
person arising out of any agreement referred to in subsection 1 if affected
the cause of action arose prior to the day of the transfer of the
steam distribution system referred to in that subsection and any
action, litigation or other proceeding may be brought against the
Toronto Electric Commissioners with respect to any such right or
may be continued and finally adjudicated upon to the same extent
as if this Act had not been passed and the Corporation shall
assume the liability of the Toronto Electric Commissioners arising
out of any such right and shall indemnify the Toronto Electric
Commissioners with respect to any judgment or order arising
therefrom.
14
NoUce (4) Notice of any action, litigation or other proceeding to which
subsection 3 applies shall be served on the Corporation by the
Toronto Electric Commissioners and the Corporation may be a
party to any such action, litigation or other proceeding. New.
Steam
plant
site
25. Nothing in this Act restricts the right of The Hospital for
Sick Children to require a reconveyance to it of the steam plant site
described in the trust deed referred to in subsection 2 of section 2
upon payment of an amount equal to the purchase price of
approximately $475,000 if the said site is no longer used by the
Corporation for the purposes of a steam plant supplying steam to
the Hospitals and the Participating Institutions and, if such right
is exercised, to require the Corporation, at its expense, to level the
said site to grade. New.
Application of
R.S.O. 1970,
c. 208
26. The steam plant of the Corporation located on the steam
plant site described in the trust deed referred to in subsection 2 of
section 2 and all related equipment and facilities and any other site
used to generate the supply of steam are deemed to be a hospital
and persons employed thereat are deemed to be hospital
employees for the purposes of The Hospital Labour Disputes
Arbitration Act as long as steam generated therefrom is being
supplied to the Hospitals and Participating Institutions or any of
them. New.
27. The operations of the Corporation shall be deemed not to
; a manufacturing business or other industrial or commercial
enterprise for the purposes of section 248 of The Municipal
Grants by
municip 1 les ^^ ^ manufacturing business or other industrial or commercial
Corporation
authorized
R.S.O. iQ7n Act. New.
c. 284
1970,
Authority
of
Lieutenant
Governor
in Council
28. The Lieutenant Governor in Council, upon the recom-
mendation of the Minister, may by order authorize all such acts or
things not specifically provided for in this Act that are considered
necessary or advisable to carry out effectively the purposes of this
Act. New.
Transitional
provisions
29. — (1) Within sixty days of the coming into force of this
section, the City shall appoint an interim committee composed of
four persons which shall have the power on behalf of the Corpora-
tion to negotiate and settle the terms and conditions of the con-
tracts referred to in subsection 1 of section 14, a supplemental
indenture amending the trust deed as referred to in subsection 3 of
section 17, and the agreements for steam services to replace the
agreements referred to in section 24.
Idem
(2) The interim committee shall report to the Minister forth-
with after it has settled with the other parties thereto the terms and
conditions of the contracts, agreements and supplemental
indenture referred to in subsection 1.
15
(3) The offers of employment referred to in subsection 2 of Offers of
section IS shall be made by the interim committee on behalf of the ^"^^ oy^^nt
Corporation where the transfer date of the employees affected by
that section is a day less than three months after the coming into
force of section 30. New.
30. The Toronto Hospitals Steam Corporation Act, 1968-69, Repeal
being chapter 131, is repealed.
31. — (1) This Act, except sections 2 to 15, 17 to 28 and 30, Commence-
comes into force on the day it receives Royal Assent. ^^^
(2) Sections 2 to IS, 17 to 28 and 30 come into force on a day to Wem
be named by proclamation of the Lieutenant Governor.
32. The short title of this Act is The Toronto District Heating Short title
Corporation Act, 1980.
n
H
s.
1— 1
3
ffi
(-1-
o
n
;z;
QPQ
O
<
H
n
3
r
3
^
3
w
E
O
d
"^
fD
a>
o
n
n
<
3
;5
B
s
re
3
cr
Ci-
cr
?:i.
cr
"r*
>a
1-1
>3
ft
>3
H- '
I—"
h-i
ISJ
g-
jT
Orci
p-
cr
^
1— '
H-
H-^
vO
vO
o
00
00
00
o
O
o
>
3
K^ W (-h
> o o
vO ^ t/1
ON ^ «
3
BILL 193 Government Bill
4th Session, 31st Legislature, Ontario
29 Elizabeth II, 1980
An Act to amend The Municipal Act
The Hon. T. L. Wells
Minister of Intergovernmental Affairs
TORONTO
Printed by J. C. Thatcher, Queen's Printer for Ontario
Explanatory Notes
Section 1. The purpose of the re-enacted subsection 3 of section 45 is to
make it mandatory for a municipal council to fill a vacancy that occurs after March
31st in an election year and more than forty-five days prior to nomination day
for the elections to be held in that year.
Section 2 . This section enables all local municipalities to pay gratuities to
injured members of fire brigades and give pecuniary aid to their widows. At
present, under paragraph 6 of section 363, only urban municipalities have this
power. Section 363 will be repealed under section 12 of this Bill.
Section 3. The purpose ofthe amendments to section 248a is to expand the
existing powers of a municipality to make grants. The proposed amendments to
section 248a make certain other provisions of the Act redundant and complemen-
tary amendments are made to the Act by this Bill to repeal the redundant provi-
sions.
BILL 193 1980
An Act to amend The Municipal Act
HER MAJESTY, by and with the advice and consent of the
Legislative Assembly of the Province of Ontario, enacts as
follows:
1 . Subsection 3 of section 45 of The Municipal Act, being chapter 284 * '^^ (^''
of the Revised Statutes of Ontario, 1970, as re-enacted by the
Statutes of Ontario, 1972, chapter 121, section 11, is repealed and
the following substituted therefor:
(3) Where a vacancy occurs in the office of a member of the Vacancy
council of a local municipality after the 31st day of March of an March 3ist
election year as defined in The Municipal Elections Act, 1977, the Je^^'^*""""
vacancy shall not be filled by a new election as provided in 1977, c. 62
subsection 1 or 2 but the council shall fill such vacancy in accord-
ance with the provisions of section 44 within forty-five days after
the day that the vacancy occurs, but where the vacancy occurs less
than forty-six days prior to nomination day for the election to be
held in that year the vacancy need not be filled.
2. The said Act is amended by adding thereto the following section: ». 239a,
239a. Thecouncilof every local municipality may pass by-laws ^}^^
for granting gratuities to the members of the fire brigade who have
become incapacitated for service on account of injuries or ill-
health caused by accident or exposure at fires, or from old age or
inability to perform their duties, and for granting pecuniary aid or
other assistance to the widows and children of persons killed by
accident while in the discharge of their duties at fires, or who die
from injuries received or from illness contracted while in the
service of the municipality as fire fighters.
3. — (1) Subsection 1 of section 248a of the said Act, as enacted by the ^ ^'^^.^i'
Statutes of Ontario, 1974, chapter 136, section 3 and amended
by 1975, chapter 56, section 1, is repealed and the following
substituted therefor:
General
power
to make
grants
(1) Notwithstanding any special provision in this Act or in any
other general or special Act related to the making of grants or
granting of aid by the council of a municipality, the council of
every municipality may, subject to section 248, make grants, on
such terms and conditions as to security and otherwise as the
council may consider expedient, to any person, institution, associ-
ation, group or body of any kind, including a fund, within or
outside the boundaries of the municipality for any purpose that, in
the opinion of the council, is in the interests of the municipality.
s. 248a (2, 4),
re-enacted
Loans,
guarantees,
etc.
(2) Subsections 2 and 4 of the said section 248fl, as enacted by the
Statutes of Ontario, 1975, chapter 56, section 1, are repealed
and the following substituted therefor:
(2) The power to make a grant includes,
(a) the power to guarantee a loan and to make a grant by
way of loan and to charge interest on the loan;
(b) the power to sell or lease land for nominal consideration
or to make a grant of land, where the land being sold,
leased or granted is owned by the municipality but is no
longer required for its purposes, and includes the power
to provide for the use by any person of land owned or
occupied by the municipality upon such terms and con-
ditions as may be fixed by the council;
(c) the power to sell, lease or otherwise dispose of, at a
nominal price, or to make a grant of, any furniture,
equipment, machinery, vehicles or other personal prop-
erty of the municipality or to provide for the use thereof
by any person on such conditions as may be fixed by the
council; and
id) the power to make donations of foodstuffs and mer-
chandise purchased by the municipality for such pur-
pose.
Interpre-
tation
R.S.O. 1970,
c. 118
(4) In this section,
(a) "land" includes a building or structure or a part thereof;
(b) "person" includes a municipality as defined in The
Municipal Affairs Act and includes a metropolitan, reg-
ional and district municipality and the Count\ ot
Oxford.
ss. 248i), 248c,
enacted
4. The said Act is further amended by adding thereto the following
sections:
Section 4. The proposed section 2485 confers a general power on
municipalities to offer awards and gifts to persons whose actions or achievements
are worthy of note and allows municipalities to establish competitions and award
prizes.
The proposed section 248c confers a general power on municipalities to
provide scholarships, awards and prizes.
These new provisions make certain other provisions of the Act redundant and
complementary amendments are made to the Act by this Bill to repeal the redun-
dant provisions.
Section 5. Section 249 authorizes municipalities and local boards of
municipalities to destroy receipts, vouchers and other documents and records with
the approval of the Ministry or in accordance with a by-law passed under clause b
of subsection 1 of that section. The proposed subsections 3 to 5 establish procedures
for the destruction of such documents where a local board is a local board of more
than one municipality.
Section 6. The proposed section 254a authorizes municipalities and the
Crown to enter into and perform the agreements set out in clauses a, b and c of
subsection 2.
3
2486. The council of every municipality may provide for, Awards
and
competitions
(a) offering awards and gifts to persons whose actions or
achievements are, in the opinion of council, worthy of
note; and
(b) establishing competitions and awarding prizes therefor.
248c . — (1) The council of every municipality may pass by-laws Fellowships,
for providing fellowships, scholarships and other similar prizes
and for paying all or part of the costs incurred or to be incurred by
any person, including an officer or servant of the municipality, as
a result of his attendance at an educational institution or as a result
of his enrollment elsewhere in any program or course of instruc-
tion, training or education.
(2) In this section, "costs" includes tuition fees, costs of books interpre-
11 • 1 1 • • -1 tation
and other materials used m connection with a course or program,
and costs of food, travel and accommodation.
5. Section 249 of the said Act is amended by adding thereto the ^ ^49,
. . ./ o amended
following subsections:
(3) Where a local board is a local board of more than one H"*^*' boards
. . . . of more
municipality, the local board may destroy its receipts, vouchers, than one
instruments, rolls or other documents, records and papers, municipality
(a) after having obtained the approval of the Ministry; or
(b) in accordance with a resolution passed by the board and
approved by a majority of the municipalities for which
the board is a local board if such majority of
municipalities is represented by at least one-half of the
municipally appointed members on the local board
and also if the resolution has been approved by the
auditor of the local board.
(4) A resolution passed under subsection 3 shall establish Retention
• • 1 1 • 1 • 1 1 • schedules
schedules of retention periods during which the receipts, vou-
chers, instruments, rolls and other documents, records and papers
must be kept by the local board.
(5) For the purposes of subsection 3, a member of a municipal interp*"^"
• 11 1 • 1 » tation
council who serves pursuant to this or any other Act as an ex
officio member of a local board shall be deemed to be a munici-
pally appointed member of that local board.
; 6. The said Act is further amended by adding thereto the following * 2S4a,
section:
Interpre-
tation
254a. — (1) In this section, "Crown" means Her Majesty the
Queen in right of Ontario and includes any agency, board or
commission thereof.
Agreements
with
Crown
Jurisdiction
(2) A municipality and the Crown may enter into and perform
agreements on such terms and conditions as may be set out in the
agreement,
(a) for the use of,
(i) any of the real and personal property, and
(ii) the services of any of the officers and servants,
of the municipality or the Crown;
(b) for the supply of any service, under the jurisdiction of
the municipality;
(c) for jointly acquiring any real or personal property.
I
(3) For the purposes of carrying out agreements entered into
under this section, the territorial jurisdiction of the council of a
municipality is not confined to the municipality that it represents.
s. 293 (2) (e),
re-enacted
7. — (1) Clause e of subsection 2 of section 293 of the said Act is
repealed and the following substituted therefor:
(e) agreements for area fire protection under clause c of
paragraph 25 of subsection 1 of section 354.
s. 293 (3) (b),
amended
(2) Clause b of subsection 3 of the said section 293, as amended by
the Statutes of Ontario, 1972, chapter 124, section 5, is further
amended by striking out "37, 44, 71" in the second line.
s. 293 (3),
amended
(3) Subsection 3 of the said section 2 93 , as amended by the Sta-
tutes of Ontario, 1972, chapter 124, section 5, 1973, chapter
83, section 3, 1976, chapter 69, section 4, 1977, chapter 48,
section 5 and 1979, chapter 63, section 5, is further amended
by adding thereto the following clauses:
iq) under section 248a in respect of public hospitals,
including municipal hospitals, public sanatoria, or
municipal isolation hospitals and nurses' residences
therewith;
(r) under section 248a in respect of the maintenance or
operation of a public park outside the municipality;
Section 7 . — Subsection 1 . Subsection 2 of section 2 93 deems certain debts
not to be debts, the payment of which is not provided for in the estimates of the
current year. The re-enactment of clause e is complementary to the amendment of
paragraph 25 of subsection 1 of section 354 of the Act, as set out in subsection 2 of
section 10 of the Bill and the repeal of paragraph 3 of section 376 of the Act, as set
out in section 15 of the Bill.
Subsections 2 , 3 . Subsection 3 of section 2 93 exempts certain by-laws from
the requirement for the assent of the electors where a debt will be incurred. The
proposed amendments to clause e and the proposed clauses g, r and 5 are com-
plementary to the enactment of section 248o of the Act as set out in section 3 of the
Bill. The proposed clause t is complementary to the re-enactment of paragraph 25
of subsection 1 of section 354 of the Act as set out in subsection 2 of section 10 of the
Bill.
Section 8. Section 351 provides for the establishment of institutions for the
reclamation of habitual drunkards and provides for the committal of habitual
drunkards to such institutions with or without hard labour. The section is consi-
dered to be unduly oppressive. However, under the proposed paragraph 62c of
section 354 (1) as set out in subsection 6 of section 10 of the Bill a general power to
establish treatment centres for alcoholics will be given to all local municipalities.
Section 9. — Subsection 1. The repealed paragraphs of section 352 will no
longer be necessary because of the expanded powers to make grants under section
248a, the broadened power to pay tuition fees under section 248c and the
broadened powers respecting municipal organizations set out in the proposed
amendments to section 352 of the Act as set out in sections 3, 4 and 9 of this Bill.
Subsections 2 , 3 . References to municipal grants to aviation research are
removed from paragraph 9 by the proposed re-enactment. Such grants will be
payable under the proposed amendments to section 248o of the Act as set out in
section 2 of the Bill. The reference in the present paragraph 9 to "air harbours and
landing grounds" is changed to "aerodromes". This reflects the terminology now in
use in the Air Regulations.
The power to join municipal unions and other associations is broadened under
the proposed re-enactment of paragraphs 10 and 13.
(s) under section 248a in respect of the Royal Botanical
Gardens; or
(t) for providing money for the acquisition of land and the
erection of buildings required for the purpose of a fire
department and for the acquisition and installation of
fire engines, apparatus and appliances for use in con-
nection with the fire-fighting and fire protection services
offered by the fire department.
8. Section 351 of the said Act is repealed. s. 3Si,
repealed
9. — (1) The following paragaphs of section 352 of the said Act are ^ ^^h
" '^ ^ ^ certain
repealed; paragraphs
repealed
1. Paragraphs 11, 12, 15, 28, 30, 31, 36, 37, 38, 43, 44 and
71.
2. Paragraphs 33, 39, 40 and 42, as amended by the Stat-
utes of Ontario, 1975, chapter 56, section 4.
(2) Paragraphs 9 and 10 of the said section 352 are repealed and ^ ^52,
the following substituted therefor: re-enacted '
9. For establishing, operating, maintaining and improving Air harbours
aerodromes in compliance with the Air Regulations (Canada), and grounds
for entrusting the control and management of any aerodrome so
established to a commission appointed by the council.
(a) For the purposes of this paragraph, the council of a local
municipality may acquire land in the municipality or in
any adjacent or an adjoining municipality or in any
adjacent or adjoining territory without municipal
organization, or may acquire by lease or otherwise an
existing aerodrome in any municipality or in territory
without municipal organization.
10. For any of the elected or appointed officers of the corpora- Officers
tion becoming members of any municipal union or association or members of
any other association for extending and improving the technical ^ssockUons
skill of such officers in the discharge of their municipal duties and
for paying the whole or part of the fees for such membership and
for paying the expenses of such officers attending any meeting of
the association or upon its business.
(3) Paragraph 13 of the said section 352, as amended by the s. 3S2,
Statutes of Ontario, 1975, chapter 56, section 4, is repealed re-enacted
and the following substituted therefor:
Membership
associations
s. 352, pars.
21a, 23a,
enacted
Public fairs
13. For the corporation becoming a member of or for appoint-
ing a representative to the membership of any association or
organization where in the opinion of council it would be in the
interests of the municipality to do so, and for paying the fees for
such membership and for paying the expenses of delegates or
representatives to any meeting of the association or organization
or upon its business and for making contributions for the expenses
of the association or organization.
(4) The said section 352 is amended by adding thereto the follow-
ing paragraphs:
21a. For regulating and governing public fairs.
Expenditures
for
publicity
s. 3S2,
par. 66 (ii),
re-enacted
23a. For providing for disseminating information respecting
the advantages of the municipality as an industrial, agricultural,
business, educational, residential or vacation centre.
(a) The power conferred by this section may be exercised
jointly by two or more municipalities.
(5) Subparagraph ii of paragraph 66 of the said section 352 is
repealed and the following substituted therefor:
(ii) group accident insurance or group sickness insurance for
employees or any class thereof and their wives or hus-
bands and children, and
s. 354(1),
par. 24,
amended
s. 354(1),
par. 25,
re-enacted;
par. 26,
repealed
Fire-
fighting
services,
etc.
10. — (1) Paragraph 24 of subsection 1 of section 354 of the said Act, as
re-enacted by the Statutes of Ontario, 1973, chapter 175,
section 5, is amended by adding thereto the following clause:
(a) A by-law passed under this paragraph may be made
applicable to the whole municipality or to one or more
defined areas thereof as set out in the by-law.
(2) Paragraphs 25 and 26 of subsection 1 of the said section 354 are
repealed and the following substituted therefor:
25 . For providing fire-fighting and fire protection services and
for establishing, operating, promoting and regulating life and
property saving companies.
(a) A municipality under this paragraph may establish,
maintain and operate a fire department to serve only a
I
Subsection 4. The power to regulate public fairs is given to all
municipalities under the proposed paragraph 21a. This power is now set out in
section 379 of the Act and may be exercised only by the councils of counties,
separated towns and towns in unorganized territories.
The proposed paragraph 23o is similar to the present section 395. The ref-
erence to the establishment of a department of industries has been removed, as
municipalities have this power without any specific statutory provision.
Subsection 5. The proposed amendment will allow municipalities to pro-
vide group accident or group sickness insurance to employees and to husbands of
employees as well as to wives and children of employees. At present this coverage is
available only to employees and to wives and children of employees.
Section 10. Subsection 1 of paragraph 24 allows the council of local
municipalities to pass by-laws requiring fencing around outdoor pools. The pro-
posed clause a will allow a municipality to restrict the operation of such a by-law to
one or more defined areas of the municipality. At present, only a township
municipality may restrict the operation of such a by-law.
Subsections 2-S. The proposed re-enactment of paragraph 25, the amend-
ments to paragraphs 33 and 44 and the proposed paragraph 44a will give all local
municipalities the same powers with respect to the establishment of fire depart-
ments and other fire matters. At present, different classes of local municipalities
have different powers respecting the establishment of fire departments and other
fire matters. Paragraph 38 is repealed because it is considered to be obsolete.
defined area of the municipality, in which case, a special
annual rate may be levied by the municipality on all the
rateable property in the defined area sufficient to pay all
or part of the costs incurred in the establishment, main-
tenance and operation of the fire department including
any amounts owing in respect of debentures issued in
connection therewith.
(b) The power conferred by this paragraph may be exercised
jointly by two or more municipalities upon such basis as
to the distribution of cost as the municipalities may agree
and each municipality shall issue its own debentures for
its share of the capital cost of providing the joint fire
service.
(c) The power conferred by this paragraph includes the
power,
(i) to enter into agreements with any other munici-
pality or person upon such terms and conditions
and for such consideration based on cost as may
be agreed or, failing agreement, as may be
determined by the Municipal Board for the use of
the fire-fighting equipment of the other munici-
pality or person, or any of it, in the event of fire in
any defined area of the municipality, and
(ii) to levy a special annual rate on all the rateable
property in the defined area to defray the
expenses incurred under and incidental to the
agreement referred to in subclause i,
but, notwithstanding any provision in the agreement, no
liability accrues to the other municipality or person for
failing to supply the use of the fire-fighting equipment or
any of it.
(3) Paragraph 33 of subsection 1 of the said section 354 is amended ^^^3]^^'
by striking out "defined areas of in the third line. amended
(4) Paragraph 38 of subsection 1 of the said section 354 is repealed. ^ ^^"^ <')-
repealed
(5) Paragraph 44 of subsection 1 of the said section 354 is amended ^ ^^ll^^'
by adding thereto the following clause: amended
(a) by-laws passed under this paragraph and paragraphs 33
to 43 may be made applicable to the whole municipality
or to one or more defined areas thereof as set out in the
by-law.
8
s. 3S4 (1),
amended
(6) Subsection 1 of the said section 354 is amended by adding
thereto the following paragraphs:
Authority
to call
out help
44a. For authorizing the head of council or, in case of the
absence of the head of council, any member of the council, in the
event of an emergency arising in the municipality by reason of
timber or forest fires, to call out such number of inhabitants of the
municipality as may be necessary to fight and put out any such
fires, and for fixing the amount of the remuneration to be paid to
such inhabitants for the services rendered by them.
Site for
armoury
Treatment
of
alcoholics
Markets
626. For acquiring land in the municipality for a drill-shed or
armoury for any militia or volunteer corps having its headquarters
in the municipality.
62c. For establishing, erecting and maintaining an institutio:
for the treatment of alcoholics.
62d. For establishing, maintaining and operating markets an
for regulating such markets and any other markets located
within the municipality.
(a) A by-law passed under this paragraph may,
i
(i) provide for charging market fees to vendors in a
market established by the council and for pro-
hibiting persons from selling or exposing things
for sale in such a market if the fee has not been
paid, and
(ii) regulate the hours of operation of any market
within the municipality.
Regulating
vending in
streets, etc.
62e. For prohibiting or regulating sales by retail in the high-
ways or on vacant lots adjacent to them and for regulating traffic
in and preventing the blocking up of the highways by vehicles or
otherwise.
(a) A by-law passed under this paragraph may be made
applicable to the whole municipality or to any defined
areas thereof.
Weigh
scales
62/. For erecting and maintaining weigh scales within the
municipality or within an adjacent municipality, and charging
fees for the use thereof.
69a . For purchasing any wet land in the municipahty , the price Purchase
or which, in case of Crown lands, shall be fixed by the Lieutenant land
Governor in Council, and for draining such land.
75a. For acquiring, with the consent of the council thereof, Ppfchase
,,. , .... .,- . of lands
land in any other municipality required for preventing the to prevent
municipality or any part of it from being flooded by surface or ^oo^'^g
other water flowing from such other municipality, or for an outlet
for such water, and for constructing, maintaining and improving
drains, sewers and watercourses in the land so acquired.
81a. For requiring the installation and maintenance of safety window
devices for window cleaners, for inspecting such devices and for safety
prohibiting any person from cleaning the outside of windows of "^^^x^^^
buildings on which such devices are installed unless such devices
are used.
816. For regulating the construction, erection, alteration or Regulation
01 W3.tcr
repairing of water tanks and water towers whether on buildings or tanks
elsewhere, and for prohibiting the construction, erection, altering
or repairing of them contrary to such regulations.
97a . For numbering the buildings and lots along any highway. Numbering
, , , , .... ,7 , of buildings,
beach, park, reserve or any other property in the municipality that etc.
it is considered necessary to number by the council, and for
affixing numbers to the buildings and for charging the owner or
occupant with the expense incident to the numbering of his lot or
property.
(a) Such expense may be collected in the same manner as
taxes, and, if paid by the occupant, subject to any
agreement between him and the owner, may be
deducted from the rent payable to the owner.
976 . For keeping, and every such council shall keep, a record of Records of
the highways, beaches, parks, reserves and of the numbers of the etc.
buildings, lots, and other property, if any, and for entering there-
in, and every such council is hereby required to enter therein, a
division of the streets with boundaries and distances for public
inspection.
10
Stands for
vehicles
107c. For authorizing and assigning stands on the highways
and in pubHc places for motor vehicles not kept for hire, and for
motor vehicles and other vehicles kept for hire, and regulating the
use of the stands, and for authorizing the erection and mainten-
ance of covered stands or booths on the highways and in public
places for the protection or shelter of the drivers of such motor
vehicles and other vehicles kept for hire, but no such covered
stand or booth shall be placed upon the sidewalk without the
consent of the owner and occupant of the adjoining land.
Unlocked
motor
vehicles
113a. For prohibiting any person driving or in charge of a
motor vehicle, other than a commercial motor vehicle, from
allowing such motor vehicle to stand unattended unless it is locked
in such a manner as to prevent its operation by any person not
authorized by the owner, driver or person in charge.
R.S.O.
c. 202
1970,
(a) In this paragraph, "motor vehicle" and "commercial
rnotor vehicle" mean "motor vehicle" and "commercial
motor vehicle" as defined in The Highway Traffic Act.
Fencing of
vacant lots
117a. For requiring vacant lots to be properly enclosed.
Removal of
pigeons
120a. For empowering officers of the municipality upon the^
complaint of the owner or occupant of any premises, to enter upon
such premises and the land and any buildings in the vicinity
thereof for the purpose of trapping, removing or exterminating
strayed pigeons that are causing annoyance to the owner or occup-
ant or damages to such premises.
Laundries
139a. For licensing, regulating and governing laundries.
(a) A by-law passed under this paragraph shall not apply to
or include individuals carrying on a laundry business in
private dwelling houses.
Massage
parlours
1396 . For licensing, regulating, governing and inspecting mas-
sage parlours and such by-laws may provide for the enforcement;
thereof through the medical health department or the police
department of the municipality.
Subsection 6. The proposed new paragraphs, except paragraph 139c, relate
to powers now contained in other sections of the Act. In some cases these powers, at
present, may only be exercised by particular classes of municipalities. By including
these paragraphs in section 354, they may be exercised by all local municipalities.
The proposed paragraph 139c is a new power and provides for licensing, regulat-
ing and governing sandblasters and other persons who clean the exteriors of
buildings.
Subsection 7. Subsection 2 of section 354 will no longer be necessary
because of the amendments to paragraphs 24 and 44 of section 354(1) of the Act as
set out in subsections 2 and 5 of section 10 of the Bill. Subsection 3 of section 354
permits township municipalities to levy special rates on a defined area of the
municipality to defray the cost of public washrooms. It is felt that this provision is
no longer appropriate.
Section 11. Section 355 permits a municipality to pass by-laws determin-
ing closing hours for businesses in the municipality. Subsection 2 2 permits a term of
imprisonment for a breach of such a by-law. With the enactment of The Provincial
Offences Act, 1979, subsection 22 is now considered to be inappropriate.
Section 12. Except as otherwise noted, the repeals listed in this section of
the Bill are complementary to the amendments to the Act set out in sections 2, 3, 4,
9 and 10 of the Bill.
The following provisions of the Act are now considered to be obsolete and are
included in the repeals referred to in the preceding paragraph:
1. Paragraphs 1,2,7 and 13 of section 363
2. Paragraphs 3, 5, 6, 8, 11, 12, 13 and 14 of section 364
3. Section 365
4. Paragraphs 2 and 3 of section 371
5. Section 380
6. Section 442
Section 1 3 . The proposed section 3 68 is the same as the present paragraph
5 of that section. The repeal of the present paragraphs 1, 2 and 3 is complemen-
tary to the amendments to the Act set out in sections 3 and 10 of the Bill.
Paragraphs 4 and 6 are repealed as it is felt that they are unnecessary as these
powers may be exercised under other provisions of this Act and The Police
Act dealing with municipal expenditures.
Section 14. Paragraphs 1 and 9 of section 373 will no longer be necessary
because of the amendments to section 248a of the Act as set out in section 2 of the
Bill.
11
139c. For licensing, regulating and governing sandblasters and Sandbiasters,
other persons who for gain use chemicals or pressurized air, water,
steam, sand or other abrasives to clean or restore the exteriors of
buildings or other structures.
(7) Subsections 2 and 3 of the said section 354 are repealed. ^ ^^"^ ^j- ^^'
^ ' ^ repealed
1 1. Subsection 22 of section 355 of the said Act is repealed. *■ ^ss (22),
"^ repealed
12. The following sections of the said Act are repealed: Sections
repealed
1. Section 363, as amended by the Statutes of Ontario,
1979, chapter 63, section 8.
2. Sections 364 and 365, as amended by the Statutes of
Ontario, 1978, chapter 87, section 40.
3. Section 366, as amended by the Statutes of Ontario,
1975, chapter 56, section 6.
4. Section 370.
5. Section 371, as amended by the Statutes of Ontario,
1975, chapter 56, section 9.
6. Section 375.
7. Section 379.
8. Section 380.
9. Section 395, as re-enacted by the Statutes of Ontario,
1976, chapter 51, section 11.
10. Section 442, as amended by the Statutes of Ontario,
1978, chapter 87, section 40.
11. Section 459.
13. Section 368 of the said Act, as amended by the Statutes of Ontario, ^^ ^^^'^.^gj
1976, chapter 69, section 13, is repealed and the following substi-
tuted therefor:
368. By-laws may be passed by the councils of cities and towns Commission
for placing the control and management of sewage works under a sewage
commission established under The Public Utilities Act but the ^°''^^
by-law shall not be passed without the assent of the electors. c. 390
14. Paragraphs 1 and 9 of section 373 of the said Act are repealed. ^ JJ^J g
repealed
12
s. 376,
pars. 1-4, 7-15,
repealed
15. Paragraphs 1 and 2 , as re-enacted by the Statutes of Ontario, 1972 ,
chapter 124, section 12, and paragraphs 3, 4 and 7 to 15 of section
376 of the said Act are repealed.
s. 381 (1),
par. 1 (d),
re-enacted
1 6 . Clause d of paragraph 1 of subsection 1 of section 38 1 of the said Act
is repealed and the following substituted therefor:
Certain
powers not
affected
id) Nothing in this paragraph affects the powers to pass
by-laws under paragraph 62d of subsection 1 of section
354, paragraph 1 of section 382, and paragraphs 16 anc
17 of section 383.
s. 382,
par. 1 (a, b),
re-enacted
1 7. Clauses a and b of paragraph 1 of section 382 of the said Act arc
repealed and the following substituted therefor:
(a) Nothing in this paragraph affects the powers conferre(
by paragraph 62d of subsection 1 of section 354.
s. 386,
pars. 1, 2,
repealed
re-enacted
18. Paragraphs 1 and 2 of section 386 of the said Act are repealed.
1 9. Section 389g of the said Act, as enacted by the Statutes of Ontario,
1979, chapter 101, section 9, is repealed and the following substi-
tuted therefor:
Conservation
authorities
3g9g. — (1) Notwithstanding sections 389a to 389/, a conserva
tion authority is responsible for establishing and paying thi
remuneration and expenses of the members of the conservatioi
authority appointed by its participating municipalities, unless the
conservation authority on or before the 15 th day of November in
the year preceding the year for which such resolution applies
passes a resolution transferring the responsibility for establishing
remuneration and expenses to the participating municipalities, in
which case the remuneration and expenses shall be established
and paid in accordance with section 389/.
Effective
date of
resolution
(2) A resolution passed by a conservation authority under sub-
section 1 in any year shall take effect on the 1st day of January in
the immediately following year.
s. 443 (4),
re-enacted
20. Subsection 4 of section 443 of the said Act is repealed and the
following substituted therefor:
Approval
of Governor
General to
by-law
(4) The powers conferred by subsection 1 shall not be exercised
without the consent of the Governor General in Council in respect
of,
Section 15. The repealed paragraphs of section 376, except paragraphs
10, 11 and 12, will no longer be necessary because of the amendments to section 354
(1) of the Act as set out in section 10 of the Bill.
Paragraphs 10, 1 1 and 12 are being repealed because they are now considered
to be obsolete.
Sections 16 and 17. The re-enactments set out in these sections are com-
plementary to the enactment of paragraph 62d of section 354 ( 1) as set out in section
10 of the Bill and the repeal of sections 364 and 365 as set out in section 12 of the
Bill.
Section 18. The repealed paragraphs are now considered to be obsolete.
Section 19. At present, a conservation authority may transfer its respon-
sibility for the payment of municipal appointees to the participating municipalities.
Under the proposed re-enactment of section 389g, a resolution transferring such
responsibility must be passed by the conservation authority on or before November
ISth in the year preceding the transfer of the responsibility and the transfer will
occur on the 1st day of January of the next following year.
Section 20. Subsection 4 of section 443 now reads as follows:
(4) The powers conferred by subsection 1 shall not be exercised without the
consent of the Governor General in Council in respect of,
(a) any street, lane or thoroughfare made or laid out by Her Majesty's
Ordinance or the Principal Secretary of State in whom the Ordi-
nance estates became vested under the Act of the late Province of
Canada passed in the 19th year of the reign of Her late Majesty
Queen Victoria, Chapter 45 , or under Chapter 24 of the Consoli-
dated Statutes of Canada, or made or laid out by the Government
of Canada;
(b) any land owned by the Crown in right of Canada;
(c) any bridge, wharf, dock, quay or other work vested in the Crown
in right of Canada,
or so as to interfere with any land reserved for military purposes or with
the integrity of the public defences, and the consent of the Governor
General in Council shall be recited in the by-law, but the by-law shall not
be quashed or open to question because of the omission to recite it if the
consent has been in fact given.
The underlined words are deleted.
Section 21. Section 452 allows municipalities to make grants respecting
highways. Such grants may be made under section 248a of the Act as amended by
section 3 of the Bill. The proposed section 452 deletes references to such grants.
Section 22. The re-enactment of paragraph 4 of section 453 removes the
minimum and majcimum fines set out in clause a of the present paragraph 4 and
broadens the power to regulate the use of any bicycle path or foot path. The general
penalty provisions of the Act will now apply to by-laws passed under this para-
graph.
Section 23. Subsection 7 of section 457 sets out a maximum fine that may
be imposed on a person who ties an animal to a tree or who injures or destroys a tree
growing upon a highway right of way. The general penalty provision of the Act will
now apply to a person who injures or destroys such a tree.
Section 24. Paragraph 7 of section 460 now reads as follows:
The councils of all municipalities may pass by-laws
7. To provide for placing, regulating and maintaining upon the public
highways traffic signs for the purpose of guiding and directing traffic;
provided that no by-law shall authorize the placing of such signs upon that
portion of any highway that lies between the double tracks of a street
railway constructed upon such highway known as the devil strip.
The underlined words are deleted.
Section 25. Section 466 now reads as follows:
466. — (1) By-laws may be passed by the councils of all municipalities and by boards
of commissioners of police for imposing fines of not more than $1,000,
exclusive of costs, upon every person who contravenes any by-law of the
council or of the board passed under the authority of this Act.
(2) Every such fine is recoverable under The Summary Convictions Act, all
the provisions ofisihich apply, except that proceedings to enforce by-laws
passed under section 38 of The Planning Act or any predecessor of such
section may be instituted within one year after the time when the subject-
matter of the proceedings arose and except that the imprisonment may be
for a term of not more than six months for the breach of a by-law of the
council or the board of commissioners of police of a city, and in all other
cases for a term of not more than twenty-one days.
The re-enactment of section 466 increases the maximum fine which may be
imposed under a municipal by-law from $1,000 to $2,000. Other amendments to
the section are consistent with the enactment of The Provincial Offences Act, 1979.
13
(a) any street, lane or thoroughfare made or laid out by Her
Majesty's Ordinance or the Provincial Secretary of State
in whom the Ordinance estates became vested under the
Act of the late Province of Canada passed in the 19th
year of the reign of Her Late Majesty Queen Victoria,
Chapter 45, or under Chapter 24 of the Consolidated
Statutes of Canada, or made or laid out by the Govern-
ment of Canada;
(b)' any land owned by the Crown in right of Canada; or
(c) any bridge, wharf, dock, quay or other work vested in
the Crown in right of Canada,
and the consent of the Governor General in Council shall be
recited in the by-law, but the by-law shall not be quashed or open
to question because of the omission to recite it if the consent has
been given.
2 1 . Section 452 of the said Act is repealed and the following substituted ^ ^52,
'^ re-enacted
therefor:
452. The council of a municipality in unorganized territory Opening or
, , r . • J • • i. • • • improving,
may pass by-laws for openmg, widenmg, mamtammg or improv- etc.,
ing any highway or constructing, maintaining or improving any ulf(|].grnfzed
bridge in an adjoining municipality or unorganized township or in territories
adjoining unsurveyed territory.
22. Paragraph 4 of section 453 of the said Act is repealed and the ^^J^^'
following substituted therefor: re-enacted
4. For setting apart and laying out so much of any highway as Bicycle
the council may consider expedient for the purposes of a bicycle
path or foot path and for the regulation of the use of such a bicycle
path or foot path.
23. Subsection 7 of section 457 of the said Act is repealed. ^ '^^\ 9'
•^ repealed
24. Paragraph 7 of section 460 of the said Act is repealed and the * "^^o-
following substituted therefor: re-enacted
7 . To provide for placing, regulating and maintaining upon the Signs
public highways traffic signs for the purposes of guiding and
directing traffic.
25. Section 466 of the said Act, as amended by the Statutes of Ontario, ^ '*^^' ,
re-enacted
1972, chapter 124, section 17, is repealed and the following substi-
tuted therefor:
14
Power to
impose
fines
s. 636o,
amended
Restoration
of taxes
to tax roll
466. By-laws may be passed by the councils of all
municipalities and by boards of commissioners of police for
imposing fines of not more than $2,000, exclusive of costs, upon
every person who contravenes any by-law of the council or of the
board passed under the authority of this Act.
26. — (1) Section 636a of the said Act, as enacted by the Statutes of
Ontario, 1972, chapter 124, section 25 and amended by 1973,
chapter 175, section 9, 1974, chapter 136, section 25, 1979,
chapter 50, section 2 and 1979, chapter 101, section 11, is
further amended by adding thereto the following subsections:
(6a) Where a council or the Assessment Review Court has made
a decision in any year under subsection 6 to cancel, refund or
reduce taxes for that year in respect of a building mentioned in
clause c of subsection 1 and where subsequently the council or the
Assessment Review Court, as the case may be, is satisfied that the
building has been reconstructed or repaired and has been returnee
to use prior to the end of that year, the council or the Assessment
Review Court, as the case may be, may direct that such portion as
it considers appropriate of the tax reduction or of the taxes thi
were cancelled or refunded be restored to the collector's roll i
taxes owing for that year and such a direction may be made at any
time up to the 28th day of February of the immediately followinj
year.
Right to
hearing
(66) No direction shall be made under subsection 6a in respec
of taxes on any building without first affording an opportunity \A
be heard to any person who, according to the collector's roll
would be chargeable for the taxes if a portion thereof were restore*
to the collector's roll.
Appeals
(6c) The provisions of this section respecting an appeal of i
decision made under subsection 6 apply with necessary modifier
tions to a direction made under subsection 6a.
Payment
{td) Taxes restored to a collector's roll for any year pursuant t<
a direction made under subsection 6a shall, upon notice to th(
person chargeable therewith, become payable as part of the next
installment of taxes payable by that person in that year following
the giving of a notice or demand therefor and where no installment
remains payable in the year following the giving of the notice or
demand or where the notice or demand is given in the next
following year, the taxes mentioned in the notice shall become due
and payable or in arrears, as the case may be, on the fifteenth day
following the giving of the notice or demand, and where the notice
or demand was given in the next following year interest added
under section 553 shall accrue from the date that the taxes became
due and payable, or in arrears, and not from the 31st day of
December of the year in which the taxes were levied.
Section 26. — Subsection 1. Under clause c of subsection 1 of section 636a
a municipality may cancel, reduce or refund taxes in respect of a building that has
been razed or damaged.
The proposed subsections 6a to 6d provide a mechanism for restoring such
properties to the tax roll where the building is restored or returned to use before the
end of the year for which the taxes were cancelled, refunded or reduced.
Subsections 2 and 3. At present, applications to have taxes cancelled,
reduced or refunded must be heard not later than March 3 1st of the year for which
the application is made. Under the proposed amendments the deadline for dispos-
ing of applications is extended to the 30th day of April of that year.
Subsection 4. Subsection 9 of section 636a imposes time limits for appeals.
The amendment is complementary to the amendments set out in subsections 2 and
3.
15
(2) Subsection 7 of the said section 636a, as amended by the s. 636a (7),
Statutes of Ontario, 1973, chapter 175, section 9, is further
amended by striking out "3 1st day of March" in the second line
and inserting in lieu thereof "30th day of April".
(3) Subsection la of the said section 636a, as enacted by the s. 636a (7a),
Statutes of Ontario, 1973, chapter 175, section 9, is amended
by striking out "31st day of March" in the third and fourth
lines and inserting in lieu thereof "30th day of April".
(4) Subsection 9 of the said section 636a is amended by striking out ^ 636a(9),
"31st day of March" in the seventh line and inserting in lieu
thereof "30th day of April".
27. — (1) This Act, except paragraph 8 of section 12, comes into force on Commence-
the day it receives Royal Assent.
(2) Paragraph 8 of section 12 comes into force on the 1st day of ^^^"^
January, 1983.
28. The short title of this Act is The Municipal Amendment Act, 1980. short title
ta
1-^
'T'
13
O
;z:
(W
o
<
H
O)
3
p
3
a>
^
3
w
<-i-
P
<:^
S
OK)
O
<
t\>
a>
Ki
s
B
c^
A.
cr
«-
>3
n
>3
4^^
R-
1—1
00
o
S
0^5
H
>
a>
3
^
>
c
r-^
3_
r^
o'
O
•5'
P
E-
3
fD
^
3
I
BILL 193
4th Session, 31st Legislature, Ontario
29 Elizabeth II, 1980
An Act to amend The Municipal Act
The Hon. T. L. Wells
Minister of Intergovernmental Affairs
TORONTO
Printed by J. C. Thatcher, Queen's Printer for Ontario
I
BILL 193 1980
An Act to amend The Municipal Act
HER MAJESTY, by and with the advice and consent of the
Legislative Assembly of the Province of Ontario, enacts as
follows:
1 . Subsection 3 of section 45 of The Municipal Act, being chapter 284 * '♦^ *^)'
of the Revised Statutes of Ontario, 1970, as re-enacted by the
Statutes of Ontario, 1972, chapter 121, section 11, is repealed and
the following substituted therefor:
(3) Where a vacancy occurs in the office of a member of the Vacancy
council of a local municipality after the 31st day of March of an March 3ist
election year as defined in The Municipal Elections Act, 1977, the f^^^^^'''''
vacancy shall not be filled by a new election as provided in 1977, c. 62
subsection 1 or 2 but the council shall fill such vacancy in accord-
ance with the provisions of section 44 within forty-five days after
the day that the vacancy occurs, but where the vacancy occurs less
than forty-six days prior to nomination day for the election to be
held in that year the vacancy need not be filled.
2. The said Act is amended by adding thereto the following section: s. 2390,
cnsctCQ
2 3 9a . The council of every local municipality may pass by-laws ^^'^^
for granting gratuities to the members of the fire brigade who have
become incapacitated for service on account of injuries or ill-
health caused by accident or exposure at fires, or from old age or
inability to perform their duties, and for granting pecuniary aid or
other assistance to the widows and children of persons killed by
accident while in the discharge of their duties at fires, or who die
from injuries received or from illness contracted while in the
service of the municipality as fire fighters.
3. — (1) Subsection 1 of section 248a of the said Act, as enacted by the * 248a (i),
Statutes of Ontario, 1974, chapter 136, section 3 and amended
by 1975, chapter 56, section 1, is repealed and the following
substituted therefor:
i
General
power
to make
grants
(1) Notwithstanding any special provision in this Act or in any
other general or special Act related to the making of grants or
granting of aid by the council of a municipality, the council of
every municipality may, subject to section 248, make grants, on
such terms and conditions as to security and otherwise as the
council may consider expedient, to any person, institution, associ-
ation, group or body of any kind, including a fund, within or
outside the boundaries of the municipality for any purpose that, in
the opinion of the council, is in the interests of the municipality.
s. 248a (2, 4),
re-enacted
Loans,
guarantees,
etc.
(2) Subsections 2 and 4 of the said section 248a, as enacted by the
Statutes of Ontario, 1975, chapter 56, section 1, are repealed
and the following substituted therefor:
(2) The power to make a grant includes.
(a) the power to guarantee a loan and to make a grant by
way of loan and to charge interest on the loan;
(jb) the power to sell or lease land for nominal consideration
or to make a grant of land, where the land being sold,
leased or granted is owned by the municipality but is no
longer required for its purposes, and includes the power
to provide for the use by any person of land owned or
occupied by the municipality upon such terms and con-
ditions as may be fixed by the council;
(c) the power to sell, lease or otherwise dispose of, at a
nominal price, or to make a grant of, any furniture,
equipment, machinery, vehicles or other personal prop-
erty of the municipality or to provide for the use thereof
by any person on such conditions as may be fixed by the
council; and
(d) the power to make donations of foodstuffs and mer-
chandise purchased by the municipality for such pur-
pose.
Interpre-
tation
R.S.O.
C. 118
1970,
(4) In this section,
(a) "land" includes a building or structure or a part thereof;
(b) "person" includes a municipality as defined in The
Municipal Affairs Act and includes a metropolitan, reg-i
ional and district municipality and the County of|
Oxford.
ss. 2486, 248c,
enacted
4. The said Act is further amended by adding thereto the foUowingj
sections:
3
2486. The council of every municipality may provide for, Awards
and
competitions
(a) offering awards and gifts to persons whose actions or
achievements are, in the opinion of council, worthy of
note; and
(b) establishing competitions and awarding prizes therefor.
248c. — (1) The council of every municipality may pass by-laws Fellowships,
for providing fellowships, scholarships and other similar prizes
and for paying all or part of the costs incurred or to be incurred by
any person, including an officer or servant of the municipality, as
a result of his attendance at an educational institution or as a result
of his enrollment elsewhere in any program or course of instruc-
tion, training or education.
(2) In this section, "costs" includes tuition fees, costs of books interpre-
11 • 1 1 • • -1 tation
and other materials used m connection with a course or program,
and costs of food, travel and accommodation.
5. Section 249 of the said Act is amended by adding thereto the ^ ^49,
. . ./ o amended
following subsections:
(3) Where a local board is a local board of more than one ^f*^^' boards
municipality, the local board may destroy its receipts, vouchers, than one
instruments, rolls or other documents, records and papers, municipality
(a) after having obtained the approval of the Ministry; or
(b) in accordance with a resolution passed by the board and
approved by a majority of the municipalities for which
the board is a local board if such majority of
municipalities is represented by at least one-half of the
municipally appointed members on the local board
and also if the resolution has been approved by the
auditor of the local board.
(4) A resolution passed under subsection 3 shall establish Retention
• • 1 1 • I'll • schedules
schedules of retention periods during which the receipts, vou-
chers, instruments, rolls and other documents, records and papers
must be kept by the local board.
(5) For the purposes of subsection 3, a member of a municipal interpre-
• 11 1 • 1 » tation
council who serves pursuant to this or any other Act as an ex
officio member of a local board shall be deemed to be a munici-
pally appointed member of that local board.
(>, The said Act is further amended by adding thereto the following ^ 2S4a,
section:
Interpre-
tation
254a. — (1) In this section, "Crown" means Her Majesty the
Queen in right of Ontario and includes any agency, board or
commission thereof.
Agreements
with
Crown
(2) A municipality and the Crown may enter into and perform
agreements on such terms and conditions as may be set out in the
agreement,
(a) for the use of,
(i) any of the real and personal property, and
(ii) the services of any of the officers and servants,
of the municipality or the Crown;
(b) for the supply of any service, under the jurisdiction of
the municipality;
(c) for jointly acquiring any real or personal property.
Jurisdiction
(3) For the purposes of carrying out agreements entered into
under this section, the territorial jurisdiction of the council of a
municipality is not confined to the municipality that it represents.
s. 293 (2) (e),
re-enacted
7. — (1) Clause e of subsection 2 of section 293 of the said Act is
repealed and the following substituted therefor:
(e) agreements for area fire protection under clause c of
paragraph 25 of subsection 1 of section 354.
s. 293 (3) (b),
amended
(2) Clause b of subsection 3 of the said section 293, as amended by
the Statutes of Ontario, 1972, chapter 124, section 5, is further
amended by striking out "37, 44, 71" in the second line.
s. 293 (3),
amended
(3) Subsection 3 of the said section 293, as amended by the Sta-
tutes of Ontario, 1972, chapter 124, section 5, 1973, chapter
83, section 3, 1976, chapter 69, section 4, 1977, chapter 48,
section 5 and 1979, chapter 63, section 5, is further amended
by adding thereto the following clauses:
iq) under section 248a in respect of public hospitals,
including municipal hospitals, public sanatoria, or
municipal isolation hospitals and nurses' residences
therewith;
(y) under section 248a in respect of the maintenance orj
operation of a public park outside the municipality; i
(s) under section 248a in respect of the Royal Botanical
Gardens; or
(t) for providing money for the acquisition of land and the
erection of buildings required for the purpose of a fire
department and for the acquisition and installation of
fire engines, apparatus and appliances for use in con-
nection with the fire-fighting and fire protection services
offered by the fire department.
8. Section 351 of the said Act is repealed. s. 3Si,
repealed
9. — (1) The following paragaphs of section 352 of the said Act are ^ ^^?'
^ ^ ^ ^ certain
repealed; paragraphs
repealed
1. Paragraphs 11, 12, 15, 28, 30, 31, 36, 37, 38, 43, 44 and
71.
2. Paragraphs 33, 39, 40 and 42, as amended by the Stat-
utes of Ontario, 1975, chapter 56, section 4.
(2) Paragraphs 9 and 10 of the said section 352 are repealed and * ^^2,
the following substituted therefor: re-enacted '
9. For establishing, operating, maintaining and improving Air harbours
aerodromes in compliance with the Air Regulations (Canada), and grounds
for entrusting the control and management of any aerodrome so
established to a commission appointed by the council.
(a) For the purposes of this paragraph, the council of a local
municipality may acquire land in the municipality or in
any adjacent or an adjoining municipality or in any
adjacent or adjoining territory without municipal
organization, or may acquire by lease or otherwise an
existing aerodrome in any municipality or in territory
without municipal organization.
10. For any of the elected or appointed officers of the corpora- Officers
tion becoming members of any municipal union or association or members of
any other association for extending and improving the technical """cladons
skill of such officers in the discharge of their municipal duties and
for paying the whole or part of the fees for such membership and
for paying the expenses of such officers attending any meeting of
the association or upon its business.
(3) Paragraph 13 of the said section 352, as amended by the s. 352,
Statutes of Ontario, 1975, chapter 56, section 4, is repealed re-enacted
and the following substituted therefor:
Membership
in
associations
s. 352, pars.
21a, 23o,
enacted
Public fairs
13. For the corporation becoming a member of or for appoint-
ing a representative to the membership of any association or
organization where in the opinion of council it would be in the
interests of the municipality to do so, and for paying the fees for
such membership and for paying the expenses of delegates or
representatives to any meeting of the association or organization
or upon its business and for making contributions for the expenses
of the association or organization.
(4) The said section 352 is amended by adding thereto the follow-
ing paragraphs:
21a. For regulating and governing public fairs.
Expenditures
for
publicity
s. 352,
par. 66 (ii),
re-enacted
23a. For providing for disseminating information respecting
the advantages of the municipality as an industrial, agricultural,
business, educational, residential or vacation centre.
(a) The power conferred by this section may be exercised
jointly by two or more municipalities.
(5) Subparagraph ii of paragraph 66 of the said section 352 is
repealed and the following substituted therefor:
(ii) group accident insurance or group sickness insurance fa
employees or any class thereof and their wives or hus
bands and children, and
s. 354 (1),
par. 24,
amended
s. 354(1),
par. 25,
re-enacted;
par. 26,
repealed
Fire-
fighting
services,
etc.
10. — (1) Paragraph 24 of subsection 1 of section 354 of the said Act, a
re-enacted by the Statutes of Ontario, 1973, chapter 173^
section 5 , is amended by adding thereto the following clause
(a) A by-law passed under this paragraph may be mad(
applicable to the whole municipality or to one or more
defined areas thereof as set out in the by-law.
(2) Paragraphs 25 and 26 of subsection 1 of the said section 354 are
repealed and the following substituted therefor:
25 . For providing fire-fighting and fire protection services and
for establishing, operating, promoting and regulating life and
property saving companies.
(a) A municipality under this paragraph may establish,
maintain and operate a fire department to serve only a
I
defined area of the municipality, in which case, a special
annual rate may be levied by the municipality on all the
rateable property in the defined area sufficient to pay all
or part of the costs incurred in the establishment, main-
tenance and operation of the fire department including
any amounts owing in respect of debentures issued in
connection therewith.
(b) The power conferred by this paragraph may be exercised
jointly by two or more municipalities upon such basis as
to the distribution of cost as the municipalities may agree
and each municipality shall issue its own debentures for
its share of the capital cost of providing the joint fire
service.
(c) The power conferred by this paragraph includes the
power,
(i) to enter into agreements with any other munici-
pality or person upon such terms and conditions
and for such consideration based on cost as may
be agreed or, failing agreement, as may be
determined by the Municipal Board for the use of
the fire-fighting equipment of the other munici-
pality or person , or any of it, in the event of fire in
any defined area of the municipality, and
(ii) to levy a special annual rate on all the rateable
property in the defined area to defray the
expenses incurred under and incidental to the
agreement referred to in subclause i,
but, notwithstanding any provision in the agreement, no
liability accrues to the other municipality or person for
failing to supply the use of the fire-fighting equipment or
any of it.
(3) Paragraph 33 of subsection 1 of the said section 354 is amended
by striking out "defined areas of in the third line. amended
(4) Paragraph 38 of subsection 1 of the said section 354 is repealed. ^ ^^^tl^^'
repealed
(5) Paragraph 44 of subsection 1 of the said section 354 is amended ^ ^r^li ^^'
by adding thereto the following clause: amended
(a) by-laws passed under this paragraph and paragraphs 33
to 43 may be made applicable to the whole municipality
or to one or more defined areas thereof as set out in the
by-law.
354(1),
par. 33,
8
s. 354 (1),
amended
Authority
to call
out help
(6) Subsection 1 of the said section 354 is amended by adding
thereto the following paragraphs:
44a. For authorizing the head of council or, in case of the
absence of the head of council, any member of the council, in the
event of an emergency arising in the municipality by reason of
timber or forest fires, to call out such number of inhabitants of the
municipality as may be necessary to fight and put out any such
fires, and for fixing the amount of the remuneration to be paid to
such inhabitants for the services rendered by them.
Site for ,
armoury
62b. For acquiring land in the municipality for a drill-shed or
armoury for any militia or volunteer corps having its headquarters
in the municipality.
Treatment
of
alcoholics
Markets
62c. For establishing, erecting and maintaining an institution
for the treatment of alcoholics.
62d. For establishing, maintaining and operating markets and
for regulating such markets and any other markets located
within the municipality.
(a) A by-law passed under this paragraph may,
(i) provide for charging market fees to vendors in
market established by the council and for pro-
hibiting persons from selling or exposing things
for sale in such a market if the fee has not beei
paid, and
(ii) regulate the hours of operation of any markel
within the municipality.
Regulating
vending in
streets, etc.
62e. For prohibiting or regulating sales by retail in the high-
ways or on vacant lots adjacent to them and for regulating traffic
in and preventing the blocking up of the highways by vehicles or
otherwise.
(a) A by-law passed under this paragraph may be made
applicable to the whole municipality or to any definec
areas thereof.
Weigh
scales
62/. For erecting and maintaining weigh scales within th<
municipality or within an adjacent municipality, and charginj
fees for the use thereof.
69a . For purchasing any wet land in the municipality, the price Purchase
or which, in case of Crown lands, shall be fixed by the Lieutenant land
Governor in Council, and for draining such land.
75a. For acquiring, with the consent of the council thereof. Purchase
. . , . • ^ c ■ 1 °f lands
land in any other municipality required for preventing the to prevent
municipality or any part of it from being flooded by surface or fl°°<^'"g
other water flowing from such other municipality, or for an outlet
for such water, and for constructing, maintaining and improving
drains, sewers and watercourses in the land so acquired.
81a. For requiring the installation and maintenance of safety Window
cl6a,n]ng
devices for window cleaners, for inspecting such devices and for safety
prohibiting any person from cleaning the outside of windows of devices
buildings on which such devices are installed unless such devices
are used.
816. For regulating the construction, erection, alteration or Regulation
,01 water
repairing of water tanks and water towers whether on buildings or tanks
elsewhere, and for prohibiting the construction, erection, altering
or repairing of them contrary to such regulations.
97a. For numbering the buildings and lots along any highway. Numbering
, , , , . , . . ,7 , of buildings,
beach, park, reserve or any other property m the municipality that etc.
it is considered necessary to number by the council, and for
affixing numbers to the buildings and for charging the owner or
occupant with the expense incident to the numbering of his lot or
property.
(a) Such expense may be collected in the same manner as
taxes, and, if paid by the occupant, subject to any
agreement between him and the owner, may be
deducted from the rent payable to the owner.
97b . For keeping, and every such council shall keep, a record of ^^'^^^^ f
the highways, beaches, parks, reserves and of the numbers of the etc.
buildings, lots, and other property, if any, and for entering there-
in, and every such council is hereby required to enter therein, a
division of the streets with boundaries and distances for public
inspection.
10
Stands for
vehicles
107c. For authorizing and assigning stands on the highways
and in pubHc places for motor vehicles not kept for hire, and for
motor vehicles and other vehicles kept for hire, and regulating the
use of the stands, and for authorizing the erection and mainten-
ance of covered stands or booths on the highways and in public
places for the protection or shelter of the drivers of such motor
vehicles and other vehicles kept for hire, but no such covered
stand or booth shall be placed upon the sidewalk without the
consent of the owner and occupant of the adjoining land.
Unlocked
motor
vehicles
113a. For prohibiting any person driving or in charge of a
motor vehicle, other than a commercial motor vehicle, from
allowing such motor vehicle to stand unattended unless it is locked
in such a manner as to prevent its operation by any person not
authorized by the owner, driver or person in charge.
R.S.O. 1970,
c. 202
(a) In this paragraph, "motor vehicle" and "commercial
motor vehicle" mean "motor vehicle" and "commercial
motor vehicle" as defined in The Highway Traffic Act.
Fencing of
vacant lots
117a. For requiring vacant lots to be properly enclosed.
Removal of
pigeons
120a. For empowering officers of the municipality upon the
complaint of the owner or occupant of any premises, to enter upon
such premises and the land and any buildings in the vicinity
thereof for the purpose of trapping, removing or exterminating
strayed pigeons that are causing annoyance to the owner or occup-
ant or damages to such premises.
Laundries
139a. For licensing, regulating and governing laundries.
(a) A by-law passed under this paragraph shall not apply t(
or include individuals carrying on a laundry business ir
private dwelling houses.
Massage
parlours
1396 . For licensing, regulating, governing and inspecting mas
sage parlours and such by-laws may provide for the enforcemen'
thereof through the medical health department or the polict
department of the municipality.
11
139c . For licensing, regulating and governing sandblasters and Sandbiasters,
other persons who for gain use chemicals or pressurized air, water,
steam, sand or other abrasives to clean or restore the exteriors of
buildings or other structures.
(7) Subsections 2 and 3 of the said section 354 are repealed. re^e^ed' ^''
1 1. Subsection 22 of section 355 of the said Act is repealed. re^^^i"^'
12. The following sections of the said Act are repealed: Sections
1. Section 363, as amended by the Statutes of Ontario,
1979, chapter 63, section 8.
2. Sections 364 and 365, as amended by the Statutes of
Ontario, 1978, chapter 87, section 40.
3. Section 366, as amended by the Statutes of Ontario,
1975, chapter 56, section 6.
4. Section 370.
5. Section 371, as amended by the Statutes of Ontario,
1975, chapter 56, section 9.
6. Section 375.
7. Section 379.
8. Section 380.
9. Section 395, as re-enacted by the Statutes of Ontario,
1976, chapter 51, section 11.
10. Section 442, as amended by the Statutes of Ontario,
1978, chapter 87, section 40.
11. Section 459.
1 3. Section 368 of the said Act, as amended by the Statutes of Ontario, ^ ^^^'^.^g^
1976, chapter 69, section 13, is repealed and the following substi-
tuted therefor:
368. By-laws may be passed by the councils of cities and towns Commission
for placing the control and management of sewage works under a sewage
commission established under The Public Utilities Act but the ^°'''^*
by-law shall not be passed without the assent of the electors. c. 390
14. Paragraphs 1 and 9 of section 373 of the said Act are repealed. ^ ^^^'
repealed
12
s. 376,
pars. 1-4, 7-15,
repealed
15. Paragraphs 1 and 2 , as re-enacted by the Statutes of Ontario, 1972 ,
chapter 124, section 12, and paragraphs 3, 4 and 7 to IS of section
376 of the said Act are repealed.
s. 381 (1),
par. 1 (d),
re-enacted
1 6 . Clause d of paragraph 1 of subsection 1 of section 38 1 of the said Act
is repealed and the following substituted therefor:
Certain
powers not
affected
(d) Nothing in this paragraph affects the powers to pass
by-laws under paragraph 62d of subsection 1 of section
354, paragraph 1 of section 382, and paragraphs 16 and
17 of section 383.
s. 382,
par. 1 (a, b),
re-enacted
1 7. Clauses a and b of paragraph 1 of section 382 of the said Act are
repealed and the following substituted therefor:
(a) Nothing in this paragraph affects the powers conferred
by paragraph 62d of subsection 1 of section 354.
s. 386,
pars. 1,2,
repealed
18. Paragraphs 1 and 2 of section 386 of the said Act are repealed.
re-enacted
1 9. Section 389g of the said Act, as enacted by the Statutes of Ontario,
1979, chapter 101, section 9, is repealed and the following substi-
tuted therefor:
Conservation
authorities
389g. — (1) Notwithstanding sections 389a to 389/, a conserva-
tion authority is responsible for establishing and paying the
remuneration and expenses of the members of the conservation
authority appointed by its participating municipalities, unless thej
conservation authority on or before the 15th day of November in
the year preceding the year for which such resolution appliesi
passes a resolution transferring the responsibility for establishing!
remuneration and expenses to the participating municipalities, ini
which case the remuneration and expenses shall be established
and paid in accordance with section 389/.
Effective
date of
resolution
(2) A resolution passed by a conservation authority under sub
section 1 in any year shall take effect on the 1st day of January ir
the immediately following year.
s. 443 (4),
re-enacted
20. Subsection 4 of section 443 of the said Act is repealed and tht
following substituted therefor:
Approval
of Governor
General to
by-law
(4) The powers conferred by subsection 1 shall not be exercise-
without the consent of the Governor General in Council in respec
of,
13
(a) any street, lane or thoroughfare made or laid out by Her
Majesty's Ordinance or the Provincial Secretary of State
in whom the Ordinance estates became vested under the
Act of the late Province of Canada passed in the 19th
year of the reign of Her Late Majesty Queen Victoria,
Chapter 45, or under Chapter 24 of the Consolidated
Statutes of Canada, or made or laid out by the Govern-
ment of Canada;
(b) any land owned by the Crown in right of Canada; or
(c) any bridge, wharf, dock, quay or other work vested in
the Crown in right of Canada,
and the consent of the Governor General in Council shall be
recited in the by-law, but the by-law shall not be quashed or open
to question because of the omission to recite it if the consent has
been given.
2 1 . Section 452 of the said Act is repealed and the following substituted * "^52,
re-enacted
therefor:
452. The council of a municipality in unorganized territory 9?^"'".^ o""
, , r . -J • • 4. ■ • • improving,
may pass by-laws for openmg, widenmg, mamtammg or improv- etc.,
ing any highway or constructing, maintaining or improving any |)Jf(J^rKanfzed
bridge in an adjoining municipality or unorganized township or in territories
adjoining unsurveyed territory.
22. Paragraph 4 of section 453 of the said Act is repealed and the ^J^^l'
following substituted therefor: re-enacted
4. For setting apart and laying out so much of any highway as Bicycle
the council may consider expedient for the purposes of a bicycle
path or foot path and for the regulation of the use of such a bicycle
path or foot path.
23. Subsection 7 of section 457 of the said Act is repealed. ' "^^/P'
'^ repealed
24. Paragraph 7 of section 460 of the said Act is repealed and the * ^60,
following substituted therefor: re-enacted
7 . To provide for placing, regulating and maintaining upon the Signs
public highways traffic signs for the purposes of guiding and
directing traffic.
25. Section 466 of the said Act, as amended by the Statutes of Ontario, ^^ g^^'^.^^ .
1972, chapter 124, section 17, is repealed and the following substi-
tuted therefor:
14
Power to
impose
fines
s. 636a,
amended
Restoration
of taxes
to tax roll
466. By-laws may be passed by the councils of all
municipalities and by boards of commissioners of police for
imposing fines of not more than $2,000, exclusive of costs, upon
every person who contravenes any by-law of the council or of the
board passed under the authority of this Act.
26. — (1) Section 636a of the said Act, as enacted by the Statutes of
Ontario, 1972, chapter 124, section 25 and amended by 1973,
chapter 175, section 9, 1974, chapter 136, section 25, 1979,
chapter 50, section 2 and 1979, chapter 101, section 11, is
further amended by adding thereto the following subsections:
(6a) Where a council or the Assessment Review Court has made
a decision in any year under subsection 6 to cancel, refund or
reduce taxes for that year in respect of a building mentioned in
clause c of subsection 1 and where subsequently the council or the
Assessment Review Court, as the case may be, is satisfied that the
building has been reconstructed or repaired and has been returned
to use prior to the end of that year, the council or the Assessment
Review Court, as the case may be, may direct that such portion as
it considers appropriate of the tax reduction or of the taxes that
were cancelled or refunded be restored to the collector's roll as
taxes owing for that year and such a direction may be made at any,
time up to the 28th day of February of the immediately following
year.
Right to
hearing
(66) No direction shall be made under subsection 6a in respecl
of taxes on any building without first affording an opportunity tc
be heard to any person who, according to the collector's roll,
would be chargeable for the taxes if a portion thereof were restorec
to the collector's roll.
Appeals
(6c) The provisions of this section respecting an appeal of
decision made under subsection 6 apply with necessary modifica
tions to a direction made under subsection 6a.
Payment
ibd) Taxes restored to a collector's roll for any year pursuant td
a direction made under subsection 6a shall, upon notice to the
person chargeable therewith, become payable as part of the nexl
installment of taxes payable by that person in that year following
the giving of a notice or demand therefor and where no installmeni
remains payable in the year following the giving of the notice or
demand or where the notice or demand is given in the next
following year, the taxes mentioned in the notice shall become due
and payable or in arrears, as the case may be, on the fifteenth day
following the giving of the notice or demand, and where the notice
or demand was given in the next following year interest added
under section 553 shall accrue from the date that the taxes became
due and payable, or in arrears, and not from the 31st day of
December of the year in which the taxes were levied.
15
(2) Subsection 7 of the said section 636a, as amended by the s. 636a (7),
Statutes of Ontario, 1973, chapter 175, section 9, is further
amended by striking out "3 1st day of March" in the second line
and inserting in lieu thereof "30th day of April".
(3) Subsection la of the said section 636a, as enacted by the s. 636a (7a),
Statutes of Ontario, 1973, chapter 175, section 9, is amended
by striking out "31st day of March" in the third and fourth
lines and inserting in lieu thereof "30th day of April".
(4) Subsection 9 of the said section 636a is amended by striking out ^ 636a(9),
"31st day of March" in the seventh line and inserting in lieu
thereof "30th day of April".
27. — (1) This Act, except paragraph 8 of section 12, comes into force on Commence-
the day it receives Royal Assent.
(2) Paragraph 8 of section 12 comes into force on the 1st day of 1*^^™
January, 1983.
28. The short title of this Act is The Municipal Amendment Act, 1980. short title
H
o
3
ffi
l-^
O
^
QTQ
O
<
H
n
.t-^
3
^
3
w
£
>
(/3
d
d
Z
rt
n>
o
O
n
<
n
B
3
tM
s
3
0^
cr
f5-
cr
?5.
cr
r*
<-t
>3
>3
CD
1-1
>«
CTi
c^
«>
(— *
^
^— *
t—t
G
S-
I—*
ft-
©.
r^.
jr
cr
0^
p-
c^
t— *
H- '
1—^
o
o
o
00
00
00
o
o
o
H
>
n
3
g
>
c
r+
3_
<-^
n'
O
"5'
P
?L
3
>
3
BILL 194 Private Member's Bill
4th Session, 31st Legislature, Ontario
29 Elizabeth II, 1980
An Act to amend The Residential Tenancies Act, 1979
Mr. Philip
TORONTO
Printed by J. C. Thatcher, Queen's Printer for Ontario
Explanatory Note
The purpose of the Bill is to authorize the Residential Tenancy Commission to
order payment of a tenant's costs where the Commission has determined that the
tenant paid rent in excess of the amount permitted by the Act.
BILL 194 1980
An Act to amend
The Residential Tenancies Act, 1979
HER MAJESTY, by and with the advice and consent of the
Legislative Assembly of the Province of Ontario, enacts as
follows:
1 . Subsection 2 of section 129 of The Residential Tenancies Act, 1979^ s. 129 (2),
being chapter 78, is repealed and the following substituted therefor:
(2) Where, on the application of the tenant, the Commission Remedy
determines that the tenant has paid an amount of rent that is in
excess of that permitted by this Part, the Commission shall declare
the rent that may lawfully be charged and shall order that the
landlord pay to the tenant,
{a) the amount of the excess rent paid to the landlord; and
{b) the costs incurred by the tenant in bringing the applica-
tion, including the tenant's loss of wages, if any, for
appearing at a hearing, interest on the amount of the
excess rent, and any other cost the Commission con-
siders appropriate to be repaid to the tenant.
2. This Act comes into force on the day it receives Royal Assent. Commence-
-^ -^ ment
3. The short title of this Act is The Residential Tenancies Amendment Short title
Act, 1980.
c»
^
3.
CJ
;:)
«.
«>
^
^
W
a
^n
g
a
o-
1—1
«>
f
•>*
^■^
<>
h3
Ui
Kj
>«
S
O-
a.
>}
>3
«s
«i
?i
Q
S:
toft*
s
s
(A;
c^
o
<
n
3
cr
n
o
00
o
>3
ft.
0^5
KT
rt>
:»3
n
Vi
ft
>
s
s
p' >
3 ^
>
BILL 195 Private Member's Bill
4th Session, 31st Legislature, Ontario
29 Elizabeth II, 1980
An Act to amend The Residential Tenancies Act, 1979
Mr. Philip
TORONTO
Printed by J. C. Thatcher, Queen's Printer for Ontario
Explanatory Note
The purpose of the Bill is to require a landlord, upon the request of a tenant, to
file receipts for expenditures made by the landlord with the Residential Tenancy
Commission.
BILL 195 1980
An Act to amend
The Residential Tenancies Act, 1979
HER MAJESTY, by and with the advice and consent of the
Legislative Assembly of the Province of Ontario, enacts as
follows:
1 . Section 126 of The Residential Tenancies Act, 1979, being chapter « 126,
78, is amended by adding thereto the following subsections:
(5) Upon the request of a tenant, a landlord shall include Receipts
receipts for each expenditure over $100 in the material filed with
the Commission under subsection 4.
(6) Where a landlord is required to file receipts with the Com- Where no
receipts
mission, the landlord may include expenditures for which the for ex-
landlord has not filed receipts in his operating costs, financing P^nditures
costs and capital expenditures but the unreceipted expenditures
shall not exceed 5 per cent of the total of such costs and capital
expenditures.
2. This Act comes into force on the day it receives Royal Assent. Commence-
•' •' ment
3. The short title of this Act is The Residential Tenancies Amendment short title
Act, 1980.
-1
to
►id
O
<
u
Ni
CD
k.^
;5
s
3
cr
O)
R-
A.
^-t.
>3
>3
n
>3
a
r*
«>
Ci
Si
>— '
a
«4.
S-
s
s"
cr
s
0^
oci
00
o
OK,
H
cr
T7
(»^
JO
ft)
►2
re
>
3
3
(-^
E^
>
n
H
re
3
P
pa
3
o
3
n'
3
in
CL
>
BILL 196 Private Member's Bill
4th Session, 31st Legislature, Ontario
29 Elizabeth II, 1980
An Act to provide for a Moratorium on
Mortgage Payments for Persons affected
by an Interruption of Employment
Mr. Makarchuk
TORONTO
Printed by J. C. Thatcher, Queen's Printer for Ontario
Explanatory Note
The purpose of the Bill is to provide for a moratorium on the payment of
principal and interest amounts secured by mortgages on the residences of persons
who suffer an interruption of employment arising from a legal strike, lock-out or
lay-off. The Bill also protects a mortgagor from mortgage default proceedings
during the moratorium period.
BILL 196 1980
An Act to provide for a Moratorium on
Mortgage Payments for Persons affected
by an Interruption of Employment
HER MAJESTY, by and with the advice and consent of
the Legislative Assembly of the Province of Ontario,
enacts as follows:
1 . In this Act, "residence" means the residence in which a interpre-
person ordinarily and actually resides.
2. Where the employment of a mortgagor is interrupted by Mortgage
reason of a legal strike, lock-out or lay-off, the mortgagor may defeTrl"
defer the payment of the principal money secured by the mortgage
on the mortgagor's residence and the interest thereon,
(a) in the case of a strike or lock-out, for the period of the
interrupted employment and a period of three months
following the resumption of employment; or
(b) in the case of a lay-off, for the period of the lay-off and a
period of three months following the resumption of
employment or for a period of six months following the
day on which the lay-off commences, whichever occurs
first.
3. Where the employment of a mortgagor is interrupted by Moratorium
on mortpjage
reason of a legal strike, lock-out or lay-off, the mortgagee shall not default
bring any proceedings in respect of a default by the mortgagor in proceedings
making payments under a mortgage of a mortgagor's residence,
(a) in the case of a strike or lock-out, for the period of the
interrupted employment and a period of three months
following the resumption of employment; or
{b) in the case of a lay-off, for the period of the lay-off and a
period of three months following the resumption of
employment or for a period of six months following the
day on which the lay-off commences, whichever occurs
first.
Notice
4. Sections 2 and 3 do not apply until the mortgagor gives
notice of the interrupted employment, in writing, to the mortgagee
and, upon the resumption of employment, the mortgagor shall
give the mortgagee notice forthwith.
Commence-
ment
5. This Act comes into force on the day it receives Royal
Assent.
Short title
6. The short title of this Act is The Mortgage Payments
Moratorium Act, 1980 .
3.
bo
u
INJ
^
s
a.
?i.
>3
>3
«>
«i
e
Ci
R-
R.
«*.
f>4.
a
s
OQ
c^
o
<
B
cr
00
o
>3
0^
o
>
3
3
S
>
n
n
o
(-^
o
>-t
r*
r4-
rj-
fti
OTQ
O
3
cr
3
T3
O
<
v;
t— 1
3
i-h
3
3
O
-1
3
t/5
P
(-»■
o'
S
c*
-t
O
o'
s
►1
o
o
tn
H^
i-h
O
3
B'
BILL 197 Government Bill
4th Session, 31st Legislature, Ontario
29 Elizabeth II, 1980
An Act to facilitate the Negotiation and
Resolution of Municipal Boundary and Boundary-related Issues
The Hon. T. L. Wells
Minister of Intergovernmental Affairs
TORONTO
Printed by J. C. Thatcher, Queen's Printer for Ontario
Explanatory Notes
The Bill provides a method by which municipalities may, by agreement,
resolve annexation or amalgamation problems or resolve intermunicipal problems
arising in respect of boundary-related issues.
The following are among the principal features of the Bill:
1 . A municipality that seeks the resolution of an intermunicipal boundary
issue or of a boundary-related issue may apply to the Minister of
Intergovernmental Affairs to initiate the procedures provided for in the
Bill (section 2).
2. Upon receiving an application, the Minister will designate a fact finder
who will determine what issues are raised by the application, determine
the party municipalities (those that have a substantial interest in the
matter) and report to the Minister and the party municipalities thereon
(sections 4 and 5).
3 . Where the fact finder's report indicates agreement has been reached by
the party municipalities, the Minister may recommend to the House
legislative measures to implement the agreement or he may, where the
subject-matter of the agreement falls within section 14 of the Bill,
recommend to the Lieutenant Governor in Council the making of an
order under that section to implement the agreement. If agreement has
not been reached, the Minister may direct the party municipalities to
appoint members to a negotiating committee in order to attempt to reach
agreement (section 6).
4. Where a negotiating committee has been established, the Minister will
appoint a chief negotiator (section 7).
5 . The chief negotiator acts as chairman of the committee and will report in
due course to the Minister and to the party municipalities the extent to
which the committee has or has not reached agreement on the issues
before it (section 1 1).
6. Upon receipt of a report of a chief negotiator, each party municipality is
required to hold one or more information meetings to inform the public of
the contents of the report and to invite and consider comments of the
public on the report, following which the council of the municipality is to
inform the Minister of its opinion on each of the issues dealt with in the
report (section 12).
7 . After the expiration of the time stipulated in section 1 2 , the Minister may
recommend the making of an order under section 14, recommend
legislative measures to the House, refer an issue or issues back for further
negotiation, authorize the applicant municipality to make application to
the Municipal Board under section 1 1 or section 14 of The Municipal Act
or take such other action as the Minister considers appropriate in the
circumstances (section 13).
8. Upon the recommendation of the Minister, the Lieutenant Governor in
Council may, by order, give effect to agreements reached by party
municipalities; such an order may provide for an annexation or
amalgamation and matters consequential thereon or for the resolution of
an intermunicipal boundary-related issue (section 14).
9. Public notice of the intention to make an order under section 14 will be
given and an opportunity afforded to object thereto; an order will not be
made where objections are received until one or more of the steps set out
in section 16 are taken (sections IS and 16).
10. Complementary amendments are made to sections of The Municipal Act
dealing with an application to the Municipal Board for the erection of a
municipality to city status and with applications to the Board for
annexation or amalgamation; generally, such applications will require
the authorization of the Minister given where the procedures under this
Bill have failed to result in agreement amongst the party municipalities
(section 20).
1 1 . Other provisions of the Bill provide for the constitution of Issues Review
Panels to whom questions may be submitted by the Minister or
negotiating committees for advice, the delegation by the Minister of
certain of his powers to the Deputy Minister or other officer of the
Ministry of Intergovernmental Affairs the contributing by party
municipalities towards costs incurred by the Province as a result of an
application and financial aid by the Province to party municipalities
toward the costs of studies incurred by them in connection with an
application.
BILL 197 1980
An Act to facilitate the
Negotiation and Resolution of .
Municipal Boundary and Boundary-related Issues
HER MAJESTY, by and with the advice and consent
of the Legislative Assembly of the Province of Ontario,
enacts as follows:
1 . In this Act, interpre-
tation
(a) "local board" means a local board as defined in The R so. i97o,
c 118
Municipal Affairs Act;
(b) "Minister" means the Minister of Intergovernmental
Affairs;
(c) "Municipal Board" means the Ontario Municipal
Board;
(d) "municipality" includes a metropolitan, regional or dis-
trict municipality and the County of Oxford;
(e) "party municipality" means a municipality having a
substantial interest in an issue raised by an application
under section 2 as determined by the fact finder or the
chief negotiator.
2. The council of a municipality that desires the resolution of Application
an intermunicipal boundary issue or an intermunicipal boundary- Minister
related issue may by by-law apply to the Minister for the initiation
of the procedures provided for in this Act.
3. — (1) Section 2 does not apply to any metropolitan, regional Where s. 2
or district municipality or the County of Oxford or to any area apply
municipality in a metropolitan, regional or district municipality or
the County of Oxford, except in respect of an intermunicipal
boundary issue or the resolution of an intermunicipal boundary-
related issue that is, in the opinion of the Minister, of a minor
nature.
Issues to
which Act
does not
apply
(2) Where a fact finder or a chief negotiator determines that a
metropolitan, regional or district municipality or the County of
Oxford or an area municipality thereof is a party municipality in
respect of any issue raised by an application made under section 2
that is not in the opinion of the Minister of a minor nature, the
provisions of this Act do not apply to that issue.
Designation
of fact
finder
4. Following receipt of an application under section 2, the
Minister shall designate a person to serve as fact finder in respect
of the application.
Powers and
duties of
fact finder
5. — (1) The fact finder shall determine and inquire into the
issues raised by the application, determine the party
municipalities and submit to the Minister and to the clerk of each
party municipality a report setting out the issues, the party
municipalities and such other matters as the fact finder considers
appropriate.
Information
Powers of
Minister
(2) A party municipality shall make available to the fact finder
all information relevant to the issues raised that the fact finder
requires.
6. — (1) Following the receipt of a report under section 5, the
Minister may,
(a) recommend to the Assembly such legislative measures as
he considers appropriate to implement any agreement
reached by the party municipalities; or
(b) recommend to the Lieutenant Governor in Council
the making of an order under section 14 to implement
any agreement reached by the party municipalities; or
(c) where agreement has not been reached by the party
municipalities, direct that the council of each party
municipality appoint, within twenty-eight days or such
longer period as he may stipulate, such number of
persons, members of council at the time of their
appointment, as he considers appropriate to negotiate
and recommend agreements on behalf of the munici-
pality in respect of any intermunicipal boundary issue or
boundary-related issue; or
(d) take such other action as the Minister considers
appropriate.
Failure to
appoint
members to
negotiating
committee
(2) Where a party municipality fails to appoint members to the
negotiating committee within the time stipulated by the Minister
in a direction under clause c of subsection 1, the Minister may
appoint from among the members of the council of the munici-
pality the requisite number of persons to be members of the
committee.
(3) Where a council reappoints or replaces a member of the Approval of
negotiating committee, the reappointment or replacement is reappointment,
subject to the approval of the Minister. ^'^'^
7. Following the appointment of members of the negotiating Appointment
committee under clause c of subsection 1 or subsection 2 of section negotiator
6, the Minister shall appoint a person to serve as chief negotiator.
8. — (1) The chief negotiator and the persons appointed under Constitution
clause c of subsection 1 or subsection 2 of section 6 jointly consti- negotiating
tute the negotiating committee. committee
(2) The council of a party municipality and each negotiator Duties of
shall act responsibly and in good faith to assist and facilitate etc.
negotiation and shall make every reasonable effort to reach an
agreement on the issues raised by the application.
9. — (1) The Minister may, at any time, constitute one or more Constitution
Issues Review Panels composed of such three persons as the Review
Minister designates. ^^"^'
(2) Where a negotiating committee has been constituted under Wem
section 8, the Minister shall constitute an Issues Review Panel,
composed of such three persons as the Minister designates, in
respect of that committee.
10. — (1) The Minister may, at any time, submit to an Issues ^"''ue'fuon
Review Panel constituted under subsection 1 of section 9 a to Panel
question for the advice of the Panel.
(2) The Minister, a chief negotiator or a negotiating committee Wem
may at any time submit to an Issues Review Panel constituted
under subsection 2 of section 9 in respect of that negotiating
committee a question for the advice of the Panel.
11. — (1) The chief negotiator shall, Powers and
" duties of
chief
(a) act as chairman of the negotiating committee; negotiator
(6) prepare a negotiation timetable in the event that the
negotiating committee is unable to agree on a timetable;
(c) prepare and submit to the Minister and to the clerk of
each party municipality one or more reports as the chief
negotiator considers appropriate setting out,
(i) the party municipalities in respect of each issue, if
different from those determined by the fact finder
under subsection 1 of section 5 ,
(ii) the extent of agreement or disagreement within
the negotiating committee on the issues
negotiated,
(iii) any agreement which the negotiating committee
wishes to recommend,
(iv) the chief negotiator's recommendations to the
Minister with respect to the further consideration
of the appHcation, and
(v) such other matters as the chief negotiator
considers appropriate.
Appointment
of members to
negotiating
committee by
new party
municipality
Holding of
meetings
Notice of
meetings
(2) Where the chief negotiator in a report sets out a municipahty
that is not represented on the negotiating committee as a party
municipahty, the council of that municipality shall appoint
members to the negotiating committee in accordance with the
direction of the Minister and subsections 2 and 3 of section 6 apply
with necessary modifications.
12. — (1) Upon receipt of a report of a chief negotiator under
clause c of subsection 1 of section 11 that sets out the matters
mentioned in subclauses ii and iii of that clause, the council of each
party municipality shall,
(a) hold one or more information meetings, which may be
held jointly with any other party municipality, for the
purpose of informing the public of the contents of the
report; and
{b) invite and consider at a meeting of council submissions
and comments of the public in respect of the contents of
the report; and
(c) not later than ninety days following the receipt of the
report of the chief negotiator, or such longer period as
the Minister stipulates, inform the Minister in writing of
the opinion of the council on each issue in respect of
which the municipality is a party municipality.
(2) Public notice of an information meeting required under
clause a of subsection 1 and of a meeting required under clause h of
subsection 1 shall be given at least fifteen days in advance of each
meeting, and the meeting required under clause b of subsection 1
shall be held not sooner than fifteen days after the last information
meeting required under clause a of subsection 1 .
13. After the expiration of the time for informing the Minister Powers of
of the opinions of the councils of the party municipahties under
section 12, the Minister may,
(a) where agreement has been reached by the party
municipahties, recommend to the Lieutenant Governor
in Council the making of an order under section 14;
(b) refer any issue not agreed upon to the negotiating com-
mittee or to the party municipalities for further con-
sideration;
(c) refer any issue not agreed upon to an Issues Review
Panel for the advice of the Panel;
(d) terminate further consideration of the application;
(e) authorize the applicant municipality to make applica-
tion to the Municipal Board under section 11 or 14 of
The Municipal Act; R so. 1970,
c. 284
(/) recommend to the Assembly legislation in respect of any
of the issues raised by the application; or
(g) take such other action as the Minister considers appro-
priate.
14. Subject to sections 15 and 16 but notwithstanding the Order of
provisions of any other general or special Act, the Lieutenant Governor"
Governor in Council may by order, upon the recommendation of '" Council
the Minister, give effect to agreements of party municipalities in
respect of the resolution of an intermunicipal boundary issue or an
intermunicipal boundary-related issue, and any such order may
provide for one or more of the following:
1 . The annexation of the whole or any part or parts of a
party municipality to another party municipality.
2 . The amalgamation of a party municipality with one or
more party municipalities.
3 . A requirement for joint approval by party municipalities
of any subsequent application for an annexation or
amalgamation.
4. The adoption by any party municipality of an official
plan or amendments thereto or the passage of a restricted
area by-law or amendments thereto, provided that the
plan or amendments thereto adopted or the by-law or
amending by-laws passed are subject to the approval of
the Minister of Housing or of the Municipal Board, as
the case may be.
5. A requirement for joint approval of any subsequent
amendments to official plans or restricted area by-laws
f 349 ^^'^°' °^ ^^y party municipality passed under The Planning
Act.
6. The level or apportionment of expenditures incurred in
respect of any joint municipal service or any service
provided by a joint local board.
7 . Special provision for the assessment of real property and
the preparation of assessment rolls in respect of annexed
or amalgamated areas.
8. The provision of any service by one party municipality
or local board thereof to any other party municipality or
local board thereof and the rates, prices and charges in
respect of the service.
9. The continuation or otherwise of by-laws in annexed or
amalgamated areas.
10. The requirement for and the methods of arbitration with
respect to any issue.
11. The adjustment of assets and liabilities as between any
party municipalities or local boards thereof.
12 . The creation, amalgamation and dissolution of any local
boards of party municipalities and provision for the
adjustment of assets and liabilities of such local boards.
13. The establishment of special areas within any party
municipality that are to be subject to special rates and
charges.
14. The payment of money or the transfer of real property
from any party municipality to any other party munici-
pality.
15 . The composition and term of office of the council of any
party municipality or local board thereof.
16. The division or redivision of any party municipality into
wards.
17. The holding of elections in part or all of any party
municipality, the qualifications of electors, the prepara-
tion of polling lists, the fixing of nomination day, the
fixing of days for first meetings of councils and local
boards and for such other matters as the Lieutenant
Governor in Council considers necessary to provide for
the effective administration of any party municipality or
of any local board thereof.
18. The erection of any party municipality to a higher status.
19. The authority for any party municipality to use, acquire
or service land located in another party municipality.
20. The deeming of agreements in respect of the matters
mentioned in paragraphs 6, 8 and 14 to be matters
within the meaning of subsection 2 of section 293 of The R so. i97o,
Municipal Act.
21. The level at which payment may be made to a party
municipality by any ministry under any program of that
ministry.
22. The transitional protection of employees of party
municipalities and local boards thereof.
23. The exercise, or the withholding of the exercise, by any
party municipality of its powers under any general or
special Act.
1 5. — (1) No order shall be made under section 14 until twenty- Notice of
• 1 1 r 1 /-.I 1 r 1 X-. • /". Ml • intention
eight days after the Clerk of the Executive Council has given to make
public notice in such manner as the Lieutenant Governor in °''^"
Council considers appropriate of the intention to make the order.
(2) Any person may file notice of objection to the proposed Fi'.ing.of
issuance of an order with the Clerk of the Executive Council
within the period of twenty-eight days, and the objection shall be
in writing and give reasons therefor.
16. Where objections are received under subsection 2 of sec- Where
. objections
tion 15, no order shall be made until the Lieutenant Governor in received
Council has done one or more of the following:
1. Referred any matter to which objection has been made
to the party municipalities for negotiation to determine
whether the intermunicipal agreement may be adjusted
to meet the objection or objections.
2. Sought the advice of an Issues Review Panel with
respect to one or more of the objections.
8
Appointed one or more hearing officers to hear any
objections and, following a hearing under rules of pro-
cedure adopted by the hearing officer or officers, to
make recommendations thereon.
Referred one or more objections to the Municipal Board
to hear such objection or objections, and after a hearing,
to make recommendations thereon.
Decided that the objection or objections is or are out-
weighed by the public interest.
Financial
assistance
17. — (1) The Lieutenant Governor in Council may, out of the
moneys appropriated therefor by the Legislature, provide finan-
cial assistance to any party municipality in respect of the costs
incurred by the municipality in carrying out studies related to the
issue or issues raised by an application.
Contribution
to costs
(2) The Minister may require that the party municipalities
contribute to the costs incurred by the Province as the result of an
application under section 2 , including the costs of studies under-
taken, in such proportion as the Minister considers appropriate.
R.S.O.
c. 284,
s. 11 (S),
re-enacted
Erection of
village,
town or
township into
a city
1980, c. . . .
General 18. The Lieutenant Governor in Council, upon the recom-
mendation of the Minister, may authorize all such acts or things
not specifically provided for in this Act that in the Minister's
opinion are necessary or advisable to carry out effectively the
purposes or intent of this Act.
Delegation 1 9 . Any po wer or duty conferred on the Minister by section 4 ,
7, 9 or 10 may be delegated by him in writing, subject to such
limitations, conditions and requirements as the Minister may set
out in his delegation, to the Deputy Minister of Intergovernmental
Affairs or to any officer of the Ministry of Intergovernmental
Affairs who may act for him in his place and stead, and when the
Deputy Minister of Intergovernmental Affairs or such officer acts
in the place and stead of the Minister, it shall be presumed
conclusively that he acted in accordance with such delegation.
20. — (1) Subsection 5 of section 11 oi The Municipal Act, being chapter
284 of the Revised Statutes of Ontario, 1970, is repealed and
the following substituted therefor:
(5) Upon the application, authorized by the Minister under The
Municipal Boundary Negotiations Act, 1980,
(a) of a village or town located in a county and having a
population of not less than 15,000; or
{b) of a township located in a county and having a popula-
tion of not less than 25,000,
1970,
the Municipal Board may erect the village, town or township into
a city.
(5a) Upon the application, idem
(a) of a village or town not located in a county and having a
population of not less than 15,000; or
(b) of a township not located in a county and having a
population of not less than 25,000,
the Municipal Board may erect the village, town or township into
a city.
(2) Subsections 7 and 8 of the said section 11 are repealed. « ii (7- 8).
repealed
(3) Subsection 2 of section 14 of the said Act, as amended by the ^ ^'^ <2),
Statutes of Ontario, 1971, chapter 98, section 4, is repealed
and the following substituted therefor:
(2) Upon the application of any municipality authorized by the Amalgamations
by-law of the council thereof and authorized by the Minister under annexations
The Municipal Boundary Negotiations Act, 1980, or upon the i98o, c. ...
application of the Minister authorized by the Lieutenant Gover-
nor in Council, the Municipal Board may by order on such terms
as it may consider expedient,
(a) amalgamate the municipality with any other municipal-
ity or municipalities;
(b) annex the whole or any part or parts of the municipality
or municipalities; or
(c) annex the whole or any part or parts of any other
municipality or municipalities to the municipality,
and any such order may amalgamate or annex a greater or smaller
area or areas than the area or areas specified in the application,
whether or not the municipality or municipalities in which the
area or areas is or are located, is or are specified in the application.
(2a) Upon the application of any municipality or upon the Annexation
application of the Minister authorized by the Lieutenant Gover-
nor in Council or upon the application of at least twenty-five
inhabitants, being British subjects of the full age of eighteen years,
the Municipal Board may by order on such terms as it may
consider expedient, annex any locality that does not form part of
any municipality to the municipality and any such order may
annex a greater or smaller area or areas than the area or areas
specified in the application, whether or not the locality in which
10
the area or areas is or are located is or are specified in the applica-
tion.
s. 14 (3),
amended
(4) Subsection 3 of the said section 14 is amended by inserting
after "2" in the second line "or 2a".
s. 14 (4),
amended
(5) Subsection 4 of the said section 14 is amended by inserting
after "2" in the second line "or 2a".
Commence-
ment
2 1 . This Act comes into force on a day to be named by proclamation of
the Lieutenant Governor.
Short title
22. The short title of this Act is The Municipal Boundary Negotiations
Act, 1980.
^ H
cS
aS
o
^ffi
<2
S- o
c^
^ z
^
QTQ ■
O (J
3 r
3 ^
w
S M
p
'Z
o
<
u.
Kj
n
l.^
;$
s
3
C-5
Pi.
ei-
r-1.
>3
>3
>3
«>
«)
«>
a
Q
1— '
Ci
00
s
s
jr
^
OQ
OrCl
1—'
o
00
o
OK,
o &
c c
3 3
P o
<^ E
o, 3
l-H p
crq
►J*
O
3
(-»-_
p"
>
<-»■_
n
rt-
o'
3
O
P
H-h
3
P
CL
o_
O ft
^ c
ft) 03
BILL 198
Private Member's Bill
4th Session, 31st Legislature, Ontario
29 Elizabeth II, 1980
An Act to amend The Residential Tenancies Act, 1979
Mr. Philip
TORONTO
Printed by J. C. Thatcher, Queen's Printer for Ontario
Explanatory Note
The purpose of the Bill is to provide a procedure for the Residential Tenancy
Commission to review rent increases allowed by the Commission for the purpose of
financing major repairs by a landlord. If the Commission determines that a
landlord has not carried out the repairs or that the cost of repairs is less than the cost
forecast by the landlord, the Commission may order a reduction of the rent
increase.
BILL 198 1980
An Act to amend
The Residential Tenancies Act, 1979
HER MAJESTY, by and with the advice and consent of the
Legislative Assembly of the Province of Ontario, enacts as
follows:
1. The Residential Tenancies Act, 1979, being chapter 78, is amended s i3ia,
by adding thereto the following section:
131a. — (1) Where, in an application under section 126, a Major
landlord indicates that one of the reasons for an intended rent "^^^^"^^
increase is that the landlord wishes to make major repairs to the
residential complex and the Commission allows an increase for
this purpose, the Commission may conduct a hearing, a reason-
able time after the increased rent takes effect, to ensure that the
repairs have been carried out.
(2) Where the Commission, after a hearing under subsection 1, OrAtr
determines that major repairs proposed by the landlord have not rent"^ "^
been carried out or that the cost of repairs is less than the cost '"urease
forecast by the landlord, the Commission may reduce the amount
of the rent increase and may order the landlord to reimburse the
tenant for the amount of any excess rent paid to the landlord from
the date that the previous rent increase took effect.
2. This Act comes into force on the day it receives Royal Assent. Commence-
ment
3. The short title of this Act is The Residential Tenancies Amendment Short title
Act, 1980.
ba
^
s
«2
Ci
g
^
w
C^
^3
§
W
o-
h^
«>
r
;^
U>
rsj
ft)
k^
;$
S
3
Co
?i-
?X
>3
>3
fD
>3
«>
c^
a
&
Q
h— ^
A
St
&•
00
g-
S
s"
cr
s'
t>Q
0^5
■^
O"?
00
o
H
cr
ft)
5«
n>
v>
a.
>
3
3
r*
>
n
H
CD
3
o
p
fa
3
3
fD
?s*
3
C/1
a
>
r>
BILL 199 Government Bill
4th Session, 31st Legislature, Ontario
29 Elizabeth II, 1980
An Act to amend
The Ontario Unconditional Grants Act, 1975
The Hon. T. L. Wells
Minister of Intergovernmental Affairs
TORONTO
Printed by J. C. Thatcher, Queen's Printer for Ontario
Explanatory Notes
Section 1 . Subsection 2 of section 6 now reads as follows:
(2) Where the Minister is satisfied that property taxes in a municipality may
be unduly increased by reason of a substantial loss of revenue that had
previously been available to a municipality as a result of,
(a) a change in legislation;
(b) an unforeseen commitment imposed on a municipality; or
(c) circumstances beyond the control of the municipal council and of
an unusual or exceptional nature,
the Minister may, by order, make a grant or a loan to such municipality
under such terms and conditions as the Minister considers necessary in
the circumstances.
The proposed re-enactment of section 6 (2) expands the Minister's powers to
make grants and loans in the circumstances set out in the said subsection.
Section 2 . The proposed section 6a will permit the Minister to provide, by
order, for transitional rates in lower tier municipalities that are affected by an
annexation or amalgamation.
BILL 199 1980
An Act to amend
The Ontario Unconditional Grants Act, 1975
HER MAJESTY, by and with the advice and consent of the
Legislative Assembly of the Province of Ontario, enacts as
follows:
1 . Subsection 2 of section 6 oiThe Ontario Unconditional Grants Act, s 6 (2),
1975, being chapter 7, is repealed and the following substituted
therefor:
(2) Where the Minister is of the opinion that property taxes in a make grams^
municipality are unduly high or have been or may be unduly *"■ '°^"*
increased because of,
(a) a substantial loss of revenue previously available to a
municipality;
{b) a change in legislation;
(c) an unforeseen commitment imposed on a municipality;
{d) expenditures or anticipated expenditures related to an
amalgamation or annexation or to a change in the
responsibility for the provision of services; or
(e) circumstances beyond the control of a municipal council
and of an unusual or special nature,
the Minister may, by order, make a grant or a loan to the munici-
pality under such terms and conditions as the Minister considers
necessary in the circumstances.
2. The said Act is amended by adding thereto the following section: » 6o,
6fl. Notwithstanding any provision in this or any other Act, Transitional
where a lower tier municipality is affected by an annexation or
amalgamation, the Minister may provide from time to time by
order that, in the year or years and in the manner specified in the
order, the council of the lower tier municipality shall levy, on the
whole of the assessment for real property and business assessment
according to the last revised assessment role in any area of the
municipality specified in the order, rates of taxation for general
purposes which are different from the rates which would have
been levied for such purposes but for the provisions of this section.
s. 8,
repealed
3 . Section 8 of the said Act, as re-enacted by the Statutes of Ontario
1977, chapter 7, section 5, is repealed.
Commence-
ment
Short title
4. This Act comes into force on the day it receives Royal Assent.
5. The short title of this Act is The Ontario Unconditional Grants
Amendment Act, 1980.
Section 3. The repeal of section 8 of the Act is complementary to the
proposed enactment of clause d of subsection 2 of section 6 of the Act as set out in
section 1 of the Bill. Section 8 of the Act now reads as follows:
8. The Lieutenant Governor in Council may, to minimize changes in the
incidence of local taxation and to promote the development of services on
a regional basis, by order, upon such terms and conditions as he consid-
ers appropriate, provide for payments to be made,
(a) to any regional municipality or lower tier municipality affected by
an amalgamation, annexation or change in the responsibility for
the provision of services, for a period not exceeding five years after
the effective date of such amalgamation, annexation or change in
responsibility; and
(b) to the Township of Goulbourn, the Township of Rideau, and the
Township of West Carletonfor a period not exceeding five years
from the 1st day of January, 1974.
At present, payments may be made under section 8 only to regional
municipalities and lower tier municipalities for a period not exceeding five years.
The proposed clause d of subsection 2 of section 6 of the Act will authorize
payments to all municipalities to minimize changes in local taxation where an
amalgamation, annexation or change in responsibility for the supply of services
occurs.
2
bo
a>
H
o
3
ffi
r-^
o
^
Crq
O
<
H
ft>
3
r
3
^
o
w
rt-
H
cr
re
o
a
^
2
•2,
o'
Uj
I\)
o
<
n
)>4
fr
P3
B
cr
n
>-(
1^
Vi
s
OK,
0^
t— '
00
o
Orq
3
BILL 199
4th Session, 31st Legislature, Ontario
29 Elizabeth II, 1980
An Act to amend
The Ontario Unconditional Grants Act, 1975
The Hon. T. L. Wells
Minister of Intergovernmental Affairs
TORONTO
Printed by J. C. Thatcher, Queen's Printer for Ontario
BILL 199 1980
An Act to amend
The Ontario Unconditional Grants Act, 1975
HER MAJESTY, by and with the advice and consent of the
Legislative Assembly of the Province of Ontario, enacts as
follows:
1 . Subsection 2 of section 6 of The Ontario Unconditional Grants Act, s. 6 (2),
197S, being chapter 7, is repealed and the following substituted
therefor:
(2) Where the Minister is of the opinion that property taxes in a make grants'^
municipality are unduly high or have been or may be unduly °^ '"^"^
increased because of,
(a) a substantial loss of revenue previously available to a
municipality;
(b) a change in legislation;
(c) an unforeseen commitment imposed on a municipality;
id) expenditures or anticipated expenditures related to an
amalgamation or annexation or to a change in the
responsibility for the provision of services; or
(e) circumstances beyond the control of a municipal council
and of an unusual or special nature,
the Minister may, by order, make a grant or a loan to the munici-
pality under such terms and conditions as the Minister considers
necessary in the circumstances.
2. The said Act is amended by adding thereto the following section: s. 6a
6a. Notwithstanding any provision in this or any other Act, Transitional
where a lower tier municipality is affected by an annexation or
amalgamation, the Minister may provide from time to time by
order that, in the year or years and in the manner specified in the
order, the council of the lower tier municipality shall levy, on the
whole of the assessment for real property and business assessment
according to the last revised assessment role in any area of the
municipality specified in the order, rates of taxation for general
purposes which are different from the rates which would have
been levied for such purposes but for the provisions of this section .
s. 8,
repealed
3. Section 8 of the said Act, as re-enacted by the Statutes of Ontario,
1977, chapter 7, section 5, is repealed.
Commence-
ment
Short title
4. This Act comes into force on the day it receives Royal Assent.
5. The short title of this Act is The Ontario Unconditional Grants
Amendment Act, 1980.
'"»iBLHj':>l
H
o
3
ffi
r*
o
;^
CTQ
o
<
H
a>
3
r
3
^
3
w
E
f
f
O
o
z
rt
a>
o
o
n
<
ft
3
Ui
n>
tNj
ft
k,^
;5
3
cr
s
3
cr
Oo
cr
c^
?i.
"^
•-t
>3
fD
fD
>3
H- '
?s
tvO
ft
K)
?i
o
5X
3
a
(>>5
S
H-t
*"^
^_A
vO
\o
vO
00
00
00
o
o
o
H
cr
o
3
3.
o
d>
S3 3
o :>
3 p
B-3
OS
3 a
3
^-^
>
BILL 200 Government Bill
4th Session, 3 1st Legislature, Ontario
29 Elizabeth II, 1980
An Act to amend
The Regional Municipality of Peel Act, 1973
The Hon. T. L. Wells
Minister of Intergovernmental Affairs
TORONTO
Printed by J. C. Thatcher, Queen's Printer for Ontario
Explanatory Notes
Section 1. Thepurposeof the proposed annexations, as set out in the new
subsections lb and Ic of section 2, is to reaUgn the boundary between the City of
Brampton and the City of Mississauga to make it coincident with the southerly
hmit of the northern link of the Parkway Belt West design area.
BILL 200 1980
An Act to amend
The Regional Municipality of Peel Act, 1973
HER MAJESTY, by and with the advice and consent of the
Legislative Assembly of the Province of Ontario, enacts as
follows:
1. Subsection lb of section 2 of The Regional Municipality of Peel Act, » 2 nh),
1973, being chapter 60, as enacted by the Statutes of Ontario, 1975,
chapter 46, section 13, is repealed and the following substituted
therefor:
{lb) Those portions of the City of Brampton described as fol- Portions of
, , „. r T,.jr- • 1 \ e Brampton
lows are annexed to the City of Mississauga on the 31st day 01 annexed to
December, 1980: Mississauga
Firstly, part of the City of Brampton, commencing at a point in
the southwesterly boundary of the City of Mississauga and the
southwesterly prolongation of the centre line of Lot 14 in Conces-
sion VI, West of Hurontario Street, in the former Township of
Toronto;
Thence northwesterly along the southwesterly boundary of the
City of Mississauga to the intersection of the southwesterly pro-
longation of the southeasterly limit of a Plan deposited in the Land
Registry Office for the Land Registry Division of Peel (No. 43) as
Number 43R-4466;
Thence northeasterly to and along the southeasterly limit of the
said Plan Number 43R-4466 to the northwesterly boundary of the
City of Mississauga;
Thence southwesterly along the boundary of the City of Missis-
sauga to the place of commencement;
Secondly, part of the City of Brampton, commencing at the
intersection of the northwesterly boundary of the City of Missis-
sauga and the southeasterly limit of a Plan deposited in the said
Land Registry Office as Number 43R-S349;
Thence southwesterly along the southeasterly limit of the said
Plan Number 43R-S349 to the centre line of Concession VI, West
of Hurontario Street;
Thence southeasterly along the centre line of Concession VI to the
northwesterly boundary of the City of Mississauga;
Thence northeasterly along the northwesterly boundary of the
City of Mississauga to the place of commencement;
Thirdly, part of the City of Brampton, commencing at the
intersection of the southwesterly limit of Concession V, West of
Hurontario Street, and the northwesterly boundary of the City of
Mississauga;
Thence northwesterly along the southwesterly limit of Concession
V, being along the boundary of the said City, to the northwesterly
angle of Part 4 as shown on a Plan deposited in the said Land
Registry Office as Number 43R-4116;
Thence north 67° 31' 50" east 1,327.383 metres to a point;
Thence north 38° 36' 40" east 146.206 metres to a point in the
northeasterly limit of Lot 13 in Concession V distant 1.548 metres
measured north 44° 5 6 ' 30" west from the easterly angle of Lot 1 3 ;
Thence northeasterly to a point in the southwesterly limit of Lot 13
in Concession IV West of Hurontario Street distant 1.646 metres
measured north 44° 55' 40" west from the southerly angle of Lot
13;
Thence north 38° 36' 35" east 1,354.065 metres to a point in the
southwesterly limit of Lot 13 in Concession III, West of Huron-
tario Street, distant 5.316 metres measured north 44° 37' 20" west
from the southerly angle of Lot 13;
Thence north 38° 36' 35" east 2,002.256 metres to a point;
Thence north 52° 09' 01" east 838.1 metres, more or less, to the
northwesterly boundary of the City of Mississauga, in Concession
I, West of Hurontario Street;
Thence southwesterly along the northwesterly boundaries of the
City of Mississauga to the place of commencement.
Fourthly, part of the City of Brampton, commencing at the
intersection of the northwesterly boundary of the City of Missis-
sauga and the centre line of Lot 12 in Concession I, West of
Hurontario Street in the former Township of Toronto;
Thence south 52° 09' 01" west 67 metres, more or less, to the centre
line of Concession I;
Thence southeasterly along the centre line of Concession I to an
angle in the City of Mississauga;
Thence northeasterly along the northwesterly boundary of the
City of Mississauga to the place of commencement;
Fifthly, part of the City of Brampton, commencing at the
intersection of the northwesterly boundary of the City of Missis-
sauga and the southwesterly limit of Concession II, East of
Hurontario Street in the former Township of Toronto;
Thence north 44° 09' 35" west along the southwesterly limit of
Concession II 4.74 metres to a point;
Thence north 39° 28' 10" east 598.511 metres to a point;
Thence south 31° 20' 30" east 0.097 metres to the southeasterly
boundary of the City of Brampton;
Thence southwesterly along the southeasterly limit of the City of
Brampton to the place of commencement.
(Ic) Those portions of the City of Mississauga described as Portions of
follows are annexed to the City of Brampton on the 31st day of annexed to
December, 1980: Brampton
Firstly, part of the City of Mississauga, commencing at the
southwesterly angle of Part 1 as shown on a Plan deposited in the
Land Registry Office for the Land Registry Division of Peel (No.
43) as Number 43R-4466;
Thence northeasterly along the southeasterly limit of plans depos-
ited in the said Land Registry Office as numbers 43R-4466 and
43R-5349 to the centre line of Concession VI, West of Hurontario
Street, in the former Township of Toronto;
Thence northwesterly along the centre line of Concession VI to the
southeasterly boundary of the City of Brampton;
Thence southwesterly along the southeasterly boundary of the
City of Brampton to the place of commencement;
Secondly, part of the City of Mississauga, commencing at the
intersection of the southeasterly boundary of the City of Brampton
and the southerly limit of a Plan deposited in the said Land
Registry Office as Number 43R-5349;
Thence easterly along the southerly limit of the said Plan Number
43R-5349 to the southwesterly limit of the road allowance between
Concessions V and VI, West of Hurontario Street;
Thence easterly crossing the said road allowance to the westerly
angle of Part 4 as shown on a Plan deposited in the said Land
Registry Office as Number 43R-4116;
Thence northwesterly along the northeasterly limit of the said
road allowance to an angle in the City of Brampton;
Thence southwesterly along the southeasterly boundary of the
City of Brampton to the place of commencement;
Thirdly, part of the City of Mississauga, commencing at the
intersection of the southeasterly boundary of the City of Brampton
and the centre line of Concession I, West of Hurontario Street, in
the former Township of Toronto;
Thence south 52° 09' 01" west 611.4 metres, more or less, to the
southeasterly boundary of the City of Brampton;
Thence northeasterly along the southeasterly limit of the north-
westerly quarter of Lot 12 in Concession I to an angle in the City of
Brampton;
Thence southeasterly along a northeasterly boundary of the City
of Brampton to the place of commencement;
Fourthly, part of the City of Mississauga, commencing at the
intersection of the southeasterly boundary of the City of Brampton
and the southerly limit of a Plan deposited in the said Land
Registry Office as Number 43R-S308;
Thence north 52° 09' 01" east along the southerly limit of the said
Plan Number 43 R-5 308 a distance of 472.4 metres, more or less, to
an angle therein;
Thence north 57° 01' 40" east along the southerly limit of the said
Plan Number 43R-S308 a distance of 115.928 metres to the east-
erly angle of the said Plan;
Thence easterly crossing the King's Highway No. 10 to the
southwesterly angle of a Plan deposited in the said Land Registry
Office as Number 43 R-5 348;
Thence north 57° 13' east along the southerly limit of the said Plan
294.894 metres to a point;
Thence north 52° 20' 20" east along the southerly limit of the said
Plan a distance of 198.315 metres to a point;
Section 2. The proposed subsection 9a of section 115 will permit the
Regional Council to establish a transportation system for handicapped persons
without interfering with the power of area municipalities to operate public transit
systems.
Thence north 39° 28' 10" east 896.91 metres to the southwesterly
limit of Concession II, East of Hurontario Street;
Thence northwesterly along the southwesterly limit of Concession
11 to the southeasterly boundary of the City of Brampton;
Thence southwesterly along the southeasterly boundary of the
City of Brampton to the place of commencement;
Fifthly, part of the City of Mississauga, commencing at an
angle in the southeasterly boundary of the City of Brampton, the
said angle being the southerly angle of the northeasterly half of Lot
12 in Concession II East of Hurontario Street in the former
Township of Toronto;
Thence south 44° IS' 40" east 38.402 metres to a point;
Thence north 39° 28' 10" east 587.30 metres to a point;
Thence north 20° 43' 30" east 2,782.99 metres to a point;
Thence north 27° 58' east 869.52 metres to a point;
Thence north 4° 00' 50" west 652.1 metres, more or less, to the
southeasterly boundary of the City of Brampton;
Thence southerly following the boundaries of the City of
Brampton to the place of commencement.
(Id) Subsection 3 applies with necessary modifications to the Annexations
annexations provided for in subsections la, lb and Ic. o.m.b. order
2. Section 1 15 of the said Act, as amended by the Statutes of Ontario, * ^^^j _,
, "^ ' amended
1974, chapter 5, section 3, 1974, chapter 117, section 37, 1977,
chapter 34, section 31 and 1979, chapter 81, section 86, is further
amended by adding thereto the following subsection:
(9a) The Regional Council may establish and operate a system Transpor-
for the transportation of handicapped persons and the provisions system for
of subsection 9 shall not apply thereto. handi-
^^ •' capped
persons
3. This Act comes into force on the day it receives Royal Assent. Commence-
-^ -^ ment
4. The short title of this Act is The Regional Municipality of Peel Short title
Amendment Act, 1980.
tDa
n
H
o
l-H
13
ffl
(-^
o
.2
(W
o
<
H
n
r
3
^
13
w
E
r
r
0^5
o
<
(NO
fT>
Ki
S
3
cr
o.
?i.
"■
>3
a>
>3
0^5
(-t-
00
o
H
cr
n
S3. 3
I"
o
BILL 200
4th Session, 31st Legislature, Ontario
29 Elizabeth II, 1980
An Act to amend
The Regional Municipality of Peel Act, 1973
The Hon. T. L. Wells
Minister of Intergovernmental Affairs
TORONTO
Printed by J. C. Thatcher, Queen's Printer for Ontario
BILL 200 1980
An Act to amend
The Regional Municipality of Peel Act, 1973
HER MAJESTY, by and with the advice and consent of the
Legislative Assembly of the Province of Ontario, enacts as
follows:
1. Subsection lb of section 2 of The Regional Municipality of Peel Act, * 2 (ifc),
1973, being chapter 60, as enacted by the Statutes of Ontario, 1975,
chapter 46, section 13, is repealed and the following substituted
therefor:
(lb) Those portions of the City of Brampton described as fol- Portions of
, , „. r -n/T- • 1 1 r Brampton
lows are annexed to the City of Mississauga on the 31st day 01 annexed to
December, 1980: Mississauga
Firstly, part of the City of Brampton, commencing at a point in
the southwesterly boundary of the City of Mississauga and the
southwesterly prolongation of the centre line of Lot 14 in Conces-
sion VI, West of Hurontario Street, in the former Township of
Toronto;
Thence northwesterly along the southwesterly boundary of the
City of Mississauga to the intersection of the southwesterly pro-
longation of the southeasterly limit of a Plan deposited in the Land
Registry Office for the Land Registry Division of Peel (No. 43) as
Number 43R-4466;
Thence northeasterly to and along the southeasterly limit of the
said Plan Number 43R-4466 to the northwesterly boundary of the
City of Mississauga;
Thence southwesterly along the boundary of the City of Missis-
sauga to the place of commencement;
Secondly, part of the City of Brampton, commencing at the
intersection of the northwesterly boundary of the City of Missis-
sauga and the southeasterly limit of a Plan deposited in the said
Land Registry Office as Number 43R-5349;
Thence southwesterly along the southeasterly limit of the said
Plan Number 43R-5349 to the centre line of Concession VI, West
of Hurontario Street;
Thence southeasterly along the centre line of Concession VI to the
northwesterly boundary of the City of Mississauga;
Thence northeasterly along the northwesterly boundary of the
City of Mississauga to the place of commencement;
Thirdly, part of the City of Brampton, commencing at the
intersection of the southwesterly limit of Concession V, West of
Hurontario Street, and the northwesterly boundary of the City of
Mississauga;
Thence northwesterly along the southwesterly limit of Concession
V, being along the boundary of the said City, to the northwesterly
angle of Part 4 as shown on a Plan deposited in the said Land
Registry Office as Number 43R-4116;
Thence north 67° 31' 50" east 1,327.383 metres to a point;
Thence north 38° 36' 40" east 146.206 metres to a point in the
northeasterly limit of Lot 13 in Concession V distant 1.548 metres
measured north 44° 56' 30" west from the easterly angle of Lot 13;
Thence northeasterly to a point in the southwesterly limit of Lot 13
in Concession IV West of Hurontario Street distant 1.646 metres
measured north 44° 55' 40" west from the southerly angle of Lot
13;
Thence north 38° 36' 35" east 1,354.065 metres to a point in the
southwesterly limit of Lot 13 in Concession III, West of Huron-
tario Street, distant 5.316 metres measured north 44° 37' 20" west
from the southerly angle of Lot 13;
Thence north 38° 36' 35" east 2,002.256 metres to a point;
Thence north 52° 09' 01" east 838.1 metres, more or less, to the
northwesterly boundary of the City of Mississauga, in Concession
I, West of Hurontario Street;
Thence southwesterly along the northwesterly boundaries of the
City of Mississauga to the place of commencement.
Fourthly, part of the City of Brampton, commencing at the
intersection of the northwesterly boundary of the City of Missis-
sauga and the centre line of Lot 12 in Concession I, West of
Hurontario Street in the former Township of Toronto;
Thence south 52° 09' 01" west 67 metres, more or less, to the centre
line of Concession I;
Thence southeasterly along the centre line of Concession I to an
angle in the City of Mississauga;
Thence northeasterly along the northwesterly boundary of the
City of Mississauga to the place of commencement;
Fifthly, part of the City of Brampton, commencing at the
intersection of the northwesterly boundary of the City of Missis-
sauga and the southwesterly limit of Concession II, East of
Hurontario Street in the former Township of Toronto;
Thence north 44° 09' 35" west along the southwesterly limit of
Concession II 1.44 metres to a point;
Thence north 39° 28' 10" east 598.511 metres to a point;
Thence south 31° 20' 30" east 0.097 metres to the southeasterly
boundary of the City of Brampton;
Thence southwesterly along the southeasterly limit of the City of
Brampton to the place of commencement.
(Ic) Those portions of the City of Mississauga described as Portions of
IV^ i S si SS 3.11 £ 3.
follows are annexed to the City of Brampton on the 31st day of annexed to
December, 1980: Brampton
Firstly, part of the City of Mississauga, commencing at the
southwesterly angle of Part 3 as shown on a Plan deposited in the
Land Registry Office for the Land Registry Division of Peel (No.
43) as Number 43R-4466;
Thence northeasterly along the southeasterly limit of plans depos-
ited in the said Land Registry Office as numbers 43R-4466 and
43R-5349 to the centre line of Concession VI, West of Hurontario
Street, in the former Township of Toronto;
Thence northwesterly along the centre line of Concession VI to the
southeasterly boundary of the City of Brampton;
Thence southwesterly along the southeasterly boundary of the
City of Brampton to the place of commencement;
Secondly, part of the City of Mississauga, commencing at the
intersection of the southeasterly boundary of the City of Brampton
and the southerly limit of a Plan deposited in the said Land
Registry Office as Number 43R-5349;
Thence easterly along the southerly limit of the said Plan Number
43R-5349 to the southwesterly limit of the road allowance between
Concessions V and VI, West of Hurontario Street;
Thence easterly crossing the said road allowance to the westerly
angle of Part 4 as shown on a Plan deposited in the said Land
Registry Office as Number 43R-4116;
Thence northwesterly along the northeasterly limit of the said
road allowance to an angle in the City of Brampton;
Thence southwesterly along the southeasterly boundary of the
City of Brampton to the place of commencement;
Thirdly, part of the City of Mississauga, commencing at the
intersection of the southeasterly boundary of the City of Brampton
and the centre line of Concession I, West of Hurontario Street, in
the former Township of Toronto;
Thence south 52° 09' 01" west 611.4 metres, more or less, to the
southeasterly boundary of the City of Brampton;
Thence northeasterly along the southeasterly limit of the north-
westerly quarter of Lot 12 in Concession I to an angle in the City of
Brampton;
Thence southeasterly along a northeasterly boundary of the City
of Brampton to the place of commencement;
Fourthly, part of the City of Mississauga, commencing at the
intersection of the southeasterly boundary of the City of Brampton
and the southerly limit of a Plan deposited in the said Land
Registry Office as Number 43R-5308;
Thence north 52° 09' 01" east along the southerly limit of the said
Plan Number 43 R-5308 a distance of 472.4 metres, more or less, to
an angle therein;
Thence north 57° 01' 40" east along the southerly limit of the said
Plan Number 43R-5308 a distance of 115.928 metres to the east-
erly angle of the said Plan;
Thence easterly crossing the King's Highway No. 10 to the
southwesterly angle of a Plan deposited in the said Land Registry
Office as Number 43R-5348;
Thence north 5 7° 13' east along the southerly limit of the said Plan
294.894 metres to a point;
Thence north 52° 20' 20" east along the southerly limit of the said
Plan a distance of 198.315 metres to a point;
Thence north 39° 28' 10" east 896.91 metres to the southwesterly
limit of Concession II, East of Hurontario Street;
Thence northwesterly along the southwesterly limit of Concession
11 to the southeasterly boundary of the City of Brampton;
Thence southwesterly along the southeasterly boundary of the
City of Brampton to the place of commencement;
Fifthly, part of the City of Mississauga, commencing at an
angle in the southeasterly boundary of the City of Brampton, the
said angle being the southerly angle of the northeasterly half of Lot
12 in Concession II East of Hurontario Street in the former
Township of Toronto;
Thence south 44° 15' 40" east 38.402 metres to a point;
Thence north 39° 28' 10" east 587.30 metres to a point;
Thence north 20° 43' 30" east 2,782.99 metres to a point;
Thence north 27° 58' east 869.52 metres to a point;
Thence north 4° 00' 50" west 652.1 metres, more or less, to the
southeasterly boundary of the City of Brampton;
Thence southerly following the boundaries of the City of
Brampton to the place of commencement.
(Id) Subsection 3 applies with necessary modifications to the Annexations
annexations provided for in subsections la, lb and Ic. o.m.b. order
2. Section 115 of the said Act, as amended by the Statutes of Ontario, * ^^^: ,
■^ ' amended
1974, chapter 5, section 3, 1974, chapter 117, section 37, 1977,
chapter 34, section 31 and 1979, chapter 81, section 86, is further
amended by adding thereto the following subsection:
(9a) The Regional Council may establish and operate a system Transpor-
for the transportation of handicapped persons and the provisions system for
of subsection 9 shall not apply thereto. handi-
•^'^ -' capped
persons
3. This Act comes into force on the day it receives Royal Assent. Commence-
-^ -^ ment
4 . The short title of this Act is The Regional Municipality of Peel Short title
Amendment Act, 1980.
1^
H
o
1— 1
ffi
<-t-
o
2:
orq
O
<
H
n
3
r
3
n
^
£S
t=^
E
d
O
z
a>
n
o
n
n
<
B
u
n
r\j
fD
j,,^
;?
B
cr
S
3
cr
o,
cr
fi-
ex,
"■
>3
>3
H-i
»
t~o
55
ho
C3
o
a.
3
Pi-
s
OTQ
S
0^5
l_^
t— *
^_L
vO
o
vO
00
00
00
o
o
O
H
cr
« § >
S3. 3
-^ O ft)
I"
o
BILL 201 Government Bill
4th Session, 31st Legislature, Ontario
29 Elizabeth II, 1980
An Act to amend The Legislative Assembly Act
The Hon. T. L. Wells
Minister of Intergovernmental Affairs
TORONTO
Printed by J. C. Thatcher, Queen's Printer for Ontario
Explanatory Notes
Section 1. The provision for payment of the actual cost of accommodation
in MetropoUtan Toronto for the Leader of the Opposition and for the Leader of the
Third Party, where they reside outside Metropolitan Toronto, is linked to the
provision for payment of the actual cost of accommodation in Metropolitan
Toronto for members of the Assembly under subsection 7 of section 65 of the Act.
Section 2 . Subsection 8 of section 65 of the Act provides a limitation on the
payment of allowances for expenses. The subsection is as follows:
(8) A member is not entitled to any allowance for expenses incurred by him
after the day a writ for a general election is issued until he is declared
elected or, if a recount is applied for, until he is declared elected following
the recount.
New subsection la provides an exception for the payment of the actual cost of
accommodation while attending at Toronto.
BILL 201 1980
An Act to amend The Legislative Assembly Act
HER MAJESTY, by and with the advice and consent of the
Legislative Assembly of the Province of Ontario enacts as
follows:
1 . Section 62a of The Legislative Assembly Act, being chapter 240 of » ^2<i'
the Revised Statutes of Ontario, 1970, as re-enacted by the Statutes
of Ontario, 1979, chapter 75, section 4, is repealed and the following
substituted therefor:
62a. — (1) Where the principal residence of the Leader of the Cost of
Opposition is outside The Municipality of Metropolitan Toronto, tion in
he shall be paid the actual cost of his accommodation within The Toronto
Municipality of Metropolitan Toronto not exceeding in any year
an amount that is $1,000 more than the amount determined in
respect of the year by the Board of Internal Economy under
subsection 7 of section 65.
(2) Where the principal residence of the leader of a party, Wem
except the Premier and the Leader of the Opposition, that has
a recognized membership of twelve or more persons in the
Assembly is outside The Municipality of Metropolitan Toronto,
he shall be paid the actual cost of his accommodation within The
Municipality of Metropolitan Toronto not exceeding in any year
an amount that is $1,000 more than the amount determined in
respect of the year by the Board of Internal Economy under
subsection 7 of section 65 .
2. — (1) Section 65 of the said Act, as re-enacted by the Statutes of * ^^' _,
• 1,1 ^ -^iiii H, amended
Ontario, 1973, chapter 151, section 7 and amended by 1976,
chapter 60, section 1, 1977, chapter 24, section 2 and 1979,
chapter 75 , section 7 , is further amended by adding thereto the
following subsection:
(7a) For the purpose of subsection 7 , a member shall be deemed Computation
to have been a member from the polling day on which he was
elected and, when the Assembly of which he was a member was
dissolved, he shall be deemed to have been a member until the day
preceding the polling day that followed the dissolution, or until his
death, whichever occurs first.
s. 65 (8),
amended
(2) Subsection 8 of the said section 65 is amended by adding at the
commencement thereof "Subject to subsection 7fl".
Commence-
ment
3. This Act shall be deemed to have come into force on the 1st day of
April, 1980.
Short title
4. The short title of this Act is The Legislative Assembly Amendment
Act, 1980.
3
tw
H
o
l-H
3
ffi
(-»-
o
Z
(K
O
<
H
rD
13
p
3
^
3
w
E
>
C/5
u
Kj
'^
s
a.
a.
>3
^
«i
«i
&
a
fi.
fx
^«.
?«*,
s
s
0^
CK)
o
<
B
cr
00
o
>3
0^
Orq
p' >
(-^ n
<■"
™ o
> p
W i-j
>
o
BILL 201
4th Session, 31st Legislature, Ontario
29 Elizabeth II, 1980
An Act to amend The Legislative Assembly Act
The Hon. T. L. Wells
Minister of Intergovernmental Affairs
TORONTO
Printed by J. C. Thatcher, Queen's Printer for Ontario
I 'i^n i
BILL 201 1980
An Act to amend The Legislative Assembly Act
HER MAJESTY, by and with the advice and consent of the
Legislative Assembly of the Province of Ontario enacts as
follows:
1 . Section 62a of The Legislative Assembly Act, being chapter 240 of s. 62a,
the Revised Statutes of Ontario, 1970, as re-enacted by the Statutes
of Ontario, 1979, chapter 75, section 4, is repealed and the following
substituted therefor:
62a. — (1) Where the principal residence of the Leader of the Cost of
Opposition is outside The Municipality of Metropolitan Toronto, tion in
he shall be paid the actual cost of his accommodation within The Toronto
Municipality of Metropolitan Toronto not exceeding in any year
an amount that is $1,000 more than the amount determined in
respect of the year by the Board of Internal Economy under
subsection 7 of section 65 .
(2) Where the principal residence of the leader of a party, I'^^m
except the Premier and the Leader of the Opposition, that has
a recognized membership of twelve or more persons in the
Assembly is outside The Municipality of Metropolitan Toronto,
he shall be paid the actual cost of his accommodation within The
Municipality of Metropolitan Toronto not exceeding in any year
an amount that is $1,000 more than the amount determined in
respect of the year by the Board of Internal Economy under
subsection 7 of section 65 .
2. — (1) Section 65 of the said Act, as re-enacted by the Statutes of ^ ^^\ ,
. . 11,1 amended
Ontario, 1973, chapter 151, section 7 and amended by 1976,
chapter 60, section 1, 1977, chapter 24, section 2 and 1979,
chapter 75 , section 7 , is further amended by adding thereto the
following subsection:
(7a) For the purpose of subsection 7 , a member shall be deemed Computation
to have been a member from the polling day on which he was
elected and, when the Assembly of which he was a member was
dissolved, he shall be deemed to have been a member until the day
preceding the polling day that followed the dissolution, or until his
death, whichever occurs first.
s. 65 (8),
amended
(2) SubsectionSof the said section 65 is amended by adding at the
commencement thereof "Subject to subsection 7a".
Commence-
ment
3. This Act shall be deemed to have come into force on the 1st day of
April, 1980.
Short title
4. The short title of this Act is The Legislative Assembly Amendment
Act, 1980.
1— 1
•t'
3
r-t-
o
2,
QfQ
O
<
H
a>
3
r
3
^
3
M
d
d
z
m
rt
o
n
n
<
n
3
cr
ft!
ft)
3
;5
3
cr
P5-
cr
Ci.
>3
(T!
>3
>3
1—'
R
*— *
R
hj
a
a.
3-
C/!
s
oq
(^
"
0^
h- '
H- *
|_A
o
o
sO
00
00
00
o
o
O
H
3-
n
r
>
3
S^'
p"
>
r*_
n
r^
<'
(T
r-f-
O
>
P
3
m
ro
3
3
cr
a
'^
>
BILL 202 Government Bill
4th Session, 31st Legislature, Ontario
29 Elizabeth II, 1980
An Act respecting Occupiers' Liability
The Hon. R. McMurtry
Attorney General
TORONTO
Printed by J. C. Thatcher, Queen's Printer for Ontario
Explanatory Note
The Bill is substantially that recommended by the Ontario Law Reform
Commission in its report on Occupiers' Liability made in 1972. The Bill was
published by the Ministry of the Attorney General in May, 1979 as a discussion
paper and is a companion to An Act to protect against Trespass to Property.
The Bill replaces the categories of duties owed by occupiers under the common
law with a single duty of care based upon the rule of negligence. Exceptions include
a lower duty of care in respect of trespassers and persons permitted to enter for
recreational activity on certain classes of land.
BILL 202 1980
An Act respecting Occupiers' Liability
HER MAJESTY, by and with the advice and consent of
the Legislative Assembly of the Province of Ontario,
enacts as follows:
1. In this Act, interpre-
tation
(a) "occupier" includes,
(i) a person who is in physical possession of
premises, or
(ii) a person who has responsibility for and con-
trol over the condition of premises or the
activities there carried on, or control over
persons allowed to enter the premises,
notwithstanding that there is more than one occupier
of the same premises;
{b) "premises" means lands and structures, or either of
them, and includes,
(i) water,
(ii) ships and vessels,
(iii) trailers and portable structures designed or used
for residence, business or shelter,
(iv) trains, railway cars, vehicles and aircraft, except
while in operation.
2. Subject to section 9, the provisions of this Act apply 5°^™^"^^^'*'
in place of the rules of the common law that determine the superseded
care that the occupier of premises at common law is required
to show for the purpose of determining his liability in law
in respect of dangers to persons entering on the premises or
the property brought on the premises by those persons.
Occupier's
duty
3. — (1) An occupier of premises owes a duty to take
such care as in all the circumstances of the case is reason-
able to see that persons entering on the premises, and the
property brought on the premises by those persons are
reasonably safe while on the premises.
Idem
(2) The duty of care provided for in subsection 1 applies
whether the danger is caused by the condition of the premises
or by an activity carried on on the premises.
Idem
Risks
willingly
assumed
Criminal
activity
(3) The duty of care provided for in subsection 1 applies
except in so far as the occupier of premises is free to and does
restrict, modify or exclude his duty.
4. — (1) The duty of care provided for in subsection 1 of section
3 does not apply in respect of risks willingly assumed by the person
who enters on the premises but in that case the occupier owes a
duty to the person to not create a danger with the deliberate intent
of doing harm or damage to the person or his property and to not
act with reckless disregard of the presence of the person or his
property.
(2) A person who is on premises with the intention of commit-
ting, or in the commission of, a criminal act shall be deemed to
have willingly assumed all risks.
Trespass
and
permitted
recreational
activity
1980, c. . . .
(3) A person who enters premises described in subsection 4 shall
be deemed to have willingly assumed all risks,
(a) where the entry is prohibited under The Trespass to
Property Act, 1980; or
Premises
referred
to in
subs. 3
(b) where the entry is for the purpose of a recreational
activity and,
(i) no fee is paid for the entry or activity of the
person; and
(ii) the person is not being provided with living
accommodation by the occupier.
(4) The premises referred to in subsection 3 are,
(a) a rural premises that is,
(i) used for agricultural purposes, including land
under cultivation, orchards, pastures and
woodlots.
(ii) vacant or undeveloped premises.
3
(iii) forested or wilderness premises;
(6) golf courses when not open for playing;
(c) utility rights-of-way and corridors, excluding structures
located thereon;
id) unopened road allowances;
{e) private roads reasonably marked by notice as such; and
(/) recreational trails reasonably marked by notice as such.
5. — (1) The duty of an occupier under this Act, or his ^^triction
liability for breach thereof, shall not be restricted or excluded uabiiit^y
by the provisions of any contract to which the person to whom
the duty is owed is not a party, whether or not the occupier
is bound by the contract to permit such person to enter
or use the premises.
(2) A contract shall not by virtue of this Act have the Extension
effect, unless it expressly so provides, of making an occupier by contract
who has taken reasonable care, liable to any person not
a party to the contract, for dangers due to the faulty execution
of any work of construction, maintenance or repair, or other
like operation by persons other than himself, his servants,
and persons acting under his direction and control.
(3) Where an occupier is free to restrict, modify or exclude Reasonable
his duty of care or his liability for breach thereof, he shall intom
take reasonable steps to bring such restriction, modification
or exclusion to the attention of the person to whom the
duty is owed.
6. — (1) Where damage to any person or his property is Liability
caused by the negligence of an independent contractor em- independent
ployed by the occupier, the occupier is not on that account contractor
liable if in all the circumstances he had acted reasonably in
entrusting the work to the independent contractor, if he had
taken such steps, if any, as he reasonably ought in order to
satisfy himself that the contractor was competent and that
the work had been properly done, and if it was reasonable
that the work performed by the independent contractor
should have been undertaken.
(2) Where there is more than one occupier of premises, idem
any benefit accruing by reason of subsection 1 to the occupier
who employed the independent contractor shall accrue to all
occupiers of the premises.
Idem
Application
DISS. "
5 (1,2), 6
(3) Nothing in this section affects any duty of the occupier
that is non-delegable at common law or affects any provision
in any other Act that provides that an occupier is liable for
the negligence of an independent contractor.
7. In so far as subsections 1 and 2 of section 5 prevent
the duty of care owed by an occupier, or liability for breach
thereof, from being restricted or excluded, they apply to
contracts entered into both before and after the commence-
ment of this Act, and in so far as section 6 enlarges the duty
of care owed by an occupier, or liability for breach thereof,
it applies only in respect of contracts entered into after the
commencement of this Act.
Obligations
of landlord
as occupier
Idem
Interpre-
tation
Application
of section
Preservation
of higher
obligations
R.S.O. 1970,
C.223
8. — (1) Where premises are occupied or used by virtue
of a tenancy under which the landlord is responsible for
the maintenance or repair of the premises, it is the duty of
the landlord to show towards any person or the property
brought on the premises by those persons, the same duty of
care in respect of dangers arising from any failure on his
part in carrying out his responsibility as is required by this
Act to be shown by an occupier of the premises.
(2) For the purposes of this section, a landlord shall not
be deemed to have made default in carrying out any obliga-
tion to a person unless his default is such as to be actionable
at the suit of the person entitled to possession of the premises.
(3) For the purposes of this section, obligations imposed
by any enactment by virtue of a tenancy shall be treated as
imposed by the tenancy, and "tenancy" includes a statutory
tenancy, an implied tenancy and any contract conferring the
right of occupation, and "landlord" shall be construed
accordingly.
(4) This section applies to all tenancies whether created
before or after the commencement of this Act.
9. — (1) Nothing in this Act relieves an occupier of premises
in any particular case from any higher liabiHty or any duty
to show a higher standard of care that in that case is
incumbent on him by virtue of any enactment or rule of
law imposing special liability or standards of care on particular
classes of persons including, but without restricting the
generality of the foregoing, the obhgations of,
(a) innkeepers, subject to The Innkeepers Act;
(b) common carriers;
(c) bailees.
(2) Nothing in this Act shall be construed to affect the 'faster and
rights, duties and liabilities resulting from a master and relationships
servant relationship where it exists.
(3) The provisions of The Negligence Act apply with respect Application
to causes of action to which this Act applies. rsq 1970
c.'296
10. — (1) This Act binds the Crown, subject to The ^^0- ^ct^^nds
ceedings Against the Crown Act. ^^q 197q
C.365'
(2) This Act does not apply to the Crown or to any Exception
municipal corporation, where the Crown or the municipal
corporation is an occupier of a public highway or a public
road.
11. This Act does not affect rights and liabihties of per- Application
sons in respect of causes of action arising before this Act
comes into force.
12. This Act comes into force on a day to be named by Commence-
mcnt
proclamation of the Lieutenant Governor.
13. The short title of this Act is The Occupiers' Liability Short title
Act, 1980.
o
to
H
X
w
>
(-1-
ffi
o
l-t
o
3
^
o
g
3
o
0)
1-1
g
G
w
H
W
K!
c-o
P
1-1
1>^
>*
n
o
Co
5i-
cr
51-
cr
^*
>i
H-
>3
H-
1^0
<s>
H^
«>
1— '
c^
^
r+
a
r-f-
?i
^
p'
Cr
^
00
O
vO
00
o
>
O
3
>
fS"
o
r-t-
•-1
w
<-!
"
a>
v^
re
o
tn
5'
orq
BILL 202 Government Bill
4th Session, 31st Legislature, Ontario
29 Elizabeth II, 1980
An Act respecting Occupiers' Liability
The Hon. K- McMurtry
Attorney General
(Reprinted as amended by the Resources Development Committee)
TORONTO
Printed by J. C. Thatcher, Queen's Printer for Ontario
Explanatory Note
The Bill is substantially that recommended by the Ontario Law Reform
Commission in its report on Occupiers' Liability made in 1972. The Bill was
published by the Ministry of the Attorney General in May, 1979 as a discussion
paper and is a companion to An Act to protect against Trespass to Property.
The Bill replaces the categories of duties owed by occupiers under the common
law with a single duty of care based upon the rule of negligence. Exceptions include
a lower duty of care in respect of trespassers and persons permitted to enter for
recreational activity on certain classes of land.
BILL 202 1980
An Act respecting Occupiers' Liability
HER MAJESTY, by and with the advice and consent of
the Legislative Assembly of the Province of Ontario,
enacts as follows:
1. In this Act, interpre-
tation
(a) "occupier" includes,
(i) a person who is in physical possession of
premises, or
(ii) a person who has responsibility for and con-
trol over the condition of premises or the
activities there carried on, or control over
persons allowed to enter the premises,
notwithstanding that there is more than one occupier
of the same premises;
(b) "premises" means lands and structures, or either of
them, and includes,
(i) water,
(ii) ships and vessels,
(iii) trailers and portable structures designed or used
for residence, business or shelter,
(iv) trains, railway cars, vehicles and aircraft, except
while in operation.
2. Subject to section 9, the provisions of this Act apply 9°"""?" '^"^
r -, r -, • ^ ^uty of care
m place of the rules of the common law that determme the superseded
care that the occupier of premises at common law is required
to show for the purpose of determining his habihty in law
in respect of dangers to persons entering on the premises or
the property brought on the premises by those persons.
Occupier's
duty
Idem
Idem
Risks
willingly
assumed
Criminal
activity
3. — (1) An occupier of premises owes a duty to take
such care as in all the circumstances of the case is reason-
able to see that persons entering on the premises, and the
property brought on the premises by those persons are
reasonably safe while on the premises.
(2) The duty of care provided for in subsection 1 applies
whether the danger is caused by the condition of the premises
or by an activity carried on on the premises.
(3) The duty of care provided for in subsection 1 applies
except in so far as the occupier of premises is free to and does
restrict, modify or exclude his duty.
4. — (1) The duty of care provided for in subsection 1 of section
3 does not apply in respect of risks willingly assumed by the person
who enters on the premises but in that case the occupier owes a
duty to the person to not create a danger with the deliberate intent
of doing harm or damage to the person or his property and to not
act with reckless disregard of the presence of the person or his
property.
(2) A person who is on premises with the intention of commit-
ting, or in the commission of, a criminal act shall be deemed to
have willingly assumed all risks and is subject to the duty of care
set out in subsection 1.
Trespass
and
permitted
recreational
activity
1980, c. . . .
(3) A person who enters premises described in subsection 4 shall
be deemed to have willingly assumed all risks and is subject to the
duty of care set out in subsection 1,
(a) where the entry is prohibited under The Trespass to
Property Act, 1980;
(b) where the occupier has posted no notice in respect of
entry and has not otherwise expressly permitted entry; or
(c) where the entry is for the purpose of a recreational
activity and,
(i) no fee is paid for the entry or activity of the
person , other timn a benelil or payment received
from a government or government agency or a
non-profit recreation club or association, and
(ii) the person is not being provided with living
accommodation by the occupier.
Premises
referred
to in
subs. 3
(4) The premises referred to in subsection 3 are,
(a) a rural premises that is.
(i) used for agricultural purposes, including land
under cultivation, orchards, pastures, woodlots
and iarm punds,
(ii) vacant or undeveloped premises,
(iii) forested or wilderness premises;
(b) golf courses when not open for playing;
(c) utility rights-of-way and corridors, excluding structures
located thereon;
(d) unopened road allowances;
(e) private roads reasonably marked by notice as such; and
(/) recreational trails reasonably marked by notice as such.
5. — (1) The duty of an occupier under this Act, or his R^tnctwn
Hability for breach thereof, shall not be restricted or excluded uabiiHy
by the provisions of any contract to which the person to whom
the duty is owed is not a party, whether or not the occupier
is bound by the contract to permit such person to enter
or use the premises.
(2) A contract shall not by virtue of this Act have the -Extension
effect, unless it expressly so provides, of making an occupier by contract
who has taken reasonable care, liable to any person not
a party to the contract, for dangers due to the faulty execution
of any work of construction, maintenance or repair, or other
like operation by persons other than himself, his servants,
and persons acting under his direction and control.
(3) Where an occupier is free to restrict, modify or exclude ^g^°"^^'^
his duty of care or his liability for breach thereof, he shall inform
take reasonable steps to bring such restriction, modification
or exclusion to the attention of the person to whom the
duty is owed.
6.' — (1) Where damage to any person or his property is Liability
caused by the negligence of an independent contractor em- independent
ployed by the occupier, the occupier is not on that account contractor
liable if in all the circumstances he had acted reasonably in
entrusting the work to the independent contractor, if he had
taken such steps, if any, as he reasonably ought in order to
satisfy himself that the contractor was competent and that
the work had been properly done, and if it was reasonable
that the work performed by the independent contractor
should have been undertaken.
Idem
Idem
(2) Where there is more than one occupier of premises,
any benefit accruing by reason of subsection 1 to the occupier
who employed the independent contractor shall accrue to all
occupiers of the premises.
(3) Nothing in this section affects any duty of the occupier
that is non-delegable at common law or affects any provision
in any other Act that provides that an occupier is liable for
the negligence of an independent contractor.
Application
of ss. 5 (1,2), 6
7. In so far as subsections 1 and 2 of section 5 prevent
the duty of care owed by an occupier, or liability for breach
thereof, from being restricted or excluded, they apply to
contracts entered into both before and after the commence-
ment of this Act, and in so far as section 6 enlarges the duty
of care owed by an occupier, or liability for breach thereof,
it applies only in respect of contracts entered into after the
commencement of this Act.
Obligations
of landlord
as occupier
8. — (1) Where premises are occupied or used by virtue
of a tenancy under which the landlord is responsible for
the maintenance or repair of the premises, it is the duty of
the landlord to show towards any person or the property
brought on the premises by those persons, the same duty of
care in respect of dangers arising from any failure on his
part in carrying out his responsibility as is required by this
Act to be shown by an occupier of the premises.
Idem (2) For the purposes of this section, a landlord shall not
be deemed to have made default in carrying out any obliga-
tion to a person unless his default is such as to be actionable
at the suit of the person entitled to possession of the premises.
Interpre-
tation
Application
of section
(3) For the purposes of this section, obligations imposed
by any enactment by virtue of a tenancy shall be treated as
imposed by the tenancy, and "tenancy" includes a statutory
tenancy, an implied tenancy and any contract conferring the
right of occupation, and "landlord" shall be construed
accordingly.
(4) This section applies to all tenancies whether created
before or after the commencement of this Act.
Preservation
of higlier
obligations
9. — (1) Nothing in this Act reheves an occupier of premises
in any particular case from any higher liability or any duty
to show a higher standard of care that in that case is
incumbent on him by virtue of any enactment or rule of
law imposing special liabihty or standards of care on particular
classes of persons including, but without restricting the
generality of the foregoing, the obUgations of,
(a) innkeepers, subject to The Innkeepers Ad; ^^j^^^^^'
(b) common carriers;
(c) bailees.
(2) Nothing in this Act shall be construed to affect the i^^ster and
rights, duties and liabilities resulting from a master and relationships
servant relationship where it exists.
(3) The provisions of The Negligence Act apply with respect Application
to causes of action to which this Act applies. rso 1970
c. 296
10.— (1) This Act binds the Crown, subject to The p^^o- ^^^^ ^inds
A ■ 1 r^ A Crown
ceedtngs Against the Crown Act. rso. 1970,
C.365
(2) This Act does not apply to the Crown or to any Exception
municipal corporation, where the Crown or the municipal
corporation is an occupier of a pubhc highway or a public
road.
1 1 . This Act does not affect rights and liabilities of per- Application
sons in respect of causes of action arising before this Act
comes into force.
12. This Act comes into force on a day to be named bv Commence-
ment
proclamation of the Lieutenant Governor.
13. The short title of this Act is The Occupiers' Liability short title
Act, 1980.
>3
s
TO
;§
^b-
2
O)
s"
b
TO
<^
f:i-
<5
TO
G
Cn
f
a
§
TO
TO
TO
O
?i-
o
O"
V
H
w
w
>
ffi
r-t-
O
•-1
o
3
•<
.^
^
13
o
i-l
P
§
G
W
H
W
k!
c-o
t~*
>*
n
o
^
Si.
cr
?i-
cr
'■*•
t^
^
>3
^
>3
TO
H-^
TO
)— k
TO
^
r-^
a
(-K
?i
^
cr
cr
Pi.
^
00
o
o
00
o
1'
o
o
>
o
3
c
*o_
>
S'
o
r-t-
l-t
CAl
i-t
"
rD
r
X3
o
ft-
tr;
5'
orq
BILL 202
4th Session, 31st Legislature, Ontario
29 Elizabeth II, 1980
An Act respecting Occupiers* Liability
The Hon. R. McMurtry
Attorney General
TORONTO
Printed by J. C. Thatcher, Queen's Printer for Ontario
:::. .».Ui
iA £:;
BILL 202 1980
An Act respecting Occupiers* Liability
HER MAJESTY, by and with the advice and consent of
the Legislative Assembly of the Province of Ontario,
enacts as follows:
1. In this Act, interpre-
tation
{a) "occupier" includes,
(i) a person who is in physical possession of
premises, or
(ii) a person who has responsibility for and con-
trol over the condition of premises or the
activities there carried on, or control over
persons allowed to enter the premises,
notwithstanding that there is more than one occupier
of the same premises;
(b) "premises" means lands and structures, or either of
them, and includes,
(i) water,
(ii) ships and vessels,
(iii) trailers and portable structures designed or used
for residence, business or shelter,
(iv) trains, railway cars, vehicles and aircraft, except
while in operation.
2. Subject to section 9, the provisions of this Act apply Common law
in place of the rules of the common law that determine the superseded
care that the occupier of premises at common law is required
to show for the purpose of determining his liability in law
in respect of dangers to persons entering on the premises or
the property brought on the premises by those persons.
Occupier's
duty
Idem
Idem
Risks
willingly
assumed
Criminal
activity
3. — (1) An occupier of premises owes a duty to take
such care as in all the circumstances of the case is reason-
able to see that persons entering on the premises, and the
property brought on the premises by those persons are
reasonably safe while on the premises.
(2) The duty of care provided for in subsection 1 applies
whether the danger is caused by the condition of the premises
or by an activity carried on on the premises.
(3) The duty of care provided for in subsection 1 applies
except in so far as the occupier of premises is free to and does
restrict, modify or exclude his duty.
4. — (1) The duty of care provided for in subsection 1 of section
3 does not apply in respect of risks willingly assumed by the person
who enters on the premises but in that case the occupier owes a
duty to the person to not create a danger with the deliberate intent
of doing harm or damage to the person or his property and to not
act with reckless disregard of the presence of the person or his
property.
(2) A person who is on premises with the intention of commit-
ting, or in the commission of, a criminal act shall be deemed to
have willingly assumed all risks and is subject to the duty of care
set out in subsection 1.
Trespass
and
permitted
recreational
activity
19->0, c. . ..
(3) A person who enters premises described in subsection 4 shall
be deemed to have willingly assumed all risks and is subject to the
duty of care set out in subsection 1 ,
(a) where the entry is prohibited under The Trespass to
Property Act, 1980;
(b) where the occupier has posted no notice in respect of
entry and has not otherwise expressly permitted entry; or
(c) where the entry is for the purpose of a recreational
activity and,
(i) no fee is paid for the entry or activity of the
person, other than a benefit or payment received
from a government or government agency or a
non-profit recreation club or association, and
(ii) the person is not being provided with living
accommodation by the occupier.
Premises
referred
to in
subs. 3
(4) The premises referred to in subsection 3 are,
(a) a rural premises that is.
(i) used for agricultural purposes, including land
under cultivation, orchards, pastures, woodlots
and farm ponds,
(ii) vacant or undeveloped premises,
(iii) forested or wilderness premises;
(b) golf courses when not open for playing;
(c) utility rights-of-way and corridors, excluding structures
located thereon;
(d) unopened road allowances;
(e) private roads reasonably marked by notice as such; and
(/) recreational trails reasonably marked by notice as such.
5.— (1) The duty of an occupier under this Act, or his Restriction
liability for breach thereof, shall not be restricted or excluded liability ^
by the provisions of any contract to which the person to whom
the duty is owed is not a party, whether or not the occupier
is bound by the contract to permit such person to enter
or use the premises.
(2) A contract shall not by virtue of this Act have the -Extension
effect, unless it expressly so provides, of making an occupier by contract
who has taken reasonable care, liable to any person not
a party to the contract, for dangers due to the faulty execution
of any work of construction, maintenance or repair, or other
like operation by persons other than himself, his servants,
and persons acting under his direction and control.
(3) Where an occupier is free to restrict, modify or exclude Reasonable
his duty of care or his liability for breach thereof, he shall inform
take reasonable steps to bring such restriction, modification
or exclusion to the attention of the person to whom the
duty is owed.
6.' — (1) Where damage to any person or his property is Liability
caused by the negligence of an independent contractor em- independent
ployed by the occupier, the occupier is not on that account contractor
liable if in all the circumstances he had acted reasonably in
entrusting the work to the independent contractor, if he had
taken such steps, if any, as he reasonably ought in order to
satisfy himself that the contractor was competent and that
the work had been properly done, and if it was reasonable
that the work performed by the independent contractor
should have been undertaken.
Idem
Idem
(2) Where there is more than one occupier of premises,
any benefit accruing by reason of subsection 1 to the occupier
who employed the independent contractor shall accrue to all
occupiers of the premises.
(3) Nothing in this section affects any duty of the occupier
that is non-delegable at common law or affects any provision
in any other Act that provides that an occupier is liable for
the negligence of an independent contractor.
Application
ofss, 5 (1.2), 6
7. In SO far as subsections 1 and 2 of section 5 prevent
the duty of care owed by an occupier, or liability for breach
thereof, from being restricted or excluded, they apply to
contracts entered into both before and after the commence-
ment of this Act, and in so far as section 6 enlarges the duty
of care owed by an occupier, or liability for breach thereof,
it applies only in respect of contracts entered into after the
commencement of this Act.
Obligations
of landlord
as occupier
8. — (1) Where premises are occupied or used by virtue
of a tenancy under which the landlord is responsible for
the maintenance or repair of the premises, it is the duty of
the landlord to show towards any person or the property
brought on the premises by those persons, the same duty of
care in respect of dangers arising from any failure on his
part in carrying out his responsibility as is required by this
Act to be shown by an occupier of the premises.
Idem
(2) For the purposes of this section, a landlord shall not
be deemed to have made default in carrying out any obliga-
tion to a person unless his default is such as to be actionable
at the suit of the person entitled to possession of the premises.
Interpre-
tation
Application
of section
(3) For the purposes of this section, obligations imposed
by any enactment by virtue of a tenancy shall be treated as
imposed by the tenancy, and "tenancy" includes a statutory
tenancy, an implied tenancy and any contract conferring the
right of occupation, and "landlord" shall be construed
accordingly.
(4) This section applies to all tenancies whether created
before or after the commencement of this Act.
Preservation
of higher
obligations
9. — (1) Nothing in this Act relieves an occupier of premises
in any particular case from any higher liability or any duty
to show a higher standard of care that in that case is
incumbent on him by virtue of any enactment or rule of
law imposing special liability or standards of care on particular
classes of persons including, but without restricting the
generality of the foregoing, the obligations of,
(a) innkeepers, subject to The Innkeepers Act; ^^.o. i970,
{b) common carriers;
(c) bailees.
(2) Nothine in this Act shall be construed to affect the faster and
SGrvcLnt
rights, duties and liabilities resulting from a master and relationships
servant relationship where it exists.
(3) The provisions of The Negligence Act apply with respect Application
to causes of action to which this Act applies. r s o 1970
c. 296
10.— (1) This Act binds the Crown, subject to The P^o- ^^^^^^
ceedings Against the Crown Act. r so. 1970,
C.365
(2) This Act does not apply to the Crown or to any Exception
municipal corporation, where the Crown or the municipal
corporation is an occupier of a public highway or a public
road.
11. This Act does not affect rights and liabihties of per- Application
sons in respect of causes of action arising before this Act
comes into force.
12. This Act comes into force on a day to be named bv Comn^^nce-
•^ ^ ment
proclamation of the Lieutenant Governor.
13. The short title of this Act is The Occupiers' Liability Short title
Act, 1980.
H
a
w
>
ffi
O
o
3
CD
.^
S
3
n
-i
P3
n
W
H
W
Kj
CX)
o
o
R-
p
1-1
o
13-
Co
>3
^
>3
?:«
«)
1 ■
Cfe
H- '
«i
R
(-^
a
r*
R
R-
iir
a.
jr
S-
0^
o
00
o
0^
o
00
o
OC5
O
O
>
o
3
"2
>
rS'
o
>-t
w
i-l
-
n>
V."^
p
CD
a;
o
5'
(TO
BILL 203 Government Bill
4th Session, 31st Legislature, Ontario
29 Elizabeth II, 1980
An Act to protect against
Trespass to Property
The Hon. R. McMurtry
Attorney General
TORONTO
Printed by J. C. Thatcher, Queen's Printer for Ontario
Explanatory Note
This Bill was published by the Ministry of the Attorney General in May, 1979
as a discussion paper and is a companion to An Act respecting Occupiers' Liability.
The Bill provides more effective penalties for trespass and provides for a
system whereby an owner can give a limited right of entry to permit recreational
activity. The Bill respecting Occupiers' Liability limits the liability of the owner in
such cases.
BILL 203 1980
An Act to protect against
Trespass to Property
HER MAJESTY, by and with the advice and consent of
the Legislative Assembly of the Province of Ontario,
enacts as follows:
1. In this Act, interpre-
tation
(a) "occupier" includes,
(i) a person who is in physical possession of
premises, or
(ii) a person who has responsibility for and
control over the condition of premises or the
activities there carried on, or control over
persons allowed to enter the premises,
notwithstanding that there is more than one occupier of
the same premises;
(b) "person" includes a board as defined in The Education i974, c. io9
Act, 1974;
(c) "premises" means lands and structures, or either of
them, and includes,
(i) water,
(ii) ships and vessels,
(iii) trailers and portable structures designed or used
for residence, business or shelter,
(iv) trains, railway cars, vehicles and aircraft, except
while in operation.
2 . — ( 1) Every person who is not acting under a right or author- J'^^g^^^.^
ity conferred by law and who.
(a) without the express permission of the occupier, the
proof of which rests on the defendant,
(i) enters on premises when entry is prohibited
under this Act, or
(ii) engages in an activity on premises when the
activity is prohibited under this Act ; or
(b) does not leave the premises immediately after he is
directed to do so by the occupier of the premises or
a person authorized by the occupier,
is guilty of an offence and on conviction is liable to a line
of not more than $1,000.
Colour
of right
as a
defence
(2) It is a defence to a charge under subsection 1 in
respect of premises that is land that the person charged
reasonably believed that he had title to or an interest in the
land that entitled him to do the act complained of.
Prohibition
of entry
3. — (1) Entry on premises may be prohibited by notice to
that effect and entry is prohibited without any notice on
premises,
(a) that is a garden, field or other land that is under cultiva-
tion, including a lawn, orchard, vineyard and premises
on which trees have been planted and have not attained
an average height of more than one metre; or
(6) that is enclosed in a manner that indicates the
occupier's intention to keep persons off the premises
or to keep animals on the premises.
Imphed
permission
to use
approach
to door
(2) There is a presumption that access for lawful purposes
to the door of a building on premises by a means apparently
provided and used for the purpose of access is not prohibited.
Limited
fjermission
Limited
prohibition
4. — (1) Where notice is given that one or more particular
activities are permitted, all other activities and entry for the
purpose are prohibited and any additional notice that entry is
prohibited or a particular activity is prohibited on the same
premises shall be construed to be for greater certainty only.
(2) Where entry on premises is not prohibited under section 3 or
by notice that one or more particular activities are permitted
under subsection 1, and notice is given that a particular activity is
prohibited, that activity and entry for the purpose is prohibited
and all other activities and entry for the purpose are not prohi-
bited.
5. — (1) A notice under this Act may be eri van, Method
^ ^ o of giving
notice
(a) orally or in writing ;
(6) by means of signs posted so that a sign is clearly
visible in daylight under normal conditions from the
approach to each ordinary point of access to the
premises to which it applies; or
(c) by means of the marking system set out in sec-
tion 7.
(2) Substantial compliance with clause 6 or c of subsection Substantial
< • re ■ X. i- compliance
1 IS sumcient notice. ^
6. — (1) A sign naming an activity or showing a graphic ^orm
representation of an activity is sufficient for the purpose of ° ^'^"
giving notice that the activity is permitted.
(2) A sign naming an activity with an oblique Hne drawn '^em
through the name or showing a graphic representation of
an activity with an oblique line drawn through the repre-
sentation is sufficient for the. purpose of giving notice that the
activity is prohibited.
7. — (1) Red markings made and posted in accordance with ^ed
subsections 3 and 4 are sufficient for the purpose of giving "^ "^ "
notice that entry on the premises is prohibited.
(2) Yellow markings made and posted in accordance with Yeiiow
subsections 3 and 4 are sufficient for the purpose of giving
notice that entry is prohibited except for the purpose of
certain activities and shall be deemed to be notice of the
activities permitted.
(3) A marking under this section shall be of such a size size
that a circle ten centimetres in diameter can be contained
wholly within it.
(4) Markings under this section shall be so placed that a Porting
marking is clearly visible in daylight under normal conditions
from the approach to each ordinary point of access to the
premises to which it applies.
8. A notice or permission under this Act may be given in Notice
respect of any part of the premises of an occupier. ^o part
of premises
Arrest
without
warrant
9. — (1) A police officer, or the occupier of premises, or a person
authorized by the occupier may arrest without warrant any person
he believes on reasonable and probable grounds to be on the
premises in contravention of section 2 .
Delivery
to police
officer
(2) Where the person who makes an arrest under subsection 1 is
not a police officer, he shall promptly call for the assistance of a
police officer and give the person arrested into the custody of the
police officer.
Application
of 1979, c, 4
Motor
vehicles
R.S.O. 1970,
c. 202
(3) A police officer to whom the custody of a person is given
under subsection 2 shall be deemed to have arrested the person for
the purposes of the provisions of The Provincial Offences Act,
1979 applying to his release or continued detention and bail.
1 0. Where an offence under this Act is committed by means
of a motor vehicle, as defined in The Highway Traffic Act,
the driver of the motor vehicle is liable to the fine provided
under this Act and, where the driver is not the owner, the
owner of the motor vehicle is also liable to the fine provided
under this Act unless, at the tiifie the offence was committed,
the motor vehicle was in the possession of a person other
than the owner without the owner's consent.
Damage
award
Costs of
prosecution
1979, c. 4
Damages
and costs
in addition
to fine
Civil
action
11. — (1) Where a person is convicted of an offence under
section 2, and a person has suffered damage caused by the
person convicted during the commission of the offence, the
court shall, on the request of the prosecutor and with the
consent of the person who suffered the damage, determine the
damages and shall make a judgment for damages against the
person convicted in favour of the person who suffered the
damage, but no judgment shall be for an amount in excess of
$1,000.
(2) Where a prosecution under section 2 is conducted by
a private prosecutor, and the defendant is convicted, unless
the court is of the opinion that the prosecution was not
necessary for the protection of the occupier or his interests,
the court shall determine the actual costs reasonably incurred
in conducting the prosecution and, notwithstanding section 61
of The Provincial Offences Act, 1979, shall order those costs
to be paid by the defendant to the prosecutor.
(3) A judgment for damages under subsection 1, or an
award of costs under subsection 2, shall be in addition to any
fine that is imposed under this Act.
(4) A judgment for damages under subsection 1 extinguishes
the right of the person in whose favour the judgment is made to
bring a civil action for damages against the person convicted
arising out of the same facts.
(5) The failure to request or refusal to grant a judgment for Wem
damages under subsection 1 does not affect a right to bring a civil
action for damages arising out of the same facts.
(6) The judgment for damages under subsection 1, and the Enforce-
award for costs under subsection 2 , may be filed in a small claims
court and shall be deemed to be a judgment or order of that court
for the purposes of enforcement.
12. The Petty Trespass Act, being chapter 347 of the ^^p^^'
Revised Statutes of Ontario, 1970, is repealed.
13. This Act comes into force on a day to be named by Commence-
proclamation of the Lieutenant Governor.
14. The short title of this Act is The Trespass to Property Short title
Act, 1980.
o
to
H
s
w
>
ffi
O
o
3
.^
O
g
3
o
ft
i-t
s
SL
a
w
H
w
►<
^
^
1-1
n
?5.
1-1
n
In
h- '
>3
1— »
I— »
>3
5S
(-1-
55
<-^
Q
^
tr
S-
p-
^'
o
00
o
0^
O
00
O
S
OK,
P
orq
P
5'
r-t-
>
H
3
CO
>
o
O
C/)
^
(-1-
i-l
O
O
^
(-»■
::i
o
o
r+
X)
rt>
I
BILL 203 Government Bill
4th Session, 31st Legislature, Ontario
29 Elizabeth II, 1980
An Act to protect against
Trespass to Property
The Hon. R. McMurtry
Attorney General
{Reprinted as amended by the Resources Development Committee)
TORONTO
Printed by J. C. Thatcher, Queen's Printer for Ontario
Explanatory Note
This Bill was published by the Ministry of the Attorney General in May, 1979
as a discussion paper and is a companion to An Act respecting Occupiers' Liability .
The Bill provides more effective penalties for trespass and provides for a
system whereby an owner can give a limited right of entry to permit recreational
activity. The Bill respecting Occupiers' Liability limits the liability of the owner in
such cases.
BILL 203 1980
An Act to protect against
Trespass to Property
HER MAJESTY, by and with the advice and consent of
the Legislative Assembly of the Province of Ontario,
enacts as follows:
1. (1) In this Act, interpre-
tation
{a) "occupier" includes,
(i) a person who is in physical possession of
premises, or
(ii) a person who has responsibility for and
control over the condition of premises or the
activities there carried on, or control over
persons allowed to enter the premises,
notwithstanding that there is more than one occupier of
the same premises;
(b) "premises" means lands and structures, or either of
them, and includes,
(i) water,
(ii) ships and vessels,
(iii) trailers and portable structures designed or used
for residence, business or shelter,
(iv) trains, railway cars, vehicles and aircraft, except
while in operation.
(2) A school board has all the rights and duties of an occupier in School
. , -. , . _,, _, , . . boards
respect of its school sites as defined in The Education Act, 1974 . ,974 ^ jgg
2. — (1) Every person who is not acting under a right or author- Trespass
ity conferred by law and who.
{a) without the express permission of the occupier, the
proof of which rests on the defendant,
(i) enters on premises when entry is prohibited
under this Act, or
(ii) engages in an activity on premises when the
activity is prohibited under this Act ; or
(b) does not leave the premises immediately after he is
directed to do so by the occupier of the premises or
a person authorized by the occupier,
is guilty of an offence and on conviction is liable to a fine
of not more than $1,000.
Colour
of right
asa
defence
(2) It is a defence to a charge under subsection 1 in
respect of premises that is land that the person charged
reasonably believed that he had title to or an interest in the
land that entitled him to do the act complained of.
Prohibition
of entry
3. — (1) Entry on premises may be prohibited by notice to
that effect and entry is prohibited without any notice on
premises,
(a) that is a garden, field or other land that is under cultiva-
tion, including a lawn, orchard, vineyard and premises
on which trees have been planted and have not attained
an average height of more than two metres and woudlots
on land used primarily fur agricultural purposes; or
(6) that is enclosed in a manner that indicates the
occupier's intention to keep persons off the premises
or to keep animals on the premises.
Implied
{jermission
to use
approach
to door
(2) There is a presumption that access for lawful purposes
to the door of a building on premises by a means apparently
provided and used for the purpose of access is not prohibited.
Limited
permission
Limited
prohibition
4. — (1) Where notice is given that one or more particular
activities are permitted, all other activities and entry for the
purpose are prohibited and any additional notice that entry is
prohibited or a particular activity is prohibited on the same
premises shall be construed to be for greater certainty only.
(2) Where entry on premises is not prohibited under section 3 or
by notice that one or more particular activities are permitted
under subsection 1 , and notice is given that a particular activity is
prohibited, that activity and entry for the purpose is prohibited
and all other activities and entry for the purpose are not prohi-
bited.
5. — (1) A notice under this Act may be given. Method
^ ' •' <=> of giving
notice
(a) orally or in writing ;
(b) by means of signs posted so that a sign is clearly
visible in daylight under normal conditions from the
approach to each ordinary point of access to the
premises to which it applies ; or
(c) by means of the marking system set out in sec-
tion 7,
(2) Substantial compliance with clause 6 or c of subsection Substantial
< . re • i i- compliance
1 is sufficient notice. ^
6.— (1) A sign naming an activity or showing a graphic ^orm
representation of an activity is sufficient for the purpose of ° ^*^"
giving notice that the activity is permitted.
(2) A sign naming an activity with an oblique line drawn '^^"^
through the name or showing a graphic representation of
an activity with an oblique line drawn through the repre-
sentation is sufficient for the purpose of giving notice that the
activity is prohibited.
7. — (1) Red markings made and posted in accordance with ^^'^
subsections 3 and 4 are sufficient for the purpose of giving "* ^
notice that entry on the premises is prohibited.
(2) Yellow markings made and posted in accordance with Yeiiow
m3.rkiri£rs
subsections 3 and 4 are sufficient for the purpose of giving
notice that entry is prohibited except for the purpose of
certain activities and shall be deemed to be notice of the
activities permitted.
(3) A marking under this section shall be of such a size Size
that a circle ten centimetres in diameter can be contained
wholly within it.
(4) Markings under this section shall be so placeci that a Posting
marking is clearly visible in daylight under normal conditions
from the approach to each ordinary point of access to the
premises to which it applies.
8. A notice or permission under this Act may be given in Notice
respect of any part of the premises of an occupier. to pan
of premises
Arrest
without
warrant
on premises
9. — (1) A police officer, or the occupier of premises, or a person
authorized by the occupier may arrest without warrant any person
he believes on reasonable and probable grounds to be on the
premises in contravention of section 2 .
Delivery
to police
officer
(2) Where the person who makes an arrest under subsection 1 is
not a police officer, he shall promptly call for the assistance of a
police officer and give the person arrested into the custody of the
police officer.
Application
of 1979. c. 4
Arrest
without
warrant
off premises
(3) A police officer to whom the custody of a person is given
under subsection 2 shall be deemed to have arrested the person for
the purposes of the provisions of The Provincial Offences Act,
1979 applying to his release or continued detention and bail.
10. Where a police officer believes on reasonable and proba-
ble grounds that a person has been in contravention of section 2
and has made fresh departure from the premises, and the person
refuses to give his name and address, or there are reasonable and
probable grounds to believe that the name or address given is
false, the police officer may arrest the person without warrant.
Motor
vehicles
R.S.O. 1970,
c. 202
Damage
award
1 1 . Where an offence under this Act is committed by means
of a motor vehicle, as defined in The Highway Traffic Act,
the driver of the motor vehicle is liable to the fine provided
under this Act and, where the driver is not the owner, the
owner of the motor vehicle is liable to the line provided under this
Act unless the driver is convicted of the offence or, at the time the
offence wa? committed, the motor vehicle was in the possession of
a person other than the owner without the owner's consent.
12. — (1) Where a person is convicted of an offence under
section 2, and a person has suffered damage caused by the
person convicted during the commission of the offence, the
court shall, on the request of the prosecutor and with the
consent of the person who suffered the damage, determine the
damages and shall make a judgment for damages against the
person convicted in favour of the person who suffered the
damage, but no judgment shall be for an amount in excess of
$1,000.
Costs of
prosecution
1979, c. 4
(2) Where a prosecution under section 2 is conducted by
a private prosecutor, and the defendant is convicted, unless
the court is of the opinion that the prosecution was not
necessary for the protection of the occupier or his interests,
the court shall determine the actual costs reasonably incurred
in conducting the prosecution and, notwithstanding section 61
of The Provincial Offences Act, 1979, shall order those costs
to be paid by the defendant to the prosecutor.
(3) A judgment for damages under subsection 1, or an Damages
award of costs under subsection 2, shall be in addition to any in addition
fine that is imposed under this Act. ^°^"^
(4) A judgment for damages under subsection 1 extinguishes Cmi
3.ct]on
the right of the person in whose favour the judgment is made to
bring a civil action for damages against the person convicted
arising out of the same facts.
(5) The failure to request or refusal to grant a judgment for Wem
damages under subsection 1 does not affect a right to bring a civil
action for damages arising out of the same facts.
(6) The judgment for damages under subsection 1, and the Enforce-
award for costs under subsection 2, may be filed in a small claims
court and shall be deemed to be a judgment or order of that court
for the purposes of enforcement.
13. The Petty Trespass Act, being chapter 347 of the R^p^^i
Revised Statutes of Ontario, 1970, is repealed.
14. This Act comes into force on a day to be named by Commence-
proclamation of the Lieutenant Governor.
15. The short title of this Act is The Trespass to Property Short title
Act, 1980.
>3
C3
>o
8
c^
;5
"^
3.
Co
s
b
c^
r%
a-
<2
g
1*
C5
«i
O Pi-
o
s
O-
V
H
w
^
ft) ^
p c;
H
3
to
s»-
cr
a-
cr
"^
t^
>i
!_.
>3
«>
(_i
Cfe
1.^
<^
s>
r-r-
e
<-»■
ft
Si-
tr
S-
»-
Cl
^*.
^*.
^
1— »
00
o
0^
1— '
sO
00
o
s
P
crq
P
5'
>
H
3
►-1
>
o
P
O O
O (-<■
BILL 203
4th Session, 31st Legislature, Ontario
29 Elizabeth II, 1980
An Act to protect against
Trespass to Property
The Hon. R. McMurtry
Attorney General
TORONTO
Printed by J. C. Thatcher, Queen's Printer for Ontario
BILL 203 1980
An Act to protect against
Trespass to Property
HER MAJESTY, by and with the advice and consent of
the Legislative Assembly of the Province of Ontario,
enacts as follows:
1. (1) In this Act, interpre-
tation
{a) "occupier" includes,
(i) a person who is in physical possession of
premises, or
(ii) a person who has responsibility for and
control over the condition of premises or the
activities there carried on, or control over
persons allowed to enter the premises,
notwithstanding that there is more than one occupier of
the same premises;
(b) "premises" means lands and structures, or either of
them, and includes,
(i) water,
(ii) ships and vessels,
(iii) trailers and portable structures designed or used
for residence, business or shelter,
(iv) trains, railway cars, vehicles and aircraft, except
while in operation.
(2) A school board has all the rights and duties of an occupier in ^'^''°?'
respect of its school sites as defined in The Education Act, 1974 . jg^^ ^ jog
2. — (1) Every person who is not acting under a right or author- Trespass
- Ill II an offence
ity conferred by law and who.
{a) without the express permission of the occupier, the
proof of which rests on the defendant,
(i) enters on premises when entry is prohibited
under this Act, or
(ii) engages in an activity on premises when the
activity is prohibited under this Act ; or
(b) does not leave the premises immediately after he is
directed to do so by the occupier of the premises or
a person authorized by the occupier,
is guilty of an offence and on conviction is liable to a fine
of not more than $1,000.
Colour
of right
as a
defence
(2) It is a defence to a charge under subsection 1 in
respect of premises that is land that the person charged
reasonably believed that he had title to or an interest in the
land that entitled him to do the act complained of.
Prohibition
of entry
3.— (1) Entry on premises may be prohibited by notice to
that effect and entry is prohibited without any notice on
premises,
(a) that is a garden, field or other land that is under cultiva-
tion, including a lawn, orchard, vineyard and premises
on which trees have been planted and have not attained
an average height of more than two metres and woodlots
on land used primarily for agricultural purposes; or
(b) that is enclosed in a manner that indicates the
occupier's intention to keep persons off the premises
or to keep animals on the premises.
Implied
permission
to use
approach
to door
(2) There is a presumption that access for lawful purposes
to the door of a building on premises by a means apparently
provided and used for the purpose of access is not prohibited.
Limited
permission
Limited
prohibition
4. — (1) Where notice is given that one or more particular
activities are permitted, all other activities and entry for the
purpose are prohibited and any additional notice that entry is
prohibited or a particular activity is prohibited on the same
premises shall be construed to be for greater certainty only.
(2) Where entry on premises is not prohibited under section 3 or
by notice that one or more particular activities are permitted
under subsection 1, and notice is given that a particular activity is
prohibited, that activity and entry for the purpose is prohibited
and all other activities and entry for the purpose are not prohi-
bited.
5. — (1) A notice under this Act may be given, Method
^ ' JO' of giving
notice
(a) orally or in writing ;
{b) by means of signs posted so that a sign is clearly
visible in daylight under normal conditions from the
approach to each ordinary point of access to the
premises to which it applies; or
(c) by means of the marking system set out in sec-
tion 7.
(2) Substantial compliance with clause 6 or c of subsection Substantial
. . re ■ . ^ • compliance
1 is suincient notice.
e. — (1) A sign naming an activity or showing a graphic Form
representation of an activity is sufficient for the purpose of
giving notice that the activity is permitted.
(2) A sign naming an activity with an obhque line drawn ^^^^
through the name or showing a graphic representation of
an activity with an oblique line drawn through the repre-
sentation is sufficient for the purpose of giving notice that the
activity is prohibited.
7. — (1) Red markings made and posted in accordance with ^^^, .
ITlcLrKHlCfS
subsections 3 and 4 are sufficient for the purpose of giving
notice that entry on the premises is prohibited.
(2) Yellow markings made and posted in accordance with Yeiiow
ni3.rKin?s
subsections 3 and 4 are sufficient for the purpose of giving
notice that entry is prohibited except for the purpose of
certain activities and shall be deemed to be notice of the
activities permitted.
(3) A marking under this section shall be of such a size size
that a circle ten centimetres in diameter can be contained
wholly within it.
(4) Markings under this section shall be so placed that a Pasting
marking is clearly visible in daylight under normal conditions
from the approach to each ordinary point of access to the
premises to which it applies.
8. A notice or permission under this Act may be given in Notice
- - , • r • applicable
respect of any part of the premises of an occupier. to part
of premises
Arrest
witliout
warrant
on premises
9. — (1) A police officer, or the occupier of premises, or a person
authorized by the occupier may arrest without warrant any person
he believes on reasonable and probable grounds to be on the
premises in contravention of section 2.
Delivery
to police
officer
(2) Where the person who makes an arrest under subsection 1 is
not a police officer, he shall promptly call for the assistance of a
police officer and give the person arrested into the custody of the
police officer.
Application
of 1979, c. 4
(3) A police officer to whom the custody of a person is given
under subsection 2 shall be deemed to have arrested the person for
the purposes of the provisions of The Provincial Offences Act,
1979 applying to his release or continued detention and bail.
Arrest
witliout
warrant
off premises
1 0. Where a police officer believes on reasonable and proba-
ble grounds that a person has been in contravention of section 2
and has made fresh departure from the premises, and the person
refuses to give his name and address, or there are reasonable and
probable grounds to believe that the name or address given is
false, the police officer may arrest the person without warrant.
Motor
vehicles
R.S.O. 1970,
c. 202
Damage
award
1 1 . Where an offence under this Act is committed by means
of a motor vehicle, as defined in The Highway Traffic Act,
the driver of the motor vehicle is liable to the fine provided
under this Act and, where the driver is not the owner, the
owner of the motor vehicle is liable to the fine provided under this
Act unless the driver is convicted of the offence or, at the time the
offence was committed, the motor vehicle was in the possession of
a person other than the owner without the owner's consent.
12. — (1) Where a person is convicted of an offence under
section 2, and a person has suffered damage caused by the
person convicted during the commission of the offence, the
court shall, on the request of the prosecutor and with the
consent of the person who suffered the damage, determine the
damages and shall make a judgment for damages against the
person convicted in favour of the person who suffered the
damage, but no judgment shall be for an amount in excess of
$1,000.
Costs of
prosecution
1979, c. 4
(2) Where a prosecution under section 2 is conducted by
a private prosecutor, and the defendant is convicted, unless
the court is of the opinion that the prosecution was not
necessary for the protection of the occupier or his interests,
the court shall determine the actual costs reasonably incurred
in conducting the prosecution and, notwithstanding section 61
of The Provincial Offences Act, 1979, shall order those costs
to be paid by the defendant to the prosecutor.
(3) A judgment for damages under subsection 1, or an damages
award of costs under subsection 2, shall be in addition to any in"addition
fine that is imposed under this Act. ^°^"^
(4) A judgment for damages under subsection 1 extinguishes Civji
the right of the person in whose favour the judgment is made to
bring a civil action for damages against the person convicted
arising out of the same facts.
(5) The failure to request or refusal to grant a judgment for idem
damages under subsection 1 does not affect a right to bring a civil
action for damages arising out of the same facts.
(6) The judgment for damages under subsection 1, and the Enforce-
award for costs under subsection 2 , may be filed in a small claims
court and shall be deemed to be a judgment or order of that court
for the purposes of enforcement.
13. The Petty Trespass Act, being chapter 347 of the k«p«»^
Revised Statutes of Ontario, 1970, is repealed.
14. This Act comes into force on a day to be named by Commence-
proclamation of the Lieutenant Governor.
15. The short title of this Act is The Trespass to Property Short title
Act, 1980.
H
w
w
>
K
o
1-1
o
3
.^
fD
g
13
o
§
£L
c;
w
H
w
►<
00
o
a.
•-J
O
p
'-t
n
>3
^_,
>i
S
OJ
^.^
c^
[_i
Cli
C>
r+
55
^-^
Si
s
jr
l^-
0^5
vO
00
o
C^
00
O
Or<5
P
(TO
P
5'
r-t-
>
H
3
ft
>
o
P
o
C/l
X)
(-1-
1-1
O
o
h3
fD
1-1
O
o
r-t-
^13
a>
BILL 204 Government Bill
4th Session, 31st Legislature, Ontario
29 Elizabeth II, 1980
An Act to amend
The Executive Council Act
The Hon. T. L. Wells
Minister of Intergovernmental Affairs
TORONTO
Printed by J. C. Thatcher, Queen's Printer for Ontario
Explanatory Note
The provision for the payment of the actual cost of accommodation in Met-
ropolitan Toronto for a minister of the Crown who resides outside Metropolitan
Toronto is linked to the provision for payment of the actual cost of accommodation
in Metropolitan Toronto for members of the Assembly under subsection 7 of
section 65 of The Legislative Assembly Act.
BILL 204 1980
An Act to amend
The Executive Council Act
HER MAJESTY, by and with the advice and consent of the
Legislative Assembly of the Province of Ontario, enacts as
follows:
1. Subsection 1 of section ia of The Executive Council Act, being ^ ■^'' *^''
chapter 153 of the Revised Statutes of Ontario, 1970, as re-enacted
by the Statutes of Ontario, 1979, chapter 76, section 2, is repealed
and the following substituted therefor:
(1) Every minister of the Crown whose principal residence is Cost of
outside The Municipality of Metropolitan Toronto shall be paid tion in
the actual cost of his accommodation within The Municipality of T'°''°"to
Metropolitan Toronto not exceeding in any year an amount that is
$1 ,000 more than the amount determined in respect of the year by
the Board of Internal Economy under subsection 7 of section 65 of
The Legislative Assembly Act. R.s.o. i97o,
2. This Act shall be deemed to have come into force on the 1st day of Commence-
ment
April, 1980.
3 . The short title of this Act is The Executive Council Amendment A ct, ^^"'"'^ ''*'^
1980.
<2
ba
n
H
o
3
ffi
^-^
o
.^^
era
o
<
H
n
1-1
3
r
3
a>
^
S
w
p
r- r
>"
p
S
Pi,
o
<
o
00
o
>3
0^
H
ET
n
^>
S
n
C
>
o
<
(-h
Oi
O
n p
o
c
3
n
3
S
o_
CL
t— *
>
BILL 204
4th Session, 31st Legislature, Ontario
29 Elizabeth II, 1980
An Act to amend
The Executive Council Act
The Hon. T. L. Wells
Minister of Intergovernmental Affairs
TORONTO
Printed by J. C. Thatcher, Queen's Printer for Ontario
BILL 204 1980
An Act to amend
The Executive Council Act
HER MAJESTY, by and with the advice and consent of the
Legislative Assembly of the Province of Ontario, enacts as
follows:
1. Subsection 1 of section 3a of The Executive Council Act, being* 3a (i),
chapter 153 of the Revised Statutes of Ontario, 1970, as re-enacted
by the Statutes of Ontario, 1979, chapter 76, section 2, is repealed
and the following substituted therefor:
(1) Every minister of the Crown whose principal residence is Cost of
• 1 rni -n/r •• !• r -n r ^• r-ry -i aCCOmmoda-
outside 1 he Municipality of Metropolitan Toronto shall be paid tion in
the actual cost of his accommodation within The Municipality of Toronto
Metropolitan Toronto not exceeding in any year an amount that is
$ 1 ,000 more than the amount determined in respect of the year by
the Board of Internal Economy under subsection 7 of section 65 of
The Legislative Assembly Act. r.s.o. i97o,
2. This Act shall be deemed to have come into force on the 1st day of Commence-
ment
April, 1980.
3. The short title of this Act is The Executive Council Amendment Act, ^hort title
1980.
ft
l»3
1-t
"^3
o
1— 1
3
ffi
(-t-
o
>-<
;2
OTQ
O
<
H
a>
£3
t-^
3
^
3
w
£
d
d
z
ft)
<T>
o
o
n
<
3
cr
B
;5
3
1^
cr
a.
a-
G-
"^
fU
>3
>3
>3
•— '
R
h- '
55
tvO
©
?i-
r^
O.
S-
cr
1'
&-
0^5
C/1
H- »
H^
I— ^
vO
o
vO
00
00
00
o
o
o
H
cr
fo
2. a
BILL 205 Government Bill
4th Session, 31st Legislature, Ontario
29 Elizabeth II, 1980
An Act to amend
The Denture Therapists Act, 1974
The Hon. D. Timbrell
Minister of Health
TORONTO
Printed by J. C. Thatcher, Queen's Printer for Ontario
Explanatory Note
The amendment removes the restriction against a member of the Board
serving continuously for more than six years.
BILL 205 1980
An Act to amend
The Denture Therapists Act, 1974
HER MAJESTY, by and with the advice and consent of the
Legislative Assembly of the Province of Ontario, enacts as
follows:
1 . Subsection 4 of section 2 oiThe Denture Therapists Act, 1974, being ^ 2 (4),
chapter 34, is repealed and the following substituted therefor:
(4) Every member of the Board shall be appointed for a term of Term of
one, two or three years and is eligible for reappointment.
2. This Act comes into force on the day it receives Royal Assent. Commence-
•^ ment
3. The short title of this Act is The Denture Therapists Amendment Short utie
Act, 1980.
C2
ba
H
X
g
a
5'
ffi
o
CO*
r-t-
^
a>
o
P
i-h
ffl
n
§
^
f
f
a.
ex,
s
tX5
o
<
3
cr
fD
00
o
0X5
H
tr
rt
O
n>
3
B
>
3
n
>
H
o
&•
r+
fC
C^
►n
o
"2.
pi
3
w'
cr
3
>
a
o
r^
t—
O
^J
■ti>
BILL 205
4th Session, 31st Legislature, Ontario
29 Elizabeth II, 1980
An Act to amend
The Denture Therapists Act, 1974
The Hon. D. Timbrell
Minister of Health
TORONTO
Printed by J. C. Thatcher, Queen's Printer for Ontario
BILL 205 1980
An Act to amend
The Denture Therapists Act, 1974
HER MAJESTY, by and with the advice and consent of the
Legislative Assembly of the Province of Ontario, enacts as
follows:
1. Subsection 4 of section 2 oi The Denture Therapists Act, 1974, being ^ 2 (4),
chapter 34, is repealed and the following substituted therefor:
(4) Every member of the Board shall be appointed for a term of Term of
1 1 • !• •! 1 r • office
one, two or three years and is eligible for reappointment.
2. This Act comes into force on the day it receives Royal Assent. Commence-
ment
3. The short title of this Act is The Denture Therapists Amendment short title
Act, 1980.
H
K
CO t^
ST -^
oP
o
O
Z
ffi
re
o
o
3
;5
n
(Ti
3
<
n
3
cr
n
►I
?5«
cr
n
a.
S3
a.
p-
s'
=r
C/l
s'
0^5
Oq
"■
(X5
*"-*
H^
t-^
vO
vO
O
00
00
00
O
o
o
H
cr
n>
D
l>
"t o
en 3
o
BILL 206 Private Member's Bill
4th Session, 31st Legislature, Ontario
29 Elizabeth II, 1980
An Act to amend
The Employment Standards Act, 1974
Mr. Martel
TORONTO
Printed by J. C. Thatcher, Queen's Printer for Ontario
Explanatory Note
The purpose of the Bill is to prohibit an employer from requiring an employee
to work more than five consecutive days without a day of rest.
BILL 206 1980
An Act to amend
The Employment Standards Act, 1974
HER MAJESTY, by and with the advice and consent of the
Legislative Assembly of the Province of Ontario, enacts as
follows:
1. The Employment Standards Act, 1974, being chapter 112, is s 22a,
6n3.ctccl
amended by adding thereto the following section:
22a. Notwithstanding anything in this Part, an employer shall Maximum
not require an employee to perform work on more than five days of work
consecutive days without a day of rest.
2. This Act comes into force on the day it receives Royal Assent. Commence-
•' -^ ment
3. The short title of this Act is The Employment Standards Amendment Short title
Act, 1980.
Uj
Kj
:5
S
Si,
fi.
>i
>3
a
a
O
;:>
Ci-
fi-
t*.
C4.
S
s
o-ci
Orq
o
<
n
B
cr
NJ
©
-p^
a-
r*-
*«».
jr
s
Orq
i_i
vO
CX)
o
H
cr
n
W
3
H-
>
3
3
3
>
n
r-<-
c-t
zn
rj-
rt-
O
P
3
P
a
3
p
fti
C/l
3
BILL 207 Private Member's Bill
4th Session, 31st Legislature, Ontario
29 Elizabeth II, 1980
An Act to amend
The Residential Tenancies Act, 1979
Mr. Philip
TORONTO
Printed by J. C. Thatcher, Queen's Printer for Ontario
Explanatory Note
The purpose of the Bill is to require a landlord who obtains vacant possession
of a rental unit for the purpose of making repairs or renovations to the unit to apply
to the Residential Tenancy Commission for an order determining the rent that may
be charged for the repaired or renovated unit.
BILL 207 1980
An Act to amend
The Residential Tenancies Act, 1979
HER MAJESTY, by and with the advice and consent of the
Legislative Assembly of the Province of Ontario, enacts as
follows:
1 . The Residential Tenancies Act, 1979, being chapter 78, is amended ^ i^^"-
by adding thereto the following section:
131a. — (1) Where the tenancy of a tenant is terminated on the Application
ground that the landlord requires possession of the rental unit for Commission
the purpose of repairs or renovations under section 103rf of The R so. i97o,
Landlord and Tenant Act or subsection 1 of section 52 of this Act,
the landlord shall not offer the rental unit for rent until the
landlord has applied to the Commission for an order under sub-
section 2 determining the rent that may be charged for the rental
unit,
(2) Where an application is made by a landlord under section Determination
126, the Commission shall determine the amount of rent for each renovated
rental unit that is justified by, ""'^
(a) the costs of the repairs or renovations; and
(b) the loss of revenue during the period that the repairs or
renovations were carried out.
(3) The rent determined under subsection 2 shall be the rent at Unit to be
1-11 1 • • rr offered at
which the rental unit is offered, established
rent
(a) to a tenant who has a right of first refusal under subsec-
tion 3 of section 103d of The Landlord and Tenant Act or
subsection 5 of section 52 of this Act; or
(b) where a tenant does not exercise a right of first refusal, to
any other person who wishes to rent the unit.
1 2. This Act comes into force on the day it receives Royal Assent. Commence-
^ -^ ■' ment
Short title 3. The short title of this Act is The Residential Tenancies Amendment
Act, 1980.
(
bo
s
3.
^
g
^
»
OS
^
s
X
<&-
«l
P
-^
►3
o
<
u
tNJ
fD
K4
;:j
s
3
<o
?i-
a,
«.
>i
>3
ft!
>i
r^
c^
Cft
C>
Q
^sJ
S
Ci.
R-
S
1X5
1'
cr
1'
o
00
o
H
:r
n
^
n
tn
n
>
3
3
r*
>
o
H
3
O
P
&3
3
3
n
S'
3
t/l
a
>
o
r^
I—'
vO
»a
o
BILL 208 Private Member's Bill
4th Session, 31st Legislature, Ontario
29 Elizabeth II, 1980
An Act to amend
The Residential Tenancies Act, 1979
Mr. Philip
TORONTO
Printed by J. C. Thatcher, Queen's Printer for Ontario
Explanatory Note
The purpose of the Bill is to authorize the Residential Tenancy Commission to
conduct an inquiry, on its own motion, to determine whether a tenant has paid an
amount of rent in excess of the amount permitted under the Act.
BILL 208 1980
An Act to amend
The Residential Tenancies Act, 1979
HER MAJESTY, by and with the advice and consent of the
Legislative Assembly of the Province of Ontario, enacts as
follows:
1. Section 129 of The Residential Tenancies Act, 1979, being chapter « 129,
78, is amended by adding thereto the following subsection:
(3) Despite subsection 2, the Commission may, on its own inquiry by
, , .... . , , 1 , . Commission
motion, conduct any mquiry it considers necessary to determine
whether a tenant has paid an amount of rent that is in excess of
that permitted by this Part and where the Commission determines
that an excess amount has been paid, the Commission shall order
that the landlord pay the excess to the tenant and shall declare the
rent that may lawfully be charged.
2. This Act comes into force on the day it receives Royal Assent. Commence-
"^ "^ ment
3. The short title of this Act is The Residential Tenancies Amendment ^i^ort title
Act, 1980.
I'K^ j
3!
Co
X
t-l
I— (
»T3
'2^
o
<
U)
K)
n
t-^
s.
3
cr
Oj
>}
>0
ft!
>3
c^
c^
c^
O
Ci
tSJ
?2
a.
4^
s
s'
tr
s
0^5
1>C!
vO
00
o
0^5
H
cr
fD
?o
ftl
t/l
i^
>
s
3
cr.
>
o
H
3
o
ja
S
3
n
3
?5'
3
en
a
>
o
r*-
h^
vO
■^
vO
BILL 209
Government Bill
4th Session, 31st Legislature, Ontario
29 Elizabeth II, 1980
An Act to revise and extend
Protection of Human Rights in Ontario
t
The Hon. R. G. Elgie
Minister of Labour
TORONTO
Printed by J. C. Thatcher, Queen's Printer for Ontario
Explanatory Notes
The Bill is a revision of the Ontario Human Rights Code. The principal
changes include:
1. The circumstances under which discrimination is prohibited are
extended to include:
(a) discrimination in the equal enjoyment of goods, services and
facilities generally and not limited to those available in a place to
which the public is customarily admitted;
(b) discrimination in contracts;
(c) discrimination because of a person's association with others;
(d) discrimination on a ground that has the result of discrimination
because of a prohibited ground;
(e) harassment of an occupant of accommodation by the landlord or
another occupant because of a prohibited ground;
(f) harassment of an employee by the employer or another employee
because of a prohibited ground of discrimination;
(g) sexual solicitation, reprisal or threat of reprisal by a person in a
position of authority.
2. The prohibited grounds of discrimination are extended to include:
(a) handicap;
(b) marital status with certain exceptions in the case of accom-
modation;
(c) record of offences in the case of employment;
(d) age between 18 and 65 years;
(e) family with certain exceptions in the case of accommodation;
(f) receipt of public assistance in the case of accommodation.
3. Sanctions against discrimination in employment by contractors under
Government contracts.
4. Protection in employment is extended to domestic workers.
5. Landlords and employers may be made responsible to prevent harass-
ment of tenants and employees.
6. The Bill would bind the Crown and have primacy over other legislation.
7. The Commission is empowered to recommend the introduction and
implementation of affirmative action programs.
8. A Race Relations Division is established with its own Commissioner.
9. Boards of inquiry are required to issue decisions within 30 days of the
conclusion of their hearings.
10. Boards of inquiry are empowered to make orders respecting access for
the handicapped after a finding of discrimination has been made.
1 1 . Boards of inquiry are empowered to award damages for mental anguish.
BILL 209 1980
An Act to revise and extend
Protection of Human Rights in Ontario
WHEREAS recognition of the inherent dignity and the equal Preamble
and inalienable rights of all members of the human family is
the foundation of freedom, justice and peace in the world and is in
accord with the Universal Declaration of Human Rights as
proclaimed by the United Nations;
And Whereas it is public policy in Ontario to recognize that
every person is equal in dignity and worth and to provide for equal
rights and opportunities without discrimination that is contrary to
law, and having as its aim the creation of a climate of under-
standing and mutual respect for the dignity and worth of each
person so that each person feels a part of his community and able
to contribute fully to the development and well-being of the com-
munity and the Province;
And Whereas these principles have been confirmed in Ontario
by a number of enactments of the Legislature and it is desirable to
revise and extend the protection of human rights in Ontario;
Therefore, Her Majesty, by and with the advice and consent of
the Legislative Assembly of the Province of Ontario, enacts as
follows:
PARTI
freedom from discrimination
1 . Every person has a right to equal treatment in the enjoy- Services
ment of services, goods and facilities, without discrimination
because of race, ancestry, place of origin, colour, ethnic origin,
citizenship, creed, sex, age, marital status, family or handicap.
2. — (1) Every person has a right to equal treatment in the Accommoda-
occupancy of accommodation, without discrimination because of
race, ancestry, place of origin, colour, ethnic origin, citizenship,
creed, sex, age, marital status, family, handicap or the receipt of
public assistance.
Harassment
in accom-
modation
(2) Every person who occupies accommodation has a right to
freedom from harassment by the landlord or his agent or by an
occupant of the same building because of race, ancestry, place of
origin, colour, ethnic origin, citizenship, creed, sex, age, marital
status, family, handicap or the receipt of public assistance.
Contracts
3. Every person having legal capacity has a right to contract
on equal terms without discrimination because of race, ancestry,
place of origin, colour, ethnic origin, citizenship, creed, sex, age,
marital status, family or handicap.
Employment 4. — (1) Every pcrson has a right to equal treatment in
employment without discrimination because of race, ancestry,
place of origin, colour, ethnic origin, citizenship, creed, sex, age,
record of offences, marital status, family or handicap.
Harassment
employment
(2) Every person who is an employee has a right to freedom
from harassment by the employer or his agent or by another
employee in the workplace because of race, ancestry, place of
origin, colour, ethnic origin, citizenship, creed, sex, age, record of
offences, marital status, family or handicap.
Vocational
associations
5. Every person has a right to equal treatment in the enjoy-
ment of membership in any trade union, trade or occupational
association or self-governing profession without discrimination
because of race, ancestry, place of origin, colour, ethnic origin,
citizenship, creed, sex, age, marital status, family or handicap.
Sexual
solicitation
by a person
in authority
6. — (1) Every person has a right to be free from,
(a) a persistent sexual solicitation or advance made by a
person in a position of authority who knows or ought
reasonably to know that it is unwelcome; or
(b) a reprisal or a threat of reprisal by a person in a position
of authority for the rejection of a sexual solicitation or
advance.
Reprisals 7. Every person has a right to claim and enforce his rights
under this Act, to institute and participate in proceedings under
this Act and to refuse to infringe a right of another person under
this Act, without reprisal or threat of reprisal for so doing.
Infringe-
ment
prohibited
8. No person shall infringe or do anything that results, directly
or indirectly, in the infringement of a right under this Part.
3
PART II
INTERPRETATION AND APPLICATION
9. In Part I and in this Part, interpre-
tation
(a) "age" means an age that is eighteen years or more and
less than sixty-five years;
(b) "because of handicap" means for the reason that the
person has or has had, or is believed to have or have had,
(i) any degree of physical disability, infirmity, mal-
formation or disfigurement that is caused by
bodily injury, birth defect or illness and, without
limiting the generality of the foregoing, including
epilepsy, any degree of paralysis, amputation,
lack of physical co-ordination, blindness or
visual impediment, deafness or hearing impedi-
ment, muteness or speech impediment, or physi-
cal reliance on a dog guide or on a wheelchair or
other remedial appliance or device,
(ii) a condition of mental retardation or impairment,
(iii) a learning disability, or a dysfunction in one or
more of the processes involved in understanding
or using symbols or spoken language, or
(iv) a mental disorder;
(c) "discrimination" means differentiation resulting in an
exclusion, qualification or preference;
(d) "disseminate" means to communicate or participate in
the communication with another, whether directly or
indirectly or with or through another, by whatever
means;
(e) "equal" means subject to all requirements, qualifica-
tions and considerations that are not a prohibited ground
of discrimination;
(/) "family" means persons in a parent and child relation-
ship;
ig) "harassment" means engaging in a course of vexatious
comment or conduct;
R.S.C. 1970,
c. 12
(1st Supp.)
Constructive
discrimin-
ation
(h) "marital status" means the status of being married,
single, widowed, divorced or separated and includes the
status of living with a person of the opposite sex in a
conjugal relationship outside of marriage;
(i) "record of offences" means a conviction for,
(i) an offence in respect of which a pardon has been
granted under the Criminal Records Act (Can-
ada) and has not been revoked, or
(ii) an offence in respect of any provincial enactment;
0) "services" does not include a levy, fee or tax imposed or
authorized by law.
10. A right under Part I is infringed where a requirement,
qualification or consideration is imposed that is not a prohibited
ground of discrimination but that would result in disqualifying a
group of persons who are identified in common by a prohibited
ground of discrimination, except where,
(a) the requirement, qualification or consideration is a
reasonable and bona fide one in the circumstances; or
(b) it is declared in this Act that to disqualify a person
because of such ground is not an infringement of a right.
Discrimin-
ation
because of
association
1 1 . A right under Part I is infringed where the discrimination
is because of relationship, association or dealings with a person or
persons identified by a prohibited ground of discrimination.
Dissemin- 12. A right Under Part I is infringed where any matter, state-
discrimin- ment or symbol is disseminated that indicates an intention to
atory matter infringe the right or that advocates or incites the infringement of
the right.
Mixed
motives
13. A right under Part I is infringed where one of the grounds
for the conduct complained of is an infringement of the right,
notwithstanding that other grounds for the conduct also exist.
Special
programs
14. — (1) A right under Part I is not infringed by the
implementation of a special program designed to relieve hardship
or economic disadvantage or to assist disadvantaged persons or
groups to achieve or attempt to achieve equal opportunity or that
is likely to contribute to the elimination of the infringement of
rights under Part I.
Review by
Commission
(2) The Commission may,
(a) upon its own initiative;
(b) upon application by a person seeking to implement a
special program under the protection of subsection 1; or
(c) upon a complaint in respect of which the protection of
subsection 1 is claimed,
inquire into the special program and, in the discretion of the
Commission, may by order declare,
(d) that the special program, as defined in the order, does
not satisfy the requirements of subsection 1; or
(e) that the special program as defined in the order, with
such modifications, if any, as the Commission considers
advisable, satisfies the requirements of subsection 1.
(3) A person aggrieved by the making of an order under sub- auon"*"^^"^
section 2 may request the Commission to reconsider its order and
section 31, with necessary modifications, applies.
(4) Subsection 1 does not apply to a special program where an ^^j^^'^^ ^^
order is made under clause d of subsection 2 or where an order is
made under clause e of subsection 2 with modifications of the
special program that are not implemented.
(5) Subsection 2 does not apply to a special program Subs. 2 does
1 ^ A U 4.U n *^ ^ not apply
implemented by the Crown. toCrown
15. A right under Part I to non-discrimination because of^^"^'^'?'"
citizenship is not infringed where Canadian citizenship is a
requirement, qualification or consideration,
(a) imposed or authorized by law; or
(b) adopted for the purpose of fostering and developing
participation in cultural, educational, trade union or
athletic activities by Canadians.
16. A right under Part I to non-discrimination because of ^^'^"^''^^p
handicap is not infringed by discrimination for the reason that in
the particular circumstances the handicap renders the particular
person incapable of performing the essential duties attending the
exercise of the right.
1 7 . The rights under Part I to non-discrimination because of ^^^^'^
creed shall not be construed to adversely affect any right or
privilege respecting separate schools enjoyed by separate school
boards or their supporters under The British North America Act, ^867, c. 3,
1974, c 109
1867 and The Education Act, 1974.
18. — (1) The right under section 1 to equal treatment in the ^f^f^^j^^^?"
enjoyment of services and facilities without discrimination by sex
Special
interest
organi-
zations
because of sex is not infringed where the use of the services or
facilities is restricted to persons of the same sex on the ground of
pubhc decency.
(2) The right under section 1 to equal treatment in the enjoy-
ment of services and facihties is not infringed where membership
or participation in a reUgious, philanthropic, educational, frater-
nal or social organization that is exclusively engaged in serving the
interests of persons identified by a prohibited ground of discrimi-
nation is restricted to persons who are similarly identified.
Shared
accommo-
dation
19. — (1) The right under section 2 to equal treatment in the
occupancy of residential accommodation without discrimination
is not infringed by discrimination where the residential accommo-
dation is in a dwelling in which the owner and his family reside if
the occupant or occupants of the residential accommodation are
required to share a bathroom or kitchen facility with the owner or
his family.
Restrictions
on accommo-
dation, sex
(2) The right under section 2 to equal treatment in the
occupancy of residential accommodation without discrimination
because of sex is not infringed by discrimination on that ground
where the occupancy of all the residential accommodation in the
building, other than the accommodation, if any, of the owner and
his family, is restricted to persons who are of the same sex.
Idem:
marital
status
(3) The right under section 2 to equal treatment in the
occupancy of residential accommodation without discrimination
because of marital status is not infringed by discrimination on that
ground where the occupancy is in a building that contains not
more than four dwelling units, one of which is occupied by the
owner or his family.
Idem:
family
(4) The right under section 2 to equal treatment in the
occupancy of residential accommodation without discrimination
because of family is not infringed by discrimination on that ground
where the residential accommodation is in a building, or desig-
nated part of the building, that contains more than one dwelling
unit served by a common entrance and the occupancy of all the
residential accommodation in the building or in the designated
part of the building is restricted because of family.
Restrictions
for insurance
contracts, etc.
20. The right under section 3 to contract on equal terms
without discrimination because of age, sex, marital status, family
or handicap is not infringed where a contract of automobile, life,
disability, accident or sickness insurance, or a life annuity, offered
or issued to a specified person differentiates or makes a distinc-
tion, exclusion or preference on bona fide and reasonable grounds
because of age, sex, marital status, family or handicap.
21. — (1) The right under section 4 to equal treatment in Advertising
employment is infringed where an application for employment is employment
used or an invitation to apply for employment is disseminated
that, directly or indirectly, classifies or indicates qualifications by
a prohibited ground of discrimination.
(2) The right under section 4 to equal treatment in employment Employment
. ' . , , . i • 1 • 1 1 1- • 1 conditional on
IS mfrmged where employment is denied or made conditional membership in
because a term or condition of employment requires enrolment in Pension plan
an employee benefit, pension or superannuation plan or fund or an
employee insurance plan or policy that makes a distinction, pref-
erence or exclusion on a prohibited ground of discrimination.
(3) The right under section 4 to equal treatment in employment Employee
. , ,. °. . . , ri 1- • . • r • 1 disability
Without discrimination because of handicap is not infringed, and pension
plans:
handicap
(a) where a bona fide and reasonable distinction, exclusion
or preference is made in an employee disability plan or
benefit because of a pre-existing handicap that substan-
tially increases the risk;
(b) where a bona fide and reasonable distinction, exclusion
or preference is made on the ground of handicap in
respect of an employee-pay-all or participant-pay-all
benefit in an employee benefit, pension or superannua-
tion plan or fund or an employee insurance plan or policy
or in respect of a plan, fund or policy that is offered by an
employer to his employees if they are fewer than twenty-
five in number.
(4) An employer shall pay to an employee who is excluded from Compensation
an employee benefit, pension or superannuation plan or fund or an
employee insurance plan or policy because of handicap compen-
sation equivalent to the contribution that the employer would
make thereto on behalf of an employee who does not have a
handicap.
(5) The right under section 4 to equal treatment in employment ^^"^^j^P °^
is not infringed by an employee superannuation or pension fund or plan under
an employee insurance plan that complies with The Employment ^^^'^' ^- ^^^
Standards Act, 1974 and the regulations thereunder.
(6) The right under section 4 to equal treatment in employment Special
. r • ^ ^ employment
IS not infringed where,
(a) a religious, philanthropic, educational, fraternal or
social organization that is exclusively engaged in serving
the interests of persons identified by their race, ancestry,
place of origin, colour, ethnic origin, creed, sex, age,
marital status or handicap employs only, or gives pref-
erence in employment to, persons similarly identified if
the qualification is a reasonable and bona fide qualifica-
tion because of the nature of the employment;
{h) a person refuses to employ another for reasons of age,
sex, record of offences or marital status if the age, sex,
record of offences or marital status of the applicant is a
reasonable and bona fide qualification because of the
nature of the employment; or
(c) a person refuses to employ another for reasons of any
prohibited ground of discrimination in section 4, where
the primary duty of the employment is attending to
the medical or personal needs of a person in a private
household.
Applications
under
subs. 6
Discrimin-
ation in
employment
under
government
contracts
Idem:
government
grants
and loans
Sanction
(7) Notwithstanding subsection 6, subsection 1 applies to
applications or invitations to apply for employment under subsec-
tion 6 and an applicant shall not be refused employment on a
ground set out therein except after personal interview.
22. — (1) It shall be deemed to be a condition of every contract
entered into by or on behalf of the Crown or any agency thereof
and of every subcontract entered into in the performance thereof
that no right under section 4 will be infringed in the course of
performing the contract.
(2) It shall be deemed to be a condition of every grant, contri-
bution, loan or guarantee made by or on behalf of the Crown or
any agency thereof that no right under section 4 will be infringed
in the course of carrying out the purposes for which the grant,
contribution, loan or guarantee was made.
(3) Where an infringement of a right under section 4 is found by
a board of inquiry upon a complaint and constitutes a breach of a
condition under this section, the breach of condition is sufficient
grounds for cancellation of the contract, grant, contribution, loan
or guarantee and refusal to enter into any further contract with or
make any further grant, contribution, loan or guarantee to the
same person.
PART III
Commission
continued
THE ONTARIO HUMAN RIGHTS COMMISSION
23. — (1) The Ontario Human Rights Commission is con-
tinued and shall be composed of such persons, being not fewer
than seven, as are appointed by the Lieutenant Governor in
Council.
(2) The Lieutenant Governor in Council shall designate a Chairman
member of the Commission as chairman, and a member as vice-
chairman.
(3) The Lieutenant Governor in Council may fix the remunera- Remuner-
tion and allowance for expenses of the chairman, vice-chairman
and members of the Commission.
(4) The employees of the Commission shall be appointed under staff
The Public Service Act. J^-^8°- ^^^°'
(5) The Commission may authorize any function of the Com- Divisions
mission to be performed by a division of the Commission com-
posed of at least three members of the Commission.
24. — (1) The Lieutenant Governor in Council shall designate R^"
at least three members of the Commission to constitute a race division
relations division of the Commission and shall designate one
member of the race relations division as Commissioner for Race
Relations.
(2) It is the function of the race relations division of the Com- Functions
mission to perform any of the functions of the Commission under
clause/, g or h oi section 25 relating to race, ancestry, place of
origin, colour, ethnic origin or creed that are referred to it by the
Commission and any other function referred to it by the Commis-
sion.
25. It is the function of the Commission, Function of
Commission
{a) to forward the policy that every person is equal in dignity
and worth and is entitled to equal rights and oppor-
tunities without discrimination contrary to law;
{b) to promote an understanding and acceptance of and
compliance with this Act;
(c) to recommend the introduction and implementation of a
special plan or program to encourage the employment of
members of a group or class of persons suffering from a
historical or chronic disadvantage, and a program
recommended under this clause shall be deemed to
satisfy the requirements of subsection 1 of section 14;
{d) to develop and conduct programs of public information
and education and direct and encourage research
designed to eliminate discriminatory practices that
infringe rights under this Act;
10
(e) to examine and review any statute or regulation , and any
program or policy made by or under a statute and make
recommendations on any provision, program or policy,
that in its opinion is inconsistent with the intent of this
Act;
(/) to inquire into incidents of and conditions leading or
tending to lead to tension or conflict based upon
identification by a prohibited ground of discrimination
and take appropriate action to eliminate the source of
tension or conflict;
(g) to initiate investigations into problems based upon
identification by a prohibited ground of discrimination
that may arise in a community, and encourage and
co-ordinate plans, programs and activities to reduce or
prevent such problems;
(h) to promote, assist and encourage public, municipal or
private agencies, organizations, groups or persons to
engage in programs to alleviate tensions and conflicts
based upon identification by a prohibited ground of
discrimination;
(i) to enforce this Act and orders of boards of inquiry; and
(j) to perform the functions assigned to it by this or any
other Act.
Evidence
obtained
in course
of
investigation
26. — (1) No person who is a member of the Commission shall
be required to give testimony in a civil suit or any proceeding as to
information obtained in the course of an investigation under this
Act.
Idem
(2) No person who is employed in the administration of this Act
shall be required to give testimony in a civil suit or any proceeding
other than a proceeding under this Act as to information obtained
in the course of an investigation under this Act.
Annual
report
27. — (1) The Commission shall make a report to the Minister
not later than the 30th day of June in each year upon the affairs of
the Commission during the year ending on the 31st day of March
of that year.
Idem (2) The Minister shall submit the report to the Lieutenant
Governor in Council who shall' cause the report to be laid before
the Assembly if it is in session, or, if not, at the next ensuing
session.
11
PART IV
ENFORCEMENT
28. — (1) Where a person believes that a right of his under this Complaints
Act has been infringed, the person may file with the Commission a
complaint in a form approved by the Commission.
(2) The Commission may initiate a complaint by itself or at the Wem
request of any person.
(3) Where two or more complaints, Combining
of
/ , . . . . r- r • complaints
(a) bring mto question a practice of infringement engaged in
by the same person; or
(b) have questions of law or fact in common,
the Commission may combine the complaints and deal with them
in the same proceeding.
29. — (1) Subject to section 30, the Commission shall investi- investigation
gate a complaint and endeavour to effect a settlement. complaints
(2) An investigation by the Commission may be made by a investigation
member or employee of the Commission who is authorized by the
Commission for the purpose.
(3) A person investigating a complaint may, without warrant, Powers on
investigation
(a) enter any place that is not actually being used as a
dwelling, at any reasonable time, for the purpose of
investigating the complaint;
(b) require the production for inspection and examination of
any thing that is or may be relevant to the investigation
of the complaint;
(c) upon giving a receipt therefor, remove any writings or
papers for the purpose of making copies thereof or
extracts therefrom and shall promptly return them to the
person who produced or furnished them; and
id) question any person on any matter relevant to the com-
plaint and may exclude any other person from being
present at the questioning.
(4) Where a justice of the peace is satisfied by evidence upon Search
oath that there is reasonable and probable ground to believe that
there is in any place that is being used as a dwelling any thing that
will afford evidence relevant to the complaint, he may issue a
12
warrant in the prescribed form authorizing a person named in the
warrant to enter and search such place for the purposes of exer-
cising the powers under subsection 3 to obtain the evidence, but
the entry under the warrant shall be made between sunrise and
sunset unless the justice of the peace orders otherwise.
Enlisting
aid of
police
officer
Obstructing
investigation
(5) A person investigating a complaint may call upon a police
officer to assist him in the exercise of his powers under this section .
(6) No person shall hinder, obstruct or interfere with a person
who is investigating a complaint in the exercise of a power or the
performance of a duty under this Act or withhold from him any
thing that is or may be relevant to the investigation of a complaint.
Decision
to not
deal with
complaint
30. — (1) Where it appears to the Commission that,
(a) the complaint is one that could or should be more appro-
priately dealt with under an Act other than this Act;
(b) the subject-matter of the complaint is trivial, frivolous,
vexatious or made in bad faith;
(c) the complaint is not within the jurisdiction of the Com-
mission; or
(d) the facts upon which the complaint is based occurred
more than six months before the complaint was filed,
unless the Commission is satisfied that the delay was
incurred in good faith and no substantial prejudice will
result to any person affected by the delay,
the Commission may, in its discretion, decide to not deal with the
complaint.
Notice of
decision
and
(2) Where the Commission decides to not deal with a com-
plaint, it shall advise the complainant in writing of the decision
and the reasons therefor and of the procedure under section 3 1 for
having the decision reconsidered.
Application
for recon-
sideration
Idem
31. — (1) The complainant may request the Commission to
reconsider its decision to not deal with the complaint by delivering
a request in writing to the Commission within thirty days after the
complainant is advised of the decision.
(2) The request shall contain a concise statement of the material
facts comprising the complaint and the reasons why an inquiry
and order are necessary.
Recon-
sideration
(3) Upon a request being filed under subsection 1 , the Commis-
sion shall reconsider its decision in the light of the request.
13
(4) The decision of the Commission upon reconsideration under Decision
this section shall be made within thirty days after the filing of the
request and is final and binding.
32. — (1) The Minister shall appoint a panel of persons to act as Panel of
, ^ , 1 r • • members
members of boards of mquiry. for boards
of inquiry
(2) The members of boards of inquiry shall be paid such allow- Remuner-
ances and expenses as are fixed by the Lieutenant Governor in
Council.
33. — (1) Where the Commission fails to effect a settlement of Referred
the complaint and it appears to the Commission that the proce- of inquiry
dure is appropriate and the evidence warrants an inquiry, the
Commission may request the Minister to appoint a board of
inquiry and refer the subject-matter of the complaint to the board.
(2) Where the Commission decides to not request the Minister Notice of
. 1 r • • • 1 11 1 • 1 • • decision
to appoint a board of mquiry, it shall advise the complainant in not to
writing of the decision and the reasons therefor and of the proce- f^i^^'"'
dure under section 34 for having the decision reconsidered.
34. — (1) The complainant may request the Commission to Application
.,.,.. 1 i» «•• • • 10'' recon-
reconsider its decision to not request the Minister to appoint a sideration
board of inquiry by delivering a request in writing to the Commis-
sion within thirty days after the complainant is advised of the
decision.
(2) Upon a request being filed under subsection 1, the Commis- Recon-
1 11 • 1 • . • • • 1 1- 1 r 1 r Sideration
sion shall reconsider its decision in the light of the request after
giving the complainant an opportunity to state the complaint in
person.
(3) The decision of the Commission upon reconsideration under Decision
this section shall be made within thirty days after the filing of the
request and is final and binding.
35. — (1) Where the Commission requests the Minister to ^j-P^™"^"'^"*
appoint a board of inquiry, the Minister shall appoint from the
panel one or more persons to form the board of inquiry and the
Minister shall communicate the names of the persons forming the
board to the parties to the inquiry.
(2) A member of the board hearing a complaint must not have Members at
.. .,. „, ,. hearing not
taken part in any investigation or consideration of the subject- to have
matter of the inquiry before the hearing and shall not communi- [n'^in^e^str
cate directly or indirectly in relation to the subject-matter of the gation, etc.
inquiry with any person or with any party or his representative
except upon notice to and opportunity for all parties to participate,
but the board may seek legal advice from an adviser independent
14
of the parties and in such case the nature of the advice shall be
made known to the parties in order that they may make submis-
sions as to the law.
Hearing 36. — (1) The board of inquiry shall hold a hearing,
(a) to determine whether a right of the complainant under
this Act has been infringed;
(b) to determine who infringed the right; and
(c) to decide upon an appropriate order under section 38,
and the hearing shall be commenced within thirty days after the
date on which the members were appointed.
Parties (2) The parties to a proceeding before a board of inquiry are,
(a) the Commission, which shall have the carriage of the
complaint;
(b) the complainant;
(c) any person whom the complainant alleges has infringed
the right;
(rf) any person whom the Commission alleges has infringed
the right;
(e) any person appearing to the board of inquiry to have
infringed the right;
(/) where the complaint is of alleged conduct constituting
harassment under subsection 2 of section 2 or subsection
2 of section 4, any person who, in the opinion of the
board, knew or was in possession of facts from which he
ought reasonably to have known of the conduct and who
had authority to penalize or prevent the conduct.
Adding
parties
(3) A party may be added by the board of inquiry under clause e
or/ of subsection 2 at any stage of the proceeding upon such terms
as the board considers proper.
Re-ordering
of
evidence
37. — (1) The oral evidence taken before a board at a hearing
shall be recorded, and, if so required, copies of a transcript thereof
shall be furnished upon the same terms as in the Supreme Court.
Findings
of fact
(2) The findings of fact of a board pursuant to a hearing shall be
based exclusively on evidence admissible or matters that may be
IS
noticed under sections 15 and 16 oiThe Statutory Powers Proce- '^^^' •=• 47
dure Act, 1971.
38. — (1) Where the board of inquiry, after a hearing, finds Orders of
that a right of the complainant under Part I has been infringed and inquiry
that the infringement is a contravention of section 8 by a party
to the proceeding, the board may, by order,
(a) direct the party to do anything that, in the opinion of the
board, it ought to do to achieve compUance with this
Act, both in respect of the complaint and in respect of
future practices; and
{b) direct the party to make restitution, including monetary
compensation, for loss arising out of the infringement,
and monetary compensation may include an award,
not exceeding $5,000, for mental anguish.
(2) Where a right is infringed and the contravention is on the ^oard
ground of a handicap, the board, in addition to an order under finding
subsection 1, may make a finding as to whether or not,
(a) access to or use of premises or facilities of the party who
is found to be a contravener is obstructed for persons
having the handicap of the complainant; or
{b) the premises or facilities of the party who is found to be a
contravener lack amenities appropriate for persons
having the handicap of the complainant,
and, when the board makes the finding, the board may, unless the
costs occasioned thereby would cause undue hardship and, sub-
ject to the regulations, order that the party take such measures as
will remove the obstruction or provide the amenities, or any part
of them, as are set out in the order.
(3) In addition to the powers conferred by subsection 2 , where a ^'^^^
right under subsection 1 of section 4 is infringed on the ground of a
handicap, the board, in addition to any other order, may make a
finding as to whether or not the equipment or the essential duties
of the employment could be adapted by the party who is found to
be a contravener to meet the needs of the person whose right is
infringed and where the board makes the finding, the board may,
unless the costs occasioned thereby would cause undue hardship
and subject to the regulations, order that the party take such
measures as will meet such needs as are set out in the order.
(4) Where a right is infringed and the contravention consists of O'''^^'' ^o
1 ii-r- •• r prevent
harassment under subsection 2 of section 2 or subsection 2 of harassment
16
section 4, and the board finds that a person who is a party to the
proceeding,
(a) knew or was in possession of knowledge from which he
ought to have known of the infringement; and
(b) had the authority by reasonably available means to
penalize or prevent the conduct and failed to use it,
the board may make an order requiring such person where on
future occasions,
(c) he knows or is in possession of facts from which he ought
reasonably to know that there is conduct constituting
harassment on the same grounds; and
(d) he has authority to penalize or prevent the conduct,
to take whatever sanctions or steps are reasonably available to
prevent the continuation or recurrence of the conduct and breach
of the order is grounds for a complaint under section 28 and this
Part applies to the complaint in the same manner as if the breach
were an infringement of a right under this Act.
(5) The board of inquiry shall make its finding and decision
within thirty days after the conclusion of its hearing.
Appeal from 39. — (1) Any party to a proceeding before a board of inquiry
board of niay appeal from a decision or order of the board to the Supreme
inquiry Court in accordance with the rules of court.
Decision
within
30 days
Record to
be filed
in court
Powers
of court
Settlements
(2) Where notice of an appeal is served under this section, the
board of inquiry shall forthwith file in the Supreme Court the
record of the proceedings before it in which the decision or order
appealed from was made which, together with a transcript of the
oral evidence taken before the board if it is not part of the record of
the board, shall constitute the record in the appeal.
(3) An appeal under this section may be made on questions of
law or fact or both and the court may affirm or reverse the decision
or order of the board of inquiry or direct the board to make any
decision or order that the board is authorized to make under this
Act and the court may substitute its opinion for that of the board.
40. Where a settlement of a complaint is agreed to in writing,
signed by the parties and approved by the Commission, the
settlement is binding upon the parties, and a breach of the settle-
ment is grounds for a complaint under section 28, and this Part
applies to the complaint in the same manner as if the breach of the
settlement were an infringement of a right under this Act.
17
41. — (1) Every person who contravenes section 8, sub- Penalty
section 6 of section 29, or an order of a board of inquiry, is guilty of
an offence and on conviction is liable to a fine of not more than
$25,000.
(2) No prosecution for an offence under this Act shall be insti- Consent to
tuted except with the consent in writing of the Attorney General, p™^^*^" '""
42. For the purposes of this Act, any act or thing done or Acts of
officers
omitted to be done by an officer, official, employee or agent of a etc.
corporation, trade union, trade or occupational association, unin-
corporated association or employers' organization shall be deemed
to be an act or thing done or omitted to be done by the corporation,
trade union, trade or occupational association, unincorporated
association or employers' organization.
PARTY
GENERAL
43. In this Act, Interpre-
tation
(a) "Minister" means the member of the Executive Council
to whom the administration of this Act is assigned by the
Lieutenant Governor in Council;
(b) "Commission" means the Ontario Human Rights Com-
mission;
(c) "person", in addition to the extended meaning given it by f^^2?s ^35°'
The Interpretation Act, includes an employment agency,
an employers' organization, an unincorporated associa-
tion , a trade or occupational association , a trade union , a
partnership, a municipality and a board of police com-
missioners established under The Police Act.
44.— (1) This Act binds the Crown. Act binds
Lrown
(2) Where a provision in an Act or regulation purports to Act has
require or authorize conduct that is a contravention of Part I, this over o^tLr
Act applies and prevails unless the Act or regulation specifically ^'^^^
provides that it is to apply notwithstanding this Act.
(3) Subsection 2 does not apply to an Act or regulation hereto- Application
fore enacted or made until two years after this Act comes into
force.
18
Regulations
Repeals
Commence-
ment
Short title
45. The Lieutenant Governor in Council may make regula-
tions prescribing criteria or guidelines for boards of inquiry in the
making of findings under subsection 2 of section 38.
46. The following are repealed:
1. The Ontario Human Rights Coc?g, being chapter 318 of
the Revised Statutes of Ontario, 1970.
2 . Section 63 of The Civil Rights Statute Law Amendment
Act, 1971, being chapter 50.
3. The Ontario Human Rights Code Amendment Act, 1972,
being chapter 119.
4. The Ontario Human Rights Code Amendment Act, 1974,
being chapter 73.
47. This Act comes into force on a day to be named by Proc-
lamation of the Lieutenant Governor.
48. The short title of this Act is The Human Rights Code,
1980.
c2
bo
H
g
5_
o
l-l-
^
'-t
o
?*
r
p
p
cr
o
W
c
f
>-t
o
a-
ft
Z
o
<
INO
a>
1.^
S
B
o>
Ci-
cr
t-t.
>3
tSJ
>3
jr
s
0^
1— »
o
c»
o
>
3
>
o
o
i-h
r*-
ffl
?
c
3
p
3
<.
3
en'
rt>
5
P
TO
3
tr
a
r-^
C/l
a>
5'
o
3
3
^
:?
3.
o
o
J?
o
a
o
s
BILL 210 Government Bill
4th Session, 31st Legislature, Ontario
29 Elizabeth II, 1980
An Act to amend The Devolution of Estates Act
The Hon. R. McMurtry
Attorney General
TORONTO
Printed by J. C. Thatcher, Queen's Printer for Ontario
Explanatory Note
The new provision requires a court order before money can be paid out of an
estate in Ontario to a beneficiary in one of certain countries to be designated by
regulations. The purpose is to assess whether the property will be unduly depleted
before it is received by the beneficiary.
BILL 210 1980
An Act to amend The Devolution of Estates Act
HER MAJESTY, by and with the advice and consent of the
Legislative Assembly of the Province of Ontario, enacts as
follows:
1. The Devolution of Estates Act, being chapter 129 of the Revised ^ 24a,
Statutes of Ontario, 1970, is amended by adding thereto the
following section:
24a. — (1) In this section, "foreign beneficiary" means a interpre-
beneficiary who is resident in a country designated by regulation "^^^'"^
made under this section.
(2) Where a foreign beneficiary is entitled under a will, an Nodistri-
intestacy or an order under Part V of The Succession Law Reform foreign
Act, 1977 to personal property from the estate of a person who was ^^j^J^our"^
domiciled in Ontario at the time of his death, order
1977, c. 40
(a) and where the property is in a form other than money
and has a value of more than $5,000, the personal
representative of the deceased shall not distribute the
property to the foreign beneficiary or his agent, solicitor
or assignee until the foreign beneficiary has obtained an
order under subsection 3;
{b) and where the property is in the form of money, the
money shall be paid into the court having jurisdiction to
make an order under subsection 3, to the credit of the
foreign beneficiary.
(3) Where, upon application to the court having jurisdiction to ^'^I'^^^j^^
grant letters probate in the estate of the deceased, the court is distribution
satisfied that,
(a) the foreign beneficiary is entitled to personal property
from the estate; and
{b) that the property will not be unduly depleted before it is
received by the beneficiary.
the court may by order authorize the distribution of the personal
property by a personal representative to the foreign beneficiary
and payment out of court to the foreign beneficiary of money paid
into court to the credit of the foreign beneficiary.
Release of
property
to other
person
entitled
(4) Where, upon an application under subsection 2, the court is
satisfied that a person other than a foreign beneficiary is entitled to
the personal property, the court may by order direct its distri-
bution to the person entitled.
Property
of foreign
beneficiary
held for
his benefit
(5) Where, upon an application under subsection 2, the court is
satisfied that a foreign beneficiary is entitled to personal property
from the estate but declines to make the order for the reason that
the property will be unduly depleted before it is received by the
foreign beneficiary, the property, if money, shall be held in court
for the benefit of the beneficiary and, if personal property other
than money, shall be held by the personal representative in trust
for the benefit of the foreign beneficiary.
Report of
agent or
assignee
(6) Every person who receives property in respect of which an
order has been made under subsection 3 as agent or solicitor for, or
assignee of, a foreign beneficiary shall, within two months after
receiving the property, file a report with the Surrogate Clerk for
Ontario in such form and containing such information respecting
the property as is prescribed by the regulations made under this
section.
Report of
personal
representa-
tive
(7) Every personal representative who transfers property
directly to a foreign beneficiary shall make and file the report
provided for in subsection 6 within two months after the transfer is
made.
Penalty
(8) Every person who contravenes subsection 2 , 6 or 7 is guilty
of an offence and on conviction is liable to a fine of not more than
$2,000.
Idem
(9) Every person who knowingly furnishes false information in
a report filed under subsection 6 or 7 is guilty of an offence and on
conviction is liable to a fine of not more than $5,000.
Regulations
Application
of Act
(10) The Lieutenant Governor
regulations.
in Council may make
(a) designating countries for the purposes of subsection Iji
(b) prescribing the information that shall be contained in
reports under subsections 6 and 7 and prescribing their
form.
2. This Act does not apply in respect of the estates of deceased persons
who died before this Act comes into force.
3. This Act comes into force on the day it receives Royal Assent. Commence-
4. The short title of this Act is The Devolution of Estates Amendment Short title
Act, 1980.
bo
K
w
^ pa
H
on?
z
o
<
tNj
ft>
k^
S
B
^
?X
cr
>3
>3
<^
«i
Q
to
?i
S"
«4.
s'
p-
s
c^
o
OTQ
H
tr
fD
0
<
>
3
c'
>
r-i-
o
o'
rt-
a
?
o
i-h
P
3
n
3
P
CL
<-h
ftl
t/5
>
o
BILL 211 Private Member's Bill
4th Session, 31st Legislature, Ontario
29 Elizabeth II, 1980
An Act to amend The Assessment Act
Mr. Philip
TORONTO
Printed by J. C. Thatcher, Queen's Printer for Ontario
Explanatory Note
The purpose of the Bill is to exempt some home improvements from assess-
ment under The Assessment Act. Home improvements are exempt if the improve-
ments do not enlarge the living space of the home and if the cost of materials for the
improvements does not exceed $10,000.
BILL 211 1980
An Act to amend The Assessment Act
HER MAJESTY, by and with the advice and consent of the
Legislative Assembly of the Province of Ontario, enacts as
follows:
1. Section 3 of The Assessment Act, being chapter 32 of the Revised s 3,
Statutes of Ontario, 1970, as amended by the Statutes of Ontario, ^'"^'^ ^
1973, chapter 26, section 1 and 1974, chapter 41, section 2 , is further
amended by adding thereto the following paragraph:
2 1 . Improvements made to residential premises by an Residential
owner, for the period of time that the owner owns the ™p''°^^'"*" ^
premises, if the improvements do not enlarge the living
space and the cost of materials for the improvements
does not exceed $10,000.
2. This Act comes into force on the day it receives Royal Assent. Commence-
ment
3. The short title of this Act is The Assessment Amendment Act, 1980. short title
ta
^
3.
^
g
^
w
«>
"a
§
K
o-
<:^
P
;^
►3
s
OK,
n>
t\J
t^
s
B
Co
ec
r*
>o
>)
«5
<-t
a
^
I—*
o
o
1A5
>
3
n
a
H
3-
>
BILL 212 Private Member's Bill
4th Session, 31st Legislature, Ontario
29 Elizabeth II, 1980
An Act to amend The Residential Tenancies Act, 1979
Mr. Philip
TORONTO
Printed by J. C. Thatcher, Queen's Printer for Ontario
Explanatory Note
The purpose of the Bill is to revise the manner of calculating interest on rent
deposits under The Residential Tenancies Act, 1979.
BILL 212 1980
An Act to amend
The Residential Tenancies Act, 1979
HER MAJESTY, by and with the advice and consent of the
Legislative Assembly of the Province of Ontario, enacts as
follows:
1. Subsection 4 of section 9 of The Residential Tenancies Act, 1979, ^ 9 (4),
being chapter 78, is repealed and the following substituted therefor:
(4) A landlord shall pay annually to the tenant interest on the interest
rent deposit at a rate of interest equal to the highest interest rate
established for the most recent series of Canada Savings Bonds
issued before the date of the rent deposit interest payment.
2. This Act comes into force on the day it receives Royal Assent. Commence-
•^ ■' ment
3. The short title of this Act is The Residential Tenancies Amendment Short title
Act, 1980.
^3
(30
«>
»T3
s
K
<>
HH
c^
f
;^
1— (
h3
d
ft!
u>
Kj
Kl
a.
Si-
3
>3
>3
cr
CD
>a
«i
c^
i-«
oi
&
R-
^•i.
ft
s
s
rS
0^5
0^
H^
OK,
o
00
o
H
O"
fC
50
(D
W
a.
>
3
3
I-+
E
>
o
H
fD
13
s
P
p
3
g
n'
3
W)
a
>
n
BILL 213 Private Member's Bill
4th Session, 31st Legislature, Ontario
29 Elizabeth II, 1980
An Act to amend The Municipal Elections Act, 1977
Mr. Foulds
TORONTO
Printed by J. C. Thatcher, Queen's Printer for Ontario
Explanatory Note
The purpose of the Bill is to change the polling day for municipal
elections in Ontario from the second Monday in November to the first
Monday in November in an election year. The reason for the change is to
avoid any interference by municipal elections with the observance of
Remembrance Day.
BILL 213 1980
An Act to amend The Municipal Elections Act, 1977
HER MAJESTY, by and with the advice and consent of the
Legislative Assembly of the Province of Ontario, enacts as
follows:
1. Subsection 1 of section 11 of The Municipal Elections Act, 1977, » n d)'
being chapter 62 , is repealed and the following substituted therefor:
(1) Polling day in a regular election shall be the first Monday in Polling
November in each election year.
2. This Act comes into force on the day it receives Royal Assent. Commence-
-^ -^ ment
3. The short title of this Act is The Municipal Elections Amendment Short title
Act, 1980.
Co
bo
o
o
a-
0^5
d
n
n
B
cr
Co
O.
>3
>3
&
KJ
?i
A.
3
S-
s'
a
s'
(X5
o
CX)
o
OrCl
5. >
2.3
p >
fD O
5-3
3 n
t« 3
BILL 214 Government Bill
4th Session, 31st Legislature, Ontario
29 Elizabeth II, 1980
An Act to amend The Pension Benefits Act
The Hon. Frank Drea
Minister of Consumer and Commercial Relations
TORONTO
Printed by J. C. Thatcher, Queen's Printer for Ontario
Explanatory Notes
Section 1. — Subsection 1. The definition of "Fund" is complementary to
section 6 of the Bill.
Subsection 2. Section 1 (1) (h) of the Act defines "pension plan" and in so
doing sets out certain specified plans that are included in the definition. The
reference to one such included plan has been updated to correspond to other
legislative changes.
Section 2. The Act currently provides for payment to an employee of a
lump sum instead of providing a pension where the pension payments would be less
than $10 per month.
This $10 limit is being changed to $25.
Section 3. Section 23a of the Act deals with pension plan contributions in
the hands of an employer. These contributions are deemed to be trust funds.
The new subsection 23a (1) provides that an employee has a lien for the
amount of his contribution until the sum is paid into the plan.
Subsection 23a (2) of the Act is unchanged.
The new subsection 23a (3) of the Act gives employees a lien for employer's
contributions payable in the plan.
The new subsection 23a (4) of the Act provides a method for calculating the
trust amount.
BILL 214 1980
An Act to amend The Pension Benefits Act
HER MAJESTY, by and with the advice and consent of the
Legislative Assembly of the Province of Ontario, enacts as
follows:
1. — (1) Subsection 1 of section 1 of The Pension Benefits Act, being * ^ '^j-
chapter 342 of the Revised Statutes of Ontario, 1970, is
amended by adding thereto the following clause:
{da) "Fund" means the Pension Benefits Guarantee Fund
established by section 256.
(2) Subclause iv of clause h of subsection 1 of the said section 1 is ^^ *''y'' ''^^'
^ ' re-enacted
repealed and the following substituted therefor:
(iv) a deferred profit sharing pension plan other than
an employee's profit sharing plan or a deferred
profit sharing plan as defined in sections 144 and
147 of the Income Tax Act (Canada). R s.c. i9S2.
c. 148
2. Clause b of subsection 3 of section 2 1 of the said Act is amended by * ^^ '■''<''''
•^ amended
striking out "$10" in the fifth line and inserting in lieu thereof "$2S.
3. Section 23a of the said Act, as enacted by the Statutes of Ontario, * '^^^ , ,
' •' ... re-enacted
1973, chapter 113, section 6, is repealed and the following substi-
tuted therefor:
23a. — (1) Where a sum is received by an employer from an Employee
^ ' J f J contribution
employee under an arrangement for the payment of the sum by the to pension
employer into a pension plan as the employee's contribution ^^^^ J^^^^
thereto, the employer shall be deemed to hold the sum in trust for in hands of
the employee until the sum is paid into the pension plan whether or '^'"^ "^^"^
not the sum has in fact been kept separate and apart by the
employer and the employee has a lien upon the assets of the
employer for such amount that in the ordinary course of business
would be entered in books of account whether so entered or not.
(2) For the purposes of subsection 1, any sum withheld by an ^^^^^jj
employer, whether by payroll deduction or otherwise, from deductions
Employer's
contributions
held in
trust
i
moneys payable to an employee, shall be deemed to be a sum
received by the employer from the employee.
(3) Where an employer is required to make contributions to a
pension plan, he shall be deemed to hold in trust for the members
of the plan an amount calculated in accordance with subsection 4,
whether or not,
(a) the employer contributions are payable into the plan
under the terms of the plan or this Act; or
(b) the amount has been kept separate and apart by the
employer,
and the members have a lien upon the assets of the employer in
such amount that in the ordinary course of business would be
entered into the books of account whether so entered or not.
Determining
amount of
trust funds
s. 236,
amended
Idem
Idem
s. 23d,
enacted
Employee
option on
termination
or wind up
(4) For the purpose of determining the amount deemed to be
held in trust under subsection 3 on a specific date, the calculation
shall be made as if the plan had been wound up on that date.
4. Section 23b of the said Act, as enacted by the Statutes of Ontario,
1973, chapter 113, section 6, is amended by adding thereto the
following subsections:
(6) Every employer shall provide to each member of his regis-
tered pension plan such information respecting the member's
entitlements under the plan as is prescribed by regulations at least
once in every three years or within such shorter time period as is
prescribed.
(7) Upon the written request by a member of a registered pen-
sion plan, an employer shall make available to the member such
documents and statistical, actuarial and financial information
respecting the plan as is prescribed by the regulations in the form
and within the time period prescribed.
5. The said Act is amended by adding thereto the following section:
23d. — (1) Where a pension plan is wound up, in whole or in
part, an employee in Ontario whose membership in the plan is
terminated and who at the date of termination has been in the
service of his employer for a continuous period of ten years or has
been a member of the plan for a period of ten years and who ha>
attained the age of forty-five years has the right to elect.
(a)
ll
where the employee is eligible under the terms of t
plan for an immediate pension, to receive an immediat<
pension benefit in accordance with the benefit formula
of the plan and the terms set out in the plan;
Section 4. Section 23b of the Act sets out what information is to be
provided to employees by employers. The subsections being added expand on this.
Section S . The main features of the new section are as follows:
1 . Where a pension plan is wound up, employees are given certain specified
options (Subsection 1).
2. Employees are given an option to elect to take a survivorship benefit
(Subsection 3).
3. Where notice of termination is given to an employee, the period of the
notice is included in calculating pension benefits (Subsection S).
(b) to receive a pension benefit starting payment at,
(i) his normal retirement age under the plan, or
(ii) where the pension plan provided for early
retirement with an unreduced pension benefit,
the age prior to his normal retirement age at
which the employee would have been eligible to
receive his pension benefit without reduction, if
the plan and his participation in it had con-
tinued,
whichever comes first;
(c) where the pension plan provides for early retirement
with a reduced pension benefit, to receive a reduced
pension benefit starting payment at any age he would
have been entitled to such benefit if the plan and his
participation in it had continued;
(d) to transfer his pension benefit credit to a pension plan of
his new employer provided the transfer is accepted by
the pension plan of his new employer; or
(e) to transfer the amount of his pension benefit credit to a
registered retirement savings plan.
(2) Where a pension plan is wound up, in whole or in part, all Bridging
bridging supplements that are excluded from the requirements of included in
clause a of subsection 1 of section 2 1 shall be included for the computation
purpose of calculating the pension benefit of all employees who
meet the requirements set out in subsection 1.
(3) Where the employee is entitled to a pension benefit under Survivor
ri- !!• 11 option
clause a, 0 or c of subsection 1, and the pension plan does not
provide an automatic or optional survivor benefit, the employee
shall have the right to elect to receive his pension benefit, the
amount of which may be reduced or increased by provision for the
payment of an optional annuity to a survivor or to the estate of the
employee or by variation of the terms of payment of such annuity
to any person after the employee's death.
(4) An employee to whom subsection 1 applies shall make his Where
election within three months after the termination or wind up or does not
within three months after the date of a declaration of wind up ^^^^^
under section 25 , whichever is later, and if no election is made, the
employer shall make the election for the employee.
(5) Subsections 1, 2 and 3 apply notwithstanding any provision Application
to the contrary contained in the pension plan. subss. 1-3
Notice period
included in
calculating
pension
benefits
1974, c. 112
(6) For the purposes of calculating pension benefits on the wind
up of a pension plan, the period of notice required to be given to a
terminated employee under Part XII of The Employment Stan-
dards Act, 1974 shall be included in computing the employee's
length of service with his employer or his time in the plan, as the
case may be.
s. 2S,
amended
6. — (1) Section 25 of the said Act is amended by adding thereto the
following subsections:
Idem
(la) The Commission may declare that a defined benefit pen-
sion plan is wound up in whole or in part for the purposes of this
Act on such date as the Commission in its discretion considers
appropriate, where,
R.S.C. 1970,
c. B-3
(a) the employer providing the plan is bankrupt within the
meaning of the Bankruptcy Act (Canada);
(6) the plan has been terminated in whole or in part and the
employer has failed to meet the funding requirements
prescribed;
(c) the plan has been terminated in whole or in part and the
Commission is of the opinion that because of his insol-
vency the employer will not be able to meet the funding
obligations prescribed by regulation;
{d) the Commission has reason to believe that the amount of
payments that the Fund may be required to guarantee
may be expected to increase unreasonably if the plan is
not wound up; or
(e) such other event as is prescribed by regulation occurs.
Commission
as
administrator
s. 25 (2),
amended
(4) Where a defined benefit pension plan is declared to be
wound up in whole or in part by the Commission, the Commis-
sion, where it has reason to believe that the assets of the plan are
not sufficient to provide full payment of the contributions and
pension benefits set out in section 25c, may take control of the
assets of the pension plan and act as administrator of the plan for
the purpose of the wind up.
(2) Subsection 2 of the said section 25 is amended by adding at the
end thereof "or la".
s. 25 (3),
amended
(3) Subsection 3 of the said section 25 is amended by inserting
after "subsection 1" in the second line "or la".
Section 6. — Subsection 1. Section 25 of the Act now provides that the
Commission may, under certain circumstances, declare a pension plan to be
wound up. The new provisions empower the Commission to declare a defined
benefit pension plan (to be defined in the regulations) to be wound up under any
circumstance set out in the proposed subsection 25 (la) of the Act.
The new subsection 25 (4) of the Act provides that when a defined benefit
pension plan is wound up, the Commission may take over the administration of the
wind up.
Subsections 2 and 3. These are internal number changes that are com-
plementary to subsection 1 .
Section 7. The main features of the new sections are as follows:
1. A Pension Guarantee Fund to be administered by the Commission is
established (Section 25b (1) ).
2. The Lieutenant Governor in Council is authorized to make loans to the
Fund (Section 256 (3) ).
3. The pension benefits that are guaranteed are set out (Section 2Sc).
4. An employer winding up or amending a defined benefit pension plan is
liable for a short fall in the plan's funding (Section 25d).
5 . Where payment is made from the Fund into a pension plan because there
is a short fall in the plan's funding, the Commission has a lien on the
assets of the employer (Section 25e).
6. No amendment to a pension plan can be made that reduces the value of
an employee's pension benefits (Section 25/).
7. The said Act is further amended by adding thereto the following ss isb-isf,
enacted
sections:
2Sb. — (1) There is established a fund to be known as the Pen- ^^^a
sion Benefits Guarantee Fund which shall be administered by the
Commission.
(2) The purpose of the Fund is to guarantee payment of the Purpose
pension benefits set out in subsection 1 of section 2Sc where a
defined benefit pension plan is wound up under subsection la of
section 25 subject to such limits and qualifications as are set out in
the regulations.
(3) If, at any time, the amount standing to the credit of the Advances or
Fund is insufficient for the purpose of making,payments for claims Fund °
under this Act, the Lieutenant Governor in council may authorize
the Treasurer of Ontario to make loans out of the Consolidated
Revenue Fund to the Fund on such terms and conditions as the
Lieutenant Governor in Council directs.
2Sc. — (1) The pension benefits of a defined benefit pension Benefits
an that is wound up under :
guaranteed by the Fund are,
plan that is wound up under subsection \a of section 25 that are ^"^^" ^^
(a) all pension benefits that must be contractually provided
under clause a of subsection 1 of section 2 1 provided in
respect of service in Ontario of an employee who, at the
date of wind up of the plan, has been in the service of his
employer for a continuous period of ten years or has been
a member of the plan for a period of ten years and who
has attained the age of forty-five years;
{b) all pension benefits in the course of payment to a retired
member of the plan or his survivor or estate or to any
person designated by the employee provided in respect
of his service in Ontario and any such pension benefits
the employee's survivor or estate or any person desig-
nated by him may become entitled to;
(c) all pension benefits that must be contractually provided
under clause a of subsection 1 of section 2 1 provided in
respect of service in Ontario of a former member of the
plan who, at the date of termination of his employment,
had been in the service of his employer for a continuous
period of ten years or was a member of the plan for a
period of ten years and who had attained the age of
forty-five years; and
{d) the value of all employee contributions made to the plan
in respect of service in Ontario to the extent that such
value exceeds the value of pension benefits provided to
an employee under clause a, b or c.
Inclusion
of bridging
supplements
and elections
(2) For the purpose of subsection 1, "pension benefits" includes
bridging supplements, whether or not the bridging supplements
have been excluded from the requirements of clause a of subsec-
tion 1 of section 2 1 and any pension benefit that the employee has
elected to receive under section 23d.
Payments
not
guaranteed
(3) The payment of,
(a) a pension benefit provided by a plan that has been in
effect for less than three years at the date of termination
or wind up; or
Where a
defined
benefit
pension plan
discontinued
(b) any increase to a pension benefit which increase became
effective within three years before the date of termina-
tion or wind up,
is not guaranteed by the Fund.
25d. In addition to any amounts the employer is liable to pay
under subsection 2 of section 22, where a defined benefit pension
plan is terminated or wound up or the plan is amended so that it is
no longer a defined benefit pension plan, the employer is liable to
the plan for the difference between,
(a) the value of the assets of the plan; and
(b) the value of pension benefits guaranteed under subsec-
tion 1 of section 25c and any other pension benefit vested
under the terms of the plan,
Lien on
assets
and the employer shall make payments to the insurer, trustee or
administrator of the pension plan to fund the amount owing in
such manner as is prescribed by regulation.
25e. Where the Commission pays into a pension plan because
the assets of the plan are not sufficient to finance the pension
benefits guaranteed under subsection 1 of section 25c, the Com-
mission has a lien and charge on the assets of the employer for the
amount of the payment and interest thereon and the Commission
may enter into an agreement with the employer providing for
repayment of the amount advanced together with interest thereon
upon such terms and conditions as the Commission considers
appropriate.
Amendments
reducing
benefits
prohibited
25/. No amendment to a pension plan shall reduce the pension
benefit credits accrued to the date of the amendment.
Section 8. The new provision clarifies the intent that The Statutory
Powers Procedure Act, 1971 does not apply to decisions of the Commission.
Section 9. — Subsection 1. Section 2 8 of the Act empowers the Lieutenant
Governor in Council to make regulations. Clause ka is complementary to the new
section 23>b (6).
The remaining clauses added are complementary to sections 5 and 6 of the Bill
in respect of the guarantees of pension benefits and provide, among other powers,
the authority to set premiums to be paid into the Fund, interest rates to be charged
for loans from the Fund and limits of liability. Authority is also given to regulate
matters to be reported to the Commission, procedures to be followed, etcetera.
Subsection 2. Regulations made under the Act may be made retroactive in
their application.
8. The said Act is further amended by adding thereto the following s. 27a,
enacted
section:
27a. The Statutory Powers Procedure Act, 1971 does not apply Non-appUca-
to determinations of the Commission under this Act or the regula- 1971, c. 47
tions.
9. — (1) Section 28 of the said Act is amended by adding thereto the ^ 28,
' ,, . , ^ c: amended
lollowmg clauses:
{ab) governing defined benefit pension plans and governing
the maintenance and administration of the Fund by the
Commission including, without limiting the generality
of the foregoing, regulations,
(i) governing the procedures to be followed by
employers in reporting to the Commission and
prescribing information to be provided in
reports,
(ii) governing the procedures to be followed in
making and determining claims from the Fund,
(iii) prescribing the maximum pension benefits
guaranteed by the Fund or prescribing a method
of calculating the maximum pension benefits,
(iv) prescribing the method of calculating the total
limit of the Fund's liability,
(v) prescribing classes of pension plans and
exempting any class of plan or any pension plan
from any provision of this Act or the regulations,
(vi) prescribing the interest payable on loans from
the Fund to a pension plan,
(vii) prescribing information to be submitted on the
wind up of a pension plan, the person who shall
submit the information and the time within
which the information is to be submitted,
(viii) specifying the priorities in allocating assets of a
defined benefit pension plan on its wind up,
(ix) authorizing the Commission to appoint a trustee
with investment powers in respect of money in
the Fund,
8
(x) governing the procedures to be followed by the
administrator of a pension plan in the distri-
bution of assets of the plan on winding up,
(xi) requiring premiums to be paid into the Fund by
employers and prescribing the amount of the
premiums or the method of calculating the pre-
miums, classifying pension plans and providing
for different premiums in respect of different
classes of plans,
(xii) governing assignments or transfers of defined
benefit pension plans from one employer to
another and setting out the obligations and
liabilities of the transferring employer,
(xiii) governing the termination or wind up of a
defined benefit pension plan,
(xiv) prescribing funding requirements into a plan for
purposes of section 25c? and authorizing the
Commission to vary the requirements where
financial hardship would result to the employer,
(xv) prescribing events upon the occurrence of which
the Commission may declare a plan wound up
under clause e of subsection la of section 25;
ika) requiring the furnishing of documents and informatioi
by employers to members of pension plans and pre-
scribing time limits within which such documents and
information are to be furnished;
(/>) defining "defined benefit pension plan" and "bridging
supplement" for the purposes of this Act and the regula-
tions.
s. 28, (2) The said section 28 is further amended by adding thereto the
amended r- n • u i-
followmg subsection:
Retroactive (2) A regulation made under this Act may be made retroactive
regulations . .. ,. ,.
m its application.
s. 29, 10. Section 29 of the said Act, as amended by the Statutes of Ontario,
^™^"'**'* 1973, chapter 133, section 8, is further amended by adding thereto
the following subsection:
I
Section 10. Section 29 of the Act is the penalty section.
(4) No proceeding under this section shall be commenced more Time limit
than two years after the time when the subject-matter of the commencing
proceeding arose. proceedings
1 1 . This Act shall be deemed to have come into force on the 4th day of Commence-
December, 1980. ""^"^
1 2. The short title of this Act is The Pension Benefits Amendment Act, Short title
1980.
ba
n ^ •
5' O hcj
O >-!
3 cs,
d
PL
&
a.
s
OK,
a
n
t\>
n
n
l»*
s
B
cr
o>
>3
Ci
-t^
R
cr
s
S
Orq
o
00
o
0^
H
cr
fn
'13
>
rD
3
3
in
>
o'
3
r+
W
O
ft>
P
3
3
i-n
fD
C/)
BILL 214
4th Session, 31st Legislature, Ontario
29 Elizabeth II, 1980
An Act to amend The Pension Benefits Act
The Hon. Frank Drea
Minister of Consumer and Commercial Relations
TORONTO
Printed by J. C. Thatcher, Queen's Printer for Ontario
BILL 214 1980
An Act to amend The Pension Benefits Act
HER MAJESTY, by and with the advice and consent of the
Legislative Assembly of the Province of Ontario, enacts as
follows:
1. — (1) Subsection 1 of section 1 of The Pension Benefits Act, being * ^ '||'
chapter 342 of the Revised Statutes of Ontario, 1970, is
amended by adding thereto the following clause:
{da) "Fund" means the Pension Benefits Guarantee Fund
established by section 256.
(2) Subclause iv of clause h of subsection 1 of the said section 1 is * ' ^^''f^l *'^^'
' re-enacted
repealed and the following substituted therefor:
(iv) a deferred profit sharing pension plan other than
an employee's profit sharing plan or a deferred
profit sharing plan as defined in sections 144 and
147 of the Income Tax Act (Canada). R s.c. i9S2,
c. 148
2. Clause h of subsection 3 of section 2 1 of the said Act is amended by *^^ '•'^ *''^'
•^ amended
striking out "$10" in the fifth line and inserting in lieu thereof "$25".
3. Section 23a of the said Act, as enacted by the Statutes of Ontario, ^ ^^^ ^ ,
' •' ' re-enacted
1973, chapter 113, section 6, is repealed and the following substi-
tuted therefor:
23a. — (1) Where a sum is received by an employer from an Employee
' •' ^ •' contribution
employee under an arrangement for the payment of the sum by the to pension
employer into a pension plan as the employee's contribution [""^^l j^^j^^
thereto, the employer shall be deemed to hold the sum in trust for in hands of
i
the employee until the sum is paid into the pension plan whether or ^™^ "^^"^
not the sum has in fact been kept separate and apart by the
employer and the employee has a lien upon the assets of the
employer for such amount that in the ordinary course of business
would be entered in books of account whether so entered or not.
(2) For the purposes of subsection 1, any sum withheld by an ^'^^™'^y^
employer, whether by payroll deduction or otherwise, from deductions
Employer's
contributions
held in
trust
i
moneys payable to an employee, shall be deemed to be a sum
received by the employer from the employee.
(3) Where an employer is required to make contributions to a
pension plan, he shall be deemed to hold in trust for the members
of the plan an amount calculated in accordance with subsection 4,
whether or not,
(a) the employer contributions are payable into the plan
under the terms of the plan or this Act; or
(b) the amount has been kept separate and apart by the
employer,
and the members have a lien upon the assets of the employer in
such amount that in the ordinary course of business would be
entered into the books of account whether so entered or not.
Determining
amount of
trust funds
s. 23ft,
amended
Idem
Idem
s. 23rf,
enacted
Employee
option on
termination
or wind up
(4) For the purpose of determining the amount deemed to be
held in trust under subsection 3 on a specific date, the calculation
shall be made as if the plan had been wound up on that date.
4. Section 23b of the said Act, as enacted by the Statutes of Ontario,
1973, chapter 113, section 6, is amended by adding thereto the
following subsections:
(6) Every employer shall provide to each member of his regis-
tered pension plan such information respecting the member's
entitlements under the plan as is prescribed by regulations at least
once in every three years or within such shorter time period as is
prescribed.
(7) Upon the written request by a member of a registered pen-
sion plan, an employer shall make available to the member such
documents and statistical, actuarial and financial information
respecting the plan as is prescribed by the regulations in the form
and within the time period prescribed.
5. The said Act is amended by adding thereto the following section: '
23d. — (1) Where a pension plan is wound up, in whole or ini
part, an employee in Ontario whose membership in the plan is!
terminated and who at the date of termination has been in tht
service of his employer for a continuous period of ten years or ha>
been a member of the plan for a period of ten years and who ha^
attained the age of forty-five years has the right to elect,
(a) where the employee is eligible under the terms of th(
plan for an immediate pension, to receive an immediate
pension benefit in accordance with the benefit formuhi
of the plan and the terms set out in the plan;
(b) to receive a pension benefit starting payment at,
(i) his normal retirement age under the plan, or
(ii) where the pension plan provided for early
retirement with an unreduced pension benefit,
the age prior to his normal retirement age at
which the employee would have been eligible to
receive his pension benefit without reduction, if
the plan and his participation in it had con-
tinued,
whichever comes first;
(c) where the pension plan provides for early retirement
with a reduced pension benefit, to receive a reduced
pension benefit starting payment at any age he would
have been entitled to such benefit if the plan and his
participation in it had continued;
(d) to transfer his pension benefit credit to a pension plan of
his new employer provided the transfer is accepted by
the pension plan of his new employer; or
(e) to transfer the amount of his pension benefit credit to a
registered retirement savings plan.
(2) Where a pension plan is wound up, in whole or in part, all fj^'^fgj^^g^jg
bridging supplements that are excluded from the requirements of included in
clause a of subsection 1 of section 2 1 shall be included for the computation
purpose of calculating the pension benefit of all employees who
meet the requirements set out in subsection 1.
(3) Where the employee is entitled to a pension benefit under Survivor
, r 1 • 11- option
clause a, 0 or c of subsection 1, and the pension plan does not
provide an automatic or optional survivor benefit, the employee
shall have the right to elect to receive his pension benefit, the
amount of which may be reduced or increased by provision for the
payment of an optional annuity to a survivor or to the estate of the
employee or by variation of the terms of payment of such annuity
to any person after the employee's death.
(4) An employee to whom subsection 1 applies shall make his ^^^^e
, . . , r , , r 1 • • • 1 employee
election within three months after the termination or wind up or does not
within three months after the date of a declaration of wind up ^^^'^^
under section 25 , whichever is later, and if no election is made, the
employer shall make the election for the employee.
(5) Subsections 1, 2 and 3 apply notwithstanding any provision Application
to the contrary contained in the pension plan. subss. 1-3
Notice period
included in
calculating
pension
benefits
1974, c. 112
(6) For the purposes of calculating pension benefits on the wind
up of a pension plan, the period of notice required to be given to a
terminated employee under Part XII of The Employment Stan-
dards Act, 1974 shall be included in computing the employee's
length of service with his employer or his time in the plan, as the
case may be.
s. 25,
amended
6. — (1) Section 25 of the said Act is amended by adding thereto the
following subsections:
Idem
(la) The Commission may declare that a defined benefit pen-
sion plan is wound up in whole or in part for the purposes of this
Act on such date as the Commission in its discretion considers
appropriate, where,
R.S.C. 1970,
c. B-3
(a) the employer providing the plan is bankrupt within the
meaning of the Bankruptcy Act (Canada);
{h) the plan has been terminated in whole or in part and the
employer has failed to meet the funding requirements
prescribed;
(c) the plan has been terminated in whole or in part and the
Commission is of the opinion that because of his insol-
vency the employer will not be able to meet the funding
obligations prescribed by regulation;
{d) the Commission has reason to believe that the amount of
payments that the Fund may be required to guarantee
may be expected to increase unreasonably if the plan is
not wound up; or
(e) such other event as is prescribed by regulation occurs,
Commission
as
administrator
(4) Where a defined benefit pension plan is declared to be
wound up in whole or in part by the Commission, the Commis-
sion, where it has reason to believe that the assets of the plan are
not sufficient to provide full payment of the contributions and
pension benefits set out in section 25c, may take control of the I
assets of the pension plan and act as administrator of the plan for !
the purpose of the wind up.
s. 25 (2),
amended
(2) Subsection 2 of the said section 25 is amended by adding at the i
end thereof "or la".
s. 25 (3),
amended
(3) Subsection 3 of the said section 25 is amended by inserting
after "subsection 1" in the second line "or la".
I
7. The said Act is further amended by adding thereto the following ss. 2Sb-25f,
enacted
sections:
256. — (1) There is established a fund to be known as the Pen- F"nd
sion Benefits Guarantee Fund which shall be administered by the
Commission.
(2) The purpose of the Fund is to guarantee payment of the Purpose
pension benefits set out in subsection 1 of section 25c where a
defined benefit pension plan is wound up under subsection la of
section 25 subject to such limits and qualifications as are set out in
the regulations.
(3) If, at any time, the amount standing to the credit of the Advances or
Fund is insufficient for the purpose of making payments for claims Fund
under this Act, the Lieutenant Governor in council may authorize
the Treasurer of Ontario to make loans out of the Consolidated
Revenue Fund to the Fund on such terms and conditions as the
Lieutenant Governor in Council directs.
25c. — (1) The pension benefits of a defined benefit pension Benefits
plan that is wound up under subsection la of section 25 that are
guaranteed by the Fund are,
(a) all pension benefits that must be contractually provided
under clause a of subsection 1 of section 2 1 provided in
respect of service in Ontario of an employee who, at the
date of wind up of the plan, has been in the service of his
employer for a continuous period of ten years or has been
a member of the plan for a period of ten years and who
has attained the age of forty-five years;
(b) all pension benefits in the course of payment to a retired
member of the plan or his survivor or estate or to any
person designated by the employee provided in respect
of his service in Ontario and any such pension benefits
the employee's survivor or estate or any person desig-
nated by him may become entitled to;
(c) all pension benefits that must be contractually provided
under clause a of subsection 1 of section 2 1 provided in
respect of service in Ontario of a former member of the
plan who, at the date of termination of his employment,
had been in the service of his employer for a continuous
period of ten years or was a member of the plan for a
period of ten years and who had attained the age of
forty-five years; and
(d) the value of all employee contributions made to the plan
in respect of service in Ontario to the extent that such
value exceeds the value of pension benefits provided to
an employee under clause a, b or c.
Inclusion
of bridging
supplements
and elections
(2) For the purpose of subsection 1, "pension benefits" includes
bridging supplements, whether or not the bridging supplements
have been excluded from the requirements of clause a of subsec-
tion 1 of section 2 1 and any pension benefit that the employee has
elected to receive under section 23d.
Payments
not
guaranteed
(3) The payment of,
(a) a pension benefit provided by a plan that has been in
effect for less than three years at the date of termination
or wind up; or
(b) any increase to a pension benefit which increase became
effective within three years before the date of termina-
tion or wind up,
is not guaranteed by the Fund.
Where a
defined
benefit
pension plan
discontinued
25d. In addition to any amounts the employer is liable to pay
under subsection 2 of section 22, where a defined benefit pension
plan is terminated or wound up or the plan is amended so that it is
no longer a defined benefit pension plan, the employer is liable to
the plan for the difference between,
(a) the value of the assets of the plan; and
(b) the value of pension benefits guaranteed under subsec-
tion 1 of section 25c and any other pension benefit vested
under the terms of the plan,
Lien on
assets
and the employer shall make payments to the insurer, trustee or
administrator of the pension plan to fund the amount owing in
such manner as is prescribed by regulation.
25e. Where the Commission pays into a pension plan because
the assets of the plan are not sufficient to finance the pension
benefits guaranteed under subsection 1 of section 25c, the Com-
mission has a lien and charge on the assets of the employer for the
amount of the payment and interest thereon and the Commission
may enter into an agreement with the employer providing for
repayment of the amount advanced together with interest thereon
upon such terms and conditions as the Commission considers
appropriate.
Amendments
reducing
benefits
prohibited
25/. No amendment to a pension plan shall reduce the pension
benefit credits accrued to the date of the amendment.
8. The said Act is further amended by adding thereto the following s. 27a,
,• enacted
section:
2 la . The Statutory Powers Procedure Act, 1971 does not apply Non-appika-
to determinations of the Commission under this Act or the regula- /gn^c. 47
tions.
9. — (1) Section 28 of the said Act is amended by adding thereto the * ^8,
r ^^ • i amended
followmg clauses:
{ah) governing defined benefit pension plans and governing
the maintenance and administration of the Fund by the
Commission including, without limiting the generality
of the foregoing, regulations,
(i) governing the procedures to be followed by
employers in reporting to the Commission and
prescribing information to be provided in
reports,
(ii) governing the procedures to be followed in
making and determining claims from the Fund,
(iii) prescribing the maximum pension benefits
guaranteed by the Fund or prescribing a method
of calculating the maximum pension benefits,
(iv) prescribing the method of calculating the total
limit of the Fund's liability,
(v) prescribing classes of pension plans and
exempting any class of plan or any pension plan
from any provision of this Act or the regulations,
(vi) prescribing the interest payable on loans from
the Fund to a pension plan,
(vii) prescribing information to be submitted on the
wind up of a pension plan, the person who shall
submit the information and the time within
which the information is to be submitted,
(viii) specifying the priorities in allocating assets of a
defined benefit pension plan on its wind up,
(ix) authorizing the Commission to appoint a trustee
with investment powers in respect of money in
the Fund,
8
(x) governing the procedures to be followed by the
administrator of a pension plan in the distri-
bution of assets of the plan on winding up,
(xi) requiring premiums to be paid into the Fund by
employers and prescribing the amount of the
premiums or the method of calculating the pre-
miums, classifying pension plans and providing
for different premiums in respect of different
classes of plans,
(xii) governing assignments or transfers of defined
benefit pension plans from one employer to
another and setting out the obligations and
liabilities of the transferring employer,
(xiii) governing the termination or wind up of a
defined benefit pension plan,
(xiv) prescribing funding requirements into a plan for
purposes of section 25d and authorizing the
Commission to vary the requirements where
financial hardship would result to the employer,
(xv) prescribing events upon the occurrence of which
the Commission may declare a plan wound up
under clause e of subsection la of section 25;
(ka) requiring the furnishing of documents and information
by employers to members of pension plans and pre-,
scribing time limits within which such documents anc
information are to be furnished;
ip) defining "defined benefit pension plan" and "bridging
supplement" for the purposes of this Act and the regula-
tions.
s. 28, (2) The said section 28 is further amended by adding thereto th<
amended j- n • i_ i.-
foUowmg subsection:
Retroactive (2) A regulation made under this Act may be made retroactiv
regulations • •. i- i-
m its application.
s. 29, 10. Section 29 of the said Act, as amended by the Statutes of Ontario,
amended ^^^^^ chapter 133, section 8, is further amended by adding theretc
the following subsection:
(4) No proceeding under this section shall be commenced more Time limit
than two years after the time when the subject-matter of the commencing
proceeding arose. proceedings
1 1 . This Act shall be deemed to have come into force on the 4th day of Commence-
December, 1980. '"''"^
12. The short title of this Act is The Pension Benefits Amendment Act, Short title
1980.
s
H
o
5_
K
o
w
3
3
t/i
r-f-
n
o
>-<
o
o
z
p'
n
Tl
1— t
o
^
^
13
o'
3
2
0
3
C/1
fa
3
til
>
d
(T)
0
ft
d
O
o
fD
3
;5
3
O
3
cr
n
Co
cr
o.
cr
Pi-
<r*
'-t
>3
>3
i:^
c^
c^
<-t
crj
tSJ
1— '
4^
h- '
o
o
o
00
00
00
o
o
o
H
s-
ft>
*T3
>
rt
3
3
>
o'
o
3
r^
Cd
O
CD
P
3
3
'~*i
fD
C/l
3
BILL 215 Government Bill
4th Session, 31st Legislature, Ontario
29 Elizabeth II, 1980
An Act to amend
The Wine Content Act, 1976
The Hon. Frank Drea
Minister of Consumer and Commercial Relations
TORONTO
Printed by J. C. Thatcher, Queen's Printer for Ontario
Explanatory Note
Currently, the Act provides that a certain prescribed quota of imported grapes
or wine may be used by a licensed manufacturer when making Ontario wine. This
applies until the 31st day of December, 1981 after which date no imported grapes or
wine may be used. The amendment changes the date to the 31st day of August,
1984.
BILL 215 1980
An Act to amend
The Wine Content Act, 1976
HER MAJESTY, by and with the advice and consent of the
Legislative Assembly of the Province of Ontario, enacts as
follows:
1. Subsection 2 of section 1 of The Wine Content Act, 1976, beings- i(2),
chapter 78, is amended by striking out "the 31st day of December,
1981" in the secondlineandinsertinginlieu thereof "the 3 1st day of
August, 1984".
2. This Act comes into force on the day it receives Royal Assent. Commence
ment
3. The short title of this Act is The Wine Content Amendment Act, Short title
1980.
Ci
o
^
c^
3
to
n 5 w
^ o
2.2
p' O ITI
c 2
0^5
ft!
INO
n
n
Ki.
B
cr
ft)
a
Cn
?2
S-
a.
s'
s
0^
00
o
OTQ
I
3 3
"" >
n o
O '^
<^ .
3 P
- 3
> g
i-f- O-
BILL 215
4th Session, 31st Legislature, Ontario
29 Elizabeth II, 1980
An Act to amend
The Wine Content Act, 1976
The Hon. Frank Drea
Minister of Consumer and Commercial Relations
TORONTO
Printed by J. C. Thatcher, Queen's Printer for Ontario
BILL 215 1980
An Act to amend
The Wine Content Act, 1976
HER MAJESTY, by and with the advice and consent of the
Legislative Assembly of the Province of Ontario, enacts as
follows:
1. Subsection 2 of section 1 of The Wine Content Act, 1976, being * i <^>'
chapter 78, is amended by striking out "the 31st day of December,
1 98 1 " in the second line and inserting in lieu thereof "the 31st day of
August, 1984".
2. This Act comes into force on the day it receives Royal Assent. Commence-
ment
3. The short title of this Act is The Wine Content Amendment Act, short title
1980.
3
3
^ O
p' O hr)
3 B,
d
>
O
TO
3
;5
n
3
3
cr
K*
01
cr
Pi.
cr
?:i.
'-t
1:0
1-1
>3
>a
«>
C^
1-1
«»
ft
tr
^*».
s
jr
t.*.
s
cr
s'
^ .
on
"^
oq
H-
(A5
0
0
vO
00
00
00
0
0
0
H
cr
g>
3 3
n n
3 P
- 3
'^ 2
vO
ON
BILL 216 Government Bill
4th Session, 31st Legislature, Ontario
29 Elizabeth II, 1980
An Act to amend The Farm Products Payments Act
The Hon. L. C. Henderson
Minister of Agriculture and Food
TORONTO
Printed by J. C. Thatcher, Queen's Printer for Ontario
Explanatory Notes
Section l. Section 3 of the Act sets out the circumstances in which a
producer may apply for payment from a fund. The new subsection provides that a
producer is not entitled to payment from a fund in the circumstances set out.
Section 2. Section 7 of the Act provides grounds for the suspension or
revocation of or the refusal to issue or renew a licence under certain Acts listed in
the section.
The addition of The Live Stock and Live Stock Products Act is comple-
mentary to amendments to that Act enacted by the Statutes of Ontario, 1980,
chapter 5.
Section 3. Section 8 of the Act authorizes the Lieutenant Governor in
Council to make regulations.
The amendment enlarges the authority to make regulations.
BILL 216 1980
An Act to amend The Farm Products Payments Act
HER MAJESTY, by and with the advice and consent of the
Legislative Assembly of the Province of Ontario, enacts as
follows:
1 . Section 3 of The Farm Products Payments Act , being chapter 163 of s 3,
the Revised Statutes of Ontario, 1970, is amended by adding thereto
the following subsection:
(2) Notwithstanding subsection 1, a producer is not entitled to Producer
payment from a fund under clause a of subsection 1 where the entitled
regulations provide that clause a of subsection 1 does not apply in [^g^^-^"
respect of that fund.
2. Section 7 of the said Act, as re-enacted by the Statutes of Ontario, *^' , ,
1977, chapter 25, section 4, is amended by adding thereto the
following paragraph:
2a. The Livestock and Live Stock Products Act. R.so. 1970,
c. 251
3. Section 8 of the said Act, as amended by the Statutes of Ontario, *^' .
1977, chapter 25, section 5, is further amended by adding thereto
the following clauses:
(ca) exempting any class or classes of producers from the
application of this Act or the regulations, or any part
thereof;
(cb) prescribing conditions for the exemption of any class or
classes of dealers or producers;
(da) providing that clause a of subsection 1 of section 3 does
not apply in respect of a fund;
(db) prescribing additional conditions to those referred to in
subsection 1 of section 3 under which a producer may
apply for payment from a fund and providing for such
applications and for payments from the fund.
Payment 4. — (1) The Ontario Egg Producers' Marketing Board is authorized
to make payments to producers of eggs in Ontario who
are creditors of C.B. Whyte and Son Foods Limited in
respect of eggs sold to C.B. Whyte and Son Foods Limited on
or before the 7th day of March, 1980.
Id*™ (2) Payments referred to in subsection 1 may be made from licence
fees, service charges and other moneys payable to The Ontario
Egg Producers' Marketing Board and shall not exceed, in the
aggregate, $250,000.
Commence- 5. This Act comes iuto force on the day it receives Royal Assent.
ment
Short title (J. The short title of this Act is The Farm Products Payments
Amendment Act, 1980.
Section 4. The Ontario Egg Producers' Marketing Board is authorized to
make payments to producers described in the section.
cw
ts
H
5'
W
En'
M
ft
ffi
O
O
»-n
Z
>
QTQ
r
2_
o'
p
c
ffl
0
W
^
C/5
o
o
o
Z
CL
a-
s
0^
o
n
rv>
n
ft)
t-H
3
cr
a
C/l
a
R-
r*
a.
^*i.
cr
^*.
s
;s
0^5
1— '
00
o
(X5
H
fD
P
>-«
3 >
^^
a?
^ 3
3 a
n
t3
BILL 216
4th Session, 31st Legislature, Ontario
29 Elizabeth II, 1980
An Act to amend The Farm Products Payments Act
The Hon. L. C. Henderson
Minister of Agriculture and Food
rOROMTO
Printed by J. C. Thatcher, Queen's Printer for Ontario
BILL 216 1980
An Act to amend The Farm Products Payments Act
HER MAJESTY, by and with the advice and consent of the
Legislative Assembly of the Province of Ontario, enacts as
follows:
1. Section 3 of The Farm Products Payments Act , being chapter 163 of " 3,
the Revised Statutes of Ontario, 1970, is amended by adding thereto
the following subsection:
(2) Notwithstanding subsection 1, a producer is not entitled to Profiucer
payment from a fund under clause a of subsection 1 where the entitled
regulations provide that clause a of subsection 1 does not apply in J° p^-^"
respect of that fund.
3. Section 7 of the said Act, as re-enacted by the Statutes of Ontario, '^ ^
1977, chapter 25, section 4, is amended by adding thereto the
following paragraph:
2a. The Livestock and Live Stock Products Act. R.s.o. i97o,
c. 251
3. Section 8 of the said Act, as amended by the Statutes of Ontario, ^ «,
1977, chapter 25, section 5, is further amended by adding thereto
the following clauses:
(ca) exempting any class or classes of producers from the
application of this Act or the regulations, or any part
thereof;
(cb) prescribing conditions for the exemption of any class or
classes of dealers or producers;
(da) providing that clause a of subsection 1 of section 3 does
not apply in respect of a fund;
(db) prescribing additional conditions to those referred to in
subsection 1 of section 3 under which a producer may
Payment
authorized
apply for payment from a fund and providing for such
applications and for payments from the fund.
;i) The Ontario Egg Producers' Marketing Board is authorized
to make payments to producers of eggs in Ontario who
are creditors of C.B. Whyte and Son Foods Limited in
respect of eggs sold to C.B. Whyte and Son Foods Limited on
or before the 7th day of March, 1980.
Idem
(2) Payments referred to in subsection 1 may be made from licence
fees, service charges and other moneys payable to The Ontario
Egg Producers' Marketing Board and shall not exceed, in the
aggregate, $250,000.
Commence-
ment
Short title
5. This Act comes into force on the day it receives Royal Assent.
6. The short title of this Act is The Farm Products Payments
Amendment Act, 1980.
hf^
H
5]
K
C/)'
M
ri-
ffi
o
O
i-h
2;
>
crq
r
!-!_
p
l-f-
ffi
n
P
d
3
^
C/2
0
o
o
Z
a
0
d
n
n
n
3
;5
re
3
0
rt)
3
cr
1-^
cr
Pi.
cr
R-
::o
>i
>3
CTi
c^
'-t
a
I—"
a
I—"
a
Cy\
a
ISO
!A5
R-
<>*.
^
cr
a.
t— I
0
0
0
00
00
00
0
0
0
H
cr
n
^
P
•-1
3
>
3
13
0
0-
>
0
C
(-»■
0
0
(-1-
m
P
::^3
p
(t
v:
3
3
a
n
3
BILL 217 Private Member's Bill
4th Session, 31st Legislature, Ontario
29 Elizabeth II, 1980
An Act to amend The Highway Traffic Act
Mr. Foulds
TORONTO
Printed by J. C. Thatcher, Queen's Printer for Ontario
Explanatory Note
The purpose of the Bill is to permit the Minister of Transportation and
Communications and the Registrar of Motor Vehicles to waive any of the qualifi-
cations for a Class A, B, C, D, E or F driver's licence where the Minister or the
Registrar is satisfied that the person requesting the waiver can safely drive the type
of motor vehicle authorized to be driven by the licence. The Bill requires that the
Minister and the Registrar give consideration to submissions made to them by a
person seeking the waiver of a qualification. The Bill also provides that any
withdrawalof aClass A, B, C, D, Eor F licence is deemed to be the cancellation of
a licence and an appeal from the decision lies to the Licence Suspension Appeal
Board.
BILL 217 1980
An Act to amend The Highway Traffic Act
HER MAJESTY, by and with the advice and consent of the
Legislative Assembly of the Province of Ontario, enacts as
follows:
1. Section 13 of The Highway Traffic Act, being chapter 202 of the ^ ^^^
Revised Statutes of Ontario, 1970, as re-enacted by the Statutes of
Ontario, 1973, chapter 167, section 4, and amended by the Statutes
of Ontario, 1974, chapter 123, section 3, 1977, chapter 54, section 1,
1978, chapter 24, section 2, and 1978, chapter 90, section 1, is
further amended by adding thereto the following subsection:
{2b) Notwithstanding subsection 2, the Minister may waive ^^'.Y" "f
any of the qualifications set out in the regulations for a Class A, B,
C, D, E or F driver's licence where the Minister is satisfied that the
applicant or holder of the licence can safely drive a motor vehicle
in the class authorized to be driven by the licence and for this
purpose, the Minister shall give consideration to any medical or
other information submitted to the Minister by a person who
requests the waiver of a qualification.
2. Section 27 of the said Act, as amended by the Statutes of Ontario, ^ "' ^
.. Ill ii-i amended
1978, chapter 16, section 1, is further amended by adding thereto
the following subsection:
(la) Subject to the approval of the Minister, the Registrar may ^^'^^'' °J
waive any of the qualifications set out in the regulations for a Class
A, B, C, D, E or F driver's licence where the Registrar is satisfied
that the holder of the licence can safely drive a motor vehicle in the
class authorized to be driven by the licence and for this purpose,
the Registrar shall give consideration to any medical or other
information or personal representations sent or made to the
Registrar by a person who requests the waiver of a qualification.
3. Section 29 of the said Act is amended by adding thereto the follow- * ^^' ,
•' ^ amended
ing subsections:
(la) Any withdrawal of a Class A, B, C, D, E or F licence shall ^pp^^^'
be deemed to be a cancellation of a licence and an appeal from the
decision to withdraw the licence lies to the Licence Suspension
Appeal Board under this section.
Reinstate-
ment of
licence
(lb) The Board may confirm the decision to withdraw a licence
referred to in subsection \a or, where the Board is satisfied that the
appellant can safely drive a motor vehicle in the class authorized
to be driven by the licence, the Board may waive any of the
qualifications set out in the regulations and reinstate the licence
subject to such terms and conditions as the Board considers
appropriate.
Commence-
ment
Short title
4. This Act comes into force on the day it receives Royal Assent.
5. The short title of this Act is The Highway Traffic Amendment Act,
1980.
c»
^
2.
'2
^
_W
^
a
^
§
o
o-
a
f^
t"
't
a
a,
On
S
a.
a,
0K>
3
cr
vO
00
o
>3
0^
3 3
fit, n
BILL 218 Private Member's Bill
4th Session, 31st Legislature, Ontario
29 Elizabeth II, 1980
An Act to amend The Nursing Homes Act, 1972
Mr. Warner
TORONTO
Printed by J. C. Thatcher, Queen's Printer for Ontario
Explanatory Note
The purpose of the Bill is to establish statutory fire safety requirements for
nursing homes. The Bill requires the licensee of a nursing home to ensure that each
room in the home is equipped with a heat and smoke activated fire detection
device, a warning light and a sprinkler system. The Bill also requires that fire
safety and fire evacuation procedures be developed for each nursing home. Mem-
bers of the staff of the nursing home are required to be trained in these procedures
and residents of the home are required to be provided with information setting out
the procedures to be followed in case of a fire.
BILL 218 1980
An Act to amend
The Nursing Homes Act, 1972
HER MAJESTY, by and with the advice and consent of the
Legislative Assembly of the Province of Ontario, enacts as
follows:
1. The Nursing Homes Act, 1972, being chapter 11, is amended by ^^ ^^' ^^fr,
adding thereto the following sections:
16a. — (1) A licensee shall ensure that a heat and smoke acti- F'^e .
vated fire detection device is installed in every room in a nursing devices
home and that each device is connected to an automatic door
closing apparatus, a firm alarm system within the building and an
alarm system at the nearest fire department.
(2) A licensee shall ensure that each heat activated fire detec- Warning
tion device, when activated, also activates a warning light outside
each room and at the nursing station and main annunciator panel
of the nursing home.
(3) A licensee shall ensure that a sprinkler system is installed in Sprinkler
/ . . '^ ■' system
each room in the nursmg home.
166 . — (1) Each member of the staff of a nursing home shall be ^'^^^ safety
1 • /• r • 1 1 • r r- 1 1 1 proccdures
tramed m tire safety procedures, including the use of tire blankets
and fire hoses, and this training shall occur under the supervision
of representatives from the local fire department.
(2) A licensee shall ensure that fire evacuation procedures are ^^^^y^tion
developed for the nursing home and that the procedures are procedures
practised at least twice during each year in co-operation with
representatives of a local fire department, police department,
ambulance service and public hospital.
(3) Each resident shall be provided with a booklet setting out in BooUet
plain language and containing easily comprehensible diagrams
the procedures to be followed in the nursing home if a fire occurs.
2
Commence- 2. This Act comcs into force on the day it receives Royal Assent.
Short title s. The short title of this Act is The Nursing Homes Amendment Act,
1980.
I
bo
^
3.
cf
a
g
«>
»
^
§
>
<&-
w
cs
2:
X
w
Cfl
w
cr
ft)
0
n
n
n
:z;
u
tNO
l>^
C/5 3
g.
B
cr
Co
5" >
org f^
>0
S
>3
1-1
00
r-t-
>3
0 0
fD 3
(X5
0^
0
00
0
!X5
BILL 219 Private Member's Bill
4th Session, 31st Legislature, Ontario
29 Elizabeth II, 1980
An Act respecting
Representation in the Legislative Assembly of Ontario
Mr. Breaugh
TORONTO
Printed by J. C. Thatcher, Queen's Printer for Ontario
Explanatory Note
The purpose of the Bill is to increase the number of members in the Legislative
Assembly of Ontario from one hundred and twenty-five to one hundred and eighty.
The Bill provides for the establishment of a Select Committee of the Assembly to
consider and make recommendations concerning electoral districts for Ontario.
BILL 219 1980
An Act respecting Representation
in the Legislative Assembly of Ontario
HER MAJESTY, by and with the advice and consent of
the Legislative Assembly of the Province of Ontario,
enacts as follows:
1. The boundaries of every territorial district, county, city. Boundaries
town, village, township, improvement district, borough, district
municipality, regional municipality and ward in any municipality
shall for the purposes of this Act be deemed to be the boundaries of
such territorial district, county, city, town, village, township,
improvement district, borough, district municipality, regional
municipality and ward as defined by statute, by-law, proclama-
tion or other lawful authority on the 1st day of December, 1980.
2. — (1) The Legislative Assembly of Ontario shall consist of Number of
,,,,., , members
one hundred and eighty members.
(2) One member shall be returned to the Assembly for each One member
, .... per electoral
electoral district. district
3. — (1) A Select Committee of the Assembly, to be known as Select
• T-ii 1 I-.- • 1 11 1 • Committee
the Select Committee on Electoral Districts, shall be appointed to on electoral
consider and make recommendations concerning electoral dis- ^'^'^"'^'*
tricts for Ontario and the Select Committee shall report its
recommendations to the Assembly.
(2) After considering the report of the Select Committee on j/^^g^i^jj^^"'
Electoral Districts, the Assembly may, by resolution, establish districts
electoral districts for Ontario and the list of electoral districts
adopted by resolution shall be deemed to have been enacted as a
Schedule to this Act.
4 . The boundaries of the electoral districts as set out in the Changes in
. . ... , municipal
Schedule shall not be affected by alterations in municipal or ward or ward
boundaries made after the 1st day of December, 1980. boundaries
5. Where a county, city, town, village, township, improve- ^"u^'^'PjIj'*'"
ment district, borough, district municipality or regional munici- lines
pality becomes incorporated and is not expressly included in an
electoral district set out in the Schedule but is situated in part in
two or more of such electoral districts, the electors entitled to vote
in such municipality are entitled to vote in the electoral district in
which they would have been entitled to vote if the county, city,
town, village, township, improvement district, borough, district
municipality or regional municipality had not become incor-
porated.
Augmentation
or gores of
townships
6 . Except as otherwise expressly set out in the Schedule , every
augmentation or gore of a township shall for the purposes of this
Act be considered as forming part of the electoral district in which
the township is situated.
Municipalities
included in
electoral
district in
which situate
7. Every county, city, town, village, township, improvement
district, borough, district municipality and regional municipality
heretofore or hereafter incorporated, situate wholly within an
electoral district as set out in the Schedule and not expressly
included in any other electoral district in the Schedule, shall form
part of the electoral district in which it is situate.
Special Act
overruled
8. Every county, city, town, village, township, improvement
district, borough, district municipality or regional municipality
that by the provisions of any special Act passed before this Act
comes into force forms or forms part of an electoral district shall,
notwithstanding such provisions, form or form part of the elector-
al district or districts in which it is included in the Schedule.
Repeals 9. The Representation Act, 1975, being chapter 13, and The
Representation Amendment Act, 1976, being chapter 6, are
repealed.
Commence-
ment
10. — (1) This Act, except section 3, comes into force on the
day after the day upon which the Legislature during which the
electoral districts are established, is dissolved.
Idem (2) Section 3 comes into force on the day this Act receives Royal
Assent.
Short title
11. T\ies\iort\.it\toi\h\sPs.ct\s,The Representation Act, 1980.
^3
3.
a.
Or55
n
tV)
o
n
t~.i
S
a.
a
B
cr
00
Co
a.
a.
c^
t— »
vO
00
o
0^
r >
crq
1-—
(T>
f»
C/i
r+
•o
<■
ft)
o
O)
>
3
C/l
QTQ
in
n
?o
B
a;
rt
l-I
^
t/2
o
fD
i-h
3
<-<■
O
p
3
r+
o"
P
3
BILL 220 Private Member's Bill
4th Session, 31st Legislature, Ontario
29 Elizabeth II, 1980
An Act to amend The Fire Departments Act
Mr. Breaugh
TORONTO
Printed by J. C. Thatcher, Queen's Printer for Ontario
Explanatory Note
The purpose of the Bill is to enable full-time fire fighters to bargain with
municipal councils on behalf of retired fire fighters with respect to pensions,
pension increases and other benefits for retired fire fighters. The current provisions
of the Act do not provide any means for negotiating the pensions and benefits of
retired fire fighters with municipal councils.
BILL 220 1980
An Act to amend The Fire Departments Act
HER MAJESTY, by and with the advice and consent of the
Legislative Assembly of the Province of Ontario, enacts as
follows:
1. Subsection 1 of section 5 of The Fire Departments Act, being * s (i),
chapter 169of the Revised Statutes of Ontario, 1970, is repealed and
the following substituted therefor:
( 1) When requested in writing by a majority of the full-time fire Bargaining
fighters, the council of the municipality shall within sixty days
after receipt of the request bargain in good faith with a bargaining
committee of the full-time fire fighters, and shall make every
reasonable effort to come to an agreement, for the purpose of
defining, determining and providing for remuneration, working
conditions, pensions, pension increases and other benefits for
full-time fire fighters and retired fire fighters other than the chief
and the deputy chief of the fire department.
2. This Act comes into force on the day it receives Royal Assent. Commence-
ment
I 3. The short title of this Act is The Fire Departments Amendment Act, Short title
1980.
3.
ti-
ck
2
w
>
c
8
D
3 ■•^.
o
s
*;
T >
3 :i
4
BILL 221
Government BiD
4th Session, 31st Legislature, Ontario
29 Elizabeth n, 1980
An Act to amend The Mining Act
The Hon. J. A. C. Alxd
Minister of Natural Resources
TORONTO
Printed by J. C. Thatcher. Qteex's Printer for Ontario
Explanatory Note
Subsection 3 of section 69 of The Mining Act now reads as follows:
(3) The Minister may reserve for the Crown the sand and gravel located on an
unpatented mining claim.
The amendment adds peat to the materials that may be reserved for the
Crown.
BILL 221 1980
An Act to amend The Mining Act
HER MAJESTY, by and with the advice and consent of the
Legislative Assembly of the Province of Ontario, enacts as
follows:
1 . Subsection 3 of section 69 of The Mining Act, being chapter 274 of ^ ^^ (^)'
the Revised Statutes of Ontario, 1970, is repealed and the following
substituted therefor:
(3) The Minister may reserve for the Crown the peat, sand and ^^^.^■■'
. . ^ ' vations
gravel located on an unpatented mmmg claim.
2. This Act comes into force on a day to be named by proclamation of Commence-
-^ •' ^ ment
the Lieutenant Governor.
3. The short title of this Act is The Mining Amendment Act, 1980. Short title
t»
5'
H
ffi
in
ri-
w
ft)
l-«
K
o
o
i-h
"^
iz;
p
<^
r+
>
p
5«
p
en
>
O
d
c
r
n
0
U)
a.
S
CA5
d
n
Kj
o
ft
Ki
3
cr
ft
a
o
a
R-
Pi.
s'
s
c^
vO
00
O
0^
>
3
fa
3
m
a
H
ft
3
5"
(K3
BILL 221
4th Session, 31st Legislature, Ontario
29 Elizabeth II, 1980
An Act to amend The Mining Act
The Hon. J. A. C. Auld
i Minister of Natural Resources
TORONTO
Printed by J. C. Thatcher, Queen's Printer for Ontario
BILL 221 1980
An Act to amend The Mining Act
HER MAJESTY, by and with the advice and consent of the
Legislative Assembly of the Province of Ontario, enacts as
follows:
1 . Subsection 3 of section 69 of The Mining Act, being chapter 274 of *■ ^^ (3)'
the Revised Statutes of Ontario, 1970, is repealed and the following
substituted therefor:
(3) The Minister may reserve for the Crown the peat, sand and ^^^F'
' -^ T • vations
gravel located on an unpatented mmmg claim.
2. This Act comes into force on a day to be named by proclamation of ^"nt'"*^"'^^"
the Lieutenant Governor.
3. The short title of this Act is The Mining Amendment Act, 1980. Short title
5-H
n
d
0
d
n
n
ft>
3
cr
n
•-t
cr
n
o
3
;5
3
Co
cr
a-
cr
Pi.
"^
I— '
to
>3
>3
0^
a.
S
ens
o
vO
00
o
00
00
o
o
>
3
3
n
CL
H
13-
n
5
QTQ
>
n
BILL 222 Private Member's Bill
4th Session, 31st Legislature, Ontario
29 Elizabeth II, 1980
An Act to amend The Public Vehicles Act
Mr. Cunningham
TORONTO
Printed by J. C. Thatcher, Queen's Printer for Ontario
Explanatory Note
The purpose of the Bill is to prohibit every operator and driver of a school bus
from permitting pupils to stand in the bus while the bus is in motion.
BILL 222 1980
An Act to amend The Public Vehicles Act
HER MAJESTY, by and with the advice and consent of the
Legislative Assembly of the Province of Ontario, enacts as
follows:
1. The Public Vehicles Act, being chapter 392 of the Revised Statutes g^^^'j
of Ontario, 1970, is amended by adding thereto the following sec-
tion:
14a. — (1) No driver or operator of a public vehicle used as a 0™^^^'^^^°"
school bus shall carr>' more pupils as passengers in the bus than the in school
number of persons that the seats of the bus are designed to carry. "^^^
(2) No driver or operator of a public vehicle used as a school bus ^^^"^
shall permit a pupil who is a passenger in the bus to stand while the
bus is in motion.
2. This Act comes into force on the day it receives Royal Assent. Commence-
-' •' ment
3. The short title of this Act is The Public Vehicles Amendment Act, '^^°'^^ ^'^'^
1980.
I— I
12:
o
a.
S
Op
tNj
fD
k~l
s
3
cr
>-«
0
R-
p
f
>— »
0
00
0
H
cr
n>
>
'-0
3
c
cr
>
j^
n
0
r*
<
0
i
n*
«
nT
C3
t/i
a
BILL 223 Private Member's Bill
4th Session, 31st Legislature, Ontario
29 Elizabeth II, 1980
An Act to amend
The Environmental Assessment Act, 1975
Mr. Isaacs
TORONTO
Printed by J. C. Thatcher, Queen's Printer for Ontario
HTf
Explanatory Note
The purpose of the Bill is to remove the authority of the Minister and the
Lieutenant Governor in Council to exempt persons and undertakings from the
provisions of The Environmental Assessment Act, 1975.
BILL 223 1980
An Act to amend
The Environmental Assessment Act, 1975
HER MAJESTY, by and with the advice and consent of the
Legislative Assembly of the Province of Ontario, enacts as
follows:
1. Section 30 of The Environmental Assessment Act, 1975, being ^^o-, ,
, , ,^ . , , 7 7 o repealed
chapter 69, is repealed.
2. Clause / of section 41 of the said Act is amended by striking out ^ '*^ iA-
u • 1 1 , . , ,- amended
exemptmg any person, class or persons, undertakmg or class of
undertakings from the provisions of this Act, the regulations or any
section or part of a section thereof and" in the first, second, third and
fourth lines.
3. This Act comes into force on the day it receives Royal Assent. Commence-
-^ ment
4. The short title of this Act is The Environmental Assessment Short title
Amendment Act, 1980.
^3
2.
O
Uj
tSJ
!>..*
;5
S
B
cr
n
Co
Pi,
>3
©
&
o
&
^4.
a-
Pi-
^
1'
o
o
CA5
H
tr
^ >
^§ ^
n 3 o
H- O O
-Eg
> 2
en 3
^ CI.
3
a>
3
BILL 224 Government Bill
4th Session, 31st Legislature, Ontario
29 Elizabeth II, 1980
An Act to amend
The Environmental Protection Act, 1971
The Hon. H. C. Parrott
Minister of the Environment
TORONTO
Printed by J. C. Thatcher, Queen's Printer for Ontario
Explanatory Notes
Section 1 . Subsection 1 of section 80 of the Act is re-enacted to clarify the
powers of the Environmental Appeal Board.
Subsection 2 of the section provides for an appeal on a question of law from a
decision of the Board to a county court. The subsection is re-enacted to provide that
the appeal will be to the Supreme Court.
Section 2. Section 2 of the Bill contains transitional provisions.
BILL 224 1980
An Act to amend
The Environmental Protection Act, 1971
HER MAJESTY, by and with the advice and consent of the
Legislative Assembly of the Province of Ontario, enacts as
follows:
1 . Subsections 1 and 2 of section 80 of The Environmental Protection » so (i, 2),
Act, 1971, being chapter 86, are repealed and the following substi- ^"^^ ^
tuted therefor:
(1) A hearing by the Board shall be a new hearing and the Powers
Board may confirm, alter or revoke the action of the Director that Board
is the subject-matter of the hearing and may by order direct the
Director to take such action as the Board considers the Director
should take in accordance with this, Act and the regulations, and,
for such purposes, the Board may substitute its opinion for that of
the Director.
(2) Any party to a hearing before the Board under this section Appeal
may appeal from its decision or order on a question of law to the court
Supreme Court in accordance with the rules of court.
2. — (1) Subsection 1 of section 80 of The Environmental Protection Application,
Act, 1971, as re-enacted by section 1 of this Act, applies to
hearings in respect of which the Board has not made a decision
before this Act comes into force.
(2) Subsection 2 of section 80 of The Environmental Protection Wem
Act, 1971, as re-enacted by section 1 of this Act, applies to ^^^^
appeals commenced after this Act comes into force.
3. This Act comes into force on the day it receives Royal Assent. Commence-
•^ -^ ment
4 . The short title of this Act is The Environmental Protection Amend- Short title
ment Act, 1980.
(»
g
H
5_
K
55'
w
ffl
o
o
z
S'
n
^
WO
s
<.
:p
5*
>
o
^
B
o
a>
H
S
H
O
n
n
s
n
3
Co
a.
cr
r^
>3
>3
1'
•-*
ST
^
O-Q
H^
o
00
o
H
cr
n
W
3
<^
►^'
O
ir
3 p
C 3
o CL
3
BILL 225 Private Member's Bill
4th Session, 3 1st Legislature, Ontario
29 Elizabeth II, 1980
An Act respecting the Succession to Estates
of Deceased Persons in Ontario who have
Beneficiaries residing in Designated Countries
Mr. Smith
(Hamilton West)
TORONTO
Printed by J. C. Thatcher, Queen's Printer for Ontario
Explanatory Note
The purpose of the Bill is to ensure that payments from the estates of persons
domiciled in Ontario at the time of death are not made to foreign beneficiaries who
are unlikely to receive for their whole benefit or use substantially the full value of
any payments made under the estate and who reside in certain countries designated
by regulation. The Bill provides for an application to be made to a court for an
order permitting payments to a foreign beneficiary. The court may also order that
no payment be made to a foreign beneficiary, in which case the court shall make an
order disposing of the estate in accordance with the rules of succession contained in
The Succession Law Reform Act, 1977 , with necessary modifications.
BILL 225 1980
An Act respecting the Succession to Estates
of Deceased Persons in Ontario who have
Beneficiaries residing in Designated Countries
HER MAJESTY, by and with the advice and consent of
the Legislative Assembly of the Province of Ontario,
enacts as follows:
1 . In this Act, Interpre
tation
(a) "court" means a surrogate court or the Supreme Court of
Ontario;
(b) "deceased person" means a person who was domiciled in
Ontario at the time of death;
(c) "foreign beneficiary" means a person who ordinarily
resides in a country designated in the regulations;
(d) "payment" includes a payment, transfer, disposition or
distribution of property;
(e) "personal representative" means an executor, an
administrator or an administrator with will annexed;
if) "property" means real or personal property;
(g) "will" includes,
(i) a testament,
(ii) a codicil,
(iii) an appointment by will or by writing in the
nature of a will in exercise of a power, and
(iv) any other testamentary disposition.
Application
by foreign
beneficiary
2. Where a will directs that a payment be made to a foreign
beneficiary and where that foreign beneficiary makes an applica-
tion to the court to vary the manner of payment, the court shall not
give its consent to that application, unless the court is satisfied
that.
(a) the foreign beneficiary is likely to receive for his or her
whole benefit or use or control substantially the full
value of the payment being made to that person; and
(b) in all the circumstances of the case the result would be
just and equitable, having regard to the intentions of the
deceased person, so far as ascertainable,
in which case the court may grant the application to vary the
manner of payment or make such other order as it considers
appropriate in the circumstances.
Application
by personal
representa-
tive
1977, c. 40
3. — (1) Where a foreign beneficiary is entitled under Part II of
The Succession Law Reform Act, 1977 to all or part of the property
comprising the estate of a deceased person, the personal rep-
resentative of the deceased person shall not make any payment to
that person of all or any part of such property unless the personal
representative makes application and obtains an order from the
court permitting the payment to be made to that person.
Order by
court
(2) A court shall not make an order under subsection 1 unless
the court is satisfied that,
(a) the foreign beneficiary is entitled to property from the
estate;
(b) the foreign beneficiary is likely to receive for his or her
whole benefit or use or control substantially the full
value of the payment to be made to that person; and
(c) in all the circumstances of the case, the result would be
just and equitable jiaving regard to the intentions of the
deceased person, so far as ascertainable,
in which case the court may make such order and may direct the
payment to be made to the foreign beneficiary in such manner as it
considers appropriate under the circumstances.
Idem (3) Where the court has decided that no order should be made
under subsection 2 because,
(a) the foreign beneficiary would be unlikely to receive for
his or her whole benefit or use or control substantially
the full value of the payment to be made to that person;
or
(b) in all the circumstances of the case, the result would not
be just or equitable having regard to the intentions of the
deceased person, so far as ascertainable,
the court may make such order and may direct such payment to be
made to the foreign beneficiary in such manner as it considers
appropriate or the court may refuse to direct any payment to be
made to the foreign beneficiary of the deceased person, in which
case the court shall make an order disposing of the estate of the
deceased person in accordance with the provisions for succession
contained in The Succession Law Reform Act, 1977, with neces- 1^77, c. 40
sary modifications.
4. Where a foreign beneficiary makes an application for an Application
order under Part V of The Succession Law Reform Act, 1977 for ?»«% of
property from the estate of a deceased person, the court shall not i^^^- ^ 40
make an order unless the court is satisfied that,
(a) the foreign beneficiary is entitled to property from that
estate;
{b) the foreign beneficiary is likely to receive for his or her
whole benefit or use or control substantially the full
value of the payment to be made to that person; and
(c) in all the circumstances of the case, the result would be
just and equitable having regard to the intentions of the
deceased person, so far as ascertainable,
in which case the court may make such order and direct the
payment to be made to the foreign beneficiary in such manner as it
considers appropriate under the circumstances.
(2) Where the court has decided that no order should be made Wem
under subsection 1 because,
(a) the foreign beneficiary would be unlikely to receive for
his or her whole benefit or use or control substantially
the full value of the payment to be made to that person;
or
{b) in all the circumstances of the case, the result would not
be just or equitable having regard to the intentions of the
deceased person, so far as ascertainable,
the court may make such order and may direct such payment to be
made to the foreign beneficiary in such manner as it considers
appropriate or the court may refuse to direct any payment to be
made to the foreign beneficiary of the deceased person, in which
case the court shall make an order disposing of the estate of the
deceased person in accordance with the provisions for succession
1977, c. 40 contained in The Succession Law Reform Act, 1977 , with neces-
sary modifications.
Considerations 5. Upon the hearing of an application under section 3 or 4, the
on app ica ion ^^^^^ shall inquire into and consider all the circumstances of the
application, including,
(a) the proximity and duration of the foreign beneficiary's
relationship with the deceased person;
{h) where the foreign beneficiary is the spouse of the
deceased person, a course of conduct by the spouse
during the lifetime of the deceased person that is an
obvious and gross repudiation of the relationship;
(c) the circumstances of the deceased person at the time of
death;
{d) any agreement between the deceased person and the
foreign beneficiary; and
{e) any previous distribution or division of property made
by the deceased person in favour of the foreign
beneficiary by gift or agreement or under court order.
Evidence (J. — (1) Upon the hearing of an application under section 2, 3
or 4, the court,
(a) in addition to the evidence adduced by the parties
appearing, may direct such other evidence to be given as
the court considers necessary or proper, including oral
testimony from the applicant; and
{b) may accept such evidence as the court considers proper
of the deceased person's intentions, so far as ascertain-
able, including any statement in writing signed by
the deceased person.
Idem (2) In estimating the weight to be given to a statement referred
to in clause b of subsection 1 , the court shall have regard to all the
circumstances from which any inference can reasonably be drawn
as to the accuracy or otherwise of the statement.
Penalty 7. Every person who contravenes subsection 1 of section 3 is
guilty of an offence and on conviction is liable to a fine of not more
than $10,000.
8. The Lieutenant Governor in Council may make regulations Regulations
designating countries for the purpose of this Act.
9. This Act does not apply in respect of the estates of persons Application
who died before this Act came into force.
10. This Act comes into force on the day it receives Royal Commence-
. ment
Assent.
11. The short title of this Act is The Succession Law Act, Short title
1980.
3.
tn
ffi
i.
g
W
O
CO
3
g
ft)
0x5
0
fD
n
rv)
B
0-1
?X
cr
rs.
>3
n
1-1
>3
?i-
(-»■
S-
S
on?
vO
00
0
0>
fD 3
w
fD >
fD
en <-♦■
3
2 '-<
n
P- fD
M^
en
n'
'TO ft>
p'
n n
>-i
"f ct
en E"
S"
0 S3
en
3 (W
0
>-»
en <-♦
0
C
3
fD
en
3-
H-. fD
3 C/3
fE'
3'
OS
lyi
^j.
3 fD
3
(-^ en
0
p en
2. o'
fti
0 3
en
<->■
cfq"
0 en
3
fa
p
p en
< O
BILL 226 Government Bill
4th Session, 31st Legislature, Ontario
29 Elizabeth II, 1980
An Act respecting
Local Government in the District of Cochrane
The Hon. T. L. Wells
Minister of Intergovernmental Affairs
TORONTO
Printed by J. C. Thatcher, Queen's Printer for Ontario
Explanatory Note
This Bill has the following purposes:
1 . It incorporates certain geographic townships and the Town of Hearst
into a new Town of Hearst.
2 . It incorporates a portion of the geographic Township of Haggart and the
present United Townships of Shackleton and Machin into a new
Township of Shackleton and Machin.
3. It changes the name of the Township of Fauquier to the Township of
Moonbeam.
The Bill also provides for other matters related to the incorporations referred
to above.
Part I of the Bill deals with the new Town of Hearst.
Sections 1 and 2 are definition sections and section 3 incorporates the new
Town of Hearst.
Section 4 provides for a council consisting of a mayor and eight councillors.
The first members of council will be the present members of the council of the
Town of Hearst plus two members to be elected at a special election to be held in
1981 from the two wards in the former geographic townships. The Province is to
bear the cost of the election.
Section 5 provides that local roads areas in the Town are dissolved and that
decisions of local roads boards regarding road maintenance in the area are carried
over to the new Town. The section also vests all assets and liabilities of the
dissolved local roads boards in the Town and permits the Town to agree with the
Provincial Land Tax Collector as to the collection of arrears of that tax.
Section 6 gives the Town the right to collect arrears of taxes.
Section 7 provides for the establishment of urban service areas in the Town.
Section 8 provides for the continuation of the by-laws of the present Town of
Hearst and provides that such by-laws will not apply to the geographic townships
until the council of the new Town so provides.
Section 9 provides for the continuation of existing speed limits in the geo-
graphic townships.
Part II deals with the new Township of Shackleton and Machin.
Section 10 is an interpretation provision and section 11 incorporates the new
Township.
Section 12 withdraws that portion of the geographic Township of Haggart
described in the Schedule from the Smooth Rock Falls Planning Area but continues
the official plan in effect.
Section 13 provides for a council consisting of a reeve and four councillors.
The first council will consist of the present reeve and councillors of the United
Townships plus a councillor to be elected from the part of the geographic Township
included in the new Township. This councillor will be elected at a special election
in 1981 and the Province will bear the cost of the election.
Section 14 gives the Town the right to collect arrears of taxes.
Section IS provides for the continuation of the by-laws of the United
Townships of Shackleton and Machin and provides that such by-laws will not
apply to the part of the geographic Township included in the new Township until
the council of the Township so provides.
Section 16 changes the name of the Township of Fauquier to the Township of
Moonbeam.
Section 17 permits the Minister, by order, to provide for transitional rates in
the areas merged by this Bill.
Section 18 provides for the continuation of the existing local boards of the
Town of Hearst and the United Townships of Shackleton and Machin as local
boards of the new Town and Township respectively.
Section 19 provides that all by-laws passed by the first council of the new
Town and the new Township must be approved by the Minister.
Section 20 permits the Lieutenant Governor in Council to make general
remedial orders for the purpose of effectively carrying out the intent and purpose
of the Bill.
BILL 226 1980
An Act respecting Local
Government in the District of Cochrane
HER MAJESTY, by and with the advice and consent of
the Legislative Assembly of the Province of Ontario,
enacts as follows:
1 . In this Act, "Minister" means the Minister of Inter- interpre-
i 1 A re • tation
governmental Affairs.
PARTI
TOWN OF HEARST
2. In this Part, "Town" means the Town of Hearst as consti- Wem
tuted under section 3.
3. On this 1st day of January, 1982, the inhabitants of the New Town
geographic townships of Hanlan, Casgrain, Way, Kendall and incorporated
Lowther, and the Town of Hearst, as it existed on the 31st day of
December, 1981, are incorporated as a town municipality bearing
the name "The Corporation of the Town of Hearst".
4. — (1) The council of the Town shall consist of a mayor Composition
elected by general vote, six councillors elected from a ward con- council
sisting of the Town of Hearst as it existed on the 31st day of
December, 1981, one councillor elected from a ward consisting of
the geographic townships of Lowther and Way and one councillor
elected from a ward consisting of the geographic townships of
Hanlan, Casgrain and Kendall.
(2) Notwithstanding subsection 1, the first council of the Town First
shall consist of the mayor and the councillors of the Town of
Hearst on the 31st day of December, 1981 and one councillor
elected at a special election from a ward consisting of the geo-
graphic townships of Lowther and Way and one councillor elected
at a special election from a ward consisting of the geographic
townships of Hanlan, Casgrain and Kendall.
Term of
first council
1977, c. 62
(3) Notwithstanding The Municipal Elections Act, 1977 , the
first council shall hold office for eleven months commencing on the
1st day of January, 1982.
1981 special
election,
Minister's
powers
(4) Notwithstanding The Municipal Elections Act, 1977, the
Minister shall, by order, provide for the holding of a special
election in 1981 for the election of the two councillors elected from
the wards mentioned in subsection 2, including nominations,
qualifications of electors and candidates, polling days, polling
places, the appointment of returning officers, preparation of pol-
ling lists and any other matters considered necessary in respect of
the election.
Expenses
for special
election
(5) The expenses for the special election to be held in 1981 shall,
as approved by the Minister, be paid out of the Consolidated
Revenue Fund.
Dissolution
of local
roads area
and boards
5. — (1) Where an established local roads area is entirely within
the Town, the local roads area and board thereof are dissolved on
the 1st day of January, 1982 and all the assets and liabilities of the
board become on such date assets and liabilities of the Town.
Unpaid taxes,
collection of
by Town
(2) All taxes and penalties assessed by a local roads board
against any land in the Town which are due and unpaid on the 1st
day of January, 1982 shall be deemed on that date to be taxes and
penalties due and payable upon the land to the Town and the
collector of the Town shall enter the taxes and penalties in the
collector's roll and may collect them in the same manner as if the
taxes had been levied and penalties imposed by the Town, and the
collector shall forthwith notify the owner or his agent as shown on
the register of the board that the taxes and penalties are due and
payable to the Town.
Agreement
respecting
collection of
land tax
R.S.O. 1970,
c. 370
Local roads
program
deemed
adopted
(3) The Town and the Land Tax Collector appointed under The
Provincial Land Tax Act may enter into an agreement respecting
the collection by the Town of arrears of land tax in respect of
property within the Town.
(4) The road program of work to be performed on or after the
1st day of January, 1982 on local roads by the local roads boards
for those local roads areas which are dissolved under this section
shall be deemed to be adopted by by-law of the council of the
Town on the 1st day of January, 1982.
Town has
right to
recover taxes
under
R.S.O. 1970,
c. 118,
Part III
6. — (1) The Town has and shall be deemed always to have had
the right to recover the taxes and accumulated interest owing to it,
including the arrears of taxes for school purposes and accumulated
interest thereon under the procedures provided for in Part III of
The Municipal Affairs Act.
(2) Where, prior to the 1st day of January, 1982, the proper Saving
authorities commenced procedures under any Act for the sale for
arrears of taxes of lands that are in the Town on and after the 1st
day of January, 1982, such procedures may be taken up and
continued by the proper officers of the Town.
7. (1) In this section, interpre-
tation
(a) "cost" includes the cost of constructing, equipping,
extending, enlarging, altering and replacing public
works for the purpose of providing an urban service, the
cost of managing, operating and maintaining such urban
service, the cost of any land, buildings and equipment
necessary for providing an urban service, and the cost of
the issue and sale of debentures for an urban service and
any discount allowed to the purchases of them;
(b) "urban service" means,
(i) the collection and disposal of sewage and land
drainage, or
(ii) the provision and distribution of an adequate
supply of water, or
(iii) the collection and removal of ashes or garbage or
other refuse, or
(iv) street lighting, or
(v) fire fighting and fire protection.
(2) The council of the Town shall, with the approval of the Area of
Ontario Municipal Board, by by-law designate areas in which an service
urban service is or is to be provided by the Town.
(3) Subject to subsection 4, the aggregate amount of the sums Levy in areas
necessary in each year to pay the cost of an urban service in a
designated area, including the Town's portion of all debenture
charges for works constructed under The Local Improvement Act R so. i97o,
and debenture charges for debentures issued under any other Act jgyj ^ ^
in connection with such urban service, except to the extent that
such cost is raised by special assessments, under any general or
special Act, or otherwise, shall be levied in the manner provided
by subsection 3 of section 7 oiThe Ontario Unconditional Grants
Act, 1975 upon all rateable property in the designated area and no
part of the cost of providing such urban service shall be levied on
any part of the Town lying outside the designated area.
Contribution
to cost out
of general
rates
R.S.O. 1970,
c. 284
(4) Notwithstanding subsection 3 , the council of the Town may
in any year by by-law provide for a contribution towards the cost
of any urban service to be included in the sums adopted for general
purposes in accordance with section 307 of The Municipal Act,
and the aggregate amount of the sums necessary to pay such costs
for the purposes of subsection 3, shall be reduced accordingly.
By-laws
continued
8. The by-laws in force in the Town of Hearst, as it existed on
the31stday of December, 1981, until amended or repealed by the
council of the Town remain in force in the area of the former Town
of Hearst but do not extend to the remainder of the Town until the
council otherwise provides.
Special limits
under R.S.O.
1970, c. 202
continued
9. — (1) Notwithstanding the other provisions of this Act, but
subject to subsection 2, for the purposes of section 82 of The
Highway Traffic Act the areas in the Town that, on the 3 1st day of
December, 1981, were without municipal organization shall be,
considered to continue to form part of a territory without munici-
pal organization.
Mem (2) Notwithstanding subsection 1 , the council of the Town may
exercise any of its powers under section 82 oiThe Highway Traffic
Act in respect of highways under its jurisdiction and control.
PART II
TOWNSHIP OF SHACKLETON AND MACHIN
Interpre-
tation
10. In this Part, "Township" means the Township of Shack-
leton and Machin as constituted under section 1 1 .
New Township J J . Qn the Ist day of January, 1982 , the United Townships of
and Machin Shackletou and Machin and the portion of the geographic
incorporated Towuship of Haggart described in the Schedule hereto are incor-
porated as a township municipality bearing the name "The
Corporation of the Township of Shackleton and Machin".
Planning
area and
official plan
R.S.O. 1970,
c. 349
Composition
of
council
12. The portion of the geographic Township of Haggart
described in the Schedule hereto is hereby withdrawn from the
Smooth Rock Falls Planning Area as of the 1st day of January,
1982, but the official plan in effect in the portion of Haggart as of
the 31st day of December, 1981, remains in effect until altered in
accordance with The Planning Act.
13. — (1) The council of the Township shall consist of a reeve
and four councillors all elected by general vote.
First
council
(2) Notwithstanding subsection 1, the first council of the
Township shall consist of the reeve and councillors of the United
Townships of Shackleton and Machin on the 31st day of
December, 1981 and one councillor elected at a special election
from a ward consisting of the part of the geographic Township of
Haggart described in the Schedule hereto.
(3) Notwithstanding The Municipal Elections Act, 1977, the Term of
first council shall hold office for eleven months commencing on the 1*977'^°" 5"
1st day of January, 1982.
(4) Notwithstanding The Municipal Elections Act, 1977 , the 1 98 1 special
Minister shall, by order, provide for the holding of a special Minis*ter's
election in 1981 for the election of the councillor elected from the powers
ward mentioned in subsection 2, including nominations, qualifi-
cations of electors and candidates, polling days, polling places, the
appointment of returning officers, preparation of polling lists and
any other matters considered necessary in respect of the election.
(5) The expenses for the special election to be held in 1981 shall, Expenses
as approved by the Minister, be paid out of the Consolidated ekctufn'
Revenue Fund.
14. — (1) The Township and the Land Tax Collector Agreement
rcsDCCtirifif
appointed under The Provincial Land Tax Act may enter into an collection
agreement respecting the collection by the Township of arrears of "^ '^"*^ ^^
land tax in respect of property within the Township. c. 370 '^ °'
(2) The Township has and shall be deemed always to have had Town has
the right to recover the taxes and accumulated interest owing to it, recover taxes
including the arrears of taxes for school purposes and accumulated ^i^Q jq7q
interest thereon under the procedures provided for in Part III of c.iis,
The Municipal Affairs Act. ai..;^ -r* ^^^ "^
(3) Where, prior to the 1st day of January, 1982, the proper Saving
authorities commenced procedures under any Act for the sale for
arrears of taxes of lands that are in the Township on and after the
1st day of January, 1982, such procedures may be taken up and
continued by the proper officers of the Township.
15. The by-laws in force in the United Townships of Shack- By-laws
leton and Machin on the 31st day of December, 1981, until
amended or repealed by the council of the Township remain in
force in the area of the former United Townships of Shackleton
and Machin but do not extend to the remainder of the Township
until the council otherwise provides.
PART III
TOWNSHIP OF FAUQUIER
16. On and after the 1st day of January, 1982, The Corpora- Name of
tion of the Township of Fauquier will bear the name of The changed
Corporation of the Township of Moonbeam and a reference in any
general or special Act to the Township of Fauquier or The Cor-
poration of the Township of Fauquier shall be deemed to be a
reference to the Township of Moonbeam and to The Corporation
of the Township of Moonbeam, respectively.
PART IV
GENERAL
Transitional
rates
1 7. Fo> the purpose of phasing in municipal taxation in for-
merly unorganized areas, the Minister may provide from time to
time, by order, that in the years 1982, 1983, 1984, 1985 and 1986,
and in the manner specified in the order, that the council of the
Town of Hearst and the council of the Township of Shackleton
and Machin shall levy, on the assessment for real property and
business, according to the latest assessment rolls available in the
area or areas of the Town or Township specified in the order, rates
of taxation for municipal purposes which are different from the
rates which would have been levied but for the provisions of an
order made under this section.
Local
boards
continued
18. The local boards of the Town of Hearst and the United
Townships of Shackleton and Machin, as they existed on the 31st
day of December, 1981, are continued, on and after the 1st day of
January, 1982, as local boards of the Town of Hearst and the
Township of Shackleton and Machin, respectively.
Approval 19. No by-law passed by the council of the Town.of Hearst Or
l{ first^^^ the council of the Township of Shackleton and Machin on or after
councils ^jjg is^ (Jay of January, 1982 and prior to the 1st day of December,
1982 comes into force without the approval of the Minister.
Lieutenant 20. The Lieutenant Governor in Council, upon the recom-
Coundi^Vower mendation of the Minister, may authorize all acts or things not
to make specifically provided for in this Act that are considered necessary
or advisable to carry out effectively the intent and purpose of this
Act.
Commence-
ment
21. This Act comes into force on the day it receives Royal
Assent.
Short title 22. The short title of this Act is The North Cochrane District
Local Government Act, 1980.
7
SCHEDULE
The portion of the geographic Township of Haggart that, on and after the 1st
day of January, 1982, forms part of the Township of Shackleton and Machin, is
described as follows:
Commencing at the southwesterly angle of the geographic Township of Haggart;
Thence easterly along the southerly boundary of the said geographic Township to
the line between Lots 20 and 21 in Concession I;
Thence northerly along the line between Lots 20 and 21 in Concessions I, II and
III to the southerly limit of Concession IV in the said geographic Township;
Thence westerly along the southerly limit of Concession IV to the westerly limit of
Lot 21;
Thence northerly along the westerly limit of Lot 21 to the southerly limit of
Concession V in the said geographic Township;
Thence easterly along the southerly limit of Concession V to the line between Lots
20 and 21;
Thence northerly along the line between Lots 20 and 2 1 to the northerly boundary
of the said geographic Township;
Thence westerly along the northerly boundary of the said geographic Township;
Thence southerly along the westerly boundary of the said geographic Township
to the place of commencement.
3
bo
n
H
o
t-H
3
ffi
(-»■
o
fti
Z
QTQ
O
<
H
a>
S
r
B
^
3
w
r->-
0^
0^5
d
n
ft
3
cr
00
o
<X5
O
o
<
ft
•1
3
cr
ft
ft
«i
t3
0
ft
o
C/l*
<-^
5'
o*
(TO
rt-
f*
O
o
i-*i
n
n
B-
o
r5
cr
•-1
p
3
BILL 227 Private Member's Bill
4th Session, 31st Legislature, Ontario
29 Elizabeth II, 1980
An Act respecting Insured Services
under the Ontario Health Insurance Plan
Mr. Philip
TORONTO
Printed by J. C. Thatcher, Queen's Printer for Ontario
Explanatory Note
Self-explanatory.
BILL 227 1980
An Act respecting Insured Services
under the Ontario Health Insurance Plan
HER MAJESTY, by and with the advice and consent of
the Legislative Assembly of the Province of Ontario,
enacts as follows:
1. The provision of prostheses and brassieres following a Prostheses
,,, .. .... and brassieres
Single or double mastectomy, on the prescription of a physician, may be
may be prescribed by the regulations under The Health Insurance asTnsured
Act, 1972, as an insured service for the purposes of that Act. services
1972, c. 91
2. This Act comes into force on the day it receives Royal Commence-
-^ -^ ment
Assent.
3. The short title of this Act is The Insured Health Services short title
Act, 1980.
Go
^
s.
c;
g
^
W
C^
h3
s
W
o-
hH
CTi
f
2-
1— 1
a-
(A5
O
a>
r>
s
re
B
Co
a-
cr
^M.
>3
I—*
r-i-
cr
s
~*
0^
H^
vO
00
o
c
>
a
ti
-t
>
B-
n
rf-
n
13
n
o
C/l
"0
3
a>
<-^
o
P
(-*■_
^2.
5"
P °
w
3 ffi
re
1— 1
3
S^
S
1— 1
a
s
CO
n
<
to
3
o'
n
re
BILL 228 Government Bill
4th Session, 31st Legislature, Ontario
29 Elizabeth II, 1980
An Act to amend
Certain Acts respecting the Environment
The Hon. H. C. Parrott
Minister of the Environment
I
TORONTO
Printed by J. C. Thatcher, Queen's Printer for Ontario
Explanatory Notes
Section 1. New section 48a of The Environmental Protection Act, 1971
provides for the seizing of the permit and the number plates issued under The
Highway Traffic Act for any vehicle used in the commission of an offence in respect
of hauled liquid industrial waste or hazardous waste.
The offence may be an offence underThe Environmental Protection Act, 1971
or under subsection 1 of section 32 of The Ontario Water Resources Act.
Hauled liquid industrial waste and hazardous waste are designated under the
regulations. Regulation 824 of Revised Regulations of Ontario, 1970contains these
designations.
Where no charge is laid within three months of the seizure or, where a charge
is laid, within thirty days after final disposition of any charge, the section requires
the return of the permit and number plates to the person from whom they were
seized or to the owner of the vehicle.
The section also provides that permit and number plates may be detained
pending payment of any penalty imposed upon conviction for the offence in respect
of which the permit and number plates were seized.
BILL 228 1980
An Act to amend
Certain Acts respecting the Environment
HER MAJESTY, by and with the advice and consent of the
Legislative Assembly of the Province of Ontario, enacts as
follows:
PARTI
THE ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION ACT, 1971
1. Part V of The Environmental Protection Act, 1971, being chapter *^ ^^'
86, is amended by adding thereto the following sections: enacted
48a. — (1) A police officer or a provincial officer may seize the Seizure
permit and the number plates issued under The Highway Traffic and number
Act for any vehicle that he believes, on reasonable and probable ^^^^^^
grounds, was used or is being used in the commission of an offence cc. 202, 332 '
under this Act or the regulations or under subsection 1 of section
32 oiThe Ontario Water Resources Act in respect of hauled liquid
industrial waste or hazardous waste as designated in the regula-
tions relating to Part V of this Act.
(2) Subject to subsections 3 and 4, any permit and number Custody of
• 1 • 1 11 1 1 !• 1 • 1 permit and
plates seized under subsection 1 shall be delivered into the custody number plates
of such person as the Minister directs for safekeeping pending
disposition as otherwise provided in this section.
(3) Where, Return of
permit and
number plates
(a) no charge is laid in respect of an offence referred to in
subsection 1 within three months from the day of the
seizure of the permit and number plates; or
{b) a charge is laid, within thirty days after the final disposi-
tion of the charge,
the permit and number plates seized under subsection 1 shall be
returned to the person from whom they were seized or to the owner
of the vehicle.
Exception
ss. 102a,
1026,
enacted
Penalty where
hauled liquid
industrial
waste or
hazardous
waste
involved
R.S.O. 1970,
c. 332
Where
person
convicted
under
R.S.O. 1970,
c. 332,
s. 32 (1)
Notice
(4) Notwithstanding clause b of subsection 3 , where there has
been a conviction and a penalty has been imposed, the permit and
number plates may be detained until the penalty is paid.
2. — (1) The said Act is further amended by adding thereto the follow-
ing sections:
102a. — (1) Where any person is convicted of an offence under
this Act or the regulations or under subsection 1 of section 32 of
The Ontario Water Resources Act in respect of hauled liquid
industrial waste or hazardous waste as designated in the regula-
tions relating to Part V of this Act and the action or failure to act
for which the person is convicted results or may result in,
(a) impairment of the quality of the natural environment for
any use that can be made of it;
(b) injury or damage to property or to plant or animal life;
(c) harm or material discomfort to any person;
(d) an adverse effect on the health of any person;
(e) impairment of the safety of any person;
(/) rendering any property or plant or animal life unfit for
use by man;
(g) loss of enjoyment of normal use of property; or
(h) interference with the normal conduct of business,
the person is liable to a fine of not less than $2,000 and not more
than $25 ,000 for the first offence and for each subsequent offence
to a fine of not less than $4,000 and not more than $50,000 for
every day or part thereof upon which the offence occurs or con-
tinues, and not as provided in the section under which the person
is convicted.
(2) Where the conviction is under subsection 1 of section 32 of
The Ontario Water Resources Act, the person convicted, in addi-
tion to the penalty provided in subsection 1 of this section, is also
liable to imprisonment (as provided in subsection 1 of section 32 of
The Ontario Water Resources Act) for a term of not more than one
year, or to a fine under subsection 1 of this section or to such
imprisonment.
(3) Where a person is convicted of an offence for which a
penalty may be imposed under subsection 1 , subsection 1 does not
apply unless the court is satisfied that the person was notified.
Section 2. New section 102a oi The Environmental Protection Act, 1971
provides for a different penalty for a person convicted of an offence under The
Environmental Protection Act, 1971 or under subsection 1 of section 32 of The
Ontario Water Resources Act if the offence involves hauled liquid industrial waste
or hazardous waste. The section applies if the conduct of the person convicted
results or may result in one of the consequences listed in the section.
Subsection 2 retains the penalty of imprisonment as part of the range of
penalties where the offence is under subsection 1 of section 32 oiThe Ontario Water
Resources Act. That subsection deals with the discharge of material into a well,
lake, river, pond, spring, stream, reservoir or other water or watercourse that may
impair the quality of the water.
Subsection 3 provides that the person must be given notice, before pleading to
the charge, that a penalty will be sought under this section.
Subsection 4 provides that the section does not apply in respect of any offence
under Part VIII- A (which relates to spills).
The penalties under this section are a fine of not less than $2 ,000 and not more
than $25,000 for the first offence and not less than $4,000 and not more than
$50,000 for each subsequent offence for every day or part of a day upon which the
offence occurs or continues.
New section 1026 of The Environmental Protection Act, 1971 adds a limita-
tion period of two years for the commencement of proceedings for an offence under
the Act.
Subsection 2 of section 2 of the Bill provides that the limitation period does not
apply in respect of an offence committed, or alleged to have been committed,
before this section of the Bill comes into force.
Section 3. A similar limitation period is added to r/ze/'e5ijcfde5y4c<, 1973
as section 34a.
Subsection 2 of section 3 is similar to subsection 2 of section 2 of the Bill.
Section 4. Section 72 of The Ontario Water Resources Act is revised to
provide a limitation period similar to new section 1026 of The Environmental
Protection Act, 1971 and new section 340 ofThe Pesticides Act, 1973, contained in
this Bill, in respect of offences other than those under a by-law passed under clause
cord of subsection 1 of section 64 (which relate to plumbing). The limitation period
in respect of the latter offences remains one year.
before making his plea, that a penalty would be sought under
subsection 1.
(4) Subsection 1 does not apply in respect of any offence in Exception
respect of Part VIII-A of this Act.
1026. Proceedings for an offence under this Act or the regula- Limitation
tions shall not be commenced after two years after the date on
which the offence was, or is alleged to have been, committed.
(2) Section 1026 of The Environmental Protection Act, 1971, as Application
enacted by subsection 1, does not apply in respect of an offence °97i, c. 86,
committed, or alleged to have been committed, before this ^ ^°^*
section comes into force.
PART II
THE PESTICIDES ACT, 1973
3. — (1) The Pesticides Act, 1973, being chapter 25, is amended by ^ ^''^•
adding thereto the following section:
34a. Proceedings for an offence under this Act or the regula- Limitation
tions shall not be commenced after two years after the date on
which the offence was, or is alleged to have been, committed.
(2) Section 2>Aa of The Pesticides Act, 1973, as enacted by subsec- Application
tion 1, does not apply in respect of an offence committed, or 1973, c. 2s,
alleged to have been committed, before this section comes into ^ ^^
force.
PART III
THE ONTARIO WATER RESOURCES ACT
4. — (1) Section 72 oiThe Ontario Water Resources Act, being chapter s 72,
332 of the Revised Statutes of Ontario, 1970, is repealed and
the following substituted therefor:
72. — (1) Proceedings for an offence under this Act or the regu- Limitation
lations made under this Act shall not be commenced after two
years after the date on which the offence was, or is alleged to have
been, committed.
(2) Proceedings for an offence under a by-law passed under Wem
clause c or d of subsection 1 of section 64 shall not be commenced
after one year after the date on which the offence was, or is alleged
to have been, committed.
Application (2) Subscction 1 of scction 72 oiThe Ontario Water Resources Act,
R.s.o. 1970, as enacted by subsection 1, does not apply in respect of an
c. 332, s. 72 (1) offence committed, or alleged to have been committed, before
this section comes into force.
PART IV
GENERAL
Commence- 5. This Act comes into force on the day it receives Royal Assent.
ment
Short title 6. The short title of this Act is The Environment Statutes Amendment
Act, 1980.
f
<2
bo
3 M
^ o
re .
W O
2 w
3 2
3 H
S
3
>-*
Co
Cl-
cr
•r*
>a
ft!
?^
Cd
C^
^12
►— ^
?3
S-
s'
jr
S
c^
00
o
op
o
p
5'
>
o
r+
Ui
>
fD
3
>
ft)
o
n
rt-
a
r*-
3
O
orq
P
3
3
W
CL
3
<
<-i
O
3
I
BILL 229 Government Bill
4th Session, 31st Legislature, Ontario
29 Elizabeth II, 1980
An Act to revise
The Business Corporations Act
The Hon. Frank Drea
Minister of Consumer and Commercial Relations
TORONTO
Printed by J. C. Thatcher, Queen's Printer for Ontario
Part
I
Part
II
Part
III
Part
IV
Part
V
Part
VI
Part
VII
Part
VIII
Part
IX
Part
X
Part
XI
Part
XII
Part
XIII
Part
XIV
Part
XV
Part
XVI
Part
XVII
TABLE OF CONTENTS
SEC. PAGE
Definitions and Application 1,2 1
Incorporation 3-2 1 9
Corporate Finance 22-44 18
Indenture Trustees 45-5 1 32
Investment Securities 52-90 37
Shareholders 91-107 61
Proxies 108-1 13 72
Directors and Officers 1 14-136 75
Insider Liability 137 93
Books and Records 138-146 95
Auditors and Financial Statements .... 147-158 101
Investigation 159-165 108
Fundamental Changes 166-184 111
Compulsory Acquisitions 185-188 133
Liquidation and Dissolution 189-242 145
Remedies, Offences and Penalties 243-259 163
General 260-278 173
Explanatory Notes
The Bill restates and revises the law as it applies to business corporations. The
Bill is designed to effect a measure of uniformity between Ontario corporate
legislation and legislation passed by the federal and other provincial jurisdictions.
Among the principal features of the Bill are the following:
1. The administrative functions under the Act are given to the Director
rather than to the Minister.
The Director is appointed by the Minister.
2. A corporation may be incorporated with a name in English, French
or in a combined English and French form and the English or French
word for "Limited", "Incorporated" or "Corporation" or the
corresponding abbreviations, "Ltee", "Inc." or "Corp." shall be part of
the name (s. 10).
3. The statutory list of ancillary corporate powers and the statutory
requirement to provide corporate objects have been removed from the
Act and in lieu thereof corporations are given the powers of a natural
person (s. 15).
4. The concept of constructive notice has been abolished so that no person is
deemed to have knowledge of the contents of documents concerning
corporations by reason only that the documents have been filed (s. 18).
5. The common law indoor management rule has been codified. This rule
permits third parties to rely upon officers, directors or employees having
the authority to bind the company where their actions would imply that
they have such authority (s. 19).
6. The concept of par value shares has been removed (s. 22).
7. An opportunity is given to shareholders to have proposals put before
shareholders' meetings (s. 98).
8. An opportunity by way of a unanimous shareholder agreement is pro-
vided to shareholders to assume the responsibilities of directors and
manage the corporation (s. 107).
9. At least one-third of the directors of an offering corporation shall not be
officers or employees of the corporation or of any of its affiliates (s. 114).
10. Provision is made for a floating number of directors with the minimum
and maximum numbers being set (s. 123).
1 1 . Provision is made to allow corporations to purchase insurance to protect a
director where he failed to exercise a proper standard of care (s. 135).
12. Provision has been made for liability of insiders of non-offering corpora-
tions (s. 137).
13. The periods for retaining records by transfer agents, etc., have been
standardized (s. 142).
14. A non-offering corporation is exempt from the audit requirements of the
Act in a financial year if all of the shareholders consent and if its assets do
not exceed $2,500,000 or its sales $5 ,000,000 or if it has been exempted by
the Director following application and hearing (s. 147).
IS. The auditor's report is required to be made in accordance with generally
accepted auditing standards (s. 151).
16 Accounting rules for financial statements have been removed from the
Act and will be set out in the regulations. Statements will be required to
be reported and prepared in accordance with generally accepted
accounting principles (s. 153).
1 7 . Short form of amalgamation with affiliates has been provided for (s. 175).
18. The ri^ts of dissenting shareholders to have their shares purchased by
the corporation have been expanded to offering corporations (s. 183).
19. Provision is made for expropriation of the shares of a minority of an
offering corporation where 90 per cent of non-insiders accept a take over
bid or 90 per cent of the holders of a class of security accept an issuer bid
(s. 186).
20. Provision is made so that where 90 per cent of a class of shares of an
offering corporation has been acquired by an affiliate, a holder of any
of the remaining lo percent may force the purchase of his shares (s. 187).
21. Provision has been made to protect minority shareholders in "going
private" transactions in public offering companies subject to exemption
on application to the Commission (s. 188).
2 2 . For the purpose of a hearing to determine whether sufficient cause exists
for cancellation of a certificate of incorporation and dissolution of a
corporation, the term "sufficient cause" is defined in part (s. 238).
23. The time within which an application for revival may be made when a
corporation has been dissolved for default in complying with The Cor-
porations Tax Act, 1972 , or failure to comply with the financial disclosure
requirements of The Securities Act, 1978 has been increased from two to
five years (s. 239).
24. The existing provision for representative action on behalf of the cor-
poration has been maintained but a new provision setting out in some
detail the type of court orders that may be made has been added (s. 244).
25. An oppression remedy has been provided for minority shareholders,
creditors and others (s. 246).
26. Provision has also been made for interim injunctive relief on ex parte
application (s. 252).
27. The new Act will apply to existing Ontario corporations automatically.
The transition section provides that any valid corporate provisions which
do not conform to the new Act are deemed to be amended to the extent
necessary to bring the terms of such provisions into conformity with the
new Act (s. 274).
BILL 229 1980
An Act to revise
The Business Corporations Act
HER MAJESTY, by and with the advice and consent of
the Legislative Assembly of the Province of Ontario,
enacts as follows:
PART I
DEFINITIONS AND APPLICATION
1. (1) In this Act, interpre-
tation
1. "affairs" means the relationships among a corporation,
its affiliates and the shareholders, directors and officers
of such bodies corporate but does not include the busi-
ness carried on by such bodies corporate;
2. "affiliate" means an affiliated body corporate within the
meaning of subsection 4;
3. "articles" means the original or restated articles of incor-
poration, articles of amendment, articles of amalgama-
tion, articles of arrangement, articles of continuance,
articles of dissolution, articles of reorganization, articles
of revival, letters patent, supplementary letters patent, a
special Act and any other instrument by which a cor-
poration is incorporated;
4. "associate", where used to indicate a relationship with
any person, means,
i. any body corporate of which the person benefi-
cially owns, directly or indirectly, voting sec-
urities carrying more than 10 per cent of the
voting rights attached to all voting securities of
the body corporate for the time being outstand-
ing,
ii. any partner of that person,
iii. any trust or estate in which the person has a
substantial beneficial interest or as to which the
person serves as trustee or in a similar capacity,
or
iv. any relative of the person, including his spouse,
or of his spouse who has the same home as such
person;
5. "auditor" includes a partnership of auditors;
6. "beneficial interest" or "beneficial ownership" includes
ownership through a trustee, legal representative, agent
or other intermediary;
7. "body corporate" means any body corporate with or
without share capital and whether or not it is a corpora-
tion to which this Act applies;
8. "certified copy" means,
i. in relation to a document of a corporation, a copy
of the document certified to be a true copy by an
officer thereof,
ii. in relation to a document issued by a court, a
copy of the document certified to be a true copy
under the seal of the court and signed by the
registrar or clerk thereof,
iii. in relation to a document in the custody of the
Director, a copy of the document certified to be a
true copy by the Director and signed by the
Director or by such officer of the Ministry as is
designated by the regulations;
9. "Commission" means the Ontario Securities Commis-
sion;
10. "corporation" means a body corporate with share capital
to which this Act applies;
11. "corporation number" means the number assigned by
the Director to a corporation in accordance with subsec-
tion 1 of section 8 and "number" in relation to a corpora-
tion means the corporation number of that corporation;
12. "court" means the Supreme Court of Ontario presided
over by one of those judges of the High Court who are
designated by the Chief Justice of the High Court for the
purpose of hearing applications under this Act;
13. "day" means a clear day and a period of days shall be
deemed to commence the day following the event that
began the period and shall be deemed to terminate at
midnight of the last day of the period except that if the
last day of the period falls on a Sunday or holiday the
period shall terminate at midnight of the day next fol-
lowing that is not a Sunday or holiday;
14. "debt obligation" means a bond, debenture, note or
other similar obligation or guarantee of such an obliga-
tion of a body corporate, whether secured or unsecured;
15. "Director" means the Director appointed under section
275;
16. "director" means a person occupying the position of
director of a corporation by whatever name called and
"directors" and "board of directors" include a single
director;
17. "endorse" means imprinting a stamp on the face of arti-
cles or other document sent to the Director;
18. "financial statement" means a financial statement refer-
red to in section 152;
19. "incorporator" means a person who signs articles of
incorporation;
20. "individual" means a natural person, but does not
include a partnership, unincorporated association,
unincorporated syndicate, unincorporated organiza-
tion, trust, or a natural person in his capacity as trustee,
executor, administrator or other legal personal rep-
resentative;
21. "interim financial statement" means a financial state-
ment referred to in section 158;
22 . "liability" includes a debt of a corporation arising under
section 36, subsection 27 of section 183 or clause/ org
of subsection 3 of section 246;
23. "Minister" means the Minister of Consumer and Com-
mercial Relations or such other member of the Executive
Council to whom the administration of this Act may be
assigned;
24. "Ministry" means the Ministry of the Minister;
25. "non-resident corporation" means a corporation incor-
porated in Canada before the 27th day of April, 1965,
and that is not deemed to be resident in Canada for the
'■^"o-' '• purposes of the Income Tax Act (Canada) by subsection 4
c. 63 (Can.) . .
of section 250 of that Act;
26. "number name" means the name of a corporation that
consists only of its corporation number followed by the
word "Ontario" and one of the words or abbreviations
provided for in subsection 1 of section 10;
27. "offering corporation" means a corporation that is
offering its securities to the public within the meaning of
subsection 6 and that is not the subject of an order of the
Commission deeming it to have ceased to be offering its
securities to the public;
28. "officer" means an officer designated under section 132
and includes the chairman of the board of directors, a
vice-chairman of the board of directors, the president, a
vice-president, the secretary, an assistant secretary,
the treasurer, an assistant treasurer and the general
manager of a corporation, and any other individual
designated an officer of a corporation by by-law or by
resolution of the directors or any other individual who
performs functions for a corporation similar to those
normally performed by an individual occupying any
such office;
29. "ordinary resolution" means a resolution passed by a
majority of the votes cast by the shareholders who voted
in respect of that resolution;
30. "person" includes an individual, sole proprietorship,
partnership, unincorporated association, unincorpo-
rated syndicate, unincorporated organization, trust,
body corporate, and a natural person in his capacity as
trustee, executor, administrator, or other legal rep-
resentative;
31. "personal representative", where used with reference to
holding shares in that capacity, means an executor,
administrator, guardian, tutor, trustee, receiver or
liquidator or the committee of or curator to a mentally
incompetent person;
32. "prescribed" means prescribed by the regulations;
33. "redeemable share" means a share issued by a corpora-
tion,
i. that the corporation may purchase or redeem
upon the demand of the corporation, or
ii. that the corporation is required by its articles to
purchase or redeem at a specified time or other-
wise upon the demand of a shareholder;
34. "registered office" means the office of a corporation
located at the address specified in its articles or in the
notice most recently filed by the corporation under sub-
section 3 of section 14;
35. "regulations" means the regulations made under this
Act;
36. "related person", where used to indicate a relationship
with any person, means,
i. any spouse, son or daughter of that person,
ii. any relative of the person or of his spouse, other
than a relative referred to in subparagraph i,
who has the same home as the person, or
iii. any body corporate of which the person and any
of the persons referred to in subparagraph i or ii
or the partner or employer of the person, either
alone or in combination, beneficially owns,
directly or indirectly, voting securities carrying
more than 50 per cent of the voting rights
attached to all voting securities of the body cor-
porate for the time being outstanding;
37. "resident Canadian" means an individual who is,
i. a Canadian citizen ordinarily resident in
Canada,
ii. a Canadian citizen not ordinarily resident in
Canada who is a member of a prescribed class of
persons, or
iii. a permanent resident within the meaning of the
Immigration Act, 1976 (Canada) and ordinarily '^^,^/"' .
resident in Canada, except a permanent resident
who has been ordinarily resident in Canada for
more than one year after the time at which he
first became eligible to apply for Canadian
citizenship;
38. "security" means a share of any class or series of shares or
a debt obligation of a body corporate and includes a
certificate evidencing such a share or debt obligation;
39. "security interest" means an interest in or charge upon
the property of a body corporate by way of mortgage,
hypothec, pledge or otherwise, to secure payment of a
debt or performance of any other obHgation of the body
corporate;
40. "send" includes deliver or mail;
41. "senior officer" means,
i. the chairman of the board of directors, a vice-
chairman of the board of directors, the president,
a vice-president, the secretary, the treasurer or
the general manager of a corporation or any
other individual who performs functions for a
corporation similar to those normally performed
by an individual occupying any such office, and
ii. each of the five highest paid employees of a cor-
poration, including any individual referred to in
subparagraph i;
42. "series", in relation to shares, means a division of a class
of shares;
43. "special resolution" means a resolution that is,
i. passed by at least two-thirds of the votes cast at a
special meeting of the shareholders of the cor-
poration duly called for the purpose, or
consented to in writing by each shareholder of
the corporation entitled to vote at such a meeting
or his attorney authorized in writing;
44. "unanimous shareholder agreement" means an agree-
ment described in subsection 2 of section 107 or a
declaration of a shareholder described in subsection 3 of
section 107;
45. "voting security" means any security other than a debt
obligation of a body corporate carrying a voting right
either under all circumstances or under some cir-
cumstances that have occurred and are continuing.
46. "warrant" means any certificate or other document
issued by a corporation as evidence of conversion
privileg;es or options or rig;hts to acquire securities of the
corporation. R.S.O. 1970, c. 53, s. 1 (1); 1971, c. 26,
s. 1; 1972, c. 1, ss. 1, 30; 1972, c. 138, s. 1 (1-4); 1974,
c. 26, s. 1; 1978, c. 49, s. 1; 1979, c. 36, s. 1.
(2) For the purposes of this Act, a body corporate shall be interpre-
deemed to be a subsidiary of another body corporate if, but only if, subsidiar>'
body
. . corporate
(a) it IS controlled by,
(i) that other, or
(ii) that other and one or more bodies corporate each
of which is controlled by that other, or
(iii) two or more bodies corporate each of which is
controlled by that other; or
(b) it is a subsidiary of a body corporate that is that other's
subsidiary.
(3) For the purposes of this Act, a body corporate shall be Holding
deemed to be another's holding body corporate if, but only if, that corporate
other is its subsidiary.
(4) For the purposes of this Act, one body corporate shall be Affiliated
deemed to be affiliated with another body corporate if, but only if, corporate
one of them is the subsidiary of the other or both are subsidiaries of
the same body corporate or each of them is controlled by the same
person. R.S.O. 1970, c. 53, s. 1 (2-4).
(5) For the purposes of this Act, a body corporate shall be Control
deemed to be controlled by another person or by two or more
bodies corporate if, but only if,
(a) voting securities of the first-mentioned body corporate
carrying more than 50 per cent of the votes for the
election of directors are held, other than by way of
security only, by or for the benefit of such other person or
by or for the benefit of such other bodies corporate;
and
(b) the votes carried by such securities are sufficient, if
exercised, to elect a majority of the board of directors of
the first-mentioned body corporate. R.S.O. 1970,
c. 53, s. 1 (5), amended.
(6) For the purposes of this Act, a corporation is offering its offering
securities to the public only where, to public
8
1978, c. 47
(a) in respect of any of its securities a prospectus, statement
of material facts or securities exchange take-over bid or
issuer bid circular has been filed under The Securities
Act, 1978 or any predecessor thereof, or in respect of
which a prospectus has been filed under The Corpora-
tions Information Act, being chapter 72 of the Revised
Statutes of Ontario, 1960, or any predecessor thereof, so
long as any of such securities are outstanding or any
securities into which such securities are converted are
outstanding; or
{h) any of its securities have been at any time since the 1st
day of May, 1967, listed and posted for trading on any
stock exchange in Ontario recognized by the Commis-
sion regardless of when such listing and posting for
trading commenced,
except that where, upon the application of a corporation that has
fewer than fifteen security holders, the Commission is satisfied, in
its discretion, that to do so would not be prejudicial to the public
interest, the Commission may order, subject to such terms and
conditions as the Commission may impose, that the corporation
shall be deemed to have ceased to be offering its securities to the
public. 1972, c. 138, s. 1 (5); 1978, c. 49, s. 1 (6, 7).
Execution of
documents
(7) Any articles, notice, resolution, requisition, statement or
other document required or permitted to be executed by more than
one person for the purposes of this Act may be executed in several
documents of like form each of which is executed by one or more of
such persons, and such documents, when duly executed by all
persons required or permitted, as the case may be, to do so, shall
be deemed to constitute one document for the purposes of this
Act. Diew.
Applications 2. — (1) This Act, except where it is otherwise expressly pro-
vided, applies,
(a) to every corporation incorporated by or under a general
or special Act of the Parliament of the former Province
of Upper Canada;
{b) to every corporation incorporated by or under a general
or special Act of the Parliament of the former Province of
Canada that has its registered office and carries on busi-
ness in Ontario; and
(c) to every corporation incorporated by or under a general
or special Act of the Legislature,
but this Act does not apply to a corporation within the meaning of
The Loan and Trust Corporations Act except as provided by that R so. 1970,
Act. R.S.O. 1970, c. 53, s. 2 (1), amended. '• "^
(2) Notwithstanding The Railways Act, being chapter 331 of Uem
the Revised Statutes of Ontario, 1950, and subject to subsection 5
of section 166, this Act applies to a corporation that is a company
as defined in that Act but that is not engaged in constructing or
operating a railway, street railway or incline railway. New.
(3) This Act does not apply to a corporation that, idem
(a) is a company within the meaning of The Corporations RS.o. 1970.
Act and has objects in whole or in part of a social nature;
{h) is a corporation to which The Co-operative Corporations i^^^- '^- 101
Act, 1973 applies;
(c) is a corporation that is an insurer within the meaning of
subsection 1 of section 161 of The Corporations Act;
{d) is a corporation to which The Credit Unions and Caisses i^^^- ^ 62
Populaires Act, 1976 applies. R.S.O. 1970, c. 53, s. 2
(2), amended.
PART II
INCORPORATION
3. — (1) Where the practice of a profession is governed by an I'rofessions
Act, a corporation may practise the profession only if that Act
expressly permits the practice of the profession by a corporation
andsubjecttotheprovisionsof such Act. R.S.O. 1970, c. 53, s. 3
(3), amended.
(2) A corporation may be incorporated under this Act with its ^"<^°'":
• 111- 1 • • .L r Poration
powers restricted to lendmg and mvestmg money on mortgage ot
real estate or otherwise, or with its powers restricted to accepting
and executing the office of liquidator, receiver, assignee, trustee in
bankruptcy or trustee for the benefit of creditors and to accepting
the duty of and acting generally in the winding up of corpora-
tions, partnerships and estates, other than estates of deceased
persons, and shall not by reason thereof be deemed to be a corpo-
ration within the meaning of The Loan and Trust Corporations R so. 1970,
Act, but the number of its shareholders, exclusive of persons who
are in the employment of the corporation, shall be limited by its
articles to five, and no such corporation shall issue debt obliga-
tions except to its shareholders, or borrow money on the security of
its property except from its shareholders, or receive money on
10
deposit or offer its securities to the public. R.S.O. 1970, c. 53,
s. 3 (2), amended.
Articles of 4. — (1) Qnc or more individuals or bodies corporate or any
^ "^^^ " combination thereof may incorporate a corporation by signing
articles of incorporation and complying with section 6.
Wem (2) Subsection 1 does not apply to an individual who,
(a) is less than eighteen years of age;
{b) is of unsound mind and has been so found by a court in
Canada or elsewhere; or
(c) has the status of bankrupt. R.S.O. 1970, c. 53, s. 4 (1);
1971, c. 98, s. 4, Sched., par. 4, amended.
Contents of 5, — (1) Articles of incorporation shall follow the prescribed
form and shall set out, in respect of the proposed corporation,
(a) the name of the corporation;
{b) the municipality or geographic township within Ontario
and the address including street name and number, if
any, where the registered office is to be located;
(c) the classes and any maximum number of shares that the
corporation is authorized to issue, and
(i) if there are to be two or more classes of shares,
the rights, privileges, restrictions and conditions
attaching to each class of shares, and
(ii) if a class of shares may be issued in series, the
authority given to the directors to fix the number
of shares in, and to determine the designation of,
and the rights, privileges, restrictions and con-
ditions attaching to the shares of, each series;
{d) if the right to transfer shares of the corporation is to be
restricted, a statement that the right to transfer shares is
restricted and the nature of the restriction;
{e) the number of directors or, subject to section 119, the
minimum and maximum number of directors, and, for
each director,
(i) the surname of the director,
(ii) the first or other given name by which the direc-
tor is commonly known.
11
(iii) the first letters of the other given names, if any,
of the director,
(iv) the address, including the street name and
number, if any, of the director's residence, and
(v) whether the director is a resident Canadian;
(f) any restrictions on the business that the corporation may
carry on or on the powers that the corporation may
exercise;
(g) for each incorporator who is an individual,
(i) the surname of the individual,
(ii) the first or other given name by which the indi-
vidual is commonly known,
(iii) the first letters of the other given names, if any,
of the individual, and
(iv) the address including the street name and
number, if any, of the individual's residence,
and for each incorporator that is a body corporate,
(v) the corporate name, and
(vi) the location of its registered office or principal
place of business, including the street name and
number, if any; and
{h) any other matter required by this Act or the regulations
to be set out in the articles. R.S.O. 1970, c. 53, s. 4(2),
amended.
(2) If the articles name as first director an individual who is not where consent
required
an mcorporator, his consent, m prescribed form, to act as a first
director shall accompany the articles.
(3) The articles may set out any provisions permitted by this Prov'sions m
Act or permitted by law to be set out in the by-laws of the
corporation.
(4) Subject to subsection S, if a greater number of votes of where articles,
1- 1 , , , . , , , -1 • etc., prevail
directors or shareholders are required by the articles or a unani-
mous shareholder agreement than are required by this Act to effect
any action, the provisions of the articles or of the unanimous
shareholder agreement prevail.
12
Votes to
remove
director
(5) The articles shall not require a greater number of votes of
shareholders to remove a director than the number specified in
section 121. New.
Certificate of
incorporation
6. An incorporator shall send to the Director articles of incor-
poration and, upon receipt of the articles, the Director shall
endorse thereon, in accordance with section 271, a certificate
which shall constitute the certificate of incorporation. 1979,
c. 36, s. 3, part, amended.
Certificate of
incorporation
Assignment of
number
7. A certificate of incorporation is conclusive proof that the
corporation has been incorporated under this Act on the date set
out in the certificate, except in a proceeding under section 238
to cancel the certificate for cause. 1979, c. 36, s. 3, part.
8. — (1) Every corporation shall be assigned a number by the
Director and such number shall be specified as the corporation
number in the certificate of incorporation and in any other certifi-
cate relating to the corporation endorsed or issued by the Director.
Idem
(2) Where no name is specified in the articles that are delivered
to the Director, the corporation shall be assigned a number name.
Idem
(3) Where, through inadvertence or otherwise, the Director has
assigned to a corporation a corporation number or number name
that is the same as the number or name of any other corporation
previously assigned, the Director may, without holding a hearing,
issue a certificate of amendment to the articles of the corporation
changing the number or name assigned to the corporation and,
upon the issuance of the certificate of amendment, the articles are
amended accordingly.
Idem
(4) Where for any reason the Director has endorsed a certificate
on articles that sets out the corporation number incorrectly, the
Director may substitute a corrected certificate that bears the date
of the certificate it replaces.
Idem (S) The file number that has been assigned to each corporation
by the Minister prior to this section coming into force shall be
deemed to be that corporation's number. 1979, c. 36, s. 4,
amended.
Name 9. — (1) Subject to subsection 2, a corporation shall not have
prohibition
a name,
(a) that contains a word or expression prohibited by the
regulations;
13
(b) that is the same as or, except where a number name is
proposed, similar to,
(i) the name of a known,
a. body corporate,
b. trust,
c. association,
d. partnership,
e. sole proprietorship, or
f. individual,
whether in existence or not, or
(ii) the known name under which any body cor-
porate, trust, association, partnership, sole pro-
prietorship, or individual, carries on business or
identifies itself,
if the use of that name would be likely to deceive; or
(c) that does not meet the requirements prescribed by the
regulations.
(2) A corporation may have a name described in clause b of Exception to
subsection 1 upon complying with conditions prescribed by the
regulations.
(3) There shall be filed with the Director such documents Documents
relating to the name of the corporation as may be prescribed by the
regulations. 1979, c. 36, s. 5.
10.— (1) The word "Limited", "Limitee", "Incorporated", V^^^l^^^..
"Incorporee", or "Corporation" or the corresponding abbrevia- "Limitee", etc.
tions "Ltd.", "Ltee", "Inc." or "Corp." shall be part, in addition to
any use in a figurative or descriptive sense, of the name of every
corporation, but a corporation may be legally designated by either
the full or the abbreviated form.
(2) Subject to the provisions of this Act and the regulations, a Corporate
. .. •!• T-.Tir name
corporation may set out its name in its articles m an Lnglish lorm,
a French form, an English form and a French form or a
combined English and French form and it may be legally desig-
nated by any such name.
(3) For the purposes of subsections 1 and 2 , only letters from the ^^^'^
alphabet of the English language or Arabic numerals or a combi-
14
nation thereof, together with such punctuation marks and other
marks as are permitted by regulation, may form part of the name
of a corporation.
Idem
Idem
(4) Subject to the provisions of this Act and the regulations, a
corporation may have in its articles a special provision permitting
it to set out its name in any language and the corporation may be
legally designated by that name.
(5) Notwithstanding subsection 4, a corporation shall set out its
name in legible characters in all contracts, invoices, negotiable
instruments and orders for goods or services issued or made by or
on behalf of the corporation and in all documents sent to the
Director under this Act.
Unauthorized
use of
"Limited",
etc.
Idem
11. — (1) No person, while not incorporated, shall trade or
carry on a business or undertaking under a name in which
"Limited", "Incorporated" or "Corporation" or any abbreviation
thereof, or any version thereof in another language, is used.
(2) Where a corporation carries on business or identifies itself to
the public by a name or style other than as provided in the articles,
that name or style shall not include the word "Limited", "Incor-
porated", or "Corporation" or any abbreviation thereof or any
version thereof in another language.
Change of
name if
objectionable
1 2. — (1) If a corporation, through inadvertence or otherwise,
has acquired a name contrary to section 9, the Director may, after
giving the corporation an opportunity to be heard, issue a certifi-
cate of amendment to the articles changing the name of the cor-
poration to a name specified in the certificate and, upon the
issuance of the certificate of amendment, the articles are amended
accordingly.
Failure to
perform
undertaking
(2) Where an undertaking to dissolve or change its name is
given by a corporation and the undertaking is not carried out
within the time specified, the Director may, after giving the
corporation an opportunity to be heard, issue a certificate of
amendment to the articles changing the name of the corporation to
a name specified in the certificate and, upon the issuance of a
certificate of amendment, the articles are amended accordingly.
Idem
(3) Where an undertaking to dissolve or change its name is
given by a person who is not a corporation and the undertaking is
not carried out within the time specified, the Director may, after
giving the corporation that acquired the name by virtue of such
undertaking an opportunity to be heard, issue a certificate of
amendment to the articles changing the name of the corporation to
a name specified in the certificate and, upon the issuance of the
15
certificate, the articles are amended accordingly. 1979, c. 36,
s. 8, amended.
13. A corporation may, but need not, have a corporate Corporate seal
seal. R.S.O. 1979, c. 53, s. 13 (1), amended.
14. — (1) A corporation shall at all times have a registered Registered
office in the municipality or geographic township within Ontario
specified in its articles.
(2) The head office of every corporation incorporated prior to ^"^^"^
the day this Act comes into force shall be deemed to be the
registered office of the corporation.
(3) A corporation may by resolution of its directors change the Change of
location of its registered office within a municipality or geographic
township and shall, within ten days after the passing of the
resolution, file a notice of change under The Corporations Infor- ''^^^' '^ ^^
mation Act, 1976.
(4) Failure to comply with subsection 3 does not affect the Validity
validity of the resolution. R.S.O. 1970, c. S3, s. 14, amended.
15. A corporation has the capacity and the rights, powers and ^°^p°^^*^^
ivileges of a natural \
c. 138, s. 6, amended.
powers
privileges of a natural person. R.S.O. 1970, c. 53, s. 15(1); 1972,
16. A corporation has the capacity to carry on its business. Capacity to
conduct its affairs and exercise its powers in any jurisdiction Ontario
outside Ontario to the extent that the laws of such jurisdiction
permit. R.S.O. 1970, c. Si, s. 15 (4), amended.
1 7 . — ( 1) It is not necessary for a by-law to be passed in order to Corporate
confer any particular power on the corporation or its directors, dependent
^eiJD_ on by-law
(2) A corporation shall not carry on any business or exercise any Power limited
.,,.., r • °y articles,
power that it is restricted by its articles from carrying on or etc.
exercising, nor shall the corporation exercise any of its powers in a
manner contrary to its articles. R.S.O. 1970, c. 53, s. 15 (3),
amended.
(3) Notwithstanding subsection 2 and subsection 2 of section 3, -Acting outside
no act of a corporation including a transfer of property to or by the
corporation is invalid by reason only that the act is contrary to its
articles, by-laws, a unanimous shareholder agreement or this
Act. R.S.O. 1970, c. 53, s. 16 (1), amended.
18. No person is affected by or is deemed to have notice or ,^|j^[^j"g^gj
knowledge of the contents of a document concerning a corporation
16
by reason only that the document has been filed with the Director
or is available for inspection at an office of the corpora-
tion. New.
Indoor 19. A corporation or a guarantor of an obligation of a
managemen corporation may not assert against a person dealing with the
corporation or with any person who has acquired rights from the
corporation that,
(a) the articles, by-laws or any unanimous shareholder
agreement have not .been complied with;
{h) the persons named in the most recent notice filed under
1976, c. 66 The Corporations Information Act, 1976, or named in
the articles, whichever is more current, are not the
directors of the corporation;
(c) the location named in the most recent notice filed under
subsection 3 of section 14 or named in the articles,
whichever is more current, is not the registered office of
the corporation;
{d) a person held out by a corporation as a director, an
officer or an agent of the corporation has not been duly
appointed or does not have authority to exercise the
powers and perform the duties that are customary in the
business of the corporation or usual for such director,
officer or agent;
(e) a document issued by any director, officer or agent of a
corporation with actual or usual authority to issue the
document is not valid or not genuine; or
if) financial assistance referred to in section 20 or a sale,
lease or exchange of property referred to in subsection 3
of section 182 was not authorized,
except where the person has or ought to have, by virtue of his
position with or relationship to the corporation, knowledge to that
effect. New.
Financial 20. — (1) Except as permitted under subsection 2, a corpora-
corporation^ tion or any corporation with which it is affiliated, shall not,
directly or indirectly, give financial assistance by means of a loan,
guarantee or otherwise,
(a) to any shareholder, director, officer or employee of the
corporation or affiliated corporation or to an associate
of any such person for any purpose; or
17
(b) to any person for the purpose of or in connection with
a purchase of a share, or a security convertible into or
exchangeable for a share, issued or to be issued by the
corporation or affiliated corporation,
where there are reasonable grounds for believing that,
(c) the corporation is or, after giving the financial assist-
ance, would be unable to pay its liabilities as they
become due; or
(d) the realizable value of the corporation's assets, excluding
the amount of any financial assistance in the form of a
loan and in the form of assets pledged or encumbered to
secure a guarantee, after giving the financial assistance,
would be less than the aggregate of the corporation's
liabilities and stated capital of all classes.
(2) A corporation may give financial assistance by means of a Wem
loan, guarantee or otherwise,
(a) to any person in the ordinary course of business if the
lending of money is part of the ordinary business of the
corporation;
(b) to any person on account of expenditures incurred or to
be incurred on behalf of the corporation;
(c) to its holding body corporate if the corporation is a
wholly owned subsidiary of the holding body corporate;
(d) to a subsidiary body corporate of the corporation;
{e) to employees of the corporation or any of its affiliates,
(i) to enable or assist them to purchase or erect
living accommodation for their own occupation,
or
(ii) in accordance with a plan for the purchase of
shares of the corporation or any of its affiliates.
(3) A contract made by a corporation in contravention of this Validity of
section may be enforced by the corporation or by a lender for value
in good faith without notice of the contravention. New.
21. — (1) Except as provided in this section, a person who Contract prior
, . ., cii irr to corporate
enters mto an oral or written contract m the name oi or on behali oi existence
a corporation before it comes into existence is personally bound by
the contract and is entitled to the benefits thereof.
18
Adoption of
contract by-
corporation
(2) A corporation may, within a reasonable time after it comes
into existence, by any action or conduct signifying its intention to
be bound thereby, adopt an oral or written contract made before it
came into existence in its name or on its behalf, and upon such
adoption,
(a) the corporation is bound by the contract and is entitled to
the benefits thereof as if the corporation had been in
existence at the date of the contract and had been a party
thereto; and
(b) a person who purported to act in the name of or on behalf
of the corporation ceases, except as provided in subsec-
tion 3 , to be bound by or entitled to the benefits of the
contract.
Non-adoption
of contract
(3) Except as provided in subsection 4, whether or not an oral
or written contract made before the coming into existence of a
corporation is adopted by the corporation, a party to the contract
may apply to a court for an order fixing obligations under the
contract as joint or joint and several or apportioning liability
between the corporation and the person who purported to act in
the name of or on behalf of the corporation, and, upon such
application, the court may make any order it thinks fit.
Exception to
subsection 1
(4) If expressly so provided in the oral or written contract
referred to in subsection 1 , a person who purported to act in the
name of or on behalf of the corporation before it came into exis-
tence is not in any event bound by the contract or entitled to the
benefits thereof. R.S.O. 1970, c. 53, s. 20, amended.
PART III
Shares
Idem
Rights of
shareholders
CORPORATE FINANCE
22. — (1) Shares of a corporation shall be in registered form
and shall be without nominal or par value.
(2) Shares with nominal or par value of a corporation incorpo-
rated before the day this Act comes into force are deemed to be
shares without nominal or par value.
(3) Where a corporation has only one class of shares, the rights
of the holders thereof are equal in all respects and include the
rights,
(a) to vote at all meetings of shareholders; and
(b) to receive the remaining property of the corporation
upon dissolution.
19
(4) The articles may provide for more than one class of shares Wem
and where they so provide,
(a) the rights, privileges, restrictions and conditions
attaching to the shares of each class shall be set out
therein; and
(b) each of the rights set out in subsection 3 shall be attached
to at least one class of shares, but both such rights are not
required to be attached to any one class. R.S.O. 1970,
c. 53, s. 24, amended.
(5) Except as provided in section 25, each share of a class shall ^^^'^^^ within
11 • n 11^.,^ '^l^ss equal
be the same m all respects as every other share of that class.
R.S.O. 1970, c. 53, s. 28.
23. — (1) Subject to the articles, the by-laws, any unanimous issuance of
shareholder agreement and section 26, shares may be issued at
such time and to such persons and for such consideration as the
directors may determine.
(2) Shares issued by a corporation are non-assessable and the Shares
holders are not liable to the corporation or to its creditors in respect
thereof. New.
(3) A share shall not be issued until the consideration for the Fuiiy-paid
share is fully paid in money or in property or past service that is not
less in value than the fair equivalent of the money that the corpo-
ration would have received if the share had been issued for
money. R.S.O. 1970, c. 53, s. 44 (4), amended.
(4) In determining whether property or past service is the fair Wem
equivalent of a money consideration, the directors may take into
account reasonable charges and expenses of organization and
reorganization and payments for property and past service
reasonably expected to benefit the corporation.
(5) The directors shall, in connection with the issue of any share ^g^^" mined
not issued for money, determine, by directors
(a) the amount of money the corporation would have
received if the share had been issued for money; and
(b) either,
(i) the fair value of the property or past service in
consideration of which the share is issued, or
(ii) that such property or past service has a fair value
that is not less than the amount of money referred
to in clause a.
20
Interpre-
tation of
property
1970-71,
c. 63 (Can.)
Separate
capital
account
Idem
(6) For the purposes of subsection 3, a document evidencing
indebtedness of a person to whom shares are to be issued, or of any
other person not deahng at arm's length with such person within
the meaning of that term in the Income Tax Act (Canada), does not
constitute property. New.
24 . — ( 1) A corporation shall maintain a separate stated capital
account for each class and series of shares it issues."
(2) A corporation shall add to the appropriate stated capital
account the full amount of any consideration it receives for any
shares it issues.
Exception to
subs. 2
(3) Notwithstanding subsection 2 , where a corporation issues
shares.
(a) in exchange for,
(i) property of a person who immediately before the
exchange does not deal with the corporation at
arm's length within the meaning of that term in
the Income Tax Act (Canada), or
(ii) shares of a body corporate that immediately
before the exchange or that, because of the
exchange, does not deal with the corporation at
arm's length within the meaning of that term in
the Income Tax Act (Canada); or
(b) under an agreement referred to in subsection 1 of section
173 or an arrangement referred to in clause c or cf of
subsection 1 of section 180 or to shareholders of an
amalgamating corporation who receive the shares in
addition to or instead of securities of the amalgamated
corporation,
the corporation,
(c) shall not be required to comply with subsection 3 of
section 23 provided that the shares are not issued by the
corporation until the consideration therefor is fully paid;
and
(d) may, subject to subsection 4, add all or any portion of the
consideration it received for the shares to the appro-
priate stated capital account.
Addition to (4) Qu the issuc of a share, a corporation shall not add to a
ac^ount^'" ^ stated capital account in respect of the share an amount greater
than the amount of the consideration it received for the share.
21
(5) Notwithstanding subsection 2 , on the day this Act comes stated capital
into force or at such time thereafter as a corporation has been coming into
continued under this Act, as the case may be, the amount in the ^"""^ °^
"^ ' continuance
stated capital account mamtamed by a corporation in respect of
each class or series of shares then issued shall be equal to the
aggregate amount paid up on the shares of each such class or
series of shares immediately prior thereto, and, after such time, a
corporation may, upon complying with subsection 6, add to the
stated capital account maintained by it in respect of any class or
series of shares any amount it has credited to a retained earnings or
other surplus account.
(6) Where a corporation proposes to add any amount to a stated Additions to
capital account that it maintains in respect of a class or series of ac^ount*^'
shares otherwise than under subsection 2 of section 38, the addi-
tion to the stated capital account must be approved by special
resolution if,
(a) the amount to be added,
(i) was not received by the corporation as consider-
ation for the issue of shares, or
(ii) was received by the corporation as consideration
for the issue of shares but does not form part of
the stated capital attributable to such shares; and
(6) the corporation has outstanding shares of more than one
class or series.
(7) Where a class or series of shares of a corporation would be ^'^^^
affected by the addition of an amount to any stated capital account
under subsection 6 in a manner different from the manner in
which any other class or series of shares of the corporation would
be affected by such action, the holders of the differently affected
class or series of shares are entitled to vote separately as a class or
series, as the case may be, on the proposal to take the action,
whether or not such shares otherwise carry the right to vote.
(8) Stated capital accounts of a corporation may be expressed in Expressed m
one or more currencies. currencies
(9) A corporation shall not reduce its stated capital or any stated ^^^^"^'"''^'^"11^
capital account except in the manner provided in this Act.
(10) The provisions of this Act relating to stated capital do not [;'°„"„7'Xct^"
apply to an open-end mutual fund.
(11) For the purposes of this section, "open-end mutual fund" interpretation
means an offering corporation that carries on only the business of
22
investing the consideration it receives for the shares it issues, and
all or substantially all the shares of which are redeemable upon the
demand of the holders of such shares. R.S.O. 1970, c. 53, s. 32,
amended.
Special shares
in series
25. — (1) The articles may authorize the issue of any class of
shares in one or more series and may authorize the directors to fix
the number of shares in, and to determine the designation, rights,
privileges, restrictions and conditions attaching to the shares of,
each series, subject to the limitations set out in the articles.
Proportionate
abatement
(2) If any amount,
(a) of cumulative dividends, whether or not declared,
or declared non-cumulative dividends; or
(b) payable on return of capital in the event of the liquida-
tion, dissolution or winding up of a corporation,
in respect of shares of a series is not paid in full, the shares of the
series shall participate rateably with the shares of all other series of
the same class in respect of,
(c) all accumulated cumulative dividends, whether or not
declared, and all declared non-cumulative dividends; or
(d) all amounts payable on return of capital in the event of
the liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the cor-
poration,
as the case mav be.
No priority of
shares of same
class
(3) No rights, privileges, restrictions or conditions attached to a
series of shares authorized under this section shall confer upon the
shares of a series a priority in respect of,
(a) dividends; or
(b) return of capital in the event of the liquidation, dissolu-
tion or winding up of the corporation.
over the shares of any other series of the same class.
1970, c. 53, s. 29, amended.
R.S.O.
Articles (4) Before the issue of shares of a series authorized under this
sped^VhTres section, the directors shall send to the Director articles of amend-
ment in the prescribed form designating such series of shares.
Certificate re
special shares
(5) Upon receipt of articles of amendment designating a series
of shares, the Director shall endorse thereon, in accordance with
23
section 2 7 1 , a certificate which shall constitute the certificate of
amendment. 1979, c. 36, s. 12, amended.
26. If it is so provided in the articles or a unanimous share- Pre-emptive
holder agreement, no shares of a class or series shall be issued "^
unless the shares have first been offered to the shareholders of the
corporation holding shares of that class or series or of another class
or series on such terms as are provided in the articles or unanimous
shareholder agreement. New.
27. — (1) A corporation may issue warrants as evidence of Conversion
conversion privileges or options or rights to acquire securities of ''"^' ^^"' ^
the corporation, and shall set out the conditions thereof,
(a) in certificates evidencing the securities to which the
conversion privileges, options or rights are attached; or
{b) in separate certificates or other documents.
(2) Conversion privileges and options or rights to purchase ^^^^
securities of a corporation may be made transferable or non-
transferable, and options or rights to purchase may be made
separable or inseparable from any securities to which they are
attached.
(3) Where a corporation has granted privileges to convert any Corporation
securities, other than shares issued by the corporation, into shares sufficient
of the corporation or has issued or granted options or rights to
acquire shares of the corporation and where the articles limit the
number of authorized shares, the corporation shall reserve and
continue to reserve sufficient authorized shares to meet the exer-
cise of such conversion privileges, options and rights. New.
reserve
28. — (1) Except as provided in subsection 2 and sections 29 to Subsidiaries
o o ^ • not to hold
32, a corporation, shares of
holding bodies
corporate
(a) shall not hold shares in itself or in its holding body
corporate; and
{b) shall not permit any of its subsidiary bodies corporate to
hold shares of the corporation.
(2) A corporation shall cause a subsidiary body corporate of the Disposal of
corporation that holds shares of the corporation to sell or other-
wise dispose of those shares within five years from,
(a) the date the body corporate became a subsidiary of the
corporation; or
24
(b) if the subsidiary held such shares on the 30th day of
April, 1954, and has continued from that date to hold
such shares, the coming into force of this Act. 1971,
c. 26, s. 12, part.
Exception to
s. 30
29. — (1) A corporation may in the capacity of a legal rep-
resentative hold shares in itself or in its holding body corporate
unless it or the holding body corporate or a subsidiary of either of
them has a beneficial interest in the shares.
Idem (2) A corporation may permit a subsidiary body corporate to
hold shares of the corporation in the capacity of a legal represen-
tative unless the corporation or the subsidiary body corporate or a
subsidiary of either of them has a beneficial interest in the shares.
Idem (3) A corporation may hold shares in itself or in its holding body
corporate by way of security for the purposes of a transaction
entered into by it in the ordinary course of a business that includes
the lending of money. 1971, c. 26, s. 12, part, amended.
Corporation
holding shares
in itself
(4) A corporation holding, in the capacity of a legal representa-
tive, shares in itself or in its holding body corporate or a subsidiary
body corporate of a corporation holding, in the capacity of a legal
representative, shares of the corporation shall not vote or permit
those shares to be voted unless the corporation or subsidiary body
corporate, as the case may be.
(a) holds the shares in the capacity of a legal representative;
and
1978. c. 47
(b) has complied with section 48 of The Securities Act,
1978 where that section is applicable. New.
Purchase of 3Q^ — (J) Subject to subsection 2 and to its articles, a corpora-
permitted tion may purchase or otherwise acquire any of its issued shares or
warrants.
Where
prohibited
(2) A corporation shall not make any payment to purchase or
otherwise acquire shares issued by it if there are reasonable
grounds for believing that,
(a) the corporation is or, after the payment, would be
unable to pay its liabilities as they become due; or
{b) after the payment, the realizable value of the corpora-
tion's assets would be less than the aggregate of,
(i) its liabilities, and
25
(ii) its stated capital of all classes. 1972, c. 138,
s. 13, part, amended.
31 . — (1) Notwithstanding subsection 2 of section 30 but sub- where s. 3o (2)
ject to subsection 3 of this section and to its articles, a corporation "^^ "° ^^^ ^
may purchase or otherwise acquire shares issued by it to,
(a) settle or compromise a debt or claim asserted by or
against the corporation;
(6) eliminate fractional shares; or
(c) fulfil the terms of a non-assignable agreement under
which the corporation has an option or is obliged to
purchase shares owned by a current or former director,
officer or employee of the corporation.
(2) Notwithstanding subsection 2 of section 30, a corporation 'dem
may purchase or otherwise acquire shares issued by it to,
(a) satisfy the claim of a shareholder who dissents under
section 183; or
{b) comply with an order under section 246.
(3) A corporation shall not make any payment to purchase or Restriction on
acquire under subsection 1 shares issued by it if there are reason- ^^'^^^^^
able grounds for believing that,
(a) the corporation is or, after the payment, would be
unable to pay its liabilities as they become due; or
{b) after the payment, the realizable value of the corpora-
tion's assets would be less than the aggregate of,
(i) its liabilities, and
(ii) the amount that would be required to pay the
holders of shares who have a right to be paid, on a
redemption or in a liquidation, prior to the hol-
ders of the shares to be purchased or acquired.
1972, c. 138, s. 13, part, amended.
32. — (1) Notwithstanding subsection 2 of section 30 and sub- JJf^'J.g^P^'"" "^
section 3 of section 31, but subject to subsection 2 and to its articles,
a corporation may purchase or redeem any redeemable shares
issued by it at prices not exceeding the redemption price thereof
stated in the articles or calculated according to a formula stated in
the articles.
26
Restriction (2) A Corporation shall not make any payment to purchase or
on re emption j.gjjggj^ ^^y redeemable shares issued by it if there are reasonable
grounds for believing that,
(a) the corporation is or, after the payment, would be
unable to pay its liabilities as they become due; or
(b) after the payment, the realizable value of the corpora-
tion's assets would be less than the aggregate of,
(i) its liabilities, and
(ii) the amount that would be required to pay the
holders of shares who have a right to be paid, on a
redemption or in a liquidation, rateably with or
prior to the holders of the shares to be purchased
or redeemed. New.
Donation of 33. A Corporation may accept from any shareholder a share of
* ^'^'^ the corporation surrendered to it as a gift, but may not extinguish
or reduce a liability in respect of an amount unpaid on any such
share except in accordance with section 34. R.S.O. 1970, c. 53,
s. 43 (1), amended.
Reduction of 34. — (1) Subjcct to subscction 4, a corporation may by special
liability re i >•
unpaid share: rCSOlutlOn,
stated capital
(a) extinguish or reduce a liability in respect of an amount
unpaid on any share; or
(b) reduce its stated capital for any purpose including, with-
out limiting the generality of the foregoing, for the pur-
pose of,
(i) distributing to the holders of issued shares of any
class or series of shares an amount not exceeding
the stated capital of the class or series, or
(ii) declaring its stated capital to be reduced by,
a. an amount that is not represented by
realizable assets, or
b. an amount otherwise determined in
respect of which no amount is to be distri-
buted to holders of issued shares of the
corporation.
Right to
vote where (2) Where a class or series of shares of a corporation would be
und"eV"" affected by a reduction of stated capital under clause b of
subs. 1
27
subsection 1 in a manner different from the manner in which any
other class or series of shares of the corporation would be affected
by such action, the holders of the differently affected class or series
of shares are entitled to vote separately as a class or series, as the
case may be, on the proposal to take the action, whether or not the
shares otherwise carry the right to vote.
(3) A special resolution under this section shall specify the Account to be
stated capital account or accounts from which the reduction of spedfied
stated capital effected by the special resolution will be made.
(4) A corporation shall not take any action to extinguish or Restriction on
, ,. , .,. . r -1 , reduction
reduce a liability in respect of an amount unpaid on a share or to
reduce its stated capital for any purpose other than the purpose
mentioned in sub-subclause a of subclause ii of clause b of subsec-
tion 1 if there are reasonable grounds for believing that,
(a) the corporation is or, after the taking of such action,
would be unable to pay its liabilities as they become due;
or
(b) after the taking of such action , the realizable value of the
corporation's assets would be less than the aggregate of
its liabilities.
(5) A creditor of a corporation is entitled to apply to the court Application for
,,. , 111 , . . order where
for an order compelling a shareholder or other recipient, improper
reduction
(a) to pay to the corporation an amount equal to any liability
of the shareholder that was extinguished or reduced
contrary to this section; or
(b) to pay or deliver to the corporation any money or prop-
erty that was paid or distributed to the shareholder or
other recipient as a consequence of a reduction of capital
made contrary to this section.
(6) An action to enforce a liability imposed by this section may J™^ .
1 i<- r ^ ^ r ^ • limitation
not be commenced after two years from the date of the action
complained of. New.
(7) Where it appears that there are numerous shareholders who Class action
may be liable under this section, the court may permit an action to
be brought against one or more of them as representatives of the
class and, if the plaintiff establishes his claim as creditor, may
make an order of reference and add as parties in the referee's office
all such shareholders as may be found, and the referee shall
determine the amount that each should contribute towards the
plaintiffs claim, which amount may not, in the case of any par-
ticular shareholder, exceed the amount referred to in subsection 5,
and the referee may direct payment of the sums so deter-
mined. R.S.O. 1970, c. 53, s. 103 (4), amended.
28
Shareholder (3) Nq pcrsoii holding sharcs in the capacity of a personal
holding shares . , . ■ ,1 1 r^i
in fiduciary representative and registered on the records of the corporation as a
capacity shareholder and therein described as the personal representative
of a named person is personally liable under this section, but the
person named is subject to all liabilities imposed by this sec-
tion. R.S.O. 1970, c. 53, s. 103 (5), amended.
s- 129, (9) This section does not affect any liability that arises under
does not apply
section 129. New.
Amount 35^ — (n Upon a purchase, redemption or other acquisition by
deducted ^ / r^ 1^
from account a Corporation under section 30, 31, 32, 40 or 183 or clause/ of
etc°"o'f"s'har^T subsection 3 of section 246 of shares or fractional shares issued by
it, the corporation shall deduct from the stated capital account
maintained for the class or series of shares purchased, redeemed or
otherwise acquired an amount equal to the result obtained by
multiplying the stated capital of the shares of that class or series by
a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of shares of that
class or series or fractional shares purchased, redeemed or
otherwise acquired, and the denominator of which is the number
of issued shares of that class or series immediately before the
purchase, redemption or other acquisition.
Idem (2) A corporation shall deduct the amount of a payment made
by the corporation to a shareholder under clause g of subsection 3
of section 246 from the stated capital account maintained for the
class or series of shares in respect of which the payment was made.
Adjustment (3) A corporation shall adjust its stated capital account or
capital account accounts in accordancc with any special resolution referred to in
subsection 3 of section 34.
Idem (4) Upon a change under section 166, 184 or 246 of issued shares
of a corporation, or upon a conversion of such shares pursuant to
their terms, into shares of another class or series, the corporation
shall,
{a) deduct from the stated capital account maintained for
the class or series of shares changed or converted an
amount equal to the result obtained by multiplying the
stated capital of the shares of that class or series by the
number of shares of that class or series changed or con-
verted, and dividing by the number of issued shares of
that class or series immediately before the change or
conversion; and
0) add the result obtained under clause a and any addi-
tional consideration received pursuant to the change or
conversion to the stated capital account maintained or to
29
be maintained for the class or series of shares into which
the shares have been changed or converted.
(5) For the purpose of subsection 4 and subject to its articles, ^'^^^
where a corporation issues two classes or series of shares and there
is attached to each class or series a right to convert a share of the
one class or series into a share of the other class or series, the
amount of stated capital attributable to a share in either class or
series is the amount obtained when the sum of the stated capital of
both classes or series of shares is divided by the number of issued
shares of both classes or series of shares immediately before the
conversion.
(6) Shares of any class or series or fractional shares issued by a S'*^"* of shares
, , , , , , . • 1 1 . purchased, etc.
corporation and purchased, redeemed or otherwise acquired by it
shall be cancelled or, if the articles limit the number of authorized
shares of the class or series, may be restored to the status of
authorized but unissued shares of the class.
(7) For the purposes of this section, a corporation holding interpretation
shares in itself as permitted by subsections 1 and 2 of section 29 is
deemed not to have purchased, redeemed or otherwise acquired
such shares. New.
(8) Where shares of a class or series are changed under section Conversion of
166, 184 or 246, or converted pursuant to their terms, into the
same or another number of shares of another class or series, such
shares become the same in all respects as the shares of the class or
series respectively into which they are changed or converted and,
if the articles limit the number of shares of either of such classes or
series, the number of authorized shares of such class or series is
changed and the articles are amended accordingly. R.S.O.
1970, c. 53, s. 36 (5), amended.
36. — (1) A contract with a corporation providing for the Contract with
-11 i- • -r- corporation re
purchase of shares of the corporation by the corporation is speciti- purchase of its
cally enforceable against the corporation except to the extent that shares
the corporation cannot perform the contract without thereby
being in breach of section 30 or 31.
(2) In any action brought on a contract referred to in subsec- Wem
tion 1 , the corporation has the burden of proving that performance
thereof is prevented by section 30 or 31.
(3) Until the corporation has fully performed a contract refer- idem
red to in subsection 1 , the other party to the contract retains the
status of a claimant entitled to be paid as soon as the corporation is
lawfully able to do so or in a liquidation to be ranked subordinate
to the rights of creditors but in priority to the other shareholders.
New.
30
on'"'ie'^^'°" *^'^' ^^^ directors may authorize the corporation to pay a
of shares reasonable commission to any person in consideration of his pur-
chasing or agreeing to purchase shares of the corporation from the
corporation or from any other person, or procuring or agreeing to
procure purchasers for any such shares. 1971, c. 26, s. 11,
amended.
Declaration of
dividends
38. — (1) The directors may declare and a corporation may
pay a dividend by issuing fully paid shares of the corporation or
options or rights to acquire fully paid shares of the corporation
and, subject to subsection 3, a corporation may pay a dividend in
money or property. R.S.O. 1970, c. 53, s. 153 (2), amended.
Stock dividend (2) If shares of a corporation are issued in payment of a
dividend, the corporation shall add to the stated capital account
maintained or to be maintained for the shares of the class or series
issued in payment of the dividend the declared amount of the
dividend stated as an amount of money. R.S.O. 1970, c. 53,
s. 155, amended.
^uo ^"^^""'^ (3) The directors shall not declare and the corporation shall not
declared pay a dividend if there are reasonable grounds for believing that,
(a) the corporation is or, after the payment, would be
unable to pay its liabilities as they become due; or
{b) the realizable value of the corporation's assets would
thereby be less than the aggregate of,
(i) its liabilities, and
(ii) its stated capital of all classes. R.S.O. 1970,
c. 53, s. 153 (1, 3), amended.
Corporations 39. — (1) Notwithstanding anything in this Act, a corporation,
with wasting
assets
(a) that for the time being carries on as its principal business
the business of operating a producing mining, gas or oil
property owned and controlled by it;
{b) at least 75 per cent of the assets of which are of a wasting
character; or
(c) incorporated for the purpose of acquiring the assets or a
substantial part of the assets of a body corporate and
administering such assets for the purpose of converting
them into cash and distributing the cash among the
shareholders of the corporation,
31
may declare and pay dividends out of the funds derived from the
operations of the corporation.
(2) The powers conferred by subsection 1 may be exercised Extent of
notwithstanding that the value of the net assets of the corporation cTpka™^"
may be thereby reduced to less than its stated capital of all classes
if the payment of the dividends does not reduce the value of its
remaining assets to an amount insufficient to meet all the liabilities
of the corporation, exclusive of its stated capital of all classes.
R.S.O. 1970, c. 53, s. 154 (1, 2).
(3) The powers conferred by subsection 1 may be exercised only Special
under the authority of a special resolution. R.S.O. 1970, c. 53, '^"° " '°"
s. 154 (3), amended.
40. — (1) Subject to subsection 3 of section 55, the articles or Lien on share
by-laws may provide that the corporation has a lien on a share
registered in the name of a shareholder or his legal representative
for a debt of that shareholder to the corporation.
(2) Subsection 1 shall not apply to a corporation that has shares where subs.
listed on a stock exchange recognized by the Commission. °^* "° ^^^^
(3) A corporation may enforce a lien referred to in subsection 1 i;-nforcement of
in accordance with its articles or by-laws. R.S.O. 1970, c. 53,
s. 47 (3), amended.
4 1 . The shares of a corporation are personal property. Shares personal
R.S.O. 1970, c. Si, s. 46. -^^"^"^-^
42. — (1) A corporation shall not impose restrictions on the Restrictions on
transfer of shares except such restrictions as are authorized by the
articles.
(2) A corporation that has imposed restrictions on the transfer No public offer
of its shares shall not offer its shares to the public unless the restricted
restrictions are necessary,
(a) by or under any Act of Canada or Ontario as a condition
to the obtaining, holding or renewal of authority to
engage in any activity necessary to its undertaking; or
{b) for the purpose of achieving or preserving its status as a
Canadian corporation for the purpose of any Act of
Canada or Ontario. R.S.O. 1970, c. 53, s. 47 (1, 2).
43. Nothing in this Act prohibits the issue of debt obligations Bearer debt
, - .^ „ „ ' obligations
m bearer form. R.S.O. 1970, c. 53, s. 54.
32
iTedeemabie 44. — (1) A Condition Contained in a debt obligation or in an
iga ion j|j^gj.j.yj^gj^|. fQj. securing a debt obligation is not invalid by reason
only that the debt obligation is thereby made irredeemable or
redeemable only on the happening of a contingency, however
remote, or on the expiration of a period, however long. R.S.O.
1970, c. 53, s. 55.
Debt (2) Debt obligations issued, pledged, hypothecated or depos-
obligations •, 1 1 ,• , , , 1 , ,
ited by a corporation are not redeemed by reason only that the
indebtedness evidenced by the debt obligations or in respect of
which the debt obligations are issued, pledged, hypothecated or
deposited is repaid.
Wem (3) Debt obligations issued by a corporation and purchased,
redeemed or otherwise acquired by it may be cancelled or, subject
to any applicable trust indenture or other agreement, may be
reissued, pledged or hypothecated to secure any obligation of the
corporation then existing or thereafter incurred, and any such
acquisition and reissue, pledge or hypothecation is not a cancella-
tion of the debt obligations. New.
PART IV
INDENTURE TRUSTEES
Interpretation 45._(1) Jn this Part,
(a) "event of default" means an event specified in a trust
indenture on the occurrence of which,
(i) a security interest constituted by the trust
indenture becomes enforceable, or
(ii) the principal, interest and other moneys payable
thereunder become or may be declared to be pay-
able before the date of maturity,
but the event is not an event of default until all condi-
tions prescribed by the trust indenture in connection
with such event for the giving of notice or the lapse of
time or otherwise have been satisfied;
(b) "trust indenture" means any deed, indenture or other
instrument, including any supplement or amendment
thereto, made by a body corporate under which the body
corporate issues or guarantees debt obligations and in
which a person is appointed as trustee for the holders of
the debt obligations issued or guaranteed thereunder;
33
(c) "trustee" means any person appointed as trustee under
the terms of a trust indenture to which a body corporate
is a party and includes any successor trustee, whether or
not the person is a trust company authorized to carry on
business in Ontario. 1972, c. 138, s. 16, part; 1978,
c. 49, s. 3, amended.
(2) This Part appHes to a trust indenture, whether entered into Application of
before or after the day on which this Act comes into force, if, in
respect of any debt obligations outstanding or guaranteed there-
under or to be issued or guaranteed thereunder, a prospectus or
securities exchange issuer or take-over bid circular has been filed
under The Securities Act, 1978 or any predecessor thereof or in '978. c. 47
respect of which a prospectus has been filed under The Corpora-
tions Information Act, being chapter 72 of the Revised Statutes of
Ontario, 1960, or any predecessor thereof. 1972, c. 138, s. 16,
part, amended.
(3) The person appointed as trustee under a trust indenture, or Resident
at least one of such persons if more than one is so appointed, shall
be resident or authorized to do business in Ontario. 1972, c. 138,
s. 16, part.
(4) Where, upon the application of a body corporate, the Com- Exemption by
. . . . r.. 1 1 1 11 1 • !• • 1 , >i Commission
mission is satisfied that to do so would not be prejudicial to the
public interest, the Commission may exempt, subject to such
terms and conditions as the Commission may impose, a trust
indenture from the application of this Part. New.
46. — (1) A trustee in exercising his powers and discharging his Duty of trustee
duties shall,
(a) act honestly and in good faith with a view to the best
interests of the holders of the debt obligations issued
under the trust indenture; and
{b) exercise the care, diligence and skill of a reasonably
prudent trustee.
(2) No term of a trust indenture or of any agreement between a Exculpatory
trustee and the holders of debt obligations issued thereunder or
between the trustee and the issuer or guarantor shall operate so as
to relieve a trustee from the duties imposed upon him in subsection
1. 1972, c. 138, s. \7,part, amended.
47. — (1) No person shall be appointed as trustee if there is at^on^'ctof
material conflict of interest between his role as trustee and his role
in any other capacity.
(2) A trustee shall, within ninety days after he becomes aware We^
that a material conflict of interest exists.
34
(a) eliminate such conflict of interest; or
(b) resign from office.
Validity not
affected .
(3) If, notwithstanding the provisions of this section, a trustee
has a material conflict of interest, the validity and enforceability of
the trust indenture under which the trustee has been appointed, of
the security interest constituted by or under such trust indenture
and of the securities issued under such trust indenture are not
affected in any manner whatsoever by reason only of the existence
of such material conflict of interest.
Replacing
trustee
(4) If a trustee contravenes subsection 1 or 2, any interested
person may apply to the court for an order that the trustee be
replaced, and the court may make an order on such terms as it
thinks fit. 1972, c. 138, s. 17, part, amended.
Evidence of
compliance
48. — (1) An issuer or a guarantor of debt obligations issued or
to be issued under a trust indenture, before doing any act referred
to in clause a, b, c or d, shall furnish the trustee with evidence of
compliance with the conditions in the trust indenture relating to,
(a) the issue, certification and delivery of debt obligations
under the trust indenture;
(b) the release or release and substitution of property subject
to a security interest constituted by the trust indenture;
(c) the satisfaction and discharge of the trust indenture; or
Idem
(d) the taking of any other action to be taken by the trustee
at the request of or on the application of the issuer or
guarantor.
(2) Evidence of compliance as required by subsection 1 shall
consist in each case of,
(a) a statutory declaration or certificate made by a director
or an officer of the issuer or guarantor stating that the
conditions referred to in that section have been complied
with in accordance with the terms of the trust indenture;
and
R.S.O. 1970.
c. 373
(b) where the trust indenture requires compliance with con-
ditions that are subject to review,
(i) by legal counsel, an opinion, and
(ii) by an auditor or accountant, an opinion or report
of the auditor of the issuer or guarantor or any
accountant licensed under The Public Accoun-
35
tancy Act or comparable legislation of the juris-
diction in which the accountant practises,
in each case approved by the trustee, that the conditions
have been complied with in accordance with the terms of
the trust indenture.
(3) The evidence of compliance referred to in subsection 2 shall i^em
include a statement by the person giving the evidence,
(a) declaring that he has read and understands the condi-
tions of the trust indenture described in subsection 1;
{b) describing the nature and scope of the examination or
investigation upon which he based the statutory decla-
ration, certificate, opinion or report; and
(c) declaring that he has made such examination or inves-
tigation as he believes necessary to enable him to make
the statements or give the opinions contained or
expressed therein.
(4) At least once in each twelve-month period beginning on the Certificate of
-.,,, ., issuer or
date debt obligations are first issued under the trust indenture and guarantor
at any other reasonable time upon the demand of a trustee, the
issuer or guarantor of debt obligations issued under a trust inden-
ture shall furnish the trustee with a certificate that the issuer or
guarantor has complied with all requirements contained in the
trust indenture that, if not complied with, would, with the giving
of notice, lapse of time or otherwise, constitute an event of default,
or, if there has been failure to so comply, giving particulars
thereof.
(5) Upon the demand of a trustee, the issuer or guarantor of Evidence of
debt obligations issued under a trust indenture shall furnish the
trustee with evidence in such form as the trustee may require as to
compliance with any condition therein relating to any action
required or permitted to be taken by the issuer or guarantor under
the trust indenture or as a result of any obligation imposed by the
trust indenture.
(6) A trustee is not in contravention of subsection 1 of section 46 Reliance on
. . opinions
if he relies in good faith upon statements contained in a statutory
declaration, certificate, opinion or report that complies with this
Act or the trust indenture. 1972, c. 138, s. 11 , part, amended.
49. A trustee under a trust indenture and any related person to Trustee not to
the trustee shall not be appointed a receiver or receiver and ^^ receiver
manager or liquidator of the assets or undertaking of the issuer or
36
guarantor of the debt obligations under the trust inden-
ture. 1972, c. 138, s. 17, part.
Notice of
events
of default
50. — (1) The trustee shall be required to give to the holders of
debt obligations issued under the trust indenture, within a reason-
able time but not exceeding thirty days after the trustee becomes
aware of the occurrence thereof, notice of every event of default
arising under the trust indenture unless the trustee in good faith
determines that the withholding of the notice is in the best interests
of the holders of the debt obligations and so advises the issuer or
guarantor in writing. 1972, c. 138, s. 17, part, amended.
Idem
(2) Where notice of the occurrence of an event of default under a
trust indenture is given under subsection 1 and the default is
thereafter cured, notice that the default is no longer continuing
shall be given by the trustee to the holders of the debt obligations
within a reasonable time, but not exceeding thirty days, after the
trustee becomes aware that the default has been cured. New.
Where list
of debt
obligation
holders to
be furnished
5 1 . — (1) Any person, upon payment to a trustee of a reason-
able fee therefor, may require the trustee to furnish, within ten
days after the delivering to the trustee of the statutory declaration
referred to in subsection 3, a list setting out.
(a) the names and addresses of the registered holders of the
outstanding debt obligations;
(b) the principal amount of outstanding debt obligations
owned by each such holder; and
(c) the aggregate principal amount of debt obligations out-
standing,
as shown on the records maintained by the trustee on the day that
the statutory declaration is delivered to the trustee.
Information
to be
furnished
to trustee
(2) Upon the demand of a trustee, the issuer of debt obligations
shall furnish the trustee with the information required to enable
the trustee to comply with subsection 1.
Statutory
declaration
(3) The statutory declaration required under subsection 1 shall
state.
(a) the name and address of the person requiring the trustee
to furnish the list and, if the person is a body corporate,
the address for service thereof; and
(b) that the list will not be used except as permitted under
subsection 5.
37
(4) If the person requiring the trustee to furnish a list under Wem
subsection 1 is a body corporate, the statutory declaration
required under that subsection shall be made by a director or
officer of the body corporate.
(5) No person shall use a list obtained under this section except Use of list
in connection with,
(a) an effort to influence the voting of the holders of debt
obligations;
(b) an offer to acquire debt obligations; or
(c) any other matter relating to the debt obligations or the
affairs of the issuer or guarantor thereof. New.
PARTY
INVESTMENT SECURITIES
52.-(l) In this Part, interpretation
(a) "adverse claim" includes a claim that a transfer is or
would be unauthorized or wrongful or that a particular
adverse person is the owner of or has an interest in the
security;
(b) "appropriate person", when used to refer to a person
endorsing a security, means,
(i) the person specified by the security or by special
endorsement to be entitled to the security,
(ii) where the person so specified is described as a
trustee or other fiduciary but is no longer serv-
ing in that capacity and notwithstanding that a
successor has been appointed or qualified,
a. where only one person is so described,
that person or his successor, or
b. where more than one person is so
described, the remaining persons,
(iii) where the person so specified is an individual
and is without capacity to act by virtue of death,
incompetence, infancy or otherwise, his
executor, administrator, committee, guardian or
like fiduciary,
38
(iv) where the security or endorsement specified
more than one person as joint tenants or with
right of survivorship and by reason of death all
cannot sign, the survivor or survivors,
(v) a person having the power to sign under the
applicable law or controlling instrument, or
(vi) to the extent any of the foregoing persons may act
through an agent, his authorized agent;
(c) "bearer form" when applied to a security means a sec-
urity that is payable to bearer according to its terms and
not by reason of any endorsement;
(d) ^''bona fide purchaser" means a purchaser for value in
good faith and without notice of any adverse claim who
takes delivery of a security in bearer form or order form
or of a security in registered form issued to him or
endorsed to him or endorsed in blank;
{e) "broker" means a person engaged for all or part of his
time in the business of buying and selling securities and
who, in the transaction concerned, acts for or buys a
security from or sells a security to a customer;
(/) "clearing corporation" means a body corporate recog-
nized as a clearing corporation by the Commission;
1966-67. c. 87 (g) "custodian" means a bank to which the Bank Act
R s"o 1970 (Canada) applies, a trust company registered under The
c. 254 Loan and Trust Corporations Act or such other body
corporate as may be recognized by the Commission as a
custodian and that is acting as custodian for a clearing
corporation;
{h) "delivery" means voluntary transfer of possession;
(i) "fiduciary" means a trustee, guardian, committee,
curator, tutor, executor, administrator or representative
of a deceased person, or any other person acting in a
fiduciary capacity;
(J) "fungible" in relation to securities means securities of
which any unit is, by nature or usage of trade, the
equivalent of any other like unit;
{k) "genuine" means free of forgery or counterfeiting;
39
(/) "good faith" means honesty in fact in the conduct of the
transaction concerned;
(w) "holder" means a person in possession of a* security
issued or endorsed to him or to bearer or in blank;
(») "issuer" means a body corporate,
(i) that is required by this Act to maintain a sec-
urities register,
(ii) that directly or indirectly creates fractional
interests in its rights or property and that issues
securities as evidence of such fractional interests,
(iii) that places or authorizes the placing of its name
on a security, otherwise than as an authenticat-
ing trustee, registrar or transfer agent, to evi-
dence that it represents a share, participation or
other interest in its property or in an enterprise or
to evidence its duty to perform an obligation
evidenced by the security, or
(iv) that becomes responsible for or in place of any
other person described as an issuer in this Part;
(o) '"noted conspicuously" and "appearing conspicuously"
mean written in such a way that the person against
whom words so noted or appearing are to operate ought
reasonably to notice them;
(p) "order form" when applied to a security means a security
that is payable to the order or assigns of any person
therein specified with reasonable certainty or to such
person or such person's order;
iq) "overissue" means the issue of securities in excess of any
maximum number of securities that the issuer is
authorized by its articles or a trust indenture to issue;
(r) "proper form" means regular on its face with regard to
all formal matters;
(s) "purchaser" means a person who takes by sale,
mortgage, hypothec, pledge, issue, reissue, gift or any
other voluntary transaction creating an interest in a
security;
it) "registered form" when applied to a security means a
security that,
40
(i) specifies a person entitled to the security or to the
rights it evidences, and the transfer of which is
capable of being recorded in a securities register,
or
(ii) bears a statement that it is in registered form;
(u) "security" or "security certificate" means an instrument
issued by a body corporate that is,
(i) in bearer, order or registered form,
(ii) of a type commonly dealt in upon securities
exchanges or markets or commonly recognized in
any area in which it is issued or dealt in as a
medium for investment,
(iii) one of a class or series or by its terms divisible
into a class or series of instruments, and
(iv) evidence of a share, participation or other
interest in or obligation of the body corporate;
(v) "transfer" includes transmission by operation of law;
(w) "trust indenture" means a trust indenture as defined in
Part IV;
(x) "unauthorized" when used with reference to a signature
or an endorsement means one made without authority,
actual, apparent or of any other type and includes a
forgery;
(y) "valid" means issued in accordance with the applicable
law and the articles of the issuer or validated under
section 57. R.S.O. 1970, c. 53, s. 63 (1); 1971, c. 26,
s. 16; 1972, c. 138, s. 18, amended.
Application of (2) This Part does not apply to a promissory note or bill of
RS?'i952 exchange to which the Bills of Exchange Act (Canada) applies.
c. IS ■ ■ R.S.O. 1970, c. 25, s. 63 (2).
Security as (3) Except where its transfer is restricted and noted on a sec-
iiKtrument urity in accordance with subsection 3 of section 55, a security is a
negotiable instrument. New.
Share 53. — (1) Every security holder is entitled at his option to a
certificates security Certificate in respect of the securities held by him that
complies with this Act or to a non-transferable written acknowl-
edgement of his right to obtain a security certificate from a
corporation in respect of the securities of the corporation held by
41
him, but the corporation is not bound to issue more than one
security certificate in respect of a security or securities held jointly
by several persons, and delivery of a security certificate to one of
several joint security holders is sufficient delivery to all.
(2) A corporation may charge a fee of not more than $3 for a ^ee
security certificate issued in respect of a transfer. R.S.O. 1970,
c. 53, s. 49, amended.
54. — (1) A security certificate shall be signed manually by at Signing of
least one director or officer of the corporation or by or on behalf of certificates
a registrar, transfer agent, branch transfer agent or issuing or
other authenticating agent of the corporation, or by a trustee who
certifies it in accordance with a trust indenture, and any addition-
al signatures required on a security certificate may be printed or
otherwise mechanically reproduced thereon.
(2) If a security certificate contains a printed or mechanically ^'^^^
reproduced signature of a person, the corporation may issue the
security certificate notwithstanding that the person has ceased to
be a director or an officer of the corporation, and the security
certificate is as valid as if he were a director or an officer at the date
of its issue.
(3) Notwithstanding subsection 1 , a manual signature is not Where manual
. " signature not
required on, required
(a) a promissory note that is not issued under a trust
indenture;
(b) a scrip certificate;
(c) a security certificate representing a fractional share; or
(d) a warrant. R.S.O. 1970, c. 53, s. 50, amended.
55. — (1) A corporation shall state upon the face of each share fj,°JJg^"^ °^
certificate issued by it, certificate
(a) the name of the corporation and the words "Incorpo-
rated under the law of the Province of Ontario" or words
of like effect;
(b) the name of the person to whom it was issued; and
42
(c) the number and class of shares and the designation of
any series that the certificate represents.
Mem (2) Where a corporation is authorized to issue shares of more
than one class or series, the corporation shall legibly state on each
share certificate issued by it,
(a) the rights, privileges, restrictions and conditions
attached to the shares of each class and series that exists
when the share certificate is issued; or
Where
restriction,
lien, etc.,
ineffective
Notice of
restriction
(b) that the class or series of shares that it represents has
rights, privileges, restrictions or conditions attached
thereto and that the corporation will furnish to a
shareholder, on demand and without fee, a full copy of
the text of,
(i) the rights, privileges, restrictions and conditions
attached to that share and to each class
authorized to be issued and to each series in so far
as the same have been fixed by the directors,
and
(ii) the authority of the directors to fix the rights,
privileges, restrictions and conditions of sub-
sequent series, if applicable. R.S.O. 1970,
c. 53, s. 51 (1, 2), amended.
(3) Where a share certificate issued by a corporation or by a
body corporate before the body corporate was continued under
section 178 is, or becomes, subject to,
(a) a restriction on its transfer;
(b) a lien in favour of the corporation;
(c) a unanimous shareholder agreement; or
(d) an endorsement under subsection 11 of section 183,
the restriction, lien, agreement or endorsement is ineffective
against a transferee of the share who has no actual knowledge of it,
unless it or a reference to it is noted conspicuously on the share
certificate.
(4) If a body corporate continued under section 178 has out-
standing a share certificate issued prior to the date of the certifi-
cate of continuance and if the words "private company" appear on
the certificate, those words are deemed to be a notice of a restric-
tion, lien, agreement or endorsement for the purpose of subsection
3.
43
(5) Where a corporation was incorporated as a private com- Wem
pany under The Corporations Act, or any predecessor thereof, f gg^ '^'^°"
before the 1st day of January, 1971, the words "private company"
appearing conspicuously on the face of a share certificate issued
before the 1st day of January, 1971 shall be deemed to be notice of
a restriction on the transfer of the share for the purpose of subsec-
tion 3. R.S.O. 1970, c. S2>, s. 72, amended.
(6) A share certificate issued, Par value
share
(a) prior to the day this Act comes into force by a corpora- '^*^'^'^'^'*^^'^
tion; or
{h) prior to the date of the certificate of continuance by a
body corporate continued under section 178,
does not contravene this Act merely because the certificate refers
to the share or shares represented thereby as having a nominal or
par value.
(7) Where a share certificate issued by a corporation contains information to
the statement mentioned in clause b of subsection 2, the corpora- by corporation
tion shall furnish to a shareholder on demand and without charge
a full copy of the text of,
(a) the rights, privileges, restrictions and conditions
attached to that class authorized to be issued and to that
series in so far as the same have been fixed by the
directors; and
(6) the authority of the directors to fix the rights, privileges,
restrictions and conditions of subsequent series, if
applicable. 1971, c. 26, s. 13, part, amended.
56. — (1) A corporation may issue a certificate for a fractional Certificate for
.., J r • -r- •!_ r fractional
share or may issue m place thereof scrip certificates in bearer lorm share or
that entitle the holder to receive a certificate for a full share by ^"'P,. ,
•^ certificates
exchanging scrip certificates aggregating a full share.
(2) The directors may attach conditions to any scrip certificates Scrip
. . , ,. ... , certificates
issued by a corporation, including conditions that,
(a) the scrip certificates become void if not exchanged for a
certificate representing a full share before a specified
date; and
(b) any shares for which such scrip certificates are
exchangeable may, notwithstanding any pre-emptive
right, be issued by the corporation to any person and the
proceeds thereof distributed rateably to the holders of
the scrip certificates.
(3) A holder of a fractional share issued by a corporation is not R's^ts of
. , , . . . , . , . . \ , . , holder of
entitled to exercise voting rights or to receive a dividend in respect fractional share
of the fractional share unless.
Overissue
44
(a) the fractional share results from a consolidation of
shares; or
(b) the articles of the corporation otherwise provide.
Rights of (4) A holder of a scrip certificate is not entitled to exercise
holder of ... . i- • i i •
scrip certificate voting rights or to receivc a dividend in respect of the scrip
certificate. R.S.O. 1970, c. 53, s. 52, amended.
57. — (1) The provisions of this Act that validate a security or
compel its issue or reissue do not apply to the extent that valida-
tion, issue or reissue would result in overissue, but,
(a) if an identical security that does not constitute an over-
issue is reasonably available for purchase, the person
entitled to issue or validation may compel the issuer to
purchase and deliver such a security to him against
surrender of the security, if any, that he holds; or
(b) if a security is not so available for purchase, the person
entitled to issue or validation may recover from the
issuer the price he or the last purchaser for value paid for
it with interest from the date of his demand. R.S.O.
1970, c. 53, s. 65 (2).
(2) When an issuer subsequently amends its articles or a trust
indenture to which it is a party to increase any maximum number
of securities to a number equal to or in excess of the maximum
number of securities previously authorized plus the amount of the
securities overissued, the securities so overissued, and any act
taken by any person in reliance upon the validity of such over-
issued securities, are valid from the date of their issue.
of°s""Ta 3l'°" ^^^ ^ purchase or payment by an issuer under subsection 1 is
32.35 not a purchase or payment to which section 30, 31, 32 or 35
applies. New.
Validation of
overissue
Evidence
58. In an action on a security,
(a) unless specifically denied in the pleadings, each signa-
ture on the security or in a necessary endorsement is
admitted;
(b) a signature on the security is presumed to be genuine and
authorized but, if the effectiveness of the signature is put
in issue, the burden of establishing that it is genuine and
authorized is on the party claiming under the signature;
(c) if a signature is admitted or established, production of
the instrument entitles a holder to recover on it unless the
defendant establishes a defence or a defect going to the
validity of the security; and
(d) if the defendant establishes that a defence or defect
exists, the plaintiff has the burden of establishing that
45
the defence or defect is ineffective against him or some
person under whom he claims. R.S.O. 1970, c. 53,
s. 66, amended.
59. — (1) The validity of a security and the rights and duties Selection of
with respect to registration or transfer of a security of an issuer that ^^*
is a corporation or a body corporate incorporated under the laws of
Ontario are governed by this Act and the laws of Ontario.
(2) The validity of a security and the rights and duties with i^em
respect to registration or transfer of a security of an issuer that is a
body corporate other than a corporation or a body corporate
incorporated under the laws of Ontario are governed by the law,
including the conflict of law rules, of the jurisdiction in which the
body corporate was incorporated. R.S.O. 1970, c. 53, s. 67,
amended.
60. — (1) Unless otherwise agreed and subject to any applica- form of
ble law, regulation or stock exchange rule, a person required to
deliver securities may deliver any security of the specified issue in
bearer form or registered in the name of the transferee or endorsed
to him or in blank.
(2) Where the buyer fails to pay the price as it comes due under Default in
a contract of sale, the seller may recover the price,
(a) of any security accepted by the buyer; and
{b) of any security not accepted by the buyer if its resale
would be unduly burdensome or there is no readily
available market,
but resort to the remedy herein provided for shall not be construed
so as to affect or limit any rights or remedies under applicable
law. R.S.O. 1970, c. 53, s. 68; 1972, c. 138, s. 19, amended.
6 1 . — (1) The obligations and defences of an issuer apply to a Position of
issuer re
guarantor of a security to the extent of his guarantee whether or guarantor
not his obligation is noted on the security.
(2) The person on whose behalf a register of transfers is main- issuer
tained is an issuer for the purposes of the registration of a transfer
under sections 85 to 88. New.
62. — (1) Even against a purchaser for value and without Notice of terms
notice of a defect going to the validity of a security, the terms of a
security include those stated on the security and those incorpo-
rated therein by reference to another instrument, statute, rule,
regulation or order to the extent that the terms so referred to do not
conflict with the stated terms, but such a reference is not of itsdf
notice to a purchaser for value of a defect going to the validity of
46
Validity of
security
the security, notwithstanding that the security expressly states
that a person accepting it admits such notice.
(2) A security is vahd in the hands of a purchaser for value
without notice of any defect going to its validity.
Defence of
issuer
Idem
Idem
Notice of
defect
(3) Except as provided in section 64, the fact that a security is
not genuine is a complete defence even against a bona fide
purchaser.
(4) All other defences of the issuer including non-delivery and
conditional delivery of the security are ineffective against a bona
fide purchaser. R.S.O. 1970, c. 53, s. 70 (1-3), amended.
(5) Nothing in this section shall be construed to affect the right
of a party to a "when, as and if issued" or a "when distributed"
contract to cancel the contract in the event of a material change in
the character of the security that is the subject of the contract or in
the plan or arrangement under which such security is to be issued
or distributed. R.S.O. 1970, c. 53, s. 70 (4).
63. — (1) After an act or event that creates a right to immediate
performance of the principal obligation evidenced by the security
or that sets a date on or after which the security is to be presented
or surrendered for redemption or exchange, a purchaser is deemed
to have notice of any defect in its issue or any defence of the issuer,
(a) if the act or event requires the payment of money or the
delivery of securities or both on presentation or surren-
der of the security and such funds or securities are avail-
able on the date set for payment or exchange and he
takes the security more than one year after that date; and
0) if the act or event is not one to which clause a applies and
he takes the security more than two years after the date
set for surrender or presentation or the date on which
such performance became due.
Revoked call
for redemption
excepted been revoked. R.S.O. 1970, c. 53, s. 71, amended.
(2) Subsection 1 does not apply to a call for redemption that has
signat'iluTs o^n *''*. An Unauthorized signature placed on a security before or
issue in the course of issue is ineffective, except that the signature is
effective in favour of a bona fide purchaser if the signing has been
done by.
(fl) an authenticating trustee, registrar, transfer agent or
other person entrusted by the issuer with the signing of
the security or of similar securities, or their immediate
preparation for signing; or
47
(b) an employee of the issuer or of a person referred to in
clause a who in the ordinary course of his duties handles
the security. R.S.O. 1970, c. 53, s. 73.
65. — (1) Where a security contains the signatures necessary to Completion of
its issue or transfer but is incomplete in any other respect,
(a) any person may complete it by filling in the blanks in
accordance with his authority; and
(b) notwithstanding that the blanks are incorrectly filled in,
the security as completed is enforceable by a purchaser
who took it for value and without notice of such incor-
rectness. R.S.O. 1970, c. S3, s. 74 (1), amended.
(2) A completed security that has been improperly altered, even improper
if fraudulently altered, remains enforceable but only according to
its original terms. R.S.O. 1970, c. 53, s. 74 (2).
66. — (1) An issuer or a trustee defined in subsection 1 of Effect of
section 45 may, subject to sections 94, 95 and 99, treat the regis- "^^^'^
tered holder of a security as the person exclusively entitled to vote,
to receive notices, to receive any interest, dividend or other pay-
ments in respect of the security, and otherwise to exercise all the
rightsandpowersof a holder of the security. R.S.O. 1970, c. 53,
s. 75 (1), amended.
(2) Notwithstanding subsection 1, an issuer whose articles Representa-
restrict the right to transfer its securities shall, and any other issuer etl^^ may
may, treat a person referred to in clause a, 6 or c as a registered exercise rights
• 1 1 1 • 1 1 • 11 1 • 1 /• 1 .of security
security holder entitled to exercise all the rights of the security holder
holder he represents, if that person furnishes evidence as
described in subsection 3 of section 86 to the issuer that he is,
(a) the executor, administrator, heir or legal representative
of the heirs, of the estate of a deceased security holder;
(b) a guardian, committee, trustee, curator or tutor repre-
senting a registered security holder who is an infant, an
incompetent person or a missing person; or
(c) a liquidator of, or a trustee in bankruptcy for, a regis-
tered security holder.
(3) If a person upon whom the ownership of a security devolves Rights where
1 • rA ci'i- ownership
by operation of law, other than a person referred to in subsection devolves by
2 , furnishes proof of his authority to exercise rights or privileges in °^'^^^^°^ °^
respect of a security of the issuer that is not registered in his name,
the issuer shall treat the person as entitled to exercise those rights
or privileges.
48
Corporation (4) An issucr is not required to inquire into the existence of,
enforce or see to the performance or observance of, any duty owed to a
performance third person by a registered holder of any of its securities or by
anyone whom it treats, as permitted or required by this section, as
the owner or registered holder thereof.
Repudiation by (5) If an infant exercises any rights of ownership in the sec-
urities of an issuer, no subsequent repudiation or avoidance is
effective against the issuer.
Jo'"t (6) Where a security is issued to several persons as joint holders,
upon satisfactory proof of the death of one joint holder, the issuer
may treat the surviving joint holders as owner of the security.
Registration of (7) Subject to any applicable law of Canada or a province of
Canada relating to the collection of taxes, a person referred to in
clause a of subsection 2 is, subject to clause b of subsection 3 of
section 86, entitled to become a registered holder or to designate a
registered holder, if he deposits with the issuer or its transfer
agent,
(a) the original grant of probate or of letters of administra-
tion, or a copy thereof certified to be a true copy by,
(i) the court that granted the probate or letters of
administration,
(ii) a trust company incorporated under the laws of
Canada or a province, or
(iii) alawyer or notary acting on behalf of the person;
or
(6) in the case of transmission by notarial will in the Pro-
vince of Quebec , a copy thereof authenticated under the
laws of that Province,
together with,
(c) an affidavit or declaration of transmission made by the
person stating the particulars of the transmission; and
{d) the security certificate that was owned by the deceased
holder,
(i) in case of a transfer to the person, with or without
the endorsement of that person, and
(ii) in case of a transfer to any other person, endorsed
in accordance with section 72,
49
and accompanied by any assurance the issuer may
require under section 86.
(8) Notwithstanding subsection 7, if the laws of the jurisdiction Wem
governing the transmission of a security of a deceased holder do
not require a grant of probate or of letters of administration in
respect of the transmission, or if clause b of subsection 3 of section
86 applies, a legal representative of the deceased holder is entitled,
subject to any applicable law of Canada or a province of Canada
relating to the collection of taxes, to become a registered holder or
to designate a registered holder, if he deposits with the issuer or its
transfer agent,
(a) the security certificate that was owned by the deceased
holder; and
(b) reasonable proof of the governing laws, the deceased
holder's interest in the security and the right of the legal
representative or the person he designates to become the
registered holder.
(9) Deposit of the documents required by subsection 7 or 8 Recording in
. . r 1 • security
empowers an issuer or its transfer agent to record in a sec- register
urities register the transmission of a security from the deceased
holder to a person referred to in clause a of subsection 2 or to such
person as that person may designate and, thereafter, to treat the
person who thus becomes a registered holder as the owner of those
securities. New.
67. — (1) A person placing his signature upon a security as Warranties
authenticating trustee, registrar or transfer agent warrants to a
purchaser for value without notice of the particular defect that,
(a) the security is genuine and in proper form;
(b) his own participation in the issue of the security is within
his capacity and within the scope of the authorization
received by him from the issuer; and
(c) he has reasonable grounds to believe that the security is
in the form and within the amount the issuer is
authorized to issue. 1971, c. 26, s. 17.
(2) Unless otherwise agreed, a person referred to in subsection 1 Wem
does not assume any further liability for the validity of a
security. R.S.O. 1970, c. 53, s. 76 (2).
68. — (1) Upon delivery of a security, the purchaser acquires ^^'^^'[^gj j^^
the rights in the security that his transferor had or had actual purchasers'
authority to convey except that a purchaser who has himself been
so
a party to any fraud or illegality affecting the security or who as a
prior holder had notice of an adverse claim cannot improve his
position by taking from a later bona fide purchaser.
Bona fide
purchaser
(2) A bona fide purchaser in addition to acquiring the rights of a
purchaser also acquires the security free of any adverse claim.
Limited
interest
(3) A purchaser of a limited interest acquires rights only to the
extent of the interest purchased. R.S.O. 1970, c. 53, s. 77.
Notice of
adverse claim
Idem
69. — (1) A purchaser, including a broker for a seller or purch-
aser, of a security is deemed to have notice of an adverse claim if,
(a) the security has been endorsed "for collection" or "for
surrender" or for some other purpose not involving
transfer; or
(b) the security has on it an unambiguous statement that it is
the property of a person other than the transferor, but
the mere writing of a name on a security is not such a
statement. R.S.O. 1970, c. 53, s. 78 (1), amended.
(2) Notwithstanding that a purchaser, including a broker for a
seller or purchaser, has notice that a security is held for a third
person or is registered in the name of or endorsed by a fiduciary, he
has no duty to inquire into the rightfulness of the transfer and has
no notice of an adverse claim, except that where a purchaser
knows that the consideration is to be used for, or that the transac-
tion is for, the personal benefit of the fiduciary or is otherwise in
breach of the fiduciary's duty, the purchaser is deemed to have
notice of an adverse claim. R.S.O. 1970, c. 53, s. 78 (2),
amended.
Idem (3) An event that creates a right to immediate performance of
the principal obligation evidenced by a security or that sets a date
on or after which the security is to be presented or surrendered for
redemption or exchange is not of itself notice of an adverse claim,
except in the case of a purchase,
(a) after one year from any date set for such presentation or
surrender for redemption or exchange; or
(b) after six months from any date for payment of money
against presentation or surrender of the security if funds
are available for payment on that date. R.S.O. 1970,
c. 53, s. 78 (3).
Warranties on 70. — (1) A person who presents a security for registration of
presen men tj-^nsfer or for payment or exchange warrants to the issuer that he
51
is entitled to the registration, payment or exchange, except that a
bona fide purchaser who receives a new, reissued or reregistered
security on registration of transfer warrants only that he has no
knowledge of any unauthorized signature in a necessary endorse-
ment.
(2) A person by transferring a security to a purchaser for value Warranties on
warrants only that,
{a) the transfer is effective and rightful;
{h) the security is genuine and has not been materially
altered; and
(c) he knows of nothing that might impair the validity of the
security.
(3) Where a security is delivered by an intermediary known by Warranties by
the purchaser to be entrusted with delivery of the security on
behalf of another or with collection of a draft or other claim to be
collected against such delivery, the intermediary by such delivery
warrants only his own good faith and authority even if he has
purchased or made advances against the draft or other claim to be
collected against the delivery.
(4) A pledgee or other holder for purposes of security who Warranties
redelivers a security received, or after payment and on order of the
debtor delivers that security to a third person, gives only the
warranties of an intermediary under subsection 3.
(5) A broker gives to his customer, to the issuer or to a purch- Warranties of
• • 1 1 • 1 • • broker
aser, as the case may be, the warranties provided in this section
and has the rights and privileges of a purchaser under this section,
and those warranties of and in favour of the broker acting as an
agent are in addition to warranties given by his customer and
warranties given in favour of his customer. R.S.O. 1970, c. 53,
s. 79, amended.
7 1 . Where a security in registered form has been delivered to a Absence of
J '^ endorsement
purchaser without a necessary endorsement, he may become a
bona fide purchaser only as of the time the endorsement is
supplied, but against the transferor the transfer is complete upon
delivery and the purchaser has a specifically enforceable right to
have any necessary endorsement supplied. R.S.O. 1970, c. 53,
s. 80.
72. — (1) An endorsement of a security in registered form is Endorsement
made when an appropriate person signs on the security or on a
separate document an assignment or transfer of the security or a
power to assign or transfer it or when the signature of the person is
written without more upon the back of the security.
52
Idem
(2) An endorsement of a security may be,
(a) in blank, including to bearer; or
(b) a special endorsement, specifying the person to whom
the security is to be transferred or who has the power to
transfer it,
and a holder may convert an endorsement in blank into a special
endorsement.
Obligation of
endorser
(3) Unless otherwise agreed, the endorser by his endorsement
assumes no obligation that the security will be honoured by the
issuer.
Partial
endorsement
(4) An endorsement purporting to be only of part of a security
representing units intended by the issuer to be separately transfer-
able is effective to the extent of the endorsement.
Appropriate
person
(5) Whether the person who has made an endorsement is
appropriate shall be determined as of the date the endorsement
was made and an endorsement by such person does not become
unauthorized for the purposes of this Act by virtue of any sub-
sequent change of circumstances.
Improper
endorsement
by fiduciary
Delivery
necessary
Endorsement
of security in
bearer form
Effect of
unauthorized
endorsement
(6) Failure of a fiduciary to comply with a controlling instru-
ment or with the law applicable to the fiduciary relationship,
including any law requiring the fiduciary to obtain court approval
of the transfer, does not render his endorsement unauthorized for
the purposes of this Act. R.S.O. 1970, c. 53, s. 81.
73. An endorsement of a security whether special or in blank
does not constitute a transfer until delivery of the security on
which it appears, or if the endorsement is on a separate document
until the delivery of both the document and the security. R.S.O.
1970, c. 53, s. 82.
74. An endorsement of a security in bearer form may give
notice of an adverse claim under section 69 but does not otherwise
affect any right to registration that the holder has. New.
75. — (1) The owner of a security may assert the ineffective-
ness of an endorsement against the issuer or any purchaser, other
than a bona fide purchaser who received a new, reissued or
reregistered security on registration of transfer, unless the owner,
(a) has ratified an unauthorized endorsement of the
security; or
(b) is otherwise precluded from impugning the effectiveness
of an unauthorized endorsement.
53
(2) An issuer who registers the transfer of a security upon an ^"^^"^
unauthorized endorsement is liable for improper registra-
tion. R.S.O. 1970, c. S3, s. 83, amended.
76. — (1) Every person who guarantees a signature of an Guarantee of
endorser of a security warrants that at the time of signing,
(a) the signature was genuine;
(b) the signer was an appropriate person to endorse; and
(c) the signer had legal capacity to sign,
but the guarantor does not otherwise warrant the rightfulness of
the particular transfer.
(2) Any person may guarantee an endorsement of a security and Guarantee of
by so doing warrants not only the signature but also the rightful-
ness of the particular transfer in all respects.
(3) No issuer may require a guarantee of endorsement as a ^^^^
condition to registration of transfer.
(4) The warranties referred to in this section are made to any Liability of
1 • 11- • 1 1 • • T 1 guarantor
person takmg or dealmg with the security in reliance on the
guarantee and the guarantor is liable to such person for any loss
resulting from breach of warranty. R.S.O. 1970, c. 53, s. 84,
amended.
77. — (1) Delivery to a purchaser occurs when, ^'i'^^':^ ^
' ^ '^ constitutes
delivery
(a) heorapersondesignatedby him acquires possession of a
security;
(b) his broker acquires possession of a security specially
endorsed or issued in the name of the purchaser;
(c) his broker sends him confirmation of the purchase and
the broker in his records identifies a specific security in
the broker's possession as belonging to the purchaser;
(d) with respect to an identified security to be delivered
while still in the possession of a third person, that person
acknowledges that he holds it for the purchaser; or
(e) appropriate entries in the records of a clearing corpora-
tion are made under section 84.
(2) A purchaser is the owner of a security held for him by his ^l^^^'j^^^g^
broker, but is not the holder except as specified in clauses b, c and e ownership
of subsection 1.
54
Idem
Notice of
adverse claim
after delivery
(3) If a security is part of a fungible bulk, the purchaser is the
owner of a proportionate property interest in the fungible bulk.
(4) Notice of an adverse claim received by a broker or by a
purchaser after the broker takes delivery as a holder for value is
not effective against the broker or the purchaser except that as
between the broker and the purchaser, the purchaser may demand
delivery of an equivalent security as to which no notice of an
adverse claim has been received. R.S.O. 1970, c. 53, s. 85,
amended.
Duty of seller
to deliver
78. — (1) Unless otherwise agreed where a sale of a security is
made on a stock exchange recognized for the purposes of this Part
by the Commission or otherwise through brokers.
Idem
(a) the selling customer fulfills his duty to deliver when he
places such a security in the possession of the selling
broker or of a person designated by the broker or, if
requested, causes an acknowledgement to be made to
the selling broker that it is held for him; and
(b) the selling broker including a correspondent broker act-
ing for a selling customer fulfills his duty to deliver by
placing the security or a like security in the possession of
the buying broker or a person designated by him or by
effecting clearance of the sale in accordance with the
rules of the recognized stock exchange on which the
transaction took place.
(2) Except as otherwise provided in this section and unless
otherwise agreed, a transferor's duty to deliver a security under a
contract of purchase is not fulfilled until he places the security in
form to be negotiated by the purchaser in the possession of the
purchaser or of a person designated by him or at the purchaser's
request causes an acknowledgement to be made to the purchaser
that it is held for him.
Idem
Action for
wrongful
transfer
idem
(3) A sale to a broker purchasing for his own account is subject
to subsection 2 and not subsection 1, unless the sale is made on a
recognized stock exchange. R.S.O. 1970, c. 53, s. S6, amended.
79. — (1) A person against whom the transfer of a security is
wrongful for any reason, including his incapacity, may against
anyone except a bona fide purchaser reclaim possession of the
security or obtain possession of any new security evidencing all or
part of the same rights or claim damages.
(2) If the transfer of a security is wrongful by reason of an
unauthorized endorsement, the owner may reclaim possession of
the security or a replacing security even from a bona fide
55
purchaser if the ineffectiveness of the purported endorsement may
be asserted against such purchaser under section 75.
(3) The right to reclaim possession of a security may be specifi- Speniic
cally enforced, its transfer may be restrained and the security may and"inTunrtIon
be impounded pending litigation. R.S.O. 1970, c. 53, s. 87,
amended.
80. — (1) Unless otherwise agreed, a transferor shall on Transferors
demand supply his purchaser with proof of his authority to trans- re" uisiti^ToV ^
fer or with any other requisite that is necessary to obtain registra- registration oi
tion of the transfer of a security, but if the transfer is not for value a
transferor need not do so unless the purchaser pays the reasonable
and necessary costs of the proof and transfer.
(2) If the transferor fails to comply with a demand under sub- Effect oi
section 1 within a reasonable time, the purchaser may reject or
rescind the transfer. R.S.O. 1970, c. 53, s. 88, amended.
8 1 . No seizure of a security or other interest evidenced thereby when seizure
is effective until the person making the seizure obtains possession
of the security. New.
82. An agent or bailee who in good faith, including obser- Transfer by
vance of reasonable commercial standards if he is in the business taith not
of buying, selling or otherwise dealing with securities, has '"""^'"■'si""
received securities and sold, pledged or delivered them according
to the instructions of his principal is not liable for conversion or for
participation in breach of fiduciary duty although the principal
has no right to dispose of them. R.S.O. 1970, c. 53, s. 89.
83. A contract for the sale of securities is not enforceable by Contract tor
way of action or defence unless,
(a) there is some writing signed by the party against whom
enforcement is sought or by his authorized agent or
broker sufficient to indicate that a contract has been
made for sale of a stated quantity of described securities
at a defined or stated price;
(6) delivery of the security has been accepted or payment
has been made, but the contract is enforceable under this
provision only to the extent of such delivery or payment;
(c) within a reasonable time a writing in confirmation of the
sale or purchase and sufficient against the sender under
clause a has been received by the party against whom
enforcement is sought and he has failed to send written
objection to its contents within a reasonable time after its
receipt; or
56
Transfer
through
clearing house
Interest in
fungible bulk
Constructive
endorsement
and delivery
Idem
R.S.O. 1970,
c. 344
Holder
Not
registration
Error in
records
(d) the party against whom enforcement is sought admits in
his pleading, testimony or otherwise in court that a
contract was made for sale of a stated quantity of
described securities at a defined or stated price.
R.S.O. 1970, c. 53, s. 90.
84. — (1) If a security,
(a) is in the custody of a clearing corporation or of a custo-
dian or nominee of either, subject to the instructions of
the clearing corporation;
{b) is in bearer form or endorsed in blank by an appropriate
person or registered in the name of the clearing corpora-
tion or custodian or a nominee of either; and
(c) is shown on the account of a transferor or pledgor in the
records of the clearing corporation,
then, in addition to other methods, a transfer or pledge of the
security or any interest therein may be effected by the making of
appropriate entries in the records of the clearing corporation,
reducing the account of the transferor or pledgor and increasing
the account of the transferee or pledgee by the amount of the
obligation or the number of shares or rights transferred or
pledged.
(2) Under this section, entries may be in respect of like sec-
urities or interests therein as part of a fungible bulk and may refer
merely to a quantity of a particular security without reference to
the name of the registered owner, certificate or bond number or
the like and, in appropriate cases, may be on a net basis taking into
account other transfers or pledges of the same security.
(3) A transfer or pledge under this section has the effect of a
delivery of a security in bearer form or duly endorsed in blank
representing the amount of the obligation or the number of shares
or rights transferred or pledged.
(4) If a pledge or the creation of a security interest is intended,
the making of entries has the effect of a taking of delivery by the
pledgee or a secured party and the pledgee or secured party shall
be deemed to have taken possession for all purposes including the
purposes of The Personal Property Security Act.
(5) A transferee or pledgee under this section is a holder.
(6) A transfer or pledge under this section does not constitute a
registration of transfer under sections 85 to 89.
(7) That entries made in the records of the clearing corporation
as provided in subsection 1 are not appropriate does not affect the
validity or effect of the entries nor the liabilities or obligations
57
of the clearing corporation to any person adversely affected
thereby.
(8) For the purposes of this section, if a clearing corporation or where
its nominee is registered in the securities register of a body corpo- certificate
rate as the owner of a share, participation or other interest in or "°* '**"^*^
obligation of the body corporate, but such body corporate has not
issued a security certificate in respect thereof,
(a) the clearing corporation or its nominee shall be deemed
to have custody of a security certificate in respect of such
share, participation or other interest in or obligation of
the body corporate; and
(b) such security certificate shall be deemed to be registered
in the name of the clearing corporation or its nominee, as
the case may be. R.S.O. 1970, c. S3, s. 91, amended.
85. — (1) Where a security in registered form is presented for '^"^^ ?^ '^^"*^''
r 1 • • 1 r -r to register
transfer, the issuer shall register the transfer if, transfer
(a) the security is endorsed by the appropriate person;
(b) reasonable assurance is given that that endorsement is
genuine and effective;
(c) the issuer has no duty to inquire into adverse claims or
has discharged any such duty;
(d) any applicable law of Canada or a province of Canada
relating to the collection of taxes has been complied with;
(e) the transfer is rightful or is to a bona fide purchaser; and
if) any fee referred to in subsection 2 of section 53 has been
paid.
(2) Where an issuer has a duty to register a transfer of a securi- Liability for
, . . . f. . . undue delay
ty, the issuer is liable to the person presenting it for registration or
his principal for loss resulting from any unreasonable delay in
registration or from failure or refusal to register the trans-
fer. R.S.O. 1970, c. 53, s. 92, amended.
86. — (1) For the purpose of obtaining reasonable assurance ^^^".^^^^"5
that each necessary endorsement required by section 72 is genuine issuer
and effective, the issuer may require a guarantee of the signature
of the person endorsing or, where such guarantee is lacking,
(a) if the endorsement is by an agent, reasonable assurance
of authority to sign;
(b) if the endorsement is by a fiduciary or a successor on
whom title or control vests on the death of the holder,
appropriate evidence of appointment or incumbency;
58
(c) if there is more than one fiduciary or successor, reason-
able assurance that all who are required to sign have
done so; and
(d) if the endorsement is by a person other than by a person
mentioned in this section, assurance appropriate to the
case equivalent as nearly as may be to those required by
this section.
guaralnee^"' ^^^ ^ "guarantee of the signature" in subsection 1 means a
guarantee signed by or on behalf of a person reasonably believed
by the issuer to be responsible, and the issuer may adopt reason-
able standards with respect to responsibility.
Appropriate (3) por the purposes of subsection 1, "appropriate evidence of
evidence of . ^ . > r r r
appointment or appomtment or mcumbency means,
incumbency
(a) in the case of a fiduciary appointed by a court, a copy,
certified in accordance with subsection 7 of section 66
not more than sixty days before the date the security is
presented for transfer, of the order of the court;
(b) in the case of an estate of the deceased holder of net value
less than $3,000 or if the market value of the securities is
less than $600, proof thereof to the reasonable satisfac-
tion of the issuer; or
(c) in any other case, a copy of a document showing the
appointment or other evidence believed by the issuer to
be appropriate.
Where contents /^x ^j^ issucr is not deemed to have notice of the contents of any
not notice ,.,,,.
document obtamed under subsection 3 except to the extent that
the contents relate directly to appointment or incumbency.
Notice of
additional
assurances
(5) If an issuer demands assurance additional to that specified
in this section for a purpose other than that specified in subsection
3 and obtains a copy of a will, trust or partnership agreement,
by-law or similar document, the issuer shall be deemed to have
notice of all matters contained therein affecting the trans-
fer. R.S.O.1970, c. 53, s. 93; 1972, c. 138, s. 20, amended.
87. — (1) An issuer to whom a security is presented for regis-
Notice to issuer
claim tration has a duty to inquire into adverse claims if,
(a) written notice of an adverse claim is received at a time
and in a manner that affords the issuer a reasonable
opportunity to act on it before the issue of a new, re-
issued or reregistered security and the notice discloses
the name and address of the claimant, the registered
owner and the issue of which the security is a part;
(b) the issuer is deemed to have notice of an adverse claim
from a document that is obtained under subsection 5 of
section 86; or
59
(c) the issuer is given written notice by the registered owner
that the security is lost, apparently destroyed or wrong-
fully taken.
(2) An issuer may discharge a duty of inquiry by any reasonable Discharge of
. , ,. -r- 1 1 • 1 • , ., dutv of inquiry
means, mcludmg notiiymg an adverse claimant by registered mail
sent to the address furnished by him or, if no such address has been
furnished, to his residence or regular place of business, that a
security has been presented for registration of transfer by a named
person, and that the transfer will be registered unless within thirty
days from the date of mailing the notice either,
(a) the issuer is served with a restraining order or other
order of a court; or
(b) the issuer is provided with an idemnity bond sufficient in
the issuer's judgment to protect the issuer and any regis-
trar, transfer agent or other agent of the issuer from any
loss that may be incurred by any of them as a result of
complying with the adverse claim.
(3) Unless an issuer is deemed to have notice of an adverse where no duty
. . ■ ^ r^*^ inquire
claim from a document that is obtained under subsection 5 of
section 86 or has received notice of an adverse claim under sub-
section 1 , if a security presented for registration is endorsed by the
appropriate person, the issuer has no duty to inquire into adverse
claims and in particular,
(a) an issuer registering a security in the name of a person
who is a fiduciary or who is described as a fiduciary is not
bound to inquire into the existence, extent or correct
description of the fiduciary relationship and thereafter
the issuer may assume without inquiry that the newly
registered owner continues to be the fiduciary until the
issuer receives written notice that the fiduciary is no
longer acting as such with respect to the particular
security;
(b) an issuer registering transfer on an endorsement by a
fiduciary has no duty to inquire whether the transfer is
made in compliance with the document or with the law
of the jurisdiction governing the fiduciary relationship;
and
(c) an issuer is deemed not to have notice of the contents of
any court record or any registered document even if the
record or document is in the issuer's possession and even
if the transfer is made on the endorsement of a fiduciary
to the fiduciary himself or to his nominee.
(4) A written notice of adverse claim received by an issuer is Limitation for
^ ' ... notice
effective for twelve months from the date when it was received
unless the notice is renewed in writing. R.S.O. 1970, c. 53, s. 94;
1972, c. 138, s. 21, amended.
Liability of
issuer
Idem
60
88. — (1) Except as otherwise provided in any applicable law
of Canada or any province of Canada relating to the collection of
taxes, the issuer is not liable to the owner or any other person who
incurs a loss as a result of the registration of a transfer of a security
if,
(a) the necessary endorsements were on or with the security;
and
(b) the issuer had no duty to inquire into adverse claims or
had discharged any such duty.
(2) If an issuer has registered a transfer of a security to a person
not entitled to it, the issuer shall deliver on demand a like security
to the owner unless,
(a) subsection 1 applies;
(b) the owner is precluded by subsection 1 of section 89 from
asserting any claim; or
(c) the delivery would result in overissue, in which case the
issuer's liability is governed by section 57. R.S.O.
1970, c. 53, s. 95, amended.
Loss. etc..
of securities
89. — (1) Where a security has been lost, apparently destroyed
or wrongfully taken, and the owner fails to notify the issuer of that
fact by giving the issuer written notice of his adverse claim within
a reasonable time after he knows of the loss, destruction or taking
and if the issuer has registered a transfer of the security before
receiving such notice, the owner is precluded from asserting
against the issuer any claim to a new security.
Replacing (2) Where the owner of a securitv claims that the security has
loss, etc , of *
securities been lost, apparently destroyed or wrongfully taken, the issuer
shall issue a new security in place of the original security if the
owner,
(a) so requests before the issuer has notice that the security
has been acquired by a bona fide purchaser;
(b) files with the issuer an indemnity bond sufficient in the
issuer's opinion to protect the issuer and any transfer
agent, registrar or other agent of the issuer from any loss
that it or any of them may suffer by complying with the
request to issue a new security; and
(c) satisfies any other reasonable requirements imposed by
the issuer.
61
(3) If, after the issue of a new security under subsection 2, a lights of bona
bona fide purchaser of the original security presents the original ' ^ •'"^'^lat.er
security for registration of transfer, the issuer shall register the
transfer unless registration would result in overissue, in which
case the issuer's liability is governed by section 57.
(4) In addition to any rights on an indemnity bond, the issuer lights of issuer
may recover a new security issued under subsection 2 from the
person to whom it was issued or any person taking under him
other than a bona fide purchaser. R.S.O. 1970, c. 53, s. 95,
amended.
90. — (1) An authenticating trustee, transfer agent, registrar or Duty of agents
, , . r • 1 • ,<-,!• • • ^ 'or issuer
other agent for an issuer has m respect of the issue, registration of
transfer, and cancellation of a security of the issuer,
{a) a duty to the issuer and to the holder or owner to exercise
good faith and due diligence; and
(b) the same obligations to the holder or owner of a security
and the same rights, privileges and immunities as the
issuer. 1972, c. 138, s. 22.
(2) Notice to an authenticating trustee, transfer agent, registrar Notice to
, , . ... •,, agents lor
or other such agent is notice to the issuer with respect to the issuer
functions performed by the agent. R.S.O. 1970, c. 53, s. 97 (2).
PART VI
SHAREHOLDERS
91. — (1) The shareholders of a corporation are not, as ,^|^^[|'j['^"''^*'''
shareholders, liable for any act, default, obligation or liability of limited
the corporation except under subsection 5 of section 34, subsection
5 of section 107 and section 241. R.S.O. 1970, c. 53, s. 104,
amended.
(2) The provisions of The Corporations Act relating to the lia- Application of
bility of a holder of shares that are not fully paid and to the cc. 89. 53
enforcement of such liability apply in respect of shares that were
not fully paid,
(a) on the 1st day of January, 1971, in the case of shares of a
corporation that then became subject to The Business
Corporations Act; or
(b) on the day upon which any other body corporate was
continued under The Business Corporations Act or
under this Act, in the case of shares of such other body
corporate. New.
62
Place of
meetings
Shareholder
meetings
Date for
determining
shareholders
Idem
Idem
92. Subject to the articles and any unanimous share-
holder agreement, a meeting of shareholders of a corporation
shall be held at such place in or outside Ontario as the directors
determine or, in the absence of such a determination, at the place
where the registered office of the corporation is located. R.S.O.
1970, c. 53, s. 105, amended.
93. Subject to subsection 1 of section 103, the directors of a
corporation,
(a) shall call an annual meeting of shareholders not later
than eighteen months after the corporation comes into
existence and subsequently not later than fifteen months
after holding the last preceding annual meeting; and
{h) may at any time call a special meeting of share-
holders. 1971, c. 26, s. 18, amended.
94. — (1) For the purpose of determining shareholders,
(a) entitled to receive payment of a dividend;
(6) entitled to participate in a liquidation or distribution; or
(c) for any other purpose except the right to receive notice of
or to vote at a meeting,
the directors may fix in advance a date as the record date for such
determination of shareholders, but the record date shall not pre-
cede by more than fifty days the particular action to be taken.
(2) For the purpose of determining shareholders entitled to
receive notice of a meeting of shareholders, the directors may fix in
advance a date as the record date for such determination of
shareholders, but the record date shall not precede by more than
fifty days or by less than twenty-one days the date on which the
meeting is to be held.
(3) Where no record date is fixed,
(a) the record date for the determination of shareholders
entitled to receive notice of a meeting of shareholders
shall be,
(i) at the close of business on the day immediately
preceding the day on which the notice is given, or
(ii) if no notice is given, the day on which the meet-
ing is held; and
63
(b) the record date for the determination of shareholders for
any purpose other than to establish a shareholder's right
to receive notice of a meeting or to vote shall be at the
close of business on the day on which the directors pass
the resolution relating thereto.
(4) If a record date is fixed, unless notice of the record date is Notice of date
waived in writing by every holder of a share of the class or series
affected whose name is set out in the securities register at the close
of business on the day the directors fix the record date, notice
thereof shall be given, not less than seven days before the date so
fixed,
(a) by advertisement in a newspaper published or distri-
buted in the place where the corporation has its regis-
tered office and in each place in Canada where it has a
transfer agent or where a transfer of its shares may be
recorded; and
(jb) by written notice to each stock exchange in Canada on
which the shares of the corporation are listed for trad-
ing. 1972, c. 138, s. 27, amended.
95. — (1) Notice of the time and place of a meeting of share- Notice of
holders shall be sent, in the case of an offering corporation, not less meetings
than twenty-one days and, in the case of any other corporation,
not less than ten days, but, in either case, not more than fifty
days, before the meeting,
(fl) to each shareholder entitled to vote at the meeting;
(b) to each director; and
(c) to the auditor of the corporation.
(2) A notice of a meeting is not required to be sent to share- ^^^^
holders who were not registered on the records of the corporation
or its transfer agent on the record date determined under subsec-
tion 2 or 3 of section 94, but failure to receive a notice does not
deprive a shareholder of the right to vote at the meeting.
(3) If a meeting of shareholders is adjourned for less than thirty i^em
days, it is not necessary, unless the by-laws otherwise provide, to
give notice of the adjourned meeting other than by announcement
at the earliest meeting that is adjourned.
(4) If a meeting of shareholders is adjourned by one or more ^"^^"^
adjournments for an aggregate of thirty days or more, notice of the
adjourned meeting shall be given as for an original meeting but,
Special
business
Idem
Shareholders
meeting
Waiving
notice
64
unless the meeting is adjourned by one or more adjournments for
an aggregate of more than ninety days, subsection 1 of section 110
does not apply.
(5) All business transacted at a special meeting of shareholders
and all business transacted at an annual meeting of shareholders,
except consideration of the minutes of an earlier meeting, the
financial statements and auditor's report, election of directors and
reappointment of the incumbent auditor, is deemed to be special
business.
(6) Notice of a meeting of shareholders at which special busi-
ness is to be transacted shall state or be accompanied by a state-
ment of,
(a) the nature of that business in sufficient detail to permit
the shareholder to form a reasoned judgment thereon;
and
(b) the text of any special resolution or by-law to be submit-
ted to the meeting. R.S.O. 1970, c. 53, s. 106, part;
1972, c. 138, s. 26, amended.
96. Subject to this Act or the articles or by-laws of a corpora-
tion or a unanimous shareholder agreement,
(a) all questions proposed for the consideration of the
shareholders shall be determined by the majority of the
votes cast and the chairman presiding at the meeting
shall not have a second or casting vote in case of an
equality of votes;
(b) the chairman presiding at a meeting of shareholders
may, with the consent of the meeting and subject to such
conditions as the meeting decides, adjourn the meeting
from time to time and from place to place subject to
subsections 3 and 4 of section 95; and
(c) the president or, in his absence, a vice-president who is a
director shall preside as chairman at a meeting of
shareholders, but, if there is no president or such a
vice-president or if at a meeting none of them is pre-
sent within fifteen minutes after the time appointed for
the holding of the meeting, the shareholders present
shall choose a person from their number to be the chair-
man. R.S.O. 1970, c. 53, s. 106 {I), part; 1972, c. 138,
s. 26.
97. A shareholder and any other person entitled to attend a
meeting of shareholders may in any manner and at any time waive
notice of a meeting of shareholders, and attendance of any such
person at a meeting of shareholders is a waiver of notice of the
meeting, except where he attends a meeting for the express pur-
65
pose of objecting to the transaction of any business on the grounds
that the meeting is not lawfully called. 1971, c. 26, s. 42,
amended.
98. — (1) A shareholder entitled to vote at a meeting of Proposal
shareholders may,
(a) submit to the corporation notice of a proposal; and
{b) discuss at the meeting any matter in respect of which he
would have been entitled to submit a proposal.
(2) Where a corporation receives notice of a proposal and the circulating
... • • 1 11 1 1 • 1 proposal
corporation solicits proxies, it shall set out the proposal in the
management information circular required by section 111 or
attach the proposal thereto.
(3) If so requested by a shareholder giving notice of a proposal, statement in
the corporation shall include in the management information proposal
circular or attach thereto a statement by the shareholder of not
more than two hundred words in support of the proposal along
with the name and address of the shareholder.
(4) A proposal may include nominations for the election of Proposal
,. -,-1 1 . . r y rnav include
directors if the proposal is signed by one or more holders oi shares nominations
representing in the aggregate not less than 5 per cent of the shares
or 5 per cent of the shares of a class or series of shares of the
corporation entitled to vote at the meeting to which the proposal is
to be presented, but this subsection does not preclude nominations
being made at a meeting of shareholders.
(5) A corporation is not required to comply with subsections 2 ^^'^"^ *"''**■
and 3 where, apply
(a) the proposal is not submitted to the corporation at least
sixty days before the anniversary date of the last annual
meeting, if the matter is proposed to be raised at an
annual meeting, or at least sixty days before a meeting
other than the annual meeting, if the matter is proposed
to be raised at a meeting other than the annual meeting;
(6) it clearly appears that the proposal is submitted by the
shareholder primarily for the purpose of enforcing a
personal claim or redressing a personal grievance
against the corporation or any of its directors, officers or
security holders, or for a purpose that is not related in
any significant way to the business or affairs of the
corporation;
(c) the corporation, at the shareholder's request, included a
proposal in a management information circular relating
66
Where no
liability
Where refusal
to circulate
proposal
to a meeting of shareholders held within two years pre-
ceding the receipt of the request, and the shareholder
failed to present the proposal, in person or by proxy, at
the meeting; or
(d) substantially the same proposal was submitted to
shareholders in a management information circular or a
dissident's information circular relating to a meeting of
shareholders held within two years preceding the receipt
of the shareholder's request and the proposal was
defeated.
(6) No corporation or person acting on its behalf incurs any
liability by reason only of circulating a proposal or statement in
compliance with this section.
(7) Where a corporation refuses to include a proposal in a
management information circular, the corporation shall, within
ten days after receiving the proposal, send notice to the share-
holder submitting the proposal of its intention to omit the proposal
from the management information circular and send to him a
statement of the reasons for the refusal.
Idem
Idem
(8) Upon the application of a shareholder aggrieved by a corpo-
ration's refusal under subsection 7, the court may restrain the
holding of the meeting to which the proposal is sought to be
presented and make any further order it thinks fit.
(9) The corporation or any person aggrieved by a proposal may
apply to the court for an order permitting the corporation to omit
the proposal from the management information circular, and the
court, if it is satisfied that subsection 5 applies, may make such
order as it thinks fit.
Idem
(10) An applicant under subsection 8 or 9 shall give the Director
notice of the application and the Director is entitled to appear and
be heard in person or by counsel.
Interpre-
tation
List of
shareholders
(11) In this section, "proposal" means a matter that a share-
holder entitled to vote proposes to raise at a meeting of share-
holders. R.S.O. 1970, c. SO, s. 102, amended.
99. — (1) A corporation shall prepare a list of shareholders
entitled to receive notice of a meeting, arranged in alphabetical
order and showing the number of shares held by each shareholder,
which list shall be prepared,
(a) if a record date is fixed under subsection 2 of section 94,
not later than ten days after such record date; or
(b) if no record date is fixed,
67
(i) at the close of business on the day immediately
preceding the day on which notice is given, or
(ii) where no notice is given, on the day on which the
meeting is held.
(2) Where a corporation fixes a record date under subsection 2 Entitlement
of section 94, a person named in the list prepared under clause a of
subsection 1 is entitled to vote the shares shown opposite his name
at the meeting to which the list relates, except to the extent that,
(a) the person has transferred any of his shares after the
record date; and
{h) the transferee of those shares,
(i) produces properly endorsed share certificates, or
(ii) otherwise establishes that he owns the shares,
and demands, not later than ten days before the meeting,
or such shorter period before the meeting as the by-laws
of the corporation may provide, that his name be
included in the list before the meeting,
in which case the transferee is entitled to vote his shares at the
meeting.
(3) Where a corporation does not fix a record date under sub- ^em
section 2 of section 94, a person named in a list prepared under
clause h of subsection 1 is entitled to vote the shares shown
opposite his name at the meeting to which the list relates, except to
the extent that,
{a) the person has transferred any of his shares after the date
on which a list referred to in subclause i of clause b of
subsection 1 is prepared; and
{b) the transferee of those shares,
(i) produces properly endorsed share certificates, or
(ii) otherwise establishes that he owns the shares,
and demands not later than ten days before the meeting,
or such shorter period before the meeting as the by-laws
of the corporation may provide, that his name be
included in the list before the meeting,
in which case the transferee is entitled to vote his shares at the
meeting.
Examination
of list
68
(4) A shareholder may examine the list of shareholders,
{a) during usual business hours at the registered office of the
corporation or at the place where its central securities
register is maintained; and
(b) at the meeting of shareholders for which the list was
prepared.
1 00. — (1) Unless the by-laws otherwise provide, the holders
of a majority of the shares entitled to vote at a meeting of
shareholders, whether present in person or represented by proxy,
constitute a quorum.
(2) If a quorum is present at the opening of a meeting of
shareholders, the shareholders present may, unless the by-laws
otherwise provide, proceed with the business of the meeting not-
withstanding that a quorum is not present throughout the meet-
ing.
(3) If a quorum is not present at the time appointed for a
meeting of shareholders, or within such reasonable time thereafter
as the shareholders present may determine, the shareholders pre-
sent may adjourn the meeting to a fixed time and place but may
not transact any other business.
Where only one (4) If a corporation has only one shareholder, or only one holder
of any class or series of shares, the shareholder present in person or
by proxy constitutes a meeting. New.
Quorum
Idem
Idem
Voting rights 1 Q 1 , — (1) Uuless the articles otherwise provide, each share of
a corporation entitles the holder thereof to one vote at a meeting of
shareholders.
Representative (2) Where a body corporate or association is a shareholder of a
corporation, the corporation shall recognize any individual
authorized by a resolution of the directors or governing body of the
body corporate or association to represent it at meetings of
shareholders of the corporation. R.S.O. 1970, c. S3, s. 112 (2),
amended.
Idem
Joint
shareholders
(3) An individual authorized as set out in subsection 2 may
exercise on behalf of the body corporate or association he repre-
sents all the powers it could exercise if it were an individual
shareholder. R.S.O. 1970, c. 53, s. 113 (1), amended.
(4) Unless the by-laws otherwise provide, where two or more
persons hold shares jointly, one of those holders present at a
meeting of shareholders may in the absence of the others vote the
shares, but if two or more of those persons are present, in person or
by proxy, they shall vote as one on the shares jointly held by
them. R.S.O. 1970, c. 53, s. 114, amended.
69
102. — (1) Unless the by-laws otherwise provide, voting at a Manner of
meeting of shareholders shall be by show of hands, except where a
ballot is demanded by a shareholder or proxyholder entitled to
vote at the meeting.
(2) A shareholder or proxyholder may demand a ballot either ^'^^^
before or after any vote by show of hands.
(3) Unless a ballot is demanded, an entry in the minutes of a Entry in
meeting of shareholders to the effect that the chairman declared a
motion to be carried is admissible in evidence as prima facie proof
of the fact without proof of the number or proportion of the votes
recorded in favour of or against the motion. New.
1 03. — (1) Except where a written statement is submitted by a Resolution in
director under subsection 2 of section 1 2 2 or where representations '*^" ° ^^^ '"'^
in writing are submitted by an auditor under subsection 6 of
section 148,
(a) a resolution in writing signed by all the shareholders
entitled to vote on that resolution at a meeting of
shareholders is as valid as if it had been passed at a
meeting of the shareholders; and
(b) a resolution in writing dealing with all matters required
by this Act to be dealt with at a meeting of shareholders,
and signed by all the shareholders entitled to vote at that
meeting, satisfies all the requirements of this Act relating
to that meeting of shareholders.
(2) A copy of every resolution referred to in subsection 1 shall be Copy of
1 •!! • 1-1 • r I 111 T-»o/~v resolution kept
kept with the mmutes of the meetmgs of shareholders. R.b.O. with minutes
1970, c. 53, s. 23 (1, 2), amended.
1 04. — (1) The holders of not less than 5 per cent of the issued Requisition for
, - . 1-1 • shareholders
shares of a corporation that carry the right to vote at a meeting meeting
sought to be held may requisition the directors to call a meeting of
shareholders for the purposes stated in the requisition.
(2) The requisition referred to in subsection 1 shall state the Wem
business to be transacted at the meeting and shall be sent to the
registered office of the corporation.
(3) Upon receiving the requisition referred to in subsection 1 , Duty of
the directors shall call a meeting of shareholders to transact the meeting
business stated in the requisition unless,
(a) a record date has been fixed under subsection 2 of section
94 and notice thereof has been given under subsection 4
of section 94;
70
(b) the directors have called a meeting of shareholders and
have given notice thereof under section 95; or
(c) the business of the meeting as stated in the requisition
includes matters described in clauses b to d of subsection
5 of section 98.
Where (4) If the directors do not within twenty-one days after receiv-
may'can°"'*^ ing the requisition referred to in subsection 1 call a meeting, any
meeting shareholder who signed the requisition may call the meeting.
Calling of
meeting
(5) A meeting called under this section shall be called as nearly
as possible in the manner in which meetings are to be called under
the by-laws, this Part and Part VII.
Repayment of
expenses
(6) The corporation shall reimburse the shareholders for the
expenses reasonably incurred by them in requisitioning, calling
and holding the meeting unless the shareholders have not acted in
good faith and in the interest of the shareholders of the corporation
generally. R.S.O. 1970, c. 53, s. 109, amended.
Requisition by
court
1 05. — (1) If for any reason it is impracticable to call a meeting
of shareholders of a corporation in the manner in which meetings
of those shareholders may be called or to conduct the meeting in
the manner prescribed by the by-laws, the articles and this Act, or
if for any other reason the court thinks fit, the court, upon the
application of a director or a shareholder entitled to vote at the
meeting, may order a meeting to be called, held and conducted in
such manner as the court directs and upon such terms as to
security for the costs of holding the meeting or otherwise as the
court deems fit.
Power of court (2) Without restricting the generality of subsection 1 , the court
may order that the quorum required by the by-laws, the articles or
this Act be varied or dispensed with at a meeting called, held and
conducted under this section.
Effect of
meeting
(3) A meeting called, held and conducted under this section is
for all purposes a meeting of shareholders of the corporation duly
called, held and conducted. R.S.O. 1970, c. 53, ss. 110, 111,
amended.
Application to
court
106. — (1) A corporation, shareholder or director may apply
to the court to determine any controversy with respect to an
election or appointment of a director or auditor of the corporation.
Idem
(2) Upon an application under this section, the court may make
any order it thinks fit including, without limiting the generality of
the foregoing,
71
(a) an order restraining a director or auditor whose election
or appointment is challenged from acting pending
determination of the dispute;
(b) an order declaring the result of the disputed election or
appointment;
(c) an order requiring a new election or appointment and
including in the order directions for the management of
the business and affairs of the corporation until a new
election is held or appointment made; and
(d) an order determining the voting rights of shareholders
and of persons claiming to own shares. New.
107. — (1) A written agreement between two or more Agreement
shareholders may provide that in exercising voting rights the shareholders
shares held by them shall be voted as therein provided.
(2) An otherwise lawful written agreement among all the ^'^^"^
shareholders of a corporation or among all the shareholders and
one or more persons who are not shareholders that restricts in
whole or in part the powers of the directors to manage or supervise
the management of the business and affairs of the corporation is
valid.
(3) Where a person who is the beneficial owner of all the issued Unanimous
. • J 1 • 1 • shareholder
shares oi a corporation makes a written declaration that restricts agreement
in whole or in part the powers of the directors to manage or
supervise the management of the business and affairs of a corpo-
ration, the declaration is deemed to be a unanimous shareholder
agreement.
(4) Subject to subsection 3 of section 55, a transferee of shares Party to
. . , , , unanimous
subject to a unanimous shareholder agreement is deemed to be a shareholder
party to the agreement. " agreement
(5) A shareholder who is a party to a unanimous shareholder Where
. 1 1- 1 •!• • r shareholder has
agreement has all the rights, powers, duties and liabilities of a power, etc.. of
director of the corporation, whether arising under this Act or director
otherwise, to which the agreement relates to the extent that the
agreement restricts the discretion or powers of the directors to
manage or supervise the management of the business and affairs
of the corporation and the directors are thereby relieved of their
duties and liabilities, including any liabilities under section 130, to
the same extent.
(6) A unanimous shareholder agreement may, without Matters that a
. -ii unanimous
restricting the generality of subsection 2 , provide that, shareholder
agreement may
provide
72
(a) any amendment of the unanimous shareholder agree-
ment may be effected in the manner specified therein;
and
(b) in the event that shareholders who are parties to the
unanimous shareholder agreement are unable to agree
on or resolve any matter pertaining to the agreement, the
matter may be referred to arbitration under such proce-
dures and conditions as are specified in the unanimous
shareholder agreement. New.
PART VII
PROXIES
Interpretation 108. In this Part,
(a) "dissident's information circular" means the circular
referred to in clause b of subsection 1 of section 111;
(b) "form of proxy" means a written or printed form that,
upon completion and execution by or on behalf of a
shareholder, becomes a proxy;
(c) "management information circular" means the circular
referred to in clause a of subsection 1 of section 111;
(d) "proxy" means a completed and executed form of proxy
by means of which a shareholder has appointed a
proxyholder to attend and act on his behalf at a meeting
of shareholders;
(e) "solicit" and "solicitation" include,
(i) a request for a proxy whether or not accom-
panied by or included in a form of proxy,
(ii) a request to execute or not to execute a form of
proxy or to revoke a proxy,
(iii) the sending of a form of proxy or other communi-
cation to a shareholder under circumstances
reasonably calculated to result in the procure-
ment, withholding or revocation of a proxy, and
(iv) the sending of a form of proxy to a shareholder
under section 110,
but do not include,
73
(v) the sending of a form of proxy in response to an
unsolicited request made by or on behalf of a
shareholder,
(vi) the performance of administrative acts or profes-
sional services on behalf of a person soliciting a
proxy,
(vii) the sending of material pursuant to section 48 of
The Securities Act, 1978, '''"s- ^- ^^
(viii) a solicitation by a person in respect of shares of
which he is the beneficial owner;
(/) "solicitation by or on behalf of the management of a
corporation" means a solicitation by any person pur-
suant to a resolution or the instructions of the directors of
that corporation or a committee of such directors.
R.S.O. 1970, c. 53, s. 115, amended.
1 09. — (1) Every shareholder entitled to vote at a meeting of Proxies
shareholders may by means of a proxy appoint a proxyholder or
one or more alternate proxyholders, who need not be share-
holders, as his nominee to attend and act at the meeting in the
manner, to the extent and with the authority conferred by the
proxy.
(2) A proxy shall be executed by the shareholder or his attorney Execution and
authorized in writing or, if the shareholder is a body corporate, by
an officer or attorney thereof duly authorized and, in the case of a
proxy appointing a proxyholder to attend and act at a meeting or
meetings of shareholders of an offering corporation, ceases to be
valid one year from its date.
(3) Every form of proxy shall comply with the regulations. fori" of
(4) A shareholder may revoke a proxy. Revocation
(a) by depositing an instrument in writing executed by him
or by his attorney authorized in writing,
(i) at the registered office of the corporation at any
time up to and including the last business day
preceding the day of the meeting, or any
adjournment thereof, at which the proxy is to be
used, or
(ii) with the chairman of the meeting on the day of
the meeting or an adjournment thereof; or
74
Time limit
for deposit
Mandatory
solicitation of
prox>-
Application of
subs. 1
Information
circular
Filing copy
(b) in any other manner permitted by law.
(5) The directors may by resolution fix a time not exceeding
forty-eight hours, excluding Saturdays and holidays, preceding
any meeting or adjourned meeting of shareholders before which
time proxies to be used at that meeting must be deposited with the
corporation or an agent thereof, and any period of time so fixed
shall be specified in the notice calling the meeting. R.S.O. 1970,
c. 53, s. 116, amended.
1 10. — (1) Subject to subsection 2, the management of a cor-
poration shall, concurrently with sending notice of a meeting of
shareholders, send a form of proxy in prescribed form to each
shareholder who is entitled to receive notice of the meeting.
R.S.O. 1970, c. 53, s. 117; 1972, c. 138, s. 28, amended.
(2) Subsection 1 applies only to an offering corporation. New.
1 1 1. — (1) No person shall solicit proxies unless,
(a) in the case of solicitation by or on behalf of the manage-
ment of a corporation, a management information cir-
cular in prescribed form, either as an appendix to or as a
separate document accompanying the notice of the
meeting; or
{b) in the case of any other solicitation, a dissident's infor-
mation circular in prescribed form,
is sent to the auditor of the corporation, to each shareholder whose
proxy is solicited and, if clause b applies, to the corporation.
(2) A person required to send a management or dissident's
information circular concurrently shall file with the Commission,
(a) in the case of a management information circular, a copy
thereof together with a copy of the notice of meeting,
form of proxy and of any other documents for use in
connection with the meeting; and
(jb) in the case of a dissident's information circular, a copy
thereof together with a copy of the form of proxy and of
any other documents for use in connection with the
meeting.
Application of (3) Subsection 1 applies only to an offering corpora-
^ tion. R.S.O. 1970, c. 53, s. 118; 1978, c. 49, s. 5, amended.
Exemption
order
re ss. 110,
111 (1, 2)
112. Upon the application of any interested person, the
Commission may, if satisfied in the circumstances of the particu-
lar case that there is adequate justification for so doing, make an
order, on such terms and conditions as the Commission may
impose, exempting, in whole or in part, any person from the
75
requirements of section 110 or from the requirements of subsec-
tions 1 and 2 of section 111. R.S.O. 1970, c. 53, s. 119 (2),
amended.
113. — (1) A person who solicits a proxy and is appointed Proxyhoiden
proxyholder shall attend in person or cause an alternate proxy-
holder to attend the meeting in respect of which the proxy is given
and comply with the directions of the shareholder who appointed
him.
(2) A proxyholder or an alternate proxyholder has the same "g^^^^ °f
rights as the shareholder who appointed him to speak at a meeting ^^''^ °
of shareholders in respect of any matter, to vote by way of ballot at
the meeting and, except where a proxyholder or an alternate
proxyholder has conflicting instructions from more than one
shareholder, to vote at such a meeting in respect of any matter by
way of a show of hands.
(3) Notwithstanding subsections 1 and 2 , where the chairman Vote
of a meeting of shareholders declares to the meeting that, to the
best of his belief, if a ballot is conducted, the total number of votes
attached to the shares represented at the meeting by proxy
required to be voted against what will be the decision of the
meeting in relation to any matter or group of matters is less than 5
per cent of all the votes that might be cast at the meeting on such
ballot, unless a shareholder, proxyholder or alternate proxyholder
demands a jballot,
(a) the chairman may conduct the vote in respect of that
matter or group of matters by a show of hands; and
{b) a proxyholder or alternate proxyholder may vote in
respect of that matter or group of matters by a show of
hands. New.
PART VIII
DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS
1 14. — (1) Subject to any unanimous shareholder agreement, ^"ties
the directors shall manage or supervise the management of the
business and affairs of the corporation. R.S.O. 1970, c. 53,
s. 132, amended.
(2) The board of directors shall consist of, ^."^""^ °^
' ' directors
(a) in the case of a corporation that is not an offering corpo-
ration, at least one individual; and
{b) in the case of a corporation that is an offering corpora-
tion, not fewer than three individuals.
(3) At least one-third of the directors of an offering corporation ^^^"^
shall not be officers or employees of the corporation or any of its
affiliates. R.S.O. 1970, c. 53, s. 122 (2), amended.
76
By-laws by
resolution
115. — (1) Unless the articles, the by-laws or a unanimous
shareholder agreement otherwise provide, the directors may, by
resolution, make, amend or repeal any by-laws that regulate the
business affairs of a corporation.
Confirmation
by shareholders
(2) Where the directors make, amend or repeal a by-law under
subsection 1, they shall submit the by-law, amendment or repeal
to the shareholders at the next meeting of shareholders, and the
shareholders may confirm, reject or amend the by-law, amend-
ment or repeal.
Effective date
(3) Where a by-law is made, amended or repealed under sub-
section 1, the by-law, amendment or repeal is effective from the
date of the resolution of the directors until it is confirmed, con-
firmed as amended or rejected by the shareholders under subsec-
tion 2 or until it ceases to be effective under subsection 4 and,
where the by-law is confirmed or confirmed as amended, it con-
tinues in effect in the form in which it was so confirmed.
Rejection, etc. (4) If a by-law or an amendment or repeal of a by-law is rejected
by the shareholders, or if the directors do not submit the by-law,
amendment or repeal to the shareholders as required under sub-
section 2, the by-law, amendment or repeal ceases to be effective
on the date of such rejection or on the date of the meeting of
shareholders at which it should have been submitted, as the case
may be, and no subsequent resolution of the directors to make,
amend or repeal a by-law having substantially the same purpose
or effect is effective until it is confirmed or confirmed as amended
by the shareholders.
By-law re
shareholder
proposal
(5) If a shareholder proposal to make, amend or repeal a by-law
is made in accordance with section 98 and is adopted by share-
holders at a meeting, the by-law, amendment or repeal is effective
from the date of its adoption and requires no further confirmation.
By-law need (5) ^ by-law need not be described as a by-law in a resolution
not be so <- 1 • 1
described referred to m this section. R.S.O. 1970, c. 53, s. 21, amended.
First directors J 1 g. — (1) After incorporation, a meeting of the directors of a
corporation shall be held at which the directors may,
(a) make by-laws;
(b) adopt forms of security certificates and corporate
records;
(c) authorize the issue of securities;
77
(d) appoint officers;
{e) appoint one or more auditors to hold office until the first
annual or special meeting of shareholders;
(/) make banking arrangements; and
(g) transact any other business.
(2) Any matter referred to in subsection 1 may be dealt with by Resolution in
the directors by a resolution in writing in accordance with subsec-
tion 1 of section 128.
(3) Subsection 1 does not apply to a body corporate to which a where subs, i
certificate of amalgamation has been issued under subsection 4 of ^^^ " ^^^ ^
section 1 76 or to which a certificate of continuance has been issued
under subsection 4 of section 178.
(4) An incorporator or a director may call the meeting of direc- Calling meeting
tors referred to in subsection 1 by giving not less than five days
notice thereof to each director, stating the time and place of the
meeting. New.
1 1 7. — (1) The following persons are disqualified from being a Director
,. , - .. disqualilication
director of a corporation:
1. A person who is less than eighteen years of age.
2 . A person who is of unsound mind and has been so found
by a court in Canada or elsewhere.
3. A person who is not an individual.
4. A person who has the status of bankrupt. R.S.O. 1970,
c. 53, s. 125, part; 1971, c. 98, s. 4, Sched., amended.
(2) Unless the articles otherwise provide, a director of a corpo- Holding shares
ration is not required to hold shares issued by the corpora-
tion. New.
(3) A majority of the directors of every corporation other than directors to be
., . •!/-. 1- resident
a non-resident corporation shall be resident Canadians but Canadians
where a corporation has only one or two directors, that director
or one of the two directors, as the case may be, shall be a
resident Canadian. 1974, c. 26, s. 2, amended.
1 1 8. — (1) Each director named in the articles shall hold office F'^st directors
from the date of endorsement of the certificate of incorporation
until the first meeting of shareholders.
(2) No director named in the articles shall be permitted to resign idem
his office unless at the time the resignation is to become effective a
successor is elected or appointed.
78
l<ie™ (3) The first directors of a corporation named in the articles
have all the powers and duties and are subject to all the liabilities
of directors.
Election of
directors
(4) Subject to clause a of section 119, shareholders of a cor-
poration shall elect, at the first meeting of shareholders and at each
succeeding annual meeting at which an election of directors is
required, directors to hold office for a term expiring not later than
the close of the third annual meeting of shareholders following the
election.
Term for
directors
(5) It is not necessary that all directors elected at a meeting of
shareholders hold office for the same term.
Idem
Idem
(6) A director not elected for an expressly stated term ceases to
hold office at the close of the first annual meeting of shareholders
following his election.
(7) Notwithstanding the provisions of this section, if directors
are not elected at a meeting of shareholders the incumbent direc-
tors continue in office until their successors are elected.
Failure to
elect required
number of
directors
(8) If a meeting of shareholders fails to elect the number of
directors required by the articles or by section 124 by reason of the
disqualification, incapacity or death of one or more candidates,
the directors elected at that meeting, if they constitute a quorum,
may exercise all the powers of the directors of the corporation
pending the holding of a meeting of shareholders in accordance
with subsection 3 of section 123. R.S.O. 1970, c. S3,ss. 123, 126;
1972, c. 138, s. 31, amended.
Cumulative
voting for
directors
119. Where the articles provide for cumulative voting,
(a) each shareholder entitled to vote at an election of direc-
tors has the right to cast a number of votes equal to the
number of votes attached to the shares held by him
multiplied by the number of directors to be elected, and
he may cast all such votes in favour of one candidate or
distribute them among the candidates in any manner;
(b) a separate vote of shareholders shall be taken with
respect to each candidate nominated for director unless a
resolution is passed unanimously permitting two or more
persons to be elected by a single resolution;
(c) if a shareholder has voted for more than one candidate
without specifying the distribution of his votes among
the candidates, he is deemed to have distributed his
votes equally among the candidates for whom he voted;
79
(d) if the number of candidates nominated for director
exceeds the number of positions to be filled, the candi-
dates who receive the least number of votes shall be
eliminated until the number of candidates remaining
equals the number of positions to be filled;
(e) each director ceases to hold office at the close of the first
annual meeting of shareholders following his election;
(/) a director may not be removed from office if the votes
cast against his removal would be sufficient to elect him
and such votes could be voted cumulatively at an elec-
tion at which the same total number of votes were cast
and the number of directors required by the articles were
then being elected;
(g) the number of directors required by the articles may not
be decreased if the votes cast against the motion to
decrease would be sufficient to elect a director and such
votes could be voted cumulatively at an election at
which the same total number of votes were cast and the
number of directors required by the articles were then
being elected; and
(h) the articles shall require a fixed number and not a
minimum and maximum number of directors. R.S.O.
1970, c. 53, s. 127; 1972, c. 138, s. 37, amended.
120. — (1) A director of a corporation ceases to hold office When director
ceases to hold
when, office
(a) he dies or, subject to subsection 2 of section 118, resigns;
(b) he is removed in accordance with section 121; or
(c) he becomes disqualified under subsection 1 of section
117.
(2) A resignation of a director becomes effective at the time a Wem
written resignation is received by the corporation or at the time
specified in the resignation, whichever is later. New.
121. — (1) Subject to clause/ of section 119 the shareholders of Removal of
. , ,. , . 1 . 1 directors
a corporation may by ordmary resolution at an annual or special
meeting remove any director or directors from office.
(2) Where the holders of any class or series of shares of aWem
corporation have an exclusive right to elect one or more directors,
a director so elected may only be removed by an ordinary resolu-
tion at a meeting of the shareholders of that class or series.
80
Idem
Entitlement
of director
Idem
Distribution
of
statement
(3) Subject to clauses a toe? of section 119, a vacancy created by
the removal of a director may be filled at the meeting of the
shareholders at which the director is removed or, if not so filled,
may be filled under section 123. R.S.O. 1970, c. 53, s. 140,
amended.
122. — (1) A director of a corporation is entitled to receive
notice of and to attend and be heard at every meeting of share-
holders.
(2) A director who,
(a) resigns;
(6) receives a notice or otherwise learns of a meeting of
shareholders called for the purpose of removing him
from office; or
(c) receives a notice or otherwise learns of a meeting of
directors or shareholders at which another person is to be
appointed or elected to fill the office of director, whether
because of the resignation or removal of the director or
because his term of office has expired or is about to
expire,
is entitled to submit to the corporation a written statement giving
the reasons for his resignation or the reasons why he opposes any
proposed action or resolution, as the case may be.
(3) Upon receiving a statement under subsection 2 , a corpora-
tion shall forthwith send a copy of the statement to every
shareholder entitled to receive notice of meetings of shareholders
and to the Director unless the statement is included in or attached
to a management information circular required by section 111.
No liability (4) ]sjo Corporation or person acting on its behalf incurs any
liability by reason only of circulating a director's statement in
compliance with subsection 3. New.
Vacancies 123. — (1) Notwithstanding subsection 6 of section 125, but
subject to subsections 2, 4 and 5 of this section, a quorum of
directors may fill a vacancy among the directors, except a vacancy
resulting from,
(a) an increase in the number of directors otherwise than in
accordance with subsection 2, or in the maximum
number of directors, as the case may be; or
{b) a failure to elect the number of directors required to be
elected at any meeting of shareholders.
dirrc°tl"rs'"''"^ '^'^ ^^^ Where a special resolution passed under subsection 2 of
subsequent to section 124 empowers the directors of a corporation the articles of
annual meeting
81
which provide for a minimum and maximum number of directors
to determine the number of directors, the directors may not,
between meetings of shareholders, appoint an additional director
if, after such appointment, the total number of directors would be
greater than one and one-third times the number of directors
required to have been elected at the last annual meeting of
shareholders.
(3) If there is not a quorum of directors, or if there has been a Election of
failure to elect the number of directors required by the articles or make "quorum
by section 124, the directors then in office shall forthwith call a
special meeting of shareholders to fill the vacancy and, if they fail
to call a meeting or if there are no directors then in office, the
meeting may be called by any shareholder.
(4) Where the holders of any class or series of shares of a where elected
corporation have an exclusive right to elect one or more directors shareholders
and a vacancy occurs among those directors,
(a) subject to subsection 5, the remaining directors elected
by that class or series may fill the vacancy except a
vacancy resulting from an increase in the number of
directors for that class or series or from a failure to elect
the number of directors for that class or series; or
(b) if there are no such remaining directors, any holder of
shares of that class or series may call a meeting of the
holders thereof for the purpose of filling the vacancy.
(5) The articles may provide that a vacancy among the direc- i^^™- ^^ere
r 1 1 1 1 1 1 r "" quorum
tors shall only be filled by a vote of the shareholders, or by a vote of
the holders of any class or series of shares having an exclusive right
to elect one or more directors if the vacancy occurs among the
directors elected by that class or series.
(6) A director appointed or elected to fill a vacancy holds office Term
for the unexpired term of his predecessor. R.S.O. 1970, c. 53,
s. 128 (3); 1972, c. 138, s. 32, amended.
124. — (1) A corporation may increase or decrease the <^hange in
... . - . ,. . number of
number, or the mmimum or maximum number, of its directors in directors
accordance with clause m of subsection 1 of section 166, but no
decrease in the number of directors shall shorten the term of an
incumbent director.
(2) Where a minimum and maximum number of directors of a Number of
directors
corporation is provided for in its articles, the number of directors
of the corporation and the number of directors to be elected at the
annual meeting of the shareholders shall be such number as shall
be determined from time to time by special resolution or, if the
82
special resolution empowers the directors to determine the
number, by resolution of the directors.
Filing of
special
resolution
Validity
(3) The corporation shall file with the Director a certified copy
of a special resolution or resolution of the directors, as Ihe case
may be, referred to in subsection 2, within ten days after it is
passed.
(4) Failure to comply with subsection 3 does not affect the
validity of a special resolution or resolution of the directors therein
referred to. R.S.O. 1970, c. S3, s. 124, amended.
Place of
meetings
Exceptions
Quorum
Idem
125. — (1) Subject to subsection 2, a meeting of the board of
directors shall be held at the place where the registered office of the
corporation is located.
(2) Where the by-laws of the corporation so provide, a meeting
of the board of directors may be held at any place within or outside
Ontario, but, except where the corporation is a non-resident cor-
poration or the articles or the by-laws otherwise provide, in any
financial year of the corporation a majority of the meetings of the
board of directors shall be held at a place within Canada.
(3) Subject to the articles or by-laws and subsection 4, a major-
ity of the number of directors or minimum number of directors
required by the articles constitutes a quorum at any meeting of
directors, but in no case shall a quorum be less than two-fifths of
the number of directors or minimum number of directors, as the
case may be.
(4) Where a corporation has fewer than three directors, both
directors of the corporation must be present at any meeting of
directors to constitute a quorum.
Idem
(5) Subject to the articles or by-laws, where there is a vacancy
or vacancies in the board of directors, the remaining directors may
exercise all the powers of the board so long as a quorum of the
board remains in office.
Transacting
business
Idem
(6) Directors, other than directors of a non-resident corpora-
tion, shall not transact business at a meeting of directors unless a
majority of directors present are resident Canadians.
(7) Notwithstanding subsection 6, directors may transact busi-
ness at a meeting of directors where a majority of resident Cana-
dian directors is not present if,
(a) a resident Canadian director who is unable to be present
approves in writing or by telephone or other communi-
cations facilities the business transacted at the meeting;
and
83
(b) a majority of resident Canadian directors would have
been present had that director been present at the meet-
ing.
(8) In addition to any other provision in the articles or by-laws Calling meeting
of a corporation for calling meetings of directors, a quorum of the °
directors may, at any time, call a meeting of the directors for the
transaction of any business the general nature of which is specified
in the notice calling the meeting.
(9) In the absence of any other provision in that behalf in the Notice
by-laws of the corporation, notice of the time and place for the
holding of the meeting called under subsection 8 shall be given to
every director of the corporation by sending the notice ten days or
more before the date of the meeting to his latest address as shown
on the records of the corporation.
(10) A notice of a meeting of directors shall specify any matter Wem
referred to in subsection 3 of section 126 that is to be dealt with at
the meeting but, subject to the by-laws, need not otherwise specify
the business to be transacted at the meeting.
(11) A director may in any manner and at any time waive a Waiver of
notice of a meeting of directors and attendance of a director at a "° "^^
meeting of directors is a waiver of notice of the meeting, except
where a director attends a meeting for the express purpose of
objecting to the transaction of any business on the grounds that the
meeting is not lawfully called.
(12) Notice of an adjourned meeting of directors is not required Adjourned
1 . Ti- 11 ri 1- 1 •• meeting
to be given if the time and place of the adjourned meeting is
announced at the original meeting.
(13) Where a corporation has only one director, that director where one
may constitute a meeting.
(14) Unless the by-laws otherwise provide, if all the directors of Meeting by
a corporation present at or participating in the meeting consent, a
meeting of directors or of a committee of directors may be held by
means of such telephone, electronic or other communication
facilities as permit all persons participating in the meeting to
communicate with each other simultaneously and instantaneous-
ly, and a director participating in such a meeting by such means is
deemed for the purposes of this Act to be present at that meeting.
(15) If a majority of the directors participating in a meeting held P'^ce of
under subsection 14 are then in Canada, the meeting shall be telephone
deemed to have been held in Canada. R.S.O. 1970, c. 53, s. 131;
1972, c. 138, s. 33, amended.
84
Executive 126. — (1) Subjcct to the articles or by-laws, directors of a
committee . . - , . , -^ '
corporation may appoint from their number a managing director,
who is a resident Canadian, or a committee of directors and
delegate to such managing director or committee any of the
powers of the directors.
^<^^™ (2) If the directors of a corporation other than a non-resident
corporation, appoint a committee of directors, a majority of the
members of the committee shall be resident Canadians.
Limitations on (3) Notwithstanding subsection 1 , no managing director and no
authority .^^ r i- , , , . o o
committee of directors has authority to,
(a) submit to the shareholders any question or matter
requiring the approval of the shareholders;
(b) fill a vacancy among the directors or in the office of
auditor or appoint or remove any of the chief executive
officer, however designated, the chief financial officer,
however designated, the chairman or the president of
the corporation;
(c) subject to section 182 , issue securities except in the man-
ner and on the terms authorized by the directors;
(d) declare dividends;
(e) purchase, redeem or otherwise acquire shares issued by
the corporation;
if) pay a commission referred to in section 37;
(g) approve a management information circular referred to
in Part VII;
(h) approve a take-over bid circular, directors' circular, or
1978- c- 47 issuer bid circular referred to in Part XIX of The Sec-
urities Act, 1978;
{i) approve any financial statements referred to in clause b
of subsection 1 of section 152 and Part XVII of The
Securities Act, 1978; or
0) adopt, amend or repeal by-laws. R.S.O. 1970, c. 53,
s. 133 (2); 1974, c. 26, s. 5, amended.
Validity of acts 127. An act donc by a director or by an officer is not invalid by
of directors and . ....
officers reason only oi any detect that is thereafter discovered in his
appointment, election or qualification. R.S.O. 1970, c. 53,
s. 145.
85
128. — (1) A resolution in writing, signed by all the directors Resolutions in
entitled to vote on that resolution at a meeting of directors or^"^'"^
a committee of directors, is as valid as if it had been passed at a
meeting of directors or a committee of directors. R.S.O. 1970,
c. 53, s. 23 (1), amended.
(2) A copy of every resolution passed under subsection 1 shall Copy to be
I kept with the minutes of tl
committee of directors. New.
be kept with the minutes of the proceedings of the directors or ^"^^
129. — (1) Directors of a corporation who vote for or consent Liability of
to a resolution authorizing the issue of a share for a consideration
other than money contrary to section 23 are jointly and severally
liable to the corporation to make good any amount by which the
consideration received is less than the fair equivalent of the money
that the corporation would have received if the share had been
issued for money on the date of the resolution. New.
(2) Directors of a corporation who vote for or consent to a ^^^"^
resolution authorizing,
(a) any financial assistance contrary to section 20;
{b) a purchase, redemption or other acquisition of shares
contrary to section 30, 31 or Z2;
(c) a commission contrary to section 37;
{d) a payment of a dividend contrary to section 38;
{e) a payment of an indemnity contrary to section 135; or
(/■) a payment to a shareholder contrary to section 183 or
246,
are jointly and severally liable to restore to the corporation any
amounts so distributed or paid and not otherwise recovered by the
corporation.
(3) A director who has satisfied a judgment rendered under this Jo'"t liability
section is entitled to contribution from the other directors who
voted for or consented to the unlawful act upon which the judg-
ment was founded.
(4) A director liable under subsection 2 is entitled to apply to the Application to
court for an order compelling a shareholder or other recipient to
pay or deliver to the director any money or property that was paid
or distributed to the shareholder or other recipient contrary to
section 20, 30, 31, 32, 37, 38, 135, 183 or 246.
86
What court
mav order
Exception to
subs. 1
Time limitation
Liability of
directors for
wages
R.S.O. 1970,
c. 263,
1974, c. 112
Limitation
of liability
(5) In connection with an application under subsection 4, the
court may, if it is satisfied that it is equitable to do so,
(a) order a shareholder or other recipient to pay or deliver to
a director any money or property that was paid or distri-
buted to the shareholder or other recipient contrary to
section 20, 30, 31, 32, 37, 38, 135, 183 or 246;
(b) order a corporation to return or issue shares to a person
from whom the corporation has purchased, redeemed or
otherwise acquired shares; or
(c) make any further order it thinks fit.
(6) A director is not liable under subsection 1 if he proves that
he did not know and could not reasonably have known that the
share was issued for a consideration less than the fair equivalent of
the money that the corporation would have received if the share
had been issued for money.
(7) An action to enforce a liability imposed by this section may
not be commenced after two years from the date of the resolution
authorizing the action complained of. R.S.O. 1970, c. 53,
ss. 135, 136, 146, amended.
1 30. — (1) The directors of a corporation are jointly and sev-
erally liable to the employees of the corporation to whom The
Master and Servant Act applies for all debts that become due
while they are directors for services performed for the corporation,
not exceeding six months wages and for the vacation pay accrued
for not more than twelve months under The Employment Stan-
dards Act, 1974, and the regulations thereunder, or under any
collective agreement made by the corporation.
(2) A director is liable under subsection 1, only if,
(a) either,
(i) the corporation and the directors as party defen-
dants have been sued for the debt within six
months after it has become due and execution
against the corporation has been returned
unsatisfied in whole or in part, or
R.S.C. 1970.
c. B-4
(ii) the corporation has within that period gone into
liquidation or has been ordered to be wound up
or has made an authorized assignment under the
Bankruptcy Act (Canada) or a receiving order
under the Bankruptcy Act (Canada) has been
made against it and, in any such case, the claim
for the debt has been proved; and
87
(b) he is sued in the action against the corporation as a party
defendant while he is a director, or within two years
after he ceases to be a director.
(3) Where execution referred to in clause a of subsection 2 has Mem
issued, the amount recoverable from a director is the amount
remaining unsatisfied after execution.
(4) Where a director pays a debt under subsection 1 that is Rights of
proved in liquidation and dissolution or bankruptcy proceedings, pays debt
he is entitled to any preference that the employee would have been
entitled to, and where a judgment has been obtained he is entitled
to an assignment of the judgment.
(5) A director who has satisfied a claim under this section is Wem
entitled to contribution from the other directors who were liable
for the claim. R.S.O. 1970, c. 53, s. 139, amended.
131. — (1) A director or officer of a corporation who. Disclosure:
ronllict ol
. . interest
(a) is a party to a material contract or transaction or pro-
posed material contract or transaction with the corpora-
tion; or
(b) is a director or an officer of, or has a material interest in,
any person who is a party to a material contract or
transaction or proposed material contract or transaction
with the corporation,
shall disclose in writing to the corporation or request to have
entered in the minutes of meetings of directors the nature and
extent of his interest.
(2) The disclosure required by subsection 1 shall be made, in by director
the case of a director,
(a) at the meeting at which a proposed contract or transac-
tion is first considered;
(b) if the director was not then interested in a proposed
contract or transaction, at the first meeting after he
becomes so interested;
(c) if the director becomes interested after a contract is made
or a transaction is entered into, at the first meeting after
he becomes so interested; or
(d) if a person who is interested in a contract or transaction
later becomes a director, at the first meeting after he
becomes a director.
by officer
(3) The disclosure required by subsection 1 shall be made, in
the case of an officer who is not a director,
(a) forthwith after he becomes aware that the contract or
transaction or proposed contract or transaction is to be
considered or has been considered at a meeting of direc-
tors;
(b) if the officer becomes interested after a contract is made
or a transaction is entered into, forthwith after he
becomes so interested; or
(c) if a person who is interested in a contract or transaction
later becomes an officer, forthwith after he becomes an
officer.
Where contract
or
transaction
does not
require
approval
(4) Notwithstanding subsections 2 and 3, where subsection 1
applies to a director or officer in respect of a material contract or
transaction or proposed material contract or transaction that, in
the ordinary course of the corporation's business, would not
require approval by the directors or shareholders, the director or
officer shall disclose in writing to the corporation or request to
have entered in the minutes of meetings of directors the nature and
extent of his interest forthwith after the director or officer
becomes aware of the contract or transaction or proposed contract
or transaction.
Director
not to vote
(5) A director referred to in subsection 1 shall not vote on any
resolution to approve the contract or transaction unless the con-
tract or transaction is,
(a) an arrangement by way of security for money lent to or
obligations undertaken by him for the benefit of the
corporation or an affiliate;
(b) one relating primarily to his remuneration as a director,
officer, employee or agent of the corporation or an
affiliate;
(c) one for indemnity or insurance under section 135; or
(d) one with an affiliate. New.
General notice
of interest
(6) For the purposes of this section, a general notice to the
directors by a director or officer disclosing that he is a director or
officer of or has a material interest in a person and is to be regarded
as interested in any contract made or any transaction entered into
with that person, is a sufficient disclosure of interest in relation to
any contract so made or transaction so entered into. 1972,
c. 138, s. 36 (2), amended.
89
(7) Where a material contract is made or a material transaction Effect of
is entered into between a corporation and a director or officer of '**^ °^^'^^
the corporation, or between a corporation and another person of
which a director or officer of the corporation is a director or officer
or in which he has a material interest,
(a) the director or officer is not accountable to the corpora-
tion or its shareholders for any profit or gain realized
from the contract or transaction; and
(b) the contract or transaction is neither void nor voidable,
by reason only of that relationship or by reason only that the
director is present at or is counted to determine the presence of a
quorum at the meeting of directors that authorized the contract or
transaction, if the director or officer disclosed his interest in
accordance with subsection 2, 3, 4 or 6, as the case may be, and
the contract or transaction was reasonable and fair to the corpora-
tion at the time it was so approved. 1971, c. 26, s. 20, amended.
(8) Notwithstanding anything in this section, a director or Confirmation
officer, if he was acting honestly and in good faith, is not account- shareholders
able to the corporation or to its shareholders for any profit or gain
realized from any such contract or transaction by reason only of
his holding the office of director or officer, and the contract or
transaction, if it was reasonable and fair to the corporation at the
time it was approved, is not by reason only of the director's or
officer's interest therein void or voidable,
(a) if the contract or transaction is confirmed or approved
by special resolution at a meeting of the shareholders
duly called for that purpose; and
(b) if the nature and extent of the director's or officer's
interest in the contract or transaction are disclosed in
reasonable detail in the notice calling the meeting or in
the information circular required by section 111.
(9) Subject to subsections 7 and 8, where a director or officer of ^idfco'llti-act
a corporation fails to disclose his interest in a material contract or
transaction in accordance with this section or otherwise fails to
comply with this section, the corporation or a shareholder of the
corporation, or, in the case of an offering corporation, the
Commission may apply to the court for an order setting aside the
contract or transaction and directing that the director or officer
account to the corporation for any profit or gain realized and upon
such application the court may so order or make such other order
as it thinks fit. New.
132. Subject to the articles, the by-laws or any unanimous o*^'^*^""*
shareholder agreement,
90
(a) the directors may designate the offices of the corpora-
tion, appoint officers, specify their duties and delegate to
them powers to manage the business and affairs of the
corporation, except, subject to section 182, powers to do
anything referred to in subsection 3 of section 126;
(b) a director may be appointed to any office of the corpora-
tion; and
(c) two or more offices of the corporation may be held by the
same person. New.
1 33. — (1) Every director and officer of a corporation in exer-
Standards of
directors, etc. cising his powers and discharging his duties shall,
(a) act honestly and in good faith with a view to the best
interests of the corporation; and
(b) exercise the care, diligence and skill that a reasonably
prudent person would exercise in comparable cir-
cumstances. R.S.O. 1970, c. 53, s. 144, amended.
Duty ^o comply (2) Every director and officer of a corporation shall comply
with this Act, the regulations, articles, by-laws and any unanim-
ous shareholder agreement.
(3) Subject to subsection 5 of section 107, no provision in a
contract, the articles, the by-laws or a resolution relieves a direc-
tor or officer from the duty to act in accordance with this Act and
the regulations or relieves him from liability for a breach
thereof. New.
Can not
contract out of
liability
Consent of
director at
meeting
134. — (1) A director who is present at a meeting of directors
or committee of directors is deemed to have consented to any
resolution passed or action taken thereat unless,
(a) he requests that his dissent be or his dissent is entered in
the minutes of the meeting;
(b) he sends his written dissent to the secretary of the meet-
ing before the meeting is terminated; or
Idem
(c) he sends his dissent by registered mail or delivers it to the
registered office of the corporation immediately after the
meeting is terminated.
(2) A director who votes for or consents to a resolution is not
entitled to dissent under subsection 1.
Idem
(3) A director who was not present at a meeting at which a
resolution was passed or action taken is deemed to have consented
91
thereto unless within seven days after he becomes aware of the
resolution he,
(a) causes his dissent to be placed with the minutes of the
meeting; or
{b) sends his dissent by registered mail or delivers it to the
registered office of the corporation.
(4) A director is not liable under section 129 or 133 if he relies in Entitled to reiy
1 r -ji on Statements.
good laith upon, etc.
(a) financial statements of the corporation represented to
him by an officer of the corporation or in a written report
of the auditor of the corporation to present fairly the
financial position of the corporation in accordance with
generally accepted accounting principles; or
(b) a report of a lawyer, accountant, engineer, appraiser or
other person whose profession lends credibility to a
statement made by him. R.S.O. 1970, c. 53, s. 137;
1971, c. 26, s. 21, amended.
1 35. — (1) Except in respect of an action by or on behalf of the indemnification
, , . , . . ^ of directors
corporation or body corporate to procure a judgment m its favour,
a corporation may indemnify a director or officer of the corpora-
tion, a former director or officer of the corporation or a person who
acts or acted at the corporation's request as a director or officer of a
body corporate of which the corporation is or was a shareholder or
creditor, and his heirs and legal representatives, against all costs,
charges and expenses, including an amount paid to settle an action
or satisfy a judgment, reasonably incurred by him in respect of any
civil, criminal or administrative action or proceeding to which he
is made a party by reason of being or having been a director or
officer of such corporation or body corporate, if,
(a) he acted honestly and in good faith with a view to the
best interests of the corporation; and
(b) in the case of a criminal or administrative action or
proceeding that is enforced by a monetary penalty, he
had reasonable grounds for believing that his conduct
was lawful.
(2) A corporation may with the approval of the court indemnify ^'^^"^
a person referred to in subsection 1 in respect of an action by or on
behalf of the corporation or body corporate to procure a judgment
in its favour, to which he is made a party by reason of being or
having been a director or an officer of the corporation or body
corporate, against all costs, charges and expenses reasonably
92
incurred by him in connection with such action if he fulfils the
conditions set out in clauses a and b of subsection 1.
Idem
(3) Notwithstanding anything in this section, a person referred
to in subsection 1 is entitled to indemnity from the corporation in
respect of all costs, charges and expenses reasonably incurred by
him in connection with the defence of any civil, criminal or
administrative action or proceeding to which he is made a party by
reason of being or having been a director or officer of the corpora-
tion or body corporate, if the person seeking indemnity.
(a) was substantially successful on the merits in his defence
of the action or proceeding; and
(b) fulfils the conditions set out in clauses a and b of sub-
section 1.
Liability
insurance
(4) A corporation may purchase and maintain insurance for the
benefit of any person referred to in subsection 1 against any
liability incurred by him.
(a) in his capacity as a director or officer of the corporation,
except where the liability relates to his failure to act
honestly and in good faith with a view to the best
interests of the corporation; or
(b) in his capacity as a director or officer of another body
corporate where he acts or acted in that capacity at the
corporation's request, except where the liability relates
to his failure to act honestly and in good faith with a view
to the best interests of the body corporate.
Application to
court
(S) A corporation or a person referred to in subsection 1 may
apply to the court for an order approving an indemnity under
this section and the court may so order and make any further
order it thinks fit.
Idem (5) Upon an application under subsection 5, the court may
order notice to be given to any interested person and such person is
entitled to appear and be heard in person or by counsel. R.S.O.
1970, c. S3, s. 147, amended.
Remuneration
of directors
136. Subject to the articles, the by-laws or any unanimous
shareholder agreement, the directors of a corporation may fix the
remuneration of the directors, officers and employees of the corpo-
ration. R.S.O. 1970, c. 53, s. 22 (1), amended.
93
PART IX
INSIDER LIABILITY
137. (1) In this Part, interpretation
{a) "corporation" means a corporation that is not an
offering corporation;
(b) "insider" means, with respect to a corporation,
(i) the corporation,
(ii) an affihate of the corporation,
(iii) a director or officer of the corporation,
(iv) a person who beneficially owns, directly or indi-
rectly, more than 10 per cent of the voting sec-
urities of the corporation or who exercises control
or direction over more than 10 per cent of the
votes attached to the voting securities of the cor-
poration,
(v) a person employed or retained by the corpora-
tion, or
(vi) a person who receives specific confidential
information from a person described in this
clause or in subsection 3, including a person
described in this subclause, and who has know-
ledge that the person giving the information is a
person described in this clause or in subsection 3,
including a person described in this subclause;
(c) "security" includes a warrant.
(2) For the purposes of this Part,
(a) a director or officer of a body corporate that is an insider
of a corporation is deemed to be an insider of the corpo-
ration;
(b) a director or officer of a body corporate that is a sub-
sidiary is deemed to be an insider of its holding corpora-
tion;
94
(c) a person is deemed to own beneficially shares benefi-
cially owned by a body corporate controlled by him
directly or indirectly; and
(d) a body corporate is deemed to own beneficially shares
beneficially owned by its affiliates.
Wem (3) For the purposes of this Part,
(a) where a body corporate becomes an insider of a corpo-
ration, or enters into a business combination with a
corporation, a director or an officer of the body corpo-
rate or a shareholder of the body corporate who is a
person referred to in subclause iv of clause b of subsec-
tion 1 is deemed to have been an insider of the corpora-
tion for the previous six months or for such shorter
period as he was a director, an officer or such a sharehol-
der of the body corporate; and
(b) where a corporation becomes an insider of a body corpo-
rate or enters into a business combination with a body
corporate, a director or an officer of the body corporate
or a shareholder of the body corporate who is a person
referred to in subclause iv of clause b of subsection 1 is
deemed to have been an insider of the corporation for the
previous six months or for such shorter period as he was
a director, an officer or such a shareholder of the body
corporate.
Business (4) In subscction 3, "business combination" means an acquisi-
combination . r n 1 • n n 1
tion 01 ail or substantially all the property of one body corporate by
another or an amalgamation of two or more bodies corporate.
Liabiiitv of (5) An insider who, in connection with a transaction in a sec-
urity of the corporation or any of its affiliates, makes use of any
specific confidential information for his own benefit or advantage
that, if generally known, might reasonably be expected to affect
materially the value of the security,
(a) is liable to compensate any person for any direct loss
suffered by that person as a result of the transaction,
unless the information was known or in the exercise of
reasonable diligence should have been known to that
person; and
(b) is accountable to the corporation for any direct benefit or
advantage received or receivable by the insider as a
result of the transaction.
95
(6) An action to enforce a right created by subsection 5 may be Limitation
commenced only within two years after discovery of the facts that '"^"°
gave rise to the cause of action. New.
PARTX
BOOKS AND RECORDS
138. — (1) Where this Act requires a record to be kept by a Records
corporation, it may be kept in a bound or looseleaf book or may be
entered or recorded by any system of mechanical or electronic data
processing or any other information storage device.
(2) The corporation shall, Guard
against
falsification
(a) take adequate precautions, appropriate to the means of records
used, for guarding against the risk of falsifying the
information recorded; and
(6) provide means for making the information available in
an accurate and intelligible form within a reasonable
time to any person lawfully entitled to examine the
records.
(3) The bound or looseleaf book or, where the record is not kept Admissibility of
in a bound or looseleaf book, the information in the form in which evidence
it is made available under clause b of subsection 2 is admissible in
evidence as prima facie proof, before and after dissolution of the
corporation, of all facts stated therein.
(4) No person shall remove, withhold or destroy information ^^}^^
111-* 1 1 • 1 11 information
required by this Act or the regulations to be recorded, or,
(a) record or assist in recording any information in a record;
or
0) make information purporting to be accurate available in
a form referred to in clause b of subsection 2 ,
knowing it to be untrue. R.S.O. 1970, c. Si, s. 156, amended.
139. — (1) A corporation shall prepare and maintain, at its Records
registered office or at such other place in Ontario designated by the
directors,
(a) the articles and the by-laws and all amendments thereto,
and a copy of any unanimous shareholder agreement
known to the directors;
{b) minutes of meetings and resolutions of shareholders;
(c) a register of directors in which are set out the names and
residence addresses, while directors, including the street
96
and number, if any, of all persons who are or have been
directors of the corporation with the several dates on
which each became or ceased to be a director;
{d) a securities register complying with section 140.
^^^"^ (2) In addition to the records described in subsection 1 , a corpo-
ration shall prepare and maintain,
(a) adequate accounting records; and
{b) records containing minutes of meetings and resolutions
of the directors and any committee thereof,
but, provided the retention requirements of any taxing authority
of Ontario, the government of Canada or any other jurisdiction to
which the corporation is subject have been satisfied, the account-
ing records mentioned in clause a need only be retained by the
corporation for six years from the end of the last fiscal period to
which they relate.
^'^^^ (3) For the purposes of clause b of subsection 1 and subsection
2, where a body corporate is continued under this Act, "records"
includes similar records required by law to be maintained by the
body corporate before it was so continued. R.S.O. 1970, c. 53,
ss. 157, 160; 1972, c. 138, ss. 40, 42, amended.
Securities 140. — (1) A Corporation shall prepare and maintain at its
register , . * *
registered office, or at any other place in Ontario designated by the
directors, a securities register in which it records the securities
issued by it in registered form, showing with respect to each class
or series of securities,
(a) the names, alphabetically arranged, and the latest
known address of persons who,
(i) are or have been within six years registered as
shareholders of the corporation, the address
including the street and number, if any, of every
such person while a holder, and the number and
class of shares registered in the name of such
holder,
(ii) are or have been within six years registered as
holders of debt obligations of the corporation, the
address including the street and number, if any,
of every such person while a holder, and the class
or series and principal amount of the debt obliga-
tions registered in the name of such holder, or
97
(iii) are or have been within six years registered as
holders of warrants of the corporation, other than
warrants exercisable within one year from the
date of issue, the address including the street and
number, if any, of every such person while a
registered holder, and the class or series and
number of warrants registered in the name of
such holder; and
(b) the date and particulars of the issue of each security and
warrant. R.S.O. 1970, c. 53, s. 157, par. 3; 1972,
c. 138, s. 40, amended.
(2) Every corporation shall cause to be kept a register of trans- Register of
fers in which all transfers of securities issued by the corporation in
registered form and the date and other particulars of each transfer
shall be set out. R.S.O. 1970, c. 53, s. 158.
(3) In this section and in section 142, "registered form" has the interpre-
same meaning as in Part V. New.
141. For each class of securities and warrants issued by it, a Transfer
agents
corporation may appoint,
(a) a trustee, transfer agent or other agent to keep the sec-
urities register and the register of transfers and one or
more persons or agents to keep branch registers; and
(b) a registrar, trustee or agent to maintain a record of issued
security certificates and warrants,
and, subject to section 47, one person may be appointed for the
purposes of both clauses a and b in respect of all securities and
warrants of the corporation or any class or classes thereof. 1972,
c. 138, s. 41, amended.
142.— (1) The securities register and the register of transfers JJ^^rke"?''"'
shall be kept at the registered office of a corporation or at such
other places in Ontario designated by the directors, and the
branch register or registers of transfers may be kept at such offices
of the corporation or other places, either within or outside
Ontario, designated by the directors. R.S.O. 1970, c. 53,
s. 160 (1); 1972, c. 138, s. 42 (1), amended.
(2) Registration of the transfer of a security or warrant of a Xt^/f
corporation in the register of transfers or a branch register of
transfers is a complete and valid registration for all purposes.
registration
98
Entry in
branch
transfer
register
(3) In each branch register of transfers there shall be recorded
only the particulars of the transfers of securities or warrants
registered in that branch register of transfers.
Entry in
register of
transfers
(4) Particulars of every transfer of securities and warrants
registered in every branch register of transfers shall be recorded in
the register of transfers. R.S.O. 1970, c. 53, s. 160 (2-4).
re°u'ired"to hT ^^^ ^ Corporation or a person appointed under section 141 is not
produced required to produce,
(a) any security certificate or warrant that is not in regis-
tered form; or
(b) any security certificate or warrant that is in registered
form after six years,
(i) in the case of a share certificate, from the date of
its cancellation,
(ii) in the case of a warrant, from the date of its
transfer or exercise, whichever occurs first, or
(iii) in the case of a certificate representing a debt
obligation, from the date of cancellation of such
certificate. 1972, c. 138, s. 42, part, amended.
Records open
to examination
by directors
143. — (1) The records mentioned in sections 139 and 140
shall, during normal business hours of a corporation, be open to
examination by any director and shall, except as provided in
sections 139 and 142 and in subsections 2 and 3 of this section, be
kept at the registered office of the corporation.
Records of
account at
branch
(2) A corporation may keep at any place where it carries on
business such parts of the accounting records as relate to the
operations, business and assets and liabilities of the corporation
carried on, supervised or accounted for at such place, but there
shall be kept at the registered office of the corporation or such
other place as is authorized under this section such records as will
enable the directors to ascertain quarterly with reasonable accura-
cy the financial position of the corporation.
Order for
removal of
records
(3) Where a corporation,
(a) shows, to the satisfaction of the Director, the necessity of
keeping all or any of the records mentioned in subsection
1 at a place other than the registered office of the corpo-
ration; and
99
(b) gives the Director adequate assurance, by surety bond or
otherwise, that such records will be open for examina-
tion,
(i) at the registered office or some other place in
Ontario designated by the Director, and
(ii) by any person who is entitled to examine them
and who has applied to the Director for such an
examination,
the Director may, by order and upon such terms as he thinks fit,
permit the corporation to keep all or any of them at such place or
places, other than the registered office, as he thinks fit.
(4) The Director may by order upon such terms as he thinks fit Rescission of
rescind any order made under subsection 3 or any order made by under subs. 3
the Lieutenant Governor in Council or the Minister under a
predecessor of that subsection. R.S.O. 1970, c. 53, s. 161,
amended.
144. — (1) Shareholders and creditors of a corporation, their Examination of
111 • • 1 . r 1 records bv
agents and legal representatives may examme the records referred shareholders
to in subsection 1 of section 139 during the usual business hours of '^"^ creditors
the corporation, and may take extracts therefrom, free of charge,
and, where the corporation is an offering corporation, any other
person may do so upon payment of a reasonable fee.
(2) A shareholder of a corporation is entitled upon request and ^°py
without charge to one copy of the articles and by-laws and of any
unanimous shareholder agreement. R.S.O. 1970, c. 53, s. 162;
1972, c. 138, s. 42, amended.
145. — (1) Shareholders and creditors of a corporation, their List of
agents and legal representatives and, where the corporation is an
offering corporation, any other person, upon payment of a reason-
able fee and upon sending to the corporation or its transfer agent
the statutory declaration referred to in subsection 6, may require
the corporation or its transfer agent to furnish a basic list setting
out the names of the shareholders of the corporation, the number
of shares of each class and series owned by each shareholder and
the address of each shareholder, all as shown on the records of the
corporation.
(2) The basic list referred to in subsection 1 shall be furnished to ^^^^
the applicant as soon as is practicable and, when furnished, shall
be as current as is practicable having regard to the form in which
the securities register of the corporation is maintained, but, in any
case, shall be furnished not more than ten days following the
receipt by the corporation or its transfer agent of the statutory
100
declaration referred to in subsection 1 and shall be made up to a
date not more than ten days before the date on which it is actually
furnished.
Supplemental (3) A person requiring a corporation to supply a basic list may,
if he states in the statutory declaration referred to in subsection 1
that he requires supplemental lists, require the corporation or its
agent upon payment of a reasonable fee to furnish supplemental
lists setting out any changes from the basic list in the names or
addresses of the shareholders and the number of shares owned by
each shareholder for each business day following the date to which
the basic list is made up.
Idem
(4) The corporation or its agent shall furnish a supplemental list
required under subsection 3,
(a) on the date the basic list is furnished, where the infor-
mation relates to changes that took place prior to that
date; and
(b) on the business day following the day to which the
supplemental list relates, where the information relates
to changes that take place on or after the date the basic
list is furnished.
List of
option holders
(5) A person requiring a corporation to supply a basic or sup-
plemental list may also require the corporation to include in that
list the name and address of any known holder of an option or right
to acquire shares of the corporation.
Statutory
declaration
(6) The statutory declaration required under subsection 1 shall
state,
(a) the name and address including street and number, if
any, of the applicant and whether the applicant is a
shareholder, creditor or any other person referred to in
the subsection;
(b) the name and address including street and number, if
any, for service of the body corporate if the applicant is a
body corporate; and
Idem
Use of list
(c) that the basic list and any supplemental lists shall be
used only as permitted under subsection 8.
(7) If the applicant is a body corporate, the statutory declara-
tion shall be made by a director or officer of the body corporate.
(8) A list of shareholders obtained under this section shall not be
used by any person except in connection with,
101
(a) an effort to influence the voting by shareholders of the
corporation;
{b) an offer to acquire shares of the corporation; or
(c) any other matter relating to the affairs of the corpora-
tion. 1972, c. 138, ss. 44, 45, amended.
146. No person shall offer for sale or sell or purchase or Trafficking
otherwise traffic in a list or a copy of a list of all or any of the
holders of securities or warrants of a corporation. R.S.O. 1970,
c. 53, s. 165; 1972, c. 138, s. 46, amended.
PART XI
AUDITORS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
147. — (1) In respect of a financial year of a corporation, the Exemption
corporation is exempt from the requirements of this Part regarding requirements
the appointment and duties of an auditor,
(a) where,
(i) the corporation is not an offering corporation,
(ii) all of the shareholders of the corporation consent
thereto in writing in respect of that year, and
(iii) the corporation has assets not exceeding
$2,500,000 or sales or gross operating revenues
not exceeding $5,000,000 as shown on the finan-
cial statement of the corporation for the preced-
ing year; or
(b) where the corporation has been exempted by the Direc-
tor under subsection 2 in respect of that financial year.
(2) A corporation other than an offering corporation, all the ^^^^
shareholders of which consent thereto in writing, may apply to
the Director for exemption from the requirements of this Part
regarding the appointment and duties of an auditor in respect of a
financial year, and after giving to the corporation and to such
other persons whom he considers should be given the opportunity,
an opportunity to be heard, the Director may, subject to such
terms and conditions as he may impose, exempt the corporation
and any of its affiliates from the audit requirements of this Part
where in his opinion to do so would not be prejudicial to the public
interest.
(3) For the purposes of subclause iii of clause a of subsection 1 , ["j^p""*^"
the assets or sales or gross operating revenues of a corporation
102
1970-71,
c. 63 (Can.)
Auditors
Idem
Casual
vacancy
include the assets or sales or gross operating revenues of each of its
affiliates resident in Canada for the purposes of the Income Tax
Act (Canada).
148. — (1) The shareholders of a corporation at their first
annual or special meeting shall appoint one or more auditors to
hold office until the close of the first or next annual meeting, as the
case may be, and, if the shareholders fail to do so, the directors
shall forthwith make such appointment or appointments.
(2) The shareholders shall at each annual meeting appoint one
or more auditors to hold office until the close of the next annual
meeting and, if an appointment is not so made, the auditor in
office continues in office until a successor is appointed.
(3) The directors may fill any casual vacancy in the office of
auditor, but, while such vacancy continues, the surviving or
continuing auditor, if any, may act.
Removal of
auditor
(4) The shareholders may, except where the auditor has been
appointed by order of the court under subsection 8, by resolution
passed by a majority of the votes cast at a special meeting duly
called for the purpose, remove an auditor before the expiration of
his term of office, and shall by a majority of the votes cast at that
meeting appoint another auditor in his stead for the remainder of
his term.
Notice to
auditor
(5) Before calling a special meeting for the purpose specified in
subsection 4 or an annual or special meeting where the board is not
recommending the reappointment of the incumbent auditor, the
corporation shall, fifteen days or more before the mailing of the
notice of the meeting, give to the auditor,
(a) written notice of the intention to call the meeting,
specifying therein the date on which the notice of the
meeting is proposed to be mailed; and
{h) a copy of all material proposed to be sent to shareholders
' in connection with the meeting.
Right of
auditor to
make
(6) An auditor has the right to make to the corporation, three
days or more before the mailing of the notice of the meeting,
representations representations in writing, concerning.
(a) his proposed removal as auditor;
{b) the appointment or election of another person to fill the
office of auditor; or
(c) his resignation as auditor,
103
and the corporation, at its expense, shall forward with the notice
of the meeting a copy of such representations to each shareholder
entitled to receive notice of the meeting.
(7) The remuneration of an auditor appointed by the share- Remuneration
holders shall be fixed by the shareholders, or by the directors if
they are authorized so to do by the shareholders, and the remuner-
ation of an auditor appointed by the directors shall be fixed by the
directors.
(8) If a corporation does not have an auditor, the court may. Appointment
upon the application of a shareholder or the Director, appoint and
fix the remuneration of an auditor to hold office until an auditor is
appointed by the shareholders.
(9) The corporation shall give notice in writing to an auditor Notice of
of his appointment forthwith after the appointment is made.
R.S.O. 1970, c. 53, s. 168; 1972, c. 138, s. 47, amended.
149. — (1) The auditor of a corporation is entitled to receive Auditor may
notice of every meeting of shareholders and, at the expense of the shareholders'
corporation, to attend and be heard thereat on matters relating to "meetings
his duties as auditor.
(2) If any director or shareholder of a corporation, whether or Auditor's
not the shareholder is entitled to vote at the meeting, gives written may be
notice, not less than five days or more before a meeting of required
shareholders, to the auditor or a former auditor of the corporation,
the auditor or former auditor shall attend the meeting at the
expense of the corporation and answer questions relating to his
duties as auditor.
(3) A director or shareholder who sends a notice referred to in ^°[,o^a^j°,n
subsection 2 shall send concurrently a copy of the notice to the
corporation.
(4) No person shall accept appointment or consent to be Replacing
appointed as auditor of a corporation if he is replacing an auditor
who has resigned, been removed or whose term of office has
expired or is about to expire until he has requested and received
from that auditor a written statement of the circumstances and the
reasons why, in that auditor's opinion, he is to be replaced.
(5) Notwithstanding subsection 4, a person otherwise qualified Wem
may accept appointment or consent to be appointed as auditor of a
corporation if, within fifteen days after making the request refer-
red to in that subsection, he does not receive a reply.
(6) Any interested person may apply to the court for an order Wem
declaring an auditor to be disqualified and the office of auditor to
104
be vacant if the auditor has not complied with subsection 4, unless
subsection 5 applies with respect to the appointment of the
auditor.
Statement by (7) Any Oral or written statement or report made under this
auditor * i i i- r i- <- i
privileged Act by the auditor or former auditor of the corporation has
qualified privilege. R.S.O. 1970, c. 53, s. 171; 1972, c. 138,
s. 48, amended.
S'TdUo?^""" 150.— (1) Subject to subsection 5, a person is disqualified
from being an auditor of a corporation if he is not independent of
the corporation, all of its affiliates, or of the directors or officers of
the corporation and its affiliates.
Independence (2) For the purposes of this section,
(a) independence is a question of fact; and
(b) a person is deemed not to be independent if he or his
business partner,
(i) is a business partner, director, officer or
employee of the corporation or any of its
affiliates, or a business partner of any director,
officer or employee of the corporation or any of
its affiliates,
(ii) beneficially owns directly or indirectly or exer-
cises control or direction over a material
interest in the securities of the corporation or any
of its affiliates, or
(iii) has been a receiver, receiver and manager,
liquidator or trustee in bankruptcy of the corpo-
ration or any of its affiliates within two years of
his proposed appointment as auditor of the cor-
poration.
Resignation by (3) An auditor who becomes disqualified under this section
auditor 1 11 1 • • ,- ■ r % ■ ^
shall, subject to subsection 5, resign forthwith upon becoming
aware of his disqualification.
Application to (4) An interested person may apply to the court for an order
declaring an auditor to be disqualified under this section and the
office of auditor to be vacant.
^^^"^ (5) An interested person may apply to the court for an order
exempting an auditor from disqualification under this section and
the court may, if it is satisfied that an exemption would not
unfairly prejudice the shareholders, make an exemption order on
105
such terms as it thinks fit, which order may have retrospective
effect. R.S.O. 1970, c. 53, s. 170, amended.
151 . — ( 1) An auditor of a corporation shall make such exami- Examination
nation of the financial statements required by this Act to be placed "^^ ''"''"°'
before shareholders as is necessary to enable him to report thereon
and he shall report as prescribed and in accordance with generally
accepted auditing standards.
(2) A director or an officer of a corporation shall forthwith Reporting error
notify the audit committee and the auditor or the former auditor
of any error or misstatement of which he becomes aware in a
financial statement that the auditor or the former auditor has
reported upon if the error or misstatement in all the circumstances
appears to be significant.
(3) If the auditor or former auditor of a corporation is notified or Wem
becomes aware of an error or misstatement in a financial state-
ment upon which he has reported, and if in his opinion the error or
misstatement is material, he shall inform each director accord-
ingly.
(4) When under subsection 3 the auditor or former auditor Amendment of
informs the directors of an error or misstatement in a financial ^" '°''*''ep°''
statement, the directors shall within a reasonable time,
(a) prepare and issue revised financial statements; or
{b) otherwise inform the shareholders.
(5) Uponthedemandof an auditor of a corporation, the present Right of access
or former directors, officers, employees or agents of the corpora-
tion shall furnish such,
(a) information and explanations; and
{b) access to records, documents, books, accounts and vou-
chers of the corporation or any of its subsidiaries,
as are, in the opinion of the auditor, necessary to enable him to
make the examination and report required under this section and
that the directors, officers, employees or agents are reasonably
able to furnish.
(6) Upon the demand of the auditor of a corporation, the direc- j^f^^^i^^f^
tors of the corporation shall,
(a) obtain from the present or former directors, officers,
employees and agents of any subsidiary of the corpora-
tion the information and explanations that the present or
106
former directors, officers, employees and agents are
reasonably able to furnish and that are, in the opinion of
the auditor, necessary to enable him to make the exami-
nation and report required under this section; and
(b) furnish the information and explanations so obtained to
the auditor.
^^^^ (7) Any oral or written communication under this section
between the auditor or former auditor of a corporation and its
present or former directors, officers, employees or agents or those
of any subsidiary of the corporation, has qualified privilege.
R.S.O. 1970, c. 53, s. 171; 1972, c. 138, s. 48, amended.
J,"^?''Tk'°." to 1 52. — (1) The directors shall place before each annual meet-
be laid before • ^ , , , ,
annual meeting mg ot Shareholders,
(a) in the case of a corporation that is not an offering
corporation, financial statements for the period that
began on the date the corporation came into existence
and ended not more than six months before the annual
meeting or, if the corporation has completed a financial
year, the period that began immediately after the end of
the last completed financial year and ended not more
than six months before the annual meeting;
(b) in the case of a corporation that is an offering corpora-
tion, the financial statements required to be filed under
^^''*' '^^ '^^ The Securities Act, 1978 and the regulations thereunder
relating separately to,
(i) the period that began on the date the corporation
came into existence and ended not more than six
months before the annual meeting or, if the cor-
poration has completed a financial year, the
period that began immediately after the end of
the last completed financial year and ended not
more than six months before the annual meeting,
and
(ii) the immediately preceding financial year if any;
(c) the report of the auditor, if any, to the shareholders; and
{d) any further information respecting the financial position
of the corporation and the results of its operations
required by the articles, the by-laws or any unanimous
shareholder agreement.
re"ort"^ * (2) Except as provided in subsection 1 of section 103 , the report
of the auditor to the shareholders shall be open to inspection at the
annual meeting by any shareholder.
107
(3) A corporation shall, not less than twenty-one days, in the Copy of
case of an offering corporation, and ten days, in the case of a sha^ehoidert"
corporation that is not an offering corporation, before each annual
meeting of shareholders or before the signing of a resolution under
claused of subsection 1 of section 103 in lieu of the annual meeting,
send a copy of the documents referred to in this section to each
shareholder, except to a shareholder who has informed the cor-
poration in writing that he does not wish to receive a copy of those
documents. R.S.O. 1970, c. 53, s. 172; 1972, c. 138, s. 49; 1978,
c. 49, s. 7, amended.
153. The financial statements required under this Act shall be Preparation of
prepared as prescribed by regulation and in accordance with statements
generally accepted accounting principles. New.
154. An offering corporation shall prepare and file with the Filing by
Commission the financial statements required under Part XVII of corporation
The Securities Act, 1978. i978, c. 47
1 55. — (1) True copies of the latest financial statements of each 1 inanciai
subsidiary of a holding corporation shall be kept on hand by the subsidiaries"
holding corporation at its registered office and shall be open to
examination by the shareholders of the holding corporation and
their agents and legal representatives who may make extracts
therefrom free of charge on request during the normal business
hours of the holding corporation.
(2) A corporation may, within fifteen days after a request to Application to
examine under subsection 1, apply to the court for an order
barring the right of any person to so examine, and the court may, if
satisfied that such examination would be detrimental to the cor-
poration or a subsidiary body corporate, bar such right and make
any further order it thinks fit. R.S.O. 1970, c. S3, s. 179 (3),
amended.
1 56. — (1) A corporation that is an offering corporation shall, Audit
J ., . , ... committee
and any other corporation may, have an audit committee com-
posed of not fewer than three directors of the corporation, a
majority of whom are not officers or employees of the corporation
or any of its affiliates, to hold office until the next annual meeting
of the shareholders.
(2) An audit committee shall review the financial statements of Wem
the corporation and shall report thereon to the board of directors
of the corporation before such financial statements are approved
under section 157.
(3) The auditor of a corporation is entitled to receive notice of ^j"g^^'j°'' "^-^
every meeting of the audit committee and, at the expense of the committee
corporation, to attend and be heard thereat, and, if so requested "''^*'''"^*
108
Right of
auditor to be
heard
by a member of the audit committee, shall attend every meeting of
the committee held during the term of office of the auditor.
(4) The auditor of a corporation or a member of the audit
Calling
meetings of . n ■ ^ ,
committee Committee may call a meetmg of the committee.
(5) The auditor of a corporation shall be entitled to attend at the
expense of the corporation and be heard at meetings of the board
of directors of the corporation on matters relating to his duties as
auditor. R.S.O. 1970, c. 53, s. 182; 1972, c. 138, s. 53,
amended.
Approval by
directors
157. — (1) The financial statements shall be approved by the
board of directors and the approval shall be evidenced by the
signature at the foot of the balance sheet by two of the directors
duly authorized to sign or by the director where there is only one,
and the auditor's report, unless the corporation is exempt under
section 147, shall be attached to or accompany the financial state-
ments. R.S.O. 1970, c. 53, s. 183; 1972, c. 138, s. 53.
Publishing,
etc., copies of , -. . , <- i • • h i i ,-•
financial the tinanciai statements referred to in section 152 unless the f man-
statements
(2) A corporation shall not issue, publish or circulate copies of
le financial stateme
cial statements are,
(a) approved and signed in accordance with subsection 1;
and
(b) accompanied by the report of the auditor of the corpora-
tion, if any. New.
Interim
financial
statement
1978, c. 47
Idem
158. — (1) An offering corporation shall send to each share-
holder a copy of an interim financial statement required to be filed
under The Securities Act, 1978 and the regulations thereunder.
(2) The interim financial statement required by subsection 1
shall be sent to each shareholder, within sixty days of the date to
which it is made up, at his latest address as shown on the records of
the corporation. 1978, c. 49, s. 12, part.
PART XII
INVESTIGATION
Investigation J 59^ — (j) ^ Security holder of a corporation and, in the case of
an offering corporation, the Commission may apply, ex parte or
upon such notice as the court may require, to the court for an
order directing an investigation to be made of the corporation
and any of its affiliates.
109
(2) Where, upon an application under subsection 1, it appears idem
to the court that,
(a) the business of the corporation or any of its affiliates is or
has been carried on with intent to defraud any person;
{b) the business or affairs of the corporation or any of its
affiliates are or have been carried on or conducted, or the
powers of the directors are or have been exercised, in a
manner that is oppressive or unfairly prejudicial to, or
that unfairly disregards, the interests of a security hol-
der;
(c) the corporation or any of its affiliates was formed for a
fraudulent or unlawful purpose or is to be dissolved for a
fraudulent or unlawful purpose; or
id) persons concerned with the formation, business or
affairs of the corporation or any of its affiliates have in
connection therewith acted fraudulently or dishonestly,
the court may order an investigation to be made of the corporation
and any of its affiliates.
(3) Where a security holder makes an application under sub- Notice
section 1, he shall give the Director and, if the corporation is an
offering corporation, the Commission, reasonable notice thereof
and the Director and, if the corporation is an offering corporation,
the Commission are entitled to appear and be heard in person or
by counsel.
(4) An applicant under this section is not required to give Security for
^ ' . ^^ costs not
security for costs. required
(5) An ex parte application under this section shall be heard in ^^ ^^^^^^^^^
camera.
(6) No person may publish anything relating to ex parte pro- No publication
ceedings under this section except with the authorization of the sent
court or the written consent of the corporation being investi-
gated. R.S.O. 1970, c. 58, s. 186, part, amended.
160. — (1) In connection with an investigation under this Part, ^^"be^^overed
the court may make any order it thinks fit including, without by court order
limiting the generality of the foregoing,
(a) an order to investigate;
(b) an order appointing and fixing the remuneration of an
"i , inspector or replacing an inspector;
no
(c) an order determining the notice to be given to any
interested person, or dispensing with notice to any per-
son;
(d) an order authorizing an inspector to enter any premises
in which the court is satisfied there might be relevant
information, and to examine any thing and make copies
of any document or record found on the premises;
(e) an order requiring any person to produce documents or
records to the inspector;
(/) an order authorizing an inspector to conduct a hearing,
administer oaths and examine any person upon oath,
and prescribing rules for the conduct of the hearing;
(g) an order requiring any person to attend a hearing con-
ducted by an inspector and to give evidence upon oath;
(h) an order giving directions to an inspector or any
interested person on any matter arising in the investiga-
tion;
(i) an order requiring an inspector to make an interim or
final report to the court;
(J) an order determining whether a report of an inspector
should be made available for public inspection and
ordering that copies be sent to any person the court
designates;
{k ) an order requiring an inspector to discontinue an inves-
tigation;
(/ ) an order requiring the corporation to pay the costs of the
investigation.
Inspector's (2) An inspector shall send to the Director and, where an offer-
report . • • • 1 1 1 <^ • •
mg corporation is involved, the Commission, a copy of every
report made by the inspector under this Part which, subject to
clause 7' of subsection 1, shall be placed on the corporation file for
public inspection. R.S.O. 1970, c. 53, s. 1S6, part; 1971, c. 26,
s. 31, amended.
Powers of
inspector
161 . — (1) An inspector under this Part has the powers set out
in the order appointing him.
^'^^"^ (2) In addition to the powers set out in the order appointing
him, an inspector appointed to investigate a corporation may
furnish to, or exchange information and otherwise co-operate
Ill
with, any public official in Canada or elsewhere who is authorized
to exercise investigatory powers and who is investigating, in
respect of the corporation, any allegation of improper conduct that
is the same as, or similar to, the conduct described in subsection 2
of section 159.
(3) An inspector shall produce upon request to an interested Production
person a copy of any order made under subsection 1 of section
160. R.S.O. 1970, c. 53, s. 186 (1), amended.
162. — (1) A hearing conducted by an inspector under this Hearing
Part shall be heard in camera.
(2) Any interested person may apply to the court for an order Wem
that a hearing conducted under this Part not be heard in camera
and for directions on any matter arising in the investigation.
(3) A person whose conduct is being investigated or who is Right to
being examined at a hearing conducted by an inspector under this
Part has a right to be represented by counsel. New.
1 63. — (1) Any oral or written statement or report made by an Privileged
, . . • • 1 1 • C-v statements
mspector or any other person m an mvestigation under this Part
has absolute privilege.
(2) No person is excused from attending and giving evidence Giving
evidence
and producing documents and records to an inspector under this
Part by reason only that the evidence tends to criminate him or
subject him to any proceeding or penalty, but no such evidence
shall be used or is receivable against him in any proceeding
thereafter instituted against him. New.
164. Nothing in this Part shall be construed to affect the SoUdtor-dient
privilege that exists in respect of communications between a sol-
icitor and his client. New.
165. The Director may make inquiries of any person relating {^^^^^[jf/ ^^
to compliance with this Act. New.
PART XIII
FUNDAMENTAL CHANGES
166. — (1) Subject to sections 168 and 169, a corporation may Amendments
from time to time amend its articles to add, change or remove any
provision that is permitted by this Act to be, or that is, set out in its
112
articles, including without limiting the generality of the foregoing,
to,
(a) change its name;
(b) change the municipality or geographic township in
which its registered office is located;
(c) add, change or remove any restriction upon the business
or businesses that the corporation may carry on or
upon the powers that the corporation may exercise;
(d) add, change or remove any maximum number of shares
that the corporation is authorized to issue or any
maximum consideration for which any shares of the
corporation are authorized to be issued;
(e) create new classes of shares;
(/■) increase or reduce its stated capital which, for the pur-
poses of the amendment, is deemed to be set out in the
articles;
(g) change the designation of all or any of its shares, and
add, change or remove any rights, privileges, restric-
tions and conditions, including rights to accrued
dividends, in respect of all or any of its shares, whether
issued or unissued;
(h) change the shares of any class or series, whether issued
or unissued, into a different number of shares of the
same class or series or into the same or a different
number of shares of other classes or series;
(i ) divide a class of shares, whether issued or unissued, into
series and fix the number of shares in each series and the
rights, privileges, restrictions and conditions thereof;
(j) authorize the directors to divide any class of unissued
shares into series and fix the number of shares in each
series and the rights, privileges, restrictions and condi-
tions thereof;
(k) authorize the directors to change the rights, privileges,
restrictions and conditions attached to unissued shares
of any series;
(/) revoke, diminish or enlarge any authority conferred
under clauses j and k;
113
(m) subject to sections 119 and 124, increase or decrease the
number, or minimum or maximum number, of direc-
tors; and
(w ) add, change or remove restrictions on the issue or trans-
fer of shares of any class or series.
(2) The directors of a corporation may, if so authorized by a Revocation of
special resolution effecting an amendment under this section,
revoke the resolution without further approval of the shareholders
at any time prior to the endorsement by the Director of a certificate
of amendment of articles in respect of such amendment.
(3) Notwithstanding subsection 1 , where a corporation has a Change of
' " . ^ number name
number name, the directors may amend its articles to change that
name to a name that is not a number name.
(4) An amendment under subsection 1 shall be authorized by a Authorization
special resolution and an amendment under subsection 3 may be
authorized by a resolution of the directors.
(5) This section does not apply to a corporation incorporated by ^^^"^^^^^^^
special Act, except that a corporation incorporated by special Act, excepted
including a corporation to which The Railways Act , being chapter
331 of the Revised Statutes of Ontario, 1950, applies, may under
this section amend its articles to change its name. R.S.O. 1970,
c. 53, s. 189; 1971, c. 26, s. 32, amended.
167. — (1) The directors or any shareholder who is entitled to ^^e'^j^j^artkies
vote at an annual meeting of shareholders may, in accordance
with section 98, make a proposal to amend the articles.
(2) Notice of a meeting of shareholders at which a proposal to Wem
amend the articles is to be considered shall set out the proposed
amendment and, where applicable, shall state that a dissenting
shareholder is entitled to be paid the fair value of his shares in
accordance with section 183, but failure to make that statement
does not invalidate an amendment. New.
168.— (1) The holders of shares of a class or, subject to sub- ^f J°;:;^ttn"
section 2, of a series are, unless the articles otherwise provide in of rights of
the case of an amendment referred to in clause a, bore, entitled to '^P^'^l^^^i^gr^
vote separately as a class or series upon a proposal to amend the
articles to,
(a) increase or decrease any maximum number of
authorized shares of such class or series, or increase any
maximum number of authorized shares of a class or
114
series having rights or privileges equal or superior to the
shares of such class or series;
(b) effect an exchange, reclassification or cancellation of the
shares of such class or series;
(c) add to, remove or change the rights, privileges, restric-
tions or conditions attached to the shares of such class or
series and, without limiting the generality of the forego-
ing,
(i) remove or change prejudicially rights to accrued
dividends or rights to cumulative dividends,
(ii) add, remove or change prejudicially redemption
rights or sinking fund provisions,
(iii) reduce or remove a dividend preference or a
liquidation preference, or
(iv) add, remove or change prejudicially conversion
privileges, options, voting, transfer or pre-emp-
tive rights, or rights to acquire securities of a
corporation ;
(d) add to the rights or privileges of any class or series of
shares having rights or privileges equal or superior to the
shares of such class or series;
(e) create a new class or series of shares equal or superior to
the shares of such class or series;
(/) make any class or series of shares having rights or
privileges inferior to the shares of such class or series
equal or superior to the shares of such class or series;
(g) effect an exchange or create a right of exchange of the
shares of another class or series into the shares of such
class or series; or
(h) add, remove or change restrictions on the transfer of
such class or series.
^***'™ (2) Theholdersof a series of shares of a class are entitled to vote
separately as a series under subsection 1 only if such series is
affected by an amendment in a manner different from other shares
of the same class.
115
(3) Subsection 1 applies whether or not shares of a class or series Wem
otherwise carry the right to vote.
(4) A proposed amendment to the articles referred to in subsec- idem
tion 1 is adopted when the shareholders have approved the
amendment by a special resolution of the holders of the shares of
each class or series entitled to vote thereon. R.S.O. 1970, c. 53,
s. 189 (4), amended.
169. — (1) Subject to any revocation under subsection 2 of Articles of
section 166, after an amendment has been adopted under section sent to
166 or 168, articles of amendment in prescribed form shall be sent Director
to the Director.
(2) If an amendment effects or requires a reduction of stated Application of
capital, subsections 4 and 5 of section 34 apply.
(3) No corporation shall change its name if, Change of
name
(a) the corporation is unable to pay its liabilities as they
become due; or
{b) the realizable value of the corporation's assets is less than
the aggregate of its liabilities,
unless it shall have satisfied the Director that such change of name
would not be prejudicial to the public interest. 1979, c. 36,
s. 12. amended.
170. Upon receipt of articles of amendment, the Director Certificate of
, 11 1 , . 1 -1 . ^-. ,./-• i amendment
shall endorse thereon m accordance with section 271a certificate
of amendment. 1979, c. 36, s. 13, amended.
171 . — (1) The directors may at any time restate the articles of ^j."J^g^*J,j
incorporation as amended. incorporation
(2) Restated articles of incorporation in prescribed form shall ^'^^'^
be sent to the Director.
(3) Upon receipt of restated articles of incorporation, the Restated
Director shall endorse thereon in accordance with section 271 a incorporation
certificate which shall constitute the restated certificate of incor-
poration.
116
Idem (4) Restated articles of incorporation supersede the original
articles of incorporation and all amendments thereto. 1979,
c. 36, s. 14, amended.
Amalgamation 172. Two or more Corporations, including holding or sub-
sidiary corporations, may amalgamate and continue as one cor-
poration. R.S.O. 1970, c. 53, s. 196 (1).
Amalgamation 173. — (1) Where corporations propose to amalgamate, each
agreement , ,• i n • . ,
such corporation shall enter mto an agreement settmg out the
terms and means of effecting the amalgamation and, in particular,
setting out,
(a) the provisions that are required to be included in articles
of incorporation under section 5;
Q)) subject to subsection 2, the basis upon which and man-
ner in which the holders of the issued shares of each
amalgamating corporation are to receive,
(i) securities of the amalgamated corporation,
(ii) money, or
(iii) securities of any body corporate other than the
amalgamated corporation,
in the amalgamation;
(c) the manner of payment of money instead of the issue of
fractional shares of the amalgamated corporation or of
any other body corporate the securities of which are to be
received in the amalgamation;
{d) whether the by-laws of the amalgamated corporation are
to be those of one of the amalgamating corporations and
the address where a copy of the proposed by-laws may be
examined; and
(e) such other details as may be necessary to perfect the
amalgamation and to provide for the subsequent man-
agement and operation of the amalgamated corpora-
tion. R.S.O. 1970, c. 53, s. 196 (2); 1971, c. 26, s. 34,
amended.
Shares of (2) Where shares of one of the amalgamating corporations are
amalgamating 1 1 ir r r 1 1 .
corporation held by or on behalf of another of the amalgamatmg corporations,
another ^^^ amalgamation agreement shall provide for the cancellation of
such shares upon the amalgamation becoming effective without
any repayment of capital in respect thereof, and no provision shall
be made in the agreement for the conversion of such shares into
117
shares of the amalgamated corporation. R.S.O. 1970, c. 53,
s. 196 (3).
174. — (1) The directors of each amalgamating corporation Submission of
shall submit the amalgamation agreement for approval at a a^reem^f *°"
meeting of the shareholders of the amalgamating corporation
of which they are directors and, subject to subsection 3, of the
holders of shares of each class or series entitled to vote thereon.
(2) The notice of the meeting of shareholders of each amal- Notice of
gamating corporation shall include or be accompanied by, ^^^ '"^
(a) a copy or summary of the amalgamation agreement; and
(b) a statement that a dissenting shareholder is entitled to be
paid the fair value of his shares in accordance with
section 183, but failure to make that statement does not
invalidate an amalgamation.
(3) The holders of a class or series of shares of an amalgamating Voting by
corporation , whether or not they are otherwise entitled to vote , are
entitled to vote separately as a class or series in respect of an
amalgamation if the amalgamation agreement contains a provi-
sion that, if contained in a proposed amendment to the articles,
would entitle such holders to vote separately as a class or series
under section 168.
(4) An amalgamation agreement is adopted when the share- Adoption of
holders of each amalgamating corporation have approved of the agreement
amalgamation by a special resolution of the holders of the shares of
each class or series entitled to vote thereon.
(5) An amalgamation agreement may provide that at any time Termination
before the endorsement of a certificate of amalgamation the agreement
agreement may be terminated by the directors of an amalgamating
corporation, notwithstanding approval of the agreement by the
shareholders of all or any of the amalgamating corporations.
New.
1 75. — (1) A holding corporation and one or more of its whol- Amalgamation
ly-owned subsidiary corporations may amalgamate and continue corporation
as one corporation without complying with sections 173 and 174 subJ^^ry
if,
(a) the amalgamation is approved by a resolution of the
directors of each amalgamating corporation; and
(b) the resolutions provide that,
(i) the shares of each amalgamating subsidiary cor-
poration shall be cancelled without any repay-
ment of capital in respect thereof.
118
(ii) except as may be prescribed, the articles of amal-
gamation shall be the same as the articles of
incorporation of the amalgamating holding cor-
poration, and
(iii) no securities shall be issued and no assets shall be
distributed by the amalgamated corporation in
connection with the amalgamation.
Amalgamation (2) Two or more wholly-owned subsidiary corporations of the
subsidiaries Same holding body corporate may amalgamate and continue as
one corporation without complying with sections 173 and 174 if,
(a) the amalgamation is approved by a resolution of the
directors of each amalgamating corporation; and
(b) the resolutions provide that,
(i) the shares of all but one of the amalgamating
subsidiary corporations shall be cancelled with-
out any repayment of capital in respect thereof,
(ii) except as may be prescribed, the articles of amal-
gamation shall be the same as the articles of
incorporation of the amalgamating subsidiary
corporation whose shares are not cancelled, and
(iii) the stated capital of the amalgamating sub-
sidiary corporations whose shares are cancelled
shall be added to the stated capital of the amal-
gamating subsidiary corporation whose shares
are not cancelled. New.
Articles of 176. — (1) Subject to subsection 5 of section 174, after an
amalgamation • i i
to be sent to amalgamation has been adopted under section 174 or approved
Director under section 175, articles of amalgamation in prescribed form
shall be sent to the Director.
statement ^^^ ^^^ articles of amalgamation shall have attached thereto a
statement of a director or an officer of each amalgamating cor-
poration stating that,
(a) there are reasonable grounds for believing that,
(i) each amalgamating corporation is and the amal-
gamated corporation will be able to pay its
liabilities as they become due, and
119
(ii) the realizable value of the amalgamated cor-
poration's assets will not be less than the aggre-
gate of its liabilities and stated capital of all
classes;
(b) there are reasonable grounds for believing that,
(i) no creditor will be prejudiced by the amalgama-
tion, or
(ii) adequate notice has been given to all known
creditors of the amalgamating corporations;
(c) the grounds upon which the objections of all creditors
who have notified the corporation that they object to the
amalgamation, setting forth with reasonable particular-
ity the grounds for such objections, are either frivolous
or vexatious; and
(d) the corporation has given notice to each person who has,
in the manner referred to in clause c , notified the cor-
poration of his objection to the amalgamation, that,
(i) the grounds upon which his objection is based are
considered to be frivolous or vexatious, and
(ii) a creditor of a corporation who objects to an
amalgamation has the status of a complainant
under section 246.
(3) For the purposes of subsection 2 , adequate notice is given if. Notice
(a) a notice in writing is sent to each known creditor having
a claim against the corporation that exceeds $2,500, at
the last address of the creditor known to the corporation;
(b) a notice is published once in a newspaper published or
distributed in the place where the corporation has its
registered office; and
(c) each notice states that the corporation intends to amal-
gamate with one or more specified corporations in
accordance with this Act unless a creditor of the cor-
poration objects to the amalgamation within thirty days
from the date of the notice.
(4) Upon receipt of articles of amalgamation, the Director shall ^^""^^'^^matron
endorse thereon in accordance with section 271a certificate which
120
shall constitute the certificate of amalgamation.
s. lb, part, amended.
1979, c. 36,
Effect of
certificate
177. Upon the articles of amalgamation becoming effective,
(a) the amalgamating corporations are amalgamated and
continue as one corporation under the terms and condi-
tions prescribed in the amalgamation agreement;
(6) the amalgamated corporation possesses all the property,
rights, privileges and franchises and is subject to all
liabilities, including civil, criminal and quasi-criminal,
and all contracts, disabilities and debts of each of the
amalgamating corporations;
(c) a conviction against, or ruling, order or judgment in
favour or against an amalgamating corporation may be
enforced by or against the amalgamated corporation;
{d) the articles of amalgamation are deemed to be the arti-
cles of incorporation of the amalgamated corporation
and, except for the purposes of subsection 1 of section
116, the certificate of amalgamation is deemed to be the
certificate of incorporation of the amalgamated cor-
poration;
{e) the amalgamated corporation shall be deemed to be the
party plaintiff or the party defendant, as the case may
be, in any civil action commenced by or against an
amalgamating corporation before the amalgamation has
become effective. 1979, c. 36, s. 16, part, amended.
Articles of
continuance
178. — (1) A body corporate incorporated under the laws of
any jurisdiction other than Ontario may, if it appears to the
Director to be thereunto authorized by the laws of the jurisdiction
in which it was incorporated, apply to the Director for a certificate
of continuance. 1972, c. 138, s. 55, part; 1979, c. 36, s. 17, part,
amended.
Idem
(2) Articles of continuance in prescribed form shall be sent to
the Director together with any other prescribed documents.
Amendments
to original
articles
(3) The articles of continuance shall make any amendments to
the original or restated articles of incorporation, articles of amal-
gamation, letters patent, supplementary letters patent, a special
Act and any other instrument by which the body corporate was
incorporated and any amendments thereto necessary to make the
121
articles of continuance conform to the laws of Ontario, and may
make such other amendments as would be permitted under this
Act if the body corporate were incorporated under the laws of
Ontario, provided that at least the same shareholder approval has
been obtained for such other amendments as would have been
required under this Part if the body corporate were incorporated
under the laws of Ontario. 1972, c. 138, s. 55, part, amended.
(4) Upon receipt of articles of continuance and any other pre- Endorsement
scribed documents, the Director may, on such terms and subject of continu^ance
to such limitations and conditions as he considers proper, endorse
thereon in accordance with section 271a certificate which shall
constitute the certificate of continuance.
(5) Upon the articles of continuance becoming effective, Effect of
certificate
(a) the body corporate becomes a corporation to which this
Act applies as if it had been incorporated under this Act;
(b) the articles of continuance are deemed to be the articles
of incorporation of the continued corporation; and
(c) except for the purposes of subsection 1 of section 116, the
certificate of continuance is deemed to be the certificate
of incorporation of the continued corporation.
(6) The Director shall send a copy of the certificate of con- Copy of certifi-
tinuance to the appropriate official or public body in the jurisdic- tinuance
tion in which continuance under the Act was authorized. 1979,
c. 53, s. 17, part, amended.
(7) When a body corporate is continued as a corporation under ^'^h^^-
I . ^ iiaDiiities, cic . .
tnlS Act, preserved
(a) the corporation possesses all the property, rights,
privileges and franchises and is subject to all the
liabilities, including civil, criminal and quasi-criminal,
and all contracts, disabilities and debts of the body
corporate;
(b) a conviction against, or ruling, order or judgment in
favour of or against, the body corporate may be enforced
by or against the corporation; and
(c) the corporation shall be deemed to be the party plaintiff
or the party defendant, as the case may be, in any civil
action commenced by or against the body corpo-
rate. R.S.O. 1970, c. 53, s. 200, amended.
122
Shares issued
before body
corporate con-
tinued under
this Act
(8) Subject to subsection 3 of section 55, a share of a body
corporate issued before the body corporate was continued under
this Act is deemed to have been issued in compHance with this Act
and with the provisions of the articles of continuance, irrespective
of whether the share is fully paid and of any designation, rights,
privileges, restrictions or conditions set out on or referred to in the
certificate representing the share, and continuance under this
section does not deprive a holder of any right or privilege that he
claims under, or relieve him of any liability in respect of, an issued
share. New.
Transfer of
Ontario cor-
porations
1 79. — (1) Subject to subsection 9, a corporation may, if it is
authorized by the shareholders and the Director in accordance
with this section, apply to the appropriate official or public body
of another jurisdiction requesting that the corporation be con-
tinued as if it had been incorporated under the laws of that other
jurisdiction.
Notice to
shareholders
(2) The notice of the meeting of shareholders shall include or be
accompanied by a statement that a dissenting shareholder is enti-
tled to be paid the fair value of his shares in accordance with
section 183, but failure to make that statement does not invalidate
an authorization under clause a of subsection 3.
Application for
continuance
(3) An application for continuance becomes authorized,
{a) by the shareholders when the shareholders voting there-
on have approved of the continuance by a special resol-
ution; and
{b) by the Director when, following receipt from the cor-
poration of an application in prescribed form, he
endorses an authorization on the application.
Authorization
bv Director
(4) The Director may endorse the authorization if he is satisfied
that the application is not prohibited by subsection 9.
Abandoning
application
(5) The directors of a corporation may, if authorized by the
shareholders, abandon an application without further approval of
the shareholders.
Time limit (6) xhe authorization of the Director for an application for
authorization continuance expires ninety days after the date of endorsement of
the authorization unless, within the ninety day period, the cor-
poration is continued under the laws of the other jurisdiction.
Filing
instrument
of issuance
(7) The corporation shall file with the Director a copy of the
instrument of continuance issued to it by the other jurisdiction
within sixty days after the date of issuance.
123
(8) This Act ceases to apply to the corporation on the date Effective
»on which the c
other jurisdiction.
upon which the corporation is continued under the laws of the ^^^^
(9) A corporation shall not apply under subsection 1 to be con- Continuance
tinued as a body corporate under the laws of another jurisdiction juHs"dktion
unless those laws provide in effect that,
(a) the property of the corporation continues to be the prop-
erty of the body corporate;
(b) the body corporate continues to be liable for the obliga-
tions of the corporation;
(c) an existing cause of action, claim or liability to prosecu-
tion is unaffected;
(d) a civil, criminal or administrative action or proceeding
pending by or against the corporation may be continued
to be prosecuted by or against the body corporate; and
(e) a conviction against the corporation may be enforced
against the body corporate or a ruling, order or judg-
ment in favour of or against the corporation may be
enforced by or against the body corporate. 1971, c. 26,
s. 37; 1972, c. 138, s. 56, amended.
180. — (1) In this section, "arrangement", with respect to a Arrangement
corporation, includes,
(a) a reorganization of the shares of any class or series of the
corporation or of the stated capital of any such class or
series;
(b) the addition to or removal from the articles of the cor-
poration of any provision that is permitted by this Act to
be, or that is, set out in the articles or the change of any
such provision;
(c) an amalgamation of the corporation with another cor-
poration;
(d) an amalgamation of a body corporate with a corporation
that results in an amalgamated corporation subject to
this Act;
(e) a transfer of all or substantially all the property of the
corporation to another body corporate in exchange for
securities, money or other property of the body corpo-
rate;
124
1978, c. 47
if) an exchange of securities of the corporation held by
security holders for other securities, money or other
property of the corporation or securities, money or other
property of another body corporate that is not a take-
over bid as defined in Part XIX of The Securities Act,
1978;
(g ) a liquidation or dissolution of the corporation;
{h ) any other reorganization or scheme involving the busi-
ness or affairs of the corporation or of any or all of the
holders of its securities or of any options or rights to
acquire any of its securities that is, at law, an
arrangement; and
(i ) any combination of the foregoing. R.S.O.
s. 193 (1), amended.
1970, c. 53,
Scheme of
arrangement
Adoption of
arrangement
(2) A corporation proposing an arrangement shall prepare, for
the approval of the shareholders, a statement thereof setting out in
detail what is proposed to be done and the manner in which it is
proposed to be done.
(3) Subject to any order of the court made under subsection 5,
where an arrangement has been approved by shareholders of a
corporation and by holders of shares of each class or series entitled
to vote separately thereon, in each case by special resolution, the
arrangement shall have been adopted by the shareholders of the
corporation and the corporation may apply to the court for an
order approving the arrangement.
Separate
votes
(4) The holders of shares of a class or series of shares of a
corporation are not entitled to vote separately as a class or series in
respect of an arrangement unless the statement of the arrangement
referred to in subsection 2 contains a provision that, if contained in
a proposed amendment to the articles, would entitle such holders
to vote separately as a class or series under section 168 and, if the
statement of the arrangement contains such a provision, such
holders are entitled to vote separately on the arrangement whether
or not such shares otherwise carry the right to vote.
Application
to court
(5) The corporation may, at any time, apply to the court for
advice and directions in connection with an arrangement or pro-
posed arrangement and the court may make such order as it
considers appropriate, including, without limiting the generality
of the foregoing,
{a) an order determining the notice to be given to any
interested person or dispensing with notice to any per-
son;
125
(b) an order requiring a corporation to call, hold and con-
duct an additional meeting of, or to hold a separate vote
of, all or any particular group of holders of any securities
or warrants of the corporation in such manner as the
court directs;
(c) an order permitting a shareholder to dissent under sec-
tion 183 if the arrangement is adopted;
(d) an order appointing counsel, at the expense of the cor-
poration, to represent the interests of shareholders;
(e) an order that the arrangement or proposed arrangement
shall be deemed not to have been adopted by the share-
holders of the corporation unless it has been approved by
a specified majority that is greater than two- thirds of the
votes cast at a meeting of the holders, or any particular
group of holders, of securities or warrants of the cor-
poration; and
(/) an order approving the arrangement as proposed by the
corporation or as amended in any manner the court may
direct, subject to compliance with such terms and con-
ditions, if any, as the court thinks fit,
and to the extent that any such order is inconsistent with a provi-
sion of this section such order shall prevail.
(6) Where a reorganization or scheme is proposed as an Procedure
arrangement and involves an amendment of the articles of a
corporation or the taking of any other steps that could be made or
taken under any other provision of this Act, the procedure pro-
vided for in this section, and not the procedure provided for in
such other provision, applies to such reorganization or scheme.
(7) Where an amendment of articles is proposed to be made Wem
under section 166 that could be made under this section, the
procedure provided for in section 166 and not the procedure
provided for in this section applies in respect of the amendment.
(8) An applicant under this section shall give the Director notice ^^[^^^^'^^
of the application, and the Director is entitled to appear and be to be heard
heard in person or by counsel. R.S.O. 1970, c. 53, s. 194 (2-8),
amended.
181. — (1) After an order referred to in clause/ of subsection 5 ^^"J^jJ^gj^gn^
of section 180 has been made, articles of arrangement in pre- sent to
scribed form shall be sent to the Director. ^'''^^^°'
126
Certificate of
arrangement
(2) Upon receipt of articles of arrangement the Director shall
endorse thereon in accordance with section 271a certificate which
shall constitute the certificate of arrangement. New.
Borrowing
powers
182. — (1) Unless the articles or by-laws of or a unanimous
shareholder agreement otherwise provide, the articles of a cor-
poration are deemed to state that the directors of a corporation
may, without authorization of the shareholders,
(a) borrow money upon the credit of the corporation;
{h) issue, reissue, sell or pledge debt obligations of the cor-
poration;
(c) subject to section 20, give a guarantee on behalf of the
corporation to secure performance of an obligation of
any person; and
{d) mortgage, hypothecate, pledge or otherwise create a
security interest in all or any property of the corporation,
owned or subsequently acquired, to secure any obliga-
tion of the corporation.
Delegation of
powers
(2) Notwithstanding subsection 3 of section 126 and clause a of
section 132, unless the articles or by-laws of or a unanimous
shareholder agreement relating to a corporation otherwise pro-
vide, the directors may by resolution delegate any or all of the
powers referred to in subsection 1 to a director, a committee of
directors or an officer. R.S.O. 1970, c. 53, s. Si, amended.
Sale, etc..
requires
approval of
shareholders
(3) A sale, lease or exchange of all or substantially all the
property of a corporation other than in the ordinary course of
business of the corporation requires the approval of the share-
holders in accordance with subsections 4 to 8.
Notice
(4) The notice of the meeting of shareholders shall include or be
accompanied by.
(a) a copy or summary of the agreement of sale, lease or
exchange; and
{h) a statement that a dissenting shareholder is entitled to be
paid the fair value of his shares in accordance with
section 183, but failure to make that statement does not
invalidate a sale, lease or exchange referred to in subsec-
tion 3.
127
(5) At the meeting referred to in subsection 4, the shareholders shareholders
may authorize the sale, lease or exchange and may fix or authorize T^l e"c. °"^^
the directors to fix any of the terms and conditions thereof.
(6) If a sale, lease or exchange by a corporation referred to in i^'sht to vote
subsection 3 would affect a particular class or series of shares of ^^^^^^ ^ ^
the corporation in a manner different from the shares of another
class or series of the corporation entitled to vote on the sale, lease
or exchange at the meeting referred to in subsection 4, the holders
of such first mentioned class or series of shares, whether or not
they are otherwise entitled to vote, are entitled to vote separately
as a class or series in respect to such sale, lease or exchange.
(7) The approval of a sale, lease or exchange referred to in Adoption
subsection 3 is effective when the shareholders have approved the
sale, lease or exchange by a special resolution of the holders of the
shares of each class or series entitled to vote thereon.
(8) The directors of a corporation may, if authorized by the Approval by
shareholders approving a proposed sale, lease or exchange, and
subject to the rights of third parties, abandon the sale, lease or
exchange without further approval of the shareholders. New.
1 83. — (1) Subject to subsection 3 and to sections 184 and 246, i^'ghts of dis-
. . senting share-
if a corporation resolves to, holders
(a) amend its articles under section 166 to add, remove or
change restrictions on the transfer of shares of a class or
series of the shares of the corporation;
{b) amend its articles under section 166 to add, remove or
change any restriction upon the business or businesses
that the corporation may carry on or upon the powers
that the corporation may exercise;
(c) amalgamate with another corporation under sections
173 and 174;
(d) be continued under the laws of another jurisdiction
under section 179; or
(e) sell, lease or exchange all or substantially all its property
under subsection 3 of section 182,
a holder of shares of any class or series entitled to vote on the
resolution may dissent.
(2) If a corporation resolves to amend its articles in a manner Wem
referred to in subsection 1 of section 168, a holder of shares of any
128
class or series entitled to vote on the amendment under section 166
or 168 may dissent, except in respect of an amendment referred to
in clause a, boreoi subsection 1 of section 168 where the articles
provide that the holders of shares of such class or series are not
entitled to dissent.
Exception (3) \ shareholder of a corporation incorporated before this Act
comes into force is not entitled to dissent under this section in
respect of an amendment of the articles of the corporation to
the extent that the amendment,
(a) amends the express terms of any provision of the articles
of the corporation to conform to the terms of the provi-
sion as deemed to be amended by section 274; or
(b) deletes from the articles of the corporation all of the
objects of the corporation set out in its articles, provided
that the deletion is made within three years after this Act
comes into force.
Shareholder's
right to be
paid fair
value
(4) In addition to any other right he may have, but subject to
subsection 28, a shareholder who complies with this section is
entitled, when the action approved by the resolution from which
he dissents becomes effective, to be paid by the corporation the
fair value of the shares held by him in respect of which he dissents,
determined as of the close of business on the day before the
resolution was adopted or the order was made.
No partial
dissent
(5) A dissenting shareholder may only claim under this section
with respect to all the shares of a class held by him on behalf of any
one beneficial owner and registered in the name of the dissenting
shareholder.
Objection (5) ^ disscnting shareholder shall send to the corporation, at or
before any meeting of shareholders at which a resolution referred
to in subsection 1 or 2 is to be voted on, a written objection to the
resolution, unless the corporation did not give notice to the share-
holder of the purpose of the meeting or of his right to dissent.
Notice of
adoption of
resolution
(7) The corporation shall, within ten days after the share-
holders adopt the resolution, send to each shareholder who has
filed the objection referred to in subsection 6 notice that the
resolution has been adopted, but such notice is not required to be
sent to any shareholder who voted for the resolution or who has
withdrawn his objection.
(8) A dissenting shareholder entitled to receive notice under
Demand for
pavment of fair . , • „ i n . , . , <• i • ,
value subsection 7 shall, withm twenty days after he receives such
129
notice, or, if he does not receive such notice, within twenty days
after he learns that the resolution has been adopted, send to the
corporation a written notice containing,
(a) his name and address;
(b) the number and class of shares in respect of which he
dissents; and
(c) a demand for payment of the fair value of such shares.
(9) Not later than the thirtieth day after the sending of a notice Certificates to
under subsection 8, a dissenting shareholder shall send the certifi-
cates representing the shares in respect of which he dissents to the
corporation or its transfer agent.
(10) A dissenting shareholder who fails to comply with subsec- ^'^^^
tions 6, 8 and 9 has no right to make a claim under this section.
(11) A corporation or its transfer agent shall endorse on any Endorsement
share certificate received under subsection 9 a notice that the
holder is a dissenting shareholder under this section and shall
return forthwith the share certificates to the dissenting share-
holder.
(12) On sending a notice under subsection 8, a dissenting Rights of dis-
• 1 11 senting share-
shareholder ceases to have any rights as a shareholder other than holder
the right to be paid the fair value of his shares as determined under
this section except where,
(a) the dissenting shareholder withdraws his notice before
the corporation makes an offer under subsection 13;
(b) the corporation fails to make an offer in accordance with
subsection 13 and the dissenting shareholder withdraws
his notice; or
(c) the directors revoke a resolution to amend the articles
under subsection 2 of section 166, terminate an amalga-
mation agreement under subsection 5 of section 174 or
an application for continuance under subsection 5 of
section 179, or abandon a sale, lease or exchange under
subsection 8 of section 182,
in which case his rights as the holder of the shares in respect of
which he has dissented are reinstated as of the date he sent the
notice referred to in subsection 8, and he is entitled, upon presen-
tation and surrender to the corporation or its transfer agent of any
certificate representing the shares that has been endorsed in
130
accordance with subsection 11, to be issued a new certificate
representing the same number of shares as the certificate so pre-
sented, without payment of any fee.
Offer to pay (13) A Corporation shall, not later than seven days after the
later of the day on which the action approved by the resolution is
effective or the day the corporation received the notice referred to
in subsection 8, send to each dissenting shareholder who has sent
such notice,
(a) a written offer to pay for his shares in an amount
considered by the directors of the corporation to be the
fair value thereof, accompanied by a statement showing
how the fair value was determined; or
{b) if subsection 28 applies, a notification that it is unable
lawfully to pay dissenting shareholders for their shares.
^^^"^ (14) Every offer made under subsection 13 for shares of the
same class or series shall be on the same terms.
^^^"^ (15) Subject to subsection 28, a corporation shall pay for the
shares of a dissenting shareholder within ten days after an offer
made under subsection 13 has been accepted, but any such offer
lapses if the corporation does not receive an acceptance thereof
within thirty days after the offer has been made.
Application to (16) Where a corporation fails to make an offer under subsec-
court to fix fair . . .
value tion 13 or it a dissentmg shareholder fails to accept an offer, the
corporation may, within fifty days after the action approved by
the resolution is effective or within such further period as the court
may allow, apply to the court to fix a fair value for the shares of
any dissenting shareholder.
^'^^"' (17) If a corporation fails to apply to the court under subsection
16, a dissenting shareholder may apply to the court for the same
purpose within a further period of twenty days or within such
further period as the court may allow.
^•^^"^ (18) A dissenting shareholder is not required to give security for
costs in an application made under subsection 16 or 17.
^°^^^ (19) Ifacorporationfailstocomply with subsection 13, then the
costs of a shareholder application under subsection 17 are to be
borne by the corporation unless the court otherwise orders.
Notice to (20) Before making application to the court under subsection 16
shareholders i r • • • r
or not later than seven days after receiving notice of an application
to the court under subsection 17, as the case may be, a corporation
131
shall give notice to each dissenting shareholder who, at the date
upon which the notice is given,
(a) has sent to the corporation the notice referred to in
subsection 8; and
(b) has not accepted an offer made by the corporation under
subsection 13, if such an offer was made,
of the date, place and consequences of the application and of his
right to appear and be heard in person or by counsel, and a similar
notice shall be given to each dissenting shareholder who, after the
date of such first mentioned notice and before termination of the
proceedings commenced by the application, satisfies the condi-
tions set out in clauses a and b within three days after he satisfies
such conditions.
(2 1) All dissenting shareholders who satisfy the conditions set Parties joined
out in clauses a and b of subsection 20 shall be deemed to be joined
as parties to an application under subsection 16 or 17 on the later
of the date upon which the application is brought and the date
upon which they satisfy the conditions, and shall be bound by the
decision rendered by the court in the proceedings commenced by
the application.
(22) Upon an application to the court under subsection 1 6 or 1 7 , Wem
the court may determine whether any other person is a dissenting
shareholder who should be joined as a party, and the court shall
fix a fair value for the shares of all dissenting shareholders.
(23) The court may in its discretion appoint one or more Appraisers
appraisers to assist the court to fix a fair value for the shares of the
dissenting shareholders.
(24) The final order of the court in the proceedings commenced ^"'"^1 °^'^^^
by an application under subsection 16 or 17 shall be rendered
against the corporation and in favour of each dissenting share-
holder who, whether before or after the date of the order, complies
with the conditions set out in clauses a and b of subsection 20.
(25) The court may in its discretion allow a reasonable rate of interest
interest on the amount payable to each dissenting shareholder
from the date the action approved by the resolution is effective
until the date of payment.
(26) Where subsection 28 applies, the corporation shall, within ^J^[fo"yn^i3,g
ten days after the pronouncement of an order under subsection 24, to pay
notify each dissenting shareholder that it is unable lawfully to pay
dissenting shareholders for their shares.
132
Idem
(27) Where subsection 28 applies, a dissenting shareholder, by
written notice delivered to the corporation within thirty days after
receiving a notice under subsection 26, may,
(a) withdraw his notice of dissent, in which case the cor-
poration is deemed to consent to the withdrawal and the
shareholder is reinstated to his full rights as a share-
holder; or
(b) retain a status as a claimant against the corporation, to
be paid as soon as the corporation is lawfully able to do
so or, in a liquidation, to be ranked subordinate to the
rights of creditors of the corporation but in priority to its
shareholders.
Idem
(28) A corporation shall not make a payment to a dissenting
shareholder under this section if there are reasonable grounds for
believing that,
(a) the corporation is or, after the payment, would be
unable to pay its liabilities as they become due; or
(b) the realizable value of the corporation's assets would
thereby be less than the aggregate of its liabilities.
Court order
Director may
appear
(29) Upon application by a corporation that proposes to take
any of the actions referred to in subsection 1, the court may, if
satisfied that the proposed action is not in all the circumstances
one that should give rise to the rights arising under subsection 4,
by order declare that those rights will not arise upon the taking of
the proposed action, and the order may be subject to compliance
with such terms and conditions as the court thinks fit and notice of
any such application and a copy of any order made by the court
upon such application shall be served upon the Director and, if the
corporation is an offering corporation, upon the Commission.
(30) The Director and, in the case of an offering corporation,
the Commission may appoint counsel to assist the court upon the
hearing of an application under subsection 29. R.S.O. 1970, c.
53, s. 100; 1972, c. 138, s. 24, amended.
Reorganization 184. — (1) In this section, "reorganization" means a court
1970, order made under section 246 or an order made under the Bank-
ruptcy Act (Canada) approving a proposal.
R.S.C
c. B-4
Articles
amended
Auxiliary
powers of
court
(2) If a corporation is subject to a reorganization, its articles
may be amended by such order to effect any change that might
lawfully be made by an amendment under section 166.
(3) Where a reorganization is made, the court may also.
133
(a) authorize the issue of debt obHgations of the corporation,
whether or not convertible into shares of any class or
having attached any rights or options to acquire shares
of any class, and fix the terms thereof; and
(b) appoint directors in place of or in addition to all or any of
the directors then in office.
(4) After a reorganization has been made, articles of reorgani- Articles of
zation in prescribed form shall be sent to the Director. reorganization
(5) Upon receipt of articles of reorganization, the Director shall Certificate
endorse thereon in accordance with section 271 a certificate which
shall constitute the certificate of amendment and the articles are
amended accordingly.
(6) A shareholder is not entitled to dissent under section 183 if No dissent
an amendment to the articles is effected under this section. New.
PART XIV
COMPULSORY ACQUISITIONS
185. — (1) This Part applies only to an offering corporation. Application
(2) In this Part, interpre-
tation
(a) "dissenting offeree" means a person to whom a take-over
bid or issuer bid is made who does not accept the
take-over bid or issuer bid and includes a person who
subsequently acquires a security that is the subject of the
bid;
(b) "equity security" means any security other than a debt
obligation of a corporation;
(c) "issuer bid" means an offer made by a corporation to
security holders to purchase, redeem or otherwise
acquire any or all of a class of the securities of the
corporation, other than where,
(i) the securities to be purchased, redeemed or
otherwise acquired are debt securities that are
not convertible into equity securities,
(ii) the securities are to be purchased, redeemed or
otherwise acquired in accordance with the terms
and conditions thereof or otherwise agreed to at
134
the time they were issued or subsequently varied
by amendment of the documents setting out those
terms and conditions, or are acquired to meet
sinking fund requirements or from an employee
or a former employee of the issuer or of an
affiliate, or
(iii) the purchases, redemptions or other acquisitions
to be made are required by the instrument creat-
ing or governing the class of securities or by
this Act;
(d) "offeree" means a person to whom a take-over bid or an
issuer bid is made;
(e) "offeree corporation" means a corporation whose sec-
urities are the subject of a take-over bid;
(/) "offeror" means a person, other than an agent, who
makes a take-over bid or an issuer bid;
(g) "take-over bid" means an offer made to security holders
of an offeree corporation to purchase directly or indi-
rectly voting securities of the offeree corporation, where
the voting securities that are the subject of the offer to
purchase, the acceptance of the offer to sell or the com-
bination thereof, as the case may be, together with the
securities currently owned by the offeror, its affiliates
and associates will in the aggregate exceed 20 per cent of
the outstanding voting securities of the offeree corpora-
tion. New.
Take-over or igg. — (1) If within 120 days after the date of,
issuer bid
(a) a take-over bid, the bid is accepted by the holders of not
less than 90 per cent of the securities of any class of
securities to which the bid relates, other than securities
held at the date of the bid by or on behalf of the offeror,
or an affiliate or associate of the offeror; or
(b) an issuer bid, the bid is accepted by the holders of not less
than 90 per cent of the securities of any class of securities
to which the bid relates, other than securities held at the
date of the bid by or on behalf of the issuer, or an affiliate
or associate of the issuer,
the offeror is entitled, upon complying with this section, to acquire
the securities held by dissenting offerees.
135
(2) An offeror may acquire the securities of any class to which shares of
the bid relates that are held by a dissenting offeree by sending by offeree'"^
registered mail on or before the earlier of the sixtieth day following
the termination of the bid and the one hundred and eightieth day
following the date of the bid an offeror's notice to each dissenting
offeree and to the Director stating in substance that,
(a) offerees holding more than 90 per cent of the securities to
which the bid relates other than securities held at the
date of the bid by or on behalf of the offeror or an affiliate
or associate of the offeror have accepted the bid;
{b) the offeror is bound to take up and pay for or has taken
up and paid for the securities of the offerees who
accepted the bid;
(c) a dissenting offeree is required to elect,
(i) to transfer his securities to the offeror on the
terms on which the offeror acquired the sec-
urities of the offerees who accepted the bid, or
(ii) to demand payment of the fair value of his sec-
urities in accordance with subsections 13 to 2 1 by
notifying the offeror within twenty days after
receipt of the offeror's notice;
(d) a dissenting offeree who does not notify the offeror in
accordance with subclause ii of clause c is deemed to
have elected to transfer his securities to the offeror on the
same terms that the offeror acquired the securities from
the offerees who accepted the bid; and
(e) a dissenting offeree must send the certificates repre-
senting his securities to which the bid relates to the
offeree corporation or, in the case of an issuer bid, to the
offeror within twenty days after he receives the offeror's
notice.
(3) In the case of. Notice
(a) a take-over bid, concurrently with sending the offeror's
notice under subsection 2, the offeror shall send or
deliver to the offeree corporation a notice of adverse
claim in accordance with section 87 with respect to each
share held by a dissenting offeree; or
(b) an issuer bid, the offeror shall be deemed to have notice
of an adverse claim for the purpose of section 87 with
respect to each share held by a dissenting offeree.
136
Sending in
share
certificates
(4) A dissenting offeree to whom an offeror's notice is sent
under subsection 2 shall, within twenty days after he receives that
notice,
(a) send the certificates representing his securities to which
the take-over bid relates to the offeree corporation; or
(b) send the certificates representing his securities to which
the issuer bid relates to the offeror.
Payment by
offeror
(5) Within twenty days after the offeror sends an offeror's
notice under subsection 2, the offeror shall pay or transfer to the
offeree corporation the amount of money or other consideration
that the offeror would have had to pay or transfer to all dissenting
offerees if they had elected to accept the take-over bid under
subclause i of clause c of subsection 2 .
Trust funds (5) js^^ offeree corporation is deemed to hold in trust for
dissenting offerees the money or other consideration it receives
under subsection 5 , and the offeree corporation shall deposit the
money in a separate account in a bank or other body corporate any
of whose deposits are insured by the Canada Deposit Insurance
Corporation and shall place the other consideration in the custody
of a bank or other such body corporate.
Idem
(7) The offeror making an issuer bid is deemed to hold in
trust for dissenting offerees the money or other consideration
that the offeror would have had to pay or transfer to all dissenting
offerees if they had elected to accept the issuer bid under subclause
i of clause c of subsection 2 and, within twenty days after the issuer
sends an offeror's notice under subsection 2, the issuer shall
deposit any such money in a separate account in a bank or other
body corporate any of whose deposits are insured by the Canada
Deposit Insurance Corporation and shall place the other consider-
ation in the custody of a bank or such other body corporate within
twenty days after the offeror sends an offeror's notice under sub-
section 2.
Notice of
compliance
(8) Within ten days after the offeror complies with subsection 5
or subsection 7, as the case may be, the offeror shall give notice of
the date of such compliance to all dissenting offerees.
Application
to court
(9) At any time prior to the thirtieth day following the day upon
which the offeror's notice referred to in subsection 2 is sent to
dissenting offerees, a dissenting offeree who has demanded pay-
ment of the fair value of his securities in accordance with sub-
clause ii of clause c of subsection 2 may apply to the court for an
order requiring the person who has sent the offeror's notice to
provide, in such form as the court considers appropriate, such
137
additional security for payment to dissenting offerees of the fair
value of their securities as the court may determine to be neces-
sary, pending the determination of such fair value.
(10) The securities of all dissenting offerees shall be deemed to where shares
have been acquired by the offeror, acquired
(a) where an application under subsection 9 has not been
made within the time set out in subsection 9, upon the
expiration of that time; or
(b) where an application has been made under subsection 9,
upon compliance with the order made in respect of the
application.
(11) Within ten days after the acquisition of the securities of Duties of
offeree
dissenting offerees under subsection 10 by an offeror who has corporation
made a take-over bid, the offeree corporation shall,
(a) issue to the offeror a security certificate in respect of the
securities that were held by dissenting offerees;
ib) send to each dissenting offeree who elects to accept the
take-over bid terms under subclause i of clause c of
subsection 2 and who sends his security certificates as
required under clause a of subsection 4, the money or
other consideration to which he is entitled; and
(c) send to each dissenting offeree who has not sent his
security certificates as required under clause a of sub-
section 4, notice stating in substance that,
(i) the certificates representing his securities have
been cancelled,
(ii) the offeree corporation or some designated per-
son holds in trust for him the money or other
consideration to which he is entitled as payment
for or in exchange for his securities, and
(iii) the offeree corporation will, subject to subsec-
tions 13 to 2 1 , send that money or other consider-
ation to him forthwith after receiving his sec-
urities.
(12) Within ten days after the acquisition of the securities of ^j^^™^"* "^^
dissenting offerees under subsection 10 by an offeror who has
made an issuer bid, the offeror shall,
138
(a) send to each dissenting offeree who elects to accept the
issuer bid terms under subclause i of clause c of subsec-
tion 2 and who sends his security certificates as required
under clause b of subsection 4, the money or other con-
sideration to which he is entitled; and
Application to
fix fair value
{b) send to each dissenting offeree who has not sent his
security certificates as required under clause b of sub-
section 4 a notice stating in substance that,
(i) the certificates representing his securities have
been cancelled,
(ii) the offeror or some designated person holds in
trust for him the money or other consideration to
which he is entitled as payment for or in exchange
for his securities, and
(iii) the offeror will, subject to subsections 13 to 21,
send that money or other consideration to him
forthwith after receiving his securities.
(13) If a dissenting offeree has elected to demand payment of
the fair value of his securities under subclause ii of clause c of
subsection 2 , the offeror may, in the case of a take-over bid, within
twenty days after it has complied with subsection 5 or, in the case
of an issuer bid, within twenty days after it has complied with
subsection 7 , apply to the court to fix the fair value of the securities
of that dissenting offeree.
Idem
Where no
application
(14) If an offeror fails to apply to the court under subsection 13,
a dissenting offeree may apply to the court for the same purpose
within a further period of twenty days.
(15) If no application is made to the court under subsection 13 or
14 within the periods set out in those subsections, a dissenting
offeree is deemed to have elected to transfer his securities to the
offeror on the same terms that the offeror acquired the securities
from offerees who accepted the take-over or issuer bid and, pro-
vided that the dissenting offeree has complied with subsection 4,
the issuer or the offeree corporation, as the case may be, shall
pay or transfer to the dissenting offeree the money or other consid-
eration to which he is entitled.
(16) A dissenting offeree is not required to give security for costs
Security for
required in an application made under subsection 13 or 14.
Parties
(17) Upon an application under subsection 13 or 14,
(a) all dissenting offerees referred to in subclause ii of clause
c of subsection 2 whose securities have not been acquired
139
by the offeror shall be joined as parties and are bound by
the decision of the court; and
(b) the offeror shall notify each such dissenting offeree of
the date, place and consequences of the application and
of his right to appear and be heard in person or by
counsel.
(18) Upon an application to the court under subsection 13 or 14, '^^™
the court may determine whether any other person is a dissenting
offeree who should be joined as a party, and the court shall then fix
a fair value for the securities of all dissenting offerees.
(19) The court may appoint one or more appraisers to assist the Appointment of
urt ir
offeree.
court in fixing a fair value for the securities of each dissenting ^pp''^'*'^''^
(20) The final order of the court shall be made against the final
offeror in favour of each dissenting offeree.
(21) In connection with proceedings under this section, the what court
court may make any order it thinks fit and, without limiting the
generality of the foregoing, it may,
(a) fix the amount of money or other consideration that is
required to be held in trust under subsection 6 or 7;
(b) order that the money or other consideration be held in
trust by a person other than,
(i) the offeree corporation, or
(ii) in the case of an issuer bid, the offeror corpora-
tion;
(c) allow a reasonable rate of interest on the amount payable
to each dissenting offeree from the date he sends his
security certificates under subsection 4 until the date of
payment; or
(d) order that any money payable to a dissenting offeree who
cannot be found be paid to the Public Trustee. New.
187. — (1) Where 90 per cent or more of a class of securities of Where
, 11111.- • 1 1 corporation
a corporation, other than debt obligations, are acquired by or on required to
behalf of a person, his affiliates and his associates, then the holder acquire
•^ ' ' securities
of any securities of that class not counted for the purposes of
calculating such percentage shall be entitled in accordance with
this section to require the corporation to acquire his securities of
that class.
140
Notice (2) Every corporation, within thirty days after it becomes
aware that security holders are entitled to require it to acquire
their securities under subsection 1, shall send a written notice to
each such security holder that he may within sixty days of the date
of such notice require the corporation to acquire his securities.
Wem (3) The notice sent by the corporation under subsection 2
shall,
(a) set out a price that the corporation is willing to pay for
the securities;
(b) give the basis for arriving at the price;
(c) state the location where any supporting material used for
arriving at the price may be examined and extracts taken
therefrom by the security holder or his duly authorized
agent; and
(d) state that if the security holder is not satisfied with the
price offered by the corporation in the notice he is enti-
tled to have the fair value of his securities fixed by the
court.
Election by (4) Where a security holder receives a notice under subsection 2
secunty holder i • i i . . , . ...
and wishes the corporation to acquire his securities, he may,
within sixty days after the date of the notice,
(a) elect to accept the price offered by the corporation by
giving notice of his acceptance to the corporation and by
forthwith sending his security certificates to the cor-
poration; or
ib) notify the corporation that he wishes to have the fair
value of his securities fixed by the court.
Application to (5) Where a security holder wishes to have the fair value of his
securities fixed by the court, the corporation shall make an appli-
cation to the court within ninety days after the date of the notice
under subsection 2.
^^^"^ (6) If a corporation fails to send notice under subsection 2, a
security holder, after giving the corporation thirty days notice of
his intention so to do, may apply to the court to have the fair value
of his securities fixed.
^'1^'" (7) If a corporation fails to make an application to the court as
required under subsection 5, a security holder may make the
application.
141
(8) Upon an application to the court under subsection 5 , 6 or 7 , Parties
(a) all security holders who have notified the corporation
under clause b of subsection 4 may be joined as parties as
the court thinks fit and, if so joined, are bound by the
decision of the court; and
(b) the corporation shall notify each security holder entitled
to notice under subsection 2 of the date, place and pur-
pose of the application and of his right to appear and be
heard in person or by counsel.
(9) Upon an application to the court under subsection 5, 6 or 7, Wem
the court may determine whether any security holders should
properly be sent or have been sent notice and whether such
security holders should be joined as parties.
(10) The court may appoint one or more appraisers to assist the Appointment of
,-, .. appraiser
court m fixmg a fair value for the securities.
(11) The final order of the court shall be made against the Final
order
corporation in favour of each entitled security holder.
(12) A security holder requesting the court to fix the fair value Security not
... ... ... • r 1 required
of his securities is not required to give security tor costs on the
application.
(13) The costs under this section shall be on a solicitor and client ^osts
basis. New.
188.— (1) In this section, Interpre-
tation
(a) "affected security" means a participating security of a
corporation in which the interest of the holder would be
terminated by reason of a going private transaction;
(b) "going private transaction" means an amalgamation,
arrangement, consolidation or other transaction carried
out under this Act by a corporation that would cause the
interest of a holder of a participating security of the
corporation to be terminated without the consent of the
holder and without the substitution therefor of an
interest of equivalent value in a participating security
that,
(i) is issued by the corporation, an affiliate of the
corporation or a successor body corporate, and
142
(ii) is not limited in the extent of its participation in
earnings to any greater extent than the par-
ticipating security for which it is substituted,
but does not include,
(iii) an acquisition under section 186,
(iv) a redemption of, or other compulsory termina-
tion of the interest of the holder in, a security if
the security is redeemed or otherwise acquired in
accordance with the terms and conditions
attaching thereto or under a requirement of the
articles relating to the class of securities or of this
Act, or
(v) a proceeding under Part XV;
(c) "participating security" means a security issued by a
body corporate other than a security that is, in all cir-
cumstances, limited in the extent of its participation in
earnings and includes,
(i) a security currently convertible into such a
security, and
(ii) currently exercisable warrants entitling the hol-
der to acquire such a security or such a converti-
ble security.
Going private (2) A Corporation that proposes to carry out a going private
transaction shall have prepared by an independent, quahfied
valuer a written valuation indicating a per security value or range
of values for each class of affected securities, and,
(a) the valuation shall be prepared or revised as of a date not
more than 120 days before the announcement of the
going private transaction, with appropriate adjustments
for subsequent events other than the going private
transaction;
(b) the valuation shall not contain a downward adjust-
ment to reflect the fact that the affected securities do not
form part of a controlling interest; and
(c) if the consideration to be received by the holders of the
affected securities is wholly or partly other than cash, or
a right to receive cash within ninety days after the
approval by security holders of the going private trans-
action, the valuation shall include the valuer's opinion
143
whether the value of each affected security to be surren-
dered is equal to or greater than the total value of the
consideration to be received therefor.
(3) The corporation shall send a management information cir- information
cular to the holders of the affected securities not less than forty
days prior to the date of a meeting which shall be called by it to
consider that transaction, and the information circular shall con-
tain, in addition to any other required information and subject to
any exemption granted under subsection 6,
(a) a summary of the valuation prepared in compliance with
subsection 2 and a statement that a holder of an affected
security may inspect a copy of the valuation at the regis-
tered office of the corporation or may obtain a copy of the
valuation upon request and payment of a specified
amount sufficient to cover reasonable costs of reproduc-
tion and mailing;
(b) a statement of the approval or approvals of holders of
affected securities required to be obtained in accordance
with this section;
(c) a certificate signed by a senior officer or a director of the
corporation certifying that he and, to his knowledge, the
corporation are unaware of any material fact relevant to
the valuation prepared in compliance with subsection 2
that was not disclosed to the valuer; and
(d) a statement of the class or classes of affected securities
and of the number of securities of each class and, if any
securities of any such class are, under paragraph 3 of
subsection 4, not to be taken into account in the vote
required by subsection 4, a statement of the number
thereof and why they are not to be taken into account,
but if all or any portion of a class of affected securities is rep-
resented by certificates that are not in registered form, it shall be
sufficient to make the information circular available to the holders
of such affected securities in the manner provided for in the terms
of the securities for sending notice to such holders or otherwise in
such manner as may be prescribed.
(4) A corporation shall not carry out a going private transaction Wem
unless, in addition to any other required security holder approval,
the transaction is approved by the holders of each class of affected
securities by a vote in accordance with the following provisions:
1. If the consideration to be received by a holder of an
affected security of the particular class is.
144
i. payable wholly or partly other than in cash or a
right to receive cash within ninety days after the
approval of the going private transaction, or
ii. payable entirely in cash and is less in amount
than the per security value or the mid-point of
the range of per security values, arrived at by the
valuation prepared in compliance with subsec-
tion 2,
then the approval shall be given by a special resolution.
2 . In cases other than those referred to in paragraph 1 , the
approval shall be given by an ordinary resolution.
3. In determining whether the transaction has been
approved by the requisite majority, the votes of,
i. securities held by affiliates of the corporation,
ii. securities the beneficial owners of which will,
consequent upon the going private transaction, be
entitled to a per security consideration greater
than that available to other holders of affected
securities of the same class,
iii. securities the beneficial owners of which, alone
or in concert with others, effectively control the
corporation and who, prior to distribution of the
information circular, entered into an under-
standing that they would support the going pri-
vate transaction,
shall be disregarded both in determining the total
number of votes cast and in determining the number of
votes cast in favour of or against the transaction.
^cUon"^ (5) The rights provided by this section are in addition to any
other rights of a holder of affected securities.
Powers of (5) Upon an application by an interested person, the Commis-
Commission . 1 • 1
sion may, subject to such terms and conditions as it may impose,
exempt any person from any requirement of this section where in
its opinion to do so would not be prejudicial to the public interest,
and the Commission may publish guidelines as to the manner and
circumstances in which it will exercise this discretion.
Rights of (7) A holder of an affected security that is a share of any class of
security holder . •' ■'
a corporation may dissent from a going private transaction upon
compliance with the procedures set out in section 183, in which
case he shall be entitled to the rights and remedies provided by
that section. New.
145
PART XV
LIQUIDATION AND DISSOLUTION
189. In sections 191 to 234, "contributory" means a person interpre-
who is liable to contribute to the property of a corporation in the
event of the corporation being wound up under this Act. R.S.O.
1970, c. 53, s. 201.
190. Sections 191 to 203 apply to corporations being wound Application of
up voluntarily. R.S.O. 1970, c. S3, s. 202. ''■ ^^^"^°^
191. — (1) The shareholders of a corporation may, by special Voluntary
resolution, require the corporation to be wound up voluntarily. "^"^ '"^"^
(2) At such meeting, the shareholders shall appoint one or more Appointment
persons, who may be directors, officers or employees of the cor- liquidator
poration, as liquidator of the estate and effects of the corporation
for the purpose of winding up its business and affairs and dis-
tributing its property, and may at that or any subsequent meeting
fix his remuneration and the costs, charges and expenses of the
winding up.
(3) On the application of any shareholder or creditor of the Review of
corporation or of the liquidator, the court may review the remun- by court
eration of the liquidator and, whether or not the remuneration has
been fixed in accordance with subsection 2 , the court may fix and
determine the remuneration at such amount as it thinks proper.
(4) A corporation shall file notice, in the prescribed form, of a Publication
resolution requiring the voluntary winding up of the corporation
with the Director within ten days after the resolution has been
passed and shall publish the notice in The Ontario Gazette within
twenty days after the resolution has been passed. R.S.O. 1970,
c. 53, s. 203, amended.
192. The shareholders of a corporation being wound up vol- inspectors
untarily may delegate to any committee of shareholders, con-
tributories or creditors, hereinafter referred to as inspectors, the
power of appointing the liquidator and filling any vacancy in the
office of liquidator, or may enter into any arrangement with
creditors of the corporation with respect to the powers to be
exercised by the liquidator and the manner in which they are to be
exercised. R.S.O. 1970, c. 53, s. 204, amended.
193. If a vacancy occurs in the office of liquidator by death. Vacancy in
• i_ • office of
resignation or otherwise, the shareholders may, subject to any liquidator
arrangement the corporation may have entered into with its cre-
ditors upon the appointment of inspectors, fill such vacancy, and a
meeting for that purpose may be called by the continuing
146
Removal of
liquidator
liquidator, if any, or by any shareholder or contributory, and shall
be deemed to have been duly held if called in the manner pre-
scribed by the articles or by-laws of the corporation, or, in default
thereof, in the manner prescribed by this Act for calling meetings
of the shareholders of the corporation. R.S.O. 1970, c. 53,
s. 205, amended.
194. The shareholders of a corporation may by ordinary
resolution passed at a meeting called for that purpose remove a
liquidator appointed under section 191, 192 or 193, and in such
case shall appoint another liquidator in his stead. R.S.O. 1970,
c. 53, s. 206, amended.
Commence-
ment of
winding up
195. A voluntary winding up commences at the time of the
passing of the resolution requiring the winding up or at such later
time as may be specified in the resolution. R.S.O. 1970, c. 53,
s. 207, amended.
Corporation
to cease
business
196. A corporation being wound up voluntarily shall, from
the commencement of its winding up, cease to carry on its under-
taking, except in so far as may be required as beneficial for the
winding up thereof, and all transfers of shares, except transfers
made to or with the sanction of the liquidator taking place after the
commencement of its winding up, are void, but its corporate
existence and all its corporate powers, notwithstanding that it is
otherwise provided by its articles or by-laws, continue until its
affairs are wound up. R.S.O. 1970, c. 53, s. 208, amended.
No proceedings 197. After the Commencement of a Voluntary winding up.
corporation
after
voluntary
winding up
except by leave
(a) no action or other proceeding shall be commenced
against the corporation; and
Q}) no attachment, sequestration, distress or execution shall
be put in force against the estate or effects of the cor-
poration,
except by leave of the court and subject to such terms as the court
imposes. R.S.O. 1970, c. 53, s. 209.
List of
contributories
and calls
198. — (1) Upon a voluntary winding up, the liquidator,
(a) shall settle the list of contributories; and
{b) may, before he has ascertained the sufficiency of the
property of the corporation, call on all or any of the
contributories for the time being settled on the list of
contributories to the extent of their liability to pay any
sum that he considers necessary for satisfying the
more than
one year
147
liabilities of the corporation and the costs, charges and
expenses of winding up and for adjusting the rights of
the contributories among themselves.
(2) A list settled by the liquidator under clause a of subsection 1 Ust prima
isprima facie proof of the liability of the persons named therein to ^""^ ^'°°^
be contributories.
(3) The liquidator in making a call under clause b of subsection Default
1 may take into consideration the probability that some of the °" ""^
contributories upon whom the call is made may partly or wholly
fail to pay their respective portions of the call. R.S.O. 1970,
c. S3, s. 210.
199. — (1) The liquidator may, during the continuance of the Meetings of
voluntary winding up, call meetings of the shareholders of the during"""
corporation for any purpose he thinks fit. winding up
(2) Where a voluntary winding up continues for more than one where
year, the liquidator shall call a meeting of the shareholders of the rontin'Jfes"^
corporation at the end of the first year and of each succeeding year
from the commencement of the winding up, and he shall lay before
the meeting an account showing his acts and dealings and the
manner in which the winding up has been conducted during the
immediately preceding year. R.S.O. 1970, c. 53, s. 211.
200. The liquidator, with the approval of the shareholders of Arrangements
the corporation or the inspectors, may make such compromise or creditors
other arrangement as the liquidator thinks expedient with any
creditor or person claiming to be a creditor or having or alleging
that he has a claim, present or future, certain or contingent,
liquidated or unliquidated, against the corporation or whereby the
corporation may be rendered liable. R.S.O. 1970, c. 53, s. 212,
amended.
201. The liquidator may, with the approval referred to in Power to
• 11 1 1 !• 1 •!• • r compromise
section 200, compromise all debts and liabilities capable of with debtors
resulting in debts, and all claims, whether present or future, contributories
certain or contingent, liquidated or unliquidated, subsisting or
supposed to subsist between the corporation and any contribut-
ory, alleged contributory or other debtor or person who may be
liable to the corporation and all questions in any way relating to or
affecting the property of the corporation, or the winding up of the
corporation, upon the receipt of such sums payable at such times
and generally upon such terms as are agreed, and the liquidator
may take any security for the discharge of such debts or liabilities
and give a complete discharge in respect thereof. R.S.O. 1970,
c. 53, s. 213.
148
Power to
accept shares,
etc., as
consideration
for sale of
property to
another body
corporate
202. — (1) Where a corporation is proposed to be or is in the
course of being wound up voluntarily and it is proposed to transfer
the whole or a portion of its business or property to another body
corporate, the Uquidator, with the approval of a resolution of the
shareholders of the corporation conferring either a general
authority on the liquidator or an authority in respect of any
particular arrangement, may receive, in compensation or in part-
compensation for the transfer, cash or shares or other like interest
in the purchasing body corporate or any other body corporate for
the purpose of distribution among the creditors or shareholders of
the corporation that is being wound up in the manner set forth in
the arrangement, or may, in lieu of receiving cash or shares or
other like interest, or in addition thereto, participate in the profits
of or receive any other benefit from the purchasing body corporate
or any other body corporate.
Confirmation
of sale or
arrangement
(2) A transfer made or arrangement entered into by the
liquidator under this section is not binding on the shareholders of
the corporation that is being wound up unless the transfer or
arrangement is approved in accordance with subsections 3, 6 and
7 of section 182.
Where
resolution
not invalid
(3) No resolution is invalid for the purposes of this section
because it was passed before or concurrently with a resolution for
winding up the corporation or for appointing the
liquidator. R.S.O. 1970, c. 53, s. 214, amended.
Account of
voluntary
winding up to
be made by
liquidator to
a meeting
203. — (1) The Hquidator shall make up an account showing
the manner in which the winding up has been conducted and the
property of the corporation disposed of, and thereupon shall call a
meeting of the shareholders of the corporation for the purpose of
having the account laid before them and hearing any explanation
that may be given by the liquidator, and the meeting shall be
called in the manner prescribed by the articles or by-laws or, in
default thereof, in the manner prescribed by this Act for the calling
of meetings of shareholders.
Notice of
holding of
meeting
(2) The liquidator shall within ten days after the meeting is held
file a notice in the prescribed form with the Director stating that
the meeting was held and the date thereof and shall forthwith
publish the notice in The Ontario Gazette.
Dissolution
(3) Subject to subsection 4, on the expiration of three months
from the date of the filing of the notice, the corporation is dis-
solved.
Extension
(4) At any time during the three-month period mentioned in
subsection 3, the court may, on the application of the liquidator or
any other person interested, make an order deferring the date on
149
which the dissolution of the corporation is to take effect to a date
fixed in the order, and in such event the corporation is dissolved on
the date so fixed.
(5) Notwithstanding anything in this Act, the court at any time Dissolution by
after the affairs of the corporation have been fully wound up may, '^^^ "^'^^
upon the application of the liquidator or any other person
interested, make an order dissolving it, and it is dissolved on the
date fixed in the order.
(6) The person on whose application an order was made under Copy of exten-
subsection 4 or 5 shall within ten days after it was made file with fiTed"''^^' ^° ^
the Director a certified copy of the order and forthwith publish
notice of the order in The Ontario Gazette. R.S.O. 1970, c. 53,
s. 215, amended.
204. Sections 205 to 216 apply to corporations being wound ^^fow'iT"^
up by order of the court. R.S.O. 1970, c. 53, s. 216.
205. — (1) A corporation may be wound up by order of the Winding up by
court,
(a) where the court is satisfied that in respect of the cor-
poration or any of its affiliates,
(i) any act or omission of the corporation or any of
its affiliates effects a result,
(ii) the business or affairs of the corporation or any of
its affiliates are or have been carried on or con-
ducted in a manner, or
(iii) the powers of the directors of the corporation or
any of its affiliates are or have been exercised in a
manner,
that is oppressive or unfairly prejudicial to or that
unfairly disregards the interests of any security holder,
creditor, director or officer; or
(b) where the court is satisfied that,
(i) a unanimous shareholder agreement entitled a
complaining shareholder to demand dissolution
of the corporation after the occurrence of a
specified event and that event has occurred,
(ii) proceedings have been begun to wind up volun-
tarily and it is in the interest of contributories and
150
creditors that the proceedings should be con-
tinued under the supervision of the court,
(iii) the corporation, though it may not be insolvent,
cannot by reason of its liabilities continue its
business and it is advisable to wind it up, or
(iv) it is just and equitable for some reason, other than
the bankruptcy or insolvency of the corporation,
that it should be wound up; or
(c) where the shareholders by special resolution authorize
an application to be made to the court to wind up the
corporation.
Court order
Who may
apply
Notice
(2) Upon an application under this section, the court may make
such order under this section or section 246 as it thinks
fit. R.S.O. 1970, c. 53, s. 217, amended.
206. — (1) A winding-up order may be made upon the appli-
cation of the corporation or of a shareholder or, where the cor-
poration is being wound up voluntarily, of the liquidator or of a
contributory or of a creditor having a claim of $2,500 or more.
(2) Except where the application is made by the corporation,
four days' notice of the application shall be given to the corpora-
tion before the making of the application. R.S.O. 1970, c. S3,
s. 218.
Power of court
Appointment of
liquidator
Remuneration
207. The court may make the order applied for, may dismiss
the application with or without costs, may adjourn the hearing
conditionally or unconditionally or may make any interim or other
order as is considered just, and upon the making of the order may,
according to its practice and procedure, refer the proceedings for
the winding up to an officer of the court for inquiry and report and
may authorize the officer to exercise such powers of the court as
are necessary for the reference. R.S.O. 1970, c. 53, s. 219.
208. — (1) The court in making the winding-up order may
appoint one or more persons as liquidator of the estate and effects
of the corporation for the purpose of winding up its business and
affairs and distributing its property.
(2) The court may at any time fix the remuneration of the
liquidator.
Vacancy (3) If a liquidator appointed by the court dies or resigns or the
office becomes vacant for any reason, the court may by order fill
the vacancy. R.S.O. 1970, c. 53, s. 215 (1-3).
151
(4) A liquidator appointed by the court under this section shall Notice of
forthwith give to the Director notice in the prescribed form of his ^pp°'" ™^"
appointment and shall, within twenty days of his appointment,
publish the notice in The Ontario Gazette. R.S.O. 1970, c. 53,
s. 215 (4), amended.
209. The court may by order remove for cause a liquidator Removal of
appointed by it, and in such case shall appoint another liquidator
in his stead. R.S.O. 1970, c. 53, s. 221.
210. The costs, charges and expenses of a winding up by Costs and
order of the court shall be taxed by a taxing officer of the Supreme
Court. R.S.O. 1970, c. 53, s. 222.
211. Where a winding-up order is made by the court without Commence-
prior voluntary winding-up proceedings, the winding up shall, winding up
unless a court otherwise orders, be deemed to commence at the
time of the service of notice of the application, and, where the
application is made by the corporation, at the time the application
is made. R.S.O. 1970, c. 53, s. 223.
212. Where a winding-up order has been made by the Proceedings in
court, proceedings for the winding up of the corporation shall be after order
taken in the same manner and with the like consequences as
provided for a voluntary winding up, except that the list of con-
tributories shall be settled by the court unless it has been settled by
the liquidator before the winding-up order, in which case the list is
subject to review by the court, and except that all proceedings in
the winding up are subject to the order and direction of the
court. R.S.O. 1970, c. 53, s. 224.
213. — (1) Where a winding-up order has been made by the Meetings of
1 1- . r ^ 1 111 r 1 shareholders of
court, the court may direct meetmgs of the shareholders of the corporation
corporation to be called, held and conducted in such manner as the '"^^ "^^ ordered
court thinks fit for the purpose of ascertaining their wishes, and
may appoint a person to act as chairman of any such meeting and
to report the result of it to the court.
(2) Where a winding-up order has been made by the court, the 9'','^er for
., .,.,. ,, delivery by
court may require any contributory lor the time being settled on contributories
the list of contributories, or any director, officer, employee, trus- ^^^ grt^'^lt"^
tee, banker or agent of the corporation to pay, deliver, convey,
surrender or transfer forthwith, or within such time as the court
directs, to the liquidator any sum or balance, documents, records,
estate or effects that are in his hands and to which the corporation
is prima facie entitled.
(3) Where a winding-up order has been made by the court, the inspection of
, r ^ • ■ r 1 1 J documents and
court may make an order for the inspection ot the documents and records
152
records of the corporation by its creditors and contributories, and
any documents and records in the possession of the corporation
may be inspected in conformity with the order. R.S.O. 1970,
c. 53, s. 225.
Proceedings
against cor-
poration after COUrt,
court winding
1 4 . After the commencement of a winding up by order of the
Provision for
discharge and
distribution by
the court
(a) no action or other proceeding shall be proceeded with or
commenced against the corporation; and
(b) no attachment, sequestration, distress or execution shall
be put in force against the estate or effects of the cor-
poration,
except by leave of the court and subject to such terms as the court
imposes. R.S.O. 1970, c. 53, s. 226.
2 1 5. — (1) Where the realization and distribution of the prop-
erty of a corporation being wound up under an order of the court
has proceeded so far that in the opinion of the court it is expedient
that the liquidator should be discharged and that the property of
the corporation remaining in his hands can be better realized and
distributed by the court, the court may make an order discharging
the liquidator and for payment, delivery and transfer into court,
or to such person as the court directs, of such property, and it shall
be realized and distributed by or under the direction of the court
among the persons entitled thereto in the same way as nearly as
may be as if the distribution were being made by the liquidator.
Disposal of (2) In such case, the court may make an order directing how the
records documents and records of the corporation and of the liquidator are
to be disposed of, and may order that they be deposited in court or
otherwise dealt with as the court thinks fit. R.S.O. 1970, c. 53,
s. 227.
Order for
dissolution
2 16. — (1) The court at any time after the business and affairs
of the corporation have been fully wound up may, upon the
application of the liquidator or any other person interested, make
an order dissolving it, and it is dissolved on the date fixed in the
order.
Copy of dissol-
ution order to
be filed
(2) The person on whose application the order was made shall
within ten days after it was made file with the Director a certified
copy of the order and shall forthwith publish notice of the order in
The Ontario Gazette. R.S.O. 1970, c. 53, s. 228, amended.
i'^mS" °^ 217. Sections 2 18 to 234 apply to corporations being wound
up voluntarily or by order of the court. R.S.O. 1970, c. 53,
s. 229.
153
218. Where there is no liquidator, Where no
liquidator
(a) the court may by order on the appUcation of a share-
holder of the corporation appoint one or more persons as
liquidator; and
(b) the estate and effects of the corporation shall be under
the control of the court until the appointment of a
liquidator. R.S.O. 1970, c. 53, s. 230.
219. (1) Upon a winding up, Consequences
of winding up
(a) the liquidator shall apply the property of the corporation
in satisfaction of all its debts, obligations and liabilities
and, subject thereto, shall distribute the property rate-
ably among the shareholders according to their rights
and interests in the corporation;
(b) in distributing the property of the corporation, debts to
employees of the corporation for services performed for
it due at the commencement of the winding up or within
one month before, not exceeding three months' wages
and vacation pay accrued for not more than twelve
months, shall be paid in priority to the claims of the
ordinary creditors, and such persons are entitled to rank
as ordinary creditors for the residue of their claims;
(c) all the powers of the directors cease upon the appoint-
ment of a liquidator, except in so far as the liquidator
may sanction the continuance of such powers.
(2) Section 53 of The Trustee Act applies with necessary modifi- Distribution of
cations to liquidators. R.S.O. 1970, c. S3, s. 231.
property
220. The costs, charges and expenses of a winding up, ^^^^f^"^"^
including the remuneration of the liquidator, are payable out of expenses
the property of the corporation in priority to all other claims.
R.S.O. 1970, c. 53, s. 232.
221. — (1) A liquidator may, uTidators
(a) bring or defend any action, suit or prosecution, or other
legal proceedings, civil or criminal, in the name and on
behalf of the corporation;
(b) carry on the business of the corporation so far as may be
required as beneficial for the winding up of the corpora-
tion;
154
(c) sell the property of the corporation by public auction or
private sale and receive payment of the purchase price
either in cash or otherwise;
(d) do all acts and execute, in the name and on behalf of the
corporation, all documents, and for that purpose use the
seal of the corporation, if any;
(e) draw, accept, make and endorse any bill of exchange or
promissory note in the name and on behalf of the cor-
poration;
(f) raise upon the security of the property of the corporation
any requisite money;
(g ) take out in his official name letters of administration of
the estate of any deceased contributory and do in his
official name any other act that is necessary for obtaining
payment of any money due from a contributory or from
his estate and which act cannot be done conveniently in
the name of the corporation; and
(h ) do and execute all such other things as are necessary for
winding up the business and affairs of the corporation
and distributing its property.
Bills of (2) The drawing, accepting, making or endorsing of a bill of
cxcn3.ns[C etc
to be deemed exchange or promissory note by the liquidator on behalf of a
coulee of *^^ corporation has the same effect with respect to the liability of the
business Corporation as if such bill or note had been drawn, accepted, made
or endorsed by or on behalf of the corporation in the course of
carrying on its business.
Where moneys (3) Where the liquidator takes out letters of administration or
due otherwise uses his official name for obtaining payment of any
to liquidator money due from a contributory, such money shall be deemed, for
the purpose of enabling him to take out such letters or recover such
money, to be due to the liquidator himself.
What (4) Where he does so in good faith, a liquidator is entitled to rely
liquidator
ma> rely Upon,
upon
(a) financial statements of the corporation represented to
him by an officer of the corporation or in a written report
of the auditor of the corporation to present fairly the
financial position of the corporation in accordance with
generally accepted accounting principles; or
(b) an opinion, a report or a statement of a lawyer, an
accountant, an engineer, an appraiser or other profes-
155
sional adviser retained by the liquidator. R.S.O. 1970,
c. 53, s. 233, amended.
222. Where more than one person is appointed as liquidator, ^cts by more
any power conferred by sections 191 to 234 on a liquidator may be liquidator
exercised by such one or more of such persons as may be deter-
mined by the resolution or order appointing them or, in default of
such determination, by any number of them not fewer than
two. R.S.O. 1970, c. S3, s. 234.
223. The liability of a contributory creates a debt accruing Mature of
due from him at the time his liability commenced, but payable at contributory
the time or respective times when calls are made for enforcing such
liability. R.S.O. 1970, c. 53, s. 235.
224. If a contributory dies before or after he has been placed Liability
on the list of contributories, his personal representative is liable in his death
due course of administration to contribute to the property of the
corporation in discharge of the liability of the deceased contribut-
ory and shall be a contributory accordingly. R.S.O. 1970, c. 53,
s. 236.
225. — (1) The liquidator shall deposit all moneys that he has Deposit of
1 , . , . 1 . . moneys
belongmg to the corporation and amountmg to $100 or more m
any chartered bank of Canada or in the Province of Ontario
Savings Office or in any trust company or loan corporation that is
registered under The Loan and Trust Corporations Act or in any R s.o. i97o,
other depository approved by the court. R.S.O. 1970, c. 53,
s. 231 (1), amended.
(2) If inspectors have been appointed, the depository under Approval by
subsection 1 shall be one approved by them.
(3) Such deposit shall not be made in the name of the liquidator Separate
individually, but a separate deposit account shall be kept of the account to
money belonging to the corporation in his name as liquidator of ^Ij^drnwai
the corporation and in the name of the inspectors, if any, and such from account
money shall be withdrawn only by order for payment signed by
the liquidator and one of the inspectors, if any.
(4) At every meeting of the shareholders of the corporation, the Liquidator
liquidator shall produce a pass-book, or statement of account bLnk" ""
showing the amount of the deposits, the dates at which they were pass-book
made, the amounts withdrawn and the dates of withdrawal, and
mention of such production shall be made in the minutes of the
meeting, and the absence of such mention is admissible in evi-
dence as prima facie proof that the pass-book or statement of
account was not produced at the meeting.
156
Idem
(5) The liquidator shall also produce the pass-book or state-
ment of account whenever so ordered by the court upon the
application of the inspectors, if any, or of a shareholder of the
corporation. R.S.O. 1970, c. 53, s. 231 (2-5).
Proving claim
R.S.O. 1970,
c. 34
226. Forthepurposeof proving claims, sections 23, 24 and 25
of The Assignments and Preferences Act apply with necessary
modifications, except that where the word "judge" is used therein,
the word "court" as used in this Act shall be substituted. R.S.O.
1970, c. 53, s. 238.
Application
for direction
227. Upon the application of the liquidator or of the inspec-
tors, if any, or of any creditors, the court, after hearing such
parties as it directs to be notified or after such steps as the court
prescribes have been taken, may by order give its direction in any
matter arising in the winding up. R.S.O. 1970, c. 53, s. 239.
Examination
of persons
as to
estate
228. — (1) The court may at any time after the commencement
of the winding up summon to appear before the court or liquidator
any director, officer or employee of the corporation or any other
person known or suspected to have in his possession any of the
estate or effects of the corporation, or alleged to be indebted to it,
or any person whom the court thinks capable of giving informa-
tion concerning its trade, dealings, estate or effects.
Damages
against
delinquent
directors,
etc.
Proceedings
by
shareholders
(2) Where in the course of the winding up it appears that a
person who has taken part in the formation or promotion of the
corporation or that a past or present director, officer, employee,
liquidator or receiver of the corporation has misapplied or
retained in his own hands, or become liable or accountable for,
property of the corporation, or has committed any misfeasance or
breach of trust in relation to it, the court may, on the application of
the liquidator or of any creditor, shareholder or contributory,
examine the conduct of that person and order him to restore
the property so misapplied or retained, or for which he has become
liable or accountable, or to contribute such sum to the property of
the corporation by way of compensation in respect of such misap-
plication, retention, misfeasance or breach of trust, or both, as the
court thinks just. R.S.O. 1970, c. 53, s. 240.
229. — (1) Where a shareholder of the corporation desires to
cause any proceeding to be taken that, in his opinion, would be for
the benefit of the corporation, and the liquidator, under the
authority of the shareholders or of the inspectors, if any, refuses or
neglects to take such proceedings after being required so to do, the
shareholder may obtain an order of the court authorizing him to
take such proceeding in the name of the liquidator or corporation,
but at his own expense and risk, upon such terms and conditions
as to indemnity to the liquidator or corporation as the court
prescribes.
157
(2) Any benefit derived from a proceeding under subsection 1 Benefits:
1111 -1 • • r when for
belongs exclusively to the shareholder causing the institution of shareholders
the proceeding for his benefit and that of any other shareholder
who has joined him in causing the institution of the proceeding.
(3) If, before the order is granted, the liquidator signifies to the when for
... 1- r 1 1 r- r 1 Corporation
court his readiness to institute the proceeding for the benefit of the
corporation, the court shall make an order prescribing the time
within which he is to do so, and in that case the advantage derived
from the proceeding, if instituted within such time, belongs to the
corporation. R.S.O. 1970, c. 53, s. 241.
230. The rights conferred by this Act are in addition to any Rights
... . . ,. . ., conferred bv
other right to institute proceedings against any contributory, or Act to be in
against any debtor of the corporation, for the recovery of any sum other'°owers
due from such contributory or debtor or his estate. R.S.O. 1970,
c. 53, s. 242.
231. At any time during a winding up, the court, upon the stay of
application of a shareholder, creditor or contributory and upon proceedings
proof to its satisfaction that all proceedings in relation to the
winding up ought to be stayed, may make an order staying the
proceedings altogether or for a limited time on such terms and
subject to such conditions as the court thinks fit. R.S.O. 1970,
c. 53, s. 243.
232. — (1) Where the liquidator is unable to pay all the debts where
of the corporation because a creditor is unknown or his where- unknown
abouts is unknown, the liquidator may, by agreement with the
Public Trustee, pay to the Public Trustee an amount equal to the
amount of the debt due to the creditor to be held in trust for the
creditor, and thereupon subsections 5 and 6 of section 236 apply
thereto.
(2) A payment under subsection 1 shall be deemed to be in ^^'^"^
satisfaction of the debt for the purposes of winding up. R.S.O.
1970, c. 53, s. 244.
233. — (1) Where the liquidator is unable to distribute rate- where
ably the property of the corporation among the shareholders unknown
because a shareholder is unknown or his whereabouts is
unknown, the share of the property of the corporation of such
shareholder may, by agreement with the Public Trustee, be deli-
vered or conveyed by the liquidator to the Public Trustee to be
held in trust for the shareholder, and thereupon subsections 5 and
6 of section 236 apply thereto.
(2) A delivery or conveyance under subsection 1 shall be ^'^^^
deemed to be a distribution to that shareholder of his rateable
158
share for the purposes of the winding up.
s. 245.
R.S.O. 1970, c. 53,
Disposal of
records, etc.
after
winding up
234. — (1) Where a corporation has been wound up under
sections 190 to 233 and is about to be dissolved, its documents and
records and those of the liquidator may be disposed of as it by
resolution directs in case of voluntary winding up, or as the court
directs in case of winding up under an order.
When
responsibility
as to custody
of records,
etc., to cease
(2) After the expiration of five years from the date of the dissol-
ution of the corporation, no responsibility rests on it or the
liquidator, or anyone to whom the custody of the documents and
records has been committed, by reason that the same or any of
them are not forthcoming to any person claiming to be interested
therein. R.S.O. 1970, c. 53, s. 246.
Voluntary
dissolution
of,
235. A corporation may be dissolved upon the authorization
(a) a special resolution passed at a meeting of the share-
holders of the corporation duly called for the purpose or,
in the case of a corporation that is not an offering cor-
poration, by such other proportion of the votes cast as
the articles provide, but such other proportion shall not
be less than 50 per cent of the votes of all the share-
holders entitled to vote at the meeting;
(b) the consent in writing of all the shareholders entitled to
vote at such meeting; or
(c) all its incorporators or their personal representatives at
any time within two years after the date set out in its
certificate of incorporation where the corporation has
not commenced business and has not issued any shares.
R.S.O. 1970, c. 53, s. 247; 1971, c. 26, s. 38, amended.
Articles of
dissolution
where
corporation
active
236. — (1) For the purpose of bringing the dissolution
authorized under clause a or 6 of section 235 into effect, articles of
dissolution shall follow the prescribed form and shall set out.
(a) the name of the corporation;
(6) that its dissolution has been duly authorized under
clause a or 6 of section 235;
(c) that it has no debts, obligations or liabilities or its debts,
obligations or liabilities have been duly provided for in
accordance with subsection 3 or its creditors or other
159
persons having interests in its debts, obligations or
liabilities consent to its dissolution;
(d) that after satisfying the interests of creditors in all its
debts, obligations and liabilities, if any, it has no prop-
erty to distribute among its shareholders or that it has
distributed its remaining property rateably among its
shareholders according to their rights and interests in the
corporation or in accordance with subsection 4 where
applicable;
(e) that there are no proceedings pending in any court
against it; and
if) that it has given notice of its intention to dissolve by
publication once in The Ontario Gazette and once in a
newspaper having general circulation in the place where
it has its principal place of business in Ontario or, if it
does not have a place of business in Ontario, where it has
its registered office. 1979, c. 36, s. 18 (1), amended.
(2) For the purpose of bringing a dissolution authorized under Articles of
1 r .• ^.r- • . rr . .-1 r 1- 1 .• , ,i dissolution
clause c of section 235 mto eiiect, articles of dissolution shall where
follow the prescribed form and shall set out, corporation
^ ' never active
(a) the name of the corporation,
(b) the date set out in its certificate of incorporation;
(c) that the corporation has not commenced business;
(d) that none of its shares has been issued;
(e) that dissolution has been duly authorized under clause c
of section 235;
(/■) that it has no debts, obligations or liabilities;
(g) that after satisfying the interests of creditors in all its
debts, obligations and liabilities, if any, it has no prop-
erty to distribute or that it has distributed its remaining
property to the persons entitled thereto;
(h) that there are no proceedings pending in any court
against it; and
(i) that it has given notice of its intention to dissolve by
publication once in The Ontario Gazette and once in a
newspaper having general circulation in the place where
160
it has its registered office. R.S.O. 1970, c. 53, s. 248
(2); 1971, c. 26, s. 39; 1979, c. 36, s. 18 (2), amended.
Where creditor
unknown
(3) Where a corporation authorizes its dissolution and a cre-
ditor is unknown or his whereabouts is unknown, the corporation
may, by agreement with the Public Trustee, pay to the Public
Trustee an amount equal to the amount of the debt due to the
creditor to be held in trust for the creditor, and such payment shall
be deemed to be due provision for the debt for the purposes of
clause c of subsection 1.
Where
shareholder
unknown
(4) Where a corporation authorizes its dissolution and a share-
holder is unknown or his whereabouts is unknown, it may, by
agreement with the Public Trustee, deliver or convey his share of
the property to the Public Trustee to be held in trust for him, and
such delivery or conveyance shall be deemed to be a distribution to
that shareholder of his rateable share for the purposes of the
dissolution.
Power to
convert
(5) If the share of the property so delivered or conveyed to the
Public Trustee under subsection 4 is in a form other than cash, the
Public Trustee may at any time, and within ten years after such
delivery or conveyance shall, convert it into cash.
Payment to
person entitled
(6) If the amount paid under subsection 3 or the share of the
property delivered or conveyed under subsection 4 or its equiva-
lent in cash, as the case may be, is claimed by the person benefi-
cially entitled thereto within ten years after it was so delivered,
conveyed or paid, it shall be delivered, conveyed or paid to him,
but, if not so claimed, it vests in the Public Trustee for the use of
Ontario, and, if the person beneficially entitled thereto at any time
thereafter establishes his right thereto to the satisfaction of the
Lieutenant Governor in Council, an amount equal to the amount
so vested in the Public Trustee shall be paid to him. R.S.O.
1970, c. 53, s. 248 (3-6).
SssoiuUon°^ 237.— (1) Upon receipt of the articles of dissolution, the
Director shall endorse thereon in accordance with section 271a
certificate which shall constitute the certificate of dissolution.
to'srn'art'ides ^^^ Notwithstanding clause a of subsection 1 of section 271,
of dissolution articles of dissolution for the purposes of subsection 2 of section
atLTd^d'^not ^^^ ^^^^^ ^^ signed by all its incorporators or their personal rep-
commence resentatives. 1979, c. 36, s. 19, part, amended.
business
SuSe°etf ^^** — ^^^ Where sufficient cause is shown to the Director,
by Director ' notwithstanding the imposition of any other penalty in respect
161
thereof and in addition to any rights he may have under this or any
other Act, he may, after he has given the corporation an oppor-
tunity to be heard, by order, upon such terms and conditions as he
thinks fit, cancel a certificate of incorporation or any other certifi-
cate issued by him under this Act, and,
(a) in the case of the cancellation of a certificate of incorpor-
ation, the corporation is dissolved on the date fixed in the
order; and
(b) in the case of the cancellation of any other certificate, the
matter that became effective upon the issuance of the
certificate ceases to be in effect from the date fixed in the
order. 1979, c. 36, s. 19, part.
(2) In this section, "sufficient cause" with respect to cancella- inte^pre-
tion of a certificate of incorporation includes,
(a) failure to pay the prescribed fee for incorporation;
(b) failure to comply with subsection 2 of section 114 or
subsection 3 of section 117; or
(c) failure to comply with a request under section 5 or a
notice under section 8 of The Corporations Information ^^^^' '^- ^^
Act, 1976.
239. — (1) Where the Director is notified by the Minister of Notice of
T^ •••iri- 1- •!! dissolution
Revenue that a corporation is in default in complying with the
provisions of The Corporations Tax Act, 1972 , the Director may ^''^^' "^ ^^^
give notice by registered mail to the corporation or by publication
once in The Ontario Gazette that an order dissolving the corpora-
tion will be issued unless the corporation remedies its default
within ninety days after the giving of the notice.
(2) Where the Director is notified by the Commission that a ^'^'^^
corporation has not complied with sections 76 and 77 of The ^^^^' *^ '♦^
Securities Act, 1978, the Director may give notice by registered
mail to the corporation or by publication once in The Ontario
Gazette that an order dissolving the corporation will be issued
unless the corporation complies with sections 76 and 77 of The
Securities Act, 1978 within ninety days after the giving of the
notice.
(3) Upon default in compliance with the notice given under 9''*^^'' ^°^
, . 1 T^- 11 -r- dissolution
subsection 1 or 2, the Director may by order cancel the certificate
of incorporation and, subject to subsection 4, the corporation is
dissolved on the date fixed in the order.
162
Revival
(4) Where a corporation is dissolved under subsection 3 or any
predecessor thereof, the Director on the appUcation of any
interested person immediately before the dissolution, made within
five years after the date of dissolution, may, in his discretion, on
such terms and conditions as he sees fit to impose, revive the
corporation and thereupon the corporation, subject to the terms
and conditions imposed by the Director and to any rights acquired
by any person after its dissolution, is restored to its legal position,
including all its property, rights and privileges and franchises, and
is subject to all its liabilities, contracts, disabilities and debts, as of
the date of its dissolution, in the same manner and to the same
extent as if it had not been dissolved.
Articles of
revival
(5) The application referred to in subsection 4 shall be in the
form of articles of revival which shall be in prescribed form.
Certificate
of revival
Actions
after
dissolution
(6) Upon receipt of articles of revival and any other prescribed
documents, the Director, subject to subsection 4, shall endorse
thereon in accordance with section 271a certificate which shall
constitute the certificate of revival. 1976, c. 67, s. 1; 1978, c. 49,
s. 13, amended.
240. — (1) Notwithstanding the dissolution of a corporation
under section 237, 238 or 239,
(a) a civil, criminal or administrative action or proceeding
commenced by or against the corporation before its
dissolution may be continued as if the corporation had
not been dissolved;
ib) a civil, criminal or administrative action or proceeding
may be brought against the corporation within five years
after its dissolution as if the corporation had not been
dissolved; and
(c) any property that would have been available to satisfy
any judgment or order if the corporation had not been
dissolved remains available for such purpose.
Service
after
dissolution
(2) For the purposes of this section, the service of any process on
a corporation after its dissolution shall be deemed to be sufficiently
made if it is made upon any person last shown on the records of the
Ministry as being a director or officer of the corporation before the
dissolution. R.S.O. 1970, c. 53, s. 252 (2).
Idem
(3) Where an action, suit or other proceeding has been brought
against a corporation after its dissolution, notice of the com-
mencement of the action, suit or other proceeding, together with
the writ or other document by which the action, suit or other
proceeding was commenced, shall be served upon the Public
Trustee. New.
163
241. — (1) Notwithstanding the dissolution of a corporation, ^jj^^g|||,^j°^r5
each shareholder to whom any of its property has been distributed to creditors
is liable to any person claiming under section 240 to the extent of
the amount received by that shareholder upon the distribution,
and an action to enforce such liability may be brought within five
years after the date of the dissolution of the corporation.
(2) The court may order an action referred to in subsection 1 to Party
1 action
be brought agamst the persons who were shareholders as a class,
subject to such conditions as the court thinks fit and, if the
plaintiff establishes his claim, the court may refer the proceedings
to a referee or other officer of the court who may,
(a) add as a party to the proceedings before him each person
who was a shareholder found by the plaintiff;
(b) determine, subject to subsection 1 , the amount that each
person who was a shareholder shall contribute towards
satisfaction of the plaintiffs claim; and
(c) direct payment of the amounts so determined.
(3) In this section, "shareholder" includes the heirs and legal Jnterpre-
^ ' ' ° tation
representatives of a shareholder. R.S.O. 1970, c. S3, s. 253,
amended.
242. — (1) Any property of a corporation that has not been Forfeiture of
disposed of at the date of its dissolution is immediately upon such property
dissolution forfeit to the Crown. R.S.O. 1970, c. 53, s. 254,
amended.
(2) Where judgment is given or an order or decision is made in Exception
an action, suit or proceeding commenced in accordance with the
provisions of section 240 and the judgment, order or decision
affects property formerly belonging to the corporation, the prop-
erty, notwithstanding subsection 1, shall be available to satisfy the
judgment, order or other decision unless the plaintiff or applicant
has failed to give notice to the Public Trustee in accordance with
subsection 3 of section 240. New.
PART XVI
REMEDIES, OFFENCES AND PENALTIES
243. In this Part, Interpre-
' tation
(a) "action" means an action under this Act;
(b) "complainant" means,
164
(i) a registered holder or beneficial owner, and a
former registered holder or beneficial owner, of a
security of a corporation or any of its affiliates,
(ii) a director or an officer or a former director or
officer of a corporation or of any of its affiliates,
(iii) any other person who, in the discretion of the
court, is a proper person to make an application
under this Part. New.
Derivative
actions
244. — (1) Subject to subsection 2, a complainant may apply
to the court for leave to bring an action in the name and on behalf
of a corporation or any of its subsidiaries, or intervene in an action
to which any such body corporate is a party, for the purpose of
prosecuting, defending or discontinuing the action on behalf of the
body corporate.
Idem
(2) No action may be brought and no intervention in an action
may be made under subsection 1 unless the complainant has given
fourteen days' notice to the directors of the corporation or its
subsidiary of his intention to apply to the court under subsection 1
and the court is satisfied that.
(a) the directors of the corporation or its subsidiary will not
bring, diligently prosecute or defend or discontinue the
action;
Ex parte
application
{b) the complainant is acting in good faith; and
(c) it appears to be in the interests of the corporation or its
subsidiary that the action be brought, prosecuted,
defended or discontinued.
(3) Where a complainant on an ex parte application can estab-
lish to the satisfaction of the court that it is not expedient to give
notice as required under clause a of subsection 2, the court may
make such interim order as it thinks fit pending the complainant
giving notice as required.
Interim
order
(4) Where a complainant on an application can establish to the
satisfaction of the court that an interim order for relief should be
made, the court may make such order as it thinks fit. R.S.O.
1970, c. Si, s. 99 (1, 2), amended.
Court
order
245. In connection with an action brought or intervened in
under section 244, the court may at any time make any order it
thinks fit including, without limiting the generality of the forego-
ing,
165
(fl) an order authorizing the complainant or any other per-
son to control the conduct of the action;
(b) an order giving directions for the conduct of the action;
(c) an order directing that any amount adjudged payable by
a defendant in the action shall be paid, in whole or in
part, directly to former and present security holders of
the corporation or its subsidiary instead of to the cor-
poration or its subsidiary; and
(d) an order requiring the corporation or its subsidiary to
pay reasonable legal fees and any other costs reasonably
incurred by the complainant in connection with the
action. R.S.O. 1970, c. 53, s. 99 (3), amended.
246. — (1) A complainant and, in the case of an offering cor- Application
, ^ • • 1 X xi ^ r J to court:
po ration, the Commission may apply to the court tor an order oppression
under this section. remedy
(2) Where, upon an application under subsection 1, the court is ^"^^"^
satisfied that in respect of a corporation or any of its affiliates,
(a) any act or omission of the corporation or any of its
affiliates effects or threatens to effect a result;
(Jb) the business or affairs of the corporation or any of its
affiliates are, have been or are threatened to be carried
on or conducted in a manner; or
(c) the powers of the directors of the corporation or any of its
affiliates are, have been or are threatened to be exercised
in a manner,
that is oppressive or unfairly prejudicial to or that unfairly disre-
gards the interests of any security holder, creditor, director or
officer of the corporation, the court may make an order to rectify
the matters complained of.
(3) In connection with an application under this section, the Court
court may make any interim or final order it thinks fit including,
without limiting the generality of the foregoing,
(a) an order restraining the conduct complained of;
(b) an order appointing a receiver or receiver-manager;
(c) an order to regulate a corporation's affairs by amending
the articles or by-laws or creating or amending a unani-
mous shareholder agreement;
166
(d) an order directing an issue or exchange of securities;
(e) an order appointing directors in place of or in addition to
all or any of the directors then in office;
(/) an order directing a corporation, subject to subsection 6,
or any other person, to purchase securities of a security
holder;
(g) an order directing a corporation, subject to subsection 6,
or any other person, to pay to a security holder any part
of the moneys paid by him for securities;
(h) an order varying or setting aside a transaction or con-
tract to which a corporation is a party and compensating
the corporation or any other party to the transaction or
contract;
(i) an order requiring a corporation, within a time specified
by the court, to produce to the court or an interested
person financial statements in the form required by sec-
tion 152 or an accounting in such other form as the court
may determine;
0) an order compensating an aggrieved person;
(k) an order directing rectification of the registers or other
records of a corporation under section 248;
(/) an order winding up the corporation under section 205;
(m) an order directing an investigation under Part XII be
made; and
(n) an order requiring the trial of any issue.
Idem
(4) Where an order made under this section directs amendment
of the articles or by-laws of a corporation,
(a) the directors shall forthwith comply with subsection 4 of
section 184; and
(b) no other amendment to the articles or by-laws shall be
made without the consent of the court, until the court
otherwise orders.
(5) A shareholder is not entitled to dissent under section 183 if
Shareholder
mav not
dissent an amendment to the articles is effected under this section.
167
(6) A corporation shall not make a payment to a shareholder ^'^ere
under clause/ or g of subsection 3 if there are reasonable grounds prohibited
for believing that, f™""
° ' paying
shareholder
(a) the corporation is or, after the payment, would be
unable to pay its liabilities as they become due; or
(b) the realizable value of the corporation's assets would
thereby be less than the aggregate of its liabilities.
New.
247. — (1) An application made or an action brought or inter- Discontinu-
vened in under this Part shall not be stayed or dismissed by reason settlement
only that it is shown that an alleged breach of a right or duty owed
to the corporation or its affiliate has been or may be approved by
the shareholders of such body corporate, but evidence of approval
by the shareholders may be taken into account by the court in
making an order under section 205, 245 or 246. R.S.O. 1970,
c. 53, s. 99 (6), amended.
(2) An application made or an action brought or intervened in Wem
under this Part shall not be stayed, discontinued, settled or dismiss-
ed for want of prosecution without the approval of the court
given upon such terms as the court thinks fit and, if the court
determines that the interests of any complainant may be substan-
tially affected by such stay, discontinuance, settlement or dismiss-
al, the court may order any party to the application or action to
give notice to the complainant.
(3) A complainant is not required to give security for costs in Costs
any application made or action brought or intervened in under this
Part.
(4) In an application made or an action brought or intervened in ^'^^'^
under this Part, the court may at any time order the corporation or
its affiliate to pay to the complainant interim costs, including
reasonable legal fees and disbursements, for which interim costs
the complainant may be held accountable to the corporation or its
affiliate upon final disposition of the application or
action. R.S.O. 1970, c. 53, s. 99 (3, 4), amended.
248. — (1) Where the name of a person is alleged to be or Rectifying
have been wrongly entered or retained in, or wrongly deleted or entering, etc.
wrongly omitted from, the registers or other records of a corpora- "^"^"^
tion, the corporation, a security holder of the corporation or any
aggrieved person may apply to the court for an order that the
registers or records be rectified.
168
Idem
(2) In connection with an application under this section, the
court may make any order it thinks fit including, without Hmiting
the generality of the foregoing,
(a) an order requiring the registers or other records of the
corporation to be rectified;
(b) an order restraining the corporation from calling or
holding a meeting of shareholders or paying a dividend
or making any other distribution or payment to share-
holders before the rectification;
(c) an order determining the right of a party to the proceed-
ings to have his name entered or retained in, or deleted or
omitted from, the registers or records of the corporation,
whether the issue arises between two or more security
holders, or between the corporation and any security
holders or alleged security holders;
(d) an order compensating a party who has incurred a
loss. R.S.O. 1970, c. 53, s. 166, amended.
Notice of
refusal
to file
249. — (1) Where the Director refuses to endorse a certificate
on articles or any other document required by this Act to be
endorsed with a certificate by him before it becomes effective, he
shall give written notice to the person who delivered the articles or
other document of his refusal, specifying the reasons therefor.
Failure to
act deemed
refusal
(2) Where, within six months after the delivery to the Director
of articles or other documents referred to in subsection 1, the
Director has not endorsed a certificate on such articles or other
document, he shall be deemed for the purposes of section 250 to
have refused to endorse it. 1979, c. 36, s. 23, amended.
Appeal from
Director
250. — (1) A person who feels aggrieved by a decision of the
Director,
(a) to refuse to endorse a certificate on articles or on any
other document;
(b) to issue or to refuse to issue a certificate of amendment
under section 12;
(c) to refuse to grant an order under section 143;
id) to grant or refuse to grant exemption under section 147;
(e) to refuse to endorse an authorization under section 179;
or
169
(/) to issue an order under section 238,
may appeal to the court. 1979, c. 36, s. 24 (1), amended.
(2) Every appeal shall be by notice of motion sent by registered Fo"" of
mail to the Director within thirty days after the mailing of the
notice of the decision, and the practice and procedure upon and in
relation to the appeal shall be the same as upon an appeal from a
judgment of a judge of the Supreme Court in an action, provided
that the Rules Committee may vary or amend the practice and
procedure applicable to appeals taken under this Act.
(3) The Director shall certify to the Registrar of the Supreme Certificate
Court, Director
(a) the decision of the Director together with a statement of
the reasons therefor;
{h) the record of any hearing; and
(c) all written submissions to the Director or other material
that is relevant to the appeal.
(4) The Director is entitled to be heard, by counsel or otherwise, Representation
upon the argument of an appeal under this section.
(5) Where an appeal is taken under this section, the court may Court
by its order direct the Director to make such decision or to do such
other act as the Director is authorized and empowered to do under
this Act and as the court thinks proper, having regard to the
material and submissions before it and to this Act, and the Direc-
tor shall make such decision or do such act accordingly.
(6) Notwithstanding an order of the court under subsection 5, Erector may
the Director has power to make any further decision upon new decision
material or where there is a material change in the circumstances,
and every such decision is subject to this section. R.S.O. 1970,
c. 53, s. 268 (2-6); 1979, c. 36, s. 24 (2, 3), amended.
251. — (1) Where a corporation or any shareholder, director. Orders for
officer, employee, agent, auditor, trustee, receiver and manager, """P'^""
receiver, or liquidator of a corporation does not comply with this
Act, the regulations, articles, by-laws, or a unanimous share-
holder agreement, a complainant or a creditor of the corporation
may, notwithstanding the imposition of any penalty in respect of
such non-compliance and in addition to any other right he has,
apply to the court for an order directing the corporation or any
person to comply with, or restraining the corporation or any
170
person from acting in breach of, any provisions thereof, and upon
such application the court may so order and make any further
order it thinks fit.
Idem
(2) Where it appears to the Commission that any person to
whom section 110 or subsection 1 of section 111 applies has failed to
comply with or is contravening either or both of such provisions,
notwithstanding the imposition of any penalty in respect of such
non-compliance or contravention, the Commission may apply to
the court and the court may, upon such application, make any
order it thinks fit including, without limiting the generality of the
foregoing.
(a) an order restraining a solicitation, the holding of a
meeting or any person from implementing or acting
upon any resolution passed at a meeting, to which such
non-compliance with or contravention of section 110 or
subsection 1 of section 111 relates;
(b) an order requiring correction of any form of proxy or
information circular and a further solicitation; or
(c) an order adjourning the meeting to which such non-
compliance with or contravention of section 1 10 or sub-
section 1 of section HI relates. R.S.O. 1970, c. 53,
s. 261, amended.
Ex parte
application
252. Where this Act states that a person may apply to the
court, that person may apply for injunctive reliefer parte as the
rules of the court provide. New.
Appeal from
Court
253. An appeal lies to the Court of Appeal from any order
made by the court under this Act. R.S.O. 1970, c. 53, s. 270.
Interpre-
tation
254. — (1) In this section, "misrepresentation" means,
(a) an untrue statement of material fact; or
(b) an omission to state a material fact that is required to be
stated or that is necessary to make a statement not
misleading in the light of the circumstances in which it
was made.
Offence, false
statements,
etc.
(2) Every person who,
(a) makes or assists in making a statement in any material,
evidence or information submitted or given under this
171
Act or the regulations to the Director, his delegate or the
Commission or any person appointed to make an inves-
tigation or audit under this Act that, at the time and in
the light of the circumstances under which it is made , is a
misrepresentation;
(b) makes or assists in making a statement in any applica-
tion, articles, consent, financial statement, information
circular, notice, report or other document required to be
filed with, furnished or sent to the Director or the Com-
mission under this Act or the regulations that, at the time
and in the light of the circumstances under which it is
made, is a misrepresentation;
(c) fails to file with the Director or the Commission any
document required by this Act to be filed with him or the
Commission; or
(d) fails to observe or to comply with any direction, deci-
sion, ruling, order or other requirement made by the
Director or the Commission under this Act or the regu-
lations,
is guilty of an offence and on conviction is liable to a fine of not
more than $2,000 or to imprisonment for a term of not more than
one year, or to both, or, if such person is a body corporate, to a fine
of not more than $25,000.
(3) Where a body corporate is guilty of an offence under sub- ^^^"^
section 2, every director or officer of such body corporate who,
without reasonable cause, authorized, permitted or acquiesced in
the offence is also guilty of an offence and on conviction is liable to
a fine of not more than $2,000 or to imprisonment for a term of
not more than one year, or to both.
(4) No person is guilty of an offence under clause a or 6 of Defence
subsection 2 if he did not know and in the exercise of reasonable
diligence could not have known that the statement was a misrep-
resentation. R.S.O. 1970, c. 53, ss. 256 (1, 2), 257, 259 (2).
255. No proceeding under section 254 shall be commenced Consent
except with the consent or under the direction of the Minis-
ter. R.S.O. 1970, c. 53, s. 258.
256. — (1) Every person who, o^^nce
(a) without reasonable cause uses a list of holders of
securities in contravention of subsection 5 of section 5 1
or subsection 8 of section 145;
172
(b) fails without reasonable cause to send a prescribed form
of proxy to each shareholder of an offering corporation
with notice of a meeting of shareholders in contravention
of subsection 1 of section 110;
(c) fails without reasonable cause to send an information
circular in connection with a proxy solicitation in con-
travention of subsection 1 of section 111;
(d) being a proxyholder or alternate proxyholder, fails with-
out reasonable cause, to comply with the directions of
the shareholder who appointed him in contravention of
subsection 1 of section 113;
(e) without reasonable cause contravenes section 144;
(/) being a director of a corporation, fails, without reason-
able cause, to appoint an auditor or auditors, as the case
may be, under subsection 1 of section 148;
(g) being an auditor or former auditor of a corporation fails
without reasonable cause to comply with subsection 2 of
section 149;
(h) fails without reasonable cause to comply with subsection
1 of section 152; or
Idem
Limitation
Idem
(i) otherwise without reasonable cause commits an act
contrary to or fails or neglects to comply with any
provision of this Act or the regulations,
is guilty of an offence and on conviction is liable to a fine of not
more than $2,000 or to imprisonment for a term of not more than
one year, or to both, or if such person is a body corporate, to a fine
of not more than $25,000.
(2) Where a body corporate is guilty of an offence under sub-
section 1, every director or officer of such body corporate who,
without reasonable cause, authorized, permitted or acquiesced in
such offence is also guilty of an offence and on conviction is liable
to a fine of not more than $2 ,000 or to imprisonment for a term of
not more than one year, or to both. New.
257. — (1) No proceeding under section 254 or under claused
of subsection 1 of section 256 for a contravention of section 143
shall be commenced more than two years after the facts upon
which the proceedings are based first came to the knowledge of the
Director as certified by him.
(2) Subject to subsection 1, no proceeding for an offence under
this Act or the regulations shall be commenced more than two
173
years after the time when the subject-matter of the offence
arose. R.S.O. 1970, c. 53, s. 260; 1978, c. 49, s. 14, amended.
258. An information in respect of any contravention of this information
Act may be for one or more offences and no information, sum- more than
mons, warrant, conviction or other proceeding in any prosecution °"*^ offence
is objectionable as insufficient by reason of the fact that it relates
to two or more offences. New.
259. — (1) Whereapersonisguiltyof an offence under this Act Additional
?•! !•• ri powers
or the regulations, any court m which proceedmgs m respect of the of court
offence are taken may, in addition to any penalty it may impose,
order that person to comply with the provisions of the Act or the
regulations for the contravention of which he has been convicted.
(2) No civil remedy for an act or omission is suspended or Civii remedy
11 ... rr 1 1 ■ no' affected
affected by reason that the act or omission is an offence under this
Act. New.
PART XVII
GENERAL
260. — (1) A notice or document required by this Act, the Notice to
1 1 1 J directors or
regulations, the articles or the by-laws to be sent to a shareholder shareholders
or director of a corporation may be sent by prepaid mail addressed
to, or may be delivered personally to,
(a) a shareholder at his latest address as shown in the
records of the corporation or its transfer agent; and
ib) a director at his latest address as shown in the records of
the corporation or in the most recent notice filed under
The Corporations Information Act, 1976, whichever is '^^^^ *^ ^^
the more current.
(2) A notice or document sent in accordance with subsection 1 w^m
to a shareholder or director of a corporation is deemed to be
received by the addressee on the fifth day after mailing.
(3) A director named in the articles or the most recent return or Director
notice filed under The Corporations Information Act, 1976, or a
predecessor thereof, is presumed for the purposes of this Act to be
a director of the corporation referred to in the articles, return or
notice.
(4) Where a corporation sends a notice or document to a share- Where notice
, , , . ,.11 . 11 • 1 i returned
holder in accordance with subsection 1 and the notice or document
174
is returned on three consecutive occasions because the shareholder
cannot be found, the corporation is not required to send any
further notices or documents to the shareholder until he informs
the corporation in writing of his new address.
Application (5) Where it is impracticable or impossible to comply with
to court !•, 11,- ,r,
subsection 1, a person may apply to the court for such order as the
court thinks fit. R.S.O. 1970, c. 53, s. 255 (1); 1972, c. 138, s. 59,
amended.
Notice to
corporation
261. Except where otherwise provided in this Act, a notice or
document required to be sent to a corporation may be sent to the
corporation by prepaid mail at its registered office as shown on the
records of the Director or may be delivered personally to the
corporation at such office and shall be deemed to be received by
the corporation on the fifth day after mailing. R.S.O. 1970,
c. 53, s. 255 (2), amended.
Waiver of 262. Where a notice or document is required by this Act or the
notice and , . . ^ •'
abridgement of regulations to be Sent, the notice may be waived or the time for the
times sending of the notice or document may be waived or abridged at
any time with the consent in writing of the person entitled there-
to. 1971, c. 26, s. 42, amended.
Delegation
of powers
and duties
263. — (1) The Director may delegate in writing any of his
duties or powers under this Act to any public servant in the
Ministry. New.
Execution of (2) Where this Act requires or authorizes the Director to
Director cndorsc or issue a certificate or to certify any fact, the certificate
shall be signed by the Director or any other person designated by
the regulations.
Certificate as (3) A Certificate referred to in subsection 2 or a certified copy
evidence
thereof, when introduced as evidence in any civil, criminal, or
administrative action or proceeding, is prima facie proof of the
facts so certified without personal appearance to prove the
signature or official position of the person appearing to have
signed the certificate.
Mechanical (4) Yox the purposes of subscctions 2 and 3 , any signature of the
reproduction of . - , . .
signature Director or any signature of an officer of the Ministry designated
by the regulations may be printed or otherwise mechanically
reproduced. R.S.O. 1970, c. S3, s. 266 (1, 2), amended.
264. — (1) A certificate issued on behalf of a corporation stat-
Certificate
signed by ing any fact that is set out in the articles, the by-laws, a unanimous
directors, etc. shareholder agreement, the minutes of the meetings of the direc-
tors, a committee of directors or the shareholders, or a trust in-
175
denture or other contract to which the corporation is a party, may
be signed by a director, an officer or a transfer agent of the
corporation.
(2) When introduced as evidence in any civil, criminal or Prima facie
, . . ,. , . , . evidence
admmistrative action or proceedmg,
(a) a fact stated in a certificate referred to in subsection 1;
(b) a certified extract from a register of a corporation
required to be maintained by this Act; or
(c) a certified copy of minutes or extract from minutes of a
meeting of shareholders, directors or a committee of
directors of a corporation,
is, in the absence of evidence to the contrary, proof of the facts so
certified without proof of the signature or official character of the
person appearing to have signed the certificate.
(3) An entry in a securities register of, or a security certificate Wem
issued by, a corporation is, in the absence of evidence to the
contrary, proof that the person in whose name the security is
registered or whose name appears on the certificate is the owner of
the securities described in the register or in the certificate, as the
case may be. New.
265. Where a notice or document is required to be sent to the Copy of
1 . . 1 T-^. . 1 i i i- document
Director under this Act, the Director may accept a photostatic or acceptable
photographic copy thereof. New.
266. — (1) The Director may require any fact relevant to the P[°^^^y
performance of his duties under this Act or the regulations to be
verified by affidavit or otherwise. R.S.O. 1970, c. 53,
s. 263 (1).
(2) For the purpose of holding a hearing under this Act, the ^^^^^^^
Director may administer oaths to witnesses and require them to
give evidence under oath. R.S.O. 1970, c. 53, s. 263 (2),
amended.
267. The Director shall cause notice to be published forth- Publication of
notices in The
with in The Ontario Gazette , Ontario Gazette
(a) of every endorsement of a certificate in accordance with
section 271;
(b) of every order made under subsection 3 or 4 of section
143, section 238 or subsection 3 of section 239; and
176
(c) of every endorsement of a corrected certificate described
in subsection 3 of section 272. 1979, c. 36, s. 20,
amended.
Examination,
etc., of
documents
268. — (1) A person who has paid the prescribed fee is entitled
during usual business hours to examine and to make copies of or
extracts from any document required by this Act or the regulations
to be sent to the Director or the Commission, except a report sent
to the Director under subsection 2 of section 160 that the court has
ordered not to be made available to the public.
Copies to be
furnished
(2) Subject to clause J of subsection 1 of section 160, the Direc-
tor or the Commission shall furnish any person with a copy or a
certified copy of a document required by this Act or the regulations
to be sent to the Director or the Commission. New.
Appeal from 369. Any person who feels aggrieved by a decision of the
Commission ^ ... , . » i i i . . ,
Commission under this Act may appeal the decision to the court
1978, c. 47 and subsections 2 to 6 of section 9 of The Securities Act, 1978
apply to the appeal. 1978, c. 49, s. 16.
Regulations 270. The Lieutenant Govemor in Council may make regula-
tions respecting any matter he considers necessary for the pur-
poses of this Act including, without limiting the generality of the
foregoing, regulations.
(ft) respecting names of corporations or classes thereof, the
designation, rights, privileges, restrictions or conditions
attaching to shares or classes of shares of corporations,
or any other matter pertaining to articles or the filing
thereof;
(6) requiring the payment of fees for any matter that the
Director or the Commission is required or authorized to
do under this Act, and prescribing the amounts thereof;
(c) prescribing forms for use under this Act and providing
for the use thereof;
id) prescribing the form and content of any notices or docu-
ments required to be filed under this Act;
{e) designating officers of the Ministry for the purposes of
endorsing certificates, issuing certificates as to any fact
or certifying true copies of documents required or
authorized under this Act;
(/) prescribing the form and content of proxies and infor-
mation circulars required by Part VII;
177
(g) prescribing rules with respect to applications for exemp-
tions permitted by this Act;
{h) prohibiting the use of any words or expressions in a
corporate name;
(i) defining any word or expression used in clause b of
subsection 1 of section 9;
0) prescribing requirements for the purposes of clause c of
subsection 1 of section 9;
( k ) prescribing conditions for the purposes of subsection 2 of
section 9;
(/) prescribing the documents relating to names that shall
be filed with the Director under subsection 3 of section 9;
( w ) respecting the name of a corporation under subsection 2
of section 10;
(n ) prescribing the punctuation marks and other marks that
may form part of a corporate name under subsection 3 of
section 10;
(o) respecting the content of a special language provision
under subsection 4 of section 10;
(/> ) prescribing the form of the statutory declarations under
subsection 1 of section 5 1 and subsection 1 of section 145;
( q ) prescribing the form and content of financial statements
and interim financial statements required under this
Act;
(r) prescribing standards to be used by an auditor in making
an examination of financial statements required under
this Act and the manner in which the auditor shall report
thereon;
is) prescribing exceptions under section 175;
{t) prescribing the manner in which notice may be sent
under subsection 3 of section 188. R.S.O. 1970, c. 53,
s. 271; 1979, c. 36, s. 25, amended.
271. — (1) Where this Act requires that articles relating to a where
corporation be sent to the Director, unless otherwise specifically to be sent
provided, ^° ^''^^''''
178
(a) two duplicate originals of the articles shall be signed by
a director or an officer of the corporation or, in the case
of articles of incorporation, by an incorporator; and
(b) upon receiving duplicate originals of any articles in the
prescribed form that have been executed in accordance
with this Act, any other required documents and the
prescribed fees, the Director shall, subject to the discre-
tion of the Director as provided in subsection 4 of section
178 and subsection 6 of section 239, and, subject to
subsection 2,
(i) endorse on each duplicate original a certificate,
setting out the day, month and year of endorse-
ment and the corporation number,
(ii) file a copy of the articles with the endorsement of
the certificate thereon,
(ill) send to the corporation or its representative one
duplicate original of the articles with the
endorsement of the certificate thereon, and
(iv) publish in The Ontario Gazette, in accordance
with section 267 , notice of the endorsement of the
certificate.
Date on
certificate
(2) A certificate referred to in subsection 1 shall be dated as of
the day the Director receives the duplicate originals of any articles
together with all other required documents executed in accord-
ance with this Act and the prescribed fee, or as of any later date
acceptable to the Director and specified by the person who sub-
mitted the articles or by the court.
Effective
date of
articles
(3) Articles endorsed with a certificate under subsection 1 , are
effective on the date shown in the certificate notwithstanding that
any action required to be taken by the Director under this Act with
respect to the endorsement of the certificate and filing by him is
taken at a later date. New.
Where error
in respect of
certificate
272. — (1) Where a certificate endorsed by the Director con-
tains an error or where a certificate is endorsed by the Director on
articles or any other documents that contain an error, the cor-
poration and its directors and shareholders shall, upon the request
of the Director and after being given an opportunity to be heard,
surrender the certificate and related articles or documents to the
Director and pass such resolutions and take such other steps as the
Director may reasonably require, and the Director shall then
endorse a corrected certificate.
179
(2) A corrected certificate endorsed under subsection 1 may Date on
■ r- ■ ^ certificate
bear the date of the certificate it replaces.
(3) Where a correction made under subsection 1 is material, the Material
1 11 /- 1 • 1 • • r 1 • • rw^i amendment
Director shall forthwith give notice of the correction in The
Ontario Gazette in accordance with section 267.
(4) A decision of the Director under subsection 1 may be Appeal
appealed to the court which may order the Director to change his
decision and make such further order as it thinks fit. New.
273. — (1) Records required by this Act to be prepared and Records
maintained by the Director or Commission may be in bound or
loose-leaf form or in photographic film form, or may be entered or
recorded by any system of mechanical or electronic data process-
ing or by any other information storage device that is capable of
reproducing any required information in an accurate and intel-
ligible form within a reasonable time.
(2) When records maintained by the Director or the Commis- Admission as
evidence
sion are prepared and maintained other than in written form,
(a) the Director or the Commission shall furnish any copy
required to be furnished under subsection 2 of section
268 in intelligible written form; and
(b) a report reproduced from those records, if it is certified
by the Director or the Commission or a member thereof,
as the case may be, is, without proof of the office or
signature thereof, admissible in evidence to the same
extent as the original written records would have been.
(3) The Director or Commission, as the case may be, is not Copy in lieu of
/• 1 1 document
required to produce any document where a copy of the document
is furnished in compliance with clause a of subsection 2 . New .
274. — (1) Any provision contained in the articles, by-laws or Saving
, , . r ■ I'l'j- provision
any special resolution of a corporation that was valid immediately
before the day this Act comes into force, but that is not in confor-
mity with this Act, shall be deemed to be amended on the day this
Act comes into force to the extent necessary to bring the terms of
such provision into conformity with this Act.
(2) A corporation may by articles of amendment change the Amendments
express terms of any provision in its articles referred to in subsec-
tion 1 to conform to the terms of such provision as deemed to be
amended by subsection 1.
(3) A corporation may not restate its articles in accordance with ^^^^
section 171 unless the corporation has amended the express
180
terms of any provision in its articles referred to in subsection 1 in
accordance with the procedure set forth in subsection 2.
ctoernot' ^^^ ^^^ ^ shareholder is not entitled to dissent under section 183 in
apply respect of any deemed amendment under this section.
Appointment 275. The Minister may appoint a Director to carry out the
of Director ,,. , ., ,-,t^. .
duties and exercise the powers of the Director under this Act.
Repeals 276. The following are repealed:
1. The Business Corporations Act, being chapter 53 of the
Revised Statutes of Ontario, 1970.
2 . The Business Corporations Amendment Act, 1971 , being
chapter 26.
3. Paragraph 4 of the Schedule to The Age of Majority and
Accountability Act, 1971, being chapter 98.
4. Section 30 of The Government Reorganization Act,
1972, being chapter 1.
5 . The Business Corporations Amendment Act, 1972 , being
chapter 138.
6. The Business Corporations Amendment Act, 1974, being
chapter 26.
7. The Business Corporations Amendment Act, 1976, being
chapter 67.
8. The Business Corporations Amendment Act, 1978 , being
chapter 49.
9. The Business Corporations Amendment Act, 1979 , being
chapter 36.
Commencement 277. This Act comes into force on a day to be named by
proclamation of the Lieutenant Governor.
Short title 278. The short title of this Act is The Business Corporations
Act, 1980.
3
6a
^
H
o
X
o
3
3
En"
m
o
n
2.
o
1-h
^
B^
n
^
o
^
^
3
C/3
n
1
o
C
3
0
3
»
in
3
>
o
rt
o
Uj
t\J
3
k.^
;$
s
Oj
Ci,
a.
cr
>i
>i
>0
«i
<^
OS
Si
J5
1—'
S
Pi-
?5-
1"
3-
00
O
(X5
H
3-
ft>
w
c
t£_
>
5'
3
n
C/5
>
o
o
r*
a
V
>-<
o
(n
l-l
<_
fa
S'
ft
o"
3
w
>
o
BILL 230 Private Member's Bill
4th Session, 31st Legislature, Ontario
29 Elizabeth II, 1980
An Act to amend
The Highway Traffic Act
Mr. Cunningham
TORONTO
Printed by J. C. Thatcher, Queen's Printer for Ontario
Explanatory Note
The purpose of the Bill is to require annual safety inspections for motor
vehicles in Ontario.
BILL 230 1980
An Act to amend
The Highway Traffic Act
HER MAJESTY, by and with the advice and consent of the
Legislative Assembly of the Province of Ontario, enacts as
follows:
1. Section 5 7a of The Highway Traffic Act, being chapter 202 of the * ^^"'
Revised Statutes of Ontario, 1970, as enacted by the Statutes of
Ontario, 1975 (2nd Session), chapter 6, section 1 and amended by
1976, chapter 37, section 6 and 1979, chapter 57, section 3, is
repealed and the following substituted therefor:
57a. — (1) No person shall operate or permit to be operated on a Evidence
highway a motor vehicle unless the vehicle displays, affixed in the required^ "'"
place and manner prescribed in the regulations, a device issued by
the Ministry as evidence that the inspection requirements and
performance standards prescribed by the regulations have been
complied with.
(2) Subsection 1 does not apply to an operator of a motor vehicle Where
who produces evidence that the vehicle has met the inspection not apply
requirements and performance standards of a reciprocating
province or state designated by the regulations.
(3) Where the device required by subsection 1 is not displayed Removal of
as prescribed by the regulations, a constable or officer appointed officer
for the purposes of carrying out the provisions of this Act may seize
the number plates of the vehicle.
(4) A device issued by the Ministry under subsection 1 shall ^''P'''^V°"'
•^ ■' renewal
expire on the day one year following the day on which the device
was issued unless the device is renewed upon completion of a
renewal inspection.
2. Section 57c of the said Act, as enacted by the Statutes of Ontario, ^ 57c,
1975 (2nd Session), chapter 6, section 1 and 1979, chapter 57,
section 4, is repealed and the following substituted therefor:
Regulations
re:
inspection
of vehicles
57c. The Lieutenant Governor in Council may make regula-
tions,
(a) prescribing the methods and procedures relating to the
use or issue of a device as evidence that the prescribed
inspection procedures, inspection requirements and
performance standards have been complied with; and
(b) exempting types or classes of vehicle from the require-
ments of section 57a.
Commence-
ment
Short title
3. This Act comes into force on the day it receives Royal Assent.
4. The short title of this Act is The Highway Traffic Amendment Act,
1980.
?3
n
d
t—l
o
K
>
0^
d
a>
0
3
05
?X
cr
"^
>3
n
t— '
>3
0^
cr
s
■^
Q^
1— '
vO
00
0
H
cr
m
K
>
3
>
^
n
<^
r-f-
0
H
P
3
fD
3
BILL 231
4th Session, 3 1st Legislature, Ontario
29 Elizabeth II, 1980
An Act for granting to Her Majesty certain sums of money for
the Public Service for the fiscal year ending the 31st day of
March, 1981
The Hon. F. S. Miller
Treasurer of Ontario and Minister of Economics
TORONTO
Printed by J. C. Thatcher, Queen's Printer for Ontario
BILL 231 1980
An Act for granting to Her Majesty certain
sums of money for the Public Service for the
fiscal year ending the 31st day of March, 1981
MOST GRACIOUS SOVEREIGN:
WHEREAS it appears by messages from the Honourable
Pauline M. McGibbon, Lieutenant Governor of the Prov-
ince of Ontario and the Honourable John B. Aird, Lieutenant
Governor of the Province of Ontario, and from the estimates and
supplementary estimates accompanying the same, that the sums
mentioned in the Schedule to this Act are required to defray
certain charges and expenses of the public service of this Province,
not otherwise provided for, for the fiscal year ending the 31st day
of March, 1981; may it therefore please Your Majesty that it be
enacted and it is hereby enacted by the Queen's Most Excellent
Majesty, by and with the advice and consent of the Legislative
Assembly of the Province of Ontario, as follows:
l._(l) There may be paid out of the Consolidated Revenue ^l^;J^^^j^^^'^°°
Fund a sum not exceeding in the whole $14,781,546,700 to be fiscal year
applied towards defraying the several charges and expenses of the i^so-si
public service, not otherwise provided for, from the 1st day of
April, 1980, to the 31st day of March, 1981, as set forth in the
Schedule to this Act, and, subject to subsection 2, such sum shall
be paid and applied only in accordance with the votes and items of
the estimates and supplementary estimates upon which the
Schedule is based.
(2) Where, in the fiscal year ending the 31st day of March, Exception
1981, powers and duties are assigned and transferred from one
minister of the Crown to another minister of the Crown, the
appropriate sums in the votes and items of the estimates and
supplementary estimates upon which the Schedule is based that
are approved to defray the charges and expenses of the public
service in the exercise and performance of such powers and duties,
may be assigned and transferred from time to time as required by
certificate of the Management Board of. Cabinet to the ministry
administered by the minister to whom the powers and duties are so
assigned and transferred.
Accounting 2. The duc application of all moneys expended under this Act
expenditure shall be accounted for to Her Majesty.
Commence-
ment
3. This Act comes into force on the day it receives Royal
Assent.
Short title
4. The short title of this Act is The Supply Act, 1980.
SCHEDULE
Estimates
Supplementary
Estimates
Total
Office of the Lieutenant Governor . . .
Office of the Premier
Cabinet Office
Management Board
Government Services
Intergovernmental Affairs
Northern Affairs
Revenue
Treasury and Economics
Office of the Assembly
Office of the Provincial Auditor
Office of the Ombudsman
Justice Policy
Attorney General
Consumer and Commercial Relations
Correctional Services
Solicitor General
Resources Development Policy
Agriculture and Food
Energy
Environment
Housing
Industry and Tourism
Labour
Natural Resources
Transportation and Communications
Social Development Policy
Colleges and Universities
Community and Social Services
Culture and Recreation
Education
Health
Total
$
$
$
145,800
145,800
1,718,100
1,718,100
1,275,200
1,275,200
171,258,800
171,258,800
287,263,000
287,263,000
469,538,000
469,538,000
157,733,000
157,733,000
188,264,000
188,264,000
147,255,300
147,255,300
21,553,800
2,376,700
23,930,500
2,590,000
110,000
2,700,000
4,750,000
83,000
4,833,000
717,500
717,500
164,814,300
164,814,300
72,695,200
72,695,200
145,962,800
145,962,800
191,732,700
191,732,700
2,821,000
2,821,000
170,547,900
6,900,000
177,447,900
30,708,000
30,708,000
310,705,400
310,705,400
297,836,000
297,836,000
73,890,000
1,026,000
74,916,000
49,441,400
49,441,400
288,670,300
20,060,500
308,730,800
1,199,058,000
1,199,058,000
2,353,000
2,353,000
1,526,226,000
1,526,226,000
1,454,809,000
1,454,809,000
190,680,000
190,680,000
2,407,278,000
2,407,278,000
4,716,699,000
4,716,699,000
14,750,990,500
30,556,200
14,781,546,700
HH
5.
c/j'
w
ffl
f?
o
l-t
i-t
z
O
o
i-h
i-h
/^
w o
o
3
C/i
o
<-»■
3
o
p.
^
3
O
o
pj
f
C/)
J3
w
a
w
D
d
0
ft>
a>
ro
o
o
r>
n
B
;5
B
B
1-^
cr
ei-
cr
o.
cr
r*.
^
>3
n
►I
>0
^
t— '
?5-
>_
<-^
S-
cr
1'
jr
0^
cr
0^
H-^
H-*
H- '
vO
vO
o
00
00
00
o
O
o
>
C/3
3
cr
3
>
n>
t/j
n
r-t-
2^
o
En'
O
3
l-t
o
ores
v;
3
fC
n>
^
>-<
vj
3
fa
ft>
o
5'
3
-<
QTQ
cr
a
r^
<-♦
cr
O
3
n
00
org
c
p
o p
" 5-